commit ed8d36a43442f4e474477427e7a880a4b5e005bd Author: Guus Sliepen Date: Mon Aug 26 13:44:36 2019 +0200 Import Upstream version 1.0pre7 diff --git a/ABOUT-NLS b/ABOUT-NLS new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5fde45a --- /dev/null +++ b/ABOUT-NLS @@ -0,0 +1,324 @@ +Notes on the Free Translation Project +************************************* + + Free software is going international! The Free Translation Project +is a way to get maintainers of free software, translators, and users all +together, so that will gradually become able to speak many languages. +A few packages already provide translations for their messages. + + If you found this `ABOUT-NLS' file inside a distribution, you may +assume that the distributed package does use GNU `gettext' internally, +itself available at your nearest GNU archive site. But you do _not_ +need to install GNU `gettext' prior to configuring, installing or using +this package with messages translated. + + Installers will find here some useful hints. These notes also +explain how users should proceed for getting the programs to use the +available translations. They tell how people wanting to contribute and +work at translations should contact the appropriate team. + + When reporting bugs in the `intl/' directory or bugs which may be +related to internationalization, you should tell about the version of +`gettext' which is used. The information can be found in the +`intl/VERSION' file, in internationalized packages. + +Quick configuration advice +========================== + + If you want to exploit the full power of internationalization, you +should configure it using + + ./configure --with-included-gettext + +to force usage of internationalizing routines provided within this +package, despite the existence of internationalizing capabilities in the +operating system where this package is being installed. So far, only +the `gettext' implementation in the GNU C library version 2 provides as +many features (such as locale alias, message inheritance, automatic +charset conversion or plural form handling) as the implementation here. +It is also not possible to offer this additional functionality on top +of a `catgets' implementation. Future versions of GNU `gettext' will +very likely convey even more functionality. So it might be a good idea +to change to GNU `gettext' as soon as possible. + + So you need _not_ provide this option if you are using GNU libc 2 or +you have installed a recent copy of the GNU gettext package with the +included `libintl'. + +INSTALL Matters +=============== + + Some packages are "localizable" when properly installed; the +programs they contain can be made to speak your own native language. +Most such packages use GNU `gettext'. Other packages have their own +ways to internationalization, predating GNU `gettext'. + + By default, this package will be installed to allow translation of +messages. It will automatically detect whether the system already +provides the GNU `gettext' functions. If not, the GNU `gettext' own +library will be used. This library is wholly contained within this +package, usually in the `intl/' subdirectory, so prior installation of +the GNU `gettext' package is _not_ required. Installers may use +special options at configuration time for changing the default +behaviour. The commands: + + ./configure --with-included-gettext + ./configure --disable-nls + +will respectively bypass any pre-existing `gettext' to use the +internationalizing routines provided within this package, or else, +_totally_ disable translation of messages. + + When you already have GNU `gettext' installed on your system and run +configure without an option for your new package, `configure' will +probably detect the previously built and installed `libintl.a' file and +will decide to use this. This might be not what is desirable. You +should use the more recent version of the GNU `gettext' library. I.e. +if the file `intl/VERSION' shows that the library which comes with this +package is more recent, you should use + + ./configure --with-included-gettext + +to prevent auto-detection. + + The configuration process will not test for the `catgets' function +and therefore it will not be used. The reason is that even an +emulation of `gettext' on top of `catgets' could not provide all the +extensions of the GNU `gettext' library. + + Internationalized packages have usually many `po/LL.po' files, where +LL gives an ISO 639 two-letter code identifying the language. Unless +translations have been forbidden at `configure' time by using the +`--disable-nls' switch, all available translations are installed +together with the package. However, the environment variable `LINGUAS' +may be set, prior to configuration, to limit the installed set. +`LINGUAS' should then contain a space separated list of two-letter +codes, stating which languages are allowed. + +Using This Package +================== + + As a user, if your language has been installed for this package, you +only have to set the `LANG' environment variable to the appropriate +`LL_CC' combination. Here `LL' is an ISO 639 two-letter language code, +and `CC' is an ISO 3166 two-letter country code. For example, let's +suppose that you speak German and live in Germany. At the shell +prompt, merely execute `setenv LANG de_DE' (in `csh'), +`export LANG; LANG=de_DE' (in `sh') or `export LANG=de_DE' (in `bash'). +This can be done from your `.login' or `.profile' file, once and for +all. + + You might think that the country code specification is redundant. +But in fact, some languages have dialects in different countries. For +example, `de_AT' is used for Austria, and `pt_BR' for Brazil. The +country code serves to distinguish the dialects. + + Not all programs have translations for all languages. By default, an +English message is shown in place of a nonexistent translation. If you +understand other languages, you can set up a priority list of languages. +This is done through a different environment variable, called +`LANGUAGE'. GNU `gettext' gives preference to `LANGUAGE' over `LANG' +for the purpose of message handling, but you still need to have `LANG' +set to the primary language; this is required by other parts of the +system libraries. For example, some Swedish users who would rather +read translations in German than English for when Swedish is not +available, set `LANGUAGE' to `sv:de' while leaving `LANG' to `sv_SE'. + + In the `LANGUAGE' environment variable, but not in the `LANG' +environment variable, `LL_CC' combinations can be abbreviated as `LL' +to denote the language's main dialect. For example, `de' is equivalent +to `de_DE' (German as spoken in Germany), and `pt' to `pt_PT' +(Portuguese as spoken in Portugal) in this context. + +Translating Teams +================= + + For the Free Translation Project to be a success, we need interested +people who like their own language and write it well, and who are also +able to synergize with other translators speaking the same language. +Each translation team has its own mailing list. The up-to-date list of +teams can be found at the Free Translation Project's homepage, +`http://www.iro.umontreal.ca/contrib/po/HTML/', in the "National teams" +area. + + If you'd like to volunteer to _work_ at translating messages, you +should become a member of the translating team for your own language. +The subscribing address is _not_ the same as the list itself, it has +`-request' appended. For example, speakers of Swedish can send a +message to `sv-request@li.org', having this message body: + + subscribe + + Keep in mind that team members are expected to participate +_actively_ in translations, or at solving translational difficulties, +rather than merely lurking around. If your team does not exist yet and +you want to start one, or if you are unsure about what to do or how to +get started, please write to `translation@iro.umontreal.ca' to reach the +coordinator for all translator teams. + + The English team is special. It works at improving and uniformizing +the terminology in use. Proven linguistic skill are praised more than +programming skill, here. + +Available Packages +================== + + Languages are not equally supported in all packages. The following +matrix shows the current state of internationalization, as of September +2001. The matrix shows, in regard of each package, for which languages +PO files have been submitted to translation coordination, with a +translation percentage of at least 50%. + + Ready PO files bg cs da de el en eo es et fi fr gl he hr id it ja + +----------------------------------------------------+ + a2ps | [] [] [] | + bash | [] [] [] [] | + bfd | | + binutils | [] | + bison | [] [] [] [] [] | + clisp | [] [] [] [] | + cpio | [] [] [] [] [] | + diffutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + enscript | [] [] | + error | [] [] | + fetchmail | | + fileutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + findutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + flex | [] [] [] | + freetype | | + gas | | + gawk | [] [] | + gcal | | + gcc | | + gettext | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + gnupg | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + gprof | | + grep | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + hello | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + id-utils | [] [] [] | + indent | [] [] [] [] [] | + jpilot | [] | + kbd | | + ld | [] | + libc | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + lilypond | [] | + lynx | [] [] [] [] | + m4 | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + make | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + mysecretdiary | [] | + nano | [] [] [] | + opcodes | | + parted | [] [] [] | + ptx | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + python | | + recode | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + sed | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + sh-utils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + sharutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + sketch | | + soundtracker | [] [] [] | + sp | | + tar | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + texinfo | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + textutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + util-linux | [] [] | + wdiff | [] [] [] | + wget | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + +----------------------------------------------------+ + bg cs da de el en eo es et fi fr gl he hr id it ja + 0 14 24 32 11 1 8 23 13 1 33 22 4 0 7 9 18 + + ko lv nb nl nn no pl pt pt_BR ru sk sl sv tr uk zh + +----------------------------------------------------+ + a2ps | [] [] [] | 6 + bash | | 4 + bfd | | 0 + binutils | | 1 + bison | [] | 6 + clisp | [] | 5 + cpio | [] [] [] [] [] | 10 + diffutils | [] [] [] [] | 11 + enscript | [] [] [] | 5 + error | [] [] | 4 + fetchmail | | 0 + fileutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 17 + findutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 16 + flex | [] [] [] | 6 + freetype | | 0 + gas | | 0 + gawk | [] | 3 + gcal | | 0 + gcc | | 0 + gettext | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 18 + gnupg | [] [] [] | 10 + gprof | | 0 + grep | [] [] [] [] | 12 + hello | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 22 + id-utils | [] [] [] | 6 + indent | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 12 + jpilot | | 1 + kbd | [] | 1 + ld | | 1 + libc | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 16 + lilypond | [] [] | 3 + lynx | [] [] [] [] | 8 + m4 | [] [] [] [] | 12 + make | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 12 + mysecretdiary | | 1 + nano | [] | 4 + opcodes | [] | 1 + parted | [] [] | 5 + ptx | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 15 + python | | 0 + recode | [] [] [] [] | 13 + sed | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 19 + sh-utils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 21 + sharutils | [] [] [] | 11 + sketch | | 0 + soundtracker | | 3 + sp | | 0 + tar | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 15 + texinfo | [] | 7 + textutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 16 + util-linux | [] [] | 4 + wdiff | [] [] [] [] | 7 + wget | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 17 + +----------------------------------------------------+ + 33 teams ko lv nb nl nn no pl pt pt_BR ru sk sl sv tr uk zh + 53 domains 9 1 6 20 0 6 17 1 13 25 10 11 23 21 2 2 387 + + Some counters in the preceding matrix are higher than the number of +visible blocks let us expect. This is because a few extra PO files are +used for implementing regional variants of languages, or language +dialects. + + For a PO file in the matrix above to be effective, the package to +which it applies should also have been internationalized and +distributed as such by its maintainer. There might be an observable +lag between the mere existence a PO file and its wide availability in a +distribution. + + If September 2001 seems to be old, you may fetch a more recent copy +of this `ABOUT-NLS' file on most GNU archive sites. The most +up-to-date matrix with full percentage details can be found at +`http://www.iro.umontreal.ca/contrib/po/HTML/matrix.html'. + +Using `gettext' in new packages +=============================== + + If you are writing a freely available program and want to +internationalize it you are welcome to use GNU `gettext' in your +package. Of course you have to respect the GNU Library General Public +License which covers the use of the GNU `gettext' library. This means +in particular that even non-free programs can use `libintl' as a shared +library, whereas only free software can use `libintl' as a static +library or use modified versions of `libintl'. + + Once the sources are changed appropriately and the setup can handle +to use of `gettext' the only thing missing are the translations. The +Free Translation Project is also available for packages which are not +developed inside the GNU project. Therefore the information given above +applies also for every other Free Software Project. Contact +`translation@iro.umontreal.ca' to make the `.pot' files available to +the translation teams. + diff --git a/AUTHORS b/AUTHORS new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4721984 --- /dev/null +++ b/AUTHORS @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +Main tinc authors: +Guus Sliepen +Ivo Timmermans + +These files are from other sources: + * lib/pidfile.h and lib/pidfile.c are by Martin Schulze, taken from + the syslog 1.3 sources. + +Also some of the macro files in the directory m4, and their +accompanying files in lib, were taken from GNU fileutils. + +Please see the file THANKS for more information on contributions from +users. diff --git a/COPYING b/COPYING new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a43ea21 --- /dev/null +++ b/COPYING @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + Appendix: How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + + Copyright (C) 19yy + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) 19yy name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + , 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General +Public License instead of this License. diff --git a/COPYING.README b/COPYING.README new file mode 100644 index 0000000..144207e --- /dev/null +++ b/COPYING.README @@ -0,0 +1,4 @@ +This program is released under the GPL with the additional exemption +that compiling, linking, and/or using OpenSSL is allowed. You may +provide binary packages linked to the OpenSSL libraries, provided that +all other requirements of the GPL are met. diff --git a/ChangeLog b/ChangeLog new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7622c02 --- /dev/null +++ b/ChangeLog @@ -0,0 +1,4614 @@ +2002-04-09 13:51 Guus Sliepen + + * configure.in: This is the release of 1.0pre7. + +2002-04-09 13:44 Guus Sliepen + + * NEWS, README: Remarks about 1.0pre7 release. + +2002-04-09 13:43 Guus Sliepen + + * po/nl.po: Updated dutch translation. + +2002-04-09 13:43 Guus Sliepen + + * doc/: PROTOCOL, tinc.conf.5, tinc.texi: masklength is better + known as prefixlength + +2002-04-09 13:42 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: conf.c, subnet.c, subnet.h: masklength is better known as + prefixlength. + +2002-04-08 15:27 Guus Sliepen + + * Makefile.am: Automake forgets about depcomp, remind it. + +2002-04-05 11:11 Guus Sliepen + + * src/netutl.c: Fix maskcheck() and maskcmp(). + +2002-04-01 23:28 Guus Sliepen + + * src/net_setup.c: check_rsa() is broken, I don't know why, just + remove it for now. + +2002-04-01 23:28 Guus Sliepen + + * src/net.c: Don't check_network_activity() if select() is + interrupted by a signal. + +2002-03-27 20:43 Guus Sliepen + + * m4/zlib.m4: Make configure --help output look nicer. + +2002-03-27 17:26 Guus Sliepen + + * NEWS, README: Update with information about the pre6 release. + +2002-03-27 17:00 Guus Sliepen + + * po/nl.po: Update dutch translation. + +2002-03-27 17:00 Guus Sliepen + + * src/openbsd/device.c: Fix format strings. + +2002-03-27 16:47 Guus Sliepen + + * src/Makefile.am: Remove symlink to device.c when doing a make + dist. + +2002-03-27 16:35 Guus Sliepen + + * doc/Makefile.maint: Recent automake uses $(AMTAR) instead of + $(TAR) + +2002-03-27 16:26 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: edge.c, protocol.c, protocol_auth.c, protocol_edge.c: + Remove cruft. + +2002-03-27 16:26 Guus Sliepen + + * doc/: tinc.conf.5, tinc.texi: Small updates. + +2002-03-27 16:01 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: net.h, net_packet.c: Limit the amount of packets in a queue + to 8. + +2002-03-27 16:01 Guus Sliepen + + * lib/: list.c, list.h: Extend list_t with the number of elements + in the list. + +2002-03-27 15:02 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: net.c, net_socket.c: Merge do_prune() with build_fdset(). + Probably fixes the invalid filedescriptor error. + +2002-03-26 14:19 Guus Sliepen + + * doc/tinc.texi: Small correction. + +2002-03-26 13:00 Guus Sliepen + + * src/process.c: Fix execute_script(). + +2002-03-25 16:51 Guus Sliepen + + * src/net_packet.c: Send REQ_KEY only once until ANS_KEY has + arrived. + +2002-03-25 16:12 Guus Sliepen + + * doc/tinc.texi: Tell a little bit more about security. + +2002-03-25 16:01 Guus Sliepen + + * doc/: tinc.conf.5, tinc.texi, tincd.8: Updated documentation. + +2002-03-25 14:54 Guus Sliepen + + * src/net_setup.c: Set myself->status.reachable. + +2002-03-24 18:14 Guus Sliepen + + * src/conf.c: Configuration variables were still handled case + sensitively. + +2002-03-24 18:08 Guus Sliepen + + * src/openbsd/device.c: OpenBSD tun device uses address family + number instead of Ethernet type. + +2002-03-24 17:50 Guus Sliepen + + * src/openbsd/device.c: Respect type field. + +2002-03-24 17:40 Guus Sliepen + + * po/nl.po: Updated dutch translation. + +2002-03-24 17:36 Guus Sliepen + + * src/linux/device.c: Set $INTERFACE correctly when using ethertap + while compiled with tun/tap support. + +2002-03-24 17:28 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: graph.c, net.c: Execute hosts/name-up when a node becomes + reachable, and hosts/name-down when it becomes unreachable. + +2002-03-24 17:22 Guus Sliepen + + * src/process.c: Don't try to execute scripts unless they exist. + +2002-03-23 21:21 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: protocol_auth.c, protocol_misc.c: Reset retry timeout when + receiving the first PONG, not right after receiving the ACK. + +2002-03-23 21:13 Guus Sliepen + + * src/net.c: Don't run graph algorithms if no edge is deleted in + terminate_connection(). + +2002-03-23 21:12 Guus Sliepen + + * src/protocol.c: free() request strings when deleting past + requests from the tree. + +2002-03-23 21:01 Guus Sliepen + + * src/protocol_auth.c: send_ack() was broken. + +2002-03-22 14:31 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: connection.c, edge.c, node.c, protocol.c, protocol_auth.c, + protocol_edge.c, protocol_key.c, protocol_subnet.c: Fix compiler + warnings, strictly use long int and %lx for options. + +2002-03-22 13:41 Guus Sliepen + + * src/protocol_edge.c: Fix add_edge_h(). + +2002-03-22 12:43 Guus Sliepen + + * acconfig.h, configure.in, src/edge.c, src/edge.h, src/net.c, + src/net.h, src/net_setup.c, src/protocol.c, src/protocol.h, + src/protocol_auth.c, src/protocol_edge.c: + - Added support for jumbograms. + - Remove tcpaddress from edges, it is not used at all. + - Last bits of code to prevent looping requests. + +2002-03-22 00:11 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: protocol.c, protocol.h, protocol_edge.c, protocol_key.c, + protocol_subnet.c: Put a break on requests that run around in + circles. + +2002-03-19 23:48 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: graph.c, node.h: Updated SSSP algorithm to automatically + detect indirect links (if a node uses different addresses for + connections to other nodes). + +2002-03-19 01:08 Guus Sliepen + + * po/nl.po: Updated dutch translation. + +2002-03-19 01:08 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: netutl.c, route.c: Don't use s6_addr[16|32] anymore. + +2002-03-19 01:07 Guus Sliepen + + * src/process.c: Cleanup. + +2002-03-18 23:47 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: net.c, net.h, net_packet.c, net_setup.c, net_socket.c: + Remember sockaddrs of listening sockets, use appropriate one when + sending UDP packets. + +2002-03-18 15:39 Guus Sliepen + + * src/netutl.c: Fix #define s6_addr32. + +2002-03-18 15:19 Guus Sliepen + + * src/netutl.c: #define s6_addr32, needed for FreeBSD. + +2002-03-17 17:08 Guus Sliepen + + * src/netutl.c: Only unmap IPv6 addresses. + +2002-03-17 16:59 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: net_packet.c, net_socket.c, netutl.c, netutl.h: Unmap + v4mapped sockaddrs. + +2002-03-15 16:50 Guus Sliepen + + * src/route.c: Typo. + +2002-03-15 16:40 Guus Sliepen + + * src/route.c: Different way of detecting neighbor solicitation + requests. + +2002-03-15 16:08 Guus Sliepen + + * src/route.c: Oops, don't forget to actually put the checksum in + the response packet. + +2002-03-15 15:41 Guus Sliepen + + * src/route.c: Neighbor solicitation requests now work (I think). + +2002-03-12 17:30 Guus Sliepen + + * src/graph.c: Revert changes to Kruskal's algo. + +2002-03-12 15:25 Guus Sliepen + + * src/route.c: Put #ifdef NEIGHBORSOL around corresponding code. + +2002-03-12 15:20 Guus Sliepen + + * src/subnet.c: Remove silly cache thingy. + +2002-03-12 15:19 Guus Sliepen + + * src/net_packet.c: Packet sequence number/authentication warnings + only if debug_lvl >= 5. + +2002-03-12 14:42 Guus Sliepen + + * src/graph.c: Simplified implementation of Kruskal's minimum + spanning tree algorithm. + +2002-03-11 14:56 Guus Sliepen + + * src/route.c: New strategy: forward icmp6 neighbor solicitations + to intended target. + +2002-03-11 14:14 Guus Sliepen + + * src/route.c: Try to reply to neighbor solicitation requests. + +2002-03-11 12:45 Guus Sliepen + + * src/net.c: prune_connections() before build_fdset(). + +2002-03-11 12:23 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: net.c, process.c, subnet.c, tincd.c: Cleanups, spelling + fixes, allow symbol names for signals (-k option), don't remove + pidfile if other tincd is still running. + +2002-03-10 17:09 Guus Sliepen + + * src/net_setup.c: Don't retry to make outgoing connections when + exitting. + +2002-03-10 16:40 Guus Sliepen + + * Makefile.am, autogen.sh: Small fixes to improve portability. + +2002-03-10 15:07 Guus Sliepen + + * autogen.sh: Autodetect $MAKE/gmake/make. + +2002-03-10 15:05 Guus Sliepen + + * configure.in: po/POTFILES and po/Makefile should not be generated + by configure. + +2002-03-10 15:04 Guus Sliepen + + * src/route.c: Fix forwarding of IPv6 packets. + +2002-03-01 16:14 Guus Sliepen + + * po/nl.po, src/net_packet.c, src/net_setup.c, src/net_socket.c: + Check if BindToDevice and PriorityInheritance are supported. + +2002-03-01 15:33 Guus Sliepen + + * src/route.c: Woops. + +2002-03-01 15:25 Guus Sliepen + + * doc/tinc.conf.5, doc/tinc.texi, po/nl.po, src/net.c, src/route.c: + Document and clean up MAC address expiry. + +2002-03-01 15:09 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: event.c, meta.c, net.c, net.h, net_packet.c, net_setup.c, + net_socket.c, protocol_misc.c, route.c, route.h, subnet.h: + - Global time_t now, so that we don't have to call time() too often. + - MAC addresses expire after a time configurable by MACExpire + (default 600 seconds) + +2002-03-01 14:38 Guus Sliepen + + * po/nl.po: Updated dutch translation. + +2002-03-01 14:38 Guus Sliepen + + * doc/: tinc.conf.5, tinc.texi: Updated documentation. + +2002-03-01 14:18 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: net.c, net.h, net_setup.c, net_socket.c: Create/bind TCP + and UDP listening sockets in pairs. + +2002-03-01 13:26 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: net.h, net_packet.c, route.c, route.h: If + "PriorityInheritance = yes" is specified in tinc.conf, the value of + the TOS field of the tunneled packets will be passed on to the UDP + packets tinc sends out. + +2002-03-01 13:25 Guus Sliepen + + * src/net_setup.c: Fix listening sockets. + +2002-03-01 12:18 Guus Sliepen + + * src/net_socket.c: Make BindToInterface work. + +2002-02-27 23:37 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: protocol.c, protocol_key.c: Fix send_request() bug. + +2002-02-27 00:26 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: net.c, net.h, net_packet.c, net_setup.c, net_socket.c, + protocol.h: Allow multiple listening sockets. + +2002-02-26 23:47 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: net.h, netutl.c: Tweaking IPv6 support. + +2002-02-20 23:37 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: net.h, net_packet.c, net_socket.c, netutl.c: + - Change SA_LEN to SALEN, former one is already defined on some + platforms. + - Use SALEN everywhere appropriate. + +2002-02-20 23:15 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: net.h, net_packet.c, net_setup.c, netutl.c: + - Use gai_strerror() where appropriate + - Clear hints before using them with getaddrinfo() + - Use sa_len on platforms that support them + +2002-02-20 20:31 Guus Sliepen + + * src/net_packet.c: Preserve inpkt->len, needed for broadcasts. + +2002-02-20 20:25 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: connection.h, net_setup.c, net_socket.c, protocol_auth.c, + protocol_key.c: Protocol now also exchanges + cipher/digest/maclength/compression for the meta connection. + +2002-02-20 18:16 Guus Sliepen + + * src/subnet.c: Cache results of lookup_subnet_...(). + +2002-02-20 18:15 Guus Sliepen + + * src/netutl.c: Fix maskcmp() and maskcpy(). + +2002-02-20 17:04 Guus Sliepen + + * src/route.c: Forward packets in router mode. + +2002-02-20 17:04 Guus Sliepen + + * src/net_setup.c: Use AF_UNSPEC for listening sockets if + AddressFamily = any. + +2002-02-20 17:04 Guus Sliepen + + * src/net.c: Fix segfault when receiving HUP signal. + +2002-02-18 17:25 Guus Sliepen + + * src/net_packet.c: file net_packet.c was initially added on branch + CABAL. + +2002-02-18 17:25 Guus Sliepen + + * src/net_setup.c: file net_setup.c was initially added on branch + CABAL. + +2002-02-18 17:25 Guus Sliepen + + * src/net_socket.c: file net_socket.c was initially added on branch + CABAL. + +2002-02-18 17:25 Guus Sliepen + + * doc/tinc.conf.5, doc/tinc.texi, po/POTFILES.in, po/nl.po, + src/Makefile.am, src/conf.c, src/conf.h, src/connection.c, + src/connection.h, src/edge.c, src/edge.h, src/graph.c, src/meta.c, + src/net.c, src/net.h, src/net_packet.c, src/net_setup.c, + src/net_socket.c, src/netutl.c, src/netutl.h, src/node.c, + src/node.h, src/process.c, src/protocol_auth.c, + src/protocol_edge.c, src/route.c, src/subnet.c, src/subnet.h, + src/freebsd/device.c, src/linux/device.c, src/netbsd/device.c, + src/openbsd/device.c, src/solaris/device.c: + - Non-blocking connect()s. + - Socket handling revamped to use sockaddr_t. + - tinc can now tunnel over IPv6. + - Handle all addresses and subnets in network byte order. + Only convert them when they need to be printed. + - IPv6 subnets bigger than /128 now work. + - Use %s and strerror(errno) instead of %m. + +2002-02-12 15:42 Guus Sliepen + + * acconfig.h, configure.in: Add check for NetBSD. + +2002-02-12 15:40 Guus Sliepen + + * src/netbsd/device.c: Added device.c for NetBSD, actually a copy + of the OpenBSD one. + +2002-02-12 15:40 Guus Sliepen + + * src/netbsd/device.c: file device.c was initially added on branch + CABAL. + +2002-02-12 15:36 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: meta.c, net.c: Get rid of sys/signal.h. + +2002-02-12 15:29 Guus Sliepen + + * src/process.c: Don't use sa_sigaction (which NetBSD doesn't like) + at all if we don't use siginfo. + +2002-02-11 16:59 Guus Sliepen + + * THANKS, configure.in, doc/tinc.conf.5, doc/tinc.texi, m4/zlib.m4, + po/nl.po, src/net.c, src/node.c, src/node.h, src/protocol.h, + src/protocol_key.c: Added support for packet compression, thanks to + Mark Glines. Add "Compression = " to the host config files, + where level can be 0 (off), or any integer between 1 (fast) and 9 + (best). + +2002-02-11 16:59 Guus Sliepen + + * m4/zlib.m4: file zlib.m4 was initially added on branch CABAL. + +2002-02-11 15:20 Guus Sliepen + + * src/solaris/device.c: Small fix. + +2002-02-11 15:20 Guus Sliepen + + * src/net.c: + - If no PrivateKeyFile is specified, /etc/tinc/netname/rsa_key.priv + is assumed. + - Check RSA key before using it. + +2002-02-11 13:33 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: freebsd/device.c, linux/device.c, openbsd/device.c, + solaris/device.c: Sensible defaults for $INTERFACE. + +2002-02-11 11:16 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: netutl.c, netutl.h: Last bits of the merger. + +2002-02-11 11:05 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: event.c, event.h, protocol_auth.c, protocol_edge.c, + protocol_key.c, protocol_misc.c, protocol_subnet.c: Forgot to merge + new files from pre5. + +2002-02-10 22:57 Guus Sliepen + + * AUTHORS, Makefile.am, NEWS, README, THANKS, TODO, acconfig.h, + configure.in, doc/CONNECTIVITY, doc/NETWORKING, doc/PROTOCOL, + doc/SECURITY2, doc/tinc.conf.5, doc/tinc.texi, doc/tincd.8, + doc/sample-config/tinc-down, doc/sample-config/tinc-up, + doc/sample-config/tinc.conf, lib/avl_tree.c, lib/dropin.c, + lib/dropin.h, m4/openssl.m4, po/POTFILES.in, po/nl.po, + redhat/Makefile.am, src/Makefile.am, src/conf.c, src/conf.h, + src/connection.c, src/connection.h, src/device.h, src/edge.c, + src/edge.h, src/graph.c, src/graph.h, src/meta.c, src/meta.h, + src/net.c, src/net.h, src/node.c, src/node.h, src/process.c, + src/process.h, src/protocol.c, src/protocol.h, src/route.c, + src/route.h, src/subnet.c, src/subnet.h, src/tincd.c, + src/freebsd/device.c, src/linux/device.c, src/openbsd/device.c, + src/solaris/device.c: Merging of the entire pre5 branch. + +2002-02-10 16:44 Ivo Timmermans + + * doc/tinc.texi: Added @dircategory + +2002-02-10 01:39 Guus Sliepen + + * doc/tinc.texi: Better placement of @cindex directives. + +2002-02-09 23:54 Guus Sliepen + + * configure.in: Remove src/device.c before making a symbolic link. + +2002-02-09 22:44 Guus Sliepen + + * THANKS: Credits go to Jerome Etienne for his security analysis. + +2002-02-09 22:42 Guus Sliepen + + * configure.in: 1.0pre5, without a dash. + +2002-02-09 22:35 Guus Sliepen + + * src/Makefile.am: Add os/device.c to the release. + +2002-02-09 22:11 Guus Sliepen + + * doc/: tinc.conf.5, tincd.8: Spelling checker. + +2002-02-09 22:00 Guus Sliepen + + * configure.in: Make po/POTFILES and po/Makefile since not all + versions of autoconf do this automatically. + +2002-02-09 21:33 Guus Sliepen + + * po/nl.po: Update translation. + +2002-02-09 21:30 Guus Sliepen + + * Makefile.am: There are no makefiles in redhat/. + +2002-02-09 21:27 Guus Sliepen + + * README: We're up to version 1.0pre5 now. + +2002-02-09 21:18 Guus Sliepen + + * configure.in, redhat/Makefile.am: Don't make makefiles in debian/ + and redhat/. + +2002-02-09 21:07 Guus Sliepen + + * NEWS, README, TODO: Update to pre5. + +2002-02-09 21:00 Guus Sliepen + + * doc/: CONNECTIVITY, NETWORKING, PROTOCOL, SECURITY2, tincd.8: + 2002. + +2002-02-09 20:59 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: conf.c, conf.h, connection.c, connection.h, device.h, + edge.c, edge.h, graph.c, graph.h, meta.c, meta.h, net.c, net.h, + netutl.c, netutl.h, node.c, node.h, process.c, process.h, + protocol_auth.c, protocol_edge.c, protocol_key.c, protocol_misc.c, + protocol_subnet.c, route.c, route.h, subnet.c, tincd.c, + freebsd/device.c, linux/device.c, openbsd/device.c, + solaris/device.c: We're living in 2002 now. + +2002-02-09 19:34 Guus Sliepen + + * doc/tinc.texi: Update info manual. + +2002-02-09 17:26 Guus Sliepen + + * src/net.c: Fix flushing of event queue. + +2002-02-09 17:24 Guus Sliepen + + * doc/tinc.conf.5, po/nl.po, src/conf.c, src/conf.h, src/event.h, + src/net.c, src/process.c, src/subnet.c: Cleanups. + +2002-02-09 17:07 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: Makefile.am, connection.h, net.c, net.h, protocol_auth.c, + route.c: Added struct outgoing_t, which is a ticket containing the + name of a node to connect to and the time we should wait before + retrying. The outgoing_t is kept either in the event queue or by the + corresponding connection_t. + +2002-02-09 15:32 Guus Sliepen + + * src/net.c: Don't quit because of tap read errors. + +2002-02-09 12:06 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: net.c, protocol_key.c: Allow packet encryption to be turned + of with Cipher = none. + +2002-02-08 13:02 Guus Sliepen + + * src/event.h: file event.h was initially added on branch pre5. + +2002-02-08 13:02 Guus Sliepen + + * src/event.c: file event.c was initially added on branch pre5. + +2002-02-08 13:02 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: event.c, event.h: Added functions to manage an event queue. + +2002-02-08 12:22 Guus Sliepen + + * src/protocol_node.c: ADD/DEL_NODE messages are not used anymore. + +2002-02-08 12:12 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: net.c, process.c: + - Purge unreachable nodes if there are no outgoing connections or + SIGWINCH is received. + - Actually use sigsegv_square(). + +2002-02-08 10:32 Guus Sliepen + + * src/protocol_subnet.c: Really fix del_subnet_h(). + +2002-02-07 22:37 Guus Sliepen + + * src/protocol_subnet.c: Fix handling of DEL_SUBNET messages. + +2002-02-07 22:36 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: graph.c, net.c: Fix IndirectData and TCPOnly options. + +2002-02-07 16:42 Guus Sliepen + + * doc/sample-config/: tinc-down, tinc-up, tinc.conf: Updated sample + configuration files. + +2002-02-07 15:55 Guus Sliepen + + * src/route.c: Get rid of last %hhx. + +2002-02-07 15:53 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: netutl.c, subnet.c: FreeBSD compile fixes. + +2002-02-07 15:43 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: protocol_subnet.c, route.c, subnet.c: Make tinc's IPv6 + support working. + +2002-02-07 14:21 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: netutl.c, subnet.c: OpenBSD (and probably other non-GNU + operating systems) doesn't support %hhu. + +2002-02-07 13:42 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: graph.c, netutl.c, route.c, openbsd/device.c: OpenBSD + compile fixes. + +2002-02-07 13:09 Guus Sliepen + + * src/conf.c: get_config_address() returns a pointer to a newly + created ipv4_t. + +2002-02-07 13:07 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: conf.c, conf.h, edge.c, net.c, netutl.c, netutl.h, + protocol.h, protocol_auth.c, protocol_edge.c, subnet.c, subnet.h: + Send addresses and subnets as human readable strings. + +2002-02-07 13:05 Guus Sliepen + + * doc/: PROTOCOL, SECURITY2, tinc.conf.5, tinc.texi, tincd.8: + Updated documentation. + +2002-02-07 10:48 Guus Sliepen + + * src/protocol_key.c: Really stop proxying keys. + +2002-02-07 00:51 Guus Sliepen + + * src/solaris/device.c: Fix for Solaris. + +2002-02-06 21:55 Guus Sliepen + + * po/nl.po: Update dutch translation. + +2002-02-06 21:55 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: protocol_auth.c, protocol_edge.c, protocol_subnet.c: + Display new debug messages only when debug level is set accordingly. + +2002-02-06 21:18 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: graph.c, net.c, node.h, protocol_key.c: + - Fix sequence number handling when many nodes are involved + - Use minimum spanning tree when broadcasting KEY_CHANGED + - Disable key proxying for now. + +2002-02-06 20:17 Guus Sliepen + + * acconfig.h, m4/openssl.m4, src/tincd.c: Check for + OpenSSL/SSLeay_add_all_algorithms(). + +2002-02-06 18:07 Guus Sliepen + + * po/: POTFILES.in, nl.po: More translations. + +2002-02-06 17:51 Guus Sliepen + + * src/node.c: Cleanup. + +2002-02-06 17:50 Guus Sliepen + + * lib/avl_tree.c: Clear pointers and count/depth after unlinking a + node. + +2002-02-06 16:58 Guus Sliepen + + * src/net.h: Maximum size of an ethernet frame is 1514 bytes, not + 1500. + +2002-02-06 16:46 Guus Sliepen + + * po/: POTFILES.in, nl.po: Add more translations. + +2002-02-06 16:44 Guus Sliepen + + * src/net.c: Use full keylength when calculating MAC, and allow + large UDP packets to be received. + +2002-02-06 15:38 Guus Sliepen + + * src/protocol_key.c: Fix ans_key_h(). + +2002-02-06 15:27 Guus Sliepen + + * src/protocol_key.c: Copy key to node_t before forwarding it. + +2002-02-06 15:09 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: graph.c, node.c: Quick hack to fix node_udp_compare(). + +2002-02-06 14:57 Guus Sliepen + + * src/net.c: Don't send packets to nodes that are not reachable. + +2002-02-06 14:43 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: graph.c, node.c: Don't forget to manage the node_udp_tree. + +2002-02-06 14:14 Guus Sliepen + + * src/graph.c: FreeBSD compile fix. + +2002-02-06 14:07 Guus Sliepen + + * src/net.c: Don't complain about missing Port variable, use + default (655) instead. + +2002-02-06 14:05 Guus Sliepen + + * doc/tinc.conf.5: Update configuration manual. + +2002-02-06 14:04 Guus Sliepen + + * src/freebsd/device.c: Declare correct variable name. + +2002-02-06 13:35 Guus Sliepen + + * po/nl.po, src/graph.c, src/subnet.c: Added one message to be + translated. + +2002-02-06 13:25 Guus Sliepen + + * po/nl.po, src/graph.c, src/node.h, src/protocol_key.c: Cleanups. + +2002-02-05 16:17 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: Makefile.am, connection.c, connection.h, edge.c, edge.h, + graph.c, graph.h, net.c, node.c, node.h, protocol.c, protocol.h, + protocol_auth.c, protocol_edge.c, protocol_key.c, + protocol_subnet.c: + - Move information about cipher and digest from ACK to SEND_KEY + - Move information about addresses and portnumbers from ADD_NODE to + ADD_EDGE + - Stop exchanging information about nodes at all, it can be derived + from the ADD_EDGE and ADD_SUBNET messages. + - Don't purge anything. Only authorative nodes are allowed to delete + edges and subnets. This means we remember information about nodes + that may not be reachable anymore, but reduces amount of + ADD/DEL_SUBNET/EDGE messages. + - Lots of bugfixes. + +2002-02-03 23:18 Guus Sliepen + + * src/tincd.c: Woops! + +2002-02-03 23:14 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: net.h, node.h, process.c, protocol.c, protocol.h, + protocol_key.c, tincd.c: Cleanups. + +2002-02-03 22:29 Guus Sliepen + + * src/protocol_subnet.c: file protocol_subnet.c was initially added + on branch pre5. + +2002-02-03 22:29 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: Makefile.am, protocol.c, protocol.h, protocol_auth.c, + protocol_edge.c, protocol_key.c, protocol_misc.c, protocol_node.c, + protocol_subnet.c: Split up protocol.c. + +2002-02-03 22:29 Guus Sliepen + + * src/protocol_misc.c: file protocol_misc.c was initially added on + branch pre5. + +2002-02-03 22:29 Guus Sliepen + + * src/protocol_node.c: file protocol_node.c was initially added on + branch pre5. + +2002-02-03 22:29 Guus Sliepen + + * src/protocol_edge.c: file protocol_edge.c was initially added on + branch pre5. + +2002-02-03 22:29 Guus Sliepen + + * src/protocol_key.c: file protocol_key.c was initially added on + branch pre5. + +2002-02-03 22:29 Guus Sliepen + + * src/protocol_auth.c: file protocol_auth.c was initially added on + branch pre5. + +2002-02-01 17:00 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: net.c, protocol.c: Fixes for some buglets. + +2002-01-29 12:50 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: net.c, protocol.c: Some fixes to make cipher/digest + selection actually work. + +2002-01-29 00:26 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: net.c, net.h, node.c, node.h, protocol.c, tincd.c: + - Removed salt in favour of sequence numbers. + - Packet encryption is now fully configurable: + - option "Cipher" takes name of a cipher as argument (default + "blowfish") + - option "Digest" takes name of a digest as argument (default + "sha1") + - option "MACLength" takes length of message authentication code as + argument (default 4), set to 0 to turn it off completely. + +2002-01-24 18:03 Guus Sliepen + + * src/net.c: Don't retry if all outgoing connections work. + +2002-01-22 22:52 Guus Sliepen + + * src/net.c: More #ifdefs around use of sequence numbers. + +2002-01-22 22:46 Guus Sliepen + + * src/linux/device.c: Don't use iovecs with Linux ethertap device. + +2002-01-14 01:29 Guus Sliepen + + * TODO: Updated TODO list. + +2002-01-14 00:57 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: net.c, net.h, node.h, protocol.c: Experimental changes to + fix the security weaknesses found by Jerome Etienne. Compile with + MORESECURE defined to add replay protection and packet + authentication. + +2001-12-23 15:06 Guus Sliepen + + * src/protocol.c: Exchange options during authentication (enables + IndirectData and TCPOnly) + +2001-12-23 15:06 Guus Sliepen + + * src/conf.c: Fix boolean "no". + +2001-12-20 14:53 Guus Sliepen + + * src/protocol.c: Resynchronise completely after receiving bad + DEL_EDGE. + +2001-12-18 22:12 Guus Sliepen + + * doc/: tinc.conf.5, tincd.8: + - Revamped man pages to make them more maintainable. + - Reflect new and changed options. + +2001-12-18 22:10 Guus Sliepen + + * po/nl.po: Updated dutch translation. + +2001-12-18 15:33 Guus Sliepen + + * src/linux/device.c: Make mymac extern. + +2001-12-18 15:32 Guus Sliepen + + * src/freebsd/device.c: FreeBSD compile fixes. + +2001-12-18 00:11 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: graph.c, net.c, node.h, protocol.c: Updated semantics for + the meta protocol and fixed a few small bugs. + +2001-12-16 14:51 Guus Sliepen + + * configure.in, src/conf.c, src/conf.h, src/net.c: Added + configurable statistics logging for the Cube project. + +2001-11-16 23:41 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/net.c: Conversion to struct addrinfo is almost complete for + this file. + +2001-11-16 23:40 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/tincd.c: Don't include netutl.h. + +2001-11-16 23:31 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/conf.c: Fixed silly typo: "np" instead of "no" + +2001-11-16 23:31 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/conf.c: get_config_subnet needs to be fixed. + +2001-11-16 18:40 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/route.c: route_ipv4 and route_ipv6 replaced by route_ip. + +2001-11-16 18:39 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/protocol.c: Don't include netutl.h. + +2001-11-16 18:39 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/node.c: lookup_node_udp changed. + +2001-11-16 18:38 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/net.c: First part of rewriting things to use struct addrinfo. + +2001-11-16 18:36 Ivo Timmermans + + * lib/: dropin.c, dropin.h: Added dropin replacements for get*info + and helper functions. + +2001-11-16 17:16 Ivo Timmermans + + * acconfig.h: Added HAVE_STRUCT_ADDRINFO + +2001-11-16 16:56 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/node.h: + (re)added port to struct node_t + +2001-11-16 13:21 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/: netutl.c, netutl.h: Obsoleted. + +2001-11-16 13:20 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/: connection.c, edge.c, net.c: Don't include netutl.h. + +2001-11-16 13:17 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/conf.c: Don't include netutl.h. + +2001-11-16 13:16 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/Makefile.am: Don't compile/link netutl.c. + +2001-11-16 13:14 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/conf.h: get_config_{ip,port} removed. + +2001-11-16 13:12 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/: node.h, edge.h: Changed to use struct addrinfo where + needed. + +2001-11-16 13:10 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/subnet.h: Obsoleted all IP types in favor of struct + addrinfo + +2001-11-16 13:08 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/net.h: Removed definitions of ipv4_t, ipv6_t, port_t + +2001-11-16 13:02 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/connection.c: Changed lookup_connection to use struct + addrinfo + +2001-11-16 13:01 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/connection.h: Changed prototype for lookup_connection to use + struct addrinfo + +2001-11-16 01:23 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/connection.h: Use struct addrinfo in connection_t to hold all + host data such as IP address and port + +2001-11-16 01:13 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/conf.c: Deprecated get_config_ip and get_config_port + +2001-11-16 00:49 Ivo Timmermans + + * configure.in: Check for struct addrinfo + +2001-11-16 00:28 Ivo Timmermans + + * AUTHORS: Credit OpenSSH + +2001-11-16 00:26 Ivo Timmermans + + * configure.in: Check for getnameinfo, gai_strerror, freeaddrinfo + +2001-11-16 00:05 Ivo Timmermans + + * configure.in: Check for getaddrinfo + +2001-11-05 20:09 Guus Sliepen + + * lib/dropin.c, lib/utils.c, src/net.c: More fixes for Solaris. + +2001-11-05 20:06 Guus Sliepen + + * lib/dropin.c, lib/dropin.h, lib/utils.c, src/solaris/device.c: + Various fixes needed for Solaris. + +2001-11-05 00:48 Guus Sliepen + + * src/protocol.c: Correctly check if subnet owner exists. + +2001-11-05 00:29 Guus Sliepen + + * src/protocol.c: Be liberal in what you accept: allow unknown + edges to be deleted. + +2001-11-03 23:53 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: net.c, process.c: [no log message] + +2001-11-03 22:22 Guus Sliepen + + * src/protocol.c: Several bugfixes. + +2001-11-03 22:21 Guus Sliepen + + * src/net.c: Use PEM functions as suggested by OpenSSL docs. + +2001-10-31 21:37 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: netutl.c, process.c, protocol.c: Some very small fixes + +2001-10-31 21:22 Guus Sliepen + + * src/net.c: Avoid connecting to another node twice, and check name + of outgoing connections. + +2001-10-31 21:07 Guus Sliepen + + * src/conf.c: Show cfg->variable instead of cfg->value when + complaining about wrong type. + +2001-10-31 21:02 Guus Sliepen + + * src/protocol.c: Don't forget to read public RSA key when making + an outgoing connection. + +2001-10-31 13:50 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: device.h, graph.c, graph.h, net.c, node.c, process.c, + protocol.c, linux/device.c: + - Small fixes to graph algorithms + - More control over tap device, ability to set interface name to + something other than the netname. + - Export NETNAME, DEVICE and INTERFACE environment variables to + scripts. + +2001-10-30 17:34 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: connection.c, connection.h, net.c, protocol.c: More updates + to protocol handlers and reimplemented terminate_connection(). + +2001-10-30 13:59 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: Makefile.am, edge.c, graph.c, net.c, node.c, protocol.c, + subnet.c: Various fixes, tinc is now somewhat capable of actually + working again. + +2001-10-29 14:14 Guus Sliepen + + * src/graph.h: file graph.h was initially added on branch CABAL. + +2001-10-29 14:14 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: graph.c, graph.h: Working version of Kruskal's algorithm. + The running time is very bad though. + +2001-10-28 23:42 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: connection.c, connection.h, edge.c, edge.h, graph.c, + node.c, node.h, protocol.c, subnet.c, subnet.h: + - More changes needed for Kruskal's algorithm + - Implemented a breadth-first search algorithm as a cheap + substitution for a single-source shortest path algorithm. + +2001-10-28 11:16 Guus Sliepen + + * src/graph.c: file graph.c was initially added on branch CABAL. + +2001-10-28 11:16 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: Makefile.am, connection.h, edge.c, edge.h, graph.c, net.c, + node.h, process.c, protocol.c: + - More s/vertex/edge/g + - Implementation of Kruskal's minimum spanning tree algorithm. + +2001-10-28 09:41 Guus Sliepen + + * src/edge.c: file edge.c was initially added on branch CABAL. + +2001-10-28 09:41 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: Makefile.am, conf.h, connection.c, connection.h, edge.c, + edge.h, net.c, protocol.c, protocol.h, tincd.c, vertex.c, vertex.h: + What was I thinking? s/vertex/edge/g. + +2001-10-28 09:41 Guus Sliepen + + * src/edge.h: file edge.h was initially added on branch CABAL. + +2001-10-27 17:19 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: conf.c, connection.c, net.c, process.c, tincd.c: Various + small fixes to make tinc runnable again. + +2001-10-27 15:13 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: device.h, net.c, net.h, node.c, process.c, route.c, + subnet.c, subnet.h, vertex.c, linux/device.c: Make sure everything + links. + +2001-10-27 14:13 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: conf.c, conf.h, connection.c, connection.h, device.h, + meta.c, net.c, net.h, netutl.c, netutl.h, node.c, node.h, + process.c, protocol.c, protocol.h, route.c, route.h, subnet.c, + subnet.h, tincd.c, vertex.c, vertex.h, linux/device.c: Big bad + commit: + - Transition to new node/vertex/connection structures + - Use new configuration handling everywhere + - Linux tun/tap device handling cleanup + - Start of IPv6 support in route.c + + It compiles, but it won't link. + +2001-10-13 15:53 Guus Sliepen + + * acconfig.h, configure.in, src/Makefile.am: Support new files + (node/vertex/device.[ch]) and OpenBSD. + +2001-10-12 17:52 Guus Sliepen + + * src/openbsd/device.c: Forgot the tun specific stuff. + +2001-10-12 17:49 Guus Sliepen + + * src/openbsd/device.c: file device.c was initially added on branch + CABAL. + +2001-10-12 17:49 Guus Sliepen + + * src/openbsd/device.c: Added OpenBSD tun device handling. Untested + though. + +2001-10-12 17:38 Guus Sliepen + + * src/solaris/device.c: Forgot to remove some old #ifdef stuff. + +2001-10-12 17:33 Guus Sliepen + + * src/solaris/device.c: file device.c was initially added on branch + CABAL. + +2001-10-12 17:33 Guus Sliepen + + * src/solaris/device.c: Solaris tun device handling cleaned up a + bit and added. + +2001-10-12 17:22 Guus Sliepen + + * src/freebsd/device.c: Added FreeBSD tap device handling. + +2001-10-12 17:22 Guus Sliepen + + * src/freebsd/device.c: file device.c was initially added on branch + CABAL. + +2001-10-12 17:16 Guus Sliepen + + * src/linux/device.c: file device.c was initially added on branch + CABAL. + +2001-10-12 17:16 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: device.h, linux/device.c: + - Split tap device stuff out of net.[ch] + - Each OS gets it's own device.c to get rid of evil #ifdefs. + - Cleaned up Linux ethertap and tun/tap handling. + +2001-10-12 17:16 Guus Sliepen + + * src/device.h: file device.h was initially added on branch CABAL. + +2001-10-10 22:35 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: connection.c, connection.h, node.h, vertex.h: More updates + to new node/vertex/connection combo. + +2001-10-10 22:34 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: conf.c, conf.h: Revamp configuration handling: + - Store everything in AVL trees (fast lookup) + - No need for hazahaza anymore + - Parse values when needed + - This simplifies a lot of config variable lookups. + +2001-10-10 11:42 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: connection.c, connection.h: Removed everything from + connection.c that has already been moved to node.c and vertex.c. + +2001-10-10 10:49 Guus Sliepen + + * src/node.c: file node.c was initially added on branch CABAL. + +2001-10-10 10:49 Guus Sliepen + + * src/vertex.c: file vertex.c was initially added on branch CABAL. + +2001-10-10 10:49 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: connection.h, node.c, node.h, vertex.c, vertex.h: Further + implementation of doc/CONNECTIVITY. connection.[ch] is now split + into a node, vertex and connection part. + +2001-10-09 21:41 Wessel Dankers + + * autogen.sh: make is not always GNU make. + +2001-10-09 21:37 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: node.h, vertex.h: Small corrections. + +2001-10-09 21:30 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: node.h, vertex.h: Started implementing doc/CONNECTIVITY. + +2001-10-09 21:30 Guus Sliepen + + * src/node.h: file node.h was initially added on branch CABAL. + +2001-10-09 21:30 Guus Sliepen + + * src/vertex.h: file vertex.h was initially added on branch CABAL. + +2001-10-08 17:47 Guus Sliepen + + * po/nl.po: Updated dutch translation. + +2001-10-08 17:37 Guus Sliepen + + * src/protocol.c: Fix bug when dropping an old connection in favour + of a new one from the same host. + +2001-10-08 15:37 Guus Sliepen + + * src/net.c: + - Use ping timeout mechanism to close connections that don't + authenticate in time. + - Fix potential segmentation fault in check_dead_connections(). + +2001-10-08 13:59 Guus Sliepen + + * src/net.c: Fix bug where tinc would crash because of a portscan + or a connection from a tinc daemon with a different version. + +2001-10-08 13:47 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: connection.c, connection.h, net.c, protocol.c: + - Renamed lastbutonehop to prevhop. + - Added connection_t *via to connection_t, this keeps record of + where to send UDP packets to. + +2001-09-25 15:39 Guus Sliepen + + * src/net.c: Fill in next- and lastbutonehop for myself. + +2001-09-25 15:35 Guus Sliepen + + * src/net.c: Try next connectto instead of the same over and over. + +2001-09-24 16:16 Guus Sliepen + + * src/connection.c: Show next- and lastbutonehop when dumping + connectionlist to syslog. + +2001-09-24 16:11 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: connection.h, net.c, protocol.c, protocol.h: Not only keep + track of nexthop, but also of lastbutonehop. If destination cl wants + indirectdata, send it to the lastbutonehop instead, unless it too + has requested so, and so on. + +2001-09-24 15:31 Guus Sliepen + + * src/net.c: + - Try old TUN/TAP ioctl() request if the one from if_tun.h fails. + - Be more verbose about the kind of tap device used. + +2001-09-05 20:38 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/process.c: Killing tincd with SIGINT causes it to toggle + between the current debug level and level 5. Useful to debug a + running tincd. + +2001-09-01 14:46 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: conf.c, conf.h: config_t* is a const parameter in + get_config_val(). + +2001-09-01 14:36 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: process.c, process.h, tincd.c: Optional signal number for + -k option. + +2001-09-01 14:36 Guus Sliepen + + * src/net.c: Revised reconnection mechanism, always try out all + ConnectTo lines. + +2001-09-01 14:02 Guus Sliepen + + * src/protocol.c: Remove IndirectData support for now, new + implementation will be added later. + +2001-08-28 22:52 Guus Sliepen + + * src/subnet.c: Fix signed comparison bug in lookup_subnet_ipv4(). + +2001-08-17 20:14 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: net.c, protocol.c: Don't send DEL_HOSTs when !status.meta + +2001-07-24 22:14 Guus Sliepen + + * src/net.c: Explicitly log which type of tunnel device is used. + +2001-07-24 22:13 Guus Sliepen + + * src/conf.h: The val variable in a config_t is never used as a + long. + +2001-07-24 22:04 Guus Sliepen + + * src/tincd.c: Write public key to rsa_key.pub instead of + rsa_key.priv (if not host configuration file is found). + +2001-07-24 22:03 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: conf.c, process.c: Don't use %m in fprintf(). + +2001-07-24 10:51 Guus Sliepen + + * doc/CONNECTIVITY: More on edges. + +2001-07-24 00:06 Guus Sliepen + + * doc/CONNECTIVITY: Discuss how sending ADD_EDGEs would be better + than sending ADD_HOSTs. + +2001-07-22 19:41 Guus Sliepen + + * doc/CONNECTIVITY: Written down a possible solution. + +2001-07-22 17:25 Guus Sliepen + + * doc/CONNECTIVITY: Correctie. + +2001-07-22 16:58 Guus Sliepen + + * doc/CONNECTIVITY: Small update. + +2001-07-22 16:46 Guus Sliepen + + * doc/CONNECTIVITY: Described problem in more detail. + +2001-07-22 16:04 Guus Sliepen + + * doc/CONNECTIVITY: file CONNECTIVITY was initially added on branch + CABAL. + +2001-07-22 16:04 Guus Sliepen + + * doc/CONNECTIVITY: Started writing a document about how daemons + connect to each other. + +2001-07-21 22:21 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: net.c, route.c: Woohoo! tinc now compiles, runs and + actually *works* on Solaris! Tested on a SparcStation 20MP running + Solaris 7. (Thanks, jiggel!) + +2001-07-21 17:46 Guus Sliepen + + * src/net.c: Always close all sockets in terminate_connection(). + +2001-07-21 17:34 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: connection.c, net.c, net.h, protocol.c: Updated + terminate_connection() so you can choose if DEL_HOSTs should be sent + or not. + +2001-07-20 22:25 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: connection.c, connection.h, net.c, protocol.c, route.c: + Added purge_tree for connection_t's which are no longer in the + connection, active or id trees, but which may still be referenced. + This tree is flushed when it is safe, this replaces + purge_connection_tree(). + + Also lots of bugfixes related to the new trees. + +2001-07-20 15:54 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: meta.c, net.c, protocol.c, route.c, tincd.c: Remove all + unnecessary status.meta and status.active checks. + +2001-07-19 14:29 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: net.c, protocol.c: Correctly use the active_tree. + +2001-07-15 20:07 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: connection.c, connection.h, net.c, protocol.c: Split + connection list into two lists: + - one list to handle all incoming/outgoing TCP connections + - another list to handle all UDP connections + + This will prevent race conditions. + +2001-07-15 16:21 Guus Sliepen + + * m4/tuntap.m4, src/net.c: Correct inclusion of standard if_tun.h + header file. + +2001-07-04 10:43 Guus Sliepen + + * src/tincd.c: Don't load table of verbose OpenSSL errormessages. + +2001-07-04 10:41 Guus Sliepen + + * m4/openssl.m4, src/meta.c, src/net.c, src/protocol.c, + src/tincd.c: + - Always use instead of just + - Check if RAND_pseudo_bytes() exists, otherwise just use + RAND_bytes() + +2001-07-01 23:42 Guus Sliepen + + * src/protocol.c: Check for all potential duplicate entries in the + id tree. + +2001-07-01 11:21 Guus Sliepen + + * src/route.c: Fix compiler warning. + +2001-07-01 11:21 Guus Sliepen + + * po/nl.po, src/protocol.c: Fix printf format bug. + +2001-07-01 11:06 Guus Sliepen + + * TODO: More items marked as done. + +2001-06-29 17:38 Guus Sliepen + + * po/nl.po: Dutch translation updated. + +2001-06-29 17:33 Guus Sliepen + + * Makefile.am, redhat/tinc, redhat/tinc.spec: Update of RedHat + build scripts. + +2001-06-29 17:32 Guus Sliepen + + * po/: es.po, nl.po, old/es.po: It appears that autogen.sh doesn't + like es.po if it isn't mentioned in the makefile/configure scripts. + +2001-06-29 17:32 Guus Sliepen + + * po/old/es.po: file es.po was initially added on branch CABAL. + +2001-06-29 16:15 Guus Sliepen + + * m4/openssl.m4: Check for dlopen in standard libraries first + (needed for DEC OSF). + +2001-06-29 15:09 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: connection.c, subnet.c: Fix gcc 3.0 warnings. + +2001-06-29 15:09 Guus Sliepen + + * src/protocol.c: Log error if two hosts connect with same IP/port + tuple. + +2001-06-29 13:09 Guus Sliepen + + * Makefile.am: Also remove po/Makefile.in.in, which is generated by + autogen.sh. + +2001-06-29 13:03 Guus Sliepen + + * po/es.po: es.po revived. + +2001-06-29 12:30 Guus Sliepen + + * src/net.c: Execute tinc-down BEFORE tap device is closed. This is + a. more symmetric (tinc-up is started after tap device is opened) + and b. is needed for tun/tap device, where the interface does not + exist anymore after the device file is closed. + +2001-06-29 12:27 Guus Sliepen + + * configure.in: Don't build Spanish translation. + +2001-06-29 12:27 Guus Sliepen + + * ABOUT-NLS, Makefile.am: ABOUT-NLS is created by autogen.sh. + +2001-06-29 12:23 Guus Sliepen + + * po/es.po: Spanish translation removed. Nobody maintains it, and + it is severely outdated. + +2001-06-27 00:00 Ivo Timmermans + + * m4/tuntap.m4: Small fix to make it compile again + +2001-06-21 20:28 Guus Sliepen + + * m4/tuntap.m4: Reinstated search for if_tun.h in kernel source + tree, because apparently /usr/include/linux does not always have the + same contents as the include files from the currently running + kernel. + +2001-06-21 18:37 Guus Sliepen + + * src/net.c: Remove #warnings I used for debugging stuff. + +2001-06-21 18:37 Guus Sliepen + + * m4/openssl.m4: Check for and add -ldl. + +2001-06-21 18:16 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: net.c, route.c: + - Solaris compile fixes + - Set mymac to broadcast MAC so that ifconfig hw ether <...> is + really not needed anymore. + - Forwarding of indirect packets when in switch mode (because the + kernel will not do it for us then). + +2001-06-20 23:32 Ivo Timmermans + + * Makefile.am: Don't include the debian/ dir in a release + +2001-06-09 12:00 Guus Sliepen + + * src/protocol.c: Woops - big bug in send_key_changed fixed. + +2001-06-08 20:02 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: net.c, net.h, protocol.c: Only reset seconds_till_retry + when we activate the outgoing connection. + +2001-06-07 09:51 Guus Sliepen + + * m4/openssl.m4: Changed drastically because it didn't work + correctly: + - Don't cache the --with-openssl-* option arguments + - Only search for openssl/*.h, the openssl include files include + other files only from an openssl/ directory too + - Set CPPFLAGS before AC_CHECK_HEADERS + +2001-06-07 09:48 Guus Sliepen + + * configure.in: Save configure cache more often. + +2001-06-06 21:12 Guus Sliepen + + * src/route.c: Fixes to make switching work between hosts that have + no meta-connection. + +2001-06-06 21:11 Guus Sliepen + + * src/subnet.c: Log and warn about duplicate subnet_add()'s for the + same subnet. + +2001-06-05 21:45 Guus Sliepen + + * src/net.c: Add missing? counting of total_socket_in. + +2001-06-05 21:39 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: conf.c, conf.h, net.c: You can now put an option "Mode" in + tinc.conf, and choose from: + + - Mode = router (default, work like tinc has always worked) + - Mode = switch (work like a switch) + - Mode = hub (work like a hub, broadcasting everything) + +2001-06-05 20:07 Guus Sliepen + + * src/subnet.c: Fix bug where lookup_subnet_ipv4() could go into an + infinite loop. + +2001-06-05 18:31 Guus Sliepen + + * src/route.c: + - This oneliner removes the need for ifconfig tap? hw ether + fe:fd:0:0:0:0 + +2001-06-05 18:15 Guus Sliepen + + * po/nl.po: Updated dutch translation. + +2001-06-05 18:13 Guus Sliepen + + * Makefile.am, configure.in: Changed some stuff to allow correct + generation of po/Makefile after a make cvs-clean. + +2001-06-05 18:09 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: connection.c, net.c, net.h, protocol.c, route.c, subnet.c, + tincd.c: + - tinc can now act as a switch or a hub too (as opposed to a router + only) + - cleaner initialisation of "UNKNOWN" and "MYSELF" names + +2001-06-04 13:14 Guus Sliepen + + * src/route.c: Added proxy-arp support. No more ifconfig -arp + needed. Works like a charm under FreeBSD now :). + +2001-06-01 10:02 Guus Sliepen + + * src/subnet.c: Fix subnet_lookup() for overlapping subnets. Needs + rethinking. + +2001-05-28 10:56 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: net.c, tincd.c: Make sure Solaris is happy too. + +2001-05-28 10:21 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: net.c, route.c: Small fixes to allow correct compilation + under FreeBSD (tested with 4.3) + +2001-05-26 11:35 Ivo Timmermans + + * Makefile.am: Don't distribute autogen.sh in a release + +2001-05-26 11:35 Ivo Timmermans + + * configure.in: Changed version number to 1.0-cvs + +2001-05-26 11:34 Ivo Timmermans + + * Makefile.am: New make target: `make release' + +2001-05-25 20:57 Guus Sliepen + + * doc/: SECURITY, sample-config/tinc-down, sample-config/tinc-up, + sample-config/hosts/alpha, sample-config/hosts/alpha.key, + sample-config/hosts/beta, sample-config/hosts/beta.key: Fix sample + configuration to show keys in PEM format and correct tapdevice. + +2001-05-25 15:24 Guus Sliepen + + * TODO: Documents are merged. Now we only need to check the ports + and the TCPonly and IndirectData options. + +2001-05-25 14:45 Guus Sliepen + + * doc/tinc.texi: Merged PROTOCOL, NETWORK and SECURITY2 with the + texinfo manual. + +2001-05-25 13:54 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: connection.h, meta.c, net.c, net.h, protocol.c, route.c: + TCPonly now works (in a relatively clean way too). + +2001-05-25 12:08 Guus Sliepen + + * src/net.c: With recent kernels the tun device file is located in + /dev/net. + +2001-05-25 12:06 Guus Sliepen + + * doc/: tinc.conf.5, tinc.texi, tincd.8: Small corrections to the + manuals. + +2001-05-25 10:36 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: meta.c, net.c, protocol.c: Small fixes: + + - Fix compiler warnings (one was a real (but harmless) bug) + - Don't send PING packets if there is UDP traffic + - Correctly terminate strings containing salt for PING/PONG packets + +2001-05-24 23:52 Guus Sliepen + + * src/protocol.c: Only send key_changed if it was previously + requested. + +2001-05-24 23:32 Guus Sliepen + + * TODO: All features for 1.0 are implemented now, we just have to + check the FreeBSD and Solaris ports and merge some docs. + +2001-05-24 23:30 Guus Sliepen + + * src/protocol.h: Since this is incompatible with some earlier + versions, PROT_CURRENT is increased. + +2001-05-24 23:29 Guus Sliepen + + * src/protocol.c: Add randomness to PING/PONG packets to prevent + crypto attacks on quiet tunnels. + +2001-05-24 22:40 Guus Sliepen + + * doc/tinc.conf.5: Changed URL from kernelnotes.org to + linuxdoc.org. + +2001-05-24 22:24 Guus Sliepen + + * doc/tinc.texi: More revisions to the documentation: + + - Removed cruft + - Reordered some sections to make it more logical for the beginner + - Added small examples and hints about configuration files + +2001-05-19 17:50 Guus Sliepen + + * doc/tinc.texi: + - Make sure correct information is supplied for both old kernels + (with ethertap) and for new kernels (with TUN/TAP driver). + - Revised example configuration and made it conform to latest (CVS) + version of tinc. + +2001-05-07 21:08 Guus Sliepen + + * ABOUT-NLS, src/net.c, src/net.h, src/netutl.c, src/protocol.c: + - s/ip_t/ipv4_t/g + - Add "salt" to the beginning of UDP packets. Replaces length field + which is not useful anyway. + +2001-05-04 20:45 Guus Sliepen + + * TODO, src/net.c: Correctly cycle through ConnectTo variables. + +2001-03-13 22:33 Guus Sliepen + + * src/protocol.c: Check indirectdata option before forwarding + certain requests. + +2001-03-13 22:32 Guus Sliepen + + * src/net.c: Ignore alarm signals if we do not need to respond to + them. + +2001-03-13 10:55 Guus Sliepen + + * src/process.c: Fixed bug in setup_signals() that would make tinc + die when unexpected signals were caught. + +2001-03-13 00:58 Guus Sliepen + + * src/meta.c: Fixed a race condition triggered by receive_meta() + and the new authentication scheme. + +2001-03-04 15:00 Guus Sliepen + + * doc/NETWORKING: file NETWORKING was initially added on branch + CABAL. + +2001-03-04 15:00 Guus Sliepen + + * doc/NETWORKING: Added a description of what is going on in net.c + and route.c, and how packets flow through tinc. + +2001-03-04 14:59 Guus Sliepen + + * po/: POTFILES.in, es.po, nl.po: Updated translation. + +2001-03-04 14:59 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: Makefile.am, connection.c, connection.h, net.c, net.h, + protocol.c, route.c, route.h: + - route.c is now used to determine destination + - flags are removed, since they were not used at all. Use options + instead. + - indirectdata works now, tcponly almost... + - made functions that don't return useful information void + +2001-03-02 12:25 Guus Sliepen + + * src/protocol.c: Added explaination of our key exchange using RSA + encryption. + +2001-03-01 22:32 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: net.c, process.c, process.h, tincd.c: Various small fixes. + +2001-02-27 17:50 Guus Sliepen + + * lib/avl_tree.c: Removed compiler warning. + +2001-02-27 17:37 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: conf.h, net.c, net.h, protocol.c, tincd.c: Removed lots of + compiler warnings. + +2001-02-27 17:17 Guus Sliepen + + * src/net.c: + - Fixed Interface option (untested) + - Removed error handling for non-critical socket options + - Added TCP_NODELAY and IPTOS_LOWDELAY options for meta sockets. + +2001-02-27 17:15 Ivo Timmermans + + * TODO: Authentication done + +2001-02-27 16:33 Guus Sliepen + + * src/net.c: Don't forget to reconnect if outgoing connection fails + during authentication. + +2001-02-26 12:37 Guus Sliepen + + * src/protocol.c: + - Make sure METAKEY is smaller than the modulus of the RSA key + - Get symmetric key from the least significant bytes of the RSA + message + +2001-02-25 21:17 Guus Sliepen + + * po/: POTFILES.in, es.po, nl.po: Added process.c to the translated + files. + +2001-02-25 20:09 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: net.c, protocol.c, protocol.h: Implemented new + authentication scheme from doc/SECURITY2. + +2001-02-25 17:34 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: net.c, protocol.c: Encrypt network packets in CBC mode + instead of CFB mode. (This breaks compatibility with all previous + versions!) + +2001-02-25 17:04 Guus Sliepen + + * src/net.c: Copy packets before putting them in the queue. + +2001-02-25 16:34 Guus Sliepen + + * lib/list.c: Free node->data and node, not node->data twice. + +2001-02-25 15:51 Guus Sliepen + + * po/es.po, po/nl.po, src/tincd.c: Add missing \n. + +2001-02-25 12:09 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: meta.c, protocol.c: Corrected check for errors after read() + calls. + +2001-02-20 22:53 Wessel Dankers + + * lib/avl_tree.c: Important bugfix in avl_insert_before() and + avl_insert_after() + +2001-02-18 03:13 Ivo Timmermans + + * m4/tuntap.m4: tinc_TUNTAP now substitutes the values outside the + AC_CACHE_CHECK block. configure should now correctly set + HAVE_TUNTAP. + +2001-02-13 10:54 Guus Sliepen + + * doc/SECURITY2: Added description of the proposed new + authentication scheme. + +2001-02-13 10:54 Guus Sliepen + + * doc/SECURITY2: file SECURITY2 was initially added on branch + CABAL. + +2001-02-11 12:55 Ivo Timmermans + + * doc/es/.cvsignore, lib/.cvsignore, redhat/.cvsignore: file + .cvsignore was initially added on branch CABAL. + +2001-02-11 12:55 Ivo Timmermans + + * .cvsignore, doc/.cvsignore, doc/es/.cvsignore, lib/.cvsignore, + redhat/.cvsignore, src/.cvsignore: More files to ignore in CVS + +2001-02-11 12:50 Guus Sliepen + + * Makefile.am, autogen.sh, lib/Makefile.am, src/Makefile.am: + - Updated CVS_CREATED to remove intl/ directory and some other + autogenerated files. + - Checked if all INCLUDES/LIBS/etc directives inherit the global + variables. + +2001-02-11 12:46 Guus Sliepen + + * src/.cvsignore: Ignore file for src/ + +2001-02-11 12:44 Guus Sliepen + + * .cvsignore, doc/.cvsignore, m4/.cvsignore, po/.cvsignore: Added + .cvsignore files to get rid of warnings and prevent autogenerated + files from being added accidentaly. + +2001-02-11 12:44 Guus Sliepen + + * .cvsignore, doc/.cvsignore, m4/.cvsignore, po/.cvsignore, + src/.cvsignore: file .cvsignore was initially added on branch + CABAL. + +2001-02-06 11:42 Guus Sliepen + + * src/protocol.c: Removed another local definition of the variable + "errno" + +2001-02-06 11:13 Guus Sliepen + + * po/: es.po, nl.po: Updated dutch translation. + +2001-02-06 11:13 Guus Sliepen + + * lib/: avl_tree.c, avl_tree.h: Fix memory leak in avl_insert() if + item was already inserted. + +2001-02-06 11:12 Guus Sliepen + + * lib/dropin.c, src/protocol.c: FreeBSD compile fixes (thanks to + XeF4) + +2001-01-18 14:01 Ivo Timmermans + + * doc/: Makefile.am, Makefile.maint: Distribute the sample config + as a .tar.gz + +2001-01-18 14:00 Ivo Timmermans + + * doc/tinc.texi: Fixed some errors + +2001-01-17 02:48 Ivo Timmermans + + * po/: es.po, nl.po: Get the PO files up to date with the current + source + +2001-01-17 02:40 Ivo Timmermans + + * doc/tinc.texi: Merged documentation with various updates I had + lying around + +2001-01-17 02:34 Ivo Timmermans + + * NEWS: Second draft of the release notes + +2001-01-17 02:31 Ivo Timmermans + + * configure.in: Change version to 1.0pre4 + +2001-01-17 02:30 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/conf.c: Fix error reporting of read_config + +2001-01-13 17:36 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: conf.c, conf.h, net.c, tincd.c: + - Allow ASN1 style keys to be in the config files. + Note: tinc ignores private key in the main config file, tinc.conf, + because it should really be in a separate file. + - When generating new keys, check if name is known and by default + append the public key to the host configuration file (otherwise + rsa_key.pub). + +2001-01-13 15:38 Guus Sliepen + + * doc/sample-config/hosts/alpha: file alpha was initially added on + branch CABAL. + +2001-01-13 15:38 Guus Sliepen + + * doc/sample-config/hosts/alpha.key: file alpha.key was initially + added on branch CABAL. + +2001-01-13 15:38 Guus Sliepen + + * doc/sample-config/hosts/beta: file beta was initially added on + branch CABAL. + +2001-01-13 15:38 Guus Sliepen + + * doc/sample-config/hosts/beta.key: file beta.key was initially + added on branch CABAL. + +2001-01-13 15:38 Guus Sliepen + + * doc/sample-config/tinc-down: file tinc-down was initially added + on branch CABAL. + +2001-01-13 15:38 Guus Sliepen + + * doc/sample-config/tinc.conf: file tinc.conf was initially added + on branch CABAL. + +2001-01-13 15:38 Guus Sliepen + + * doc/sample-config/rsa_key.priv: file rsa_key.priv was initially + added on branch CABAL. + +2001-01-13 15:38 Guus Sliepen + + * doc/sample-config/tinc-up: file tinc-up was initially added on + branch CABAL. + +2001-01-13 15:38 Guus Sliepen + + * doc/: tinc.conf.sample, sample-config/rsa_key.priv, + sample-config/tinc-down, sample-config/tinc-up, + sample-config/tinc.conf, sample-config/hosts/alpha, + sample-config/hosts/alpha.key, sample-config/hosts/beta, + sample-config/hosts/beta.key: Added sample configuration directory. + +2001-01-11 12:19 Guus Sliepen + + * src/net.c: + - Only send out DEL_HOSTs for hosts with a meta connection + +2001-01-08 22:32 Guus Sliepen + + * src/subnet.h: + - Cleaned up subnet_t + +2001-01-08 22:32 Guus Sliepen + + * lib/avl_tree.c: + - Sign was wrong in search_closest_smaller/greater + +2001-01-08 21:35 Guus Sliepen + + * src/protocol.c: + - Squashed another nasty bug. + +2001-01-07 21:19 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: connection.h, net.c, net.h, protocol.c, protocol.h: + - Added indirectdata and tcponly functionality. + +2001-01-07 21:19 Guus Sliepen + + * src/subnet.c: + - Fixed IPv6 subnet lookup routine. + +2001-01-07 18:08 Guus Sliepen + + * README, THANKS, TODO, doc/tinc.texi, lib/avl_tree.c, + lib/avl_tree.h, lib/dropin.c, lib/dropin.h, lib/list.c, lib/list.h, + lib/utils.c, lib/utils.h, po/es.po, po/nl.po, src/conf.c, + src/conf.h, src/connection.c, src/connection.h, src/meta.c, + src/meta.h, src/net.c, src/net.h, src/netutl.c, src/netutl.h, + src/process.c, src/process.h, src/protocol.c, src/protocol.h, + src/route.c, src/route.h, src/subnet.c, src/subnet.h, src/tincd.c: + - It's 2001, all copyright notices are updated. + +2001-01-07 18:08 Guus Sliepen + + * doc/: PROTOCOL, SECURITY: + - Description of protocol and authentication updated. + +2001-01-07 16:27 Guus Sliepen + + * src/route.h: file route.h was initially added on branch CABAL. + +2001-01-07 16:27 Guus Sliepen + + * src/route.h: + - Added header file for route.c. The routing routines in it are not + used yet, but have a look at the source for the ideas behind it. + +2001-01-07 16:25 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: connection.c, connection.h, net.c, net.h, netutl.c, + process.c, process.h, protocol.c, route.c: + - Reinstated a queue for outgoing packets. + +2001-01-07 16:24 Guus Sliepen + + * lib/: list.c, list.h: + - Changed list routines to give it the same look'n'feel as the rbl + and avl tree library. + +2001-01-06 21:43 Guus Sliepen + + * doc/tinc.conf.5: + - Typo. + +2001-01-06 21:02 Guus Sliepen + + * doc/tinc.texi: + - Updated texinfo manual. + +2001-01-06 19:44 Guus Sliepen + + * doc/: tinc.conf.5, tincd.8: + - Updated manual pages. + +2001-01-06 19:21 Guus Sliepen + + * lib/: avl_tree.c, avl_tree.h: + - Changed license of AVL tree library to GPL. + +2001-01-06 19:03 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: conf.c, protocol.c, tincd.c: + - Check and follow symlinks in is_safe_path + - By default write keys to tinc config directory + - Small fix in protocol.c + +2001-01-06 17:51 Guus Sliepen + + * po/: es.po, nl.po: + - Updated dutch translation. + +2001-01-06 00:53 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: conf.c, conf.h, connection.c, connection.h, meta.c, net.c, + process.c, protocol.c, route.c, subnet.c, subnet.h, tincd.c: + - Let user choose whether keys are in the config files or separate + - Use AVL trees instead of RBL trees + - Fixed a lot of annoying subtle bugs! Thanks to gdb... + +2001-01-06 00:51 Guus Sliepen + + * lib/: utils.c, utils.h: + - Doubled size of trace buffer for easier debugging. + +2001-01-06 00:50 Guus Sliepen + + * lib/avl_tree.h: file avl_tree.h was initially added on branch + CABAL. + +2001-01-06 00:50 Guus Sliepen + + * lib/avl_tree.c: file avl_tree.c was initially added on branch + CABAL. + +2001-01-06 00:50 Guus Sliepen + + * lib/: Makefile.am, avl_tree.c, avl_tree.h: + - AVL tree routines: faster than RBL, and also more stable. + +2000-12-22 22:34 Guus Sliepen + + * acconfig.h, configure.in, m4/gnuscanf.m4, src/conf.c, src/conf.h, + src/net.c, src/net.h, src/protocol.c: + - Don't even think about using sscanf with %as anymore + - Allow keys to be inside the config files or in a seperate file + - Small fixes + +2000-12-22 18:15 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/Makefile.am: Added lint target, requires lclint. + +2000-12-22 18:10 Ivo Timmermans + + * po/POTFILES.in: Forget router.c + +2000-12-22 17:59 Ivo Timmermans + + * Makefile.am: Include autogen.sh (needed for the Debian package). + +2000-12-06 14:33 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/: conf.c, conf.h: Re-introduced MyVirtualIP and VpnMask, as + dummy options. + +2000-12-05 09:59 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/: net.c, protocol.c: Tiny bits of code beautifying + +2000-12-05 09:56 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/conf.c: Oops. I did some VERY wrong things with readline(). + Fixed now. + +2000-12-05 09:54 Ivo Timmermans + + * doc/tinc.texi: Massive long awaited documentation update. It's + not finished yet, most notably the example configuration is still + old. + +2000-12-03 13:23 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/tincd.c: Option -d accepts an argument to set the debug level + immediately. + +2000-12-03 13:22 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/conf.c: Sort configuration directives + +2000-12-03 13:21 Ivo Timmermans + + * TODO: Added documentation merger + +2000-12-01 14:46 Ivo Timmermans + + * Makefile.am: Include COPYING.README in the distribution. + +2000-12-01 14:45 Ivo Timmermans + + * COPYING.README: Stated that distributing executables linked with + OpenSSL is permitted provided that all other requirements of the GPL + are complied with. + +2000-12-01 14:45 Ivo Timmermans + + * COPYING.README: file COPYING.README was initially added on branch + CABAL. + +2000-12-01 13:38 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/conf.c: Use buffer instead of line in read_config_file(), + line may be assigned NULL, so buffer always holds the pointer to the + allocated space. + +2000-12-01 13:36 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/conf.c: readline() accepts two extra parameters, buf and + buflen, to avoid mallocing and freeing for every line that is read. + +2000-12-01 00:44 Ivo Timmermans + + * TODO: Tagged `Storing private key in separate file' as done. + +2000-12-01 00:39 Ivo Timmermans + + * doc/tinc.texi: All full stops have two spaces after them. (Silly + commit, I know.) + +2000-12-01 00:18 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/: net.c, net.h, protocol.c: New function + read_rsa_public_key(); In net.c/setup_myself deleted old code to + read the public key (which is now implicitly read in together with + the private key). + +2000-11-30 23:48 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/net.c: Avoid printing duplicate messages from read_rsa_keys + +2000-11-30 23:33 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/net.c: Better error checking when reading the RSA private + key. + +2000-11-30 23:32 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/conf.c: In readline(): initialise the line to zero length; In + read_config_file(): Test for EOF, and print the variable name that + caused an error. + +2000-11-30 22:11 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/conf.c: The file is safe if it doesn't exist. + +2000-11-30 21:08 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/net.c: Read the PEM file pointed to by the configuration + directive PrivateKey. This means thatt he meaning of this variable + has changed, it no longer should contain the private key directly. + + WARNING: This code is untested. + +2000-11-30 01:24 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/conf.c: Implemented is_safe_path, and extended + ask_and_safe_open. + + is_safe_path needs more work before it is useable. + +2000-11-29 16:22 Ivo Timmermans + + * po/nl.po: Updated Dutch translation + +2000-11-29 15:30 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/conf.c: Also free the pointer returned by readline(). + +2000-11-29 15:27 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/conf.c: Use readline() in read_config_file() instead of + fgets. + +2000-11-29 15:24 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/: conf.c, conf.h, tincd.c: Implemented a readline() function + that will read an entire line into a dynamically allocated buffer; + + Ask for a file name in ask_and_safe_open(). + +2000-11-29 15:23 Ivo Timmermans + + * lib/: xalloc.h, xmalloc.c: xstrdup now takes a const pointer as + an argument. + +2000-11-29 02:37 Ivo Timmermans + + * m4/gnuscanf.m4: file gnuscanf.m4 was initially added on branch + CABAL. + +2000-11-29 02:37 Ivo Timmermans + + * acconfig.h, configure.in, system.h, m4/gnuscanf.m4: Added a check + for a scanf that knows about %as. + +2000-11-29 01:33 Ivo Timmermans + + * configure.in, lib/dropin.c, lib/dropin.h: Check for + get_current_dir_name. There is a replacement function in dropin.c. + +2000-11-29 00:23 Ivo Timmermans + + * lib/dropin.c: file dropin.c was initially added on branch CABAL. + +2000-11-29 00:23 Ivo Timmermans + + * lib/: Makefile.am, daemon.c, daemon.h, dropin.c, dropin.h: + dropin.c/h contain a set of drop-in replacements for non-standard C + library functions (read: GNU extensions). + +2000-11-29 00:23 Ivo Timmermans + + * lib/dropin.h: file dropin.h was initially added on branch CABAL. + +2000-11-29 00:12 Ivo Timmermans + + * m4/openssl.m4, src/conf.c, src/tincd.c: Save RSA public and + private keys to a separate file, instead of wanting to copy them + into a configuration file. + +2000-11-28 09:59 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/process.c: Use sigaction to set signal handlers, the previous + commit (1.1.2.16) already contained a large portion of what should + have gone in this one. + +2000-11-27 21:52 Ivo Timmermans + + * TODO: Sort items to either 1.0 or future release goals. + +2000-11-26 23:46 Ivo Timmermans + + * configure.in, system.h: Check for the function strsignal, and + define it to "" if it is not available. + +2000-11-26 23:42 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/process.c: Give an error message if daemon() failed. + +2000-11-26 23:32 Ivo Timmermans + + * po/es.po: Updated Spanish translation, provided by Enrique + Zanardi. + +2000-11-25 14:33 Guus Sliepen + + * acconfig.h, autogen.sh, configure.in, src/net.c, src/process.c, + src/protocol.c: + - Use only one socket for all UDP traffic (for compatibility) + - Write pidfile again after detaching + - Check OS (for handling FreeBSD/Solaris tun/tap stuff) + +2000-11-25 00:30 Guus Sliepen + + * lib/: daemon.c, daemon.h: + - Added daemon() replacement. + +2000-11-25 00:30 Guus Sliepen + + * lib/daemon.c: file daemon.c was initially added on branch CABAL. + +2000-11-25 00:30 Guus Sliepen + + * lib/daemon.h: file daemon.h was initially added on branch CABAL. + +2000-11-25 00:14 Guus Sliepen + + * THANKS: + - Added Armijn to the list + +2000-11-25 00:12 Guus Sliepen + + * configure.in, lib/Makefile.am, lib/rbl.c, lib/rbl.h, + src/connection.c, src/net.c, src/process.c, src/process.h, + src/subnet.c, src/tincd.c: Another big & bad commit: + - Added some extra search functions to rbl routines + - Fix subnet_lookup() + - Reorder some syslog messages to make more sense + - daemon() is back + - Don't let scripts execute in parallel (gives race conditions, and + anyway something MIGHT just be configured which is necessary for + further execution of tinc itself) + - Accidently merged check_child() with execute_script(). + - Small fixes + +2000-11-24 15:13 Ivo Timmermans + + * doc/tinc.texi: Explain how to tell configure where OpenSSL lives. + +2000-11-24 15:13 Ivo Timmermans + + * lib/pidfile.c: Set errno to 0 before trying to kill the other + process. + +2000-11-24 15:12 Ivo Timmermans + + * m4/openssl.m4: Alter CFLAGS, somehow INCLUDES doesn't propagate + properly. Still doesn't work exactly like it should, but getting + there. + +2000-11-24 15:00 Ivo Timmermans + + * cvsusers: file cvsusers was initially added on branch CABAL. + +2000-11-24 15:00 Ivo Timmermans + + * Makefile.am, cvsusers: Use cvs2cl instead of rcs2log to generate + the ChangeLog. + +2000-11-24 14:33 Ivo Timmermans + + * Makefile.am: Do not attempt to retreive ChangeLog information + only from the CABAL tag, it doesn't work anyway. + +2000-11-24 14:32 Ivo Timmermans + + * configure.in: Do not check for the daemon() system call + +2000-11-24 13:44 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/process.c: Do not use the C library's daemon() call. + +2000-11-23 10:30 Guus Sliepen + + * autogen.sh, configure.in: + - Don't link with -ldl anymore + - Let's not use bash' built-in pwd function anymore... it does not + follow symlinks. + +2000-11-23 00:09 Guus Sliepen + + * lib/list.c: + - #include instead of + +2000-11-22 23:18 Guus Sliepen + + * lib/list.c, src/connection.c, src/connection.h, src/process.c, + src/process.h: + - Fixed all (except 2) compiler warnings gcc -Wall gave. + +2000-11-22 23:05 Guus Sliepen + + * configure.in, lib/list.c, src/process.c, src/protocol.c: + - More porting to FreeBSD and Solaris. + +2000-11-22 21:25 Guus Sliepen + + * src/protocol.c: + - Work with the correct key buffer in ans_key_h + +2000-11-22 20:55 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: protocol.c, protocol.h: + - No more %as. + +2000-11-22 20:14 Guus Sliepen + + * lib/rbl.c, src/process.c, src/tincd.c: + - Write pidfile AFTER detaching... + - Minor cleanups + +2000-11-22 19:54 Guus Sliepen + + * lib/rbl.c, src/connection.c, src/netutl.c, src/protocol.c: + - Cleaned up and checked for some more NULL pointers in rbl.c + - Two connection lists: one for incoming connections, sorted on + ip/port, one for connections whose identity we know, sorted on id + ofcourse... + +2000-11-22 18:49 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/process.c: Declare fd. + +2000-11-22 18:48 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/process.c: Add more checks to ensure that filedescriptors are + right in _execute_script(). + +2000-11-22 17:19 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/: Makefile.am, tincd.c: Honor the --localstatedir option to + configure, instead of hardcoded /var. + +2000-11-21 10:13 Guus Sliepen + + * lib/: rbl.c, xalloc.h, xmalloc.c: + - Check for NULL tree->delete callback + - Add xstrdup() function + +2000-11-21 00:29 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: net.c, process.c: + - More fixes. + +2000-11-20 23:13 Guus Sliepen + + * lib/list.c, src/connection.c, src/connection.h, src/net.c, + src/process.c, src/process.h, src/subnet.c, src/tincd.c: + - Various small fixes. + +2000-11-20 20:56 Ivo Timmermans + + * configure.in: Get rid of all libtool references at once. libtool + was only used by libblowfish, which was superseded by openssl. + +2000-11-20 20:41 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: connection.c, net.c, subnet.c, subnet.h: + - Proper initialization of rbltree structures. + +2000-11-20 20:12 Guus Sliepen + + * src/connection.h: file connection.h was initially added on branch + CABAL. + +2000-11-20 20:12 Guus Sliepen + + * src/connection.c: file connection.c was initially added on branch + CABAL. + +2000-11-20 20:12 Guus Sliepen + + * lib/Makefile.am, lib/rbl.c, lib/rbl.h, po/POTFILES.in, + src/Makefile.am, src/conf.c, src/connection.c, src/connection.h, + src/connlist.c, src/connlist.h, src/meta.c, src/meta.h, src/net.c, + src/net.h, src/process.c, src/protocol.c, src/protocol.h, + src/route.c, src/subnet.c, src/subnet.h: + - Integrate rbl trees into tinc. + +2000-11-20 19:06 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/tincd.c: Also include process.h + +2000-11-20 19:05 Ivo Timmermans + + * configure.in: More function and header checks + +2000-11-20 19:02 Ivo Timmermans + + * NEWS: Added this release + +2000-11-19 23:12 Guus Sliepen + + * lib/: rbl.c, rbl.h: + - Small fixes + +2000-11-19 12:05 Guus Sliepen + + * lib/: rbl.c, rbl.h: + - Deletion also works now. + +2000-11-19 03:04 Guus Sliepen + + * lib/: rbl.c, rbl.h: + - Fixed a lot of small things. Tested everything except deletions. + +2000-11-19 00:22 Guus Sliepen + + * lib/rbl.c: + - Fix tree head/tail upon insertion + +2000-11-19 00:21 Guus Sliepen + + * lib/: rbl.c, rbl.h: + - Implemented deletions + - Added rbl_foreach() function + +2000-11-18 19:14 Guus Sliepen + + * lib/: rbl.c, rbl.h: + - Fixed searching + - Insertion implemented + +2000-11-17 11:03 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: Makefile.am, process.c: + - Removed stray @INCLUDE@ (how did that get there?) + - Use 0 instead of FALSE + +2000-11-17 01:56 Guus Sliepen + + * src/process.c: + - Simplified do_detach + +2000-11-16 23:13 Ivo Timmermans + + * lib/: list.c, list.h, xalloc.h: Use proper prototypes. + +2000-11-16 23:12 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/: process.c, process.h, tincd.c: Move more functions from + tincd.c into process.c. + +2000-11-16 23:11 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/net.c: Delete struct ifr + +2000-11-16 19:06 Ivo Timmermans + + * lib/xmalloc.c: New function: xmalloc_and_zero, which initialises + the allocated memory to all zeroes. + +2000-11-16 18:54 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/process.c: file process.c was initially added on branch + CABAL. + +2000-11-16 18:54 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/process.h: file process.h was initially added on branch + CABAL. + +2000-11-16 18:54 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/: Makefile.am, net.c, process.c, process.h, tincd.c: Move all + process-related functions into process.c. + +2000-11-16 10:18 Guus Sliepen + + * lib/rbl.c: file rbl.c was initially added on branch CABAL. + +2000-11-16 10:18 Guus Sliepen + + * lib/rbl.h: file rbl.h was initially added on branch CABAL. + +2000-11-16 10:18 Guus Sliepen + + * lib/: rbl.c, rbl.h: + - Added balanced tree management stuff as well. (It is not finished + yet.) + +2000-11-15 23:07 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/net.c: Keep a list of running children, and in each loop in + main_loop(), check if one has exited. + +2000-11-15 23:04 Ivo Timmermans + + * lib/: Makefile.am, list.c, list.h: List management and + manipulation routines. + +2000-11-15 14:33 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: Makefile.am, meta.c, net.c, protocol.c: Porting to FreeBSD: + - Reorganized and added some #includes + +2000-11-15 02:28 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/net.c: Let the output from an executed script in + execute_script() go to syslog, with proper error detection. + +2000-11-15 02:06 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/: connlist.h, meta.c, net.c, protocol.c, tincd.c: Use the + HAVE_OPENSSL_xxx_H defined from m4/openssl.m4 during configure. + +2000-11-15 02:02 Ivo Timmermans + + * m4/openssl.m4: Also check for sha.h. + +2000-11-15 01:57 Ivo Timmermans + + * m4/openssl.m4: Also check for rand.h and err.h. If any of these + files does not exist, try the next alternative path. + +2000-11-15 00:18 Ivo Timmermans + + * m4/tuntap.m4: Get rid of the annoying empty line + +2000-11-15 00:02 Ivo Timmermans + + * m4/openssl.m4: Oops, small error. + +2000-11-14 23:57 Ivo Timmermans + + * m4/openssl.m4: Better checks for OpenSSL. I think it can now + detect almost all conceivable installations. + +2000-11-13 23:29 Ivo Timmermans + + * configure.in: Identify version as 1.0pre4-cvs + +2000-11-13 23:01 Ivo Timmermans + + * m4/openssl.m4: file openssl.m4 was initially added on branch + CABAL. + +2000-11-13 23:01 Ivo Timmermans + + * configure.in, m4/openssl.m4: Add a check for openssl that accepts + explicit file locations. + +2000-11-09 22:33 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/netutl.h: Add prototype for destroy_queue + +2000-11-09 22:29 Ivo Timmermans + + * doc/tinc.texi: Updates, updates + +2000-11-09 21:42 Ivo Timmermans + + * README: Wrapped text to 70 (72?) columns for easy reading + +2000-11-09 21:41 Ivo Timmermans + + * NEWS: Final release notes added, also edited release notes for + 1.0pre2 to what the announcement on the mailing list looked like. + +2000-11-08 21:52 Guus Sliepen + + * acconfig.h, configure.in, lib/utils.c, lib/utils.h, src/tincd.c: + - Make checkpoint tracing a compile time option (off by default) + +2000-11-08 19:05 Guus Sliepen + + * THANKS: + - Add Jamie :) + +2000-11-08 18:56 Guus Sliepen + + * src/net.c: + - Applied Jamie Brigg's patch (close sockets after error) + +2000-11-08 01:20 Guus Sliepen + + * src/tincd.c: + - Fixed --config + - Show warning when both netname and config directory are given. + +2000-11-08 01:10 Guus Sliepen + + * configure.in, lib/utils.c, src/net.c, src/tincd.c: Porting to + SunOS 5.8: + - More #includes Linux doesn't seem to need + - Don't do unsetenv() on SunOS + - Use a replacement asprintf() in case the OS doesn't support it It + now compiles properly under SunOS. + +2000-11-07 23:33 Guus Sliepen + + * configure.in, lib/pidfile.c: Porting to SunOS 5.8: + - Include all header files necessary + - Check for flock() function + +2000-11-07 23:02 Guus Sliepen + + * src/protocol.c: + - Open UDP connection for all known hosts. Comments please. + +2000-11-07 22:43 Guus Sliepen + + * src/net.c: Changed execution of tinc-up: + - Do not free() strings that have been putenv()d, see man page of + the latter. + - Do not set IFNAME anymore, it appears that the ioctl to get the + name of the interface does not work at all. Since it is set to + NETNAME in case of tun/tap and it is known beforehand in case of + ethertap, there is no need for it anyway... (though it would've + simplified things). + +2000-11-04 23:57 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: conf.c, conf.h, connlist.c, net.c, net.h, netutl.c, + protocol.c, route.c, subnet.c: + - Prepended config_ to all configuration option names, because it + confused everything (including myself). + - Use connection oriented UDP sockets for both incoming and outgoing + packets. + +2000-11-04 21:44 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: connlist.h, meta.c, net.c, protocol.c: + - Simplified ping mechanism. + +2000-11-04 18:09 Guus Sliepen + + * src/net.c: + - Check for packets that are looping back. + +2000-11-04 18:04 Ivo Timmermans + + * po/nl.po: Updated Dutch translation + +2000-11-04 18:01 Ivo Timmermans + + * po/POTFILES.in: Add route.c to the list of source files. + +2000-11-04 17:54 Guus Sliepen + + * src/protocol.c: + - Forward keys in hex notation, not as binary data. + +2000-11-04 17:39 Guus Sliepen + + * src/protocol.c: + - Don't forget to set packet cipher for added hosts. + +2000-11-04 16:34 Guus Sliepen + + * po/POTFILES.in, po/es.po, po/nl.po, src/connlist.c: + - connlist.c added to translation + +2000-11-04 16:32 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/net.c: In execute_script: + - add an environment variable NETNAME. + - chdir to the configuration directory before execing the script. + +2000-11-04 16:17 Guus Sliepen + + * doc/: Makefile.am, genauth.8: + - Removed manpage for no longer existing genauth. + +2000-11-04 15:52 Guus Sliepen + + * src/net.c: + - Resolve scriptname after fork() + +2000-11-04 15:16 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/net.c: Use putenv() instead of clumsy do-it-yourself in + execute_script. + +2000-11-04 14:25 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/net.c: Small change to the way the environment is copied. + +2000-11-04 12:49 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: connlist.c, connlist.h, net.c, netutl.h, subnet.c: + - Removed even more warnings. + +2000-11-04 11:37 Guus Sliepen + + * src/net.c: + - Removed unused MAC strip/add functions. + +2000-11-03 23:35 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/: conf.c, connlist.c, connlist.h, protocol.c, protocol.h, + subnet.c: Warnings removal pass: always include config.h first; add + a few prototypes in the header files. + + This also fixes a few lint errors/warnings. + +2000-11-03 23:33 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/net.c: Run the scripts tinc-up and tinc-down from a separate + function, which sets the environment as it should be and checks for + errors. + +2000-11-03 23:31 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/tincd.c: Save the environment on startup. + +2000-11-02 23:05 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/net.c, po/nl.po: Changed a few messages wrt. system calls; + updated and changed the Dutch translation a bit. + +2000-11-02 22:43 Ivo Timmermans + + * AUTHORS: Mention fileutils, add a pointer to THANKS for more + details + +2000-11-02 22:41 Ivo Timmermans + + * Makefile.am: Change wsl to Wessel's name and email address in the + ChangeLog creation + +2000-11-02 22:40 Ivo Timmermans + + * NEWS: More exhaustive list of changes - perhaps it can be worded + differently? + +2000-11-02 22:39 Ivo Timmermans + + * THANKS: Changed `I' to `We' - small change, lots of difference :) + +2000-11-02 22:38 Ivo Timmermans + + * configure.in: Only check for linux/if_tun.h once + +2000-11-02 22:34 Ivo Timmermans + + * doc/tinc.texi: Added a perl example to turn an IP address into a + MAC address. + +2000-11-02 22:26 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/Makefile.am: Do not include $(top_srcdir)/cipher, it does no + longer exist. + +2000-10-31 17:10 Guus Sliepen + + * NEWS, README, TODO: + - Update. + +2000-10-30 11:19 Guus Sliepen + + * doc/tinc.conf.5, doc/tincd.8, src/tincd.c: + - Fixed some spelling mistakes and terminology here and there. + +2000-10-30 01:22 Guus Sliepen + + * doc/tinc.conf.5, doc/tincd.8, po/es.po, po/nl.po, src/net.c, + src/tincd.c: + - Small cleanups + - Updated dutch translation + - Updated man pages + +2000-10-29 23:55 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: connlist.h, meta.c, protocol.c, protocol.h, tincd.c: + - Finishing touch: encrypt the meta connections + +2000-10-29 23:10 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: connlist.h, net.c, protocol.c, tincd.c: + - Use CFB mode for encrypting packets: it works and we don't need + padding. + +2000-10-29 11:39 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: net.c, protocol.c: + - Small fixes + - Do proper key exchange + - Encrypt packets - it works, but there is something wrong with the + MAC header after decryption... + +2000-10-29 10:19 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: encr.c, encr.h, net.c, net.h, netutl.c, protocol.c, + tincd.c: + - Removed old encr stuff + +2000-10-29 03:07 Guus Sliepen + + * po/es.po, po/nl.po, src/connlist.c, src/net.c, src/tincd.c: + - Updated dutch translation. + - Shutdown properly. + +2000-10-29 02:27 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: connlist.h, net.h: + - Moved connlist stuff to the proper header file. + +2000-10-29 02:08 Guus Sliepen + + * src/protocol.c: + - Enforce correct order of authentication requests + +2000-10-29 02:46 Guus Sliepen + + * src/net.c: + - Hit people who can't figure out subnet address/mask pairs with a + (clue)bat. + +2000-10-29 02:24 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: conf.c, conf.h, protocol.c: + - Fixed ans_key_h + - Removed tapsubnet configuration option. + +2000-10-29 02:02 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: conf.c, connlist.c, connlist.h, meta.c, net.c, protocol.c, + subnet.c, tincd.c: + - Very big cleanup. + +2000-10-28 23:52 Guus Sliepen + + * src/net.c: + - Override destination ethernet address on incoming packets with + FE:FD:00:00:00:00 + +2000-10-28 23:25 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: net.c, net.h: + - Fixed offsets when reading/writing from/to tap device + +2000-10-28 23:05 Guus Sliepen + + * lib/utils.c, lib/utils.h, src/net.c, src/protocol.c, + src/protocol.h, src/subnet.c, src/subnet.h, src/tincd.c: + - Lots of small fixes + - Exchange subnets on acknowledgement of connection + - Do proper lookup when incoming packets from tap + - off-by-a small number-error when reading/sending tap packets + +2000-10-28 21:34 Ivo Timmermans + + * m4/tuntap.m4: Skip the check for Linux kernel sources + +2000-10-28 18:41 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: connlist.c, connlist.h, net.c, subnet.c, subnet.h: + - Updated subnet list handling. Subnets are added to two lists now, + the owner's list and a global list. It is all fucked up but it + probably works anyway, good enough for pre3 :). + +2000-10-24 17:46 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: conf.c, conf.h, connlist.c, meta.c, net.c, netutl.c, + protocol.c, subnet.c: + - Lots of little stuff modified + - Succesfully reads in subnets from host config file now and adds + them to the list. + +2000-10-23 23:56 Ivo Timmermans + + * configure.in: Oops, echelon change committed to cabal... :) + +2000-10-23 15:52 Guus Sliepen + + * src/route.c: file route.c was initially added on branch CABAL. + +2000-10-23 15:52 Guus Sliepen + + * src/route.c: + - route.c will contain the routing logic. + +2000-10-22 15:47 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/conf.c: read_server_config: Check for result of + read_config_file. + +2000-10-22 15:37 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/net.c: Include linux/sockios.h and net/if.h anyway, + regardless of the value of HAVE_TUNTAP. + +2000-10-21 13:52 Guus Sliepen + + * lib/utils.h, src/meta.c, src/net.c, src/protocol.c, src/tincd.c: + - Fixed all debug levels. + - Seed PRNG before generating a challenge + - Strange thing in challenge decryption: it fails if first bit is + set!? + +2000-10-20 21:46 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: Makefile.am, net.c, tincd.c: + - Removed last reference to genauth from Makefile.am + - Tinc spawns tinc-up and tinc-down scripts which can be used to + configure the network device. The environment variable IFNAME is set + to the name of the interface. + +2000-10-20 18:49 Guus Sliepen + + * doc/es/Makefile.am: file Makefile.am was initially added on + branch CABAL. + +2000-10-20 18:49 Guus Sliepen + + * doc/es/Makefile.am, po/POTFILES.in, po/es.po, po/nl.po, + src/Makefile.am, src/genauth.c, src/tincd.c: + - Made Makefile.am stub for doc/es/ + - Merged genauth into tincd + - Updated dutch translation + +2000-10-20 18:44 Ivo Timmermans + + * lib/: hash.c, hash.h, list.c, list.h: Generalized list and hash + handling functions + +2000-10-20 18:43 Ivo Timmermans + + * lib/: xmalloc.c, xalloc.h: New function: xalloc_and_zero() + +2000-10-20 18:42 Ivo Timmermans + + * lib/Makefile.am: Add all the new files to the sources list for + the utility library + +2000-10-20 17:34 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: connlist.c, connlist.h, genauth.c, net.c, protocol.c, + protocol.h: + - tinc now really does public/private key encryption! It even works, + whee! + +2000-10-19 22:56 Ivo Timmermans + + * lib/: error.c, error.h: Generalized error handling functions + +2000-10-19 22:39 Ivo Timmermans + + * configure.in: Add check for the syslog function + +2000-10-19 16:42 Guus Sliepen + + * src/genauth.c: + - Seed the PRNG using /dev/random before generating the keys. + +2000-10-18 22:12 Ivo Timmermans + + * AUTHORS, Makefile.am, README, THANKS, TODO, acconfig.h, + configure.in, doc/Makefile.am, doc/tinc.conf.5, doc/tinc.texi, + lib/Makefile.am, lib/utils.c, lib/utils.h, lib/xalloc.h, + lib/xmalloc.c, po/POTFILES.in, po/nl.po, redhat/tinc.spec, + src/Makefile.am, src/conf.c, src/conf.h, src/encr.c, src/encr.h, + src/genauth.c, src/net.c, src/net.h, src/netutl.c, src/netutl.h, + src/protocol.c, src/protocol.h, src/tincd.c: Bring head revision up + to date with cabal (try #3) + +2000-10-18 21:44 Ivo Timmermans + + * THANKS, configure.in: Get the head revision up to date with cabal + +2000-10-17 12:15 Ivo Timmermans + + * lib/xmalloc.c: Don't declare cp_file and cp_line in xmalloc() + +2000-10-17 12:14 Ivo Timmermans + + * doc/Makefile.am: Process subdir es/ + +2000-10-16 21:04 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: connlist.c, net.c, protocol.c: + - More fixing. Tinc daemons can now even create activated + connections. + +2000-10-16 18:33 Guus Sliepen + + * lib/utils.c, src/conf.c, src/connlist.c, src/net.c, + src/protocol.c: + - Fixing little things + - Two tinc daemons can connect to eachother now (but they disconnect + right after the ACKs). + +2000-10-16 13:35 Ivo Timmermans + + * configure.in: Output doc/es/Makefile + +2000-10-15 22:30 Guus Sliepen + + * src/net.c: Corrected #ifdefs for tun/tap support. + +2000-10-15 22:21 Ivo Timmermans + + * m4/tuntap.m4: Really #include the if_tun.h files now + +2000-10-15 22:13 Ivo Timmermans + + * m4/tuntap.m4: Linearized checks for if_tun.h + +2000-10-15 21:53 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/net.c: Wrap the tun/tap code in #ifdef HAVE_TUNTAP + +2000-10-15 19:26 Ivo Timmermans + + * m4/tuntap.m4: file tuntap.m4 was initially added on branch CABAL. + +2000-10-15 19:26 Ivo Timmermans + + * acconfig.h, configure.in, m4/tuntap.m4: Add checks for the + presence of the universal tun/tap device driver. + +2000-10-15 02:59 Guus Sliepen + + * lib/utils.c, lib/utils.h, po/POTFILES.in, po/es.po, po/nl.po, + src/conf.c, src/conf.h, src/connlist.c, src/genauth.c, src/meta.c, + src/net.c, src/net.h, src/protocol.c, src/protocol.h, src/subnet.c, + src/tincd.c: + - The daemon actually runs now (somewhat) + - Added support for tun/tap driver (autodetect!) + - More sophisticated checkpoint functionality + - Updated dutch translation + +2000-10-15 00:22 Ivo Timmermans + + * doc/tinc.texi: Add CVS id lines + +2000-10-15 00:17 Ivo Timmermans + + * doc/tinc.texi: Fix `Requirements'-section for GMP and OpenSSL + libraries. + +2000-10-14 19:04 Guus Sliepen + + * lib/utils.c, lib/utils.h, src/conf.c, src/conf.h, src/connlist.c, + src/connlist.h, src/net.c, src/net.h, src/protocol.c, src/tincd.c: + - Second fixing-things pass: it even links now. + - Lots of FIXME comments added to the source code. + +2000-10-14 01:34 Ivo Timmermans + + * configure.in: Don't look for GMP header files + +2000-10-14 01:30 Ivo Timmermans + + * README: Updated new requirements, pointers to the manual + +2000-10-14 01:29 Ivo Timmermans + + * configure.in: Link with OpenSSL, forget libGMP + +2000-10-12 00:00 Guus Sliepen + + * lib/xalloc.h, src/conf.c, src/conf.h, src/connlist.c, + src/connlist.h, src/meta.c, src/net.c, src/net.h, src/netutl.c, + src/netutl.h, src/protocol.c, src/protocol.h, src/subnet.c, + src/subnet.h, src/tincd.c: + - Fixing-things pass: every source file compiles into an object file + now, but linking tincd does not work yet (must link with openssl + libs and define some missing functions). + +2000-10-11 15:42 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: conf.c, conf.h, protocol.c: + - Generalized config file parsing to support multiple configuration + trees. + +2000-10-11 14:07 Guus Sliepen + + * src/genauth.c: + - Changed genauth to produce rsa keypairs instead of random + passphrases. + +2000-10-11 12:35 Guus Sliepen + + * src/connlist.h: file connlist.h was initially added on branch + CABAL. + +2000-10-11 12:35 Guus Sliepen + + * src/connlist.c: file connlist.c was initially added on branch + CABAL. + +2000-10-11 12:35 Guus Sliepen + + * AUTHORS, Makefile.am, configure.in, src/Makefile.am, + src/connlist.c, src/connlist.h, src/encr.h, src/meta.c, src/meta.h, + src/net.c, src/net.h, src/netutl.c, src/netutl.h, src/protocol.h, + src/subnet.c, src/subnet.h: Big and bad commit of my current + tree... + - Added seperate file for connection list handling + - Updating everything to use connlist, meta and subnet files + - Removed dependency on libgmp + - Lots of other stuff... + +2000-10-01 05:21 Guus Sliepen + + * src/subnet.c: file subnet.c was initially added on branch CABAL. + +2000-10-01 05:21 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: meta.h, net.h, subnet.c, subnet.h: + - Added subnet handling code + - Other small changes to header files + +2000-10-01 05:21 Guus Sliepen + + * src/subnet.h: file subnet.h was initially added on branch CABAL. + +2000-09-27 22:32 Ivo Timmermans + + * doc/tinc.texi: Many updates, parts rewritten, added, shuffled + around. + +2000-09-26 16:06 Guus Sliepen + + * src/meta.h: file meta.h was initially added on branch CABAL. + +2000-09-26 16:06 Guus Sliepen + + * src/meta.c: file meta.c was initially added on branch CABAL. + +2000-09-26 16:06 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: meta.c, meta.h, net.c, protocol.c, protocol.h: + - Added meta.c which contains functions to send, receive and + broadcast metadata. It will also handle encryption and decryption, + and possibly compression and checksumming. + - Moved request dispatcher to protocol.c. + +2000-09-25 22:08 Guus Sliepen + + * doc/SECURITY: + - Very detailed example of the authentication phase. + +2000-09-22 18:20 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: net.c, protocol.c: + - Removed options "string" stuff. It was a bad idea... + - free() everything that is allocated. + +2000-09-22 17:06 Guus Sliepen + + * src/protocol.c: + - Severe code reduction and simplification of challenge requests + - "Finished" [add|del]_subnet_h + - Added lots of sanity checks to [add|del]_host_h + +2000-09-17 23:42 Guus Sliepen + + * src/protocol.c: + - Updated authentication scheme. + - Removed all trailing spaces from all lines. + - Added things to add_ and del_subnet_h. + +2000-09-17 22:11 Guus Sliepen + + * doc/SECURITY: + - Included authentication scheme from protocol.c + - Added a few comments about the symmetric cipher. + +2000-09-17 21:57 Guus Sliepen + + * doc/SECURITY: Added document about the used cryptographic + algorithms and the reasons behind them. Feel very free to comment on + this! + +2000-09-17 21:57 Guus Sliepen + + * doc/SECURITY: file SECURITY was initially added on branch CABAL. + +2000-09-17 12:28 Ivo Timmermans + + * doc/es/: tinc-es.html, tinc_toc-es.html: Added Spanish + translation of the docs by Matias Carrasco + +2000-09-17 12:28 Ivo Timmermans + + * doc/es/tinc_toc-es.html: file tinc_toc-es.html was initially + added on branch CABAL. + +2000-09-17 12:28 Ivo Timmermans + + * doc/es/tinc-es.html: file tinc-es.html was initially added on + branch CABAL. + +2000-09-15 14:58 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/: encr.c, net.c, net.h, netutl.c, protocol.c: Second round of + fixes + +2000-09-14 23:51 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/: net.c, net.h, netutl.c, protocol.c: First round of needed + fixes after the overhaul + +2000-09-14 16:34 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/: conf.c, conf.h: New directive: Name. + +2000-09-14 16:32 Ivo Timmermans + + * lib/utils.h, src/net.h: Added some structures and types that are + needed for the overhaul. + +2000-09-14 13:54 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: net.c, protocol.c: + - Lots of small changes. + +2000-09-11 13:40 Ivo Timmermans + + * configure.in: Better checks for SunOS libraries + +2000-09-11 12:05 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: protocol.c, protocol.h: + - Fixed modulo in keylength check + - Updated header file to reflect new protocol code + +2000-09-11 01:11 Guus Sliepen + + * src/protocol.c: + - Some key exchange stuff. (Last commit before going to bed.) + +2000-09-11 00:49 Guus Sliepen + + * src/protocol.c: + - Lots of functions added for the new protocol. + +2000-09-10 23:57 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/protocol.h: Add Guus' name and shift out old protocol + requests + +2000-09-10 20:37 Ivo Timmermans + + * doc/tinc.texi: Correct filenames for passphrases given in the + example + +2000-09-10 18:15 Guus Sliepen + + * src/protocol.c: + - Added more function skeletons for the new protocol. + +2000-09-10 17:18 Guus Sliepen + + * src/protocol.c: + - New protocol. Will break everything else for now. + +2000-09-10 17:16 Ivo Timmermans + + * configure.in: Support for -lsocket and -lnsl on SunOS + +2000-09-10 17:07 Ivo Timmermans + + * doc/PROTOCOL: Updated text, removed protocol flowchart + +2000-09-10 17:05 Ivo Timmermans + + * configure.in: Link with OpenSSL crypto libraries instead of own + blowfish library + +2000-09-06 13:49 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: conf.c, net.c, netutl.c, tincd.c: + - Use strerror() instead of sys_errlist[] for increased portability + (Needed for SunOS) + +2000-08-27 13:05 Ivo Timmermans + + * Makefile.am: Changed CVSROOT path in `make ChangeLog' + +2000-08-21 22:35 Ivo Timmermans + + * Makefile.am: Added a rule to create an rpm + +2000-08-21 14:50 Guus Sliepen + + * doc/tinc.conf.5: Updated tinc.conf manual. + +2000-08-18 16:45 Guus Sliepen + + * doc/tinc.texi: Updated the manual: + - incorporated comments from Stefan Hartsuiker + - updated configuration variables section + - added some text about key types + +2000-08-18 13:17 Guus Sliepen + + * src/encr.c: Commented on some size calculations. + +2000-08-17 19:22 Guus Sliepen + + * po/: es.po, nl.po: Ran update-po and updated dutch translation. + +2000-08-17 18:51 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: encr.c, netutl.c, tincd.c: Fixed all sprintf() spl01ts. + +2000-08-09 16:02 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: conf.c, conf.h, net.c: + - Added two extra configuration options, Interface and InterfaceIP, + to bind the listen socket to a network device or a specific IP. + +2000-08-09 11:34 Guus Sliepen + + * src/net.c: + - Reinstated O_NONBLOCK for meta socket + - Set SO_KEEPALIVE on meta socket + +2000-08-08 19:07 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: net.c, net.h, protocol.c: + - Moved TCP packet reception to meta handler: less kludgy and less + buggy! + +2000-08-08 16:54 Guus Sliepen + + * src/tincd.c: + - Added date/time of build and protocol number to --version output. + +2000-08-08 15:47 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: net.c, protocol.c: Removed calling add_queue for tcponly + packets. + +2000-08-08 10:48 Guus Sliepen + + * src/protocol.c: Fixed PACKET read loop. + +2000-08-07 18:27 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: conf.h, net.c, net.h, protocol.c, protocol.h: + - Lots o' buglets fixed (-Wall helps) + - Made TCPonly work :) + +2000-08-07 16:52 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: conf.c, conf.h, net.c, net.h, protocol.c, protocol.h: + - Added experimental hackish tunneling-over-TCP support. + Just use TCPonly = true in the configuration file. + +2000-07-02 15:40 Guus Sliepen + + * src/net.c: + - Fixed typo. + +2000-07-02 15:36 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: conf.c, net.c: + - Delayed address resolving for ConnectTo lines in configuration + file to allow DynDNS to work without restarting tincd. + +2000-07-02 14:48 Guus Sliepen + + * THANKS: + - Updated THANKS file + +2000-07-02 14:41 Ivo Timmermans + + * configure.in: Include the Spanish translation in the + distribution/build process. + +2000-07-02 14:35 Guus Sliepen + + * po/es.po: file es.po was initially added on branch CABAL. + +2000-07-02 14:35 Guus Sliepen + + * po/es.po: + - Added Spanish translation from Enrique Zanardi. + +2000-07-01 16:40 Guus Sliepen + + * doc/tincd.8: + - Forgot to mention ourselves in the tincd manual page! :) + +2000-07-01 16:32 Guus Sliepen + + * doc/: Makefile.am, PROTOCOL, tincd.8, tincd.x: + - Updated PROTOCOL (a bit) + - Included a real tincd.8 describing the options, signals, debug + levels and files used by tincd. + +2000-07-01 16:32 Guus Sliepen + + * doc/tincd.8: file tincd.8 was initially added on branch CABAL. + +2000-07-01 12:39 Ivo Timmermans + + * po/Makefile.in.in: Autogenerated by gettextize. + +2000-07-01 09:49 Guus Sliepen + + * src/net.h: + - Removed a single unused bit from status_bits_t. + +2000-07-01 09:29 Wessel Dankers + + * doc/HOWTO: Added architecture section, made a start with the + kernel section. ToDo: install tinc myself to see if everything is + as I say =) + +2000-07-01 00:38 Guus Sliepen + + * doc/PROTOCOL: file PROTOCOL was initially added on branch CABAL. + +2000-07-01 00:38 Guus Sliepen + + * doc/PROTOCOL: + - Added documentation for the protocols (most important the meta + protocol) used by tinc. + +2000-06-30 23:16 Wessel Dankers + + * doc/HOWTO: Grrr, recommit + +2000-06-30 23:11 Wessel Dankers + + * doc/HOWTO: This file is now only in the CABAL revision. + +2000-06-30 23:09 Wessel Dankers + + * doc/HOWTO: More about keys + +2000-06-30 23:03 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: encr.c, net.c, protocol.c: + - Made tinc even more silent if no -d flag is given at all. + +2000-06-30 22:57 Wessel Dankers + + * doc/HOWTO: Added extra bit about keys. + +2000-06-30 22:50 Wessel Dankers + + * doc/HOWTO: File added to CABAL (hopefully) + +2000-06-30 22:42 Wessel Dankers + + * doc/HOWTO: added bit on config file, split up sections, added Id: + tag + +2000-06-30 22:16 Wessel Dankers + + * doc/HOWTO: Initial revision. Lots of loose ends, not usable yet. + +2000-06-30 14:41 Guus Sliepen + + * po/nl.po, src/net.c, src/protocol.c: + - Instead of logging an error when remote end closes the connection, + we print a nice message if appropiate debug level is set. + - If we get ADD_HOSTs or DEL_HOSTs for ourself, then connection + lists are really messed up. We restart, and hope our problems go + away. + +2000-06-30 13:45 Guus Sliepen + + * po/nl.po, src/conf.c, src/conf.h, src/net.c, src/tincd.c: + - Removed segfault bug in conf.c (must have been there for ages!) + - Made main_loop() signal proof + - #defined MAXTIMEOUT (15 minutes) + - If something really really bad happens, close all connections, + wait for MAXTIMEOUT seconds, and then restart tinc + +2000-06-29 21:47 Guus Sliepen + + * po/nl.po, src/conf.c, src/conf.h, src/net.c, src/protocol.c, + src/tincd.c: + - Fixed memory leak. + - Implemented SIGHUP configuration file reloading. + - Other small changes. + +2000-06-29 19:09 Guus Sliepen + + * po/nl.po, src/net.c, src/netutl.c, src/protocol.c, + src/protocol.h, src/tincd.c: + - New semantics for BASIC_INFO, ADD_HOST and DEL_HOST requests. This + will improve connection list consistency, ensures the tree property, + and allows for recovery from situations where track of connections + is lost. + +2000-06-29 15:04 Guus Sliepen + + * po/nl.po, src/net.c, src/net.h, src/netutl.c, src/protocol.c: + - Removed all IP_ADDR_S macros, because gettext doesn't like them. + Each connection now has two hostnames: real_hostname (replacing the + old), and vpn_hostname. In those places where hostnames really + aren't usefull IP_ADDR_S has been replaced by %d.%d.%d.%d. + +2000-06-29 09:11 Guus Sliepen + + * po/nl.po: + - Updated Dutch translation. + +2000-06-28 23:06 Ivo Timmermans + + * po/nl.po: Oops, and mention Guus too. + +2000-06-28 23:01 Ivo Timmermans + + * po/nl.po: Removed Free Software Foundation copyright, because + Guus Sliepen contributed significantly. + +2000-06-28 16:34 Guus Sliepen + + * po/nl.po, src/tincd.c: + - Added log message when SIGCHLD is received ("thanks" to Ivo van + Dong) + +2000-06-28 15:41 Guus Sliepen + + * po/nl.po, src/protocol.c: + - Fixed a message in nl.po + - Woops, we forgot to send our connection list to our uplink when we + connect to it... Fixed. + +2000-06-28 13:39 Guus Sliepen + + * po/nl.po: + - Fixed missing " in nl.po + +2000-06-28 13:38 Guus Sliepen + + * po/nl.po, src/protocol.c, src/tincd.c: + - Fixed some spelling errors. + - Paar zpelvautjes gerepareerd, en de Nederlandse vertaling weer bij + de tijd gebracht. + +2000-06-28 12:11 Guus Sliepen + + * src/net.c: + - Extra check op EINTR bij inlezen requests + +2000-06-27 23:05 Guus Sliepen + + * src/net.c: + - Fixes a silly little insignificant buglet. + +2000-06-27 22:55 Guus Sliepen + + * src/protocol.c: + - Purge old connections that are ADD_HOSTed. + +2000-06-27 22:10 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: conf.c, conf.h, net.c, protocol.c: + - Improved handling of errors on connection attempts. + +2000-06-27 17:08 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: conf.c, conf.h, net.c: + - Fixed indirectdata=no problem + - Added support for multiple ConnectTo lines in tinc.conf. + +2000-06-27 14:58 Guus Sliepen + + * src/protocol.c: + - Fixed KEY_CHANGED notification. A lot of notify_others() calls + were wrong (first two arguments swapped). Should probably be + doublechecked. + - Don't retry to connect to hosts with different protocol versions. + +2000-06-26 22:30 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: net.c, protocol.c: + - Moved all connection messages to debug level 1, without -d's only + the startup message will be logged. + - Fixed DEL_HOST rebound. + +2000-06-26 21:39 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: net.c, netutl.c, protocol.c: + - Indirectdata finally REALLY REALLY works now! + - More precise debug messages + +2000-06-26 19:20 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: net.c, protocol.c: Fixes some hostlookups. Fixes + indirectdata for real now (hopefully). + +2000-06-25 22:52 Ivo Timmermans + + * configure.in: Version 1.0pre3. + +2000-06-25 18:39 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: netutl.c, protocol.c: + - More verbose connection list + - Added "myself" as hostname when logging indirect ADD_HOSTs + +2000-06-25 18:20 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: net.c, protocol.c: Hostlookup() is actually being called + now. + +2000-06-25 18:01 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: net.c, net.h, netutl.c, protocol.c: Hostnames are back! + +2000-06-25 17:45 Guus Sliepen + + * src/protocol.c: + - Log possible spoofing attacks. + - Don't broadcast DEL_HOSTs for hosts that haven't been activated + yet. + - If a host sends a TERMREQ, deactivate them. + +2000-06-25 17:42 Ivo Timmermans + + * configure.in, redhat/tinc.spec: Changed version number to + 1.0pre3. + +2000-06-25 17:22 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: encr.h, net.h, netutl.h, protocol.h: Added CVS Id tags to + header files. + +2000-06-25 17:16 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: encr.c, net.c, net.h, netutl.c, protocol.c, tincd.c: Large + cleanup: + - Removed hostname lookup (it blocks, and you can always do it + yourself) + - Reorganized debug levels (after hints from Axel Müller): + 0 Startup message and errors + 1 Connection logging + 2 Meta protocol information + 3 Verbose meta protocol (includes copy of transmitted requests) + 4 Packet information (logs transmission/errors of UDP packets) + 5 Verbose packet information (every single byte, not implemented + yet to protect ourselves from filling up /var/log directories) + - Made log messages more consistent + +2000-06-24 14:35 Guus Sliepen + + * src/net.c: If we have "indirectdata" flag set, we only send data + to our uplink. + +2000-06-23 21:27 Guus Sliepen + + * TODO, src/net.c, src/net.h, src/protocol.c, src/protocol.h: First + step for implementation of the "indirectdata" directive. This should + allow _leaf_ tincds to be behind firewalls. The protocol has + changed and is INCOMPATIBLE with previous versions. The PROT_CURRENT + value has been incremented. + +2000-06-17 22:55 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/: conf.c, conf.h: Configuration directive `IndirectData'. + +2000-06-17 22:30 Ivo Timmermans + + * redhat/tinc: Merge changes from 1.6-1.8. + +2000-06-17 10:30 Guus Sliepen + + * redhat/tinc: Added another semicolon for bash2 compliance (thanks + to Jamie Briggs) + +2000-06-16 07:44 Guus Sliepen + + * redhat/tinc: Applied patch from Jamie Briggs for bash2 + conformance. + +2000-06-06 12:24 Ivo Timmermans + + * lib/Makefile.am, src/Makefile.am: Include ../intl in the include + path, and add @INTLLIBS@ to the list of libraries. + +2000-06-04 14:14 Ivo Timmermans + + * po/Makefile.in.in: These files are created by gettextize (run by + autogen.sh) (should have known that). + +2000-06-04 13:50 Ivo Timmermans + + * configure.in: Check for __gmpz_powm for libgmp3. + +2000-06-03 10:27 Guus Sliepen + + * TODO: Removed items in TODO list that are already implemented. + Only two items left. + +2000-06-02 19:30 Ivo Timmermans + + * THANKS: Alphabetized the list, added Lubomír Bulej, removed + Sander Smeenk and Tijs van Bakel, put merits after all names. + +2000-05-31 20:23 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/: net.c, encr.c, netutl.c, tincd.c: Miscellaneous copyright + updates. + +2000-05-31 20:21 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/genauth.c: Handle locale settings. + +2000-05-31 20:18 Ivo Timmermans + + * po/nl.po: Updated Dutch translation. + +2000-05-31 20:17 Ivo Timmermans + + * NEWS: Include news for 1.0pre2. + +2000-05-30 23:36 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/protocol.c: Only accept an ADD_HOST request for a host that + already exists in our conn_list if the nexthop field matches the + sender. This is a workaround for older clients. + +2000-05-30 14:38 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/net.c: In terminate_connection, only send a notification to + hosts that are directly connected to us. (DEL_HOST gets forwarded + automatically.) + +2000-05-30 14:31 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/net.c: When a connection is terminated, all hosts that are + still connected get notified of the lost connections. + +2000-05-30 13:18 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/: conf.c, conf.h, netutl.c: Added new configuration directive + `Hostnames', which controls the resolving of IP addresses to + hostnames. + +2000-05-30 01:40 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: net.c, protocol.c: Only activate a connection upon + receiving it's public key if it's an incoming connection. When it's + outgoing, we need to receive an ack first. + +2000-05-30 00:27 Ivo Timmermans + + * NEWS: Updated changes list for version 1.0pre2. + +2000-05-30 00:20 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/net.c: Bounds check for request id (between 0 and 255). + +2000-05-30 00:15 Ivo Timmermans + + * po/nl.po: Dutch translation of tinc. + +2000-05-29 23:40 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/Makefile.am: Define LOCALEDIR in CFLAGS. + +2000-05-29 23:40 Ivo Timmermans + + * configure.in: Include GNU gettext checks. + +2000-05-29 23:38 Ivo Timmermans + + * acconfig.h: Update acconfig.h to include values for gettext + inclusion. + +2000-05-29 23:36 Ivo Timmermans + + * ABOUT-NLS, Makefile.am, system.h: Include system.h and ABOUT-NLS. + +2000-05-29 23:04 Ivo Timmermans + + * Makefile.am: Include intl/ directory in the list of subdirs. + +2000-05-29 23:01 Ivo Timmermans + + * po/Makefile.in.in, po/POTFILES.in, Makefile.am, configure.in, + src/conf.c, src/encr.c, src/genauth.c, src/net.c, src/netutl.c, + src/protocol.c, src/tincd.c: Internationalization of tinc. + +2000-05-27 22:23 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: net.c, protocol.c: Terminate a connection on any error. + Furthermore, disallow del_host, add_host and other important + requests until remote host has properly authenticated itself. + +2000-05-27 21:44 Guus Sliepen + + * src/net.c: Made tinc persistent. If no outgoing connection can be + established right after the start of the daemon, it won't quit + anymore but will retry in 5 minutes. Also, 5 minutes is now the + maximum time to wait for a retry. + +2000-05-27 21:23 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: net.c, netutl.c, protocol.c: Fixed typos. When terminating + a connection, it's status is not only set to remove=1 but also + active=0. + +2000-05-27 21:04 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: net.c, netutl.c, protocol.c: Fix for a DoS attack: + A remote user could telnet to the tinc daemon and type only this + line: 61 6 00000000/00000000:28f + This would deny any packets to be sent to other tinc networks + (except for to the hosts that run tincd's themselves). Solution is + to skip hosts in lookup_conn() that have not been activated yet. + Fixed potential conn_list table corruption: + If a new connection is accepted but a connection with the same + subnet would already exist in the connection list, the OLD + connection is terminated. + +2000-05-27 15:21 Guus Sliepen + + * doc/: tinc.conf.5, tinc.texi: Documentation updates. Removed all + references to configuration variable "AllowConnect", since it is NOT + used in tinc. Added information about "VpnMask". Elaborated a bit + about "private" and "virtual" networks. + +2000-05-26 13:25 Ivo Timmermans + + * redhat/tinc: Updated by Lubomir Bulej and Mads Kiilerich: it uses + /etc/tinc/nets.boot and the VpnMask directive in the config files. + +2000-05-22 00:38 Ivo Timmermans + + * doc/tinc.conf.sample: Add an example of using VpnMask. + +2000-05-19 02:33 Ivo Timmermans + + * README: Updated copyright notice. + +2000-05-16 18:07 Guus Sliepen + + * TODO: TODO file reinstated: + - Append your name to items if you're working on them. + - Remove them if you fixed the problem/implemented that feature. + - Add any (suspected) bugs. + +2000-05-16 15:09 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: conf.c, conf.h: Stub for VpnMask config directive. + +2000-05-15 20:28 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/conf.c, THANKS, doc/tinc.conf.sample: Unlimited length in the + config file, thanks to Cris van Pelt. + +2000-05-15 17:54 Ivo Timmermans + + * redhat/tinc.spec: Updated to newer version. + +2000-05-14 23:07 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/net.c: Give IP address instead of hex number when connecting + tcp socket failed. + +2000-05-14 23:04 Ivo Timmermans + + * configure.in: Changed version to 1.0pre2. + +2000-05-14 22:56 Ivo Timmermans + + * configure.in: Add check for mpz_powm in libgmp3. + +2000-05-14 15:50 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/protocol.c: Only print an error with send_termreq if + debug_lvl is 2 or more. + +2000-05-14 15:06 Guus Sliepen + + * src/net.c: Fixed typos. + +2000-05-14 15:02 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: net.c, net.h: Changed ping behaviour (backwards + compatible). If we don't have any data to send, we don't need to + check if the connection is still alive. Furthermore, if we receive + any kind of data from the other end, we know it's alive, so we don't + need to check it either. So, PING requests are only sent if we send + packets but there is no response. + +2000-05-14 14:22 Guus Sliepen + + * AUTHORS, README, THANKS, doc/tinc.conf.5, doc/tinc.texi, + src/conf.c, src/conf.h, src/encr.c, src/encr.h, src/genauth.c, + src/net.c, src/net.h, src/netutl.c, src/netutl.h, src/protocol.c, + src/protocol.h, src/tincd.c: Cleanups. + +2000-05-14 13:39 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: conf.c, conf.h, net.c: Proxymode removed. + +2000-05-12 15:31 Ivo Timmermans + + * doc/tinc.texi: Deleted the protocol description. + +2000-05-08 20:44 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: conf.c, conf.h, net.c: Added new config variable + "ProxyMode". If enabled, all outgoing packets are sent to the uplink + (ConnectTo), which will have to forward them for us (kernel should + do that). This is for people behind firewalls. + +2000-05-05 12:48 Ivo Timmermans + + * redhat/tinc: Added semicolons required by bash2 (Mads Kiilerich). + +2000-05-05 01:17 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/: encr.c, protocol.c: Include sys/types.h. + +2000-05-05 01:16 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/Makefile.am: Don't link in libdl. + +2000-05-04 02:01 Ivo Timmermans + + * configure.in: Check for the existance of libdl. + +2000-05-04 02:00 Ivo Timmermans + + * acconfig.h: More for getopt support. + +2000-05-04 02:00 Ivo Timmermans + + * lib/xmalloc.c: Include stdio.h for fprintf. + +2000-05-04 01:47 Ivo Timmermans + + * lib/: Makefile.am, getopt.c, getopt1.c, getopt.h: getopt_long() + support for platforms that don't have it. + +2000-05-04 01:00 Ivo Timmermans + + * lib/xmalloc.c: Don't use error.h or error(), put #error in front + of cpp errors. + +2000-05-03 20:02 Guus Sliepen + + * src/net.c: Squashed gcc warning. + +2000-05-03 19:59 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: net.c, protocol.c: Fixes typo and UDP network byte order. + +2000-05-03 17:37 Guus Sliepen + + * src/net.c: Outgoing packets now use network byte order in header. + +2000-05-03 17:01 Ivo Timmermans + + * redhat/: tinc, tinc.spec: Fix a typo, better handling of the info + document. (from Mads Kiilerich) + +2000-05-02 12:16 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: net.h, protocol.c: Replaced sprintf() by safer snprintf(), + removed possible buffer overflow by one byte. + +2000-05-02 11:55 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: net.c, net.h, protocol.c: Previous fix fixed. Meta protocol + should be really flawless from now on! + +2000-05-02 11:10 Guus Sliepen + + * src/net.c: Fixed small mistake that would prevent forwarding + requests. + +2000-05-02 00:00 Ivo Timmermans + + * NEWS: Mentioned new metaprotocol. + +2000-05-01 23:47 Ivo Timmermans + + * doc/tinc.conf.5, doc/tinc.conf.sample, doc/Makefile.am, + doc/tincd.conf.5, doc/tincd.conf.sample, redhat/tinc.spec: More + tincd->tinc updates. + +2000-05-01 23:31 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/: encr.c, net.h, protocol.c: Fixed meta protocol. + +2000-05-01 23:31 Ivo Timmermans + + * redhat/tinc.spec: Committed by Mads Kiilerich. + +2000-05-01 21:17 Ivo Timmermans + + * redhat/tinc.spec: Updates by Mads Kiilerich. + +2000-05-01 20:07 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: encr.c, net.c, net.h, netutl.c, protocol.c, protocol.h: + Meta protocol overhaul. Tinc is now incompatible with previous + versions, furthermore this version does NOT work yet because of a + problem with sending keys (these should be converted to base36 or + something like that). It is possible to telnet to the tinc daemon + now and type some commands by hand though :). + +2000-05-01 18:28 Ivo Timmermans + + * redhat/tinc: Committed by Lubomír Bulej. + +2000-04-30 22:48 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/protocol.c: Key forwarding, write one byte extra. + +2000-04-30 21:49 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/protocol.c: Protocol fix (ANS_KEY). This breaks 0.3.3 + protocol compatibility. + +2000-04-30 21:03 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/protocol.c: Send one less byte from an ANS_KEY request. + +2000-04-30 20:57 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/protocol.c: Read one less byte from an ANS_KEY request. + +2000-04-30 18:34 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/protocol.c: Removed debug messages. + +2000-04-30 18:31 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/protocol.c: Read public keys the right way (tm). + +2000-04-30 18:11 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/: net.c, net.h, netutl.c, protocol.c, protocol.h: New way of + handling the meta protocol. + +2000-04-30 15:23 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/net.c: Replaced check for status.active by status.dataopen in + check_network_activity. + +2000-04-30 03:16 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/netutl.c: Initially, the vpn_mask of a connection is + 255.255.255.255 to avoid confusion with lookup_conn. + +2000-04-30 03:15 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/: net.c, protocol.c: Got rid of the nasty hacks... and + replaced it by another one. + +2000-04-29 22:39 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/: protocol.c, protocol.h: Filled up the protocol structs with + unused bytes. + +2000-04-29 22:38 Ivo Timmermans + + * Makefile.am: Added `deb' target. + +2000-04-29 15:56 Ivo Timmermans + + * redhat/tinc, doc/tinc.texi, redhat/tinc.spec: More updates wrt. + the change from tincd->tinc. + +2000-04-28 13:33 Guus Sliepen + + * src/net.c: Oops! Reference to write_n() removed and changed into + neat write() call. + +2000-04-27 22:57 Guus Sliepen + + * src/net.c: Removed write_n() function. + +2000-04-27 15:47 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/tincd.c: Default config file name is tinc.conf, and pidfile + is tinc.pid. + +2000-04-27 02:07 Ivo Timmermans + + * README: Updated version number to 1.0. + +2000-04-27 01:56 Ivo Timmermans + + * Makefile.am, configure.in: Version to 1.0pre1; Create Makefile + and build in debian/. + +2000-04-27 00:42 Ivo Timmermans + + * doc/tinc.texi: Add an entry to dir. + +2000-04-26 19:42 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: conf.c, encr.c, net.c, netutl.c, protocol.c: Cleanups: + - Changed recv/send calls into read/write calls for streams + - Made all sizeof() functions use a variable name instead of type + +2000-04-26 16:54 Ivo Timmermans + + * redhat/tinc.spec: From Mads Kiilerich. + +2000-04-26 00:15 Guus Sliepen + + * src/encr.c: Converted every &variable[0] to variable. + +2000-04-26 00:00 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/net.c: Debug level tweaking. + +2000-04-25 22:50 Guus Sliepen + + * src/net.c: When trying to talk to a host that is in the netmask + of a tinc server but not the tinc server itself, and no keys have + been exchanged yet, the key request would be directed to the host + instead of the server. Fixed. + +2000-04-25 22:17 Guus Sliepen + + * src/net.c: Fixed typo and removed some unnecessary variables. + +2000-04-25 22:10 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: net.c, net.h: Packet queues fixed. They caused the trouble + when resending keys. + +2000-04-25 21:23 Ivo Timmermans + + * autogen.sh: Create a ChangeLog file, automake requires it. + +2000-04-25 21:21 Ivo Timmermans + + * doc/Makefile.summ: [no log message] + +2000-04-25 20:57 Guus Sliepen + + * src/: encr.c, net.c, netutl.c, protocol.c: Added checkpoints to + beginning and ending of every function. + +2000-04-25 19:38 Ivo Timmermans + + * Makefile.am: Remove ChangeLog with a `make cvs-clean'. + +2000-04-25 19:35 Ivo Timmermans + + * Makefile.am: Don't include TODO in the dist. + +2000-04-25 17:08 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/Makefile.am: Propagate CFLAGS from configure to gcc. + +2000-04-25 17:07 Ivo Timmermans + + * Makefile.am: Delete all the files that are created by autogen.sh + on a `make cvs-clean'. + +2000-04-25 12:40 Ivo Timmermans + + * doc/tinc.texi: Spelling fixes. + +2000-04-25 12:27 Ivo Timmermans + + * redhat/tinc.spec: Contributed by Mads Kiilerich. + +2000-04-25 12:21 Ivo Timmermans + + * autogen.sh, m4/Makefile.am: Generate this Makefile.am from + Makefile.am.in. + +2000-04-25 11:43 Ivo Timmermans + + * AUTHORS: [no log message] + +2000-04-25 11:42 Ivo Timmermans + + * THANKS: Added Mads Kiilerich, removed Guus Sliepen. + +2000-04-25 03:45 Ivo Timmermans + + * doc/tinc.texi: Changes largely from Mads Kiilerich. Removed + section about encryption. + +2000-04-25 03:26 Ivo Timmermans + + * m4/aclocal-include.m4: Remove test for GNOME. + +2000-04-25 03:25 Ivo Timmermans + + * ChangeLog: Use `make ChangeLog' to create this file from the CVS + logs. + +2000-04-25 03:23 Ivo Timmermans + + * acconfig.h: Don't define HAVE_NAMESPACES and HAVE_STL. + +2000-04-25 03:22 Ivo Timmermans + + * configure.in: Remove check for bigendianness. + +2000-04-25 03:15 Ivo Timmermans + + * TODO: This file is obsolete, most of the ideas are already in + echelon. + +2000-04-25 03:10 Ivo Timmermans + + * autogen.sh: s/Gnome/tinc/g + +2000-04-25 02:50 Ivo Timmermans + + * config.guess, config.h.in, config.sub, install-sh, ltconfig, + aclocal.m4, autogen.sh, configure.in, ltmain.sh, missing, + mkinstalldirs, stamp-h.in, m4/aclocal-include.m4: The shell script + autogen.sh can create all these removed files, but be sure to have + autoconf, automake, libtool and more installed. + +2000-04-25 02:11 Ivo Timmermans + + * configure.in: Don't try to create cipher/idea/Makefile. + +2000-04-24 11:39 Guus Sliepen + + * src/protocol.c: Bug found! Wrong pointer was used for handling + multiple ADD_HOST requests at once. (See line 606.) + +2000-04-24 10:32 Guus Sliepen + + * src/protocol.c: Added extra checks for desynchronized connection + lists. Hopefully this will fix those strange segmentation faults. + +2000-04-21 00:50 Ivo Timmermans + + * Makefile.am: Added cvs-clean. + +2000-04-20 21:14 Ivo Timmermans + + * NEWS: Keep make dist(dir) happy. + +2000-04-18 22:44 Ivo Timmermans + + * redhat/README: A short notice from Mads Kiilerich. + +2000-04-18 22:43 Ivo Timmermans + + * redhat/tinc.spec: Submitted changes by Mads Kiilerich. + +2000-04-18 22:30 Ivo Timmermans + + * doc/Makefile.am: Include genauth.8 in the distribution. + +2000-04-18 22:26 Ivo Timmermans + + * Makefile.am, configure.in, redhat/Makefile.am: Include the + directory redhat in the build process. + +2000-04-18 18:04 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/tincd.c: Address for bugreports changed to tinc@nl.linux.org. + +2000-04-18 17:59 Ivo Timmermans + + * doc/: tincd.conf.5, tincd.x: Updated manpages. + +2000-04-18 17:59 Ivo Timmermans + + * doc/genauth.8: New manpage for genauth. + +2000-04-18 17:09 Ivo Timmermans + + * redhat/: tinc, tinc.spec: Submitted by Mads Kiilerich. + +2000-04-17 19:04 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/genauth.c: Default passphrase length of 1024, added -h/--help + options. + +2000-04-17 18:59 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/genauth.c: Check if stdout is a terminal, if so, print a + verbose message. + +2000-04-17 18:52 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/encr.c: Check for an illegal length of passphrase in + read_passphrase(). + +2000-04-17 18:23 Ivo Timmermans + + * lib/xmalloc.c, src/tincd.c: Pass the requested size from + xmalloc() and xrealloc() on to xalloc_fail_func() + +2000-04-17 17:38 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/genauth.c: Only one round of reading bits out of urandom; + Reading `bytes' bytes out of it; Print a newline after completion. + +2000-04-12 18:22 Ivo Timmermans + + * configure.in: Moved to version number 1.0. + +2000-04-06 20:28 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/tincd.c: New option -D, don't detach. + +2000-03-28 21:16 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/tincd.c: Ignore SIGCHLD. + +2000-03-28 21:09 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/tincd.c: Kill the parent after any error conditions in + detach(). + +2000-03-28 00:59 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/encr.c: Upon regeneration, free the old encryption key + `securely\' by overwriting it. + +2000-03-28 00:30 Ivo Timmermans + + * src/net.c: Get rid of the message `zxnrbl\'. + +2000-03-26 01:33 Ivo Timmermans + + * AUTHORS, README, stamp-h.in, COPYING, ChangeLog, INSTALL, + Makefile.am, NEWS, THANKS, TODO, acconfig.h, aclocal.m4, + config.guess, config.h.in, config.sub, configure.in, install-sh, + ltconfig, ltmain.sh, missing, mkinstalldirs, m4/Makefile.am, + m4/Makefile.am.in, m4/README, lib/Makefile.am, lib/README, + m4/malloc.m4, m4/perl.m4, m4/realloc.m4, lib/alloca.c, + lib/malloc.c, lib/memcmp.c, lib/pidfile.c, lib/realloc.c, + lib/xmalloc.c, lib/pidfile.h, lib/utils.c, lib/utils.h, + lib/xalloc.h, src/Makefile.am, src/conf.c, src/encr.c, src/net.c, + src/netutl.c, src/protocol.c, src/conf.h, src/genauth.c, + src/tincd.c, src/encr.h, src/net.h, src/netutl.h, doc/Makefile.am, + src/protocol.h, doc/texinfo.tex, doc/tinc.texi, doc/tincd.conf.5, + doc/GNUmakefile, doc/Makefile.maint, doc/Makefile.summ, + doc/help2man, doc/tincd.conf.sample, doc/tincd.x: Initial revision + +2000-03-26 01:33 Ivo Timmermans + + * AUTHORS, README, stamp-h.in, COPYING, ChangeLog, INSTALL, + Makefile.am, NEWS, THANKS, TODO, acconfig.h, aclocal.m4, + config.guess, config.h.in, config.sub, configure.in, install-sh, + ltconfig, ltmain.sh, missing, mkinstalldirs, m4/Makefile.am, + m4/Makefile.am.in, m4/README, lib/Makefile.am, lib/README, + m4/malloc.m4, m4/perl.m4, m4/realloc.m4, lib/alloca.c, + lib/malloc.c, lib/memcmp.c, lib/pidfile.c, lib/realloc.c, + lib/xmalloc.c, lib/pidfile.h, lib/utils.c, lib/utils.h, + lib/xalloc.h, src/Makefile.am, src/conf.c, src/encr.c, src/net.c, + src/netutl.c, src/protocol.c, src/conf.h, src/genauth.c, + src/tincd.c, src/encr.h, src/net.h, src/netutl.h, doc/Makefile.am, + src/protocol.h, doc/texinfo.tex, doc/tinc.texi, doc/tincd.conf.5, + doc/GNUmakefile, doc/Makefile.maint, doc/Makefile.summ, + doc/help2man, doc/tincd.conf.sample, doc/tincd.x: Initial CVS + version for tinc 0.3. + diff --git a/INSTALL b/INSTALL new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b42a17a --- /dev/null +++ b/INSTALL @@ -0,0 +1,182 @@ +Basic Installation +================== + + These are generic installation instructions. + + The `configure' shell script attempts to guess correct values for +various system-dependent variables used during compilation. It uses +those values to create a `Makefile' in each directory of the package. +It may also create one or more `.h' files containing system-dependent +definitions. Finally, it creates a shell script `config.status' that +you can run in the future to recreate the current configuration, a file +`config.cache' that saves the results of its tests to speed up +reconfiguring, and a file `config.log' containing compiler output +(useful mainly for debugging `configure'). + + If you need to do unusual things to compile the package, please try +to figure out how `configure' could check whether to do them, and mail +diffs or instructions to the address given in the `README' so they can +be considered for the next release. If at some point `config.cache' +contains results you don't want to keep, you may remove or edit it. + + The file `configure.in' is used to create `configure' by a program +called `autoconf'. You only need `configure.in' if you want to change +it or regenerate `configure' using a newer version of `autoconf'. + +The simplest way to compile this package is: + + 1. `cd' to the directory containing the package's source code and type + `./configure' to configure the package for your system. If you're + using `csh' on an old version of System V, you might need to type + `sh ./configure' instead to prevent `csh' from trying to execute + `configure' itself. + + Running `configure' takes awhile. While running, it prints some + messages telling which features it is checking for. + + 2. Type `make' to compile the package. + + 3. Optionally, type `make check' to run any self-tests that come with + the package. + + 4. Type `make install' to install the programs and any data files and + documentation. + + 5. You can remove the program binaries and object files from the + source code directory by typing `make clean'. To also remove the + files that `configure' created (so you can compile the package for + a different kind of computer), type `make distclean'. There is + also a `make maintainer-clean' target, but that is intended mainly + for the package's developers. If you use it, you may have to get + all sorts of other programs in order to regenerate files that came + with the distribution. + +Compilers and Options +===================== + + Some systems require unusual options for compilation or linking that +the `configure' script does not know about. You can give `configure' +initial values for variables by setting them in the environment. Using +a Bourne-compatible shell, you can do that on the command line like +this: + CC=c89 CFLAGS=-O2 LIBS=-lposix ./configure + +Or on systems that have the `env' program, you can do it like this: + env CPPFLAGS=-I/usr/local/include LDFLAGS=-s ./configure + +Compiling For Multiple Architectures +==================================== + + You can compile the package for more than one kind of computer at the +same time, by placing the object files for each architecture in their +own directory. To do this, you must use a version of `make' that +supports the `VPATH' variable, such as GNU `make'. `cd' to the +directory where you want the object files and executables to go and run +the `configure' script. `configure' automatically checks for the +source code in the directory that `configure' is in and in `..'. + + If you have to use a `make' that does not supports the `VPATH' +variable, you have to compile the package for one architecture at a time +in the source code directory. After you have installed the package for +one architecture, use `make distclean' before reconfiguring for another +architecture. + +Installation Names +================== + + By default, `make install' will install the package's files in +`/usr/local/bin', `/usr/local/man', etc. You can specify an +installation prefix other than `/usr/local' by giving `configure' the +option `--prefix=PATH'. + + You can specify separate installation prefixes for +architecture-specific files and architecture-independent files. If you +give `configure' the option `--exec-prefix=PATH', the package will use +PATH as the prefix for installing programs and libraries. +Documentation and other data files will still use the regular prefix. + + In addition, if you use an unusual directory layout you can give +options like `--bindir=PATH' to specify different values for particular +kinds of files. Run `configure --help' for a list of the directories +you can set and what kinds of files go in them. + + If the package supports it, you can cause programs to be installed +with an extra prefix or suffix on their names by giving `configure' the +option `--program-prefix=PREFIX' or `--program-suffix=SUFFIX'. + +Optional Features +================= + + Some packages pay attention to `--enable-FEATURE' options to +`configure', where FEATURE indicates an optional part of the package. +They may also pay attention to `--with-PACKAGE' options, where PACKAGE +is something like `gnu-as' or `x' (for the X Window System). The +`README' should mention any `--enable-' and `--with-' options that the +package recognizes. + + For packages that use the X Window System, `configure' can usually +find the X include and library files automatically, but if it doesn't, +you can use the `configure' options `--x-includes=DIR' and +`--x-libraries=DIR' to specify their locations. + +Specifying the System Type +========================== + + There may be some features `configure' can not figure out +automatically, but needs to determine by the type of host the package +will run on. Usually `configure' can figure that out, but if it prints +a message saying it can not guess the host type, give it the +`--host=TYPE' option. TYPE can either be a short name for the system +type, such as `sun4', or a canonical name with three fields: + CPU-COMPANY-SYSTEM + +See the file `config.sub' for the possible values of each field. If +`config.sub' isn't included in this package, then this package doesn't +need to know the host type. + + If you are building compiler tools for cross-compiling, you can also +use the `--target=TYPE' option to select the type of system they will +produce code for and the `--build=TYPE' option to select the type of +system on which you are compiling the package. + +Sharing Defaults +================ + + If you want to set default values for `configure' scripts to share, +you can create a site shell script called `config.site' that gives +default values for variables like `CC', `cache_file', and `prefix'. +`configure' looks for `PREFIX/share/config.site' if it exists, then +`PREFIX/etc/config.site' if it exists. Or, you can set the +`CONFIG_SITE' environment variable to the location of the site script. +A warning: not all `configure' scripts look for a site script. + +Operation Controls +================== + + `configure' recognizes the following options to control how it +operates. + +`--cache-file=FILE' + Use and save the results of the tests in FILE instead of + `./config.cache'. Set FILE to `/dev/null' to disable caching, for + debugging `configure'. + +`--help' + Print a summary of the options to `configure', and exit. + +`--quiet' +`--silent' +`-q' + Do not print messages saying which checks are being made. To + suppress all normal output, redirect it to `/dev/null' (any error + messages will still be shown). + +`--srcdir=DIR' + Look for the package's source code in directory DIR. Usually + `configure' can determine that directory automatically. + +`--version' + Print the version of Autoconf used to generate the `configure' + script, and exit. + +`configure' also accepts some other, not widely useful, options. diff --git a/Makefile.am b/Makefile.am new file mode 100644 index 0000000..805c312 --- /dev/null +++ b/Makefile.am @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +## Process this file with automake to get Makefile.in + +AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = gnu + +SUBDIRS = m4 intl lib src doc po + +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = + +EXTRA_DIST = system.h COPYING.README depcomp + +CVS_CREATED = ABOUT-NLS configure aclocal.m4 config.h.in config.guess \ + config.sub install-sh ltconfig ltmain.sh missing mkinstalldirs \ + stamp-h.in m4/Makefile.am ChangeLog po/Makefile.in.in \ + po/tinc.pot src/.libs intl depcomp + +ChangeLog: + cvs2cl -U cvsusers --fsf + +cvs-clean: maintainer-clean + for f in $(CVS_CREATED) `find . -name Makefile.in` tinc-$(VERSION).tar.gz; do\ + rm -Rf "$$f"; \ + done + +deb: + dpkg-buildpackage -rfakeroot + +rpm: dist + cp $(distdir).tar.gz /usr/src/redhat/SOURCES/ + cp redhat/tinc.spec /usr/src/redhat/SOURCES/ + cd /usr/src/redhat/SOURCES/ && rpm -bb tinc.spec + +release: + rm -f ChangeLog + $(MAKE) ChangeLog + echo "Please edit the NEWS file now..." + /usr/bin/editor NEWS + $(MAKE) dist diff --git a/Makefile.in b/Makefile.in new file mode 100644 index 0000000..46f73d7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Makefile.in @@ -0,0 +1,460 @@ +# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.5 from Makefile.am. + +# Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 +# Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation +# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, +# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. + +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without +# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A +# PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + +@SET_MAKE@ + +SHELL = @SHELL@ + +srcdir = @srcdir@ +top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ +VPATH = @srcdir@ +prefix = @prefix@ +exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ + +bindir = @bindir@ +sbindir = @sbindir@ +libexecdir = @libexecdir@ +datadir = @datadir@ +sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@ +sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@ +localstatedir = @localstatedir@ +libdir = @libdir@ +infodir = @infodir@ +mandir = @mandir@ +includedir = @includedir@ +oldincludedir = /usr/include +pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@ +pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@ +pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@ +top_builddir = . + +ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@ +AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@ +AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@ +AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@ + +INSTALL = @INSTALL@ +INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ +INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ +INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@ +INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA) +transform = @program_transform_name@ +NORMAL_INSTALL = : +PRE_INSTALL = : +POST_INSTALL = : +NORMAL_UNINSTALL = : +PRE_UNINSTALL = : +POST_UNINSTALL = : +host_alias = @host_alias@ +host_triplet = @host@ +AMTAR = @AMTAR@ +AWK = @AWK@ +BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@ +CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@ +CATOBJEXT = @CATOBJEXT@ +CC = @CC@ +CPP = @CPP@ +DATADIRNAME = @DATADIRNAME@ +DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@ +EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ +GENCAT = @GENCAT@ +GLIBC21 = @GLIBC21@ +GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@ +GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@ +HAVE_TUNTAP = @HAVE_TUNTAP@ +INCLUDES = @INCLUDES@ +INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@ +INSTOBJEXT = @INSTOBJEXT@ +INTLBISON = @INTLBISON@ +INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@ +INTLOBJS = @INTLOBJS@ +INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX = @INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX@ +LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@ +LINUX_IF_TUN_H = @LINUX_IF_TUN_H@ +LN_S = @LN_S@ +MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@ +MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ +OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@ +PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ +PERL = @PERL@ +POFILES = @POFILES@ +POSUB = @POSUB@ +RANLIB = @RANLIB@ +USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@ +USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@ +VERSION = @VERSION@ +am__include = @am__include@ +am__quote = @am__quote@ +install_sh = @install_sh@ + +AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = gnu + +SUBDIRS = m4 intl lib src doc po + +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = + +EXTRA_DIST = system.h COPYING.README depcomp + +CVS_CREATED = ABOUT-NLS configure aclocal.m4 config.h.in config.guess \ + config.sub install-sh ltconfig ltmain.sh missing mkinstalldirs \ + stamp-h.in m4/Makefile.am ChangeLog po/Makefile.in.in \ + po/tinc.pot src/.libs intl depcomp + +subdir = . +ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4 +mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs +CONFIG_HEADER = config.h +CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = intl/Makefile +DIST_SOURCES = + +RECURSIVE_TARGETS = info-recursive dvi-recursive install-info-recursive \ + uninstall-info-recursive all-recursive install-data-recursive \ + install-exec-recursive installdirs-recursive install-recursive \ + uninstall-recursive check-recursive installcheck-recursive +DIST_COMMON = README ./stamp-h.in ABOUT-NLS AUTHORS COPYING ChangeLog \ + INSTALL Makefile.am Makefile.in NEWS THANKS TODO acconfig.h \ + aclocal.m4 config.guess config.h.in config.sub configure \ + configure.in install-sh missing mkinstalldirs +DIST_SUBDIRS = $(SUBDIRS) +all: config.h + $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) all-recursive + +.SUFFIXES: +$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4) + cd $(top_srcdir) && \ + $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu Makefile +Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status + cd $(top_builddir) && \ + CONFIG_HEADERS= CONFIG_LINKS= \ + CONFIG_FILES=$@ $(SHELL) ./config.status + +$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES) + $(SHELL) ./config.status --recheck +$(srcdir)/configure: $(srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) + cd $(srcdir) && $(AUTOCONF) + +$(ACLOCAL_M4): configure.in + cd $(srcdir) && $(ACLOCAL) $(ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS) +config.h: stamp-h + @if test ! -f $@; then \ + rm -f stamp-h; \ + $(MAKE) stamp-h; \ + else :; fi +stamp-h: $(srcdir)/config.h.in $(top_builddir)/config.status + @rm -f stamp-h stamp-hT + @echo timestamp > stamp-hT 2> /dev/null + cd $(top_builddir) \ + && CONFIG_FILES= CONFIG_HEADERS=config.h \ + $(SHELL) ./config.status + @mv stamp-hT stamp-h +$(srcdir)/config.h.in: $(srcdir)/./stamp-h.in + @if test ! -f $@; then \ + rm -f $(srcdir)/./stamp-h.in; \ + $(MAKE) $(srcdir)/./stamp-h.in; \ + else :; fi +$(srcdir)/./stamp-h.in: $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4) $(top_srcdir)/acconfig.h + @rm -f $(srcdir)/./stamp-h.in $(srcdir)/./stamp-h.inT + @echo timestamp > $(srcdir)/./stamp-h.inT 2> /dev/null + cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOHEADER) + @mv $(srcdir)/./stamp-h.inT $(srcdir)/./stamp-h.in + +distclean-hdr: + -rm -f config.h +intl/Makefile: $(top_builddir)/config.status $(top_srcdir)/intl/Makefile.in + cd $(top_builddir) && CONFIG_FILES=$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= CONFIG_LINKS= $(SHELL) ./config.status +uninstall-info-am: + +# This directory's subdirectories are mostly independent; you can cd +# into them and run `make' without going through this Makefile. +# To change the values of `make' variables: instead of editing Makefiles, +# (1) if the variable is set in `config.status', edit `config.status' +# (which will cause the Makefiles to be regenerated when you run `make'); +# (2) otherwise, pass the desired values on the `make' command line. +$(RECURSIVE_TARGETS): + @set fnord $(MAKEFLAGS); amf=$$2; \ + dot_seen=no; \ + target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \ + list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ + echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \ + if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \ + dot_seen=yes; \ + local_target="$$target-am"; \ + else \ + local_target="$$target"; \ + fi; \ + (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \ + || case "$$amf" in *=*) exit 1;; *k*) fail=yes;; *) exit 1;; esac; \ + done; \ + if test "$$dot_seen" = "no"; then \ + $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) "$$target-am" || exit 1; \ + fi; test -z "$$fail" + +mostlyclean-recursive clean-recursive distclean-recursive \ +maintainer-clean-recursive: + @set fnord $(MAKEFLAGS); amf=$$2; \ + dot_seen=no; \ + case "$@" in \ + distclean-* | maintainer-clean-*) list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)' ;; \ + *) list='$(SUBDIRS)' ;; \ + esac; \ + rev=''; for subdir in $$list; do \ + if test "$$subdir" = "."; then :; else \ + rev="$$subdir $$rev"; \ + fi; \ + done; \ + rev="$$rev ."; \ + target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \ + for subdir in $$rev; do \ + echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \ + if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \ + local_target="$$target-am"; \ + else \ + local_target="$$target"; \ + fi; \ + (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \ + || case "$$amf" in *=*) exit 1;; *k*) fail=yes;; *) exit 1;; esac; \ + done && test -z "$$fail" +tags-recursive: + list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ + test "$$subdir" = . || (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) tags); \ + done + +tags: TAGS + +ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES) + list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ + unique=`for i in $$list; do \ + if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ + done | \ + $(AWK) ' { files[$$0] = 1; } \ + END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \ + mkid -fID $$unique $(LISP) + +TAGS: tags-recursive $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) config.h.in $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \ + $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP) + tags=; \ + here=`pwd`; \ + list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ + if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \ + test -f $$subdir/TAGS && tags="$$tags -i $$here/$$subdir/TAGS"; \ + fi; \ + done; \ + list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ + unique=`for i in $$list; do \ + if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ + done | \ + $(AWK) ' { files[$$0] = 1; } \ + END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \ + test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)config.h.in$$unique$(LISP)$$tags" \ + || etags $(ETAGS_ARGS) $$tags config.h.in $$unique $(LISP) + +GTAGS: + here=`CDPATH=: && cd $(top_builddir) && pwd` \ + && cd $(top_srcdir) \ + && gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) $$here + +distclean-tags: + -rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH + +DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST) + +top_distdir = . +# Avoid unsightly `./'. +distdir = $(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION) + +GZIP_ENV = --best + +distdir: $(DISTFILES) + -chmod -R a+w $(distdir) >/dev/null 2>&1; rm -rf $(distdir) + mkdir $(distdir) + $(mkinstalldirs) $(distdir)/intl $(distdir)/po + @for file in $(DISTFILES); do \ + if test -f $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \ + dir=`echo "$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \ + if test "$$dir" != "$$file" && test "$$dir" != "."; then \ + $(mkinstalldirs) "$(distdir)/$$dir"; \ + fi; \ + if test -d $$d/$$file; then \ + cp -pR $$d/$$file $(distdir) \ + || exit 1; \ + else \ + test -f $(distdir)/$$file \ + || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file \ + || exit 1; \ + fi; \ + done + for subdir in $(SUBDIRS); do \ + if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \ + test -d $(distdir)/$$subdir \ + || mkdir $(distdir)/$$subdir \ + || exit 1; \ + (cd $$subdir && \ + $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \ + top_distdir="$(top_distdir)" \ + distdir=../$(distdir)/$$subdir \ + distdir) \ + || exit 1; \ + fi; \ + done + -find $(distdir) -type d ! -perm -777 -exec chmod a+rwx {} \; -o \ + ! -type d ! -perm -444 -links 1 -exec chmod a+r {} \; -o \ + ! -type d ! -perm -400 -exec chmod a+r {} \; -o \ + ! -type d ! -perm -444 -exec $(SHELL) $(install_sh) -c -m a+r {} {} \; \ + || chmod -R a+r $(distdir) +dist: distdir + $(AMTAR) chof - $(distdir) | GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -c >$(distdir).tar.gz + -chmod -R a+w $(distdir) >/dev/null 2>&1; rm -rf $(distdir) + +# This target untars the dist file and tries a VPATH configuration. Then +# it guarantees that the distribution is self-contained by making another +# tarfile. +distcheck: dist + -chmod -R a+w $(distdir) > /dev/null 2>&1; rm -rf $(distdir) + GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gunzip -c $(distdir).tar.gz | $(AMTAR) xf - + chmod -R a-w $(distdir); chmod a+w $(distdir) + mkdir $(distdir)/=build + mkdir $(distdir)/=inst + chmod a-w $(distdir) + dc_install_base=`CDPATH=: && cd $(distdir)/=inst && pwd` \ + && cd $(distdir)/=build \ + && ../configure --srcdir=.. --prefix=$$dc_install_base \ + --with-included-gettext \ + && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \ + && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) dvi \ + && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) check \ + && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install \ + && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) installcheck \ + && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) uninstall \ + && (test `find $$dc_install_base -type f -print | wc -l` -le 1 \ + || (echo "Error: files left after uninstall" 1>&2; \ + exit 1) ) \ + && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) dist \ + && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) distclean \ + && rm -f $(distdir).tar.gz \ + && (test `find . -type f -print | wc -l` -eq 0 \ + || (echo "Error: files left after distclean" 1>&2; \ + exit 1) ) + -chmod -R a+w $(distdir) > /dev/null 2>&1; rm -rf $(distdir) + @echo "$(distdir).tar.gz is ready for distribution" | \ + sed 'h;s/./=/g;p;x;p;x' +check-am: all-am +check: check-recursive +all-am: Makefile config.h +installdirs: installdirs-recursive +installdirs-am: + +install: install-recursive +install-exec: install-exec-recursive +install-data: install-data-recursive +uninstall: uninstall-recursive + +install-am: all-am + @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am + +installcheck: installcheck-recursive +install-strip: + $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ + `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \ + echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install +mostlyclean-generic: + +clean-generic: + +distclean-generic: + -rm -f Makefile $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) stamp-h stamp-h[0-9]* + +maintainer-clean-generic: + @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use" + @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." +clean: clean-recursive + +clean-am: clean-generic mostlyclean-am + +dist-all: distdir + $(AMTAR) chof - $(distdir) | GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -c >$(distdir).tar.gz + -chmod -R a+w $(distdir) >/dev/null 2>&1; rm -rf $(distdir) +distclean: distclean-recursive + -rm -f config.status config.cache config.log +distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic distclean-hdr distclean-tags + +dvi: dvi-recursive + +dvi-am: + +info: info-recursive + +info-am: + +install-data-am: + +install-exec-am: + +install-info: install-info-recursive + +install-man: + +installcheck-am: + +maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-recursive + +maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic + +mostlyclean: mostlyclean-recursive + +mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic + +uninstall-am: uninstall-info-am + +uninstall-info: uninstall-info-recursive + +.PHONY: $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS) GTAGS all all-am check check-am clean \ + clean-generic clean-recursive dist dist-all distcheck distclean \ + distclean-generic distclean-hdr distclean-recursive \ + distclean-tags distdir dvi dvi-am dvi-recursive info info-am \ + info-recursive install install-am install-data install-data-am \ + install-data-recursive install-exec install-exec-am \ + install-exec-recursive install-info install-info-am \ + install-info-recursive install-man install-recursive \ + install-strip installcheck installcheck-am installdirs \ + installdirs-am installdirs-recursive maintainer-clean \ + maintainer-clean-generic maintainer-clean-recursive mostlyclean \ + mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-recursive tags tags-recursive \ + uninstall uninstall-am uninstall-info-am \ + uninstall-info-recursive uninstall-recursive + + +ChangeLog: + cvs2cl -U cvsusers --fsf + +cvs-clean: maintainer-clean + for f in $(CVS_CREATED) `find . -name Makefile.in` tinc-$(VERSION).tar.gz; do\ + rm -Rf "$$f"; \ + done + +deb: + dpkg-buildpackage -rfakeroot + +rpm: dist + cp $(distdir).tar.gz /usr/src/redhat/SOURCES/ + cp redhat/tinc.spec /usr/src/redhat/SOURCES/ + cd /usr/src/redhat/SOURCES/ && rpm -bb tinc.spec + +release: + rm -f ChangeLog + $(MAKE) ChangeLog + echo "Please edit the NEWS file now..." + /usr/bin/editor NEWS + $(MAKE) dist +# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables. +# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. +.NOEXPORT: diff --git a/NEWS b/NEWS new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0317dd5 --- /dev/null +++ b/NEWS @@ -0,0 +1,267 @@ +version 1.0pre7 Apr 7 2002 + +* Don't do blocking read()s when getting a signal. + +* Remove RSA key checking code, since it sometimes thinks perfectly good RSA + keys are bad. + +* Fix handling of subnets when prefixlength isn't divisible by 8. + + +version 1.0pre6 Mar 27 2002 + +* Improvement of redundant links: + + * Non-blocking connects. + + * Protocol broadcast messages can no longer go into an infinite loop. + + * Graph algorithm updated to look harder for direct connections. + +* Good support for routing IPv6 packets over the VPN. Works on Linux, + FreeBSD, possibly OpenBSD but not on Solaris. + +* Support for tunnels over IPv6 networks. Works on all supported + operating systems. + +* Optional compression of UDP connections using zlib. + +* Optionally let UDP connections inherit TOS field of tunneled packets. + +* Optionally start scripts when certain hosts become (un)reachable. + + +version 1.0pre5 Feb 9 2002 + +* Security enhancements: + + * Added sequence number and optional message authentication code to + the packets. + + * Configurable encryption cipher and digest algorithms. + +* More robust handling of dis- and reconnects. + +* Added a "switch" and a "hub" mode to allow bridging setups. + +* Preliminary support for routing of IPv6 packets. + +* Supports Linux, FreeBSD, OpenBSD and Solaris. + + +It looks like this might be the last release before 1.0. + + +version 1.0pre4 Jan 17 2001 + +* Updated documentation; the documentation now reflects the + configuration as it is. + +* Some internal changes to make tinc scale better for large + networks, such as using AVL trees instead of linked lists for the + connection list. + +* RSA keys can be stored in separate files if needed. See the + documentation for more information. + +* tinc has now been reported to run on Linux PowerPC and FreeBSD x86. + + + +version 1.0pre3 Oct 31 2000 + +* The protocol has been redesigned, and although some details are + still under discussion, this is secure. Care has been taken to + resist most, if not all, attacks. + +* Unfortunately this protocol is not compatible with earlier versions, + nor are earlier versions compatible with this version. Because the + older protocol has huge security flaws, we feel that not + implementing backwards compatibility is justified. + +* Some data about the protocol: + + * It uses public/private RSA keys for authentication (this is the + actual fix for the security hole). + + * All cryptographic functions have been taken out of tinc, instead + it uses the OpenSSL library functions. + + * Offers support for multiple subnets per tinc daemon. + +* New is also the support for the universal tun/tap device. This + means better portability to FreeBSD and Solaris. + +* tinc is tested to compile on Solaris, Linux x86, Linux alpha. + +* tinc now uses the OpenSSL library for cryptographic operations. + More information on getting and installing OpenSSL is in the manual. + This also means that the GMP library is no longer required. + +* Further, thanks to Enrique Zanardi, we have Spanish messages; Matias + Carrasco provided us with a Spanish translation of the manual. + + +What still needs to be done before 1.0: + +* Documentation. Especially since the protocol has changed, and a lot + of configuration directives have been added. + + + + +version 1.0pre2 May 31 2000 + +* This version has been internationalized; and a Dutch translation has + been included. + +* Two configuration variables have been added: + * VpnMask - the IP network mask for the entire VPN, not just our + subnet (as given by MyVirtualIP). The Redhat and Debian packages + use this variable in their system startup scripts, but it is + ignored by tinc. + * Hostnames - if set to `yes', look up the names of IP addresses + trying to connect to us. Default set to `no', to prevent lockups + during lookups. + +* The system startup scripts for Debian and Redhat use + /etc/tinc/nets.boot to find out which networks need to be started + during system boot. + +* Fixes to prevent denial of service attacks by sending random data + after connecting (and even when the connection has been established), + either random garbage or just nonsensical protocol fields. + +* tinc will retry to connect upon startup, does not quit if it doesn't + work the first time. + +* Hosts that are disconnected implicitly if we lose a connection get + deleted from the internal list, to prevent hogging eachother with + add and delete requests when the connection is restored. + + +What still needs to be done before 1.0: + +* Documentation. +* Failover ConnectTo lines, try another one if the first doesn't work. + + + + +version 1.0pre1 May 12 2000 + * New meta-protocol + * Various other bugfixes + * Documentation updates + +version 0.3.3 Feb 9 2000 + * Fixed bug that made tinc stop working with latest kernels (Guus + Sliepen) + * Updated the manual + +version 0.3.2 Nov 12 1999 + * no more `Invalid filedescriptor' when working with multiple + connections + * forward unknown packets to uplink + +version 0.3.1 Oct 20 1999 + * fixed a bug where tinc would exit without a trace + +version 0.3 Aug 20 1999 + * pings now work immediately + * all packet sizes get transmitted correctly + +version 0.2.26 Aug 15 1999 + * fixed some remaining bugs + * --sysconfdir works with configure + * last version before 0.3 + +version 0.2.25 Aug 8 1999 + * improved stability, going towards 0.3 now. + +version 0.2.24 Aug 7 1999 + * added key aging, there's a new config variable, KeyExpire. + * updated man and info pages + +version 0.2.23 Aug 5 1999 + * all known bugs fixed, this is a candidate for 0.3 + +version 0.2.22 Apr 11 1999 + * multiconnection thing is now working nearly perfect :) + +version 0.2.21 Apr 10 1999 + * You shouldn't notice a thing, but a lot has changed wrt key +management - except that it refuses to talk to versions < 0.2.20 + +version 0.2.20 + +version 0.2.19 Apr 3 1999 + * don't install a libcipher.so + +version 0.2.18 Apr 3 1999 + * blowfish library dynamically loaded upon execution + * included Eric Young's IDEA library + +version 0.2.17 Apr 1 1999 + * tincd now re-executes itself in case of a segmentation fault. + +version 0.2.16 Apr 1 1999 + * wrote tincd.conf(5) man page, which still needs a lot of work. + * config file now accepts and tolerates spaces, and any integer base +for integer variables, and better error reporting. See +doc/tincd.conf.sample for an example. + +version 0.2.15 Mar 29 1999 + * fixed bugs + +version 0.2.14 Feb 10 1999 + * added --timeout flag and PingTimeout configuration + * did some first syslog cleanup work + +version 0.2.13 Jan 23 1999 + * bugfixes + +version 0.2.12 Jan 23 1999 + * fixed nauseating bug so that it would crash whenever a connection +got lost + +version 0.2.11 Jan 22 1999 + * framework for multiple connections has been done + * simple manpage for tincd + +version 0.2.10 Jan 18 1999 + * passphrase support added + +version 0.2.9 Jan 13 1999 + * bugs fixed. + +version 0.2.8 Jan 11 1999 + * a reworked protocol version + * a ping/pong system + * more reliable networking code + * automatic reconnection + * still does not work with more than one connection :) + * strips MAC addresses before sending, so there's less overhead, and +less redundancy + +version 0.2.7 Jan 3 1999 + * several updates to make extending more easy. + +version 0.2.6 Dec 20 1998 + * Point-to-Point connections have been established, including +blowfish encryption and a secret key-exchange. + +version 0.2.5 Dec 16 1998 + * Project renamed to tinc, in honour of TINC. + +version 0.2.4 Dec 16 1998 + * now it really does ;) + +version 0.2.3 Nov 24 1998 + * it sort of works now + +version 0.2.2 Nov 20 1998 + * uses GNU gmp. + +version 0.2.1 Nov 14 1998 + + * Bare version. diff --git a/README b/README new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d75d7f6 --- /dev/null +++ b/README @@ -0,0 +1,117 @@ +This is the README file for tinc version 1.0pre7. Installation +instructions may be found in the INSTALL file. + +tinc is Copyright (C) 1998-2002 by: + +Ivo Timmermans , +Guus Sliepen , +and others. + +For a complete list of authors see the AUTHORS file. + +This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at +your option) any later version. See the file COPYING for more details. + + +Security statement +------------------ + +In August 2000, we discovered the existence of a security hole in all versions +of tinc up to and including 1.0pre2. This had to do with the way we exchanged +keys. Since then, we have been working on a new authentication scheme to make +tinc as secure as possible. The current version uses the OpenSSL library and +uses strong authentication with RSA keys. + +On the 29th of December 2001, Jerome Etienne posted a security analysis of tinc +1.0pre4. Due to a lack of sequence numbers and a message authentication code +for each packet, an attacker could possibly disrupt certain network services or +launch a denial of service attack by replaying intercepted packets. The current +version adds sequence numbers and message authentication codes to prevent such +attacks. + +Cryptography is a hard thing to get right. We cannot make any +guarantees. Time, review and feedback are the only things that can +prove the security of any cryptographic product. If you wish to review +tinc or give us feedback, you are stronly encouraged to do so. + + +Changes to configuration file format since 1.0pre5 +-------------------------------------------------- + +Some configuration variables have different names now. Most notably "TapDevice" +should be changed into "Device", and "Device" should be changed into +"BindToDevice". + + +Requirements +------------ + +Since 1.0pre3, we use OpenSSL for all cryptographic functions. So you +need to install this library first; grab it from +http://www.openssl.org/. We recommend version 0.9.5 or better. If +this library is not installed on you system, configure will fail. The +manual in doc/tinc.texi contains more detailed information on how to +install this library. + +Since 1.0pre6, the zlib library is used for optional compression. You need this +library whether or not you plan to enable the compression. You can find it at +http://www.gzip.org/zlib/. Because of a possible exploit in earlier versions we +recommand that you download version 1.1.4 or later. + +In order to compile tinc, you will also need autoconf, automake, GNU make, m4 +and gettext. + + +Features +-------- + +This version of tinc supports multiple virtual networks at once. To +use this feature, you may supply a netname via the -n or --net +options. The standard locations for the config files will then be +/etc/tinc//. Because of this feature, tinc will send packets +directly to their destinations, instead of to the uplink. If this +behaviour is undesirable (for instance because of firewalls or other +restrictions), please use an older version of tinc (I would recommend +tinc-0.2.19). + +In order to force the kernel to accept received packets, the +destination MAC address will be set to FE:FD:00:00:00:00 upon +reception. The MAC address of the ethertap or tun/tap interface must +also be set to this address. See the manual for more detailed +information. + +tincd regenerates its encryption key pairs. It does this on the first +activity after the keys have expired. This period is adjustable in the +configuration file, and the default time is 3600 seconds (one hour). + +This version supports multiple subnets at once. They are also sorted +on subnet mask size. This means that it is possible to have +overlapping subnets on the VPN, as long as their subnet mask sizes +differ. + +Since pre5, tinc can operate in several routing modes. The default mode, +"router", works exactly like the older version, and uses Subnet lines to +determine the destination of packets. The other two modes, "switch" and "hub", +allow the tinc daemons to work together like a single network switch or hub. +This is useful for bridging networks. The latter modes only work properly on +Linux and FreeBSD. + +The algorithms used for encryption and generating message authentication codes +can now be changed in the configuration files. All cipher and digest algorithms +supported by OpenSSL can be used. Useful ciphers are "blowfish" (default), +"bf-ofb", "des", "des3", etcetera. Useful digests are "sha1" (default), "md5", +etcetera. + +Support for routing IPv6 packets has been added. Just add Subnet lines with +IPv6 addresses (without using :: abbreviations) and use ifconfig or ip (from +the iproute package) to give the virtual network interface corresponding IPv6 +addresses. Autoconfiguration will not work in router mode. Tunneling IPv6 +packets only works on Linux, FreeBSD and possibly OpenBSD. + +It is also possible to make tunnels to other tinc daemons over IPv6 networks. +In order to enable this feature the option "AddressFamily = any" or +"AddressFamily = ipv6" must be added to the tinc.conf file. The host +configuration files should contain IPv6 addresses for the "Address" variables, +or hostnames which have an AAAA or A6 record. diff --git a/THANKS b/THANKS new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e4cfd6d --- /dev/null +++ b/THANKS @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +We would like to thank + + * Hans Bayle (for making some useful coding suggestions and fixing a + bug or two) + * Lubomír Bulej (for the Redhat system init script) + * Wessel Dankers (for the name `tinc' and various suggestions) + * Mads Kiilerich (for finding some bugs and some errors in the + documentation, and for making several suggestions to make it all + more userfriendly, and the Redhat package) + * James MacLean (for fixing several mission critical bugs, and for + giving me a few good ideas, and, most of all, for the wonderful + testing and debugging) + * Robert van der Meulen (early configuration code) + * Cris van Pelt (small fixes) + * Enrique Zanardi (for the Spanish translation) + * Matias Carrasco (for the Spanish translation of the manual) + * Jamie Briggs (for finding a lot of socket leaks) + * Armijn Hemel (for being our very own PR manager) + * Jerome Etienne (for a thorough security analysis of tinc) + * Mark Glines (for his compression patch) + +for their help, support and ideas. Thank you guys! + +Ivo Timmermans +Guus Sliepen diff --git a/TODO b/TODO new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c0f2ee3 --- /dev/null +++ b/TODO @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +TODO LIST + +1.0: + +* A nice, secure and stable release diff --git a/acconfig.h b/acconfig.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..41fdb99 --- /dev/null +++ b/acconfig.h @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +/* Define to the name name of this package */ +#undef PACKAGE + +/* Define to the version of the package */ +#undef VERSION + +/* Define to rpl_malloc if the replacement function should be used. */ +#undef malloc + +/* Define to rpl_realloc if the replacement function should be used. */ +#undef realloc + +/* This is always defined. It enables GNU extensions on systems that + have them. */ +#if !defined(_GNU_SOURCE) +# undef _GNU_SOURCE +#endif + +#if !defined(__USE_BSD) +# undef __USE_BSD +#endif + + +/* Define to 1 if NLS is requested. */ +#undef ENABLE_NLS + +/* Define as 1 if you have catgets and don't want to use GNU gettext. */ +#undef HAVE_CATGETS + +/* Define as 1 if you have gettext and don't want to use GNU gettext. */ +#undef HAVE_GETTEXT + +/* Define if your locale.h file contains LC_MESSAGES. */ +#undef HAVE_LC_MESSAGES + +/* Define to 1 if you have the stpcpy function. */ +#undef HAVE_STPCPY + +/* For getopt */ +#if HAVE_STDLIB_H +# define getopt system_getopt +# include +# undef getopt +#endif + +/* Linux */ +#undef HAVE_LINUX + +/* FreeBSD */ +#undef HAVE_FREEBSD + +/* OpenBSD */ +#undef HAVE_OPENBSD + +/* Solaris */ +#undef HAVE_SOLARIS + +/* NetBSD */ +#undef HAVE_NETBSD + +/* Define to the location of the kernel sources */ +#undef CONFIG_TINC_KERNELDIR + +/* Define to 1 if tun/tap support is enabled and found */ +#undef HAVE_TUNTAP + +/* Define to the location of if_tun.h */ +#undef LINUX_IF_TUN_H + +/* Define to 1 if support for jumbograms is enabled */ +#undef ENABLE_JUMBOGRAMS + +/* Define to 1 if checkpoint tracing is enabled */ +#undef ENABLE_TRACING + +/* Define to enable use of old SSLeay_add_all_algorithms() function */ +#undef HAVE_SSLEAY_ADD_ALL_ALGORITHMS diff --git a/aclocal.m4 b/aclocal.m4 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..46a4f8c --- /dev/null +++ b/aclocal.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,1408 @@ +# aclocal.m4 generated automatically by aclocal 1.5 + +# Copyright 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 +# Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation +# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, +# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. + +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without +# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A +# PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + +# Do all the work for Automake. This macro actually does too much -- +# some checks are only needed if your package does certain things. +# But this isn't really a big deal. + +# serial 5 + +# There are a few dirty hacks below to avoid letting `AC_PROG_CC' be +# written in clear, in which case automake, when reading aclocal.m4, +# will think it sees a *use*, and therefore will trigger all it's +# C support machinery. Also note that it means that autoscan, seeing +# CC etc. in the Makefile, will ask for an AC_PROG_CC use... + + +# We require 2.13 because we rely on SHELL being computed by configure. +AC_PREREQ([2.13]) + +# AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE(MACRO-NAME, IF-PROVIDED, IF-NOT-PROVIDED) +# ----------------------------------------------------------- +# If MACRO-NAME is provided do IF-PROVIDED, else IF-NOT-PROVIDED. +# The purpose of this macro is to provide the user with a means to +# check macros which are provided without letting her know how the +# information is coded. +# If this macro is not defined by Autoconf, define it here. +ifdef([AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE], + [], + [define([AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE], + [ifdef([AC_PROVIDE_$1], + [$2], [$3])])]) + + +# AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(PACKAGE,VERSION, [NO-DEFINE]) +# ---------------------------------------------- +AC_DEFUN([AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE], +[AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_INSTALL])dnl +# test to see if srcdir already configured +if test "`CDPATH=:; cd $srcdir && pwd`" != "`pwd`" && + test -f $srcdir/config.status; then + AC_MSG_ERROR([source directory already configured; run \"make distclean\" there first]) +fi + +# Define the identity of the package. +PACKAGE=$1 +AC_SUBST(PACKAGE)dnl +VERSION=$2 +AC_SUBST(VERSION)dnl +ifelse([$3],, +[AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(PACKAGE, "$PACKAGE", [Name of package]) +AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(VERSION, "$VERSION", [Version number of package])]) + +# Autoconf 2.50 wants to disallow AM_ names. We explicitly allow +# the ones we care about. +ifdef([m4_pattern_allow], + [m4_pattern_allow([^AM_[A-Z]+FLAGS])])dnl + +# Autoconf 2.50 always computes EXEEXT. However we need to be +# compatible with 2.13, for now. So we always define EXEEXT, but we +# don't compute it. +AC_SUBST(EXEEXT) +# Similar for OBJEXT -- only we only use OBJEXT if the user actually +# requests that it be used. This is a bit dumb. +: ${OBJEXT=o} +AC_SUBST(OBJEXT) + +# Some tools Automake needs. +AC_REQUIRE([AM_SANITY_CHECK])dnl +AC_REQUIRE([AC_ARG_PROGRAM])dnl +AM_MISSING_PROG(ACLOCAL, aclocal) +AM_MISSING_PROG(AUTOCONF, autoconf) +AM_MISSING_PROG(AUTOMAKE, automake) +AM_MISSING_PROG(AUTOHEADER, autoheader) +AM_MISSING_PROG(MAKEINFO, makeinfo) +AM_MISSING_PROG(AMTAR, tar) +AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH +AM_PROG_INSTALL_STRIP +# We need awk for the "check" target. The system "awk" is bad on +# some platforms. +AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_AWK])dnl +AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MAKE_SET])dnl +AC_REQUIRE([AM_DEP_TRACK])dnl +AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_DEPDIR])dnl +AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_][CC], + [_AM_DEPENDENCIES(CC)], + [define([AC_PROG_][CC], + defn([AC_PROG_][CC])[_AM_DEPENDENCIES(CC)])])dnl +AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_][CXX], + [_AM_DEPENDENCIES(CXX)], + [define([AC_PROG_][CXX], + defn([AC_PROG_][CXX])[_AM_DEPENDENCIES(CXX)])])dnl +]) + +# +# Check to make sure that the build environment is sane. +# + +# serial 3 + +# AM_SANITY_CHECK +# --------------- +AC_DEFUN([AM_SANITY_CHECK], +[AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether build environment is sane]) +# Just in case +sleep 1 +echo timestamp > conftest.file +# Do `set' in a subshell so we don't clobber the current shell's +# arguments. Must try -L first in case configure is actually a +# symlink; some systems play weird games with the mod time of symlinks +# (eg FreeBSD returns the mod time of the symlink's containing +# directory). +if ( + set X `ls -Lt $srcdir/configure conftest.file 2> /dev/null` + if test "$[*]" = "X"; then + # -L didn't work. + set X `ls -t $srcdir/configure conftest.file` + fi + rm -f conftest.file + if test "$[*]" != "X $srcdir/configure conftest.file" \ + && test "$[*]" != "X conftest.file $srcdir/configure"; then + + # If neither matched, then we have a broken ls. This can happen + # if, for instance, CONFIG_SHELL is bash and it inherits a + # broken ls alias from the environment. This has actually + # happened. Such a system could not be considered "sane". + AC_MSG_ERROR([ls -t appears to fail. Make sure there is not a broken +alias in your environment]) + fi + + test "$[2]" = conftest.file + ) +then + # Ok. + : +else + AC_MSG_ERROR([newly created file is older than distributed files! +Check your system clock]) +fi +AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)]) + + +# serial 2 + +# AM_MISSING_PROG(NAME, PROGRAM) +# ------------------------------ +AC_DEFUN([AM_MISSING_PROG], +[AC_REQUIRE([AM_MISSING_HAS_RUN]) +$1=${$1-"${am_missing_run}$2"} +AC_SUBST($1)]) + + +# AM_MISSING_HAS_RUN +# ------------------ +# Define MISSING if not defined so far and test if it supports --run. +# If it does, set am_missing_run to use it, otherwise, to nothing. +AC_DEFUN([AM_MISSING_HAS_RUN], +[AC_REQUIRE([AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND])dnl +test x"${MISSING+set}" = xset || MISSING="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/missing" +# Use eval to expand $SHELL +if eval "$MISSING --run true"; then + am_missing_run="$MISSING --run " +else + am_missing_run= + am_backtick='`' + AC_MSG_WARN([${am_backtick}missing' script is too old or missing]) +fi +]) + +# AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND + +# For projects using AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR([foo]), Autoconf sets +# $ac_aux_dir to `$srcdir/foo'. In other projects, it is set to +# `$srcdir', `$srcdir/..', or `$srcdir/../..'. +# +# Of course, Automake must honor this variable whenever it calls a +# tool from the auxiliary directory. The problem is that $srcdir (and +# therefore $ac_aux_dir as well) can be either absolute or relative, +# depending on how configure is run. This is pretty annoying, since +# it makes $ac_aux_dir quite unusable in subdirectories: in the top +# source directory, any form will work fine, but in subdirectories a +# relative path needs to be adjusted first. +# +# $ac_aux_dir/missing +# fails when called from a subdirectory if $ac_aux_dir is relative +# $top_srcdir/$ac_aux_dir/missing +# fails if $ac_aux_dir is absolute, +# fails when called from a subdirectory in a VPATH build with +# a relative $ac_aux_dir +# +# The reason of the latter failure is that $top_srcdir and $ac_aux_dir +# are both prefixed by $srcdir. In an in-source build this is usually +# harmless because $srcdir is `.', but things will broke when you +# start a VPATH build or use an absolute $srcdir. +# +# So we could use something similar to $top_srcdir/$ac_aux_dir/missing, +# iff we strip the leading $srcdir from $ac_aux_dir. That would be: +# am_aux_dir='\$(top_srcdir)/'`expr "$ac_aux_dir" : "$srcdir//*\(.*\)"` +# and then we would define $MISSING as +# MISSING="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/missing" +# This will work as long as MISSING is not called from configure, because +# unfortunately $(top_srcdir) has no meaning in configure. +# However there are other variables, like CC, which are often used in +# configure, and could therefore not use this "fixed" $ac_aux_dir. +# +# Another solution, used here, is to always expand $ac_aux_dir to an +# absolute PATH. The drawback is that using absolute paths prevent a +# configured tree to be moved without reconfiguration. + +AC_DEFUN([AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND], [ +# expand $ac_aux_dir to an absolute path +am_aux_dir=`CDPATH=:; cd $ac_aux_dir && pwd` +]) + +# AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH +# ------------------ +# Define $install_sh. +AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH], +[AC_REQUIRE([AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND])dnl +install_sh=${install_sh-"$am_aux_dir/install-sh"} +AC_SUBST(install_sh)]) + +# One issue with vendor `install' (even GNU) is that you can't +# specify the program used to strip binaries. This is especially +# annoying in cross-compiling environments, where the build's strip +# is unlikely to handle the host's binaries. +# Fortunately install-sh will honor a STRIPPROG variable, so we +# always use install-sh in `make install-strip', and initialize +# STRIPPROG with the value of the STRIP variable (set by the user). +AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_INSTALL_STRIP], +[AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH])dnl +INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM="\${SHELL} \$(install_sh) -c -s" +AC_SUBST([INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM])]) + +# serial 4 -*- Autoconf -*- + + + +# There are a few dirty hacks below to avoid letting `AC_PROG_CC' be +# written in clear, in which case automake, when reading aclocal.m4, +# will think it sees a *use*, and therefore will trigger all it's +# C support machinery. Also note that it means that autoscan, seeing +# CC etc. in the Makefile, will ask for an AC_PROG_CC use... + + + +# _AM_DEPENDENCIES(NAME) +# --------------------- +# See how the compiler implements dependency checking. +# NAME is "CC", "CXX" or "OBJC". +# We try a few techniques and use that to set a single cache variable. +# +# We don't AC_REQUIRE the corresponding AC_PROG_CC since the latter was +# modified to invoke _AM_DEPENDENCIES(CC); we would have a circular +# dependency, and given that the user is not expected to run this macro, +# just rely on AC_PROG_CC. +AC_DEFUN([_AM_DEPENDENCIES], +[AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_DEPDIR])dnl +AC_REQUIRE([AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS])dnl +AC_REQUIRE([AM_MAKE_INCLUDE])dnl +AC_REQUIRE([AM_DEP_TRACK])dnl + +ifelse([$1], CC, [depcc="$CC" am_compiler_list=], + [$1], CXX, [depcc="$CXX" am_compiler_list=], + [$1], OBJC, [depcc="$OBJC" am_compiler_list='gcc3 gcc'] + [$1], GCJ, [depcc="$GCJ" am_compiler_list='gcc3 gcc'], + [depcc="$$1" am_compiler_list=]) + +AC_CACHE_CHECK([dependency style of $depcc], + [am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type], +[if test -z "$AMDEP_TRUE" && test -f "$am_depcomp"; then + # We make a subdir and do the tests there. Otherwise we can end up + # making bogus files that we don't know about and never remove. For + # instance it was reported that on HP-UX the gcc test will end up + # making a dummy file named `D' -- because `-MD' means `put the output + # in D'. + mkdir conftest.dir + # Copy depcomp to subdir because otherwise we won't find it if we're + # using a relative directory. + cp "$am_depcomp" conftest.dir + cd conftest.dir + + am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type=none + if test "$am_compiler_list" = ""; then + am_compiler_list=`sed -n ['s/^#*\([a-zA-Z0-9]*\))$/\1/p'] < ./depcomp` + fi + for depmode in $am_compiler_list; do + # We need to recreate these files for each test, as the compiler may + # overwrite some of them when testing with obscure command lines. + # This happens at least with the AIX C compiler. + echo '#include "conftest.h"' > conftest.c + echo 'int i;' > conftest.h + echo "${am__include} ${am__quote}conftest.Po${am__quote}" > confmf + + case $depmode in + nosideeffect) + # after this tag, mechanisms are not by side-effect, so they'll + # only be used when explicitly requested + if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" = xyes; then + continue + else + break + fi + ;; + none) break ;; + esac + # We check with `-c' and `-o' for the sake of the "dashmstdout" + # mode. It turns out that the SunPro C++ compiler does not properly + # handle `-M -o', and we need to detect this. + if depmode=$depmode \ + source=conftest.c object=conftest.o \ + depfile=conftest.Po tmpdepfile=conftest.TPo \ + $SHELL ./depcomp $depcc -c conftest.c -o conftest.o >/dev/null 2>&1 && + grep conftest.h conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 && + ${MAKE-make} -s -f confmf > /dev/null 2>&1; then + am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type=$depmode + break + fi + done + + cd .. + rm -rf conftest.dir +else + am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type=none +fi +]) +$1DEPMODE="depmode=$am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type" +AC_SUBST([$1DEPMODE]) +]) + + +# AM_SET_DEPDIR +# ------------- +# Choose a directory name for dependency files. +# This macro is AC_REQUIREd in _AM_DEPENDENCIES +AC_DEFUN([AM_SET_DEPDIR], +[rm -f .deps 2>/dev/null +mkdir .deps 2>/dev/null +if test -d .deps; then + DEPDIR=.deps +else + # MS-DOS does not allow filenames that begin with a dot. + DEPDIR=_deps +fi +rmdir .deps 2>/dev/null +AC_SUBST(DEPDIR) +]) + + +# AM_DEP_TRACK +# ------------ +AC_DEFUN([AM_DEP_TRACK], +[AC_ARG_ENABLE(dependency-tracking, +[ --disable-dependency-tracking Speeds up one-time builds + --enable-dependency-tracking Do not reject slow dependency extractors]) +if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno; then + am_depcomp="$ac_aux_dir/depcomp" + AMDEPBACKSLASH='\' +fi +AM_CONDITIONAL([AMDEP], [test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno]) +pushdef([subst], defn([AC_SUBST])) +subst(AMDEPBACKSLASH) +popdef([subst]) +]) + +# Generate code to set up dependency tracking. +# This macro should only be invoked once -- use via AC_REQUIRE. +# Usage: +# AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS + +# +# This code is only required when automatic dependency tracking +# is enabled. FIXME. This creates each `.P' file that we will +# need in order to bootstrap the dependency handling code. +AC_DEFUN([AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS],[ +AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS([ +test x"$AMDEP_TRUE" != x"" || +for mf in $CONFIG_FILES; do + case "$mf" in + Makefile) dirpart=.;; + */Makefile) dirpart=`echo "$mf" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$||'`;; + *) continue;; + esac + grep '^DEP_FILES *= *[^ #]' < "$mf" > /dev/null || continue + # Extract the definition of DEP_FILES from the Makefile without + # running `make'. + DEPDIR=`sed -n -e '/^DEPDIR = / s///p' < "$mf"` + test -z "$DEPDIR" && continue + # When using ansi2knr, U may be empty or an underscore; expand it + U=`sed -n -e '/^U = / s///p' < "$mf"` + test -d "$dirpart/$DEPDIR" || mkdir "$dirpart/$DEPDIR" + # We invoke sed twice because it is the simplest approach to + # changing $(DEPDIR) to its actual value in the expansion. + for file in `sed -n -e ' + /^DEP_FILES = .*\\\\$/ { + s/^DEP_FILES = // + :loop + s/\\\\$// + p + n + /\\\\$/ b loop + p + } + /^DEP_FILES = / s/^DEP_FILES = //p' < "$mf" | \ + sed -e 's/\$(DEPDIR)/'"$DEPDIR"'/g' -e 's/\$U/'"$U"'/g'`; do + # Make sure the directory exists. + test -f "$dirpart/$file" && continue + fdir=`echo "$file" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$||'` + $ac_aux_dir/mkinstalldirs "$dirpart/$fdir" > /dev/null 2>&1 + # echo "creating $dirpart/$file" + echo '# dummy' > "$dirpart/$file" + done +done +], [AMDEP_TRUE="$AMDEP_TRUE" +ac_aux_dir="$ac_aux_dir"])]) + +# AM_MAKE_INCLUDE() +# ----------------- +# Check to see how make treats includes. +AC_DEFUN([AM_MAKE_INCLUDE], +[am_make=${MAKE-make} +cat > confinc << 'END' +doit: + @echo done +END +# If we don't find an include directive, just comment out the code. +AC_MSG_CHECKING([for style of include used by $am_make]) +am__include='#' +am__quote= +_am_result=none +# First try GNU make style include. +echo "include confinc" > confmf +# We grep out `Entering directory' and `Leaving directory' +# messages which can occur if `w' ends up in MAKEFLAGS. +# In particular we don't look at `^make:' because GNU make might +# be invoked under some other name (usually "gmake"), in which +# case it prints its new name instead of `make'. +if test "`$am_make -s -f confmf 2> /dev/null | fgrep -v 'ing directory'`" = "done"; then + am__include=include + am__quote= + _am_result=GNU +fi +# Now try BSD make style include. +if test "$am__include" = "#"; then + echo '.include "confinc"' > confmf + if test "`$am_make -s -f confmf 2> /dev/null`" = "done"; then + am__include=.include + am__quote='"' + _am_result=BSD + fi +fi +AC_SUBST(am__include) +AC_SUBST(am__quote) +AC_MSG_RESULT($_am_result) +rm -f confinc confmf +]) + +# serial 3 + +# AM_CONDITIONAL(NAME, SHELL-CONDITION) +# ------------------------------------- +# Define a conditional. +# +# FIXME: Once using 2.50, use this: +# m4_match([$1], [^TRUE\|FALSE$], [AC_FATAL([$0: invalid condition: $1])])dnl +AC_DEFUN([AM_CONDITIONAL], +[ifelse([$1], [TRUE], + [errprint(__file__:__line__: [$0: invalid condition: $1 +])dnl +m4exit(1)])dnl +ifelse([$1], [FALSE], + [errprint(__file__:__line__: [$0: invalid condition: $1 +])dnl +m4exit(1)])dnl +AC_SUBST([$1_TRUE]) +AC_SUBST([$1_FALSE]) +if $2; then + $1_TRUE= + $1_FALSE='#' +else + $1_TRUE='#' + $1_FALSE= +fi]) + +# Like AC_CONFIG_HEADER, but automatically create stamp file. + +# serial 3 + +# When config.status generates a header, we must update the stamp-h file. +# This file resides in the same directory as the config header +# that is generated. We must strip everything past the first ":", +# and everything past the last "/". + +AC_PREREQ([2.12]) + +AC_DEFUN([AM_CONFIG_HEADER], +[ifdef([AC_FOREACH],dnl + [dnl init our file count if it isn't already + m4_ifndef([_AM_Config_Header_Index], m4_define([_AM_Config_Header_Index], [0])) + dnl prepare to store our destination file list for use in config.status + AC_FOREACH([_AM_File], [$1], + [m4_pushdef([_AM_Dest], m4_patsubst(_AM_File, [:.*])) + m4_define([_AM_Config_Header_Index], m4_incr(_AM_Config_Header_Index)) + dnl and add it to the list of files AC keeps track of, along + dnl with our hook + AC_CONFIG_HEADERS(_AM_File, +dnl COMMANDS, [, INIT-CMDS] +[# update the timestamp +echo timestamp >"AS_ESCAPE(_AM_DIRNAME(]_AM_Dest[))/stamp-h]_AM_Config_Header_Index[" +][$2]m4_ifval([$3], [, [$3]]))dnl AC_CONFIG_HEADERS + m4_popdef([_AM_Dest])])],dnl +[AC_CONFIG_HEADER([$1]) + AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS( + ifelse(patsubst([$1], [[^ ]], []), + [], + [test -z "$CONFIG_HEADERS" || echo timestamp >dnl + patsubst([$1], [^\([^:]*/\)?.*], [\1])stamp-h]),dnl +[am_indx=1 +for am_file in $1; do + case " \$CONFIG_HEADERS " in + *" \$am_file "*) + am_dir=\`echo \$am_file |sed 's%:.*%%;s%[^/]*\$%%'\` + if test -n "\$am_dir"; then + am_tmpdir=\`echo \$am_dir |sed 's%^\(/*\).*\$%\1%'\` + for am_subdir in \`echo \$am_dir |sed 's%/% %'\`; do + am_tmpdir=\$am_tmpdir\$am_subdir/ + if test ! -d \$am_tmpdir; then + mkdir \$am_tmpdir + fi + done + fi + echo timestamp > "\$am_dir"stamp-h\$am_indx + ;; + esac + am_indx=\`expr \$am_indx + 1\` +done]) +])]) # AM_CONFIG_HEADER + +# _AM_DIRNAME(PATH) +# ----------------- +# Like AS_DIRNAME, only do it during macro expansion +AC_DEFUN([_AM_DIRNAME], + [m4_if(m4_regexp([$1], [^.*[^/]//*[^/][^/]*/*$]), -1, + m4_if(m4_regexp([$1], [^//\([^/]\|$\)]), -1, + m4_if(m4_regexp([$1], [^/.*]), -1, + [.], + m4_patsubst([$1], [^\(/\).*], [\1])), + m4_patsubst([$1], [^\(//\)\([^/].*\|$\)], [\1])), + m4_patsubst([$1], [^\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$], [\1]))[]dnl +]) # _AM_DIRNAME + +# aclocal-include.m4 +# +# This macro adds the name macrodir to the set of directories +# that `aclocal' searches for macros. + +# serial 1 + +dnl AM_ACLOCAL_INCLUDE(macrodir) +AC_DEFUN([AM_ACLOCAL_INCLUDE], +[ + test -n "$ACLOCAL_FLAGS" && ACLOCAL="$ACLOCAL $ACLOCAL_FLAGS" + + for k in $1 ; do ACLOCAL="$ACLOCAL -I $k" ; done +]) + +#serial 1 + +dnl From Jim Meyering. +dnl Find a new-enough version of Perl. +dnl + +AC_DEFUN(jm_PERL, +[ + dnl FIXME: don't hard-code 5.003 + dnl FIXME: should we cache the result? + AC_MSG_CHECKING([for perl5.003 or newer]) + if test "${PERL+set}" = set; then + # `PERL' is set in the user's environment. + candidate_perl_names="$PERL" + perl_specified=yes + else + candidate_perl_names='perl perl5' + perl_specified=no + fi + + found=no + AC_SUBST(PERL) + PERL="$missing_dir/missing perl" + for perl in $candidate_perl_names; do + # Run test in a subshell; some versions of sh will print an error if + # an executable is not found, even if stderr is redirected. + if ( $perl -e 'require 5.003' ) > /dev/null 2>&1; then + PERL=$perl + found=yes + break + fi + done + + AC_MSG_RESULT($found) + test $found = no && AC_MSG_WARN([ +*** You don't seem to have perl5.003 or newer installed. +*** Because of that, you may be unable to regenerate certain files +*** if you modify the sources from which they are derived.] ) +]) + +#serial 1 +# This test replaces the one in autoconf. +# Currently this macro should have the same name as the autoconf macro +# because gettext's gettext.m4 (distributed in the automake package) +# still uses it. Otherwise, the use in gettext.m4 makes autoheader +# give these diagnostics: +# configure.in:556: AC_TRY_COMPILE was called before AC_ISC_POSIX +# configure.in:556: AC_TRY_RUN was called before AC_ISC_POSIX + +undefine([AC_ISC_POSIX]) + +AC_DEFUN([AC_ISC_POSIX], + [ + dnl This test replaces the obsolescent AC_ISC_POSIX kludge. + AC_CHECK_LIB(cposix, strerror, [LIBS="$LIBS -lcposix"]) + ] +) + +#serial 1 + +dnl From Jim Meyering. +dnl Determine whether malloc accepts 0 as its argument. +dnl If it doesn't, arrange to use the replacement function. +dnl +dnl If you use this macro in a package, you should +dnl add the following two lines to acconfig.h: +dnl /* Define to rpl_malloc if the replacement function should be used. */ +dnl #undef malloc +dnl + +AC_DEFUN(jm_FUNC_MALLOC, +[ + if test x = y; then + dnl This code is deliberately never run via ./configure. + dnl FIXME: this is a gross hack to make autoheader put an entry + dnl for this symbol in config.h.in. + AC_CHECK_FUNCS(DONE_WORKING_MALLOC_CHECK) + fi + dnl xmalloc.c requires that this symbol be defined so it doesn't + dnl mistakenly use a broken malloc -- as it might if this test were omitted. + ac_kludge=HAVE_DONE_WORKING_MALLOC_CHECK + AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED($ac_kludge) + + AC_CACHE_CHECK([for working malloc], jm_cv_func_working_malloc, + [AC_TRY_RUN([ + char *malloc (); + int + main () + { + exit (malloc (0) ? 0 : 1); + } + ], + jm_cv_func_working_malloc=yes, + jm_cv_func_working_malloc=no, + dnl When crosscompiling, assume malloc is broken. + jm_cv_func_working_malloc=no) + ]) + if test $jm_cv_func_working_malloc = no; then + LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS malloc.o" + AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(malloc, rpl_malloc) + fi +]) + +#serial 1 + +dnl From Jim Meyering. +dnl Determine whether realloc works when both arguments are 0. +dnl If it doesn't, arrange to use the replacement function. +dnl +dnl If you use this macro in a package, you should +dnl add the following two lines to acconfig.h: +dnl /* Define to rpl_realloc if the replacement function should be used. */ +dnl #undef realloc +dnl + +AC_DEFUN(jm_FUNC_REALLOC, +[ + if test x = y; then + dnl This code is deliberately never run via ./configure. + dnl FIXME: this is a gross hack to make autoheader put an entry + dnl for this symbol in config.h.in. + AC_CHECK_FUNCS(DONE_WORKING_REALLOC_CHECK) + fi + dnl xmalloc.c requires that this symbol be defined so it doesn't + dnl mistakenly use a broken realloc -- as it might if this test were omitted. + ac_kludge=HAVE_DONE_WORKING_REALLOC_CHECK + AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED($ac_kludge) + + AC_CACHE_CHECK([for working realloc], jm_cv_func_working_realloc, + [AC_TRY_RUN([ + char *realloc (); + int + main () + { + exit (realloc (0, 0) ? 0 : 1); + } + ], + jm_cv_func_working_realloc=yes, + jm_cv_func_working_realloc=no, + dnl When crosscompiling, assume realloc is broken. + jm_cv_func_working_realloc=no) + ]) + if test $jm_cv_func_working_realloc = no; then + LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS realloc.o" + AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(realloc, rpl_realloc) + fi +]) + +# Macro to add for using GNU gettext. +# Ulrich Drepper , 1995. +# +# This file can be copied and used freely without restrictions. It can +# be used in projects which are not available under the GNU General Public +# License or the GNU Library General Public License but which still want +# to provide support for the GNU gettext functionality. +# Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered +# by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU +# gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License. +# They are *not* in the public domain. + +# serial 10 + +dnl Usage: AM_WITH_NLS([TOOLSYMBOL], [NEEDSYMBOL], [LIBDIR]). +dnl If TOOLSYMBOL is specified and is 'use-libtool', then a libtool library +dnl $(top_builddir)/intl/libintl.la will be created (shared and/or static, +dnl depending on --{enable,disable}-{shared,static} and on the presence of +dnl AM-DISABLE-SHARED). Otherwise, a static library +dnl $(top_builddir)/intl/libintl.a will be created. +dnl If NEEDSYMBOL is specified and is 'need-ngettext', then GNU gettext +dnl implementations (in libc or libintl) without the ngettext() function +dnl will be ignored. +dnl LIBDIR is used to find the intl libraries. If empty, +dnl the value `$(top_builddir)/intl/' is used. +dnl +dnl The result of the configuration is one of three cases: +dnl 1) GNU gettext, as included in the intl subdirectory, will be compiled +dnl and used. +dnl Catalog format: GNU --> install in $(datadir) +dnl Catalog extension: .mo after installation, .gmo in source tree +dnl 2) GNU gettext has been found in the system's C library. +dnl Catalog format: GNU --> install in $(datadir) +dnl Catalog extension: .mo after installation, .gmo in source tree +dnl 3) No internationalization, always use English msgid. +dnl Catalog format: none +dnl Catalog extension: none +dnl The use of .gmo is historical (it was needed to avoid overwriting the +dnl GNU format catalogs when building on a platform with an X/Open gettext), +dnl but we keep it in order not to force irrelevant filename changes on the +dnl maintainers. +dnl +AC_DEFUN([AM_WITH_NLS], + [AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether NLS is requested]) + dnl Default is enabled NLS + AC_ARG_ENABLE(nls, + [ --disable-nls do not use Native Language Support], + USE_NLS=$enableval, USE_NLS=yes) + AC_MSG_RESULT($USE_NLS) + AC_SUBST(USE_NLS) + + BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=no + USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=no + INTLLIBS= + + dnl If we use NLS figure out what method + if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then + AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_NLS, 1, + [Define to 1 if translation of program messages to the user's native language + is requested.]) + AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether included gettext is requested]) + AC_ARG_WITH(included-gettext, + [ --with-included-gettext use the GNU gettext library included here], + nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=$withval, + nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=no) + AC_MSG_RESULT($nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext) + + nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext="$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext" + if test "$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext" != "yes"; then + dnl User does not insist on using GNU NLS library. Figure out what + dnl to use. If GNU gettext is available we use this. Else we have + dnl to fall back to GNU NLS library. + CATOBJEXT=NONE + + dnl Add a version number to the cache macros. + define(gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc, [gt_cv_func_gnugettext]ifelse([$2], need-ngettext, 2, 1)[_libc]) + define(gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl, [gt_cv_func_gnugettext]ifelse([$2], need-ngettext, 2, 1)[_libintl]) + + AC_CHECK_HEADER(libintl.h, + [AC_CACHE_CHECK([for GNU gettext in libc], gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc, + [AC_TRY_LINK([#include +extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;], + [bindtextdomain ("", ""); +return (int) gettext ("")]ifelse([$2], need-ngettext, [ + (int) ngettext ("", "", 0)], [])[ + _nl_msg_cat_cntr], + gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc=yes, + gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc=no)]) + + if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc" != "yes"; then + AC_CACHE_CHECK([for GNU gettext in libintl], + gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl, + [gt_save_LIBS="$LIBS" + LIBS="$LIBS -lintl $LIBICONV" + AC_TRY_LINK([#include +extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;], + [bindtextdomain ("", ""); +return (int) gettext ("")]ifelse([$2], need-ngettext, [ + (int) ngettext ("", "", 0)], [])[ + _nl_msg_cat_cntr], + gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl=yes, + gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl=no) + LIBS="$gt_save_LIBS"]) + fi + + dnl If an already present or preinstalled GNU gettext() is found, + dnl use it. But if this macro is used in GNU gettext, and GNU + dnl gettext is already preinstalled in libintl, we update this + dnl libintl. (Cf. the install rule in intl/Makefile.in.) + if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc" = "yes" \ + || { test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl" = "yes" \ + && test "$PACKAGE" != gettext; }; then + AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETTEXT, 1, + [Define if the GNU gettext() function is already present or preinstalled.]) + + if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl" = "yes"; then + dnl If iconv() is in a separate libiconv library, then anyone + dnl linking with libintl{.a,.so} also needs to link with + dnl libiconv. + INTLLIBS="-lintl $LIBICONV" + fi + + gt_save_LIBS="$LIBS" + LIBS="$LIBS $INTLLIBS" + AC_CHECK_FUNCS(dcgettext) + LIBS="$gt_save_LIBS" + + dnl Search for GNU msgfmt in the PATH. + AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGFMT, msgfmt, + [$ac_dir/$ac_word --statistics /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1], :) + AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, $MSGFMT) + + dnl Search for GNU xgettext in the PATH. + AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext, + [$ac_dir/$ac_word --omit-header /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1], :) + + CATOBJEXT=.gmo + fi + ]) + + if test "$CATOBJEXT" = "NONE"; then + dnl GNU gettext is not found in the C library. + dnl Fall back on GNU gettext library. + nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext=yes + fi + fi + + if test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then + dnl Mark actions used to generate GNU NLS library. + INTLOBJS="\$(GETTOBJS)" + AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGFMT, msgfmt, + [$ac_dir/$ac_word --statistics /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1], :) + AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, $MSGFMT) + AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext, + [$ac_dir/$ac_word --omit-header /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1], :) + AC_SUBST(MSGFMT) + BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes + USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes + CATOBJEXT=.gmo + INTLLIBS="ifelse([$3],[],\$(top_builddir)/intl,[$3])/libintl.ifelse([$1], use-libtool, [l], [])a $LIBICONV" + LIBS=`echo " $LIBS " | sed -e 's/ -lintl / /' -e 's/^ //' -e 's/ $//'` + fi + + dnl This could go away some day; the PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST already does it. + dnl Test whether we really found GNU msgfmt. + if test "$GMSGFMT" != ":"; then + dnl If it is no GNU msgfmt we define it as : so that the + dnl Makefiles still can work. + if $GMSGFMT --statistics /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1; then + : ; + else + AC_MSG_RESULT( + [found msgfmt program is not GNU msgfmt; ignore it]) + GMSGFMT=":" + fi + fi + + dnl This could go away some day; the PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST already does it. + dnl Test whether we really found GNU xgettext. + if test "$XGETTEXT" != ":"; then + dnl If it is no GNU xgettext we define it as : so that the + dnl Makefiles still can work. + if $XGETTEXT --omit-header /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1; then + : ; + else + AC_MSG_RESULT( + [found xgettext program is not GNU xgettext; ignore it]) + XGETTEXT=":" + fi + fi + + dnl We need to process the po/ directory. + POSUB=po + fi + AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS( + [for ac_file in $CONFIG_FILES; do + # Support "outfile[:infile[:infile...]]" + case "$ac_file" in + *:*) ac_file=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%:.*%%'` ;; + esac + # PO directories have a Makefile.in generated from Makefile.in.in. + case "$ac_file" in */Makefile.in) + # Adjust a relative srcdir. + ac_dir=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'` + ac_dir_suffix="/`echo "$ac_dir"|sed 's%^\./%%'`" + ac_dots=`echo "$ac_dir_suffix"|sed 's%/[^/]*%../%g'` + # In autoconf-2.13 it is called $ac_given_srcdir. + # In autoconf-2.50 it is called $srcdir. + test -n "$ac_given_srcdir" || ac_given_srcdir="$srcdir" + case "$ac_given_srcdir" in + .) top_srcdir=`echo $ac_dots|sed 's%/$%%'` ;; + /*) top_srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir" ;; + *) top_srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir" ;; + esac + if test -f "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/POTFILES.in"; then + rm -f "$ac_dir/POTFILES" + test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: creating $ac_dir/POTFILES" || echo "creating $ac_dir/POTFILES" + sed -e "/^#/d" -e "/^[ ]*\$/d" -e "s,.*, $top_srcdir/& \\\\," -e "\$s/\(.*\) \\\\/\1/" < "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/POTFILES.in" > "$ac_dir/POTFILES" + test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: creating $ac_dir/Makefile" || echo "creating $ac_dir/Makefile" + sed -e "/POTFILES =/r $ac_dir/POTFILES" "$ac_dir/Makefile.in" > "$ac_dir/Makefile" + fi + ;; + esac + done]) + + + dnl If this is used in GNU gettext we have to set BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL + dnl to 'yes' because some of the testsuite requires it. + if test "$PACKAGE" = gettext; then + BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes + fi + + dnl intl/plural.c is generated from intl/plural.y. It requires bison, + dnl because plural.y uses bison specific features. It requires at least + dnl bison-1.26 because earlier versions generate a plural.c that doesn't + dnl compile. + dnl bison is only needed for the maintainer (who touches plural.y). But in + dnl order to avoid separate Makefiles or --enable-maintainer-mode, we put + dnl the rule in general Makefile. Now, some people carelessly touch the + dnl files or have a broken "make" program, hence the plural.c rule will + dnl sometimes fire. To avoid an error, defines BISON to ":" if it is not + dnl present or too old. + AC_CHECK_PROGS([INTLBISON], [bison]) + if test -z "$INTLBISON"; then + ac_verc_fail=yes + else + dnl Found it, now check the version. + AC_MSG_CHECKING([version of bison]) +changequote(<<,>>)dnl + ac_prog_version=`$INTLBISON --version 2>&1 | sed -n 's/^.*GNU Bison.* \([0-9]*\.[0-9.]*\).*$/\1/p'` + case $ac_prog_version in + '') ac_prog_version="v. ?.??, bad"; ac_verc_fail=yes;; + 1.2[6-9]* | 1.[3-9][0-9]* | [2-9].*) +changequote([,])dnl + ac_prog_version="$ac_prog_version, ok"; ac_verc_fail=no;; + *) ac_prog_version="$ac_prog_version, bad"; ac_verc_fail=yes;; + esac + AC_MSG_RESULT([$ac_prog_version]) + fi + if test $ac_verc_fail = yes; then + INTLBISON=: + fi + + dnl These rules are solely for the distribution goal. While doing this + dnl we only have to keep exactly one list of the available catalogs + dnl in configure.in. + for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do + GMOFILES="$GMOFILES $lang.gmo" + POFILES="$POFILES $lang.po" + done + + dnl Make all variables we use known to autoconf. + AC_SUBST(BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL) + AC_SUBST(USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL) + AC_SUBST(CATALOGS) + AC_SUBST(CATOBJEXT) + AC_SUBST(GMOFILES) + AC_SUBST(INTLLIBS) + AC_SUBST(INTLOBJS) + AC_SUBST(POFILES) + AC_SUBST(POSUB) + + dnl For backward compatibility. Some configure.ins may be using this. + nls_cv_header_intl= + nls_cv_header_libgt= + + dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this. + DATADIRNAME=share + AC_SUBST(DATADIRNAME) + + dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this. + INSTOBJEXT=.mo + AC_SUBST(INSTOBJEXT) + + dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this. + GENCAT=gencat + AC_SUBST(GENCAT) + ]) + +dnl Usage: Just like AM_WITH_NLS, which see. +AC_DEFUN([AM_GNU_GETTEXT], + [AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MAKE_SET])dnl + AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl + AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl + AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_RANLIB])dnl + AC_REQUIRE([AC_ISC_POSIX])dnl + AC_REQUIRE([AC_HEADER_STDC])dnl + AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_CONST])dnl + AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_INLINE])dnl + AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_OFF_T])dnl + AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_SIZE_T])dnl + AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_ALLOCA])dnl + AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_MMAP])dnl + AC_REQUIRE([jm_GLIBC21])dnl + + AC_CHECK_HEADERS([argz.h limits.h locale.h nl_types.h malloc.h stddef.h \ +stdlib.h string.h unistd.h sys/param.h]) + AC_CHECK_FUNCS([feof_unlocked fgets_unlocked getcwd getegid geteuid \ +getgid getuid mempcpy munmap putenv setenv setlocale stpcpy strchr strcasecmp \ +strdup strtoul tsearch __argz_count __argz_stringify __argz_next]) + + AM_ICONV + AM_LANGINFO_CODESET + AM_LC_MESSAGES + AM_WITH_NLS([$1],[$2],[$3]) + + if test "x$CATOBJEXT" != "x"; then + if test "x$ALL_LINGUAS" = "x"; then + LINGUAS= + else + AC_MSG_CHECKING(for catalogs to be installed) + NEW_LINGUAS= + for presentlang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do + useit=no + for desiredlang in ${LINGUAS-$ALL_LINGUAS}; do + # Use the presentlang catalog if desiredlang is + # a. equal to presentlang, or + # b. a variant of presentlang (because in this case, + # presentlang can be used as a fallback for messages + # which are not translated in the desiredlang catalog). + case "$desiredlang" in + "$presentlang"*) useit=yes;; + esac + done + if test $useit = yes; then + NEW_LINGUAS="$NEW_LINGUAS $presentlang" + fi + done + LINGUAS=$NEW_LINGUAS + AC_MSG_RESULT($LINGUAS) + fi + + dnl Construct list of names of catalog files to be constructed. + if test -n "$LINGUAS"; then + for lang in $LINGUAS; do CATALOGS="$CATALOGS $lang$CATOBJEXT"; done + fi + fi + + dnl If the AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR macro for autoconf is used we possibly + dnl find the mkinstalldirs script in another subdir but $(top_srcdir). + dnl Try to locate is. + MKINSTALLDIRS= + if test -n "$ac_aux_dir"; then + MKINSTALLDIRS="$ac_aux_dir/mkinstalldirs" + fi + if test -z "$MKINSTALLDIRS"; then + MKINSTALLDIRS="\$(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs" + fi + AC_SUBST(MKINSTALLDIRS) + + dnl Enable libtool support if the surrounding package wishes it. + INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX=ifelse([$1], use-libtool, [l], []) + AC_SUBST(INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX) + ]) + +# Search path for a program which passes the given test. +# Ulrich Drepper , 1996. +# +# This file can be copied and used freely without restrictions. It can +# be used in projects which are not available under the GNU General Public +# License or the GNU Library General Public License but which still want +# to provide support for the GNU gettext functionality. +# Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered +# by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU +# gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License. +# They are *not* in the public domain. + +# serial 2 + +dnl AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(VARIABLE, PROG-TO-CHECK-FOR, +dnl TEST-PERFORMED-ON-FOUND_PROGRAM [, VALUE-IF-NOT-FOUND [, PATH]]) +AC_DEFUN([AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST], +[# Extract the first word of "$2", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy $2; ac_word=[$]2 +AC_MSG_CHECKING([for $ac_word]) +AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_path_$1, +[case "[$]$1" in + /*) + ac_cv_path_$1="[$]$1" # Let the user override the test with a path. + ;; + *) + IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:" + for ac_dir in ifelse([$5], , $PATH, [$5]); do + test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. + if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then + if [$3]; then + ac_cv_path_$1="$ac_dir/$ac_word" + break + fi + fi + done + IFS="$ac_save_ifs" +dnl If no 4th arg is given, leave the cache variable unset, +dnl so AC_PATH_PROGS will keep looking. +ifelse([$4], , , [ test -z "[$]ac_cv_path_$1" && ac_cv_path_$1="$4" +])dnl + ;; +esac])dnl +$1="$ac_cv_path_$1" +if test ifelse([$4], , [-n "[$]$1"], ["[$]$1" != "$4"]); then + AC_MSG_RESULT([$]$1) +else + AC_MSG_RESULT(no) +fi +AC_SUBST($1)dnl +]) + +#serial 2 + +# Test for the GNU C Library, version 2.1 or newer. +# From Bruno Haible. + +AC_DEFUN([jm_GLIBC21], + [ + AC_CACHE_CHECK(whether we are using the GNU C Library 2.1 or newer, + ac_cv_gnu_library_2_1, + [AC_EGREP_CPP([Lucky GNU user], + [ +#include +#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__ + #if (__GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ >= 1) || (__GLIBC__ > 2) + Lucky GNU user + #endif +#endif + ], + ac_cv_gnu_library_2_1=yes, + ac_cv_gnu_library_2_1=no) + ] + ) + AC_SUBST(GLIBC21) + GLIBC21="$ac_cv_gnu_library_2_1" + ] +) + +#serial AM2 + +dnl From Bruno Haible. + +AC_DEFUN([AM_ICONV], +[ + dnl Some systems have iconv in libc, some have it in libiconv (OSF/1 and + dnl those with the standalone portable GNU libiconv installed). + + AC_ARG_WITH([libiconv-prefix], +[ --with-libiconv-prefix=DIR search for libiconv in DIR/include and DIR/lib], [ + for dir in `echo "$withval" | tr : ' '`; do + if test -d $dir/include; then CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -I$dir/include"; fi + if test -d $dir/lib; then LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -L$dir/lib"; fi + done + ]) + + AC_CACHE_CHECK(for iconv, am_cv_func_iconv, [ + am_cv_func_iconv="no, consider installing GNU libiconv" + am_cv_lib_iconv=no + AC_TRY_LINK([#include +#include ], + [iconv_t cd = iconv_open("",""); + iconv(cd,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL); + iconv_close(cd);], + am_cv_func_iconv=yes) + if test "$am_cv_func_iconv" != yes; then + am_save_LIBS="$LIBS" + LIBS="$LIBS -liconv" + AC_TRY_LINK([#include +#include ], + [iconv_t cd = iconv_open("",""); + iconv(cd,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL); + iconv_close(cd);], + am_cv_lib_iconv=yes + am_cv_func_iconv=yes) + LIBS="$am_save_LIBS" + fi + ]) + if test "$am_cv_func_iconv" = yes; then + AC_DEFINE(HAVE_ICONV, 1, [Define if you have the iconv() function.]) + AC_MSG_CHECKING([for iconv declaration]) + AC_CACHE_VAL(am_cv_proto_iconv, [ + AC_TRY_COMPILE([ +#include +#include +extern +#ifdef __cplusplus +"C" +#endif +#if defined(__STDC__) || defined(__cplusplus) +size_t iconv (iconv_t cd, char * *inbuf, size_t *inbytesleft, char * *outbuf, size_t *outbytesleft); +#else +size_t iconv(); +#endif +], [], am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1="", am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1="const") + am_cv_proto_iconv="extern size_t iconv (iconv_t cd, $am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1 char * *inbuf, size_t *inbytesleft, char * *outbuf, size_t *outbytesleft);"]) + am_cv_proto_iconv=`echo "[$]am_cv_proto_iconv" | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/( /(/'` + AC_MSG_RESULT([$]{ac_t:- + }[$]am_cv_proto_iconv) + AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(ICONV_CONST, $am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1, + [Define as const if the declaration of iconv() needs const.]) + fi + LIBICONV= + if test "$am_cv_lib_iconv" = yes; then + LIBICONV="-liconv" + fi + AC_SUBST(LIBICONV) +]) + +#serial AM1 + +dnl From Bruno Haible. + +AC_DEFUN([AM_LANGINFO_CODESET], +[ + AC_CACHE_CHECK([for nl_langinfo and CODESET], am_cv_langinfo_codeset, + [AC_TRY_LINK([#include ], + [char* cs = nl_langinfo(CODESET);], + am_cv_langinfo_codeset=yes, + am_cv_langinfo_codeset=no) + ]) + if test $am_cv_langinfo_codeset = yes; then + AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET, 1, + [Define if you have and nl_langinfo(CODESET).]) + fi +]) + +# Check whether LC_MESSAGES is available in . +# Ulrich Drepper , 1995. +# +# This file can be copied and used freely without restrictions. It can +# be used in projects which are not available under the GNU General Public +# License or the GNU Library General Public License but which still want +# to provide support for the GNU gettext functionality. +# Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered +# by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU +# gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License. +# They are *not* in the public domain. + +# serial 2 + +AC_DEFUN([AM_LC_MESSAGES], + [if test $ac_cv_header_locale_h = yes; then + AC_CACHE_CHECK([for LC_MESSAGES], am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES, + [AC_TRY_LINK([#include ], [return LC_MESSAGES], + am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES=yes, am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES=no)]) + if test $am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES = yes; then + AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LC_MESSAGES, 1, + [Define if your file defines LC_MESSAGES.]) + fi + fi]) + +dnl Check to find out whether the running kernel has support for TUN/TAP + +AC_DEFUN(tinc_TUNTAP, +[ +AC_ARG_WITH(kernel, + [ --with-kernel=dir give the directory with kernel sources] + [ (default: /usr/src/linux)], + kerneldir="$withval", + kerneldir="/usr/src/linux" +) + +AC_CACHE_CHECK([for linux/if_tun.h], tinc_cv_linux_if_tun_h, +[ + AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include "$kerneldir/include/linux/if_tun.h"], + [int a = IFF_TAP;], + if_tun_h="\"$kerneldir/include/linux/if_tun.h\"", + [AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include ], + [int a = IFF_TAP;], + if_tun_h="default", + if_tun_h="no" + )] + ) + + if test $if_tun_h = no; then + tinc_cv_linux_if_tun_h=none + else + tinc_cv_linux_if_tun_h="$if_tun_h" + fi +]) + +if test $tinc_cv_linux_if_tun_h != none; then + AC_DEFINE(HAVE_TUNTAP) + if test $tinc_cv_linux_if_tun_h != default; then + AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(LINUX_IF_TUN_H, $tinc_cv_linux_if_tun_h) + fi +fi +AC_SUBST(LINUX_IF_TUN_H) +AC_SUBST(HAVE_TUNTAP) +]) + +dnl Check to find the OpenSSL headers/libraries + +AC_DEFUN(tinc_OPENSSL, +[ + tinc_ac_save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS" + + AC_ARG_WITH(openssl-include, + [ --with-openssl-include=DIR OpenSSL headers directory (without trailing /openssl)], + [openssl_include="$withval" + CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -I$withval" + CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -I$withval"] + ) + + AC_ARG_WITH(openssl-lib, + [ --with-openssl-lib=DIR OpenSSL library directory], + [openssl_lib="$withval" + LIBS="$LIBS -L$withval"] + ) + + AC_CHECK_HEADERS(openssl/evp.h openssl/rsa.h openssl/rand.h openssl/err.h openssl/sha.h openssl/pem.h, + [], + [AC_MSG_ERROR("OpenSSL header files not found."); break] + ) + + CPPFLAGS="$tinc_ac_save_CPPFLAGS" + + AC_CHECK_LIB(crypto, SHA1_version, + [LIBS="$LIBS -lcrypto"], + [AC_MSG_ERROR("OpenSSL libraries not found.")] + ) + + AC_CHECK_FUNCS(RAND_pseudo_bytes) + + AC_CHECK_FUNC(OpenSSL_add_all_algorithms, + [], + AC_CHECK_FUNC(SSLeay_add_all_algorithms, + [AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SSLEAY_ADD_ALL_ALGORITHMS)], + [AC_MSG_ERROR("Missing required OpenSSL functionality!")] + ) + ) + + AC_CHECK_FUNC(dlopen, + [], + AC_CHECK_LIB(dl, dlopen, + [LIBS="$LIBS -ldl"], + [AC_MSG_ERROR("OpenSSL depends on libdl.")] + ) + ) +]) + +dnl Check to find the zlib headers/libraries + +AC_DEFUN(tinc_ZLIB, +[ + tinc_ac_save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS" + + AC_ARG_WITH(zlib-include, + [ --with-zlib-include=DIR zlib headers directory], + [zlib_include="$withval" + CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -I$withval" + CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -I$withval"] + ) + + AC_ARG_WITH(zlib-lib, + [ --with-zlib-lib=DIR zlib library directory], + [zlib_lib="$withval" + LIBS="$LIBS -L$withval"] + ) + + AC_CHECK_HEADERS(zlib.h, + [], + [AC_MSG_ERROR("zlib header files not found."); break] + ) + + CPPFLAGS="$tinc_ac_save_CPPFLAGS" + + AC_CHECK_LIB(z, compress2, + [LIBS="$LIBS -lz"], + [AC_MSG_ERROR("zlib libraries not found.")] + ) +]) + diff --git a/config.guess b/config.guess new file mode 100755 index 0000000..ed2e03b --- /dev/null +++ b/config.guess @@ -0,0 +1,1321 @@ +#! /bin/sh +# Attempt to guess a canonical system name. +# Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, +# 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +timestamp='2002-03-20' + +# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +# under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +# (at your option) any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but +# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +# +# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you +# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a +# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under +# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. + +# Originally written by Per Bothner . +# Please send patches to . Submit a context +# diff and a properly formatted ChangeLog entry. +# +# This script attempts to guess a canonical system name similar to +# config.sub. If it succeeds, it prints the system name on stdout, and +# exits with 0. Otherwise, it exits with 1. +# +# The plan is that this can be called by configure scripts if you +# don't specify an explicit build system type. + +me=`echo "$0" | sed -e 's,.*/,,'` + +usage="\ +Usage: $0 [OPTION] + +Output the configuration name of the system \`$me' is run on. + +Operation modes: + -h, --help print this help, then exit + -t, --time-stamp print date of last modification, then exit + -v, --version print version number, then exit + +Report bugs and patches to ." + +version="\ +GNU config.guess ($timestamp) + +Originally written by Per Bothner. +Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 +Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO +warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE." + +help=" +Try \`$me --help' for more information." + +# Parse command line +while test $# -gt 0 ; do + case $1 in + --time-stamp | --time* | -t ) + echo "$timestamp" ; exit 0 ;; + --version | -v ) + echo "$version" ; exit 0 ;; + --help | --h* | -h ) + echo "$usage"; exit 0 ;; + -- ) # Stop option processing + shift; break ;; + - ) # Use stdin as input. + break ;; + -* ) + echo "$me: invalid option $1$help" >&2 + exit 1 ;; + * ) + break ;; + esac +done + +if test $# != 0; then + echo "$me: too many arguments$help" >&2 + exit 1 +fi + + +dummy=dummy-$$ +trap 'rm -f $dummy.c $dummy.o $dummy.rel $dummy; exit 1' 1 2 15 + +# CC_FOR_BUILD -- compiler used by this script. +# Historically, `CC_FOR_BUILD' used to be named `HOST_CC'. We still +# use `HOST_CC' if defined, but it is deprecated. + +set_cc_for_build='case $CC_FOR_BUILD,$HOST_CC,$CC in + ,,) echo "int dummy(){}" > $dummy.c ; + for c in cc gcc c89 c99 ; do + ($c $dummy.c -c -o $dummy.o) >/dev/null 2>&1 ; + if test $? = 0 ; then + CC_FOR_BUILD="$c"; break ; + fi ; + done ; + rm -f $dummy.c $dummy.o $dummy.rel ; + if test x"$CC_FOR_BUILD" = x ; then + CC_FOR_BUILD=no_compiler_found ; + fi + ;; + ,,*) CC_FOR_BUILD=$CC ;; + ,*,*) CC_FOR_BUILD=$HOST_CC ;; +esac' + +# This is needed to find uname on a Pyramid OSx when run in the BSD universe. +# (ghazi@noc.rutgers.edu 1994-08-24) +if (test -f /.attbin/uname) >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then + PATH=$PATH:/.attbin ; export PATH +fi + +UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -m) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_MACHINE=unknown +UNAME_RELEASE=`(uname -r) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_RELEASE=unknown +UNAME_SYSTEM=`(uname -s) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_SYSTEM=unknown +UNAME_VERSION=`(uname -v) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_VERSION=unknown + +# Note: order is significant - the case branches are not exclusive. + +case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in + *:NetBSD:*:*) + # NetBSD (nbsd) targets should (where applicable) match one or + # more of the tupples: *-*-netbsdelf*, *-*-netbsdaout*, + # *-*-netbsdecoff* and *-*-netbsd*. For targets that recently + # switched to ELF, *-*-netbsd* would select the old + # object file format. This provides both forward + # compatibility and a consistent mechanism for selecting the + # object file format. + # + # Note: NetBSD doesn't particularly care about the vendor + # portion of the name. We always set it to "unknown". + sysctl="sysctl -n hw.machine_arch" + UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`(/sbin/$sysctl 2>/dev/null || \ + /usr/sbin/$sysctl 2>/dev/null || echo unknown)` + case "${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}" in + arm*) machine=arm-unknown ;; + sh3el) machine=shl-unknown ;; + sh3eb) machine=sh-unknown ;; + *) machine=${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}-unknown ;; + esac + # The Operating System including object format, if it has switched + # to ELF recently, or will in the future. + case "${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}" in + arm*|i386|m68k|ns32k|sh3*|sparc|vax) + eval $set_cc_for_build + if echo __ELF__ | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \ + | grep __ELF__ >/dev/null + then + # Once all utilities can be ECOFF (netbsdecoff) or a.out (netbsdaout). + # Return netbsd for either. FIX? + os=netbsd + else + os=netbsdelf + fi + ;; + *) + os=netbsd + ;; + esac + # The OS release + release=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-_].*/\./'` + # Since CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM: + # contains redundant information, the shorter form: + # CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM is used. + echo "${machine}-${os}${release}" + exit 0 ;; + amiga:OpenBSD:*:*) + echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + arc:OpenBSD:*:*) + echo mipsel-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + hp300:OpenBSD:*:*) + echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + mac68k:OpenBSD:*:*) + echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + macppc:OpenBSD:*:*) + echo powerpc-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + mvme68k:OpenBSD:*:*) + echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + mvme88k:OpenBSD:*:*) + echo m88k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + mvmeppc:OpenBSD:*:*) + echo powerpc-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + pmax:OpenBSD:*:*) + echo mipsel-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + sgi:OpenBSD:*:*) + echo mipseb-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + sun3:OpenBSD:*:*) + echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + wgrisc:OpenBSD:*:*) + echo mipsel-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + *:OpenBSD:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + alpha:OSF1:*:*) + if test $UNAME_RELEASE = "V4.0"; then + UNAME_RELEASE=`/usr/sbin/sizer -v | awk '{print $3}'` + fi + # A Vn.n version is a released version. + # A Tn.n version is a released field test version. + # A Xn.n version is an unreleased experimental baselevel. + # 1.2 uses "1.2" for uname -r. + cat <$dummy.s + .data +\$Lformat: + .byte 37,100,45,37,120,10,0 # "%d-%x\n" + + .text + .globl main + .align 4 + .ent main +main: + .frame \$30,16,\$26,0 + ldgp \$29,0(\$27) + .prologue 1 + .long 0x47e03d80 # implver \$0 + lda \$2,-1 + .long 0x47e20c21 # amask \$2,\$1 + lda \$16,\$Lformat + mov \$0,\$17 + not \$1,\$18 + jsr \$26,printf + ldgp \$29,0(\$26) + mov 0,\$16 + jsr \$26,exit + .end main +EOF + eval $set_cc_for_build + $CC_FOR_BUILD $dummy.s -o $dummy 2>/dev/null + if test "$?" = 0 ; then + case `./$dummy` in + 0-0) + UNAME_MACHINE="alpha" + ;; + 1-0) + UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev5" + ;; + 1-1) + UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev56" + ;; + 1-101) + UNAME_MACHINE="alphapca56" + ;; + 2-303) + UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev6" + ;; + 2-307) + UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev67" + ;; + 2-1307) + UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev68" + ;; + esac + fi + rm -f $dummy.s $dummy + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-dec-osf`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/^[VTX]//' | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'` + exit 0 ;; + Alpha\ *:Windows_NT*:*) + # How do we know it's Interix rather than the generic POSIX subsystem? + # Should we change UNAME_MACHINE based on the output of uname instead + # of the specific Alpha model? + echo alpha-pc-interix + exit 0 ;; + 21064:Windows_NT:50:3) + echo alpha-dec-winnt3.5 + exit 0 ;; + Amiga*:UNIX_System_V:4.0:*) + echo m68k-unknown-sysv4 + exit 0;; + *:[Aa]miga[Oo][Ss]:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-amigaos + exit 0 ;; + *:[Mm]orph[Oo][Ss]:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-morphos + exit 0 ;; + *:OS/390:*:*) + echo i370-ibm-openedition + exit 0 ;; + arm:RISC*:1.[012]*:*|arm:riscix:1.[012]*:*) + echo arm-acorn-riscix${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0;; + SR2?01:HI-UX/MPP:*:* | SR8000:HI-UX/MPP:*:*) + echo hppa1.1-hitachi-hiuxmpp + exit 0;; + Pyramid*:OSx*:*:* | MIS*:OSx*:*:* | MIS*:SMP_DC-OSx*:*:*) + # akee@wpdis03.wpafb.af.mil (Earle F. Ake) contributed MIS and NILE. + if test "`(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null`" = att ; then + echo pyramid-pyramid-sysv3 + else + echo pyramid-pyramid-bsd + fi + exit 0 ;; + NILE*:*:*:dcosx) + echo pyramid-pyramid-svr4 + exit 0 ;; + sun4H:SunOS:5.*:*) + echo sparc-hal-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` + exit 0 ;; + sun4*:SunOS:5.*:* | tadpole*:SunOS:5.*:*) + echo sparc-sun-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` + exit 0 ;; + i86pc:SunOS:5.*:*) + echo i386-pc-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` + exit 0 ;; + sun4*:SunOS:6*:*) + # According to config.sub, this is the proper way to canonicalize + # SunOS6. Hard to guess exactly what SunOS6 will be like, but + # it's likely to be more like Solaris than SunOS4. + echo sparc-sun-solaris3`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` + exit 0 ;; + sun4*:SunOS:*:*) + case "`/usr/bin/arch -k`" in + Series*|S4*) + UNAME_RELEASE=`uname -v` + ;; + esac + # Japanese Language versions have a version number like `4.1.3-JL'. + echo sparc-sun-sunos`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/-/_/'` + exit 0 ;; + sun3*:SunOS:*:*) + echo m68k-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + sun*:*:4.2BSD:*) + UNAME_RELEASE=`(sed 1q /etc/motd | awk '{print substr($5,1,3)}') 2>/dev/null` + test "x${UNAME_RELEASE}" = "x" && UNAME_RELEASE=3 + case "`/bin/arch`" in + sun3) + echo m68k-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE} + ;; + sun4) + echo sparc-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE} + ;; + esac + exit 0 ;; + aushp:SunOS:*:*) + echo sparc-auspex-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + # The situation for MiNT is a little confusing. The machine name + # can be virtually everything (everything which is not + # "atarist" or "atariste" at least should have a processor + # > m68000). The system name ranges from "MiNT" over "FreeMiNT" + # to the lowercase version "mint" (or "freemint"). Finally + # the system name "TOS" denotes a system which is actually not + # MiNT. But MiNT is downward compatible to TOS, so this should + # be no problem. + atarist[e]:*MiNT:*:* | atarist[e]:*mint:*:* | atarist[e]:*TOS:*:*) + echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + atari*:*MiNT:*:* | atari*:*mint:*:* | atarist[e]:*TOS:*:*) + echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + *falcon*:*MiNT:*:* | *falcon*:*mint:*:* | *falcon*:*TOS:*:*) + echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + milan*:*MiNT:*:* | milan*:*mint:*:* | *milan*:*TOS:*:*) + echo m68k-milan-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + hades*:*MiNT:*:* | hades*:*mint:*:* | *hades*:*TOS:*:*) + echo m68k-hades-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + *:*MiNT:*:* | *:*mint:*:* | *:*TOS:*:*) + echo m68k-unknown-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + powerpc:machten:*:*) + echo powerpc-apple-machten${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + RISC*:Mach:*:*) + echo mips-dec-mach_bsd4.3 + exit 0 ;; + RISC*:ULTRIX:*:*) + echo mips-dec-ultrix${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + VAX*:ULTRIX*:*:*) + echo vax-dec-ultrix${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + 2020:CLIX:*:* | 2430:CLIX:*:*) + echo clipper-intergraph-clix${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + mips:*:*:UMIPS | mips:*:*:RISCos) + eval $set_cc_for_build + sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c +#ifdef __cplusplus +#include /* for printf() prototype */ + int main (int argc, char *argv[]) { +#else + int main (argc, argv) int argc; char *argv[]; { +#endif + #if defined (host_mips) && defined (MIPSEB) + #if defined (SYSTYPE_SYSV) + printf ("mips-mips-riscos%ssysv\n", argv[1]); exit (0); + #endif + #if defined (SYSTYPE_SVR4) + printf ("mips-mips-riscos%ssvr4\n", argv[1]); exit (0); + #endif + #if defined (SYSTYPE_BSD43) || defined(SYSTYPE_BSD) + printf ("mips-mips-riscos%sbsd\n", argv[1]); exit (0); + #endif + #endif + exit (-1); + } +EOF + $CC_FOR_BUILD $dummy.c -o $dummy \ + && ./$dummy `echo "${UNAME_RELEASE}" | sed -n 's/\([0-9]*\).*/\1/p'` \ + && rm -f $dummy.c $dummy && exit 0 + rm -f $dummy.c $dummy + echo mips-mips-riscos${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + Motorola:PowerMAX_OS:*:*) + echo powerpc-motorola-powermax + exit 0 ;; + Night_Hawk:Power_UNIX:*:*) + echo powerpc-harris-powerunix + exit 0 ;; + m88k:CX/UX:7*:*) + echo m88k-harris-cxux7 + exit 0 ;; + m88k:*:4*:R4*) + echo m88k-motorola-sysv4 + exit 0 ;; + m88k:*:3*:R3*) + echo m88k-motorola-sysv3 + exit 0 ;; + AViiON:dgux:*:*) + # DG/UX returns AViiON for all architectures + UNAME_PROCESSOR=`/usr/bin/uname -p` + if [ $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88100 ] || [ $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88110 ] + then + if [ ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = m88kdguxelfx ] || \ + [ ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = x ] + then + echo m88k-dg-dgux${UNAME_RELEASE} + else + echo m88k-dg-dguxbcs${UNAME_RELEASE} + fi + else + echo i586-dg-dgux${UNAME_RELEASE} + fi + exit 0 ;; + M88*:DolphinOS:*:*) # DolphinOS (SVR3) + echo m88k-dolphin-sysv3 + exit 0 ;; + M88*:*:R3*:*) + # Delta 88k system running SVR3 + echo m88k-motorola-sysv3 + exit 0 ;; + XD88*:*:*:*) # Tektronix XD88 system running UTekV (SVR3) + echo m88k-tektronix-sysv3 + exit 0 ;; + Tek43[0-9][0-9]:UTek:*:*) # Tektronix 4300 system running UTek (BSD) + echo m68k-tektronix-bsd + exit 0 ;; + *:IRIX*:*:*) + echo mips-sgi-irix`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/-/_/g'` + exit 0 ;; + ????????:AIX?:[12].1:2) # AIX 2.2.1 or AIX 2.1.1 is RT/PC AIX. + echo romp-ibm-aix # uname -m gives an 8 hex-code CPU id + exit 0 ;; # Note that: echo "'`uname -s`'" gives 'AIX ' + i*86:AIX:*:*) + echo i386-ibm-aix + exit 0 ;; + ia64:AIX:*:*) + if [ -x /usr/bin/oslevel ] ; then + IBM_REV=`/usr/bin/oslevel` + else + IBM_REV=${UNAME_VERSION}.${UNAME_RELEASE} + fi + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-aix${IBM_REV} + exit 0 ;; + *:AIX:2:3) + if grep bos325 /usr/include/stdio.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then + eval $set_cc_for_build + sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c + #include + + main() + { + if (!__power_pc()) + exit(1); + puts("powerpc-ibm-aix3.2.5"); + exit(0); + } +EOF + $CC_FOR_BUILD $dummy.c -o $dummy && ./$dummy && rm -f $dummy.c $dummy && exit 0 + rm -f $dummy.c $dummy + echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.5 + elif grep bos324 /usr/include/stdio.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then + echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.4 + else + echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2 + fi + exit 0 ;; + *:AIX:*:[45]) + IBM_CPU_ID=`/usr/sbin/lsdev -C -c processor -S available | sed 1q | awk '{ print $1 }'` + if /usr/sbin/lsattr -El ${IBM_CPU_ID} | grep ' POWER' >/dev/null 2>&1; then + IBM_ARCH=rs6000 + else + IBM_ARCH=powerpc + fi + if [ -x /usr/bin/oslevel ] ; then + IBM_REV=`/usr/bin/oslevel` + else + IBM_REV=${UNAME_VERSION}.${UNAME_RELEASE} + fi + echo ${IBM_ARCH}-ibm-aix${IBM_REV} + exit 0 ;; + *:AIX:*:*) + echo rs6000-ibm-aix + exit 0 ;; + ibmrt:4.4BSD:*|romp-ibm:BSD:*) + echo romp-ibm-bsd4.4 + exit 0 ;; + ibmrt:*BSD:*|romp-ibm:BSD:*) # covers RT/PC BSD and + echo romp-ibm-bsd${UNAME_RELEASE} # 4.3 with uname added to + exit 0 ;; # report: romp-ibm BSD 4.3 + *:BOSX:*:*) + echo rs6000-bull-bosx + exit 0 ;; + DPX/2?00:B.O.S.:*:*) + echo m68k-bull-sysv3 + exit 0 ;; + 9000/[34]??:4.3bsd:1.*:*) + echo m68k-hp-bsd + exit 0 ;; + hp300:4.4BSD:*:* | 9000/[34]??:4.3bsd:2.*:*) + echo m68k-hp-bsd4.4 + exit 0 ;; + 9000/[34678]??:HP-UX:*:*) + HPUX_REV=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'` + case "${UNAME_MACHINE}" in + 9000/31? ) HP_ARCH=m68000 ;; + 9000/[34]?? ) HP_ARCH=m68k ;; + 9000/[678][0-9][0-9]) + if [ -x /usr/bin/getconf ]; then + sc_cpu_version=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_CPU_VERSION 2>/dev/null` + sc_kernel_bits=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_KERNEL_BITS 2>/dev/null` + case "${sc_cpu_version}" in + 523) HP_ARCH="hppa1.0" ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_0 + 528) HP_ARCH="hppa1.1" ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_1 + 532) # CPU_PA_RISC2_0 + case "${sc_kernel_bits}" in + 32) HP_ARCH="hppa2.0n" ;; + 64) HP_ARCH="hppa2.0w" ;; + '') HP_ARCH="hppa2.0" ;; # HP-UX 10.20 + esac ;; + esac + fi + if [ "${HP_ARCH}" = "" ]; then + eval $set_cc_for_build + sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c + + #define _HPUX_SOURCE + #include + #include + + int main () + { + #if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS) + long bits = sysconf(_SC_KERNEL_BITS); + #endif + long cpu = sysconf (_SC_CPU_VERSION); + + switch (cpu) + { + case CPU_PA_RISC1_0: puts ("hppa1.0"); break; + case CPU_PA_RISC1_1: puts ("hppa1.1"); break; + case CPU_PA_RISC2_0: + #if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS) + switch (bits) + { + case 64: puts ("hppa2.0w"); break; + case 32: puts ("hppa2.0n"); break; + default: puts ("hppa2.0"); break; + } break; + #else /* !defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS) */ + puts ("hppa2.0"); break; + #endif + default: puts ("hppa1.0"); break; + } + exit (0); + } +EOF + (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD $dummy.c -o $dummy 2>/dev/null) && HP_ARCH=`./$dummy` + if test -z "$HP_ARCH"; then HP_ARCH=hppa; fi + rm -f $dummy.c $dummy + fi ;; + esac + echo ${HP_ARCH}-hp-hpux${HPUX_REV} + exit 0 ;; + ia64:HP-UX:*:*) + HPUX_REV=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'` + echo ia64-hp-hpux${HPUX_REV} + exit 0 ;; + 3050*:HI-UX:*:*) + eval $set_cc_for_build + sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c + #include + int + main () + { + long cpu = sysconf (_SC_CPU_VERSION); + /* The order matters, because CPU_IS_HP_MC68K erroneously returns + true for CPU_PA_RISC1_0. CPU_IS_PA_RISC returns correct + results, however. */ + if (CPU_IS_PA_RISC (cpu)) + { + switch (cpu) + { + case CPU_PA_RISC1_0: puts ("hppa1.0-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break; + case CPU_PA_RISC1_1: puts ("hppa1.1-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break; + case CPU_PA_RISC2_0: puts ("hppa2.0-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break; + default: puts ("hppa-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break; + } + } + else if (CPU_IS_HP_MC68K (cpu)) + puts ("m68k-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); + else puts ("unknown-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); + exit (0); + } +EOF + $CC_FOR_BUILD $dummy.c -o $dummy && ./$dummy && rm -f $dummy.c $dummy && exit 0 + rm -f $dummy.c $dummy + echo unknown-hitachi-hiuxwe2 + exit 0 ;; + 9000/7??:4.3bsd:*:* | 9000/8?[79]:4.3bsd:*:* ) + echo hppa1.1-hp-bsd + exit 0 ;; + 9000/8??:4.3bsd:*:*) + echo hppa1.0-hp-bsd + exit 0 ;; + *9??*:MPE/iX:*:* | *3000*:MPE/iX:*:*) + echo hppa1.0-hp-mpeix + exit 0 ;; + hp7??:OSF1:*:* | hp8?[79]:OSF1:*:* ) + echo hppa1.1-hp-osf + exit 0 ;; + hp8??:OSF1:*:*) + echo hppa1.0-hp-osf + exit 0 ;; + i*86:OSF1:*:*) + if [ -x /usr/sbin/sysversion ] ; then + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-osf1mk + else + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-osf1 + fi + exit 0 ;; + parisc*:Lites*:*:*) + echo hppa1.1-hp-lites + exit 0 ;; + C1*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C1*:*) + echo c1-convex-bsd + exit 0 ;; + C2*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C2*:*) + if getsysinfo -f scalar_acc + then echo c32-convex-bsd + else echo c2-convex-bsd + fi + exit 0 ;; + C34*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C34*:*) + echo c34-convex-bsd + exit 0 ;; + C38*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C38*:*) + echo c38-convex-bsd + exit 0 ;; + C4*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C4*:*) + echo c4-convex-bsd + exit 0 ;; + CRAY*Y-MP:*:*:*) + echo ymp-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' + exit 0 ;; + CRAY*[A-Z]90:*:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} \ + | sed -e 's/CRAY.*\([A-Z]90\)/\1/' \ + -e y/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/ \ + -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' + exit 0 ;; + CRAY*TS:*:*:*) + echo t90-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' + exit 0 ;; + CRAY*T3D:*:*:*) + echo alpha-cray-unicosmk${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' + exit 0 ;; + CRAY*T3E:*:*:*) + echo alphaev5-cray-unicosmk${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' + exit 0 ;; + CRAY*SV1:*:*:*) + echo sv1-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' + exit 0 ;; + F30[01]:UNIX_System_V:*:* | F700:UNIX_System_V:*:*) + FUJITSU_PROC=`uname -m | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'` + FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/\///'` + FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/ /_/'` + echo "${FUJITSU_PROC}-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}" + exit 0 ;; + i*86:BSD/386:*:* | i*86:BSD/OS:*:* | *:Ascend\ Embedded/OS:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + sparc*:BSD/OS:*:*) + echo sparc-unknown-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + *:BSD/OS:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + *:FreeBSD:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` + exit 0 ;; + i*:CYGWIN*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-cygwin + exit 0 ;; + i*:MINGW*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-mingw32 + exit 0 ;; + i*:PW*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-pw32 + exit 0 ;; + x86:Interix*:3*) + echo i386-pc-interix3 + exit 0 ;; + i*:Windows_NT*:* | Pentium*:Windows_NT*:*) + # How do we know it's Interix rather than the generic POSIX subsystem? + # It also conflicts with pre-2.0 versions of AT&T UWIN. Should we + # UNAME_MACHINE based on the output of uname instead of i386? + echo i386-pc-interix + exit 0 ;; + i*:UWIN*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-uwin + exit 0 ;; + p*:CYGWIN*:*) + echo powerpcle-unknown-cygwin + exit 0 ;; + prep*:SunOS:5.*:*) + echo powerpcle-unknown-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` + exit 0 ;; + *:GNU:*:*) + echo `echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}|sed -e 's,[-/].*$,,'`-unknown-gnu`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's,/.*$,,'` + exit 0 ;; + i*86:Minix:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-minix + exit 0 ;; + arm*:Linux:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu + exit 0 ;; + ia64:Linux:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu + exit 0 ;; + m68*:Linux:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu + exit 0 ;; + mips:Linux:*:*) + eval $set_cc_for_build + sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c + #undef CPU + #undef mips + #undef mipsel + #if defined(__MIPSEL__) || defined(__MIPSEL) || defined(_MIPSEL) || defined(MIPSEL) + CPU=mipsel + #else + #if defined(__MIPSEB__) || defined(__MIPSEB) || defined(_MIPSEB) || defined(MIPSEB) + CPU=mips + #else + CPU= + #endif + #endif +EOF + eval `$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | grep ^CPU=` + rm -f $dummy.c + test x"${CPU}" != x && echo "${CPU}-pc-linux-gnu" && exit 0 + ;; + ppc:Linux:*:*) + echo powerpc-unknown-linux-gnu + exit 0 ;; + ppc64:Linux:*:*) + echo powerpc64-unknown-linux-gnu + exit 0 ;; + alpha:Linux:*:*) + case `sed -n '/^cpu model/s/^.*: \(.*\)/\1/p' < /proc/cpuinfo` in + EV5) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev5 ;; + EV56) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev56 ;; + PCA56) UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;; + PCA57) UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;; + EV6) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev6 ;; + EV67) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev67 ;; + EV68*) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev68 ;; + esac + objdump --private-headers /bin/sh | grep ld.so.1 >/dev/null + if test "$?" = 0 ; then LIBC="libc1" ; else LIBC="" ; fi + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu${LIBC} + exit 0 ;; + parisc:Linux:*:* | hppa:Linux:*:*) + # Look for CPU level + case `grep '^cpu[^a-z]*:' /proc/cpuinfo 2>/dev/null | cut -d' ' -f2` in + PA7*) echo hppa1.1-unknown-linux-gnu ;; + PA8*) echo hppa2.0-unknown-linux-gnu ;; + *) echo hppa-unknown-linux-gnu ;; + esac + exit 0 ;; + parisc64:Linux:*:* | hppa64:Linux:*:*) + echo hppa64-unknown-linux-gnu + exit 0 ;; + s390:Linux:*:* | s390x:Linux:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-linux + exit 0 ;; + sh*:Linux:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu + exit 0 ;; + sparc:Linux:*:* | sparc64:Linux:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu + exit 0 ;; + x86_64:Linux:*:*) + echo x86_64-unknown-linux-gnu + exit 0 ;; + i*86:Linux:*:*) + # The BFD linker knows what the default object file format is, so + # first see if it will tell us. cd to the root directory to prevent + # problems with other programs or directories called `ld' in the path. + # Set LC_ALL=C to ensure ld outputs messages in English. + ld_supported_targets=`cd /; LC_ALL=C ld --help 2>&1 \ + | sed -ne '/supported targets:/!d + s/[ ][ ]*/ /g + s/.*supported targets: *// + s/ .*// + p'` + case "$ld_supported_targets" in + elf32-i386) + TENTATIVE="${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnu" + ;; + a.out-i386-linux) + echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnuaout" + exit 0 ;; + coff-i386) + echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnucoff" + exit 0 ;; + "") + # Either a pre-BFD a.out linker (linux-gnuoldld) or + # one that does not give us useful --help. + echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnuoldld" + exit 0 ;; + esac + # Determine whether the default compiler is a.out or elf + eval $set_cc_for_build + sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c + #include + #ifdef __ELF__ + # ifdef __GLIBC__ + # if __GLIBC__ >= 2 + LIBC=gnu + # else + LIBC=gnulibc1 + # endif + # else + LIBC=gnulibc1 + # endif + #else + #ifdef __INTEL_COMPILER + LIBC=gnu + #else + LIBC=gnuaout + #endif + #endif +EOF + eval `$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | grep ^LIBC=` + rm -f $dummy.c + test x"${LIBC}" != x && echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-${LIBC}" && exit 0 + test x"${TENTATIVE}" != x && echo "${TENTATIVE}" && exit 0 + ;; + i*86:DYNIX/ptx:4*:*) + # ptx 4.0 does uname -s correctly, with DYNIX/ptx in there. + # earlier versions are messed up and put the nodename in both + # sysname and nodename. + echo i386-sequent-sysv4 + exit 0 ;; + i*86:UNIX_SV:4.2MP:2.*) + # Unixware is an offshoot of SVR4, but it has its own version + # number series starting with 2... + # I am not positive that other SVR4 systems won't match this, + # I just have to hope. -- rms. + # Use sysv4.2uw... so that sysv4* matches it. + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv4.2uw${UNAME_VERSION} + exit 0 ;; + i*86:*:4.*:* | i*86:SYSTEM_V:4.*:*) + UNAME_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed 's/\/MP$//'` + if grep Novell /usr/include/link.h >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-univel-sysv${UNAME_REL} + else + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv${UNAME_REL} + fi + exit 0 ;; + i*86:*:5:[78]*) + case `/bin/uname -X | grep "^Machine"` in + *486*) UNAME_MACHINE=i486 ;; + *Pentium) UNAME_MACHINE=i586 ;; + *Pent*|*Celeron) UNAME_MACHINE=i686 ;; + esac + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}${UNAME_SYSTEM}${UNAME_VERSION} + exit 0 ;; + i*86:*:3.2:*) + if test -f /usr/options/cb.name; then + UNAME_REL=`sed -n 's/.*Version //p' /dev/null >/dev/null ; then + UNAME_REL=`(/bin/uname -X|egrep Release|sed -e 's/.*= //')` + (/bin/uname -X|egrep i80486 >/dev/null) && UNAME_MACHINE=i486 + (/bin/uname -X|egrep '^Machine.*Pentium' >/dev/null) \ + && UNAME_MACHINE=i586 + (/bin/uname -X|egrep '^Machine.*Pent ?II' >/dev/null) \ + && UNAME_MACHINE=i686 + (/bin/uname -X|egrep '^Machine.*Pentium Pro' >/dev/null) \ + && UNAME_MACHINE=i686 + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sco$UNAME_REL + else + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv32 + fi + exit 0 ;; + i*86:*DOS:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-msdosdjgpp + exit 0 ;; + pc:*:*:*) + # Left here for compatibility: + # uname -m prints for DJGPP always 'pc', but it prints nothing about + # the processor, so we play safe by assuming i386. + echo i386-pc-msdosdjgpp + exit 0 ;; + Intel:Mach:3*:*) + echo i386-pc-mach3 + exit 0 ;; + paragon:*:*:*) + echo i860-intel-osf1 + exit 0 ;; + i860:*:4.*:*) # i860-SVR4 + if grep Stardent /usr/include/sys/uadmin.h >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then + echo i860-stardent-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} # Stardent Vistra i860-SVR4 + else # Add other i860-SVR4 vendors below as they are discovered. + echo i860-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} # Unknown i860-SVR4 + fi + exit 0 ;; + mini*:CTIX:SYS*5:*) + # "miniframe" + echo m68010-convergent-sysv + exit 0 ;; + M68*:*:R3V[567]*:*) + test -r /sysV68 && echo 'm68k-motorola-sysv' && exit 0 ;; + 3[34]??:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??A:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??/*:*:4.0:3.0 | 4850:*:4.0:3.0 | SKA40:*:4.0:3.0) + OS_REL='' + test -r /etc/.relid \ + && OS_REL=.`sed -n 's/[^ ]* [^ ]* \([0-9][0-9]\).*/\1/p' < /etc/.relid` + /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \ + && echo i486-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL} && exit 0 + /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep entium >/dev/null \ + && echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL} && exit 0 ;; + 3[34]??:*:4.0:* | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:*) + /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \ + && echo i486-ncr-sysv4 && exit 0 ;; + m68*:LynxOS:2.*:* | m68*:LynxOS:3.0*:*) + echo m68k-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + mc68030:UNIX_System_V:4.*:*) + echo m68k-atari-sysv4 + exit 0 ;; + i*86:LynxOS:2.*:* | i*86:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | i*86:LynxOS:4.0*:*) + echo i386-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + TSUNAMI:LynxOS:2.*:*) + echo sparc-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + rs6000:LynxOS:2.*:*) + echo rs6000-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + PowerPC:LynxOS:2.*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:4.0*:*) + echo powerpc-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + SM[BE]S:UNIX_SV:*:*) + echo mips-dde-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + RM*:ReliantUNIX-*:*:*) + echo mips-sni-sysv4 + exit 0 ;; + RM*:SINIX-*:*:*) + echo mips-sni-sysv4 + exit 0 ;; + *:SINIX-*:*:*) + if uname -p 2>/dev/null >/dev/null ; then + UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -p) 2>/dev/null` + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-sni-sysv4 + else + echo ns32k-sni-sysv + fi + exit 0 ;; + PENTIUM:*:4.0*:*) # Unisys `ClearPath HMP IX 4000' SVR4/MP effort + # says + echo i586-unisys-sysv4 + exit 0 ;; + *:UNIX_System_V:4*:FTX*) + # From Gerald Hewes . + # How about differentiating between stratus architectures? -djm + echo hppa1.1-stratus-sysv4 + exit 0 ;; + *:*:*:FTX*) + # From seanf@swdc.stratus.com. + echo i860-stratus-sysv4 + exit 0 ;; + *:VOS:*:*) + # From Paul.Green@stratus.com. + echo hppa1.1-stratus-vos + exit 0 ;; + mc68*:A/UX:*:*) + echo m68k-apple-aux${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + news*:NEWS-OS:6*:*) + echo mips-sony-newsos6 + exit 0 ;; + R[34]000:*System_V*:*:* | R4000:UNIX_SYSV:*:* | R*000:UNIX_SV:*:*) + if [ -d /usr/nec ]; then + echo mips-nec-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} + else + echo mips-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} + fi + exit 0 ;; + BeBox:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on hardware made by Be, PPC only. + echo powerpc-be-beos + exit 0 ;; + BeMac:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on Mac or Mac clone, PPC only. + echo powerpc-apple-beos + exit 0 ;; + BePC:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on Intel PC compatible. + echo i586-pc-beos + exit 0 ;; + SX-4:SUPER-UX:*:*) + echo sx4-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + SX-5:SUPER-UX:*:*) + echo sx5-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + Power*:Rhapsody:*:*) + echo powerpc-apple-rhapsody${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + *:Rhapsody:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-apple-rhapsody${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + *:Darwin:*:*) + echo `uname -p`-apple-darwin${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + *:procnto*:*:* | *:QNX:[0123456789]*:*) + UNAME_PROCESSOR=`uname -p` + if test "$UNAME_PROCESSOR" = "x86"; then + UNAME_PROCESSOR=i386 + UNAME_MACHINE=pc + fi + echo ${UNAME_PROCESSOR}-${UNAME_MACHINE}-nto-qnx${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + *:QNX:*:4*) + echo i386-pc-qnx + exit 0 ;; + NSR-[GKLNPTVW]:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*) + echo nsr-tandem-nsk${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + *:NonStop-UX:*:*) + echo mips-compaq-nonstopux + exit 0 ;; + BS2000:POSIX*:*:*) + echo bs2000-siemens-sysv + exit 0 ;; + DS/*:UNIX_System_V:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-${UNAME_SYSTEM}-${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + *:Plan9:*:*) + # "uname -m" is not consistent, so use $cputype instead. 386 + # is converted to i386 for consistency with other x86 + # operating systems. + if test "$cputype" = "386"; then + UNAME_MACHINE=i386 + else + UNAME_MACHINE="$cputype" + fi + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-plan9 + exit 0 ;; + i*86:OS/2:*:*) + # If we were able to find `uname', then EMX Unix compatibility + # is probably installed. + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-os2-emx + exit 0 ;; + *:TOPS-10:*:*) + echo pdp10-unknown-tops10 + exit 0 ;; + *:TENEX:*:*) + echo pdp10-unknown-tenex + exit 0 ;; + KS10:TOPS-20:*:* | KL10:TOPS-20:*:* | TYPE4:TOPS-20:*:*) + echo pdp10-dec-tops20 + exit 0 ;; + XKL-1:TOPS-20:*:* | TYPE5:TOPS-20:*:*) + echo pdp10-xkl-tops20 + exit 0 ;; + *:TOPS-20:*:*) + echo pdp10-unknown-tops20 + exit 0 ;; + *:ITS:*:*) + echo pdp10-unknown-its + exit 0 ;; + i*86:XTS-300:*:STOP) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-stop + exit 0 ;; + i*86:atheos:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-atheos + exit 0 ;; +esac + +#echo '(No uname command or uname output not recognized.)' 1>&2 +#echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" 1>&2 + +eval $set_cc_for_build +cat >$dummy.c < +# include +#endif +main () +{ +#if defined (sony) +#if defined (MIPSEB) + /* BFD wants "bsd" instead of "newsos". Perhaps BFD should be changed, + I don't know.... */ + printf ("mips-sony-bsd\n"); exit (0); +#else +#include + printf ("m68k-sony-newsos%s\n", +#ifdef NEWSOS4 + "4" +#else + "" +#endif + ); exit (0); +#endif +#endif + +#if defined (__arm) && defined (__acorn) && defined (__unix) + printf ("arm-acorn-riscix"); exit (0); +#endif + +#if defined (hp300) && !defined (hpux) + printf ("m68k-hp-bsd\n"); exit (0); +#endif + +#if defined (NeXT) +#if !defined (__ARCHITECTURE__) +#define __ARCHITECTURE__ "m68k" +#endif + int version; + version=`(hostinfo | sed -n 's/.*NeXT Mach \([0-9]*\).*/\1/p') 2>/dev/null`; + if (version < 4) + printf ("%s-next-nextstep%d\n", __ARCHITECTURE__, version); + else + printf ("%s-next-openstep%d\n", __ARCHITECTURE__, version); + exit (0); +#endif + +#if defined (MULTIMAX) || defined (n16) +#if defined (UMAXV) + printf ("ns32k-encore-sysv\n"); exit (0); +#else +#if defined (CMU) + printf ("ns32k-encore-mach\n"); exit (0); +#else + printf ("ns32k-encore-bsd\n"); exit (0); +#endif +#endif +#endif + +#if defined (__386BSD__) + printf ("i386-pc-bsd\n"); exit (0); +#endif + +#if defined (sequent) +#if defined (i386) + printf ("i386-sequent-dynix\n"); exit (0); +#endif +#if defined (ns32000) + printf ("ns32k-sequent-dynix\n"); exit (0); +#endif +#endif + +#if defined (_SEQUENT_) + struct utsname un; + + uname(&un); + + if (strncmp(un.version, "V2", 2) == 0) { + printf ("i386-sequent-ptx2\n"); exit (0); + } + if (strncmp(un.version, "V1", 2) == 0) { /* XXX is V1 correct? */ + printf ("i386-sequent-ptx1\n"); exit (0); + } + printf ("i386-sequent-ptx\n"); exit (0); + +#endif + +#if defined (vax) +# if !defined (ultrix) +# include +# if defined (BSD) +# if BSD == 43 + printf ("vax-dec-bsd4.3\n"); exit (0); +# else +# if BSD == 199006 + printf ("vax-dec-bsd4.3reno\n"); exit (0); +# else + printf ("vax-dec-bsd\n"); exit (0); +# endif +# endif +# else + printf ("vax-dec-bsd\n"); exit (0); +# endif +# else + printf ("vax-dec-ultrix\n"); exit (0); +# endif +#endif + +#if defined (alliant) && defined (i860) + printf ("i860-alliant-bsd\n"); exit (0); +#endif + + exit (1); +} +EOF + +$CC_FOR_BUILD $dummy.c -o $dummy 2>/dev/null && ./$dummy && rm -f $dummy.c $dummy && exit 0 +rm -f $dummy.c $dummy + +# Apollos put the system type in the environment. + +test -d /usr/apollo && { echo ${ISP}-apollo-${SYSTYPE}; exit 0; } + +# Convex versions that predate uname can use getsysinfo(1) + +if [ -x /usr/convex/getsysinfo ] +then + case `getsysinfo -f cpu_type` in + c1*) + echo c1-convex-bsd + exit 0 ;; + c2*) + if getsysinfo -f scalar_acc + then echo c32-convex-bsd + else echo c2-convex-bsd + fi + exit 0 ;; + c34*) + echo c34-convex-bsd + exit 0 ;; + c38*) + echo c38-convex-bsd + exit 0 ;; + c4*) + echo c4-convex-bsd + exit 0 ;; + esac +fi + +cat >&2 < in order to provide the needed +information to handle your system. + +config.guess timestamp = $timestamp + +uname -m = `(uname -m) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` +uname -r = `(uname -r) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` +uname -s = `(uname -s) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` +uname -v = `(uname -v) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` + +/usr/bin/uname -p = `(/usr/bin/uname -p) 2>/dev/null` +/bin/uname -X = `(/bin/uname -X) 2>/dev/null` + +hostinfo = `(hostinfo) 2>/dev/null` +/bin/universe = `(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null` +/usr/bin/arch -k = `(/usr/bin/arch -k) 2>/dev/null` +/bin/arch = `(/bin/arch) 2>/dev/null` +/usr/bin/oslevel = `(/usr/bin/oslevel) 2>/dev/null` +/usr/convex/getsysinfo = `(/usr/convex/getsysinfo) 2>/dev/null` + +UNAME_MACHINE = ${UNAME_MACHINE} +UNAME_RELEASE = ${UNAME_RELEASE} +UNAME_SYSTEM = ${UNAME_SYSTEM} +UNAME_VERSION = ${UNAME_VERSION} +EOF + +exit 1 + +# Local variables: +# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) +# time-stamp-start: "timestamp='" +# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d" +# time-stamp-end: "'" +# End: diff --git a/config.h.in b/config.h.in new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b004d30 --- /dev/null +++ b/config.h.in @@ -0,0 +1,310 @@ +/* config.h.in. Generated automatically from configure.in by autoheader 2.13. */ + +/* Define if using alloca.c. */ +#undef C_ALLOCA + +/* Define to empty if the keyword does not work. */ +#undef const + +/* Define to one of _getb67, GETB67, getb67 for Cray-2 and Cray-YMP systems. + This function is required for alloca.c support on those systems. */ +#undef CRAY_STACKSEG_END + +/* Define if you have alloca, as a function or macro. */ +#undef HAVE_ALLOCA + +/* Define if you have and it should be used (not on Ultrix). */ +#undef HAVE_ALLOCA_H + +/* Define if you have a working `mmap' system call. */ +#undef HAVE_MMAP + +/* Define as __inline if that's what the C compiler calls it. */ +#undef inline + +/* Define to `long' if doesn't define. */ +#undef off_t + +/* Define to `int' if doesn't define. */ +#undef pid_t + +/* Define as the return type of signal handlers (int or void). */ +#undef RETSIGTYPE + +/* Define to `unsigned' if doesn't define. */ +#undef size_t + +/* If using the C implementation of alloca, define if you know the + direction of stack growth for your system; otherwise it will be + automatically deduced at run-time. + STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses + STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses + STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown + */ +#undef STACK_DIRECTION + +/* Define if you have the ANSI C header files. */ +#undef STDC_HEADERS + +/* Define if you can safely include both and . */ +#undef TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME + +/* Define if your declares struct tm. */ +#undef TM_IN_SYS_TIME + +/* Define to rpl_malloc if the replacement function should be used. */ +#undef malloc + +/* Define to rpl_realloc if the replacement function should be used. */ +#undef realloc + +/* This is always defined. It enables GNU extensions on systems that + have them. */ +#if !defined(_GNU_SOURCE) +# undef _GNU_SOURCE +#endif + +/* Linux */ +#undef HAVE_LINUX + +/* FreeBSD */ +#undef HAVE_FREEBSD + +/* OpenBSD */ +#undef HAVE_OPENBSD + +/* Solaris */ +#undef HAVE_SOLARIS + +/* NetBSD */ +#undef HAVE_NETBSD + +/* Define to 1 if tun/tap support is enabled and found */ +#undef HAVE_TUNTAP + +/* Define to the location of if_tun.h */ +#undef LINUX_IF_TUN_H + +/* Define to 1 if support for jumbograms is enabled */ +#undef ENABLE_JUMBOGRAMS + +/* Define to 1 if checkpoint tracing is enabled */ +#undef ENABLE_TRACING + +/* Define to enable use of old SSLeay_add_all_algorithms() function */ +#undef HAVE_SSLEAY_ADD_ALL_ALGORITHMS + +/* Define if you have the DONE_WORKING_MALLOC_CHECK function. */ +#undef HAVE_DONE_WORKING_MALLOC_CHECK + +/* Define if you have the DONE_WORKING_REALLOC_CHECK function. */ +#undef HAVE_DONE_WORKING_REALLOC_CHECK + +/* Define if you have the RAND_pseudo_bytes function. */ +#undef HAVE_RAND_PSEUDO_BYTES + +/* Define if you have the __argz_count function. */ +#undef HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT + +/* Define if you have the __argz_next function. */ +#undef HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT + +/* Define if you have the __argz_stringify function. */ +#undef HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY + +/* Define if you have the asprintf function. */ +#undef HAVE_ASPRINTF + +/* Define if you have the daemon function. */ +#undef HAVE_DAEMON + +/* Define if you have the dcgettext function. */ +#undef HAVE_DCGETTEXT + +/* Define if you have the fcloseall function. */ +#undef HAVE_FCLOSEALL + +/* Define if you have the feof_unlocked function. */ +#undef HAVE_FEOF_UNLOCKED + +/* Define if you have the fgets_unlocked function. */ +#undef HAVE_FGETS_UNLOCKED + +/* Define if you have the flock function. */ +#undef HAVE_FLOCK + +/* Define if you have the ftime function. */ +#undef HAVE_FTIME + +/* Define if you have the get_current_dir_name function. */ +#undef HAVE_GET_CURRENT_DIR_NAME + +/* Define if you have the getcwd function. */ +#undef HAVE_GETCWD + +/* Define if you have the getegid function. */ +#undef HAVE_GETEGID + +/* Define if you have the geteuid function. */ +#undef HAVE_GETEUID + +/* Define if you have the getgid function. */ +#undef HAVE_GETGID + +/* Define if you have the getpagesize function. */ +#undef HAVE_GETPAGESIZE + +/* Define if you have the getuid function. */ +#undef HAVE_GETUID + +/* Define if you have the mempcpy function. */ +#undef HAVE_MEMPCPY + +/* Define if you have the munmap function. */ +#undef HAVE_MUNMAP + +/* Define if you have the putenv function. */ +#undef HAVE_PUTENV + +/* Define if you have the select function. */ +#undef HAVE_SELECT + +/* Define if you have the setenv function. */ +#undef HAVE_SETENV + +/* Define if you have the setlocale function. */ +#undef HAVE_SETLOCALE + +/* Define if you have the socket function. */ +#undef HAVE_SOCKET + +/* Define if you have the stpcpy function. */ +#undef HAVE_STPCPY + +/* Define if you have the strcasecmp function. */ +#undef HAVE_STRCASECMP + +/* Define if you have the strchr function. */ +#undef HAVE_STRCHR + +/* Define if you have the strdup function. */ +#undef HAVE_STRDUP + +/* Define if you have the strerror function. */ +#undef HAVE_STRERROR + +/* Define if you have the strsignal function. */ +#undef HAVE_STRSIGNAL + +/* Define if you have the strtol function. */ +#undef HAVE_STRTOL + +/* Define if you have the strtoul function. */ +#undef HAVE_STRTOUL + +/* Define if you have the tsearch function. */ +#undef HAVE_TSEARCH + +/* Define if you have the unsetenv function. */ +#undef HAVE_UNSETENV + +/* Define if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_ARGZ_H + +/* Define if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_FCNTL_H + +/* Define if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_LIMITS_H + +/* Define if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_LOCALE_H + +/* Define if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_MALLOC_H + +/* Define if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_NL_TYPES_H + +/* Define if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_OPENSSL_ERR_H + +/* Define if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_OPENSSL_EVP_H + +/* Define if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_OPENSSL_PEM_H + +/* Define if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_OPENSSL_RAND_H + +/* Define if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_OPENSSL_RSA_H + +/* Define if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_OPENSSL_SHA_H + +/* Define if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_STDDEF_H + +/* Define if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_STDLIB_H + +/* Define if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_STRING_H + +/* Define if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_STRINGS_H + +/* Define if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_SYS_FILE_H + +/* Define if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_SYS_IOCTL_H + +/* Define if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H + +/* Define if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H + +/* Define if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_SYSLOG_H + +/* Define if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_UNISTD_H + +/* Define if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_ZLIB_H + +/* Define if you have the nsl library (-lnsl). */ +#undef HAVE_LIBNSL + +/* Define if you have the socket library (-lsocket). */ +#undef HAVE_LIBSOCKET + +/* Name of package */ +#undef PACKAGE + +/* Version number of package */ +#undef VERSION + +/* Define if you have the iconv() function. */ +#undef HAVE_ICONV + +/* Define as const if the declaration of iconv() needs const. */ +#undef ICONV_CONST + +/* Define if you have and nl_langinfo(CODESET). */ +#undef HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET + +/* Define if your file defines LC_MESSAGES. */ +#undef HAVE_LC_MESSAGES + +/* Define to 1 if translation of program messages to the user's native language + is requested. */ +#undef ENABLE_NLS + +/* Define if the GNU gettext() function is already present or preinstalled. */ +#undef HAVE_GETTEXT + diff --git a/config.sub b/config.sub new file mode 100755 index 0000000..f365797 --- /dev/null +++ b/config.sub @@ -0,0 +1,1443 @@ +#! /bin/sh +# Configuration validation subroutine script. +# Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, +# 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +timestamp='2002-03-07' + +# This file is (in principle) common to ALL GNU software. +# The presence of a machine in this file suggests that SOME GNU software +# can handle that machine. It does not imply ALL GNU software can. +# +# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +# (at your option) any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +# GNU General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, +# Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. + +# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you +# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a +# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under +# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. + +# Please send patches to . Submit a context +# diff and a properly formatted ChangeLog entry. +# +# Configuration subroutine to validate and canonicalize a configuration type. +# Supply the specified configuration type as an argument. +# If it is invalid, we print an error message on stderr and exit with code 1. +# Otherwise, we print the canonical config type on stdout and succeed. + +# This file is supposed to be the same for all GNU packages +# and recognize all the CPU types, system types and aliases +# that are meaningful with *any* GNU software. +# Each package is responsible for reporting which valid configurations +# it does not support. The user should be able to distinguish +# a failure to support a valid configuration from a meaningless +# configuration. + +# The goal of this file is to map all the various variations of a given +# machine specification into a single specification in the form: +# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM +# or in some cases, the newer four-part form: +# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM +# It is wrong to echo any other type of specification. + +me=`echo "$0" | sed -e 's,.*/,,'` + +usage="\ +Usage: $0 [OPTION] CPU-MFR-OPSYS + $0 [OPTION] ALIAS + +Canonicalize a configuration name. + +Operation modes: + -h, --help print this help, then exit + -t, --time-stamp print date of last modification, then exit + -v, --version print version number, then exit + +Report bugs and patches to ." + +version="\ +GNU config.sub ($timestamp) + +Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 +Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO +warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE." + +help=" +Try \`$me --help' for more information." + +# Parse command line +while test $# -gt 0 ; do + case $1 in + --time-stamp | --time* | -t ) + echo "$timestamp" ; exit 0 ;; + --version | -v ) + echo "$version" ; exit 0 ;; + --help | --h* | -h ) + echo "$usage"; exit 0 ;; + -- ) # Stop option processing + shift; break ;; + - ) # Use stdin as input. + break ;; + -* ) + echo "$me: invalid option $1$help" + exit 1 ;; + + *local*) + # First pass through any local machine types. + echo $1 + exit 0;; + + * ) + break ;; + esac +done + +case $# in + 0) echo "$me: missing argument$help" >&2 + exit 1;; + 1) ;; + *) echo "$me: too many arguments$help" >&2 + exit 1;; +esac + +# Separate what the user gave into CPU-COMPANY and OS or KERNEL-OS (if any). +# Here we must recognize all the valid KERNEL-OS combinations. +maybe_os=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\2/'` +case $maybe_os in + nto-qnx* | linux-gnu* | storm-chaos* | os2-emx* | windows32-* | rtmk-nova*) + os=-$maybe_os + basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\1/'` + ;; + *) + basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/-[^-]*$//'` + if [ $basic_machine != $1 ] + then os=`echo $1 | sed 's/.*-/-/'` + else os=; fi + ;; +esac + +### Let's recognize common machines as not being operating systems so +### that things like config.sub decstation-3100 work. We also +### recognize some manufacturers as not being operating systems, so we +### can provide default operating systems below. +case $os in + -sun*os*) + # Prevent following clause from handling this invalid input. + ;; + -dec* | -mips* | -sequent* | -encore* | -pc532* | -sgi* | -sony* | \ + -att* | -7300* | -3300* | -delta* | -motorola* | -sun[234]* | \ + -unicom* | -ibm* | -next | -hp | -isi* | -apollo | -altos* | \ + -convergent* | -ncr* | -news | -32* | -3600* | -3100* | -hitachi* |\ + -c[123]* | -convex* | -sun | -crds | -omron* | -dg | -ultra | -tti* | \ + -harris | -dolphin | -highlevel | -gould | -cbm | -ns | -masscomp | \ + -apple | -axis) + os= + basic_machine=$1 + ;; + -sim | -cisco | -oki | -wec | -winbond) + os= + basic_machine=$1 + ;; + -scout) + ;; + -wrs) + os=-vxworks + basic_machine=$1 + ;; + -chorusos*) + os=-chorusos + basic_machine=$1 + ;; + -chorusrdb) + os=-chorusrdb + basic_machine=$1 + ;; + -hiux*) + os=-hiuxwe2 + ;; + -sco5) + os=-sco3.2v5 + basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` + ;; + -sco4) + os=-sco3.2v4 + basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` + ;; + -sco3.2.[4-9]*) + os=`echo $os | sed -e 's/sco3.2./sco3.2v/'` + basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` + ;; + -sco3.2v[4-9]*) + # Don't forget version if it is 3.2v4 or newer. + basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` + ;; + -sco*) + os=-sco3.2v2 + basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` + ;; + -udk*) + basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` + ;; + -isc) + os=-isc2.2 + basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` + ;; + -clix*) + basic_machine=clipper-intergraph + ;; + -isc*) + basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` + ;; + -lynx*) + os=-lynxos + ;; + -ptx*) + basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-sequent/'` + ;; + -windowsnt*) + os=`echo $os | sed -e 's/windowsnt/winnt/'` + ;; + -psos*) + os=-psos + ;; + -mint | -mint[0-9]*) + basic_machine=m68k-atari + os=-mint + ;; +esac + +# Decode aliases for certain CPU-COMPANY combinations. +case $basic_machine in + # Recognize the basic CPU types without company name. + # Some are omitted here because they have special meanings below. + 1750a | 580 \ + | a29k \ + | alpha | alphaev[4-8] | alphaev56 | alphaev6[78] | alphapca5[67] \ + | alpha64 | alpha64ev[4-8] | alpha64ev56 | alpha64ev6[78] | alpha64pca5[67] \ + | arc | arm | arm[bl]e | arme[lb] | armv[2345] | armv[345][lb] | avr \ + | c4x | clipper \ + | d10v | d30v | dsp16xx \ + | fr30 \ + | h8300 | h8500 | hppa | hppa1.[01] | hppa2.0 | hppa2.0[nw] | hppa64 \ + | i370 | i860 | i960 | ia64 \ + | m32r | m68000 | m68k | m88k | mcore \ + | mips | mips16 | mips64 | mips64el | mips64orion | mips64orionel \ + | mips64vr4100 | mips64vr4100el | mips64vr4300 \ + | mips64vr4300el | mips64vr5000 | mips64vr5000el \ + | mipsbe | mipseb | mipsel | mipsle | mipstx39 | mipstx39el \ + | mipsisa32 | mipsisa64 \ + | mn10200 | mn10300 \ + | ns16k | ns32k \ + | openrisc | or32 \ + | pdp10 | pdp11 | pj | pjl \ + | powerpc | powerpc64 | powerpc64le | powerpcle | ppcbe \ + | pyramid \ + | sh | sh[34] | sh[34]eb | shbe | shle | sh64 \ + | sparc | sparc64 | sparc86x | sparclet | sparclite | sparcv9 | sparcv9b \ + | strongarm \ + | tahoe | thumb | tic80 | tron \ + | v850 | v850e \ + | we32k \ + | x86 | xscale | xstormy16 | xtensa \ + | z8k) + basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown + ;; + m6811 | m68hc11 | m6812 | m68hc12) + # Motorola 68HC11/12. + basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown + os=-none + ;; + m88110 | m680[12346]0 | m683?2 | m68360 | m5200 | v70 | w65 | z8k) + ;; + + # We use `pc' rather than `unknown' + # because (1) that's what they normally are, and + # (2) the word "unknown" tends to confuse beginning users. + i*86 | x86_64) + basic_machine=$basic_machine-pc + ;; + # Object if more than one company name word. + *-*-*) + echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': machine \`$basic_machine\' not recognized 1>&2 + exit 1 + ;; + # Recognize the basic CPU types with company name. + 580-* \ + | a29k-* \ + | alpha-* | alphaev[4-8]-* | alphaev56-* | alphaev6[78]-* \ + | alpha64-* | alpha64ev[4-8]-* | alpha64ev56-* | alpha64ev6[78]-* \ + | alphapca5[67]-* | alpha64pca5[67]-* | arc-* \ + | arm-* | armbe-* | armle-* | armv*-* \ + | avr-* \ + | bs2000-* \ + | c[123]* | c30-* | [cjt]90-* | c54x-* \ + | clipper-* | cydra-* \ + | d10v-* | d30v-* \ + | elxsi-* \ + | f30[01]-* | f700-* | fr30-* | fx80-* \ + | h8300-* | h8500-* \ + | hppa-* | hppa1.[01]-* | hppa2.0-* | hppa2.0[nw]-* | hppa64-* \ + | i*86-* | i860-* | i960-* | ia64-* \ + | m32r-* \ + | m68000-* | m680[012346]0-* | m68360-* | m683?2-* | m68k-* \ + | m88110-* | m88k-* | mcore-* \ + | mips-* | mips16-* | mips64-* | mips64el-* | mips64orion-* \ + | mips64orionel-* | mips64vr4100-* | mips64vr4100el-* \ + | mips64vr4300-* | mips64vr4300el-* | mipsbe-* | mipseb-* \ + | mipsle-* | mipsel-* | mipstx39-* | mipstx39el-* \ + | none-* | np1-* | ns16k-* | ns32k-* \ + | orion-* \ + | pdp10-* | pdp11-* | pj-* | pjl-* | pn-* | power-* \ + | powerpc-* | powerpc64-* | powerpc64le-* | powerpcle-* | ppcbe-* \ + | pyramid-* \ + | romp-* | rs6000-* \ + | sh-* | sh[34]-* | sh[34]eb-* | shbe-* | shle-* | sh64-* \ + | sparc-* | sparc64-* | sparc86x-* | sparclet-* | sparclite-* \ + | sparcv9-* | sparcv9b-* | strongarm-* | sv1-* | sx?-* \ + | tahoe-* | thumb-* | tic30-* | tic54x-* | tic80-* | tron-* \ + | v850-* | v850e-* | vax-* \ + | we32k-* \ + | x86-* | x86_64-* | xps100-* | xscale-* | xstormy16-* \ + | xtensa-* \ + | ymp-* \ + | z8k-*) + ;; + # Recognize the various machine names and aliases which stand + # for a CPU type and a company and sometimes even an OS. + 386bsd) + basic_machine=i386-unknown + os=-bsd + ;; + 3b1 | 7300 | 7300-att | att-7300 | pc7300 | safari | unixpc) + basic_machine=m68000-att + ;; + 3b*) + basic_machine=we32k-att + ;; + a29khif) + basic_machine=a29k-amd + os=-udi + ;; + adobe68k) + basic_machine=m68010-adobe + os=-scout + ;; + alliant | fx80) + basic_machine=fx80-alliant + ;; + altos | altos3068) + basic_machine=m68k-altos + ;; + am29k) + basic_machine=a29k-none + os=-bsd + ;; + amdahl) + basic_machine=580-amdahl + os=-sysv + ;; + amiga | amiga-*) + basic_machine=m68k-unknown + ;; + amigaos | amigados) + basic_machine=m68k-unknown + os=-amigaos + ;; + amigaunix | amix) + basic_machine=m68k-unknown + os=-sysv4 + ;; + apollo68) + basic_machine=m68k-apollo + os=-sysv + ;; + apollo68bsd) + basic_machine=m68k-apollo + os=-bsd + ;; + aux) + basic_machine=m68k-apple + os=-aux + ;; + balance) + basic_machine=ns32k-sequent + os=-dynix + ;; + c90) + basic_machine=c90-cray + os=-unicos + ;; + convex-c1) + basic_machine=c1-convex + os=-bsd + ;; + convex-c2) + basic_machine=c2-convex + os=-bsd + ;; + convex-c32) + basic_machine=c32-convex + os=-bsd + ;; + convex-c34) + basic_machine=c34-convex + os=-bsd + ;; + convex-c38) + basic_machine=c38-convex + os=-bsd + ;; + cray | j90) + basic_machine=j90-cray + os=-unicos + ;; + crds | unos) + basic_machine=m68k-crds + ;; + cris | cris-* | etrax*) + basic_machine=cris-axis + ;; + da30 | da30-*) + basic_machine=m68k-da30 + ;; + decstation | decstation-3100 | pmax | pmax-* | pmin | dec3100 | decstatn) + basic_machine=mips-dec + ;; + decsystem10* | dec10*) + basic_machine=pdp10-dec + os=-tops10 + ;; + decsystem20* | dec20*) + basic_machine=pdp10-dec + os=-tops20 + ;; + delta | 3300 | motorola-3300 | motorola-delta \ + | 3300-motorola | delta-motorola) + basic_machine=m68k-motorola + ;; + delta88) + basic_machine=m88k-motorola + os=-sysv3 + ;; + dpx20 | dpx20-*) + basic_machine=rs6000-bull + os=-bosx + ;; + dpx2* | dpx2*-bull) + basic_machine=m68k-bull + os=-sysv3 + ;; + ebmon29k) + basic_machine=a29k-amd + os=-ebmon + ;; + elxsi) + basic_machine=elxsi-elxsi + os=-bsd + ;; + encore | umax | mmax) + basic_machine=ns32k-encore + ;; + es1800 | OSE68k | ose68k | ose | OSE) + basic_machine=m68k-ericsson + os=-ose + ;; + fx2800) + basic_machine=i860-alliant + ;; + genix) + basic_machine=ns32k-ns + ;; + gmicro) + basic_machine=tron-gmicro + os=-sysv + ;; + go32) + basic_machine=i386-pc + os=-go32 + ;; + h3050r* | hiux*) + basic_machine=hppa1.1-hitachi + os=-hiuxwe2 + ;; + h8300hms) + basic_machine=h8300-hitachi + os=-hms + ;; + h8300xray) + basic_machine=h8300-hitachi + os=-xray + ;; + h8500hms) + basic_machine=h8500-hitachi + os=-hms + ;; + harris) + basic_machine=m88k-harris + os=-sysv3 + ;; + hp300-*) + basic_machine=m68k-hp + ;; + hp300bsd) + basic_machine=m68k-hp + os=-bsd + ;; + hp300hpux) + basic_machine=m68k-hp + os=-hpux + ;; + hp3k9[0-9][0-9] | hp9[0-9][0-9]) + basic_machine=hppa1.0-hp + ;; + hp9k2[0-9][0-9] | hp9k31[0-9]) + basic_machine=m68000-hp + ;; + hp9k3[2-9][0-9]) + basic_machine=m68k-hp + ;; + hp9k6[0-9][0-9] | hp6[0-9][0-9]) + basic_machine=hppa1.0-hp + ;; + hp9k7[0-79][0-9] | hp7[0-79][0-9]) + basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp + ;; + hp9k78[0-9] | hp78[0-9]) + # FIXME: really hppa2.0-hp + basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp + ;; + hp9k8[67]1 | hp8[67]1 | hp9k80[24] | hp80[24] | hp9k8[78]9 | hp8[78]9 | hp9k893 | hp893) + # FIXME: really hppa2.0-hp + basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp + ;; + hp9k8[0-9][13679] | hp8[0-9][13679]) + basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp + ;; + hp9k8[0-9][0-9] | hp8[0-9][0-9]) + basic_machine=hppa1.0-hp + ;; + hppa-next) + os=-nextstep3 + ;; + hppaosf) + basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp + os=-osf + ;; + hppro) + basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp + os=-proelf + ;; + i370-ibm* | ibm*) + basic_machine=i370-ibm + ;; +# I'm not sure what "Sysv32" means. Should this be sysv3.2? + i*86v32) + basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'` + os=-sysv32 + ;; + i*86v4*) + basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'` + os=-sysv4 + ;; + i*86v) + basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'` + os=-sysv + ;; + i*86sol2) + basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'` + os=-solaris2 + ;; + i386mach) + basic_machine=i386-mach + os=-mach + ;; + i386-vsta | vsta) + basic_machine=i386-unknown + os=-vsta + ;; + iris | iris4d) + basic_machine=mips-sgi + case $os in + -irix*) + ;; + *) + os=-irix4 + ;; + esac + ;; + isi68 | isi) + basic_machine=m68k-isi + os=-sysv + ;; + m88k-omron*) + basic_machine=m88k-omron + ;; + magnum | m3230) + basic_machine=mips-mips + os=-sysv + ;; + merlin) + basic_machine=ns32k-utek + os=-sysv + ;; + mingw32) + basic_machine=i386-pc + os=-mingw32 + ;; + miniframe) + basic_machine=m68000-convergent + ;; + *mint | -mint[0-9]* | *MiNT | *MiNT[0-9]*) + basic_machine=m68k-atari + os=-mint + ;; + mips3*-*) + basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/mips3/mips64/'` + ;; + mips3*) + basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/mips3/mips64/'`-unknown + ;; + mmix*) + basic_machine=mmix-knuth + os=-mmixware + ;; + monitor) + basic_machine=m68k-rom68k + os=-coff + ;; + morphos) + basic_machine=powerpc-unknown + os=-morphos + ;; + msdos) + basic_machine=i386-pc + os=-msdos + ;; + mvs) + basic_machine=i370-ibm + os=-mvs + ;; + ncr3000) + basic_machine=i486-ncr + os=-sysv4 + ;; + netbsd386) + basic_machine=i386-unknown + os=-netbsd + ;; + netwinder) + basic_machine=armv4l-rebel + os=-linux + ;; + news | news700 | news800 | news900) + basic_machine=m68k-sony + os=-newsos + ;; + news1000) + basic_machine=m68030-sony + os=-newsos + ;; + news-3600 | risc-news) + basic_machine=mips-sony + os=-newsos + ;; + necv70) + basic_machine=v70-nec + os=-sysv + ;; + next | m*-next ) + basic_machine=m68k-next + case $os in + -nextstep* ) + ;; + -ns2*) + os=-nextstep2 + ;; + *) + os=-nextstep3 + ;; + esac + ;; + nh3000) + basic_machine=m68k-harris + os=-cxux + ;; + nh[45]000) + basic_machine=m88k-harris + os=-cxux + ;; + nindy960) + basic_machine=i960-intel + os=-nindy + ;; + mon960) + basic_machine=i960-intel + os=-mon960 + ;; + nonstopux) + basic_machine=mips-compaq + os=-nonstopux + ;; + np1) + basic_machine=np1-gould + ;; + nsr-tandem) + basic_machine=nsr-tandem + ;; + op50n-* | op60c-*) + basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki + os=-proelf + ;; + or32 | or32-*) + basic_machine=or32-unknown + os=-coff + ;; + OSE68000 | ose68000) + basic_machine=m68000-ericsson + os=-ose + ;; + os68k) + basic_machine=m68k-none + os=-os68k + ;; + pa-hitachi) + basic_machine=hppa1.1-hitachi + os=-hiuxwe2 + ;; + paragon) + basic_machine=i860-intel + os=-osf + ;; + pbd) + basic_machine=sparc-tti + ;; + pbb) + basic_machine=m68k-tti + ;; + pc532 | pc532-*) + basic_machine=ns32k-pc532 + ;; + pentium | p5 | k5 | k6 | nexgen | viac3) + basic_machine=i586-pc + ;; + pentiumpro | p6 | 6x86 | athlon) + basic_machine=i686-pc + ;; + pentiumii | pentium2) + basic_machine=i686-pc + ;; + pentium-* | p5-* | k5-* | k6-* | nexgen-* | viac3-*) + basic_machine=i586-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` + ;; + pentiumpro-* | p6-* | 6x86-* | athlon-*) + basic_machine=i686-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` + ;; + pentiumii-* | pentium2-*) + basic_machine=i686-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` + ;; + pn) + basic_machine=pn-gould + ;; + power) basic_machine=power-ibm + ;; + ppc) basic_machine=powerpc-unknown + ;; + ppc-*) basic_machine=powerpc-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` + ;; + ppcle | powerpclittle | ppc-le | powerpc-little) + basic_machine=powerpcle-unknown + ;; + ppcle-* | powerpclittle-*) + basic_machine=powerpcle-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` + ;; + ppc64) basic_machine=powerpc64-unknown + ;; + ppc64-*) basic_machine=powerpc64-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` + ;; + ppc64le | powerpc64little | ppc64-le | powerpc64-little) + basic_machine=powerpc64le-unknown + ;; + ppc64le-* | powerpc64little-*) + basic_machine=powerpc64le-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` + ;; + ps2) + basic_machine=i386-ibm + ;; + pw32) + basic_machine=i586-unknown + os=-pw32 + ;; + rom68k) + basic_machine=m68k-rom68k + os=-coff + ;; + rm[46]00) + basic_machine=mips-siemens + ;; + rtpc | rtpc-*) + basic_machine=romp-ibm + ;; + s390 | s390-*) + basic_machine=s390-ibm + ;; + s390x | s390x-*) + basic_machine=s390x-ibm + ;; + sa29200) + basic_machine=a29k-amd + os=-udi + ;; + sequent) + basic_machine=i386-sequent + ;; + sh) + basic_machine=sh-hitachi + os=-hms + ;; + sparclite-wrs | simso-wrs) + basic_machine=sparclite-wrs + os=-vxworks + ;; + sps7) + basic_machine=m68k-bull + os=-sysv2 + ;; + spur) + basic_machine=spur-unknown + ;; + st2000) + basic_machine=m68k-tandem + ;; + stratus) + basic_machine=i860-stratus + os=-sysv4 + ;; + sun2) + basic_machine=m68000-sun + ;; + sun2os3) + basic_machine=m68000-sun + os=-sunos3 + ;; + sun2os4) + basic_machine=m68000-sun + os=-sunos4 + ;; + sun3os3) + basic_machine=m68k-sun + os=-sunos3 + ;; + sun3os4) + basic_machine=m68k-sun + os=-sunos4 + ;; + sun4os3) + basic_machine=sparc-sun + os=-sunos3 + ;; + sun4os4) + basic_machine=sparc-sun + os=-sunos4 + ;; + sun4sol2) + basic_machine=sparc-sun + os=-solaris2 + ;; + sun3 | sun3-*) + basic_machine=m68k-sun + ;; + sun4) + basic_machine=sparc-sun + ;; + sun386 | sun386i | roadrunner) + basic_machine=i386-sun + ;; + sv1) + basic_machine=sv1-cray + os=-unicos + ;; + symmetry) + basic_machine=i386-sequent + os=-dynix + ;; + t3d) + basic_machine=alpha-cray + os=-unicos + ;; + t3e) + basic_machine=alphaev5-cray + os=-unicos + ;; + t90) + basic_machine=t90-cray + os=-unicos + ;; + tic54x | c54x*) + basic_machine=tic54x-unknown + os=-coff + ;; + tx39) + basic_machine=mipstx39-unknown + ;; + tx39el) + basic_machine=mipstx39el-unknown + ;; + toad1) + basic_machine=pdp10-xkl + os=-tops20 + ;; + tower | tower-32) + basic_machine=m68k-ncr + ;; + udi29k) + basic_machine=a29k-amd + os=-udi + ;; + ultra3) + basic_machine=a29k-nyu + os=-sym1 + ;; + v810 | necv810) + basic_machine=v810-nec + os=-none + ;; + vaxv) + basic_machine=vax-dec + os=-sysv + ;; + vms) + basic_machine=vax-dec + os=-vms + ;; + vpp*|vx|vx-*) + basic_machine=f301-fujitsu + ;; + vxworks960) + basic_machine=i960-wrs + os=-vxworks + ;; + vxworks68) + basic_machine=m68k-wrs + os=-vxworks + ;; + vxworks29k) + basic_machine=a29k-wrs + os=-vxworks + ;; + w65*) + basic_machine=w65-wdc + os=-none + ;; + w89k-*) + basic_machine=hppa1.1-winbond + os=-proelf + ;; + windows32) + basic_machine=i386-pc + os=-windows32-msvcrt + ;; + xps | xps100) + basic_machine=xps100-honeywell + ;; + ymp) + basic_machine=ymp-cray + os=-unicos + ;; + z8k-*-coff) + basic_machine=z8k-unknown + os=-sim + ;; + none) + basic_machine=none-none + os=-none + ;; + +# Here we handle the default manufacturer of certain CPU types. It is in +# some cases the only manufacturer, in others, it is the most popular. + w89k) + basic_machine=hppa1.1-winbond + ;; + op50n) + basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki + ;; + op60c) + basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki + ;; + romp) + basic_machine=romp-ibm + ;; + rs6000) + basic_machine=rs6000-ibm + ;; + vax) + basic_machine=vax-dec + ;; + pdp10) + # there are many clones, so DEC is not a safe bet + basic_machine=pdp10-unknown + ;; + pdp11) + basic_machine=pdp11-dec + ;; + we32k) + basic_machine=we32k-att + ;; + sh3 | sh4 | sh3eb | sh4eb) + basic_machine=sh-unknown + ;; + sh64) + basic_machine=sh64-unknown + ;; + sparc | sparcv9 | sparcv9b) + basic_machine=sparc-sun + ;; + cydra) + basic_machine=cydra-cydrome + ;; + orion) + basic_machine=orion-highlevel + ;; + orion105) + basic_machine=clipper-highlevel + ;; + mac | mpw | mac-mpw) + basic_machine=m68k-apple + ;; + pmac | pmac-mpw) + basic_machine=powerpc-apple + ;; + c4x*) + basic_machine=c4x-none + os=-coff + ;; + *-unknown) + # Make sure to match an already-canonicalized machine name. + ;; + *) + echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': machine \`$basic_machine\' not recognized 1>&2 + exit 1 + ;; +esac + +# Here we canonicalize certain aliases for manufacturers. +case $basic_machine in + *-digital*) + basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/digital.*/dec/'` + ;; + *-commodore*) + basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/commodore.*/cbm/'` + ;; + *) + ;; +esac + +# Decode manufacturer-specific aliases for certain operating systems. + +if [ x"$os" != x"" ] +then +case $os in + # First match some system type aliases + # that might get confused with valid system types. + # -solaris* is a basic system type, with this one exception. + -solaris1 | -solaris1.*) + os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|solaris1|sunos4|'` + ;; + -solaris) + os=-solaris2 + ;; + -svr4*) + os=-sysv4 + ;; + -unixware*) + os=-sysv4.2uw + ;; + -gnu/linux*) + os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|gnu/linux|linux-gnu|'` + ;; + # First accept the basic system types. + # The portable systems comes first. + # Each alternative MUST END IN A *, to match a version number. + # -sysv* is not here because it comes later, after sysvr4. + -gnu* | -bsd* | -mach* | -minix* | -genix* | -ultrix* | -irix* \ + | -*vms* | -sco* | -esix* | -isc* | -aix* | -sunos | -sunos[34]*\ + | -hpux* | -unos* | -osf* | -luna* | -dgux* | -solaris* | -sym* \ + | -amigaos* | -amigados* | -msdos* | -newsos* | -unicos* | -aof* \ + | -aos* \ + | -nindy* | -vxsim* | -vxworks* | -ebmon* | -hms* | -mvs* \ + | -clix* | -riscos* | -uniplus* | -iris* | -rtu* | -xenix* \ + | -hiux* | -386bsd* | -netbsd* | -openbsd* | -freebsd* | -riscix* \ + | -lynxos* | -bosx* | -nextstep* | -cxux* | -aout* | -elf* | -oabi* \ + | -ptx* | -coff* | -ecoff* | -winnt* | -domain* | -vsta* \ + | -udi* | -eabi* | -lites* | -ieee* | -go32* | -aux* \ + | -chorusos* | -chorusrdb* \ + | -cygwin* | -pe* | -psos* | -moss* | -proelf* | -rtems* \ + | -mingw32* | -linux-gnu* | -uxpv* | -beos* | -mpeix* | -udk* \ + | -interix* | -uwin* | -rhapsody* | -darwin* | -opened* \ + | -openstep* | -oskit* | -conix* | -pw32* | -nonstopux* \ + | -storm-chaos* | -tops10* | -tenex* | -tops20* | -its* \ + | -os2* | -vos* | -palmos* | -uclinux* | -nucleus* \ + | -morphos* | -superux* | -rtmk* | -rtmk-nova*) + # Remember, each alternative MUST END IN *, to match a version number. + ;; + -qnx*) + case $basic_machine in + x86-* | i*86-*) + ;; + *) + os=-nto$os + ;; + esac + ;; + -nto*) + os=-nto-qnx + ;; + -sim | -es1800* | -hms* | -xray | -os68k* | -none* | -v88r* \ + | -windows* | -osx | -abug | -netware* | -os9* | -beos* \ + | -macos* | -mpw* | -magic* | -mmixware* | -mon960* | -lnews*) + ;; + -mac*) + os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|mac|macos|'` + ;; + -linux*) + os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|linux|linux-gnu|'` + ;; + -sunos5*) + os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sunos5|solaris2|'` + ;; + -sunos6*) + os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sunos6|solaris3|'` + ;; + -opened*) + os=-openedition + ;; + -wince*) + os=-wince + ;; + -osfrose*) + os=-osfrose + ;; + -osf*) + os=-osf + ;; + -utek*) + os=-bsd + ;; + -dynix*) + os=-bsd + ;; + -acis*) + os=-aos + ;; + -atheos*) + os=-atheos + ;; + -386bsd) + os=-bsd + ;; + -ctix* | -uts*) + os=-sysv + ;; + -nova*) + os=-rtmk-nova + ;; + -ns2 ) + os=-nextstep2 + ;; + -nsk*) + os=-nsk + ;; + # Preserve the version number of sinix5. + -sinix5.*) + os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sinix|sysv|'` + ;; + -sinix*) + os=-sysv4 + ;; + -triton*) + os=-sysv3 + ;; + -oss*) + os=-sysv3 + ;; + -svr4) + os=-sysv4 + ;; + -svr3) + os=-sysv3 + ;; + -sysvr4) + os=-sysv4 + ;; + # This must come after -sysvr4. + -sysv*) + ;; + -ose*) + os=-ose + ;; + -es1800*) + os=-ose + ;; + -xenix) + os=-xenix + ;; + -*mint | -mint[0-9]* | -*MiNT | -MiNT[0-9]*) + os=-mint + ;; + -none) + ;; + *) + # Get rid of the `-' at the beginning of $os. + os=`echo $os | sed 's/[^-]*-//'` + echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': system \`$os\' not recognized 1>&2 + exit 1 + ;; +esac +else + +# Here we handle the default operating systems that come with various machines. +# The value should be what the vendor currently ships out the door with their +# machine or put another way, the most popular os provided with the machine. + +# Note that if you're going to try to match "-MANUFACTURER" here (say, +# "-sun"), then you have to tell the case statement up towards the top +# that MANUFACTURER isn't an operating system. Otherwise, code above +# will signal an error saying that MANUFACTURER isn't an operating +# system, and we'll never get to this point. + +case $basic_machine in + *-acorn) + os=-riscix1.2 + ;; + arm*-rebel) + os=-linux + ;; + arm*-semi) + os=-aout + ;; + # This must come before the *-dec entry. + pdp10-*) + os=-tops20 + ;; + pdp11-*) + os=-none + ;; + *-dec | vax-*) + os=-ultrix4.2 + ;; + m68*-apollo) + os=-domain + ;; + i386-sun) + os=-sunos4.0.2 + ;; + m68000-sun) + os=-sunos3 + # This also exists in the configure program, but was not the + # default. + # os=-sunos4 + ;; + m68*-cisco) + os=-aout + ;; + mips*-cisco) + os=-elf + ;; + mips*-*) + os=-elf + ;; + or32-*) + os=-coff + ;; + *-tti) # must be before sparc entry or we get the wrong os. + os=-sysv3 + ;; + sparc-* | *-sun) + os=-sunos4.1.1 + ;; + *-be) + os=-beos + ;; + *-ibm) + os=-aix + ;; + *-wec) + os=-proelf + ;; + *-winbond) + os=-proelf + ;; + *-oki) + os=-proelf + ;; + *-hp) + os=-hpux + ;; + *-hitachi) + os=-hiux + ;; + i860-* | *-att | *-ncr | *-altos | *-motorola | *-convergent) + os=-sysv + ;; + *-cbm) + os=-amigaos + ;; + *-dg) + os=-dgux + ;; + *-dolphin) + os=-sysv3 + ;; + m68k-ccur) + os=-rtu + ;; + m88k-omron*) + os=-luna + ;; + *-next ) + os=-nextstep + ;; + *-sequent) + os=-ptx + ;; + *-crds) + os=-unos + ;; + *-ns) + os=-genix + ;; + i370-*) + os=-mvs + ;; + *-next) + os=-nextstep3 + ;; + *-gould) + os=-sysv + ;; + *-highlevel) + os=-bsd + ;; + *-encore) + os=-bsd + ;; + *-sgi) + os=-irix + ;; + *-siemens) + os=-sysv4 + ;; + *-masscomp) + os=-rtu + ;; + f30[01]-fujitsu | f700-fujitsu) + os=-uxpv + ;; + *-rom68k) + os=-coff + ;; + *-*bug) + os=-coff + ;; + *-apple) + os=-macos + ;; + *-atari*) + os=-mint + ;; + *) + os=-none + ;; +esac +fi + +# Here we handle the case where we know the os, and the CPU type, but not the +# manufacturer. We pick the logical manufacturer. +vendor=unknown +case $basic_machine in + *-unknown) + case $os in + -riscix*) + vendor=acorn + ;; + -sunos*) + vendor=sun + ;; + -aix*) + vendor=ibm + ;; + -beos*) + vendor=be + ;; + -hpux*) + vendor=hp + ;; + -mpeix*) + vendor=hp + ;; + -hiux*) + vendor=hitachi + ;; + -unos*) + vendor=crds + ;; + -dgux*) + vendor=dg + ;; + -luna*) + vendor=omron + ;; + -genix*) + vendor=ns + ;; + -mvs* | -opened*) + vendor=ibm + ;; + -ptx*) + vendor=sequent + ;; + -vxsim* | -vxworks*) + vendor=wrs + ;; + -aux*) + vendor=apple + ;; + -hms*) + vendor=hitachi + ;; + -mpw* | -macos*) + vendor=apple + ;; + -*mint | -mint[0-9]* | -*MiNT | -MiNT[0-9]*) + vendor=atari + ;; + -vos*) + vendor=stratus + ;; + esac + basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed "s/unknown/$vendor/"` + ;; +esac + +echo $basic_machine$os +exit 0 + +# Local variables: +# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) +# time-stamp-start: "timestamp='" +# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d" +# time-stamp-end: "'" +# End: diff --git a/configure b/configure new file mode 100755 index 0000000..2eed879 --- /dev/null +++ b/configure @@ -0,0 +1,5240 @@ +#! /bin/sh + +# Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles. +# Generated automatically using autoconf version 2.13 +# Copyright (C) 1992, 93, 94, 95, 96 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# +# This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation +# gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it. + +# Defaults: +ac_help= +ac_default_prefix=/usr/local +# Any additions from configure.in: +ac_help="$ac_help + --disable-dependency-tracking Speeds up one-time builds + --enable-dependency-tracking Do not reject slow dependency extractors" +ac_help="$ac_help + --with-libiconv-prefix=DIR search for libiconv in DIR/include and DIR/lib" +ac_help="$ac_help + --disable-nls do not use Native Language Support" +ac_help="$ac_help + --with-included-gettext use the GNU gettext library included here" +ac_help="$ac_help + --with-kernel=dir give the directory with kernel sources + (default: /usr/src/linux)" +ac_help="$ac_help + --with-openssl-include=DIR OpenSSL headers directory (without trailing /openssl)" +ac_help="$ac_help + --with-openssl-lib=DIR OpenSSL library directory" +ac_help="$ac_help + --with-zlib-include=DIR zlib headers directory" +ac_help="$ac_help + --with-zlib-lib=DIR zlib library directory" +ac_help="$ac_help + --enable-jumbograms enable support for jumbograms (packets up to 9000 bytes)" +ac_help="$ac_help + --enable-tracing enable checkpoint tracing (debugging only)" + +# Initialize some variables set by options. +# The variables have the same names as the options, with +# dashes changed to underlines. +build=NONE +cache_file=./config.cache +exec_prefix=NONE +host=NONE +no_create= +nonopt=NONE +no_recursion= +prefix=NONE +program_prefix=NONE +program_suffix=NONE +program_transform_name=s,x,x, +silent= +site= +srcdir= +target=NONE +verbose= +x_includes=NONE +x_libraries=NONE +bindir='${exec_prefix}/bin' +sbindir='${exec_prefix}/sbin' +libexecdir='${exec_prefix}/libexec' +datadir='${prefix}/share' +sysconfdir='${prefix}/etc' +sharedstatedir='${prefix}/com' +localstatedir='${prefix}/var' +libdir='${exec_prefix}/lib' +includedir='${prefix}/include' +oldincludedir='/usr/include' +infodir='${prefix}/info' +mandir='${prefix}/man' + +# Initialize some other variables. +subdirs= +MFLAGS= MAKEFLAGS= +SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} +# Maximum number of lines to put in a shell here document. +ac_max_here_lines=12 + +ac_prev= +for ac_option +do + + # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it. + if test -n "$ac_prev"; then + eval "$ac_prev=\$ac_option" + ac_prev= + continue + fi + + case "$ac_option" in + -*=*) ac_optarg=`echo "$ac_option" | sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]*=//'` ;; + *) ac_optarg= ;; + esac + + # Accept the important Cygnus configure options, so we can diagnose typos. + + case "$ac_option" in + + -bindir | --bindir | --bindi | --bind | --bin | --bi) + ac_prev=bindir ;; + -bindir=* | --bindir=* | --bindi=* | --bind=* | --bin=* | --bi=*) + bindir="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -build | --build | --buil | --bui | --bu) + ac_prev=build ;; + -build=* | --build=* | --buil=* | --bui=* | --bu=*) + build="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -cache-file | --cache-file | --cache-fil | --cache-fi \ + | --cache-f | --cache- | --cache | --cach | --cac | --ca | --c) + ac_prev=cache_file ;; + -cache-file=* | --cache-file=* | --cache-fil=* | --cache-fi=* \ + | --cache-f=* | --cache-=* | --cache=* | --cach=* | --cac=* | --ca=* | --c=*) + cache_file="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -datadir | --datadir | --datadi | --datad | --data | --dat | --da) + ac_prev=datadir ;; + -datadir=* | --datadir=* | --datadi=* | --datad=* | --data=* | --dat=* \ + | --da=*) + datadir="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -disable-* | --disable-*) + ac_feature=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*disable-//'` + # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. + if test -n "`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/[-a-zA-Z0-9_]//g'`"; then + { echo "configure: error: $ac_feature: invalid feature name" 1>&2; exit 1; } + fi + ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/-/_/g'` + eval "enable_${ac_feature}=no" ;; + + -enable-* | --enable-*) + ac_feature=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*enable-//' -e 's/=.*//'` + # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. + if test -n "`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]//g'`"; then + { echo "configure: error: $ac_feature: invalid feature name" 1>&2; exit 1; } + fi + ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/-/_/g'` + case "$ac_option" in + *=*) ;; + *) ac_optarg=yes ;; + esac + eval "enable_${ac_feature}='$ac_optarg'" ;; + + -exec-prefix | --exec_prefix | --exec-prefix | --exec-prefi \ + | --exec-pref | --exec-pre | --exec-pr | --exec-p | --exec- \ + | --exec | --exe | --ex) + ac_prev=exec_prefix ;; + -exec-prefix=* | --exec_prefix=* | --exec-prefix=* | --exec-prefi=* \ + | --exec-pref=* | --exec-pre=* | --exec-pr=* | --exec-p=* | --exec-=* \ + | --exec=* | --exe=* | --ex=*) + exec_prefix="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -gas | --gas | --ga | --g) + # Obsolete; use --with-gas. + with_gas=yes ;; + + -help | --help | --hel | --he) + # Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing. + # This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh. + cat << EOF +Usage: configure [options] [host] +Options: [defaults in brackets after descriptions] +Configuration: + --cache-file=FILE cache test results in FILE + --help print this message + --no-create do not create output files + --quiet, --silent do not print \`checking...' messages + --version print the version of autoconf that created configure +Directory and file names: + --prefix=PREFIX install architecture-independent files in PREFIX + [$ac_default_prefix] + --exec-prefix=EPREFIX install architecture-dependent files in EPREFIX + [same as prefix] + --bindir=DIR user executables in DIR [EPREFIX/bin] + --sbindir=DIR system admin executables in DIR [EPREFIX/sbin] + --libexecdir=DIR program executables in DIR [EPREFIX/libexec] + --datadir=DIR read-only architecture-independent data in DIR + [PREFIX/share] + --sysconfdir=DIR read-only single-machine data in DIR [PREFIX/etc] + --sharedstatedir=DIR modifiable architecture-independent data in DIR + [PREFIX/com] + --localstatedir=DIR modifiable single-machine data in DIR [PREFIX/var] + --libdir=DIR object code libraries in DIR [EPREFIX/lib] + --includedir=DIR C header files in DIR [PREFIX/include] + --oldincludedir=DIR C header files for non-gcc in DIR [/usr/include] + --infodir=DIR info documentation in DIR [PREFIX/info] + --mandir=DIR man documentation in DIR [PREFIX/man] + --srcdir=DIR find the sources in DIR [configure dir or ..] + --program-prefix=PREFIX prepend PREFIX to installed program names + --program-suffix=SUFFIX append SUFFIX to installed program names + --program-transform-name=PROGRAM + run sed PROGRAM on installed program names +EOF + cat << EOF +Host type: + --build=BUILD configure for building on BUILD [BUILD=HOST] + --host=HOST configure for HOST [guessed] + --target=TARGET configure for TARGET [TARGET=HOST] +Features and packages: + --disable-FEATURE do not include FEATURE (same as --enable-FEATURE=no) + --enable-FEATURE[=ARG] include FEATURE [ARG=yes] + --with-PACKAGE[=ARG] use PACKAGE [ARG=yes] + --without-PACKAGE do not use PACKAGE (same as --with-PACKAGE=no) + --x-includes=DIR X include files are in DIR + --x-libraries=DIR X library files are in DIR +EOF + if test -n "$ac_help"; then + echo "--enable and --with options recognized:$ac_help" + fi + exit 0 ;; + + -host | --host | --hos | --ho) + ac_prev=host ;; + -host=* | --host=* | --hos=* | --ho=*) + host="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -includedir | --includedir | --includedi | --included | --include \ + | --includ | --inclu | --incl | --inc) + ac_prev=includedir ;; + -includedir=* | --includedir=* | --includedi=* | --included=* | --include=* \ + | --includ=* | --inclu=* | --incl=* | --inc=*) + includedir="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -infodir | --infodir | --infodi | --infod | --info | --inf) + ac_prev=infodir ;; + -infodir=* | --infodir=* | --infodi=* | --infod=* | --info=* | --inf=*) + infodir="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -libdir | --libdir | --libdi | --libd) + ac_prev=libdir ;; + -libdir=* | --libdir=* | --libdi=* | --libd=*) + libdir="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -libexecdir | --libexecdir | --libexecdi | --libexecd | --libexec \ + | --libexe | --libex | --libe) + ac_prev=libexecdir ;; + -libexecdir=* | --libexecdir=* | --libexecdi=* | --libexecd=* | --libexec=* \ + | --libexe=* | --libex=* | --libe=*) + libexecdir="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -localstatedir | --localstatedir | --localstatedi | --localstated \ + | --localstate | --localstat | --localsta | --localst \ + | --locals | --local | --loca | --loc | --lo) + ac_prev=localstatedir ;; + -localstatedir=* | --localstatedir=* | --localstatedi=* | --localstated=* \ + | --localstate=* | --localstat=* | --localsta=* | --localst=* \ + | --locals=* | --local=* | --loca=* | --loc=* | --lo=*) + localstatedir="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -mandir | --mandir | --mandi | --mand | --man | --ma | --m) + ac_prev=mandir ;; + -mandir=* | --mandir=* | --mandi=* | --mand=* | --man=* | --ma=* | --m=*) + mandir="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -nfp | --nfp | --nf) + # Obsolete; use --without-fp. + with_fp=no ;; + + -no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \ + | --no-cr | --no-c) + no_create=yes ;; + + -no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \ + | --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r) + no_recursion=yes ;; + + -oldincludedir | --oldincludedir | --oldincludedi | --oldincluded \ + | --oldinclude | --oldinclud | --oldinclu | --oldincl | --oldinc \ + | --oldin | --oldi | --old | --ol | --o) + ac_prev=oldincludedir ;; + -oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedi=* | --oldincluded=* \ + | --oldinclude=* | --oldinclud=* | --oldinclu=* | --oldincl=* | --oldinc=* \ + | --oldin=* | --oldi=* | --old=* | --ol=* | --o=*) + oldincludedir="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -prefix | --prefix | --prefi | --pref | --pre | --pr | --p) + ac_prev=prefix ;; + -prefix=* | --prefix=* | --prefi=* | --pref=* | --pre=* | --pr=* | --p=*) + prefix="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -program-prefix | --program-prefix | --program-prefi | --program-pref \ + | --program-pre | --program-pr | --program-p) + ac_prev=program_prefix ;; + -program-prefix=* | --program-prefix=* | --program-prefi=* \ + | --program-pref=* | --program-pre=* | --program-pr=* | --program-p=*) + program_prefix="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -program-suffix | --program-suffix | --program-suffi | --program-suff \ + | --program-suf | --program-su | --program-s) + ac_prev=program_suffix ;; + -program-suffix=* | --program-suffix=* | --program-suffi=* \ + | --program-suff=* | --program-suf=* | --program-su=* | --program-s=*) + program_suffix="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -program-transform-name | --program-transform-name \ + | --program-transform-nam | --program-transform-na \ + | --program-transform-n | --program-transform- \ + | --program-transform | --program-transfor \ + | --program-transfo | --program-transf \ + | --program-trans | --program-tran \ + | --progr-tra | --program-tr | --program-t) + ac_prev=program_transform_name ;; + -program-transform-name=* | --program-transform-name=* \ + | --program-transform-nam=* | --program-transform-na=* \ + | --program-transform-n=* | --program-transform-=* \ + | --program-transform=* | --program-transfor=* \ + | --program-transfo=* | --program-transf=* \ + | --program-trans=* | --program-tran=* \ + | --progr-tra=* | --program-tr=* | --program-t=*) + program_transform_name="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \ + | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil) + silent=yes ;; + + -sbindir | --sbindir | --sbindi | --sbind | --sbin | --sbi | --sb) + ac_prev=sbindir ;; + -sbindir=* | --sbindir=* | --sbindi=* | --sbind=* | --sbin=* \ + | --sbi=* | --sb=*) + sbindir="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedi \ + | --sharedstated | --sharedstate | --sharedstat | --sharedsta \ + | --sharedst | --shareds | --shared | --share | --shar \ + | --sha | --sh) + ac_prev=sharedstatedir ;; + -sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedi=* \ + | --sharedstated=* | --sharedstate=* | --sharedstat=* | --sharedsta=* \ + | --sharedst=* | --shareds=* | --shared=* | --share=* | --shar=* \ + | --sha=* | --sh=*) + sharedstatedir="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -site | --site | --sit) + ac_prev=site ;; + -site=* | --site=* | --sit=*) + site="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -srcdir | --srcdir | --srcdi | --srcd | --src | --sr) + ac_prev=srcdir ;; + -srcdir=* | --srcdir=* | --srcdi=* | --srcd=* | --src=* | --sr=*) + srcdir="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -sysconfdir | --sysconfdir | --sysconfdi | --sysconfd | --sysconf \ + | --syscon | --sysco | --sysc | --sys | --sy) + ac_prev=sysconfdir ;; + -sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdi=* | --sysconfd=* | --sysconf=* \ + | --syscon=* | --sysco=* | --sysc=* | --sys=* | --sy=*) + sysconfdir="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -target | --target | --targe | --targ | --tar | --ta | --t) + ac_prev=target ;; + -target=* | --target=* | --targe=* | --targ=* | --tar=* | --ta=* | --t=*) + target="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -v | -verbose | --verbose | --verbos | --verbo | --verb) + verbose=yes ;; + + -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers) + echo "configure generated by autoconf version 2.13" + exit 0 ;; + + -with-* | --with-*) + ac_package=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*with-//' -e 's/=.*//'` + # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. + if test -n "`echo $ac_package| sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]//g'`"; then + { echo "configure: error: $ac_package: invalid package name" 1>&2; exit 1; } + fi + ac_package=`echo $ac_package| sed 's/-/_/g'` + case "$ac_option" in + *=*) ;; + *) ac_optarg=yes ;; + esac + eval "with_${ac_package}='$ac_optarg'" ;; + + -without-* | --without-*) + ac_package=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*without-//'` + # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. + if test -n "`echo $ac_package| sed 's/[-a-zA-Z0-9_]//g'`"; then + { echo "configure: error: $ac_package: invalid package name" 1>&2; exit 1; } + fi + ac_package=`echo $ac_package| sed 's/-/_/g'` + eval "with_${ac_package}=no" ;; + + --x) + # Obsolete; use --with-x. + with_x=yes ;; + + -x-includes | --x-includes | --x-include | --x-includ | --x-inclu \ + | --x-incl | --x-inc | --x-in | --x-i) + ac_prev=x_includes ;; + -x-includes=* | --x-includes=* | --x-include=* | --x-includ=* | --x-inclu=* \ + | --x-incl=* | --x-inc=* | --x-in=* | --x-i=*) + x_includes="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -x-libraries | --x-libraries | --x-librarie | --x-librari \ + | --x-librar | --x-libra | --x-libr | --x-lib | --x-li | --x-l) + ac_prev=x_libraries ;; + -x-libraries=* | --x-libraries=* | --x-librarie=* | --x-librari=* \ + | --x-librar=* | --x-libra=* | --x-libr=* | --x-lib=* | --x-li=* | --x-l=*) + x_libraries="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -*) { echo "configure: error: $ac_option: invalid option; use --help to show usage" 1>&2; exit 1; } + ;; + + *) + if test -n "`echo $ac_option| sed 's/[-a-z0-9.]//g'`"; then + echo "configure: warning: $ac_option: invalid host type" 1>&2 + fi + if test "x$nonopt" != xNONE; then + { echo "configure: error: can only configure for one host and one target at a time" 1>&2; exit 1; } + fi + nonopt="$ac_option" + ;; + + esac +done + +if test -n "$ac_prev"; then + { echo "configure: error: missing argument to --`echo $ac_prev | sed 's/_/-/g'`" 1>&2; exit 1; } +fi + +trap 'rm -fr conftest* confdefs* core core.* *.core $ac_clean_files; exit 1' 1 2 15 + +# File descriptor usage: +# 0 standard input +# 1 file creation +# 2 errors and warnings +# 3 some systems may open it to /dev/tty +# 4 used on the Kubota Titan +# 6 checking for... messages and results +# 5 compiler messages saved in config.log +if test "$silent" = yes; then + exec 6>/dev/null +else + exec 6>&1 +fi +exec 5>./config.log + +echo "\ +This file contains any messages produced by compilers while +running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake. +" 1>&5 + +# Strip out --no-create and --no-recursion so they do not pile up. +# Also quote any args containing shell metacharacters. +ac_configure_args= +for ac_arg +do + case "$ac_arg" in + -no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \ + | --no-cr | --no-c) ;; + -no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \ + | --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r) ;; + *" "*|*" "*|*[\[\]\~\#\$\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\\\|\;\<\>\?]*) + ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args '$ac_arg'" ;; + *) ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args $ac_arg" ;; + esac +done + +# NLS nuisances. +# Only set these to C if already set. These must not be set unconditionally +# because not all systems understand e.g. LANG=C (notably SCO). +# Fixing LC_MESSAGES prevents Solaris sh from translating var values in `set'! +# Non-C LC_CTYPE values break the ctype check. +if test "${LANG+set}" = set; then LANG=C; export LANG; fi +if test "${LC_ALL+set}" = set; then LC_ALL=C; export LC_ALL; fi +if test "${LC_MESSAGES+set}" = set; then LC_MESSAGES=C; export LC_MESSAGES; fi +if test "${LC_CTYPE+set}" = set; then LC_CTYPE=C; export LC_CTYPE; fi + +# confdefs.h avoids OS command line length limits that DEFS can exceed. +rm -rf conftest* confdefs.h +# AIX cpp loses on an empty file, so make sure it contains at least a newline. +echo > confdefs.h + +# A filename unique to this package, relative to the directory that +# configure is in, which we can look for to find out if srcdir is correct. +ac_unique_file=src/tincd.c + +# Find the source files, if location was not specified. +if test -z "$srcdir"; then + ac_srcdir_defaulted=yes + # Try the directory containing this script, then its parent. + ac_prog=$0 + ac_confdir=`echo $ac_prog|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'` + test "x$ac_confdir" = "x$ac_prog" && ac_confdir=. + srcdir=$ac_confdir + if test ! -r $srcdir/$ac_unique_file; then + srcdir=.. + fi +else + ac_srcdir_defaulted=no +fi +if test ! -r $srcdir/$ac_unique_file; then + if test "$ac_srcdir_defaulted" = yes; then + { echo "configure: error: can not find sources in $ac_confdir or .." 1>&2; exit 1; } + else + { echo "configure: error: can not find sources in $srcdir" 1>&2; exit 1; } + fi +fi +srcdir=`echo "${srcdir}" | sed 's%\([^/]\)/*$%\1%'` + +# Prefer explicitly selected file to automatically selected ones. +if test -z "$CONFIG_SITE"; then + if test "x$prefix" != xNONE; then + CONFIG_SITE="$prefix/share/config.site $prefix/etc/config.site" + else + CONFIG_SITE="$ac_default_prefix/share/config.site $ac_default_prefix/etc/config.site" + fi +fi +for ac_site_file in $CONFIG_SITE; do + if test -r "$ac_site_file"; then + echo "loading site script $ac_site_file" + . "$ac_site_file" + fi +done + +if test -r "$cache_file"; then + echo "loading cache $cache_file" + . $cache_file +else + echo "creating cache $cache_file" + > $cache_file +fi + +ac_ext=c +# CFLAGS is not in ac_cpp because -g, -O, etc. are not valid cpp options. +ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' +ac_compile='${CC-cc} -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext 1>&5' +ac_link='${CC-cc} -o conftest${ac_exeext} $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS 1>&5' +cross_compiling=$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross + +ac_exeext= +ac_objext=o +if (echo "testing\c"; echo 1,2,3) | grep c >/dev/null; then + # Stardent Vistra SVR4 grep lacks -e, says ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu. + if (echo -n testing; echo 1,2,3) | sed s/-n/xn/ | grep xn >/dev/null; then + ac_n= ac_c=' +' ac_t=' ' + else + ac_n=-n ac_c= ac_t= + fi +else + ac_n= ac_c='\c' ac_t= +fi + + +ac_aux_dir= +for ac_dir in $srcdir $srcdir/.. $srcdir/../..; do + if test -f $ac_dir/install-sh; then + ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir + ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install-sh -c" + break + elif test -f $ac_dir/install.sh; then + ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir + ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install.sh -c" + break + fi +done +if test -z "$ac_aux_dir"; then + { echo "configure: error: can not find install-sh or install.sh in $srcdir $srcdir/.. $srcdir/../.." 1>&2; exit 1; } +fi +ac_config_guess=$ac_aux_dir/config.guess +ac_config_sub=$ac_aux_dir/config.sub +ac_configure=$ac_aux_dir/configure # This should be Cygnus configure. + + +# expand $ac_aux_dir to an absolute path +am_aux_dir=`CDPATH=:; cd $ac_aux_dir && pwd` + +# Find a good install program. We prefer a C program (faster), +# so one script is as good as another. But avoid the broken or +# incompatible versions: +# SysV /etc/install, /usr/sbin/install +# SunOS /usr/etc/install +# IRIX /sbin/install +# AIX /bin/install +# AIX 4 /usr/bin/installbsd, which doesn't work without a -g flag +# AFS /usr/afsws/bin/install, which mishandles nonexistent args +# SVR4 /usr/ucb/install, which tries to use the nonexistent group "staff" +# ./install, which can be erroneously created by make from ./install.sh. +echo $ac_n "checking for a BSD compatible install""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:584: checking for a BSD compatible install" >&5 +if test -z "$INSTALL"; then +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_install'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_IFS="$IFS"; IFS=":" + for ac_dir in $PATH; do + # Account for people who put trailing slashes in PATH elements. + case "$ac_dir/" in + /|./|.//|/etc/*|/usr/sbin/*|/usr/etc/*|/sbin/*|/usr/afsws/bin/*|/usr/ucb/*) ;; + *) + # OSF1 and SCO ODT 3.0 have their own names for install. + # Don't use installbsd from OSF since it installs stuff as root + # by default. + for ac_prog in ginstall scoinst install; do + if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_prog; then + if test $ac_prog = install && + grep dspmsg $ac_dir/$ac_prog >/dev/null 2>&1; then + # AIX install. It has an incompatible calling convention. + : + else + ac_cv_path_install="$ac_dir/$ac_prog -c" + break 2 + fi + fi + done + ;; + esac + done + IFS="$ac_save_IFS" + +fi + if test "${ac_cv_path_install+set}" = set; then + INSTALL="$ac_cv_path_install" + else + # As a last resort, use the slow shell script. We don't cache a + # path for INSTALL within a source directory, because that will + # break other packages using the cache if that directory is + # removed, or if the path is relative. + INSTALL="$ac_install_sh" + fi +fi +echo "$ac_t""$INSTALL" 1>&6 + +# Use test -z because SunOS4 sh mishandles braces in ${var-val}. +# It thinks the first close brace ends the variable substitution. +test -z "$INSTALL_PROGRAM" && INSTALL_PROGRAM='${INSTALL}' + +test -z "$INSTALL_SCRIPT" && INSTALL_SCRIPT='${INSTALL_PROGRAM}' + +test -z "$INSTALL_DATA" && INSTALL_DATA='${INSTALL} -m 644' + +echo $ac_n "checking whether build environment is sane""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:637: checking whether build environment is sane" >&5 +# Just in case +sleep 1 +echo timestamp > conftest.file +# Do `set' in a subshell so we don't clobber the current shell's +# arguments. Must try -L first in case configure is actually a +# symlink; some systems play weird games with the mod time of symlinks +# (eg FreeBSD returns the mod time of the symlink's containing +# directory). +if ( + set X `ls -Lt $srcdir/configure conftest.file 2> /dev/null` + if test "$*" = "X"; then + # -L didn't work. + set X `ls -t $srcdir/configure conftest.file` + fi + rm -f conftest.file + if test "$*" != "X $srcdir/configure conftest.file" \ + && test "$*" != "X conftest.file $srcdir/configure"; then + + # If neither matched, then we have a broken ls. This can happen + # if, for instance, CONFIG_SHELL is bash and it inherits a + # broken ls alias from the environment. This has actually + # happened. Such a system could not be considered "sane". + { echo "configure: error: ls -t appears to fail. Make sure there is not a broken +alias in your environment" 1>&2; exit 1; } + fi + + test "$2" = conftest.file + ) +then + # Ok. + : +else + { echo "configure: error: newly created file is older than distributed files! +Check your system clock" 1>&2; exit 1; } +fi +echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 +if test "$program_transform_name" = s,x,x,; then + program_transform_name= +else + # Double any \ or $. echo might interpret backslashes. + cat <<\EOF_SED > conftestsed +s,\\,\\\\,g; s,\$,$$,g +EOF_SED + program_transform_name="`echo $program_transform_name|sed -f conftestsed`" + rm -f conftestsed +fi +test "$program_prefix" != NONE && + program_transform_name="s,^,${program_prefix},; $program_transform_name" +# Use a double $ so make ignores it. +test "$program_suffix" != NONE && + program_transform_name="s,\$\$,${program_suffix},; $program_transform_name" + +# sed with no file args requires a program. +test "$program_transform_name" = "" && program_transform_name="s,x,x," + +test x"${MISSING+set}" = xset || MISSING="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/missing" +# Use eval to expand $SHELL +if eval "$MISSING --run true"; then + am_missing_run="$MISSING --run " +else + am_missing_run= + am_backtick='`' + echo "configure: warning: ${am_backtick}missing' script is too old or missing" 1>&2 +fi + +for ac_prog in mawk gawk nawk awk +do +# Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2 +echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:708: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_AWK'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + if test -n "$AWK"; then + ac_cv_prog_AWK="$AWK" # Let the user override the test. +else + IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=":" + ac_dummy="$PATH" + for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do + test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. + if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then + ac_cv_prog_AWK="$ac_prog" + break + fi + done + IFS="$ac_save_ifs" +fi +fi +AWK="$ac_cv_prog_AWK" +if test -n "$AWK"; then + echo "$ac_t""$AWK" 1>&6 +else + echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 +fi + +test -n "$AWK" && break +done + +echo $ac_n "checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \${MAKE}""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:738: checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \${MAKE}" >&5 +set dummy ${MAKE-make}; ac_make=`echo "$2" | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'` +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + cat > conftestmake <<\EOF +all: + @echo 'ac_maketemp="${MAKE}"' +EOF +# GNU make sometimes prints "make[1]: Entering...", which would confuse us. +eval `${MAKE-make} -f conftestmake 2>/dev/null | grep temp=` +if test -n "$ac_maketemp"; then + eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=yes +else + eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=no +fi +rm -f conftestmake +fi +if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_prog_make_'${ac_make}_set`\" = yes"; then + echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 + SET_MAKE= +else + echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 + SET_MAKE="MAKE=${MAKE-make}" +fi + +# Check whether --enable-dependency-tracking or --disable-dependency-tracking was given. +if test "${enable_dependency_tracking+set}" = set; then + enableval="$enable_dependency_tracking" + : +fi + +if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno; then + am_depcomp="$ac_aux_dir/depcomp" + AMDEPBACKSLASH='\' +fi + + +if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno; then + AMDEP_TRUE= + AMDEP_FALSE='#' +else + AMDEP_TRUE='#' + AMDEP_FALSE= +fi + + + + +rm -f .deps 2>/dev/null +mkdir .deps 2>/dev/null +if test -d .deps; then + DEPDIR=.deps +else + # MS-DOS does not allow filenames that begin with a dot. + DEPDIR=_deps +fi +rmdir .deps 2>/dev/null + + +# test to see if srcdir already configured +if test "`CDPATH=:; cd $srcdir && pwd`" != "`pwd`" && + test -f $srcdir/config.status; then + { echo "configure: error: source directory already configured; run \"make distclean\" there first" 1>&2; exit 1; } +fi + +# Define the identity of the package. +PACKAGE=tinc +VERSION=1.0pre7 +cat >> confdefs.h <> confdefs.h <> confdefs.h <<\EOF +#define _GNU_SOURCE __USE_BSD +EOF + + +ALL_LINGUAS="nl" + +# Extract the first word of "gcc", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy gcc; ac_word=$2 +echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:877: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_CC'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + if test -n "$CC"; then + ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. +else + IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=":" + ac_dummy="$PATH" + for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do + test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. + if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then + ac_cv_prog_CC="gcc" + break + fi + done + IFS="$ac_save_ifs" +fi +fi +CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC" +if test -n "$CC"; then + echo "$ac_t""$CC" 1>&6 +else + echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 +fi + +if test -z "$CC"; then + # Extract the first word of "cc", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy cc; ac_word=$2 +echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:907: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_CC'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + if test -n "$CC"; then + ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. +else + IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=":" + ac_prog_rejected=no + ac_dummy="$PATH" + for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do + test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. + if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then + if test "$ac_dir/$ac_word" = "/usr/ucb/cc"; then + ac_prog_rejected=yes + continue + fi + ac_cv_prog_CC="cc" + break + fi + done + IFS="$ac_save_ifs" +if test $ac_prog_rejected = yes; then + # We found a bogon in the path, so make sure we never use it. + set dummy $ac_cv_prog_CC + shift + if test $# -gt 0; then + # We chose a different compiler from the bogus one. + # However, it has the same basename, so the bogon will be chosen + # first if we set CC to just the basename; use the full file name. + shift + set dummy "$ac_dir/$ac_word" "$@" + shift + ac_cv_prog_CC="$@" + fi +fi +fi +fi +CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC" +if test -n "$CC"; then + echo "$ac_t""$CC" 1>&6 +else + echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 +fi + + if test -z "$CC"; then + case "`uname -s`" in + *win32* | *WIN32*) + # Extract the first word of "cl", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy cl; ac_word=$2 +echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:958: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_CC'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + if test -n "$CC"; then + ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. +else + IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=":" + ac_dummy="$PATH" + for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do + test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. + if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then + ac_cv_prog_CC="cl" + break + fi + done + IFS="$ac_save_ifs" +fi +fi +CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC" +if test -n "$CC"; then + echo "$ac_t""$CC" 1>&6 +else + echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 +fi + ;; + esac + fi + test -z "$CC" && { echo "configure: error: no acceptable cc found in \$PATH" 1>&2; exit 1; } +fi + +echo $ac_n "checking whether the C compiler ($CC $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS) works""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:990: checking whether the C compiler ($CC $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS) works" >&5 + +ac_ext=c +# CFLAGS is not in ac_cpp because -g, -O, etc. are not valid cpp options. +ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' +ac_compile='${CC-cc} -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext 1>&5' +ac_link='${CC-cc} -o conftest${ac_exeext} $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS 1>&5' +cross_compiling=$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross + +cat > conftest.$ac_ext << EOF + +#line 1001 "configure" +#include "confdefs.h" + +main(){return(0);} +EOF +if { (eval echo configure:1006: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then + ac_cv_prog_cc_works=yes + # If we can't run a trivial program, we are probably using a cross compiler. + if (./conftest; exit) 2>/dev/null; then + ac_cv_prog_cc_cross=no + else + ac_cv_prog_cc_cross=yes + fi +else + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + ac_cv_prog_cc_works=no +fi +rm -fr conftest* +ac_ext=c +# CFLAGS is not in ac_cpp because -g, -O, etc. are not valid cpp options. +ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' +ac_compile='${CC-cc} -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext 1>&5' +ac_link='${CC-cc} -o conftest${ac_exeext} $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS 1>&5' +cross_compiling=$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross + +echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_prog_cc_works" 1>&6 +if test $ac_cv_prog_cc_works = no; then + { echo "configure: error: installation or configuration problem: C compiler cannot create executables." 1>&2; exit 1; } +fi +echo $ac_n "checking whether the C compiler ($CC $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS) is a cross-compiler""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:1032: checking whether the C compiler ($CC $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS) is a cross-compiler" >&5 +echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross" 1>&6 +cross_compiling=$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross + +echo $ac_n "checking whether we are using GNU C""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:1037: checking whether we are using GNU C" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_gcc'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + cat > conftest.c <&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }; } | egrep yes >/dev/null 2>&1; then + ac_cv_prog_gcc=yes +else + ac_cv_prog_gcc=no +fi +fi + +echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_prog_gcc" 1>&6 + +if test $ac_cv_prog_gcc = yes; then + GCC=yes +else + GCC= +fi + +ac_test_CFLAGS="${CFLAGS+set}" +ac_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" +CFLAGS= +echo $ac_n "checking whether ${CC-cc} accepts -g""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:1065: checking whether ${CC-cc} accepts -g" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_cc_g'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + echo 'void f(){}' > conftest.c +if test -z "`${CC-cc} -g -c conftest.c 2>&1`"; then + ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes +else + ac_cv_prog_cc_g=no +fi +rm -f conftest* + +fi + +echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_prog_cc_g" 1>&6 +if test "$ac_test_CFLAGS" = set; then + CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS" +elif test $ac_cv_prog_cc_g = yes; then + if test "$GCC" = yes; then + CFLAGS="-g -O2" + else + CFLAGS="-g" + fi +else + if test "$GCC" = yes; then + CFLAGS="-O2" + else + CFLAGS= + fi +fi + + +am_make=${MAKE-make} +cat > confinc << 'END' +doit: + @echo done +END +# If we don't find an include directive, just comment out the code. +echo $ac_n "checking for style of include used by $am_make""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:1104: checking for style of include used by $am_make" >&5 +am__include='#' +am__quote= +_am_result=none +# First try GNU make style include. +echo "include confinc" > confmf +# We grep out `Entering directory' and `Leaving directory' +# messages which can occur if `w' ends up in MAKEFLAGS. +# In particular we don't look at `^make:' because GNU make might +# be invoked under some other name (usually "gmake"), in which +# case it prints its new name instead of `make'. +if test "`$am_make -s -f confmf 2> /dev/null | fgrep -v 'ing directory'`" = "done"; then + am__include=include + am__quote= + _am_result=GNU +fi +# Now try BSD make style include. +if test "$am__include" = "#"; then + echo '.include "confinc"' > confmf + if test "`$am_make -s -f confmf 2> /dev/null`" = "done"; then + am__include=.include + am__quote='"' + _am_result=BSD + fi +fi + + +echo "$ac_t""$_am_result" 1>&6 +rm -f confinc confmf + + +depcc="$CC" am_compiler_list= + +echo $ac_n "checking dependency style of $depcc""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:1138: checking dependency style of $depcc" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + if test -z "$AMDEP_TRUE" && test -f "$am_depcomp"; then + # We make a subdir and do the tests there. Otherwise we can end up + # making bogus files that we don't know about and never remove. For + # instance it was reported that on HP-UX the gcc test will end up + # making a dummy file named `D' -- because `-MD' means `put the output + # in D'. + mkdir conftest.dir + # Copy depcomp to subdir because otherwise we won't find it if we're + # using a relative directory. + cp "$am_depcomp" conftest.dir + cd conftest.dir + + am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type=none + if test "$am_compiler_list" = ""; then + am_compiler_list=`sed -n 's/^#*\([a-zA-Z0-9]*\))$/\1/p' < ./depcomp` + fi + for depmode in $am_compiler_list; do + # We need to recreate these files for each test, as the compiler may + # overwrite some of them when testing with obscure command lines. + # This happens at least with the AIX C compiler. + echo '#include "conftest.h"' > conftest.c + echo 'int i;' > conftest.h + echo "${am__include} ${am__quote}conftest.Po${am__quote}" > confmf + + case $depmode in + nosideeffect) + # after this tag, mechanisms are not by side-effect, so they'll + # only be used when explicitly requested + if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" = xyes; then + continue + else + break + fi + ;; + none) break ;; + esac + # We check with `-c' and `-o' for the sake of the "dashmstdout" + # mode. It turns out that the SunPro C++ compiler does not properly + # handle `-M -o', and we need to detect this. + if depmode=$depmode \ + source=conftest.c object=conftest.o \ + depfile=conftest.Po tmpdepfile=conftest.TPo \ + $SHELL ./depcomp $depcc -c conftest.c -o conftest.o >/dev/null 2>&1 && + grep conftest.h conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 && + ${MAKE-make} -s -f confmf > /dev/null 2>&1; then + am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type=$depmode + break + fi + done + + cd .. + rm -rf conftest.dir +else + am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type=none +fi + +fi + +echo "$ac_t""$am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type" 1>&6 +CCDEPMODE="depmode=$am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type" + + +echo $ac_n "checking how to run the C preprocessor""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:1205: checking how to run the C preprocessor" >&5 +# On Suns, sometimes $CPP names a directory. +if test -n "$CPP" && test -d "$CPP"; then + CPP= +fi +if test -z "$CPP"; then +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_CPP'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + # This must be in double quotes, not single quotes, because CPP may get + # substituted into the Makefile and "${CC-cc}" will confuse make. + CPP="${CC-cc} -E" + # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser, + # not just through cpp. + cat > conftest.$ac_ext < +Syntax Error +EOF +ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out" +{ (eval echo configure:1226: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; } +ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out | grep -v "^conftest.${ac_ext}\$"` +if test -z "$ac_err"; then + : +else + echo "$ac_err" >&5 + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -rf conftest* + CPP="${CC-cc} -E -traditional-cpp" + cat > conftest.$ac_ext < +Syntax Error +EOF +ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out" +{ (eval echo configure:1243: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; } +ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out | grep -v "^conftest.${ac_ext}\$"` +if test -z "$ac_err"; then + : +else + echo "$ac_err" >&5 + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -rf conftest* + CPP="${CC-cc} -nologo -E" + cat > conftest.$ac_ext < +Syntax Error +EOF +ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out" +{ (eval echo configure:1260: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; } +ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out | grep -v "^conftest.${ac_ext}\$"` +if test -z "$ac_err"; then + : +else + echo "$ac_err" >&5 + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -rf conftest* + CPP=/lib/cpp +fi +rm -f conftest* +fi +rm -f conftest* +fi +rm -f conftest* + ac_cv_prog_CPP="$CPP" +fi + CPP="$ac_cv_prog_CPP" +else + ac_cv_prog_CPP="$CPP" +fi +echo "$ac_t""$CPP" 1>&6 + +if test $ac_cv_prog_gcc = yes; then + echo $ac_n "checking whether ${CC-cc} needs -traditional""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:1286: checking whether ${CC-cc} needs -traditional" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_gcc_traditional'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + ac_pattern="Autoconf.*'x'" + cat > conftest.$ac_ext < +Autoconf TIOCGETP +EOF +if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 | + egrep "$ac_pattern" >/dev/null 2>&1; then + rm -rf conftest* + ac_cv_prog_gcc_traditional=yes +else + rm -rf conftest* + ac_cv_prog_gcc_traditional=no +fi +rm -f conftest* + + + if test $ac_cv_prog_gcc_traditional = no; then + cat > conftest.$ac_ext < +Autoconf TCGETA +EOF +if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 | + egrep "$ac_pattern" >/dev/null 2>&1; then + rm -rf conftest* + ac_cv_prog_gcc_traditional=yes +fi +rm -f conftest* + + fi +fi + +echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_prog_gcc_traditional" 1>&6 + if test $ac_cv_prog_gcc_traditional = yes; then + CC="$CC -traditional" + fi +fi + +for ac_prog in mawk gawk nawk awk +do +# Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2 +echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:1336: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_AWK'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + if test -n "$AWK"; then + ac_cv_prog_AWK="$AWK" # Let the user override the test. +else + IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=":" + ac_dummy="$PATH" + for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do + test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. + if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then + ac_cv_prog_AWK="$ac_prog" + break + fi + done + IFS="$ac_save_ifs" +fi +fi +AWK="$ac_cv_prog_AWK" +if test -n "$AWK"; then + echo "$ac_t""$AWK" 1>&6 +else + echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 +fi + +test -n "$AWK" && break +done + +# Find a good install program. We prefer a C program (faster), +# so one script is as good as another. But avoid the broken or +# incompatible versions: +# SysV /etc/install, /usr/sbin/install +# SunOS /usr/etc/install +# IRIX /sbin/install +# AIX /bin/install +# AIX 4 /usr/bin/installbsd, which doesn't work without a -g flag +# AFS /usr/afsws/bin/install, which mishandles nonexistent args +# SVR4 /usr/ucb/install, which tries to use the nonexistent group "staff" +# ./install, which can be erroneously created by make from ./install.sh. +echo $ac_n "checking for a BSD compatible install""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:1377: checking for a BSD compatible install" >&5 +if test -z "$INSTALL"; then +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_install'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_IFS="$IFS"; IFS=":" + for ac_dir in $PATH; do + # Account for people who put trailing slashes in PATH elements. + case "$ac_dir/" in + /|./|.//|/etc/*|/usr/sbin/*|/usr/etc/*|/sbin/*|/usr/afsws/bin/*|/usr/ucb/*) ;; + *) + # OSF1 and SCO ODT 3.0 have their own names for install. + # Don't use installbsd from OSF since it installs stuff as root + # by default. + for ac_prog in ginstall scoinst install; do + if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_prog; then + if test $ac_prog = install && + grep dspmsg $ac_dir/$ac_prog >/dev/null 2>&1; then + # AIX install. It has an incompatible calling convention. + : + else + ac_cv_path_install="$ac_dir/$ac_prog -c" + break 2 + fi + fi + done + ;; + esac + done + IFS="$ac_save_IFS" + +fi + if test "${ac_cv_path_install+set}" = set; then + INSTALL="$ac_cv_path_install" + else + # As a last resort, use the slow shell script. We don't cache a + # path for INSTALL within a source directory, because that will + # break other packages using the cache if that directory is + # removed, or if the path is relative. + INSTALL="$ac_install_sh" + fi +fi +echo "$ac_t""$INSTALL" 1>&6 + +# Use test -z because SunOS4 sh mishandles braces in ${var-val}. +# It thinks the first close brace ends the variable substitution. +test -z "$INSTALL_PROGRAM" && INSTALL_PROGRAM='${INSTALL}' + +test -z "$INSTALL_SCRIPT" && INSTALL_SCRIPT='${INSTALL_PROGRAM}' + +test -z "$INSTALL_DATA" && INSTALL_DATA='${INSTALL} -m 644' + +echo $ac_n "checking whether ln -s works""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:1430: checking whether ln -s works" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_LN_S'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + rm -f conftestdata +if ln -s X conftestdata 2>/dev/null +then + rm -f conftestdata + ac_cv_prog_LN_S="ln -s" +else + ac_cv_prog_LN_S=ln +fi +fi +LN_S="$ac_cv_prog_LN_S" +if test "$ac_cv_prog_LN_S" = "ln -s"; then + echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 +else + echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 +fi + +echo $ac_n "checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \${MAKE}""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:1451: checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \${MAKE}" >&5 +set dummy ${MAKE-make}; ac_make=`echo "$2" | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'` +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + cat > conftestmake <<\EOF +all: + @echo 'ac_maketemp="${MAKE}"' +EOF +# GNU make sometimes prints "make[1]: Entering...", which would confuse us. +eval `${MAKE-make} -f conftestmake 2>/dev/null | grep temp=` +if test -n "$ac_maketemp"; then + eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=yes +else + eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=no +fi +rm -f conftestmake +fi +if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_prog_make_'${ac_make}_set`\" = yes"; then + echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 + SET_MAKE= +else + echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 + SET_MAKE="MAKE=${MAKE-make}" +fi + + + echo $ac_n "checking for perl5.003 or newer""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:1479: checking for perl5.003 or newer" >&5 + if test "${PERL+set}" = set; then + # `PERL' is set in the user's environment. + candidate_perl_names="$PERL" + perl_specified=yes + else + candidate_perl_names='perl perl5' + perl_specified=no + fi + + found=no + + PERL="$missing_dir/missing perl" + for perl in $candidate_perl_names; do + # Run test in a subshell; some versions of sh will print an error if + # an executable is not found, even if stderr is redirected. + if ( $perl -e 'require 5.003' ) > /dev/null 2>&1; then + PERL=$perl + found=yes + break + fi + done + + echo "$ac_t""$found" 1>&6 + test $found = no && echo "configure: warning: +*** You don't seem to have perl5.003 or newer installed. +*** Because of that, you may be unable to regenerate certain files +*** if you modify the sources from which they are derived. " 1>&2 + + + + + echo $ac_n "checking for strerror in -lcposix""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:1512: checking for strerror in -lcposix" >&5 +ac_lib_var=`echo cposix'_'strerror | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'` +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS" +LIBS="-lcposix $LIBS" +cat > conftest.$ac_ext <&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=yes" +else + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=no" +fi +rm -f conftest* +LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS" + +fi +if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_lib_'$ac_lib_var`\" = yes"; then + echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 + LIBS="$LIBS -lcposix" +else + echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 +fi + + + + + + +# Make sure we can run config.sub. +if ${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $ac_config_sub sun4 >/dev/null 2>&1; then : +else { echo "configure: error: can not run $ac_config_sub" 1>&2; exit 1; } +fi + +echo $ac_n "checking host system type""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:1562: checking host system type" >&5 + +host_alias=$host +case "$host_alias" in +NONE) + case $nonopt in + NONE) + if host_alias=`${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $ac_config_guess`; then : + else { echo "configure: error: can not guess host type; you must specify one" 1>&2; exit 1; } + fi ;; + *) host_alias=$nonopt ;; + esac ;; +esac + +host=`${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $ac_config_sub $host_alias` +host_cpu=`echo $host | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\1/'` +host_vendor=`echo $host | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\2/'` +host_os=`echo $host | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\3/'` +echo "$ac_t""$host" 1>&6 + + +case $host_os in + *linux*) + cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF +#define HAVE_LINUX 1 +EOF + + rm -f src/device.c; ln -sf linux/device.c src/device.c + ;; + *freebsd*) + cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF +#define HAVE_FREEBSD 1 +EOF + + rm -f src/device.c; ln -sf freebsd/device.c src/device.c + ;; + *solaris*) + cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF +#define HAVE_SOLARIS 1 +EOF + + rm -f src/device.c; ln -sf solaris/device.c src/device.c + ;; + *openbsd*) + cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF +#define HAVE_OPENBSD 1 +EOF + + rm -f src/device.c; ln -sf openbsd/device.c src/device.c + ;; + *netbsd*) + cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF +#define HAVE_NETBSD 1 +EOF + + rm -f src/device.c; ln -sf netbsd/device.c src/device.c + ;; +esac + +cat > confcache <<\EOF +# This file is a shell script that caches the results of configure +# tests run on this system so they can be shared between configure +# scripts and configure runs. It is not useful on other systems. +# If it contains results you don't want to keep, you may remove or edit it. +# +# By default, configure uses ./config.cache as the cache file, +# creating it if it does not exist already. You can give configure +# the --cache-file=FILE option to use a different cache file; that is +# what configure does when it calls configure scripts in +# subdirectories, so they share the cache. +# Giving --cache-file=/dev/null disables caching, for debugging configure. +# config.status only pays attention to the cache file if you give it the +# --recheck option to rerun configure. +# +EOF +# The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values, +# but we know of no workaround that is simple, portable, and efficient. +# So, don't put newlines in cache variables' values. +# Ultrix sh set writes to stderr and can't be redirected directly, +# and sets the high bit in the cache file unless we assign to the vars. +(set) 2>&1 | + case `(ac_space=' '; set | grep ac_space) 2>&1` in + *ac_space=\ *) + # `set' does not quote correctly, so add quotes (double-quote substitution + # turns \\\\ into \\, and sed turns \\ into \). + sed -n \ + -e "s/'/'\\\\''/g" \ + -e "s/^\\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*_cv_[a-zA-Z0-9_]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1=\${\\1='\\2'}/p" + ;; + *) + # `set' quotes correctly as required by POSIX, so do not add quotes. + sed -n -e 's/^\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*_cv_[a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=\(.*\)/\1=${\1=\2}/p' + ;; + esac >> confcache +if cmp -s $cache_file confcache; then + : +else + if test -w $cache_file; then + echo "updating cache $cache_file" + cat confcache > $cache_file + else + echo "not updating unwritable cache $cache_file" + fi +fi +rm -f confcache + + + +echo $ac_n "checking for ANSI C header files""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:1671: checking for ANSI C header files" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_header_stdc'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + cat > conftest.$ac_ext < +#include +#include +#include +EOF +ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out" +{ (eval echo configure:1684: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; } +ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out | grep -v "^conftest.${ac_ext}\$"` +if test -z "$ac_err"; then + rm -rf conftest* + ac_cv_header_stdc=yes +else + echo "$ac_err" >&5 + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -rf conftest* + ac_cv_header_stdc=no +fi +rm -f conftest* + +if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then + # SunOS 4.x string.h does not declare mem*, contrary to ANSI. +cat > conftest.$ac_ext < +EOF +if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 | + egrep "memchr" >/dev/null 2>&1; then + : +else + rm -rf conftest* + ac_cv_header_stdc=no +fi +rm -f conftest* + +fi + +if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then + # ISC 2.0.2 stdlib.h does not declare free, contrary to ANSI. +cat > conftest.$ac_ext < +EOF +if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 | + egrep "free" >/dev/null 2>&1; then + : +else + rm -rf conftest* + ac_cv_header_stdc=no +fi +rm -f conftest* + +fi + +if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then + # /bin/cc in Irix-4.0.5 gets non-ANSI ctype macros unless using -ansi. +if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then + : +else + cat > conftest.$ac_ext < +#define ISLOWER(c) ('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z') +#define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? 'A' + ((c) - 'a') : (c)) +#define XOR(e, f) (((e) && !(f)) || (!(e) && (f))) +int main () { int i; for (i = 0; i < 256; i++) +if (XOR (islower (i), ISLOWER (i)) || toupper (i) != TOUPPER (i)) exit(2); +exit (0); } + +EOF +if { (eval echo configure:1751: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext} && (./conftest; exit) 2>/dev/null +then + : +else + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -fr conftest* + ac_cv_header_stdc=no +fi +rm -fr conftest* +fi + +fi +fi + +echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_header_stdc" 1>&6 +if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then + cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF +#define STDC_HEADERS 1 +EOF + +fi + +for ac_hdr in fcntl.h limits.h sys/ioctl.h syslog.h unistd.h \ +sys/time.h malloc.h strings.h sys/file.h +do +ac_safe=`echo "$ac_hdr" | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'` +echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_hdr""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:1779: checking for $ac_hdr" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_header_$ac_safe'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + cat > conftest.$ac_ext < +EOF +ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out" +{ (eval echo configure:1789: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; } +ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out | grep -v "^conftest.${ac_ext}\$"` +if test -z "$ac_err"; then + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=yes" +else + echo "$ac_err" >&5 + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=no" +fi +rm -f conftest* +fi +if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_header_'$ac_safe`\" = yes"; then + echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 + ac_tr_hdr=HAVE_`echo $ac_hdr | sed 'y%abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-%ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___%'` + cat >> confdefs.h <&6 +fi +done + + +echo $ac_n "checking for working const""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:1817: checking for working const" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_c_const'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + cat > conftest.$ac_ext <j = 5; +} +{ /* ULTRIX-32 V3.1 (Rev 9) vcc rejects this */ + const int foo = 10; +} + +; return 0; } +EOF +if { (eval echo configure:1871: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then + rm -rf conftest* + ac_cv_c_const=yes +else + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -rf conftest* + ac_cv_c_const=no +fi +rm -f conftest* +fi + +echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_c_const" 1>&6 +if test $ac_cv_c_const = no; then + cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF +#define const +EOF + +fi + +echo $ac_n "checking for pid_t""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:1892: checking for pid_t" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_type_pid_t'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + cat > conftest.$ac_ext < +#if STDC_HEADERS +#include +#include +#endif +EOF +if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 | + egrep "(^|[^a-zA-Z_0-9])pid_t[^a-zA-Z_0-9]" >/dev/null 2>&1; then + rm -rf conftest* + ac_cv_type_pid_t=yes +else + rm -rf conftest* + ac_cv_type_pid_t=no +fi +rm -f conftest* + +fi +echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_type_pid_t" 1>&6 +if test $ac_cv_type_pid_t = no; then + cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF +#define pid_t int +EOF + +fi + +echo $ac_n "checking for size_t""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:1925: checking for size_t" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_type_size_t'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + cat > conftest.$ac_ext < +#if STDC_HEADERS +#include +#include +#endif +EOF +if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 | + egrep "(^|[^a-zA-Z_0-9])size_t[^a-zA-Z_0-9]" >/dev/null 2>&1; then + rm -rf conftest* + ac_cv_type_size_t=yes +else + rm -rf conftest* + ac_cv_type_size_t=no +fi +rm -f conftest* + +fi +echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_type_size_t" 1>&6 +if test $ac_cv_type_size_t = no; then + cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF +#define size_t unsigned +EOF + +fi + +echo $ac_n "checking whether time.h and sys/time.h may both be included""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:1958: checking whether time.h and sys/time.h may both be included" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_header_time'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + cat > conftest.$ac_ext < +#include +#include +int main() { +struct tm *tp; +; return 0; } +EOF +if { (eval echo configure:1972: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then + rm -rf conftest* + ac_cv_header_time=yes +else + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -rf conftest* + ac_cv_header_time=no +fi +rm -f conftest* +fi + +echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_header_time" 1>&6 +if test $ac_cv_header_time = yes; then + cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF +#define TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME 1 +EOF + +fi + +echo $ac_n "checking whether struct tm is in sys/time.h or time.h""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:1993: checking whether struct tm is in sys/time.h or time.h" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_struct_tm'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + cat > conftest.$ac_ext < +#include +int main() { +struct tm *tp; tp->tm_sec; +; return 0; } +EOF +if { (eval echo configure:2006: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then + rm -rf conftest* + ac_cv_struct_tm=time.h +else + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -rf conftest* + ac_cv_struct_tm=sys/time.h +fi +rm -f conftest* +fi + +echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_struct_tm" 1>&6 +if test $ac_cv_struct_tm = sys/time.h; then + cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF +#define TM_IN_SYS_TIME 1 +EOF + +fi + + +echo $ac_n "checking for 8-bit clean memcmp""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:2028: checking for 8-bit clean memcmp" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_memcmp_clean'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then + ac_cv_func_memcmp_clean=no +else + cat > conftest.$ac_ext <&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext} && (./conftest; exit) 2>/dev/null +then + ac_cv_func_memcmp_clean=yes +else + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -fr conftest* + ac_cv_func_memcmp_clean=no +fi +rm -fr conftest* +fi + +fi + +echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_func_memcmp_clean" 1>&6 +test $ac_cv_func_memcmp_clean = no && LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS memcmp.${ac_objext}" + +# The Ultrix 4.2 mips builtin alloca declared by alloca.h only works +# for constant arguments. Useless! +echo $ac_n "checking for working alloca.h""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:2066: checking for working alloca.h" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_header_alloca_h'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + cat > conftest.$ac_ext < +int main() { +char *p = alloca(2 * sizeof(int)); +; return 0; } +EOF +if { (eval echo configure:2078: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then + rm -rf conftest* + ac_cv_header_alloca_h=yes +else + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -rf conftest* + ac_cv_header_alloca_h=no +fi +rm -f conftest* +fi + +echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_header_alloca_h" 1>&6 +if test $ac_cv_header_alloca_h = yes; then + cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF +#define HAVE_ALLOCA_H 1 +EOF + +fi + +echo $ac_n "checking for alloca""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:2099: checking for alloca" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_alloca_works'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + cat > conftest.$ac_ext < +# define alloca _alloca +# else +# if HAVE_ALLOCA_H +# include +# else +# ifdef _AIX + #pragma alloca +# else +# ifndef alloca /* predefined by HP cc +Olibcalls */ +char *alloca (); +# endif +# endif +# endif +# endif +#endif + +int main() { +char *p = (char *) alloca(1); +; return 0; } +EOF +if { (eval echo configure:2132: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then + rm -rf conftest* + ac_cv_func_alloca_works=yes +else + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -rf conftest* + ac_cv_func_alloca_works=no +fi +rm -f conftest* +fi + +echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_func_alloca_works" 1>&6 +if test $ac_cv_func_alloca_works = yes; then + cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF +#define HAVE_ALLOCA 1 +EOF + +fi + +if test $ac_cv_func_alloca_works = no; then + # The SVR3 libPW and SVR4 libucb both contain incompatible functions + # that cause trouble. Some versions do not even contain alloca or + # contain a buggy version. If you still want to use their alloca, + # use ar to extract alloca.o from them instead of compiling alloca.c. + ALLOCA=alloca.${ac_objext} + cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF +#define C_ALLOCA 1 +EOF + + +echo $ac_n "checking whether alloca needs Cray hooks""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:2164: checking whether alloca needs Cray hooks" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_os_cray'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + cat > conftest.$ac_ext <&5 | + egrep "webecray" >/dev/null 2>&1; then + rm -rf conftest* + ac_cv_os_cray=yes +else + rm -rf conftest* + ac_cv_os_cray=no +fi +rm -f conftest* + +fi + +echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_os_cray" 1>&6 +if test $ac_cv_os_cray = yes; then +for ac_func in _getb67 GETB67 getb67; do + echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_func""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:2194: checking for $ac_func" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_$ac_func'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + cat > conftest.$ac_ext < +/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */ +/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2 + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +char $ac_func(); + +int main() { + +/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements + to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named + something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */ +#if defined (__stub_$ac_func) || defined (__stub___$ac_func) +choke me +#else +$ac_func(); +#endif + +; return 0; } +EOF +if { (eval echo configure:2222: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=yes" +else + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=no" +fi +rm -f conftest* +fi + +if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_func_'$ac_func`\" = yes"; then + echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 + cat >> confdefs.h <&6 +fi + +done +fi + +echo $ac_n "checking stack direction for C alloca""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:2249: checking stack direction for C alloca" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_c_stack_direction'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then + ac_cv_c_stack_direction=0 +else + cat > conftest.$ac_ext < addr) ? 1 : -1; +} +main () +{ + exit (find_stack_direction() < 0); +} +EOF +if { (eval echo configure:2276: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext} && (./conftest; exit) 2>/dev/null +then + ac_cv_c_stack_direction=1 +else + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -fr conftest* + ac_cv_c_stack_direction=-1 +fi +rm -fr conftest* +fi + +fi + +echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_c_stack_direction" 1>&6 +cat >> confdefs.h <&6 +echo "configure:2298: checking return type of signal handlers" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_type_signal'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + cat > conftest.$ac_ext < +#include +#ifdef signal +#undef signal +#endif +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" void (*signal (int, void (*)(int)))(int); +#else +void (*signal ()) (); +#endif + +int main() { +int i; +; return 0; } +EOF +if { (eval echo configure:2320: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then + rm -rf conftest* + ac_cv_type_signal=void +else + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -rf conftest* + ac_cv_type_signal=int +fi +rm -f conftest* +fi + +echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_type_signal" 1>&6 +cat >> confdefs.h <&6 +echo "configure:2342: checking for $ac_func" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_$ac_func'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + cat > conftest.$ac_ext < +/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */ +/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2 + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +char $ac_func(); + +int main() { + +/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements + to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named + something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */ +#if defined (__stub_$ac_func) || defined (__stub___$ac_func) +choke me +#else +$ac_func(); +#endif + +; return 0; } +EOF +if { (eval echo configure:2370: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=yes" +else + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=no" +fi +rm -f conftest* +fi + +if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_func_'$ac_func`\" = yes"; then + echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 + ac_tr_func=HAVE_`echo $ac_func | tr 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'` + cat >> confdefs.h <&6 +fi +done + + + if test x = y; then + for ac_func in DONE_WORKING_MALLOC_CHECK +do +echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_func""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:2399: checking for $ac_func" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_$ac_func'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + cat > conftest.$ac_ext < +/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */ +/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2 + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +char $ac_func(); + +int main() { + +/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements + to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named + something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */ +#if defined (__stub_$ac_func) || defined (__stub___$ac_func) +choke me +#else +$ac_func(); +#endif + +; return 0; } +EOF +if { (eval echo configure:2427: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=yes" +else + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=no" +fi +rm -f conftest* +fi + +if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_func_'$ac_func`\" = yes"; then + echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 + ac_tr_func=HAVE_`echo $ac_func | tr 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'` + cat >> confdefs.h <&6 +fi +done + + fi + ac_kludge=HAVE_DONE_WORKING_MALLOC_CHECK + cat >> confdefs.h <&6 +echo "configure:2459: checking for working malloc" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'jm_cv_func_working_malloc'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then + jm_cv_func_working_malloc=no +else + cat > conftest.$ac_ext <&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext} && (./conftest; exit) 2>/dev/null +then + jm_cv_func_working_malloc=yes +else + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -fr conftest* + jm_cv_func_working_malloc=no +fi +rm -fr conftest* +fi + + +fi + +echo "$ac_t""$jm_cv_func_working_malloc" 1>&6 + if test $jm_cv_func_working_malloc = no; then + LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS malloc.o" + cat >> confdefs.h <&6 +echo "configure:2507: checking for $ac_func" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_$ac_func'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + cat > conftest.$ac_ext < +/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */ +/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2 + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +char $ac_func(); + +int main() { + +/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements + to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named + something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */ +#if defined (__stub_$ac_func) || defined (__stub___$ac_func) +choke me +#else +$ac_func(); +#endif + +; return 0; } +EOF +if { (eval echo configure:2535: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=yes" +else + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=no" +fi +rm -f conftest* +fi + +if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_func_'$ac_func`\" = yes"; then + echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 + ac_tr_func=HAVE_`echo $ac_func | tr 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'` + cat >> confdefs.h <&6 +fi +done + + fi + ac_kludge=HAVE_DONE_WORKING_REALLOC_CHECK + cat >> confdefs.h <&6 +echo "configure:2567: checking for working realloc" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'jm_cv_func_working_realloc'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then + jm_cv_func_working_realloc=no +else + cat > conftest.$ac_ext <&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext} && (./conftest; exit) 2>/dev/null +then + jm_cv_func_working_realloc=yes +else + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -fr conftest* + jm_cv_func_working_realloc=no +fi +rm -fr conftest* +fi + + +fi + +echo "$ac_t""$jm_cv_func_working_realloc" 1>&6 + if test $jm_cv_func_working_realloc = no; then + LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS realloc.o" + cat >> confdefs.h <&6 +echo "configure:2614: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_RANLIB'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + if test -n "$RANLIB"; then + ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="$RANLIB" # Let the user override the test. +else + IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=":" + ac_dummy="$PATH" + for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do + test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. + if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then + ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="ranlib" + break + fi + done + IFS="$ac_save_ifs" + test -z "$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB" && ac_cv_prog_RANLIB=":" +fi +fi +RANLIB="$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB" +if test -n "$RANLIB"; then + echo "$ac_t""$RANLIB" 1>&6 +else + echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 +fi + +echo $ac_n "checking for inline""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:2642: checking for inline" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_c_inline'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + ac_cv_c_inline=no +for ac_kw in inline __inline__ __inline; do + cat > conftest.$ac_ext <&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then + rm -rf conftest* + ac_cv_c_inline=$ac_kw; break +else + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 +fi +rm -f conftest* +done + +fi + +echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_c_inline" 1>&6 +case "$ac_cv_c_inline" in + inline | yes) ;; + no) cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF +#define inline +EOF + ;; + *) cat >> confdefs.h <&6 +echo "configure:2682: checking for off_t" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_type_off_t'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + cat > conftest.$ac_ext < +#if STDC_HEADERS +#include +#include +#endif +EOF +if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 | + egrep "(^|[^a-zA-Z_0-9])off_t[^a-zA-Z_0-9]" >/dev/null 2>&1; then + rm -rf conftest* + ac_cv_type_off_t=yes +else + rm -rf conftest* + ac_cv_type_off_t=no +fi +rm -f conftest* + +fi +echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_type_off_t" 1>&6 +if test $ac_cv_type_off_t = no; then + cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF +#define off_t long +EOF + +fi + +for ac_hdr in unistd.h +do +ac_safe=`echo "$ac_hdr" | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'` +echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_hdr""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:2718: checking for $ac_hdr" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_header_$ac_safe'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + cat > conftest.$ac_ext < +EOF +ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out" +{ (eval echo configure:2728: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; } +ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out | grep -v "^conftest.${ac_ext}\$"` +if test -z "$ac_err"; then + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=yes" +else + echo "$ac_err" >&5 + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=no" +fi +rm -f conftest* +fi +if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_header_'$ac_safe`\" = yes"; then + echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 + ac_tr_hdr=HAVE_`echo $ac_hdr | sed 'y%abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-%ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___%'` + cat >> confdefs.h <&6 +fi +done + +for ac_func in getpagesize +do +echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_func""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:2757: checking for $ac_func" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_$ac_func'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + cat > conftest.$ac_ext < +/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */ +/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2 + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +char $ac_func(); + +int main() { + +/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements + to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named + something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */ +#if defined (__stub_$ac_func) || defined (__stub___$ac_func) +choke me +#else +$ac_func(); +#endif + +; return 0; } +EOF +if { (eval echo configure:2785: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=yes" +else + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=no" +fi +rm -f conftest* +fi + +if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_func_'$ac_func`\" = yes"; then + echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 + ac_tr_func=HAVE_`echo $ac_func | tr 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'` + cat >> confdefs.h <&6 +fi +done + +echo $ac_n "checking for working mmap""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:2810: checking for working mmap" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_mmap_fixed_mapped'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then + ac_cv_func_mmap_fixed_mapped=no +else + cat > conftest.$ac_ext < +#include +#include + +/* This mess was copied from the GNU getpagesize.h. */ +#ifndef HAVE_GETPAGESIZE +# ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H +# include +# endif + +/* Assume that all systems that can run configure have sys/param.h. */ +# ifndef HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H +# define HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H 1 +# endif + +# ifdef _SC_PAGESIZE +# define getpagesize() sysconf(_SC_PAGESIZE) +# else /* no _SC_PAGESIZE */ +# ifdef HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H +# include +# ifdef EXEC_PAGESIZE +# define getpagesize() EXEC_PAGESIZE +# else /* no EXEC_PAGESIZE */ +# ifdef NBPG +# define getpagesize() NBPG * CLSIZE +# ifndef CLSIZE +# define CLSIZE 1 +# endif /* no CLSIZE */ +# else /* no NBPG */ +# ifdef NBPC +# define getpagesize() NBPC +# else /* no NBPC */ +# ifdef PAGESIZE +# define getpagesize() PAGESIZE +# endif /* PAGESIZE */ +# endif /* no NBPC */ +# endif /* no NBPG */ +# endif /* no EXEC_PAGESIZE */ +# else /* no HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H */ +# define getpagesize() 8192 /* punt totally */ +# endif /* no HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H */ +# endif /* no _SC_PAGESIZE */ + +#endif /* no HAVE_GETPAGESIZE */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { void *malloc(unsigned); } +#else +char *malloc(); +#endif + +int +main() +{ + char *data, *data2, *data3; + int i, pagesize; + int fd; + + pagesize = getpagesize(); + + /* + * First, make a file with some known garbage in it. + */ + data = malloc(pagesize); + if (!data) + exit(1); + for (i = 0; i < pagesize; ++i) + *(data + i) = rand(); + umask(0); + fd = creat("conftestmmap", 0600); + if (fd < 0) + exit(1); + if (write(fd, data, pagesize) != pagesize) + exit(1); + close(fd); + + /* + * Next, try to mmap the file at a fixed address which + * already has something else allocated at it. If we can, + * also make sure that we see the same garbage. + */ + fd = open("conftestmmap", O_RDWR); + if (fd < 0) + exit(1); + data2 = malloc(2 * pagesize); + if (!data2) + exit(1); + data2 += (pagesize - ((int) data2 & (pagesize - 1))) & (pagesize - 1); + if (data2 != mmap(data2, pagesize, PROT_READ | PROT_WRITE, + MAP_PRIVATE | MAP_FIXED, fd, 0L)) + exit(1); + for (i = 0; i < pagesize; ++i) + if (*(data + i) != *(data2 + i)) + exit(1); + + /* + * Finally, make sure that changes to the mapped area + * do not percolate back to the file as seen by read(). + * (This is a bug on some variants of i386 svr4.0.) + */ + for (i = 0; i < pagesize; ++i) + *(data2 + i) = *(data2 + i) + 1; + data3 = malloc(pagesize); + if (!data3) + exit(1); + if (read(fd, data3, pagesize) != pagesize) + exit(1); + for (i = 0; i < pagesize; ++i) + if (*(data + i) != *(data3 + i)) + exit(1); + close(fd); + unlink("conftestmmap"); + exit(0); +} + +EOF +if { (eval echo configure:2958: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext} && (./conftest; exit) 2>/dev/null +then + ac_cv_func_mmap_fixed_mapped=yes +else + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -fr conftest* + ac_cv_func_mmap_fixed_mapped=no +fi +rm -fr conftest* +fi + +fi + +echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_func_mmap_fixed_mapped" 1>&6 +if test $ac_cv_func_mmap_fixed_mapped = yes; then + cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF +#define HAVE_MMAP 1 +EOF + +fi + + + echo $ac_n "checking whether we are using the GNU C Library 2.1 or newer""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:2982: checking whether we are using the GNU C Library 2.1 or newer" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_gnu_library_2_1'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + cat > conftest.$ac_ext < +#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__ + #if (__GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ >= 1) || (__GLIBC__ > 2) + Lucky GNU user + #endif +#endif + +EOF +if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 | + egrep "Lucky GNU user" >/dev/null 2>&1; then + rm -rf conftest* + ac_cv_gnu_library_2_1=yes +else + rm -rf conftest* + ac_cv_gnu_library_2_1=no +fi +rm -f conftest* + + + +fi + +echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_gnu_library_2_1" 1>&6 + + GLIBC21="$ac_cv_gnu_library_2_1" + + + + for ac_hdr in argz.h limits.h locale.h nl_types.h malloc.h stddef.h \ +stdlib.h string.h unistd.h sys/param.h +do +ac_safe=`echo "$ac_hdr" | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'` +echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_hdr""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:3023: checking for $ac_hdr" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_header_$ac_safe'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + cat > conftest.$ac_ext < +EOF +ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out" +{ (eval echo configure:3033: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; } +ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out | grep -v "^conftest.${ac_ext}\$"` +if test -z "$ac_err"; then + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=yes" +else + echo "$ac_err" >&5 + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=no" +fi +rm -f conftest* +fi +if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_header_'$ac_safe`\" = yes"; then + echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 + ac_tr_hdr=HAVE_`echo $ac_hdr | sed 'y%abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-%ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___%'` + cat >> confdefs.h <&6 +fi +done + + for ac_func in feof_unlocked fgets_unlocked getcwd getegid geteuid \ +getgid getuid mempcpy munmap putenv setenv setlocale stpcpy strchr strcasecmp \ +strdup strtoul tsearch __argz_count __argz_stringify __argz_next +do +echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_func""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:3064: checking for $ac_func" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_$ac_func'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + cat > conftest.$ac_ext < +/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */ +/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2 + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +char $ac_func(); + +int main() { + +/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements + to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named + something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */ +#if defined (__stub_$ac_func) || defined (__stub___$ac_func) +choke me +#else +$ac_func(); +#endif + +; return 0; } +EOF +if { (eval echo configure:3092: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=yes" +else + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=no" +fi +rm -f conftest* +fi + +if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_func_'$ac_func`\" = yes"; then + echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 + ac_tr_func=HAVE_`echo $ac_func | tr 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'` + cat >> confdefs.h <&6 +fi +done + + + + + # Check whether --with-libiconv-prefix or --without-libiconv-prefix was given. +if test "${with_libiconv_prefix+set}" = set; then + withval="$with_libiconv_prefix" + + for dir in `echo "$withval" | tr : ' '`; do + if test -d $dir/include; then CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -I$dir/include"; fi + if test -d $dir/lib; then LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -L$dir/lib"; fi + done + +fi + + + echo $ac_n "checking for iconv""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:3132: checking for iconv" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'am_cv_func_iconv'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + + am_cv_func_iconv="no, consider installing GNU libiconv" + am_cv_lib_iconv=no + cat > conftest.$ac_ext < +#include +int main() { +iconv_t cd = iconv_open("",""); + iconv(cd,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL); + iconv_close(cd); +; return 0; } +EOF +if { (eval echo configure:3150: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then + rm -rf conftest* + am_cv_func_iconv=yes +else + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 +fi +rm -f conftest* + if test "$am_cv_func_iconv" != yes; then + am_save_LIBS="$LIBS" + LIBS="$LIBS -liconv" + cat > conftest.$ac_ext < +#include +int main() { +iconv_t cd = iconv_open("",""); + iconv(cd,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL); + iconv_close(cd); +; return 0; } +EOF +if { (eval echo configure:3172: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then + rm -rf conftest* + am_cv_lib_iconv=yes + am_cv_func_iconv=yes +else + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 +fi +rm -f conftest* + LIBS="$am_save_LIBS" + fi + +fi + +echo "$ac_t""$am_cv_func_iconv" 1>&6 + if test "$am_cv_func_iconv" = yes; then + cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF +#define HAVE_ICONV 1 +EOF + + echo $ac_n "checking for iconv declaration""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:3193: checking for iconv declaration" >&5 + if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'am_cv_proto_iconv'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + + cat > conftest.$ac_ext < +#include +extern +#ifdef __cplusplus +"C" +#endif +#if defined(__STDC__) || defined(__cplusplus) +size_t iconv (iconv_t cd, char * *inbuf, size_t *inbytesleft, char * *outbuf, size_t *outbytesleft); +#else +size_t iconv(); +#endif + +int main() { + +; return 0; } +EOF +if { (eval echo configure:3218: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then + rm -rf conftest* + am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1="" +else + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -rf conftest* + am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1="const" +fi +rm -f conftest* + am_cv_proto_iconv="extern size_t iconv (iconv_t cd, $am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1 char * *inbuf, size_t *inbytesleft, char * *outbuf, size_t *outbytesleft);" +fi + + am_cv_proto_iconv=`echo "$am_cv_proto_iconv" | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/( /(/'` + echo "$ac_t""${ac_t:- + }$am_cv_proto_iconv" 1>&6 + cat >> confdefs.h <&6 +echo "configure:3247: checking for nl_langinfo and CODESET" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'am_cv_langinfo_codeset'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + cat > conftest.$ac_ext < +int main() { +char* cs = nl_langinfo(CODESET); +; return 0; } +EOF +if { (eval echo configure:3259: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then + rm -rf conftest* + am_cv_langinfo_codeset=yes +else + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -rf conftest* + am_cv_langinfo_codeset=no +fi +rm -f conftest* + +fi + +echo "$ac_t""$am_cv_langinfo_codeset" 1>&6 + if test $am_cv_langinfo_codeset = yes; then + cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF +#define HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET 1 +EOF + + fi + + if test $ac_cv_header_locale_h = yes; then + echo $ac_n "checking for LC_MESSAGES""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:3282: checking for LC_MESSAGES" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + cat > conftest.$ac_ext < +int main() { +return LC_MESSAGES +; return 0; } +EOF +if { (eval echo configure:3294: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then + rm -rf conftest* + am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES=yes +else + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -rf conftest* + am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES=no +fi +rm -f conftest* +fi + +echo "$ac_t""$am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES" 1>&6 + if test $am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES = yes; then + cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF +#define HAVE_LC_MESSAGES 1 +EOF + + fi + fi + echo $ac_n "checking whether NLS is requested""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:3315: checking whether NLS is requested" >&5 + # Check whether --enable-nls or --disable-nls was given. +if test "${enable_nls+set}" = set; then + enableval="$enable_nls" + USE_NLS=$enableval +else + USE_NLS=yes +fi + + echo "$ac_t""$USE_NLS" 1>&6 + + + BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=no + USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=no + INTLLIBS= + + if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then + cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF +#define ENABLE_NLS 1 +EOF + + echo $ac_n "checking whether included gettext is requested""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:3337: checking whether included gettext is requested" >&5 + # Check whether --with-included-gettext or --without-included-gettext was given. +if test "${with_included_gettext+set}" = set; then + withval="$with_included_gettext" + nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=$withval +else + nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=no +fi + + echo "$ac_t""$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext" 1>&6 + + nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext="$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext" + if test "$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext" != "yes"; then + CATOBJEXT=NONE + + + + + ac_safe=`echo "libintl.h" | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'` +echo $ac_n "checking for libintl.h""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:3357: checking for libintl.h" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_header_$ac_safe'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + cat > conftest.$ac_ext < +EOF +ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out" +{ (eval echo configure:3367: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; } +ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out | grep -v "^conftest.${ac_ext}\$"` +if test -z "$ac_err"; then + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=yes" +else + echo "$ac_err" >&5 + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=no" +fi +rm -f conftest* +fi +if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_header_'$ac_safe`\" = yes"; then + echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 + echo $ac_n "checking for GNU gettext in libc""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:3384: checking for GNU gettext in libc" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'gt_cv_func_gnugettext1_libc'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + cat > conftest.$ac_ext < +extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr; +int main() { +bindtextdomain ("", ""); +return (int) gettext ("") + _nl_msg_cat_cntr +; return 0; } +EOF +if { (eval echo configure:3398: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then + rm -rf conftest* + gt_cv_func_gnugettext1_libc=yes +else + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -rf conftest* + gt_cv_func_gnugettext1_libc=no +fi +rm -f conftest* +fi + +echo "$ac_t""$gt_cv_func_gnugettext1_libc" 1>&6 + + if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext1_libc" != "yes"; then + echo $ac_n "checking for GNU gettext in libintl""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:3414: checking for GNU gettext in libintl" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'gt_cv_func_gnugettext1_libintl'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + gt_save_LIBS="$LIBS" + LIBS="$LIBS -lintl $LIBICONV" + cat > conftest.$ac_ext < +extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr; +int main() { +bindtextdomain ("", ""); +return (int) gettext ("") + _nl_msg_cat_cntr +; return 0; } +EOF +if { (eval echo configure:3430: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then + rm -rf conftest* + gt_cv_func_gnugettext1_libintl=yes +else + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -rf conftest* + gt_cv_func_gnugettext1_libintl=no +fi +rm -f conftest* + LIBS="$gt_save_LIBS" +fi + +echo "$ac_t""$gt_cv_func_gnugettext1_libintl" 1>&6 + fi + + if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext1_libc" = "yes" \ + || { test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext1_libintl" = "yes" \ + && test "$PACKAGE" != gettext; }; then + cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF +#define HAVE_GETTEXT 1 +EOF + + + if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext1_libintl" = "yes"; then + INTLLIBS="-lintl $LIBICONV" + fi + + gt_save_LIBS="$LIBS" + LIBS="$LIBS $INTLLIBS" + for ac_func in dcgettext +do +echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_func""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:3463: checking for $ac_func" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_$ac_func'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + cat > conftest.$ac_ext < +/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */ +/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2 + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +char $ac_func(); + +int main() { + +/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements + to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named + something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */ +#if defined (__stub_$ac_func) || defined (__stub___$ac_func) +choke me +#else +$ac_func(); +#endif + +; return 0; } +EOF +if { (eval echo configure:3491: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=yes" +else + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=no" +fi +rm -f conftest* +fi + +if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_func_'$ac_func`\" = yes"; then + echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 + ac_tr_func=HAVE_`echo $ac_func | tr 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'` + cat >> confdefs.h <&6 +fi +done + + LIBS="$gt_save_LIBS" + + # Extract the first word of "msgfmt", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy msgfmt; ac_word=$2 +echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:3520: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_MSGFMT'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + case "$MSGFMT" in + /*) + ac_cv_path_MSGFMT="$MSGFMT" # Let the user override the test with a path. + ;; + *) + IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:" + for ac_dir in $PATH; do + test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. + if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then + if $ac_dir/$ac_word --statistics /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1; then + ac_cv_path_MSGFMT="$ac_dir/$ac_word" + break + fi + fi + done + IFS="$ac_save_ifs" + test -z "$ac_cv_path_MSGFMT" && ac_cv_path_MSGFMT=":" + ;; +esac +fi +MSGFMT="$ac_cv_path_MSGFMT" +if test "$MSGFMT" != ":"; then + echo "$ac_t""$MSGFMT" 1>&6 +else + echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 +fi + + # Extract the first word of "gmsgfmt", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy gmsgfmt; ac_word=$2 +echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:3554: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + case "$GMSGFMT" in + /*) + ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT="$GMSGFMT" # Let the user override the test with a path. + ;; + ?:/*) + ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT="$GMSGFMT" # Let the user override the test with a dos path. + ;; + *) + IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=":" + ac_dummy="$PATH" + for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do + test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. + if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then + ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT="$ac_dir/$ac_word" + break + fi + done + IFS="$ac_save_ifs" + test -z "$ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT" && ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT="$MSGFMT" + ;; +esac +fi +GMSGFMT="$ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT" +if test -n "$GMSGFMT"; then + echo "$ac_t""$GMSGFMT" 1>&6 +else + echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 +fi + + + # Extract the first word of "xgettext", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy xgettext; ac_word=$2 +echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:3591: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_XGETTEXT'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + case "$XGETTEXT" in + /*) + ac_cv_path_XGETTEXT="$XGETTEXT" # Let the user override the test with a path. + ;; + *) + IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:" + for ac_dir in $PATH; do + test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. + if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then + if $ac_dir/$ac_word --omit-header /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1; then + ac_cv_path_XGETTEXT="$ac_dir/$ac_word" + break + fi + fi + done + IFS="$ac_save_ifs" + test -z "$ac_cv_path_XGETTEXT" && ac_cv_path_XGETTEXT=":" + ;; +esac +fi +XGETTEXT="$ac_cv_path_XGETTEXT" +if test "$XGETTEXT" != ":"; then + echo "$ac_t""$XGETTEXT" 1>&6 +else + echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 +fi + + + CATOBJEXT=.gmo + fi + +else + echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 +fi + + + if test "$CATOBJEXT" = "NONE"; then + nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext=yes + fi + fi + + if test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then + INTLOBJS="\$(GETTOBJS)" + # Extract the first word of "msgfmt", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy msgfmt; ac_word=$2 +echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:3641: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_MSGFMT'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + case "$MSGFMT" in + /*) + ac_cv_path_MSGFMT="$MSGFMT" # Let the user override the test with a path. + ;; + *) + IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:" + for ac_dir in $PATH; do + test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. + if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then + if $ac_dir/$ac_word --statistics /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1; then + ac_cv_path_MSGFMT="$ac_dir/$ac_word" + break + fi + fi + done + IFS="$ac_save_ifs" + test -z "$ac_cv_path_MSGFMT" && ac_cv_path_MSGFMT=":" + ;; +esac +fi +MSGFMT="$ac_cv_path_MSGFMT" +if test "$MSGFMT" != ":"; then + echo "$ac_t""$MSGFMT" 1>&6 +else + echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 +fi + + # Extract the first word of "gmsgfmt", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy gmsgfmt; ac_word=$2 +echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:3675: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + case "$GMSGFMT" in + /*) + ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT="$GMSGFMT" # Let the user override the test with a path. + ;; + ?:/*) + ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT="$GMSGFMT" # Let the user override the test with a dos path. + ;; + *) + IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=":" + ac_dummy="$PATH" + for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do + test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. + if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then + ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT="$ac_dir/$ac_word" + break + fi + done + IFS="$ac_save_ifs" + test -z "$ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT" && ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT="$MSGFMT" + ;; +esac +fi +GMSGFMT="$ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT" +if test -n "$GMSGFMT"; then + echo "$ac_t""$GMSGFMT" 1>&6 +else + echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 +fi + + # Extract the first word of "xgettext", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy xgettext; ac_word=$2 +echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:3711: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_XGETTEXT'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + case "$XGETTEXT" in + /*) + ac_cv_path_XGETTEXT="$XGETTEXT" # Let the user override the test with a path. + ;; + *) + IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:" + for ac_dir in $PATH; do + test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. + if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then + if $ac_dir/$ac_word --omit-header /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1; then + ac_cv_path_XGETTEXT="$ac_dir/$ac_word" + break + fi + fi + done + IFS="$ac_save_ifs" + test -z "$ac_cv_path_XGETTEXT" && ac_cv_path_XGETTEXT=":" + ;; +esac +fi +XGETTEXT="$ac_cv_path_XGETTEXT" +if test "$XGETTEXT" != ":"; then + echo "$ac_t""$XGETTEXT" 1>&6 +else + echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 +fi + + + BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes + USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes + CATOBJEXT=.gmo + INTLLIBS="\$(top_builddir)/intl/libintl.a $LIBICONV" + LIBS=`echo " $LIBS " | sed -e 's/ -lintl / /' -e 's/^ //' -e 's/ $//'` + fi + + if test "$GMSGFMT" != ":"; then + if $GMSGFMT --statistics /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1; then + : ; + else + echo "$ac_t""found msgfmt program is not GNU msgfmt; ignore it" 1>&6 + GMSGFMT=":" + fi + fi + + if test "$XGETTEXT" != ":"; then + if $XGETTEXT --omit-header /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1; then + : ; + else + echo "$ac_t""found xgettext program is not GNU xgettext; ignore it" 1>&6 + XGETTEXT=":" + fi + fi + + POSUB=po + fi + + + + if test "$PACKAGE" = gettext; then + BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes + fi + + for ac_prog in bison +do +# Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2 +echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:3782: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_INTLBISON'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + if test -n "$INTLBISON"; then + ac_cv_prog_INTLBISON="$INTLBISON" # Let the user override the test. +else + IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=":" + ac_dummy="$PATH" + for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do + test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. + if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then + ac_cv_prog_INTLBISON="$ac_prog" + break + fi + done + IFS="$ac_save_ifs" +fi +fi +INTLBISON="$ac_cv_prog_INTLBISON" +if test -n "$INTLBISON"; then + echo "$ac_t""$INTLBISON" 1>&6 +else + echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 +fi + +test -n "$INTLBISON" && break +done + + if test -z "$INTLBISON"; then + ac_verc_fail=yes + else + echo $ac_n "checking version of bison""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:3815: checking version of bison" >&5 + ac_prog_version=`$INTLBISON --version 2>&1 | sed -n 's/^.*GNU Bison.* \([0-9]*\.[0-9.]*\).*$/\1/p'` + case $ac_prog_version in + '') ac_prog_version="v. ?.??, bad"; ac_verc_fail=yes;; + 1.2[6-9]* | 1.[3-9][0-9]* | [2-9].*) + ac_prog_version="$ac_prog_version, ok"; ac_verc_fail=no;; + *) ac_prog_version="$ac_prog_version, bad"; ac_verc_fail=yes;; + esac + echo "$ac_t""$ac_prog_version" 1>&6 + fi + if test $ac_verc_fail = yes; then + INTLBISON=: + fi + + for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do + GMOFILES="$GMOFILES $lang.gmo" + POFILES="$POFILES $lang.po" + done + + + + + + + + + + + + nls_cv_header_intl= + nls_cv_header_libgt= + + DATADIRNAME=share + + + INSTOBJEXT=.mo + + + GENCAT=gencat + + + + if test "x$CATOBJEXT" != "x"; then + if test "x$ALL_LINGUAS" = "x"; then + LINGUAS= + else + echo $ac_n "checking for catalogs to be installed""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:3862: checking for catalogs to be installed" >&5 + NEW_LINGUAS= + for presentlang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do + useit=no + for desiredlang in ${LINGUAS-$ALL_LINGUAS}; do + # Use the presentlang catalog if desiredlang is + # a. equal to presentlang, or + # b. a variant of presentlang (because in this case, + # presentlang can be used as a fallback for messages + # which are not translated in the desiredlang catalog). + case "$desiredlang" in + "$presentlang"*) useit=yes;; + esac + done + if test $useit = yes; then + NEW_LINGUAS="$NEW_LINGUAS $presentlang" + fi + done + LINGUAS=$NEW_LINGUAS + echo "$ac_t""$LINGUAS" 1>&6 + fi + + if test -n "$LINGUAS"; then + for lang in $LINGUAS; do CATALOGS="$CATALOGS $lang$CATOBJEXT"; done + fi + fi + + MKINSTALLDIRS= + if test -n "$ac_aux_dir"; then + MKINSTALLDIRS="$ac_aux_dir/mkinstalldirs" + fi + if test -z "$MKINSTALLDIRS"; then + MKINSTALLDIRS="\$(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs" + fi + + + INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX= + + + + + +echo $ac_n "checking for socket""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:3905: checking for socket" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_socket'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + cat > conftest.$ac_ext < +/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */ +/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2 + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +char socket(); + +int main() { + +/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements + to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named + something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */ +#if defined (__stub_socket) || defined (__stub___socket) +choke me +#else +socket(); +#endif + +; return 0; } +EOF +if { (eval echo configure:3933: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_func_socket=yes" +else + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_func_socket=no" +fi +rm -f conftest* +fi + +if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_func_'socket`\" = yes"; then + echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 + : +else + echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 + + echo $ac_n "checking for connect in -lsocket""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:3952: checking for connect in -lsocket" >&5 +ac_lib_var=`echo socket'_'connect | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'` +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS" +LIBS="-lsocket $LIBS" +cat > conftest.$ac_ext <&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=yes" +else + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=no" +fi +rm -f conftest* +LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS" + +fi +if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_lib_'$ac_lib_var`\" = yes"; then + echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 + ac_tr_lib=HAVE_LIB`echo socket | sed -e 's/[^a-zA-Z0-9_]/_/g' \ + -e 'y/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/'` + cat >> confdefs.h <&6 +fi + + +fi + +echo $ac_n "checking for gethostbyname""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:4002: checking for gethostbyname" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_gethostbyname'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + cat > conftest.$ac_ext < +/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */ +/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2 + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +char gethostbyname(); + +int main() { + +/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements + to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named + something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */ +#if defined (__stub_gethostbyname) || defined (__stub___gethostbyname) +choke me +#else +gethostbyname(); +#endif + +; return 0; } +EOF +if { (eval echo configure:4030: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_func_gethostbyname=yes" +else + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_func_gethostbyname=no" +fi +rm -f conftest* +fi + +if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_func_'gethostbyname`\" = yes"; then + echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 + : +else + echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 + + echo $ac_n "checking for gethostbyname in -lnsl""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:4049: checking for gethostbyname in -lnsl" >&5 +ac_lib_var=`echo nsl'_'gethostbyname | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'` +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS" +LIBS="-lnsl $LIBS" +cat > conftest.$ac_ext <&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=yes" +else + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=no" +fi +rm -f conftest* +LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS" + +fi +if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_lib_'$ac_lib_var`\" = yes"; then + echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 + ac_tr_lib=HAVE_LIB`echo nsl | sed -e 's/[^a-zA-Z0-9_]/_/g' \ + -e 'y/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/'` + cat >> confdefs.h <&6 +fi + + +fi + + +cat > confcache <<\EOF +# This file is a shell script that caches the results of configure +# tests run on this system so they can be shared between configure +# scripts and configure runs. It is not useful on other systems. +# If it contains results you don't want to keep, you may remove or edit it. +# +# By default, configure uses ./config.cache as the cache file, +# creating it if it does not exist already. You can give configure +# the --cache-file=FILE option to use a different cache file; that is +# what configure does when it calls configure scripts in +# subdirectories, so they share the cache. +# Giving --cache-file=/dev/null disables caching, for debugging configure. +# config.status only pays attention to the cache file if you give it the +# --recheck option to rerun configure. +# +EOF +# The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values, +# but we know of no workaround that is simple, portable, and efficient. +# So, don't put newlines in cache variables' values. +# Ultrix sh set writes to stderr and can't be redirected directly, +# and sets the high bit in the cache file unless we assign to the vars. +(set) 2>&1 | + case `(ac_space=' '; set | grep ac_space) 2>&1` in + *ac_space=\ *) + # `set' does not quote correctly, so add quotes (double-quote substitution + # turns \\\\ into \\, and sed turns \\ into \). + sed -n \ + -e "s/'/'\\\\''/g" \ + -e "s/^\\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*_cv_[a-zA-Z0-9_]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1=\${\\1='\\2'}/p" + ;; + *) + # `set' quotes correctly as required by POSIX, so do not add quotes. + sed -n -e 's/^\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*_cv_[a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=\(.*\)/\1=${\1=\2}/p' + ;; + esac >> confcache +if cmp -s $cache_file confcache; then + : +else + if test -w $cache_file; then + echo "updating cache $cache_file" + cat confcache > $cache_file + else + echo "not updating unwritable cache $cache_file" + fi +fi +rm -f confcache + + + +# Check whether --with-kernel or --without-kernel was given. +if test "${with_kernel+set}" = set; then + withval="$with_kernel" + kerneldir="$withval" +else + kerneldir="/usr/src/linux" + +fi + + +echo $ac_n "checking for linux/if_tun.h""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:4159: checking for linux/if_tun.h" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'tinc_cv_linux_if_tun_h'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + + cat > conftest.$ac_ext <&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then + rm -rf conftest* + if_tun_h="\"$kerneldir/include/linux/if_tun.h\"" +else + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -rf conftest* + cat > conftest.$ac_ext < +int main() { +int a = IFF_TAP; +; return 0; } +EOF +if { (eval echo configure:4187: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then + rm -rf conftest* + if_tun_h="default" +else + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -rf conftest* + if_tun_h="no" + +fi +rm -f conftest* + +fi +rm -f conftest* + + if test $if_tun_h = no; then + tinc_cv_linux_if_tun_h=none + else + tinc_cv_linux_if_tun_h="$if_tun_h" + fi + +fi + +echo "$ac_t""$tinc_cv_linux_if_tun_h" 1>&6 + +if test $tinc_cv_linux_if_tun_h != none; then + cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF +#define HAVE_TUNTAP 1 +EOF + + if test $tinc_cv_linux_if_tun_h != default; then + cat >> confdefs.h <&6 +echo "configure:4253: checking for $ac_hdr" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_header_$ac_safe'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + cat > conftest.$ac_ext < +EOF +ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out" +{ (eval echo configure:4263: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; } +ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out | grep -v "^conftest.${ac_ext}\$"` +if test -z "$ac_err"; then + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=yes" +else + echo "$ac_err" >&5 + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=no" +fi +rm -f conftest* +fi +if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_header_'$ac_safe`\" = yes"; then + echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 + ac_tr_hdr=HAVE_`echo $ac_hdr | sed 'y%abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-%ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___%'` + cat >> confdefs.h <&6 +{ echo "configure: error: "OpenSSL header files not found."" 1>&2; exit 1; }; break + +fi +done + + + CPPFLAGS="$tinc_ac_save_CPPFLAGS" + + echo $ac_n "checking for SHA1_version in -lcrypto""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:4295: checking for SHA1_version in -lcrypto" >&5 +ac_lib_var=`echo crypto'_'SHA1_version | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'` +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS" +LIBS="-lcrypto $LIBS" +cat > conftest.$ac_ext <&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=yes" +else + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=no" +fi +rm -f conftest* +LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS" + +fi +if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_lib_'$ac_lib_var`\" = yes"; then + echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 + LIBS="$LIBS -lcrypto" +else + echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 +{ echo "configure: error: "OpenSSL libraries not found."" 1>&2; exit 1; } + +fi + + + for ac_func in RAND_pseudo_bytes +do +echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_func""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:4340: checking for $ac_func" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_$ac_func'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + cat > conftest.$ac_ext < +/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */ +/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2 + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +char $ac_func(); + +int main() { + +/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements + to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named + something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */ +#if defined (__stub_$ac_func) || defined (__stub___$ac_func) +choke me +#else +$ac_func(); +#endif + +; return 0; } +EOF +if { (eval echo configure:4368: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=yes" +else + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=no" +fi +rm -f conftest* +fi + +if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_func_'$ac_func`\" = yes"; then + echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 + ac_tr_func=HAVE_`echo $ac_func | tr 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'` + cat >> confdefs.h <&6 +fi +done + + + echo $ac_n "checking for OpenSSL_add_all_algorithms""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:4394: checking for OpenSSL_add_all_algorithms" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_OpenSSL_add_all_algorithms'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + cat > conftest.$ac_ext < +/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */ +/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2 + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +char OpenSSL_add_all_algorithms(); + +int main() { + +/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements + to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named + something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */ +#if defined (__stub_OpenSSL_add_all_algorithms) || defined (__stub___OpenSSL_add_all_algorithms) +choke me +#else +OpenSSL_add_all_algorithms(); +#endif + +; return 0; } +EOF +if { (eval echo configure:4422: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_func_OpenSSL_add_all_algorithms=yes" +else + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_func_OpenSSL_add_all_algorithms=no" +fi +rm -f conftest* +fi + +if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_func_'OpenSSL_add_all_algorithms`\" = yes"; then + echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 + : +else + echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 +echo $ac_n "checking for SSLeay_add_all_algorithms""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:4440: checking for SSLeay_add_all_algorithms" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_SSLeay_add_all_algorithms'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + cat > conftest.$ac_ext < +/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */ +/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2 + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +char SSLeay_add_all_algorithms(); + +int main() { + +/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements + to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named + something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */ +#if defined (__stub_SSLeay_add_all_algorithms) || defined (__stub___SSLeay_add_all_algorithms) +choke me +#else +SSLeay_add_all_algorithms(); +#endif + +; return 0; } +EOF +if { (eval echo configure:4468: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_func_SSLeay_add_all_algorithms=yes" +else + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_func_SSLeay_add_all_algorithms=no" +fi +rm -f conftest* +fi + +if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_func_'SSLeay_add_all_algorithms`\" = yes"; then + echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 + cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF +#define HAVE_SSLEAY_ADD_ALL_ALGORITHMS 1 +EOF + +else + echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 +{ echo "configure: error: "Missing required OpenSSL functionality!"" 1>&2; exit 1; } + +fi + + +fi + + + echo $ac_n "checking for dlopen""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:4497: checking for dlopen" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_dlopen'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + cat > conftest.$ac_ext < +/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */ +/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2 + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +char dlopen(); + +int main() { + +/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements + to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named + something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */ +#if defined (__stub_dlopen) || defined (__stub___dlopen) +choke me +#else +dlopen(); +#endif + +; return 0; } +EOF +if { (eval echo configure:4525: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_func_dlopen=yes" +else + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_func_dlopen=no" +fi +rm -f conftest* +fi + +if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_func_'dlopen`\" = yes"; then + echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 + : +else + echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 +echo $ac_n "checking for dlopen in -ldl""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:4543: checking for dlopen in -ldl" >&5 +ac_lib_var=`echo dl'_'dlopen | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'` +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS" +LIBS="-ldl $LIBS" +cat > conftest.$ac_ext <&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=yes" +else + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=no" +fi +rm -f conftest* +LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS" + +fi +if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_lib_'$ac_lib_var`\" = yes"; then + echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 + LIBS="$LIBS -ldl" +else + echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 +{ echo "configure: error: "OpenSSL depends on libdl."" 1>&2; exit 1; } + +fi + + +fi + + + + tinc_ac_save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS" + + # Check whether --with-zlib-include or --without-zlib-include was given. +if test "${with_zlib_include+set}" = set; then + withval="$with_zlib_include" + zlib_include="$withval" + CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -I$withval" + CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -I$withval" + +fi + + + # Check whether --with-zlib-lib or --without-zlib-lib was given. +if test "${with_zlib_lib+set}" = set; then + withval="$with_zlib_lib" + zlib_lib="$withval" + LIBS="$LIBS -L$withval" + +fi + + + for ac_hdr in zlib.h +do +ac_safe=`echo "$ac_hdr" | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'` +echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_hdr""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:4614: checking for $ac_hdr" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_header_$ac_safe'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + cat > conftest.$ac_ext < +EOF +ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out" +{ (eval echo configure:4624: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; } +ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out | grep -v "^conftest.${ac_ext}\$"` +if test -z "$ac_err"; then + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=yes" +else + echo "$ac_err" >&5 + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=no" +fi +rm -f conftest* +fi +if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_header_'$ac_safe`\" = yes"; then + echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 + ac_tr_hdr=HAVE_`echo $ac_hdr | sed 'y%abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-%ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___%'` + cat >> confdefs.h <&6 +{ echo "configure: error: "zlib header files not found."" 1>&2; exit 1; }; break + +fi +done + + + CPPFLAGS="$tinc_ac_save_CPPFLAGS" + + echo $ac_n "checking for compress2 in -lz""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:4656: checking for compress2 in -lz" >&5 +ac_lib_var=`echo z'_'compress2 | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'` +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS" +LIBS="-lz $LIBS" +cat > conftest.$ac_ext <&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=yes" +else + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=no" +fi +rm -f conftest* +LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS" + +fi +if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_lib_'$ac_lib_var`\" = yes"; then + echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 + LIBS="$LIBS -lz" +else + echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 +{ echo "configure: error: "zlib libraries not found."" 1>&2; exit 1; } + +fi + + + +# Check whether --enable-jumbograms or --disable-jumbograms was given. +if test "${enable_jumbograms+set}" = set; then + enableval="$enable_jumbograms" + cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF +#define ENABLE_JUMBOGRAMS 1 +EOF + + +fi + + +# Check whether --enable-tracing or --disable-tracing was given. +if test "${enable_tracing+set}" = set; then + enableval="$enable_tracing" + cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF +#define ENABLE_TRACING 1 +EOF + + +fi + + + + +trap '' 1 2 15 +cat > confcache <<\EOF +# This file is a shell script that caches the results of configure +# tests run on this system so they can be shared between configure +# scripts and configure runs. It is not useful on other systems. +# If it contains results you don't want to keep, you may remove or edit it. +# +# By default, configure uses ./config.cache as the cache file, +# creating it if it does not exist already. You can give configure +# the --cache-file=FILE option to use a different cache file; that is +# what configure does when it calls configure scripts in +# subdirectories, so they share the cache. +# Giving --cache-file=/dev/null disables caching, for debugging configure. +# config.status only pays attention to the cache file if you give it the +# --recheck option to rerun configure. +# +EOF +# The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values, +# but we know of no workaround that is simple, portable, and efficient. +# So, don't put newlines in cache variables' values. +# Ultrix sh set writes to stderr and can't be redirected directly, +# and sets the high bit in the cache file unless we assign to the vars. +(set) 2>&1 | + case `(ac_space=' '; set | grep ac_space) 2>&1` in + *ac_space=\ *) + # `set' does not quote correctly, so add quotes (double-quote substitution + # turns \\\\ into \\, and sed turns \\ into \). + sed -n \ + -e "s/'/'\\\\''/g" \ + -e "s/^\\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*_cv_[a-zA-Z0-9_]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1=\${\\1='\\2'}/p" + ;; + *) + # `set' quotes correctly as required by POSIX, so do not add quotes. + sed -n -e 's/^\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*_cv_[a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=\(.*\)/\1=${\1=\2}/p' + ;; + esac >> confcache +if cmp -s $cache_file confcache; then + : +else + if test -w $cache_file; then + echo "updating cache $cache_file" + cat confcache > $cache_file + else + echo "not updating unwritable cache $cache_file" + fi +fi +rm -f confcache + +trap 'rm -fr conftest* confdefs* core core.* *.core $ac_clean_files; exit 1' 1 2 15 + +test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix=$ac_default_prefix +# Let make expand exec_prefix. +test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix='${prefix}' + +# Any assignment to VPATH causes Sun make to only execute +# the first set of double-colon rules, so remove it if not needed. +# If there is a colon in the path, we need to keep it. +if test "x$srcdir" = x.; then + ac_vpsub='/^[ ]*VPATH[ ]*=[^:]*$/d' +fi + +trap 'rm -f $CONFIG_STATUS conftest*; exit 1' 1 2 15 + +DEFS=-DHAVE_CONFIG_H + +# Without the "./", some shells look in PATH for config.status. +: ${CONFIG_STATUS=./config.status} + +echo creating $CONFIG_STATUS +rm -f $CONFIG_STATUS +cat > $CONFIG_STATUS </dev/null | sed 1q`: +# +# $0 $ac_configure_args +# +# Compiler output produced by configure, useful for debugging +# configure, is in ./config.log if it exists. + +ac_cs_usage="Usage: $CONFIG_STATUS [--recheck] [--version] [--help]" +for ac_option +do + case "\$ac_option" in + -recheck | --recheck | --rechec | --reche | --rech | --rec | --re | --r) + echo "running \${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $0 $ac_configure_args --no-create --no-recursion" + exec \${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $0 $ac_configure_args --no-create --no-recursion ;; + -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | --ver | --ve | --v) + echo "$CONFIG_STATUS generated by autoconf version 2.13" + exit 0 ;; + -help | --help | --hel | --he | --h) + echo "\$ac_cs_usage"; exit 0 ;; + *) echo "\$ac_cs_usage"; exit 1 ;; + esac +done + +ac_given_srcdir=$srcdir +ac_given_INSTALL="$INSTALL" + +trap 'rm -fr `echo "Makefile +src/Makefile +doc/Makefile +doc/es/Makefile +intl/Makefile +lib/Makefile +m4/Makefile +po/Makefile.in + config.h" | sed "s/:[^ ]*//g"` conftest*; exit 1' 1 2 15 +EOF +cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS < conftest.subs <<\\CEOF +$ac_vpsub +$extrasub +s%@SHELL@%$SHELL%g +s%@CFLAGS@%$CFLAGS%g +s%@CPPFLAGS@%$CPPFLAGS%g +s%@CXXFLAGS@%$CXXFLAGS%g +s%@FFLAGS@%$FFLAGS%g +s%@DEFS@%$DEFS%g +s%@LDFLAGS@%$LDFLAGS%g +s%@LIBS@%$LIBS%g +s%@exec_prefix@%$exec_prefix%g +s%@prefix@%$prefix%g +s%@program_transform_name@%$program_transform_name%g +s%@bindir@%$bindir%g +s%@sbindir@%$sbindir%g +s%@libexecdir@%$libexecdir%g +s%@datadir@%$datadir%g +s%@sysconfdir@%$sysconfdir%g +s%@sharedstatedir@%$sharedstatedir%g +s%@localstatedir@%$localstatedir%g +s%@libdir@%$libdir%g +s%@includedir@%$includedir%g +s%@oldincludedir@%$oldincludedir%g +s%@infodir@%$infodir%g +s%@mandir@%$mandir%g +s%@INSTALL_PROGRAM@%$INSTALL_PROGRAM%g +s%@INSTALL_SCRIPT@%$INSTALL_SCRIPT%g +s%@INSTALL_DATA@%$INSTALL_DATA%g +s%@PACKAGE@%$PACKAGE%g +s%@VERSION@%$VERSION%g +s%@EXEEXT@%$EXEEXT%g +s%@OBJEXT@%$OBJEXT%g +s%@ACLOCAL@%$ACLOCAL%g +s%@AUTOCONF@%$AUTOCONF%g +s%@AUTOMAKE@%$AUTOMAKE%g +s%@AUTOHEADER@%$AUTOHEADER%g +s%@MAKEINFO@%$MAKEINFO%g +s%@AMTAR@%$AMTAR%g +s%@install_sh@%$install_sh%g +s%@INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@%$INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM%g +s%@AWK@%$AWK%g +s%@SET_MAKE@%$SET_MAKE%g +s%@AMDEP_TRUE@%$AMDEP_TRUE%g +s%@AMDEP_FALSE@%$AMDEP_FALSE%g +s%@AMDEPBACKSLASH@%$AMDEPBACKSLASH%g +s%@DEPDIR@%$DEPDIR%g +s%@CC@%$CC%g +s%@am__include@%$am__include%g +s%@am__quote@%$am__quote%g +s%@CCDEPMODE@%$CCDEPMODE%g +s%@CPP@%$CPP%g +s%@LN_S@%$LN_S%g +s%@PERL@%$PERL%g +s%@host@%$host%g +s%@host_alias@%$host_alias%g +s%@host_cpu@%$host_cpu%g +s%@host_vendor@%$host_vendor%g +s%@host_os@%$host_os%g +s%@LIBOBJS@%$LIBOBJS%g +s%@ALLOCA@%$ALLOCA%g +s%@RANLIB@%$RANLIB%g +s%@GLIBC21@%$GLIBC21%g +s%@LIBICONV@%$LIBICONV%g +s%@USE_NLS@%$USE_NLS%g +s%@MSGFMT@%$MSGFMT%g +s%@GMSGFMT@%$GMSGFMT%g +s%@XGETTEXT@%$XGETTEXT%g +s%@INTLBISON@%$INTLBISON%g +s%@BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@%$BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL%g +s%@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@%$USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL%g +s%@CATALOGS@%$CATALOGS%g +s%@CATOBJEXT@%$CATOBJEXT%g +s%@GMOFILES@%$GMOFILES%g +s%@INTLLIBS@%$INTLLIBS%g +s%@INTLOBJS@%$INTLOBJS%g +s%@POFILES@%$POFILES%g +s%@POSUB@%$POSUB%g +s%@DATADIRNAME@%$DATADIRNAME%g +s%@INSTOBJEXT@%$INSTOBJEXT%g +s%@GENCAT@%$GENCAT%g +s%@MKINSTALLDIRS@%$MKINSTALLDIRS%g +s%@INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX@%$INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX%g +s%@LINUX_IF_TUN_H@%$LINUX_IF_TUN_H%g +s%@HAVE_TUNTAP@%$HAVE_TUNTAP%g +s%@INCLUDES@%$INCLUDES%g + +CEOF +EOF + +cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF + +# Split the substitutions into bite-sized pieces for seds with +# small command number limits, like on Digital OSF/1 and HP-UX. +ac_max_sed_cmds=90 # Maximum number of lines to put in a sed script. +ac_file=1 # Number of current file. +ac_beg=1 # First line for current file. +ac_end=$ac_max_sed_cmds # Line after last line for current file. +ac_more_lines=: +ac_sed_cmds="" +while $ac_more_lines; do + if test $ac_beg -gt 1; then + sed "1,${ac_beg}d; ${ac_end}q" conftest.subs > conftest.s$ac_file + else + sed "${ac_end}q" conftest.subs > conftest.s$ac_file + fi + if test ! -s conftest.s$ac_file; then + ac_more_lines=false + rm -f conftest.s$ac_file + else + if test -z "$ac_sed_cmds"; then + ac_sed_cmds="sed -f conftest.s$ac_file" + else + ac_sed_cmds="$ac_sed_cmds | sed -f conftest.s$ac_file" + fi + ac_file=`expr $ac_file + 1` + ac_beg=$ac_end + ac_end=`expr $ac_end + $ac_max_sed_cmds` + fi +done +if test -z "$ac_sed_cmds"; then + ac_sed_cmds=cat +fi +EOF + +cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF +for ac_file in .. $CONFIG_FILES; do if test "x$ac_file" != x..; then + # Support "outfile[:infile[:infile...]]", defaulting infile="outfile.in". + case "$ac_file" in + *:*) ac_file_in=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%[^:]*:%%'` + ac_file=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%:.*%%'` ;; + *) ac_file_in="${ac_file}.in" ;; + esac + + # Adjust a relative srcdir, top_srcdir, and INSTALL for subdirectories. + + # Remove last slash and all that follows it. Not all systems have dirname. + ac_dir=`echo $ac_file|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'` + if test "$ac_dir" != "$ac_file" && test "$ac_dir" != .; then + # The file is in a subdirectory. + test ! -d "$ac_dir" && mkdir "$ac_dir" + ac_dir_suffix="/`echo $ac_dir|sed 's%^\./%%'`" + # A "../" for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix. + ac_dots=`echo $ac_dir_suffix|sed 's%/[^/]*%../%g'` + else + ac_dir_suffix= ac_dots= + fi + + case "$ac_given_srcdir" in + .) srcdir=. + if test -z "$ac_dots"; then top_srcdir=. + else top_srcdir=`echo $ac_dots|sed 's%/$%%'`; fi ;; + /*) srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix"; top_srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir" ;; + *) # Relative path. + srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix" + top_srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir" ;; + esac + + case "$ac_given_INSTALL" in + [/$]*) INSTALL="$ac_given_INSTALL" ;; + *) INSTALL="$ac_dots$ac_given_INSTALL" ;; + esac + + echo creating "$ac_file" + rm -f "$ac_file" + configure_input="Generated automatically from `echo $ac_file_in|sed 's%.*/%%'` by configure." + case "$ac_file" in + *Makefile*) ac_comsub="1i\\ +# $configure_input" ;; + *) ac_comsub= ;; + esac + + ac_file_inputs=`echo $ac_file_in|sed -e "s%^%$ac_given_srcdir/%" -e "s%:% $ac_given_srcdir/%g"` + sed -e "$ac_comsub +s%@configure_input@%$configure_input%g +s%@srcdir@%$srcdir%g +s%@top_srcdir@%$top_srcdir%g +s%@INSTALL@%$INSTALL%g +" $ac_file_inputs | (eval "$ac_sed_cmds") > $ac_file +fi; done +rm -f conftest.s* + +# These sed commands are passed to sed as "A NAME B NAME C VALUE D", where +# NAME is the cpp macro being defined and VALUE is the value it is being given. +# +# ac_d sets the value in "#define NAME VALUE" lines. +ac_dA='s%^\([ ]*\)#\([ ]*define[ ][ ]*\)' +ac_dB='\([ ][ ]*\)[^ ]*%\1#\2' +ac_dC='\3' +ac_dD='%g' +# ac_u turns "#undef NAME" with trailing blanks into "#define NAME VALUE". +ac_uA='s%^\([ ]*\)#\([ ]*\)undef\([ ][ ]*\)' +ac_uB='\([ ]\)%\1#\2define\3' +ac_uC=' ' +ac_uD='\4%g' +# ac_e turns "#undef NAME" without trailing blanks into "#define NAME VALUE". +ac_eA='s%^\([ ]*\)#\([ ]*\)undef\([ ][ ]*\)' +ac_eB='$%\1#\2define\3' +ac_eC=' ' +ac_eD='%g' + +if test "${CONFIG_HEADERS+set}" != set; then +EOF +cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF +fi +for ac_file in .. $CONFIG_HEADERS; do if test "x$ac_file" != x..; then + # Support "outfile[:infile[:infile...]]", defaulting infile="outfile.in". + case "$ac_file" in + *:*) ac_file_in=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%[^:]*:%%'` + ac_file=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%:.*%%'` ;; + *) ac_file_in="${ac_file}.in" ;; + esac + + echo creating $ac_file + + rm -f conftest.frag conftest.in conftest.out + ac_file_inputs=`echo $ac_file_in|sed -e "s%^%$ac_given_srcdir/%" -e "s%:% $ac_given_srcdir/%g"` + cat $ac_file_inputs > conftest.in + +EOF + +# Transform confdefs.h into a sed script conftest.vals that substitutes +# the proper values into config.h.in to produce config.h. And first: +# Protect against being on the right side of a sed subst in config.status. +# Protect against being in an unquoted here document in config.status. +rm -f conftest.vals +cat > conftest.hdr <<\EOF +s/[\\&%]/\\&/g +s%[\\$`]%\\&%g +s%#define \([A-Za-z_][A-Za-z0-9_]*\) *\(.*\)%${ac_dA}\1${ac_dB}\1${ac_dC}\2${ac_dD}%gp +s%ac_d%ac_u%gp +s%ac_u%ac_e%gp +EOF +sed -n -f conftest.hdr confdefs.h > conftest.vals +rm -f conftest.hdr + +# This sed command replaces #undef with comments. This is necessary, for +# example, in the case of _POSIX_SOURCE, which is predefined and required +# on some systems where configure will not decide to define it. +cat >> conftest.vals <<\EOF +s%^[ ]*#[ ]*undef[ ][ ]*[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z_0-9]*%/* & */% +EOF + +# Break up conftest.vals because some shells have a limit on +# the size of here documents, and old seds have small limits too. + +rm -f conftest.tail +while : +do + ac_lines=`grep -c . conftest.vals` + # grep -c gives empty output for an empty file on some AIX systems. + if test -z "$ac_lines" || test "$ac_lines" -eq 0; then break; fi + # Write a limited-size here document to conftest.frag. + echo ' cat > conftest.frag <> $CONFIG_STATUS + sed ${ac_max_here_lines}q conftest.vals >> $CONFIG_STATUS + echo 'CEOF + sed -f conftest.frag conftest.in > conftest.out + rm -f conftest.in + mv conftest.out conftest.in +' >> $CONFIG_STATUS + sed 1,${ac_max_here_lines}d conftest.vals > conftest.tail + rm -f conftest.vals + mv conftest.tail conftest.vals +done +rm -f conftest.vals + +cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF + rm -f conftest.frag conftest.h + echo "/* $ac_file. Generated automatically by configure. */" > conftest.h + cat conftest.in >> conftest.h + rm -f conftest.in + if cmp -s $ac_file conftest.h 2>/dev/null; then + echo "$ac_file is unchanged" + rm -f conftest.h + else + # Remove last slash and all that follows it. Not all systems have dirname. + ac_dir=`echo $ac_file|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'` + if test "$ac_dir" != "$ac_file" && test "$ac_dir" != .; then + # The file is in a subdirectory. + test ! -d "$ac_dir" && mkdir "$ac_dir" + fi + rm -f $ac_file + mv conftest.h $ac_file + fi +fi; done + +EOF +cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS < "\$am_dir"stamp-h\$am_indx + ;; + esac + am_indx=\`expr \$am_indx + 1\` +done +AMDEP_TRUE="$AMDEP_TRUE" +ac_aux_dir="$ac_aux_dir" + + +EOF +cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF +test -z "$CONFIG_HEADERS" || echo timestamp > stamp-h + +test x"$AMDEP_TRUE" != x"" || +for mf in $CONFIG_FILES; do + case "$mf" in + Makefile) dirpart=.;; + */Makefile) dirpart=`echo "$mf" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$||'`;; + *) continue;; + esac + grep '^DEP_FILES *= *[^ #]' < "$mf" > /dev/null || continue + # Extract the definition of DEP_FILES from the Makefile without + # running `make'. + DEPDIR=`sed -n -e '/^DEPDIR = / s///p' < "$mf"` + test -z "$DEPDIR" && continue + # When using ansi2knr, U may be empty or an underscore; expand it + U=`sed -n -e '/^U = / s///p' < "$mf"` + test -d "$dirpart/$DEPDIR" || mkdir "$dirpart/$DEPDIR" + # We invoke sed twice because it is the simplest approach to + # changing $(DEPDIR) to its actual value in the expansion. + for file in `sed -n -e ' + /^DEP_FILES = .*\\\\$/ { + s/^DEP_FILES = // + :loop + s/\\\\$// + p + n + /\\\\$/ b loop + p + } + /^DEP_FILES = / s/^DEP_FILES = //p' < "$mf" | \ + sed -e 's/\$(DEPDIR)/'"$DEPDIR"'/g' -e 's/\$U/'"$U"'/g'`; do + # Make sure the directory exists. + test -f "$dirpart/$file" && continue + fdir=`echo "$file" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$||'` + $ac_aux_dir/mkinstalldirs "$dirpart/$fdir" > /dev/null 2>&1 + # echo "creating $dirpart/$file" + echo '# dummy' > "$dirpart/$file" + done +done + +for ac_file in $CONFIG_FILES; do + # Support "outfile[:infile[:infile...]]" + case "$ac_file" in + *:*) ac_file=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%:.*%%'` ;; + esac + # PO directories have a Makefile.in generated from Makefile.in.in. + case "$ac_file" in */Makefile.in) + # Adjust a relative srcdir. + ac_dir=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'` + ac_dir_suffix="/`echo "$ac_dir"|sed 's%^\./%%'`" + ac_dots=`echo "$ac_dir_suffix"|sed 's%/[^/]*%../%g'` + # In autoconf-2.13 it is called $ac_given_srcdir. + # In autoconf-2.50 it is called $srcdir. + test -n "$ac_given_srcdir" || ac_given_srcdir="$srcdir" + case "$ac_given_srcdir" in + .) top_srcdir=`echo $ac_dots|sed 's%/$%%'` ;; + /*) top_srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir" ;; + *) top_srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir" ;; + esac + if test -f "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/POTFILES.in"; then + rm -f "$ac_dir/POTFILES" + test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: creating $ac_dir/POTFILES" || echo "creating $ac_dir/POTFILES" + sed -e "/^#/d" -e "/^[ ]*\$/d" -e "s,.*, $top_srcdir/& \\\\," -e "\$s/\(.*\) \\\\/\1/" < "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/POTFILES.in" > "$ac_dir/POTFILES" + test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: creating $ac_dir/Makefile" || echo "creating $ac_dir/Makefile" + sed -e "/POTFILES =/r $ac_dir/POTFILES" "$ac_dir/Makefile.in" > "$ac_dir/Makefile" + fi + ;; + esac + done + +exit 0 +EOF +chmod +x $CONFIG_STATUS +rm -fr confdefs* $ac_clean_files +test "$no_create" = yes || ${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $CONFIG_STATUS || exit 1 + diff --git a/configure.in b/configure.in new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6114a08 --- /dev/null +++ b/configure.in @@ -0,0 +1,125 @@ +dnl Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script. + +dnl $Id: configure.in,v 1.13.2.43.2.1 2002/04/09 11:51:16 guus Exp $ + +AC_INIT(src/tincd.c) +AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(tinc, 1.0pre7) +AM_CONFIG_HEADER(config.h) + +dnl Include the macros from the m4/ directory +AM_ACLOCAL_INCLUDE(m4) + +# Enable GNU extensions. +# Define this here, not in acconfig's @TOP@ section, since definitions +# in the latter don't make it into the configure-time tests. +AC_DEFINE([_GNU_SOURCE], [__USE_BSD]) + +ALL_LINGUAS="nl" + +dnl Checks for programs. +AC_PROG_CC +AC_PROG_CPP +AC_PROG_GCC_TRADITIONAL +AC_PROG_AWK +AC_PROG_INSTALL +AC_PROG_LN_S +AC_PROG_MAKE_SET +jm_PERL + + +AC_ISC_POSIX + +dnl Check and set OS + +AC_CANONICAL_HOST + +case $host_os in + *linux*) + AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LINUX) + [ rm -f src/device.c; ln -sf linux/device.c src/device.c ] + ;; + *freebsd*) + AC_DEFINE(HAVE_FREEBSD) + [ rm -f src/device.c; ln -sf freebsd/device.c src/device.c ] + ;; + *solaris*) + AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SOLARIS) + [ rm -f src/device.c; ln -sf solaris/device.c src/device.c ] + ;; + *openbsd*) + AC_DEFINE(HAVE_OPENBSD) + [ rm -f src/device.c; ln -sf openbsd/device.c src/device.c ] + ;; + *netbsd*) + AC_DEFINE(HAVE_NETBSD) + [ rm -f src/device.c; ln -sf netbsd/device.c src/device.c ] + ;; +esac + +AC_CACHE_SAVE + +dnl Checks for libraries. + +dnl Checks for header files. +AC_HEADER_STDC +AC_CHECK_HEADERS([fcntl.h limits.h sys/ioctl.h syslog.h unistd.h \ +sys/time.h malloc.h strings.h sys/file.h]) + +dnl Checks for typedefs, structures, and compiler characteristics. +AC_C_CONST +AC_TYPE_PID_T +AC_TYPE_SIZE_T +AC_HEADER_TIME +AC_STRUCT_TM + +dnl Checks for library functions. +AC_FUNC_MEMCMP +AC_FUNC_ALLOCA +AC_TYPE_SIGNAL +AC_CHECK_FUNCS([ftime socket select strtol strerror flock unsetenv \ +asprintf putenv strdup fcloseall daemon strsignal get_current_dir_name]) +jm_FUNC_MALLOC +jm_FUNC_REALLOC + +AM_GNU_GETTEXT + + +dnl Support for SunOS + +AC_CHECK_FUNC(socket, [], [ + AC_CHECK_LIB(socket, connect) +]) +AC_CHECK_FUNC(gethostbyname, [], [ + AC_CHECK_LIB(nsl, gethostbyname) +]) + +AC_CACHE_SAVE + +dnl These are defined in files in m4/ +tinc_TUNTAP +tinc_OPENSSL +tinc_ZLIB + +dnl Check if support for jumbograms is requested +AC_ARG_ENABLE(jumbograms, + [ --enable-jumbograms enable support for jumbograms (packets up to 9000 bytes)], + [ AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_JUMBOGRAMS) ] +) + +dnl Check if checkpoint tracing has to be enabled +AC_ARG_ENABLE(tracing, + [ --enable-tracing enable checkpoint tracing (debugging only)], + [ AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_TRACING) ] +) + +AC_SUBST(INCLUDES) + +AC_OUTPUT(Makefile +src/Makefile +doc/Makefile +doc/es/Makefile +intl/Makefile +lib/Makefile +m4/Makefile +po/Makefile.in +) diff --git a/depcomp b/depcomp new file mode 100755 index 0000000..6589965 --- /dev/null +++ b/depcomp @@ -0,0 +1,411 @@ +#! /bin/sh + +# depcomp - compile a program generating dependencies as side-effects +# Copyright 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) +# any later version. + +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +# GNU General Public License for more details. + +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA +# 02111-1307, USA. + +# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you +# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a +# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under +# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. + +# Originally written by Alexandre Oliva . + +if test -z "$depmode" || test -z "$source" || test -z "$object"; then + echo "depcomp: Variables source, object and depmode must be set" 1>&2 + exit 1 +fi +# `libtool' can also be set to `yes' or `no'. + +depfile=${depfile-`echo "$object" | sed 's,\([^/]*\)$,.deps/\1,;s/\.\([^.]*\)$/.P\1/'`} +tmpdepfile=${tmpdepfile-`echo "$depfile" | sed 's/\.\([^.]*\)$/.T\1/'`} + +rm -f "$tmpdepfile" + +# Some modes work just like other modes, but use different flags. We +# parameterize here, but still list the modes in the big case below, +# to make depend.m4 easier to write. Note that we *cannot* use a case +# here, because this file can only contain one case statement. +if test "$depmode" = hp; then + # HP compiler uses -M and no extra arg. + gccflag=-M + depmode=gcc +fi + +if test "$depmode" = dashXmstdout; then + # This is just like dashmstdout with a different argument. + dashmflag=-xM + depmode=dashmstdout +fi + +case "$depmode" in +gcc3) +## gcc 3 implements dependency tracking that does exactly what +## we want. Yay! Note: for some reason libtool 1.4 doesn't like +## it if -MD -MP comes after the -MF stuff. Hmm. + "$@" -MT "$object" -MD -MP -MF "$tmpdepfile" + stat=$? + if test $stat -eq 0; then : + else + rm -f "$tmpdepfile" + exit $stat + fi + mv "$tmpdepfile" "$depfile" + ;; + +gcc) +## There are various ways to get dependency output from gcc. Here's +## why we pick this rather obscure method: +## - Don't want to use -MD because we'd like the dependencies to end +## up in a subdir. Having to rename by hand is ugly. +## (We might end up doing this anyway to support other compilers.) +## - The DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT environment variable makes gcc act like +## -MM, not -M (despite what the docs say). +## - Using -M directly means running the compiler twice (even worse +## than renaming). + if test -z "$gccflag"; then + gccflag=-MD, + fi + "$@" -Wp,"$gccflag$tmpdepfile" + stat=$? + if test $stat -eq 0; then : + else + rm -f "$tmpdepfile" + exit $stat + fi + rm -f "$depfile" + echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile" + alpha=ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz +## The second -e expression handles DOS-style file names with drive letters. + sed -e 's/^[^:]*: / /' \ + -e 's/^['$alpha']:\/[^:]*: / /' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile" +## This next piece of magic avoids the `deleted header file' problem. +## The problem is that when a header file which appears in a .P file +## is deleted, the dependency causes make to die (because there is +## typically no way to rebuild the header). We avoid this by adding +## dummy dependencies for each header file. Too bad gcc doesn't do +## this for us directly. + tr ' ' ' +' < "$tmpdepfile" | +## Some versions of gcc put a space before the `:'. On the theory +## that the space means something, we add a space to the output as +## well. +## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation +## correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround. + sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile" + rm -f "$tmpdepfile" + ;; + +hp) + # This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work. It works by + # looking at the text of this script. This case will never be run, + # since it is checked for above. + exit 1 + ;; + +sgi) + if test "$libtool" = yes; then + "$@" "-Wp,-MDupdate,$tmpdepfile" + else + "$@" -MDupdate "$tmpdepfile" + fi + stat=$? + if test $stat -eq 0; then : + else + rm -f "$tmpdepfile" + exit $stat + fi + rm -f "$depfile" + + if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then # yes, the sourcefile depend on other files + echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile" + + # Clip off the initial element (the dependent). Don't try to be + # clever and replace this with sed code, as IRIX sed won't handle + # lines with more than a fixed number of characters (4096 in + # IRIX 6.2 sed, 8192 in IRIX 6.5). We also remove comment lines; + # the IRIX cc adds comments like `#:fec' to the end of the + # dependency line. + tr ' ' ' +' < "$tmpdepfile" \ + | sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' | \ + tr ' +' ' ' >> $depfile + echo >> $depfile + + # The second pass generates a dummy entry for each header file. + tr ' ' ' +' < "$tmpdepfile" \ + | sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' -e 's/$/:/' \ + >> $depfile + else + # The sourcefile does not contain any dependencies, so just + # store a dummy comment line, to avoid errors with the Makefile + # "include basename.Plo" scheme. + echo "#dummy" > "$depfile" + fi + rm -f "$tmpdepfile" + ;; + +aix) + # The C for AIX Compiler uses -M and outputs the dependencies + # in a .u file. This file always lives in the current directory. + # Also, the AIX compiler puts `$object:' at the start of each line; + # $object doesn't have directory information. + stripped=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's,^.*/,,' -e 's/\(.*\)\..*$/\1/'` + tmpdepfile="$stripped.u" + outname="$stripped.o" + if test "$libtool" = yes; then + "$@" -Wc,-M + else + "$@" -M + fi + + stat=$? + if test $stat -eq 0; then : + else + rm -f "$tmpdepfile" + exit $stat + fi + + if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then + # Each line is of the form `foo.o: dependent.h'. + # Do two passes, one to just change these to + # `$object: dependent.h' and one to simply `dependent.h:'. + sed -e "s,^$outname:,$object :," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" + sed -e "s,^$outname: \(.*\)$,\1:," < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile" + else + # The sourcefile does not contain any dependencies, so just + # store a dummy comment line, to avoid errors with the Makefile + # "include basename.Plo" scheme. + echo "#dummy" > "$depfile" + fi + rm -f "$tmpdepfile" + ;; + +tru64) + # The Tru64 AIX compiler uses -MD to generate dependencies as a side + # effect. `cc -MD -o foo.o ...' puts the dependencies into `foo.o.d'. + # At least on Alpha/Redhat 6.1, Compaq CCC V6.2-504 seems to put + # dependencies in `foo.d' instead, so we check for that too. + # Subdirectories are respected. + + tmpdepfile1="$object.d" + tmpdepfile2=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's/.o$/.d/'` + if test "$libtool" = yes; then + "$@" -Wc,-MD + else + "$@" -MD + fi + + stat=$? + if test $stat -eq 0; then : + else + rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" + exit $stat + fi + + if test -f "$tmpdepfile1"; then + tmpdepfile="$tmpdepfile1" + else + tmpdepfile="$tmpdepfile2" + fi + if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then + sed -e "s,^.*\.[a-z]*:,$object:," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" + # That's a space and a tab in the []. + sed -e 's,^.*\.[a-z]*:[ ]*,,' -e 's,$,:,' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile" + else + echo "#dummy" > "$depfile" + fi + rm -f "$tmpdepfile" + ;; + +#nosideeffect) + # This comment above is used by automake to tell side-effect + # dependency tracking mechanisms from slower ones. + +dashmstdout) + # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must* + # always write the proprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o, + # because we must use -o when running libtool. + test -z "$dashmflag" && dashmflag=-M + ( IFS=" " + case " $* " in + *" --mode=compile "*) # this is libtool, let us make it quiet + for arg + do # cycle over the arguments + case "$arg" in + "--mode=compile") + # insert --quiet before "--mode=compile" + set fnord "$@" --quiet + shift # fnord + ;; + esac + set fnord "$@" "$arg" + shift # fnord + shift # "$arg" + done + ;; + esac + "$@" $dashmflag | sed 's:^[^:]*\:[ ]*:'"$object"'\: :' > "$tmpdepfile" + ) & + proc=$! + "$@" + stat=$? + wait "$proc" + if test "$stat" != 0; then exit $stat; fi + rm -f "$depfile" + cat < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" + tr ' ' ' +' < "$tmpdepfile" | \ +## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation +## correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround. + sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile" + rm -f "$tmpdepfile" + ;; + +dashXmstdout) + # This case only exists to satisfy depend.m4. It is never actually + # run, as this mode is specially recognized in the preamble. + exit 1 + ;; + +makedepend) + # X makedepend + ( + shift + cleared=no + for arg in "$@"; do + case $cleared in no) + set ""; shift + cleared=yes + esac + case "$arg" in + -D*|-I*) + set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift;; + -*) + ;; + *) + set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift;; + esac + done + obj_suffix="`echo $object | sed 's/^.*\././'`" + touch "$tmpdepfile" + ${MAKEDEPEND-makedepend} 2>/dev/null -o"$obj_suffix" -f"$tmpdepfile" "$@" + ) & + proc=$! + "$@" + stat=$? + wait "$proc" + if test "$stat" != 0; then exit $stat; fi + rm -f "$depfile" + cat < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" + tail +3 "$tmpdepfile" | tr ' ' ' +' | \ +## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation +## correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround. + sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile" + rm -f "$tmpdepfile" "$tmpdepfile".bak + ;; + +cpp) + # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must* + # always write the proprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o, + # because we must use -o when running libtool. + ( IFS=" " + case " $* " in + *" --mode=compile "*) + for arg + do # cycle over the arguments + case $arg in + "--mode=compile") + # insert --quiet before "--mode=compile" + set fnord "$@" --quiet + shift # fnord + ;; + esac + set fnord "$@" "$arg" + shift # fnord + shift # "$arg" + done + ;; + esac + "$@" -E | + sed -n '/^# [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' | + sed '$ s: \\$::' > "$tmpdepfile" + ) & + proc=$! + "$@" + stat=$? + wait "$proc" + if test "$stat" != 0; then exit $stat; fi + rm -f "$depfile" + echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile" + cat < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile" + sed < "$tmpdepfile" '/^$/d;s/^ //;s/ \\$//;s/$/ :/' >> "$depfile" + rm -f "$tmpdepfile" + ;; + +msvisualcpp) + # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must* + # always write the proprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o, + # because we must use -o when running libtool. + ( IFS=" " + case " $* " in + *" --mode=compile "*) + for arg + do # cycle over the arguments + case $arg in + "--mode=compile") + # insert --quiet before "--mode=compile" + set fnord "$@" --quiet + shift # fnord + ;; + esac + set fnord "$@" "$arg" + shift # fnord + shift # "$arg" + done + ;; + esac + "$@" -E | + sed -n '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)"/ s::echo "`cygpath -u \\"\1\\"`":p' | sort | uniq > "$tmpdepfile" + ) & + proc=$! + "$@" + stat=$? + wait "$proc" + if test "$stat" != 0; then exit $stat; fi + rm -f "$depfile" + echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile" + . "$tmpdepfile" | sed 's% %\\ %g' | sed -n '/^\(.*\)$/ s:: \1 \\:p' >> "$depfile" + echo " " >> "$depfile" + . "$tmpdepfile" | sed 's% %\\ %g' | sed -n '/^\(.*\)$/ s::\1\::p' >> "$depfile" + rm -f "$tmpdepfile" + ;; + +none) + exec "$@" + ;; + +*) + echo "Unknown depmode $depmode" 1>&2 + exit 1 + ;; +esac + +exit 0 diff --git a/doc/GNUmakefile b/doc/GNUmakefile new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8fb7a6b --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/GNUmakefile @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +# Having a separate GNUmakefile lets me use features of GNU make +# to generate the man pages. +# This makefile is used only if you run GNU Make. +# It is necessary if you want to build targets usually of interest +# only to the maintainer. + +have-Makefile := $(shell test -f Makefile && echo yes) + +# If the user runs GNU make but has not yet run ./configure, +# give them a diagnostic. +ifeq ($(have-Makefile),yes) + +include Makefile +include $(srcdir)/Makefile.maint + +else + +all: + @echo There seems to be no Makefile in this directory. + @echo "You must run ./configure before running \`make'." + @exit 1 + +endif diff --git a/doc/Makefile.am b/doc/Makefile.am new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b62feb7 --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/Makefile.am @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +## Process this file with automake to get Makefile.in + +SUBDIRS = es + +info_TEXINFOS = tinc.texi + +dyn_MANS = +man_aux = $(dyn_MANS:.8=.x) + +man_MANS = tincd.8 tinc.conf.5 $(dyn_MANS) + +PERL = @PERL@ +HELP2MAN = help2man +MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = $(dyn_MANS) + +EXTRA_DIST = $(man_MANS) $(HELP2MAN) $(man_aux) \ + Makefile.maint GNUmakefile Makefile.summ sample-config.tar.gz + +# Use `ginstall' in the definition of man_MANS to avoid +# confusion with the `install' target. The install rule transforms `ginstall' +# to install before applying any user-specified name transformations. +transform = s/ginstall/install/; @program_transform_name@ + +# For additional rules usually of interest only to the maintainer, +# see GNUmakefile and Makefile.maint. diff --git a/doc/Makefile.in b/doc/Makefile.in new file mode 100644 index 0000000..28ae503 --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/Makefile.in @@ -0,0 +1,539 @@ +# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.5 from Makefile.am. + +# Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 +# Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation +# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, +# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. + +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without +# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A +# PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + +@SET_MAKE@ + +SHELL = @SHELL@ + +srcdir = @srcdir@ +top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ +VPATH = @srcdir@ +prefix = @prefix@ +exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ + +bindir = @bindir@ +sbindir = @sbindir@ +libexecdir = @libexecdir@ +datadir = @datadir@ +sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@ +sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@ +localstatedir = @localstatedir@ +libdir = @libdir@ +infodir = @infodir@ +mandir = @mandir@ +includedir = @includedir@ +oldincludedir = /usr/include +pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@ +pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@ +pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@ +top_builddir = .. + +ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@ +AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@ +AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@ +AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@ + +INSTALL = @INSTALL@ +INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ +INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ +INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@ +INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA) +NORMAL_INSTALL = : +PRE_INSTALL = : +POST_INSTALL = : +NORMAL_UNINSTALL = : +PRE_UNINSTALL = : +POST_UNINSTALL = : +host_alias = @host_alias@ +host_triplet = @host@ +AMTAR = @AMTAR@ +AWK = @AWK@ +BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@ +CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@ +CATOBJEXT = @CATOBJEXT@ +CC = @CC@ +CPP = @CPP@ +DATADIRNAME = @DATADIRNAME@ +DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@ +EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ +GENCAT = @GENCAT@ +GLIBC21 = @GLIBC21@ +GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@ +GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@ +HAVE_TUNTAP = @HAVE_TUNTAP@ +INCLUDES = @INCLUDES@ +INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@ +INSTOBJEXT = @INSTOBJEXT@ +INTLBISON = @INTLBISON@ +INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@ +INTLOBJS = @INTLOBJS@ +INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX = @INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX@ +LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@ +LINUX_IF_TUN_H = @LINUX_IF_TUN_H@ +LN_S = @LN_S@ +MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@ +MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ +OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@ +PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ +POFILES = @POFILES@ +POSUB = @POSUB@ +RANLIB = @RANLIB@ +USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@ +USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@ +VERSION = @VERSION@ +am__include = @am__include@ +am__quote = @am__quote@ +install_sh = @install_sh@ + +# Use `ginstall' in the definition of man_MANS to avoid +# confusion with the `install' target. The install rule transforms `ginstall' +# to install before applying any user-specified name transformations. +transform = s/ginstall/install/; @program_transform_name@ + +PERL = @PERL@ + +SUBDIRS = es + +info_TEXINFOS = tinc.texi + +dyn_MANS = +man_aux = $(dyn_MANS:.8=.x) + +man_MANS = tincd.8 tinc.conf.5 $(dyn_MANS) +HELP2MAN = help2man +MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = $(dyn_MANS) + +EXTRA_DIST = $(man_MANS) $(HELP2MAN) $(man_aux) \ + Makefile.maint GNUmakefile Makefile.summ sample-config.tar.gz + +subdir = doc +mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs +CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h +CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = +DIST_SOURCES = +INFO_DEPS = tinc.info +DVIS = tinc.dvi +TEXINFOS = tinc.texi + +NROFF = nroff +MANS = $(man_MANS) + +RECURSIVE_TARGETS = info-recursive dvi-recursive install-info-recursive \ + uninstall-info-recursive all-recursive install-data-recursive \ + install-exec-recursive installdirs-recursive install-recursive \ + uninstall-recursive check-recursive installcheck-recursive +DIST_COMMON = Makefile.am Makefile.in texinfo.tex +DIST_SUBDIRS = $(SUBDIRS) +all: all-recursive + +.SUFFIXES: +.SUFFIXES: .dvi .info .ps .texi +$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4) + cd $(top_srcdir) && \ + $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu doc/Makefile +Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status + cd $(top_builddir) && \ + CONFIG_HEADERS= CONFIG_LINKS= \ + CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ $(SHELL) ./config.status + +tinc.info: tinc.texi +tinc.dvi: tinc.texi + +.texi.info: + @cd $(srcdir) && rm -f $@ $@-[0-9] $@-[0-9][0-9] + cd $(srcdir) \ + && $(MAKEINFO) $(AM_MAKEINFOFLAGS) $(MAKEINFOFLAGS) \ + `echo $< | sed 's,.*/,,'` + +.texi.dvi: + TEXINPUTS=$(srcdir):$$TEXINPUTS \ + MAKEINFO='$(MAKEINFO) $(AM_MAKEINFOFLAGS) $(MAKEINFOFLAGS) -I $(srcdir)' \ + $(TEXI2DVI) $< + +.texi: + @cd $(srcdir) && rm -f $@ $@-[0-9] $@-[0-9][0-9] + cd $(srcdir) \ + && $(MAKEINFO) $(AM_MAKEINFOFLAGS) $(MAKEINFOFLAGS) \ + `echo $< | sed 's,.*/,,'` + +MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@ +TEXI2DVI = texi2dvi +DVIPS = dvips +.dvi.ps: + $(DVIPS) $< -o $@ + +uninstall-info-am: + $(PRE_UNINSTALL) + @if (install-info --version && \ + install-info --version | fgrep -i -v debian) >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ + list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \ + for file in $$list; do \ + echo " install-info --info-dir=$(DESTDIR)$(infodir) --remove $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$file"; \ + install-info --info-dir=$(DESTDIR)$(infodir) --remove $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$file; \ + done; \ + else :; fi + @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL) + @list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \ + for file in $$list; do \ + (if cd $(DESTDIR)$(infodir); then \ + echo " rm -f $$file $$file-[0-9] $$file-[0-9][0-9])"; \ + rm -f $$file $$file-[0-9] $$file-[0-9][0-9]; \ + else :; fi); \ + done + +dist-info: $(INFO_DEPS) + list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \ + for base in $$list; do \ + d=$(srcdir); \ + for file in `CDPATH=: && cd $$d && eval echo $$base*`; do \ + test -f $(distdir)/$$file \ + || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file; \ + done; \ + done + +mostlyclean-aminfo: + -rm -f tinc.aux tinc.cp tinc.cps tinc.dvi tinc.fn tinc.ky tinc.log tinc.pg \ + tinc.ps tinc.toc tinc.tp tinc.vr + +maintainer-clean-aminfo: + cd $(srcdir) && \ + for i in $(INFO_DEPS); do \ + rm -f $$i; \ + if test "`echo $$i-[0-9]*`" != "$$i-[0-9]*"; then \ + rm -f $$i-[0-9]*; \ + fi; \ + done + +man5dir = $(mandir)/man5 +install-man5: $(man5_MANS) $(man_MANS) + @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) + $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(man5dir) + @list='$(man5_MANS) $(dist_man5_MANS) $(nodist_man5_MANS)'; \ + l2='$(man_MANS) $(dist_man_MANS) $(nodist_man_MANS)'; \ + for i in $$l2; do \ + case "$$i" in \ + *.5*) list="$$list $$i" ;; \ + esac; \ + done; \ + for i in $$list; do \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$i; then file=$(srcdir)/$$i; \ + else file=$$i; fi; \ + ext=`echo $$i | sed -e 's/^.*\\.//'`; \ + inst=`echo $$i | sed -e 's/\\.[0-9a-z]*$$//'`; \ + inst=`echo $$inst | sed -e 's/^.*\///'`; \ + inst=`echo $$inst | sed '$(transform)'`.$$ext; \ + echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$file $(DESTDIR)$(man5dir)/$$inst"; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$file $(DESTDIR)$(man5dir)/$$inst; \ + done +uninstall-man5: + @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL) + @list='$(man5_MANS) $(dist_man5_MANS) $(nodist_man5_MANS)'; \ + l2='$(man_MANS) $(dist_man_MANS) $(nodist_man_MANS)'; \ + for i in $$l2; do \ + case "$$i" in \ + *.5*) list="$$list $$i" ;; \ + esac; \ + done; \ + for i in $$list; do \ + ext=`echo $$i | sed -e 's/^.*\\.//'`; \ + inst=`echo $$i | sed -e 's/\\.[0-9a-z]*$$//'`; \ + inst=`echo $$inst | sed -e 's/^.*\///'`; \ + inst=`echo $$inst | sed '$(transform)'`.$$ext; \ + echo " rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(man5dir)/$$inst"; \ + rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(man5dir)/$$inst; \ + done + +man8dir = $(mandir)/man8 +install-man8: $(man8_MANS) $(man_MANS) + @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) + $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(man8dir) + @list='$(man8_MANS) $(dist_man8_MANS) $(nodist_man8_MANS)'; \ + l2='$(man_MANS) $(dist_man_MANS) $(nodist_man_MANS)'; \ + for i in $$l2; do \ + case "$$i" in \ + *.8*) list="$$list $$i" ;; \ + esac; \ + done; \ + for i in $$list; do \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$i; then file=$(srcdir)/$$i; \ + else file=$$i; fi; \ + ext=`echo $$i | sed -e 's/^.*\\.//'`; \ + inst=`echo $$i | sed -e 's/\\.[0-9a-z]*$$//'`; \ + inst=`echo $$inst | sed -e 's/^.*\///'`; \ + inst=`echo $$inst | sed '$(transform)'`.$$ext; \ + echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$file $(DESTDIR)$(man8dir)/$$inst"; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$file $(DESTDIR)$(man8dir)/$$inst; \ + done +uninstall-man8: + @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL) + @list='$(man8_MANS) $(dist_man8_MANS) $(nodist_man8_MANS)'; \ + l2='$(man_MANS) $(dist_man_MANS) $(nodist_man_MANS)'; \ + for i in $$l2; do \ + case "$$i" in \ + *.8*) list="$$list $$i" ;; \ + esac; \ + done; \ + for i in $$list; do \ + ext=`echo $$i | sed -e 's/^.*\\.//'`; \ + inst=`echo $$i | sed -e 's/\\.[0-9a-z]*$$//'`; \ + inst=`echo $$inst | sed -e 's/^.*\///'`; \ + inst=`echo $$inst | sed '$(transform)'`.$$ext; \ + echo " rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(man8dir)/$$inst"; \ + rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(man8dir)/$$inst; \ + done + +# This directory's subdirectories are mostly independent; you can cd +# into them and run `make' without going through this Makefile. +# To change the values of `make' variables: instead of editing Makefiles, +# (1) if the variable is set in `config.status', edit `config.status' +# (which will cause the Makefiles to be regenerated when you run `make'); +# (2) otherwise, pass the desired values on the `make' command line. +$(RECURSIVE_TARGETS): + @set fnord $(MAKEFLAGS); amf=$$2; \ + dot_seen=no; \ + target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \ + list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ + echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \ + if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \ + dot_seen=yes; \ + local_target="$$target-am"; \ + else \ + local_target="$$target"; \ + fi; \ + (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \ + || case "$$amf" in *=*) exit 1;; *k*) fail=yes;; *) exit 1;; esac; \ + done; \ + if test "$$dot_seen" = "no"; then \ + $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) "$$target-am" || exit 1; \ + fi; test -z "$$fail" + +mostlyclean-recursive clean-recursive distclean-recursive \ +maintainer-clean-recursive: + @set fnord $(MAKEFLAGS); amf=$$2; \ + dot_seen=no; \ + case "$@" in \ + distclean-* | maintainer-clean-*) list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)' ;; \ + *) list='$(SUBDIRS)' ;; \ + esac; \ + rev=''; for subdir in $$list; do \ + if test "$$subdir" = "."; then :; else \ + rev="$$subdir $$rev"; \ + fi; \ + done; \ + rev="$$rev ."; \ + target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \ + for subdir in $$rev; do \ + echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \ + if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \ + local_target="$$target-am"; \ + else \ + local_target="$$target"; \ + fi; \ + (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \ + || case "$$amf" in *=*) exit 1;; *k*) fail=yes;; *) exit 1;; esac; \ + done && test -z "$$fail" +tags-recursive: + list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ + test "$$subdir" = . || (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) tags); \ + done + +tags: TAGS + +ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES) + list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ + unique=`for i in $$list; do \ + if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ + done | \ + $(AWK) ' { files[$$0] = 1; } \ + END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \ + mkid -fID $$unique $(LISP) + +TAGS: tags-recursive $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \ + $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP) + tags=; \ + here=`pwd`; \ + list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ + if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \ + test -f $$subdir/TAGS && tags="$$tags -i $$here/$$subdir/TAGS"; \ + fi; \ + done; \ + list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ + unique=`for i in $$list; do \ + if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ + done | \ + $(AWK) ' { files[$$0] = 1; } \ + END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \ + test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$unique$(LISP)$$tags" \ + || etags $(ETAGS_ARGS) $$tags $$unique $(LISP) + +GTAGS: + here=`CDPATH=: && cd $(top_builddir) && pwd` \ + && cd $(top_srcdir) \ + && gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) $$here + +distclean-tags: + -rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH + +DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST) + +top_distdir = .. +distdir = $(top_distdir)/$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION) + +distdir: $(DISTFILES) + @for file in $(DISTFILES); do \ + if test -f $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \ + dir=`echo "$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \ + if test "$$dir" != "$$file" && test "$$dir" != "."; then \ + $(mkinstalldirs) "$(distdir)/$$dir"; \ + fi; \ + if test -d $$d/$$file; then \ + cp -pR $$d/$$file $(distdir) \ + || exit 1; \ + else \ + test -f $(distdir)/$$file \ + || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file \ + || exit 1; \ + fi; \ + done + for subdir in $(SUBDIRS); do \ + if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \ + test -d $(distdir)/$$subdir \ + || mkdir $(distdir)/$$subdir \ + || exit 1; \ + (cd $$subdir && \ + $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \ + top_distdir="$(top_distdir)" \ + distdir=../$(distdir)/$$subdir \ + distdir) \ + || exit 1; \ + fi; \ + done + $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \ + top_distdir="${top_distdir}" distdir="$(distdir)" \ + dist-info +check-am: all-am +check: check-recursive +all-am: Makefile $(INFO_DEPS) $(MANS) +installdirs: installdirs-recursive +installdirs-am: + $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(infodir) $(DESTDIR)$(man5dir) $(DESTDIR)$(man8dir) + +install: install-recursive +install-exec: install-exec-recursive +install-data: install-data-recursive +uninstall: uninstall-recursive + +install-am: all-am + @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am + +installcheck: installcheck-recursive +install-strip: + $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ + `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \ + echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install +mostlyclean-generic: + +clean-generic: + +distclean-generic: + -rm -f Makefile $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) stamp-h stamp-h[0-9]* + +maintainer-clean-generic: + @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use" + @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." + -test -z "$(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES) +clean: clean-recursive + +clean-am: clean-generic mostlyclean-am + +distclean: distclean-recursive + +distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic distclean-tags + +dvi: dvi-recursive + +dvi-am: $(DVIS) + +info: info-recursive + +info-am: $(INFO_DEPS) + +install-data-am: install-info-am install-man + +install-exec-am: + +install-info: install-info-recursive + +install-info-am: $(INFO_DEPS) + @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) + $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(infodir) + @list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \ + for file in $$list; do \ + d=$(srcdir); \ + for ifile in `CDPATH=: && cd $$d && echo $$file $$file-[0-9] $$file-[0-9][0-9]`; do \ + if test -f $$d/$$ifile; then \ + echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$d/$$ifile $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$ifile"; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$d/$$ifile $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$ifile; \ + else : ; fi; \ + done; \ + done + @$(POST_INSTALL) + @if (install-info --version && \ + install-info --version | fgrep -i -v debian) >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ + list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \ + for file in $$list; do \ + echo " install-info --info-dir=$(DESTDIR)$(infodir) $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$file";\ + install-info --info-dir=$(DESTDIR)$(infodir) $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$file || :;\ + done; \ + else : ; fi +install-man: install-man5 install-man8 + +installcheck-am: + +maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-recursive + +maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-aminfo \ + maintainer-clean-generic + +mostlyclean: mostlyclean-recursive + +mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-aminfo mostlyclean-generic + +uninstall-am: uninstall-info-am uninstall-man + +uninstall-info: uninstall-info-recursive + +uninstall-man: uninstall-man5 uninstall-man8 + +.PHONY: $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS) GTAGS all all-am check check-am clean \ + clean-generic clean-recursive dist-info distclean \ + distclean-generic distclean-recursive distclean-tags distdir \ + dvi dvi-am dvi-recursive info info-am info-recursive install \ + install-am install-data install-data-am install-data-recursive \ + install-exec install-exec-am install-exec-recursive \ + install-info install-info-am install-info-recursive install-man \ + install-man5 install-man8 install-recursive install-strip \ + installcheck installcheck-am installdirs installdirs-am \ + installdirs-recursive maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-aminfo \ + maintainer-clean-generic maintainer-clean-recursive mostlyclean \ + mostlyclean-aminfo mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-recursive \ + tags tags-recursive uninstall uninstall-am uninstall-info-am \ + uninstall-info-recursive uninstall-man uninstall-man5 \ + uninstall-man8 uninstall-recursive + + +# For additional rules usually of interest only to the maintainer, +# see GNUmakefile and Makefile.maint. +# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables. +# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. +.NOEXPORT: diff --git a/doc/Makefile.maint b/doc/Makefile.maint new file mode 100644 index 0000000..75804f0 --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/Makefile.maint @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +# This -*- Makefile -*- uses features of GNU make. +# It is included via GNUmakefile. + +# The following one line summaries were extracted from the +# original man pages using this bit of sh code: +# for i in *.1; do echo "$i: "|tr -d '\012'; \ +# grep -A1 SH.NAME $i|sed '/SH NAME/d;s/^[^ ][^ ]* .- //'; done + +include Makefile.summ + +HELP2MAN-run = $(PERL) -w -- $(srcdir)/$(HELP2MAN) + +# Depend on configure.in to get version number changes. +$(dyn_MANS): $(top_srcdir)/configure.in + +# Depend on the source file containing the --help text. +# Filter out irregular cases. +regular-men = $(filter-out $(irregular-men),$(dyn_MANS)) +$(regular-men): %.8: $(top_srcdir)/src/%.c + +executable = $(patsubst %/install,%/ginstall, ../src/$(basename $@)) +$(dyn_MANS): %.8: %.x $(HELP2MAN) + @if test -f $(executable); then \ + echo "Updating man page $@"; \ + rm -f $@-t $@; \ + $(HELP2MAN-run) \ + --name="$($(basename $@)-summary)" \ + --include=$(basename $@).x \ + $(executable) > $@-t; \ + chmod -w $@-t; \ + mv $@-t $@; \ + else \ + echo "WARNING: The man page $@ cannot be updated yet."; \ + echo " Retry once the corresponding executable is built."; \ + fi + +sample-config.tar.gz: + GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) $(AMTAR) chozf sample-config.tar.gz sample-config diff --git a/doc/Makefile.summ b/doc/Makefile.summ new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a97b492 --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/Makefile.summ @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +# -*- makefile -*- +tincd-summary = tinc VPN daemon diff --git a/doc/es/Makefile.am b/doc/es/Makefile.am new file mode 100644 index 0000000..756d670 --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/es/Makefile.am @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +## Process this file with automake to get Makefile.in + +# Nothing to see here, go away! diff --git a/doc/es/Makefile.in b/doc/es/Makefile.in new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7261008 --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/es/Makefile.in @@ -0,0 +1,218 @@ +# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.5 from Makefile.am. + +# Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 +# Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation +# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, +# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. + +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without +# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A +# PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + +@SET_MAKE@ + +# Nothing to see here, go away! + +SHELL = @SHELL@ + +srcdir = @srcdir@ +top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ +VPATH = @srcdir@ +prefix = @prefix@ +exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ + +bindir = @bindir@ +sbindir = @sbindir@ +libexecdir = @libexecdir@ +datadir = @datadir@ +sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@ +sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@ +localstatedir = @localstatedir@ +libdir = @libdir@ +infodir = @infodir@ +mandir = @mandir@ +includedir = @includedir@ +oldincludedir = /usr/include +pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@ +pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@ +pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@ +top_builddir = ../.. + +ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@ +AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@ +AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@ +AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@ + +INSTALL = @INSTALL@ +INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ +INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ +INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@ +INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA) +transform = @program_transform_name@ +NORMAL_INSTALL = : +PRE_INSTALL = : +POST_INSTALL = : +NORMAL_UNINSTALL = : +PRE_UNINSTALL = : +POST_UNINSTALL = : +host_alias = @host_alias@ +host_triplet = @host@ +AMTAR = @AMTAR@ +AWK = @AWK@ +BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@ +CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@ +CATOBJEXT = @CATOBJEXT@ +CC = @CC@ +CPP = @CPP@ +DATADIRNAME = @DATADIRNAME@ +DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@ +EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ +GENCAT = @GENCAT@ +GLIBC21 = @GLIBC21@ +GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@ +GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@ +HAVE_TUNTAP = @HAVE_TUNTAP@ +INCLUDES = @INCLUDES@ +INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@ +INSTOBJEXT = @INSTOBJEXT@ +INTLBISON = @INTLBISON@ +INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@ +INTLOBJS = @INTLOBJS@ +INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX = @INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX@ +LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@ +LINUX_IF_TUN_H = @LINUX_IF_TUN_H@ +LN_S = @LN_S@ +MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@ +MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ +OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@ +PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ +PERL = @PERL@ +POFILES = @POFILES@ +POSUB = @POSUB@ +RANLIB = @RANLIB@ +USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@ +USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@ +VERSION = @VERSION@ +am__include = @am__include@ +am__quote = @am__quote@ +install_sh = @install_sh@ +subdir = doc/es +mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs +CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h +CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = +DIST_SOURCES = +DIST_COMMON = Makefile.am Makefile.in +all: all-am + +.SUFFIXES: +$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4) + cd $(top_srcdir) && \ + $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu doc/es/Makefile +Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status + cd $(top_builddir) && \ + CONFIG_HEADERS= CONFIG_LINKS= \ + CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ $(SHELL) ./config.status +uninstall-info-am: +tags: TAGS +TAGS: + + +DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST) + +top_distdir = ../.. +distdir = $(top_distdir)/$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION) + +distdir: $(DISTFILES) + @for file in $(DISTFILES); do \ + if test -f $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \ + dir=`echo "$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \ + if test "$$dir" != "$$file" && test "$$dir" != "."; then \ + $(mkinstalldirs) "$(distdir)/$$dir"; \ + fi; \ + if test -d $$d/$$file; then \ + cp -pR $$d/$$file $(distdir) \ + || exit 1; \ + else \ + test -f $(distdir)/$$file \ + || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file \ + || exit 1; \ + fi; \ + done +check-am: all-am +check: check-am +all-am: Makefile + +installdirs: + +install: install-am +install-exec: install-exec-am +install-data: install-data-am +uninstall: uninstall-am + +install-am: all-am + @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am + +installcheck: installcheck-am +install-strip: + $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ + `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \ + echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install +mostlyclean-generic: + +clean-generic: + +distclean-generic: + -rm -f Makefile $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) stamp-h stamp-h[0-9]* + +maintainer-clean-generic: + @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use" + @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." +clean: clean-am + +clean-am: clean-generic mostlyclean-am + +distclean: distclean-am + +distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic + +dvi: dvi-am + +dvi-am: + +info: info-am + +info-am: + +install-data-am: + +install-exec-am: + +install-info: install-info-am + +install-man: + +installcheck-am: + +maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am + +maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic + +mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am + +mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic + +uninstall-am: uninstall-info-am + +.PHONY: all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic distclean \ + distclean-generic distdir dvi dvi-am info info-am install \ + install-am install-data install-data-am install-exec \ + install-exec-am install-info install-info-am install-man \ + install-strip installcheck installcheck-am installdirs \ + maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean \ + mostlyclean-generic uninstall uninstall-am uninstall-info-am + +# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables. +# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. +.NOEXPORT: diff --git a/doc/help2man b/doc/help2man new file mode 100755 index 0000000..71778a9 --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/help2man @@ -0,0 +1,375 @@ +#!/usr/bin/perl -w + +# Generate a short man page from --help and --version output. +# Copyright © 1997, 98 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) +# any later version. + +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +# GNU General Public License for more details. + +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, +# Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. + +# Written by Brendan O'Dea + +use 5.004; +use strict; +use Getopt::Long; +use POSIX qw(strftime setlocale LC_TIME); + +my $this_program = 'help2man'; +my $this_version = '1.006'; +my $version_info = < +EOT + +my $help_info = < \$opt_name, + 'include=s' => \$include, + 'opt-include=s' => \$opt_include, + 'output=s' => \$opt_output, + 'no-info' => \$opt_no_info, + help => sub { print $help_info; exit }, + version => sub { print $version_info; exit }, +) or die $help_info; + +die $help_info unless @ARGV == 1; + +my %include = (); +my @include = (); # to retain order + +# Process include file (if given). Format is: +# +# [section name] +# verbatim text + +if ($include or $opt_include) +{ + if (open INC, $include || $opt_include) + { + my $sect; + + while () + { + if (/^\[([^]]+)\]/) + { + $sect = uc $1; + $sect =~ s/^\s+//; + $sect =~ s/\s+$//; + next; + } + + # Silently ignore anything before the first + # section--allows for comments and revision info. + next unless $sect; + + push @include, $sect unless $include{$sect}; + $include{$sect} ||= ''; + $include{$sect} .= $_; + } + + close INC; + + die "$this_program: no valid information found in `$include'\n" + unless %include; + + # Compress trailing blank lines. + for (keys %include) + { + $include{$_} =~ s/\n+$//; + $include{$_} .= "\n" unless /^NAME$/; + } + } + else + { + die "$this_program: can't open `$include' ($!)\n" if $include; + } +} + +# Turn off localisation of executable's ouput. +@ENV{qw(LANGUAGE LANG LC_ALL)} = ('C') x 3; + +# Turn off localisation of date (for strftime) +setlocale LC_TIME, 'C'; + +# Grab help and version paragraphs from executable +my @help = split /\n\n+/, `$ARGV[0] --help 2>/dev/null` + or die "$this_program: can't get `--help' info from $ARGV[0]\n"; + +my @version = split /\n\n+/, `$ARGV[0] --version 2>/dev/null` + or die "$this_program: can't get `--version' info from $ARGV[0]\n"; + +my $date = strftime "%B %Y", localtime; +my $program = $ARGV[0]; $program =~ s!.*/!!; +my $package = $program; +my $version; + +if ($opt_output) +{ + unlink $opt_output + or die "$this_program: can't unlink $opt_output ($!)\n" + if -e $opt_output; + + open STDOUT, ">$opt_output" + or die "$this_program: can't create $opt_output ($!)\n"; +} + +# The first line of the --version information is assumed to be in one +# of the following formats: +# +# +# +# GNU +# (GNU ) +# - GNU +# +# and seperated from any copyright/author details by a blank line. + +$_ = shift @version; + +if (/^(\S+)\s+\((GNU\s+[^)]+)\)\s+(.*)/ or + /^(\S+)\s+-\s*(GNU\s+\S+)\s+(.*)/) +{ + $program = $1; + $package = $2; + $version = $3; +} +elsif (/^(GNU\s+)?(\S+)\s+(.*)/) +{ + $program = $2; + $package = $1 ? "$1$2" : $2; + $version = $3; +} +else +{ + $version = $_; +} + +$program =~ s!.*/!!; + +# no info for `info' itself +$opt_no_info = 1 if $program eq 'info'; + +# --name overrides --include contents +$include{NAME} = "$program \\- $opt_name" if $opt_name; + +# Default (useless) NAME paragraph +$include{NAME} ||= "$program \\- manual page for $program $version"; + +# Man pages traditionally have the page title in caps. +my $PROGRAM = uc $program; + +# Header. +print < 0pt + % Only leave this space if the footline is nonempty. + % (We lessened \vsize for it in \oddfootingxxx.) + % The \baselineskip=24pt in plain's \makefootline has no effect. + \vskip 2\baselineskip + \unvbox\footlinebox + \fi + % + \ifcropmarks + \egroup % end of \vbox\bgroup + \hfil\egroup % end of (centering) \line\bgroup + \vskip\topandbottommargin plus1fill minus1fill + \boxmaxdepth = \cornerthick + \vbox to0pt{\vss + \line{% + \vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nsbot}% + \hfill + \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nsbot}% + }% + \nointerlineskip + \line{\ewbot\hfil\ewbot}% + }% + \egroup % \vbox from first cropmarks clause + \fi + }% end of \shipout\vbox + }% end of group with \turnoffactive + \advancepageno + \ifnum\outputpenalty>-20000 \else\dosupereject\fi +} + +\newinsert\margin \dimen\margin=\maxdimen + +\def\pagebody#1{\vbox to\pageheight{\boxmaxdepth=\maxdepth #1}} +{\catcode`\@ =11 +\gdef\pagecontents#1{\ifvoid\topins\else\unvbox\topins\fi +% marginal hacks, juha@viisa.uucp (Juha Takala) +\ifvoid\margin\else % marginal info is present + \rlap{\kern\hsize\vbox to\z@{\kern1pt\box\margin \vss}}\fi +\dimen@=\dp#1 \unvbox#1 +\ifvoid\footins\else\vskip\skip\footins\footnoterule \unvbox\footins\fi +\ifr@ggedbottom \kern-\dimen@ \vfil \fi} +} + +% Here are the rules for the cropmarks. Note that they are +% offset so that the space between them is truly \outerhsize or \outervsize +% (P. A. MacKay, 12 November, 1986) +% +\def\ewtop{\vrule height\cornerthick depth0pt width\cornerlong} +\def\nstop{\vbox + {\hrule height\cornerthick depth\cornerlong width\cornerthick}} +\def\ewbot{\vrule height0pt depth\cornerthick width\cornerlong} +\def\nsbot{\vbox + {\hrule height\cornerlong depth\cornerthick width\cornerthick}} + +% Parse an argument, then pass it to #1. The argument is the rest of +% the input line (except we remove a trailing comment). #1 should be a +% macro which expects an ordinary undelimited TeX argument. +% +\def\parsearg#1{% + \let\next = #1% + \begingroup + \obeylines + \futurelet\temp\parseargx +} + +% If the next token is an obeyed space (from an @example environment or +% the like), remove it and recurse. Otherwise, we're done. +\def\parseargx{% + % \obeyedspace is defined far below, after the definition of \sepspaces. + \ifx\obeyedspace\temp + \expandafter\parseargdiscardspace + \else + \expandafter\parseargline + \fi +} + +% Remove a single space (as the delimiter token to the macro call). +{\obeyspaces % + \gdef\parseargdiscardspace {\futurelet\temp\parseargx}} + +{\obeylines % + \gdef\parseargline#1^^M{% + \endgroup % End of the group started in \parsearg. + % + % First remove any @c comment, then any @comment. + % Result of each macro is put in \toks0. + \argremovec #1\c\relax % + \expandafter\argremovecomment \the\toks0 \comment\relax % + % + % Call the caller's macro, saved as \next in \parsearg. + \expandafter\next\expandafter{\the\toks0}% + }% +} + +% Since all \c{,omment} does is throw away the argument, we can let TeX +% do that for us. The \relax here is matched by the \relax in the call +% in \parseargline; it could be more or less anything, its purpose is +% just to delimit the argument to the \c. +\def\argremovec#1\c#2\relax{\toks0 = {#1}} +\def\argremovecomment#1\comment#2\relax{\toks0 = {#1}} + +% \argremovec{,omment} might leave us with trailing spaces, though; e.g., +% @end itemize @c foo +% will have two active spaces as part of the argument with the +% `itemize'. Here we remove all active spaces from #1, and assign the +% result to \toks0. +% +% This loses if there are any *other* active characters besides spaces +% in the argument -- _ ^ +, for example -- since they get expanded. +% Fortunately, Texinfo does not define any such commands. (If it ever +% does, the catcode of the characters in questionwill have to be changed +% here.) But this means we cannot call \removeactivespaces as part of +% \argremovec{,omment}, since @c uses \parsearg, and thus the argument +% that \parsearg gets might well have any character at all in it. +% +\def\removeactivespaces#1{% + \begingroup + \ignoreactivespaces + \edef\temp{#1}% + \global\toks0 = \expandafter{\temp}% + \endgroup +} + +% Change the active space to expand to nothing. +% +\begingroup + \obeyspaces + \gdef\ignoreactivespaces{\obeyspaces\let =\empty} +\endgroup + + +\def\flushcr{\ifx\par\lisppar \def\next##1{}\else \let\next=\relax \fi \next} + +%% These are used to keep @begin/@end levels from running away +%% Call \inENV within environments (after a \begingroup) +\newif\ifENV \ENVfalse \def\inENV{\ifENV\relax\else\ENVtrue\fi} +\def\ENVcheck{% +\ifENV\errmessage{Still within an environment; press RETURN to continue} +\endgroup\fi} % This is not perfect, but it should reduce lossage + +% @begin foo is the same as @foo, for now. +\newhelp\EMsimple{Press RETURN to continue.} + +\outer\def\begin{\parsearg\beginxxx} + +\def\beginxxx #1{% +\expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\relax +{\errhelp=\EMsimple \errmessage{Undefined command @begin #1}}\else +\csname #1\endcsname\fi} + +% @end foo executes the definition of \Efoo. +% +\def\end{\parsearg\endxxx} +\def\endxxx #1{% + \removeactivespaces{#1}% + \edef\endthing{\the\toks0}% + % + \expandafter\ifx\csname E\endthing\endcsname\relax + \expandafter\ifx\csname \endthing\endcsname\relax + % There's no \foo, i.e., no ``environment'' foo. + \errhelp = \EMsimple + \errmessage{Undefined command `@end \endthing'}% + \else + \unmatchedenderror\endthing + \fi + \else + % Everything's ok; the right environment has been started. + \csname E\endthing\endcsname + \fi +} + +% There is an environment #1, but it hasn't been started. Give an error. +% +\def\unmatchedenderror#1{% + \errhelp = \EMsimple + \errmessage{This `@end #1' doesn't have a matching `@#1'}% +} + +% Define the control sequence \E#1 to give an unmatched @end error. +% +\def\defineunmatchedend#1{% + \expandafter\def\csname E#1\endcsname{\unmatchedenderror{#1}}% +} + + +% Single-spacing is done by various environments (specifically, in +% \nonfillstart and \quotations). +\newskip\singlespaceskip \singlespaceskip = 12.5pt +\def\singlespace{% + % Why was this kern here? It messes up equalizing space above and below + % environments. --karl, 6may93 + %{\advance \baselineskip by -\singlespaceskip + %\kern \baselineskip}% + \setleading \singlespaceskip +} + +%% Simple single-character @ commands + +% @@ prints an @ +% Kludge this until the fonts are right (grr). +\def\@{{\tt\char64}} + +% This is turned off because it was never documented +% and you can use @w{...} around a quote to suppress ligatures. +%% Define @` and @' to be the same as ` and ' +%% but suppressing ligatures. +%\def\`{{`}} +%\def\'{{'}} + +% Used to generate quoted braces. +\def\mylbrace {{\tt\char123}} +\def\myrbrace {{\tt\char125}} +\let\{=\mylbrace +\let\}=\myrbrace +\begingroup + % Definitions to produce actual \{ & \} command in an index. + \catcode`\{ = 12 \catcode`\} = 12 + \catcode`\[ = 1 \catcode`\] = 2 + \catcode`\@ = 0 \catcode`\\ = 12 + @gdef@lbracecmd[\{]% + @gdef@rbracecmd[\}]% +@endgroup + +% Accents: @, @dotaccent @ringaccent @ubaraccent @udotaccent +% Others are defined by plain TeX: @` @' @" @^ @~ @= @v @H. +\let\, = \c +\let\dotaccent = \. +\def\ringaccent#1{{\accent23 #1}} +\let\tieaccent = \t +\let\ubaraccent = \b +\let\udotaccent = \d + +% Other special characters: @questiondown @exclamdown +% Plain TeX defines: @AA @AE @O @OE @L (and lowercase versions) @ss. +\def\questiondown{?`} +\def\exclamdown{!`} + +% Dotless i and dotless j, used for accents. +\def\imacro{i} +\def\jmacro{j} +\def\dotless#1{% + \def\temp{#1}% + \ifx\temp\imacro \ptexi + \else\ifx\temp\jmacro \j + \else \errmessage{@dotless can be used only with i or j}% + \fi\fi +} + +% Be sure we're in horizontal mode when doing a tie, since we make space +% equivalent to this in @example-like environments. Otherwise, a space +% at the beginning of a line will start with \penalty -- and +% since \penalty is valid in vertical mode, we'd end up putting the +% penalty on the vertical list instead of in the new paragraph. +{\catcode`@ = 11 + % Avoid using \@M directly, because that causes trouble + % if the definition is written into an index file. + \global\let\tiepenalty = \@M + \gdef\tie{\leavevmode\penalty\tiepenalty\ } +} + +% @: forces normal size whitespace following. +\def\:{\spacefactor=1000 } + +% @* forces a line break. +\def\*{\hfil\break\hbox{}\ignorespaces} + +% @. is an end-of-sentence period. +\def\.{.\spacefactor=3000 } + +% @! is an end-of-sentence bang. +\def\!{!\spacefactor=3000 } + +% @? is an end-of-sentence query. +\def\?{?\spacefactor=3000 } + +% @w prevents a word break. Without the \leavevmode, @w at the +% beginning of a paragraph, when TeX is still in vertical mode, would +% produce a whole line of output instead of starting the paragraph. +\def\w#1{\leavevmode\hbox{#1}} + +% @group ... @end group forces ... to be all on one page, by enclosing +% it in a TeX vbox. We use \vtop instead of \vbox to construct the box +% to keep its height that of a normal line. According to the rules for +% \topskip (p.114 of the TeXbook), the glue inserted is +% max (\topskip - \ht (first item), 0). If that height is large, +% therefore, no glue is inserted, and the space between the headline and +% the text is small, which looks bad. +% +\def\group{\begingroup + \ifnum\catcode13=\active \else + \errhelp = \groupinvalidhelp + \errmessage{@group invalid in context where filling is enabled}% + \fi + % + % The \vtop we start below produces a box with normal height and large + % depth; thus, TeX puts \baselineskip glue before it, and (when the + % next line of text is done) \lineskip glue after it. (See p.82 of + % the TeXbook.) Thus, space below is not quite equal to space + % above. But it's pretty close. + \def\Egroup{% + \egroup % End the \vtop. + \endgroup % End the \group. + }% + % + \vtop\bgroup + % We have to put a strut on the last line in case the @group is in + % the midst of an example, rather than completely enclosing it. + % Otherwise, the interline space between the last line of the group + % and the first line afterwards is too small. But we can't put the + % strut in \Egroup, since there it would be on a line by itself. + % Hence this just inserts a strut at the beginning of each line. + \everypar = {\strut}% + % + % Since we have a strut on every line, we don't need any of TeX's + % normal interline spacing. + \offinterlineskip + % + % OK, but now we have to do something about blank + % lines in the input in @example-like environments, which normally + % just turn into \lisppar, which will insert no space now that we've + % turned off the interline space. Simplest is to make them be an + % empty paragraph. + \ifx\par\lisppar + \edef\par{\leavevmode \par}% + % + % Reset ^^M's definition to new definition of \par. + \obeylines + \fi + % + % Do @comment since we are called inside an environment such as + % @example, where each end-of-line in the input causes an + % end-of-line in the output. We don't want the end-of-line after + % the `@group' to put extra space in the output. Since @group + % should appear on a line by itself (according to the Texinfo + % manual), we don't worry about eating any user text. + \comment +} +% +% TeX puts in an \escapechar (i.e., `@') at the beginning of the help +% message, so this ends up printing `@group can only ...'. +% +\newhelp\groupinvalidhelp{% +group can only be used in environments such as @example,^^J% +where each line of input produces a line of output.} + +% @need space-in-mils +% forces a page break if there is not space-in-mils remaining. + +\newdimen\mil \mil=0.001in + +\def\need{\parsearg\needx} + +% Old definition--didn't work. +%\def\needx #1{\par % +%% This method tries to make TeX break the page naturally +%% if the depth of the box does not fit. +%{\baselineskip=0pt% +%\vtop to #1\mil{\vfil}\kern -#1\mil\nobreak +%\prevdepth=-1000pt +%}} + +\def\needx#1{% + % Go into vertical mode, so we don't make a big box in the middle of a + % paragraph. + \par + % + % Don't add any leading before our big empty box, but allow a page + % break, since the best break might be right here. + \allowbreak + \nointerlineskip + \vtop to #1\mil{\vfil}% + % + % TeX does not even consider page breaks if a penalty added to the + % main vertical list is 10000 or more. But in order to see if the + % empty box we just added fits on the page, we must make it consider + % page breaks. On the other hand, we don't want to actually break the + % page after the empty box. So we use a penalty of 9999. + % + % There is an extremely small chance that TeX will actually break the + % page at this \penalty, if there are no other feasible breakpoints in + % sight. (If the user is using lots of big @group commands, which + % almost-but-not-quite fill up a page, TeX will have a hard time doing + % good page breaking, for example.) However, I could not construct an + % example where a page broke at this \penalty; if it happens in a real + % document, then we can reconsider our strategy. + \penalty9999 + % + % Back up by the size of the box, whether we did a page break or not. + \kern -#1\mil + % + % Do not allow a page break right after this kern. + \nobreak +} + +% @br forces paragraph break + +\let\br = \par + +% @dots{} output an ellipsis using the current font. +% We do .5em per period so that it has the same spacing in a typewriter +% font as three actual period characters. +% +\def\dots{% + \leavevmode + \hbox to 1.5em{% + \hskip 0pt plus 0.25fil minus 0.25fil + .\hss.\hss.% + \hskip 0pt plus 0.5fil minus 0.5fil + }% +} + +% @enddots{} is an end-of-sentence ellipsis. +% +\def\enddots{% + \leavevmode + \hbox to 2em{% + \hskip 0pt plus 0.25fil minus 0.25fil + .\hss.\hss.\hss.% + \hskip 0pt plus 0.5fil minus 0.5fil + }% + \spacefactor=3000 +} + + +% @page forces the start of a new page +% +\def\page{\par\vfill\supereject} + +% @exdent text.... +% outputs text on separate line in roman font, starting at standard page margin + +% This records the amount of indent in the innermost environment. +% That's how much \exdent should take out. +\newskip\exdentamount + +% This defn is used inside fill environments such as @defun. +\def\exdent{\parsearg\exdentyyy} +\def\exdentyyy #1{{\hfil\break\hbox{\kern -\exdentamount{\rm#1}}\hfil\break}} + +% This defn is used inside nofill environments such as @example. +\def\nofillexdent{\parsearg\nofillexdentyyy} +\def\nofillexdentyyy #1{{\advance \leftskip by -\exdentamount +\leftline{\hskip\leftskip{\rm#1}}}} + +% @inmargin{TEXT} puts TEXT in the margin next to the current paragraph. + +\def\inmargin#1{% +\strut\vadjust{\nobreak\kern-\strutdepth + \vtop to \strutdepth{\baselineskip\strutdepth\vss + \llap{\rightskip=\inmarginspacing \vbox{\noindent #1}}\null}}} +\newskip\inmarginspacing \inmarginspacing=1cm +\def\strutdepth{\dp\strutbox} + +%\hbox{{\rm#1}}\hfil\break}} + +% @include file insert text of that file as input. +% Allow normal characters that we make active in the argument (a file name). +\def\include{\begingroup + \catcode`\\=12 + \catcode`~=12 + \catcode`^=12 + \catcode`_=12 + \catcode`|=12 + \catcode`<=12 + \catcode`>=12 + \catcode`+=12 + \parsearg\includezzz} +% Restore active chars for included file. +\def\includezzz#1{\endgroup\begingroup + % Read the included file in a group so nested @include's work. + \def\thisfile{#1}% + \input\thisfile +\endgroup} + +\def\thisfile{} + +% @center line outputs that line, centered + +\def\center{\parsearg\centerzzz} +\def\centerzzz #1{{\advance\hsize by -\leftskip +\advance\hsize by -\rightskip +\centerline{#1}}} + +% @sp n outputs n lines of vertical space + +\def\sp{\parsearg\spxxx} +\def\spxxx #1{\vskip #1\baselineskip} + +% @comment ...line which is ignored... +% @c is the same as @comment +% @ignore ... @end ignore is another way to write a comment + +\def\comment{\begingroup \catcode`\^^M=\other% +\catcode`\@=\other \catcode`\{=\other \catcode`\}=\other% +\commentxxx} +{\catcode`\^^M=\other \gdef\commentxxx#1^^M{\endgroup}} + +\let\c=\comment + +% @paragraphindent is defined for the Info formatting commands only. +\let\paragraphindent=\comment + +% Prevent errors for section commands. +% Used in @ignore and in failing conditionals. +\def\ignoresections{% +\let\chapter=\relax +\let\unnumbered=\relax +\let\top=\relax +\let\unnumberedsec=\relax +\let\unnumberedsection=\relax +\let\unnumberedsubsec=\relax +\let\unnumberedsubsection=\relax +\let\unnumberedsubsubsec=\relax +\let\unnumberedsubsubsection=\relax +\let\section=\relax +\let\subsec=\relax +\let\subsubsec=\relax +\let\subsection=\relax +\let\subsubsection=\relax +\let\appendix=\relax +\let\appendixsec=\relax +\let\appendixsection=\relax +\let\appendixsubsec=\relax +\let\appendixsubsection=\relax +\let\appendixsubsubsec=\relax +\let\appendixsubsubsection=\relax +\let\contents=\relax +\let\smallbook=\relax +\let\titlepage=\relax +} + +% Used in nested conditionals, where we have to parse the Texinfo source +% and so want to turn off most commands, in case they are used +% incorrectly. +% +\def\ignoremorecommands{% + \let\defcodeindex = \relax + \let\defcv = \relax + \let\deffn = \relax + \let\deffnx = \relax + \let\defindex = \relax + \let\defivar = \relax + \let\defmac = \relax + \let\defmethod = \relax + \let\defop = \relax + \let\defopt = \relax + \let\defspec = \relax + \let\deftp = \relax + \let\deftypefn = \relax + \let\deftypefun = \relax + \let\deftypevar = \relax + \let\deftypevr = \relax + \let\defun = \relax + \let\defvar = \relax + \let\defvr = \relax + \let\ref = \relax + \let\xref = \relax + \let\printindex = \relax + \let\pxref = \relax + \let\settitle = \relax + \let\setchapternewpage = \relax + \let\setchapterstyle = \relax + \let\everyheading = \relax + \let\evenheading = \relax + \let\oddheading = \relax + \let\everyfooting = \relax + \let\evenfooting = \relax + \let\oddfooting = \relax + \let\headings = \relax + \let\include = \relax + \let\lowersections = \relax + \let\down = \relax + \let\raisesections = \relax + \let\up = \relax + \let\set = \relax + \let\clear = \relax + \let\item = \relax +} + +% Ignore @ignore ... @end ignore. +% +\def\ignore{\doignore{ignore}} + +% Ignore @ifinfo, @ifhtml, @ifnottex, @html, @menu, and @direntry text. +% +\def\ifinfo{\doignore{ifinfo}} +\def\ifhtml{\doignore{ifhtml}} +\def\ifnottex{\doignore{ifnottex}} +\def\html{\doignore{html}} +\def\menu{\doignore{menu}} +\def\direntry{\doignore{direntry}} + +% @dircategory CATEGORY -- specify a category of the dir file +% which this file should belong to. Ignore this in TeX. +\let\dircategory = \comment + +% Ignore text until a line `@end #1'. +% +\def\doignore#1{\begingroup + % Don't complain about control sequences we have declared \outer. + \ignoresections + % + % Define a command to swallow text until we reach `@end #1'. + % This @ is a catcode 12 token (that is the normal catcode of @ in + % this texinfo.tex file). We change the catcode of @ below to match. + \long\def\doignoretext##1@end #1{\enddoignore}% + % + % Make sure that spaces turn into tokens that match what \doignoretext wants. + \catcode32 = 10 + % + % Ignore braces, too, so mismatched braces don't cause trouble. + \catcode`\{ = 9 + \catcode`\} = 9 + % + % We must not have @c interpreted as a control sequence. + \catcode`\@ = 12 + % + % Make the letter c a comment character so that the rest of the line + % will be ignored. This way, the document can have (for example) + % @c @end ifinfo + % and the @end ifinfo will be properly ignored. + % (We've just changed @ to catcode 12.) + \catcode`\c = 14 + % + % And now expand that command. + \doignoretext +} + +% What we do to finish off ignored text. +% +\def\enddoignore{\endgroup\ignorespaces}% + +\newif\ifwarnedobs\warnedobsfalse +\def\obstexwarn{% + \ifwarnedobs\relax\else + % We need to warn folks that they may have trouble with TeX 3.0. + % This uses \immediate\write16 rather than \message to get newlines. + \immediate\write16{} + \immediate\write16{***WARNING*** for users of Unix TeX 3.0!} + \immediate\write16{This manual trips a bug in TeX version 3.0 (tex hangs).} + \immediate\write16{If you are running another version of TeX, relax.} + \immediate\write16{If you are running Unix TeX 3.0, kill this TeX process.} + \immediate\write16{ Then upgrade your TeX installation if you can.} + \immediate\write16{ (See ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/TeX.README.)} + \immediate\write16{If you are stuck with version 3.0, run the} + \immediate\write16{ script ``tex3patch'' from the Texinfo distribution} + \immediate\write16{ to use a workaround.} + \immediate\write16{} + \global\warnedobstrue + \fi +} + +% **In TeX 3.0, setting text in \nullfont hangs tex. For a +% workaround (which requires the file ``dummy.tfm'' to be installed), +% uncomment the following line: +%%%%%\font\nullfont=dummy\let\obstexwarn=\relax + +% Ignore text, except that we keep track of conditional commands for +% purposes of nesting, up to an `@end #1' command. +% +\def\nestedignore#1{% + \obstexwarn + % We must actually expand the ignored text to look for the @end + % command, so that nested ignore constructs work. Thus, we put the + % text into a \vbox and then do nothing with the result. To minimize + % the change of memory overflow, we follow the approach outlined on + % page 401 of the TeXbook: make the current font be a dummy font. + % + \setbox0 = \vbox\bgroup + % Don't complain about control sequences we have declared \outer. + \ignoresections + % + % Define `@end #1' to end the box, which will in turn undefine the + % @end command again. + \expandafter\def\csname E#1\endcsname{\egroup\ignorespaces}% + % + % We are going to be parsing Texinfo commands. Most cause no + % trouble when they are used incorrectly, but some commands do + % complicated argument parsing or otherwise get confused, so we + % undefine them. + % + % We can't do anything about stray @-signs, unfortunately; + % they'll produce `undefined control sequence' errors. + \ignoremorecommands + % + % Set the current font to be \nullfont, a TeX primitive, and define + % all the font commands to also use \nullfont. We don't use + % dummy.tfm, as suggested in the TeXbook, because not all sites + % might have that installed. Therefore, math mode will still + % produce output, but that should be an extremely small amount of + % stuff compared to the main input. + % + \nullfont + \let\tenrm = \nullfont \let\tenit = \nullfont \let\tensl = \nullfont + \let\tenbf = \nullfont \let\tentt = \nullfont \let\smallcaps = \nullfont + \let\tensf = \nullfont + % Similarly for index fonts (mostly for their use in + % smallexample) + \let\indrm = \nullfont \let\indit = \nullfont \let\indsl = \nullfont + \let\indbf = \nullfont \let\indtt = \nullfont \let\indsc = \nullfont + \let\indsf = \nullfont + % + % Don't complain when characters are missing from the fonts. + \tracinglostchars = 0 + % + % Don't bother to do space factor calculations. + \frenchspacing + % + % Don't report underfull hboxes. + \hbadness = 10000 + % + % Do minimal line-breaking. + \pretolerance = 10000 + % + % Do not execute instructions in @tex + \def\tex{\doignore{tex}}% + % Do not execute macro definitions. + % `c' is a comment character, so the word `macro' will get cut off. + \def\macro{\doignore{ma}}% +} + +% @set VAR sets the variable VAR to an empty value. +% @set VAR REST-OF-LINE sets VAR to the value REST-OF-LINE. +% +% Since we want to separate VAR from REST-OF-LINE (which might be +% empty), we can't just use \parsearg; we have to insert a space of our +% own to delimit the rest of the line, and then take it out again if we +% didn't need it. Make sure the catcode of space is correct to avoid +% losing inside @example, for instance. +% +\def\set{\begingroup\catcode` =10 + \catcode`\-=12 \catcode`\_=12 % Allow - and _ in VAR. + \parsearg\setxxx} +\def\setxxx#1{\setyyy#1 \endsetyyy} +\def\setyyy#1 #2\endsetyyy{% + \def\temp{#2}% + \ifx\temp\empty \global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname = \empty + \else \setzzz{#1}#2\endsetzzz % Remove the trailing space \setxxx inserted. + \fi + \endgroup +} +% Can't use \xdef to pre-expand #2 and save some time, since \temp or +% \next or other control sequences that we've defined might get us into +% an infinite loop. Consider `@set foo @cite{bar}'. +\def\setzzz#1#2 \endsetzzz{\expandafter\gdef\csname SET#1\endcsname{#2}} + +% @clear VAR clears (i.e., unsets) the variable VAR. +% +\def\clear{\parsearg\clearxxx} +\def\clearxxx#1{\global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname=\relax} + +% @value{foo} gets the text saved in variable foo. +% +{ + \catcode`\_ = \active + % + % We might end up with active _ or - characters in the argument if + % we're called from @code, as @code{@value{foo-bar_}}. So \let any + % such active characters to their normal equivalents. + \gdef\value{\begingroup + \catcode`\-=12 \catcode`\_=12 + \indexbreaks \let_\normalunderscore + \valuexxx} +} +\def\valuexxx#1{\expandablevalue{#1}\endgroup} + +% We have this subroutine so that we can handle at least some @value's +% properly in indexes (we \let\value to this in \indexdummies). Ones +% whose names contain - or _ still won't work, but we can't do anything +% about that. The command has to be fully expandable, since the result +% winds up in the index file. This means that if the variable's value +% contains other Texinfo commands, it's almost certain it will fail +% (although perhaps we could fix that with sufficient work to do a +% one-level expansion on the result, instead of complete). +% +\def\expandablevalue#1{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax + {[No value for ``#1'']}% + \else + \csname SET#1\endcsname + \fi +} + +% @ifset VAR ... @end ifset reads the `...' iff VAR has been defined +% with @set. +% +\def\ifset{\parsearg\ifsetxxx} +\def\ifsetxxx #1{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax + \expandafter\ifsetfail + \else + \expandafter\ifsetsucceed + \fi +} +\def\ifsetsucceed{\conditionalsucceed{ifset}} +\def\ifsetfail{\nestedignore{ifset}} +\defineunmatchedend{ifset} + +% @ifclear VAR ... @end ifclear reads the `...' iff VAR has never been +% defined with @set, or has been undefined with @clear. +% +\def\ifclear{\parsearg\ifclearxxx} +\def\ifclearxxx #1{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax + \expandafter\ifclearsucceed + \else + \expandafter\ifclearfail + \fi +} +\def\ifclearsucceed{\conditionalsucceed{ifclear}} +\def\ifclearfail{\nestedignore{ifclear}} +\defineunmatchedend{ifclear} + +% @iftex, @ifnothtml, @ifnotinfo always succeed; we read the text +% following, through the first @end iftex (etc.). Make `@end iftex' +% (etc.) valid only after an @iftex. +% +\def\iftex{\conditionalsucceed{iftex}} +\def\ifnothtml{\conditionalsucceed{ifnothtml}} +\def\ifnotinfo{\conditionalsucceed{ifnotinfo}} +\defineunmatchedend{iftex} +\defineunmatchedend{ifnothtml} +\defineunmatchedend{ifnotinfo} + +% We can't just want to start a group at @iftex (for example) and end it +% at @end iftex, since then @set commands inside the conditional have no +% effect (they'd get reverted at the end of the group). So we must +% define \Eiftex to redefine itself to be its previous value. (We can't +% just define it to fail again with an ``unmatched end'' error, since +% the @ifset might be nested.) +% +\def\conditionalsucceed#1{% + \edef\temp{% + % Remember the current value of \E#1. + \let\nece{prevE#1} = \nece{E#1}% + % + % At the `@end #1', redefine \E#1 to be its previous value. + \def\nece{E#1}{\let\nece{E#1} = \nece{prevE#1}}% + }% + \temp +} + +% We need to expand lots of \csname's, but we don't want to expand the +% control sequences after we've constructed them. +% +\def\nece#1{\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname} + +% @asis just yields its argument. Used with @table, for example. +% +\def\asis#1{#1} + +% @math means output in math mode. +% We don't use $'s directly in the definition of \math because control +% sequences like \math are expanded when the toc file is written. Then, +% we read the toc file back, the $'s will be normal characters (as they +% should be, according to the definition of Texinfo). So we must use a +% control sequence to switch into and out of math mode. +% +% This isn't quite enough for @math to work properly in indices, but it +% seems unlikely it will ever be needed there. +% +\let\implicitmath = $ +\def\math#1{\implicitmath #1\implicitmath} + +% @bullet and @minus need the same treatment as @math, just above. +\def\bullet{\implicitmath\ptexbullet\implicitmath} +\def\minus{\implicitmath-\implicitmath} + +% @refill is a no-op. +\let\refill=\relax + +% If working on a large document in chapters, it is convenient to +% be able to disable indexing, cross-referencing, and contents, for test runs. +% This is done with @novalidate (before @setfilename). +% +\newif\iflinks \linkstrue % by default we want the aux files. +\let\novalidate = \linksfalse + +% @setfilename is done at the beginning of every texinfo file. +% So open here the files we need to have open while reading the input. +% This makes it possible to make a .fmt file for texinfo. +\def\setfilename{% + \iflinks + \readauxfile + \fi % \openindices needs to do some work in any case. + \openindices + \fixbackslash % Turn off hack to swallow `\input texinfo'. + \global\let\setfilename=\comment % Ignore extra @setfilename cmds. + % + % If texinfo.cnf is present on the system, read it. + % Useful for site-wide @afourpaper, etc. + % Just to be on the safe side, close the input stream before the \input. + \openin 1 texinfo.cnf + \ifeof1 \let\temp=\relax \else \def\temp{\input texinfo.cnf }\fi + \closein1 + \temp + % + \comment % Ignore the actual filename. +} + +% Called from \setfilename. +% +\def\openindices{% + \newindex{cp}% + \newcodeindex{fn}% + \newcodeindex{vr}% + \newcodeindex{tp}% + \newcodeindex{ky}% + \newcodeindex{pg}% +} + +% @bye. +\outer\def\bye{\pagealignmacro\tracingstats=1\ptexend} + + +\message{fonts,} +% Font-change commands. + +% Texinfo sort of supports the sans serif font style, which plain TeX does not. +% So we set up a \sf analogous to plain's \rm, etc. +\newfam\sffam +\def\sf{\fam=\sffam \tensf} +\let\li = \sf % Sometimes we call it \li, not \sf. + +% We don't need math for this one. +\def\ttsl{\tenttsl} + +% Use Computer Modern fonts at \magstephalf (11pt). +\newcount\mainmagstep +\mainmagstep=\magstephalf + +% Set the font macro #1 to the font named #2, adding on the +% specified font prefix (normally `cm'). +% #3 is the font's design size, #4 is a scale factor +\def\setfont#1#2#3#4{\font#1=\fontprefix#2#3 scaled #4} + +% Use cm as the default font prefix. +% To specify the font prefix, you must define \fontprefix +% before you read in texinfo.tex. +\ifx\fontprefix\undefined +\def\fontprefix{cm} +\fi +% Support font families that don't use the same naming scheme as CM. +\def\rmshape{r} +\def\rmbshape{bx} %where the normal face is bold +\def\bfshape{b} +\def\bxshape{bx} +\def\ttshape{tt} +\def\ttbshape{tt} +\def\ttslshape{sltt} +\def\itshape{ti} +\def\itbshape{bxti} +\def\slshape{sl} +\def\slbshape{bxsl} +\def\sfshape{ss} +\def\sfbshape{ss} +\def\scshape{csc} +\def\scbshape{csc} + +\ifx\bigger\relax +\let\mainmagstep=\magstep1 +\setfont\textrm\rmshape{12}{1000} +\setfont\texttt\ttshape{12}{1000} +\else +\setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep} +\setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep} +\fi +% Instead of cmb10, you many want to use cmbx10. +% cmbx10 is a prettier font on its own, but cmb10 +% looks better when embedded in a line with cmr10. +\setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep} +\setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep} +\setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep} +\setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep} +\setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep} +\setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep} +\font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep +\font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep + +% A few fonts for @defun, etc. +\setfont\defbf\bxshape{10}{\magstep1} %was 1314 +\setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1} +\def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf \bf} + +% Fonts for indices and small examples (9pt). +% We actually use the slanted font rather than the italic, +% because texinfo normally uses the slanted fonts for that. +% Do not make many font distinctions in general in the index, since they +% aren't very useful. +\setfont\ninett\ttshape{9}{1000} +\setfont\ninettsl\ttslshape{10}{900} +\setfont\indrm\rmshape{9}{1000} +\setfont\indit\itshape{9}{1000} +\setfont\indsl\slshape{9}{1000} +\let\indtt=\ninett +\let\indttsl=\ninettsl +\let\indsf=\indrm +\let\indbf=\indrm +\setfont\indsc\scshape{10}{900} +\font\indi=cmmi9 +\font\indsy=cmsy9 + +% Fonts for title page: +\setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3} +\setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4} +\setfont\titlesl\slbshape{10}{\magstep4} +\setfont\titlett\ttbshape{12}{\magstep3} +\setfont\titlettsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep4} +\setfont\titlesf\sfbshape{17}{\magstep1} +\let\titlebf=\titlerm +\setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4} +\font\titlei=cmmi12 scaled \magstep3 +\font\titlesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4 +\def\authorrm{\secrm} + +% Chapter (and unnumbered) fonts (17.28pt). +\setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep2} +\setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep3} +\setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep3} +\setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep2} +\setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep3} +\setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{17}{1000} +\let\chapbf=\chaprm +\setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep3} +\font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep2 +\font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep3 + +% Section fonts (14.4pt). +\setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1} +\setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2} +\setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2} +\setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1} +\setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2} +\setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1} +\let\secbf\secrm +\setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2} +\font\seci=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1 +\font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2 + +% \setfont\ssecrm\bxshape{10}{\magstep1} % This size an font looked bad. +% \setfont\ssecit\itshape{10}{\magstep1} % The letters were too crowded. +% \setfont\ssecsl\slshape{10}{\magstep1} +% \setfont\ssectt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1} +% \setfont\ssecsf\sfshape{10}{\magstep1} + +%\setfont\ssecrm\bfshape{10}{1315} % Note the use of cmb rather than cmbx. +%\setfont\ssecit\itshape{10}{1315} % Also, the size is a little larger than +%\setfont\ssecsl\slshape{10}{1315} % being scaled magstep1. +%\setfont\ssectt\ttshape{10}{1315} +%\setfont\ssecsf\sfshape{10}{1315} + +%\let\ssecbf=\ssecrm + +% Subsection fonts (13.15pt). +\setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstephalf} +\setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1315} +\setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1315} +\setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstephalf} +\setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{1315} +\setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstephalf} +\let\ssecbf\ssecrm +\setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep1} +\font\sseci=cmmi12 scaled \magstephalf +\font\ssecsy=cmsy10 scaled 1315 +% The smallcaps and symbol fonts should actually be scaled \magstep1.5, +% but that is not a standard magnification. + +% In order for the font changes to affect most math symbols and letters, +% we have to define the \textfont of the standard families. Since +% texinfo doesn't allow for producing subscripts and superscripts, we +% don't bother to reset \scriptfont and \scriptscriptfont (which would +% also require loading a lot more fonts). +% +\def\resetmathfonts{% + \textfont0 = \tenrm \textfont1 = \teni \textfont2 = \tensy + \textfont\itfam = \tenit \textfont\slfam = \tensl \textfont\bffam = \tenbf + \textfont\ttfam = \tentt \textfont\sffam = \tensf +} + + +% The font-changing commands redefine the meanings of \tenSTYLE, instead +% of just \STYLE. We do this so that font changes will continue to work +% in math mode, where it is the current \fam that is relevant in most +% cases, not the current font. Plain TeX does \def\bf{\fam=\bffam +% \tenbf}, for example. By redefining \tenbf, we obviate the need to +% redefine \bf itself. +\def\textfonts{% + \let\tenrm=\textrm \let\tenit=\textit \let\tensl=\textsl + \let\tenbf=\textbf \let\tentt=\texttt \let\smallcaps=\textsc + \let\tensf=\textsf \let\teni=\texti \let\tensy=\textsy \let\tenttsl=\textttsl + \resetmathfonts} +\def\titlefonts{% + \let\tenrm=\titlerm \let\tenit=\titleit \let\tensl=\titlesl + \let\tenbf=\titlebf \let\tentt=\titlett \let\smallcaps=\titlesc + \let\tensf=\titlesf \let\teni=\titlei \let\tensy=\titlesy + \let\tenttsl=\titlettsl + \resetmathfonts \setleading{25pt}} +\def\titlefont#1{{\titlefonts\rm #1}} +\def\chapfonts{% + \let\tenrm=\chaprm \let\tenit=\chapit \let\tensl=\chapsl + \let\tenbf=\chapbf \let\tentt=\chaptt \let\smallcaps=\chapsc + \let\tensf=\chapsf \let\teni=\chapi \let\tensy=\chapsy \let\tenttsl=\chapttsl + \resetmathfonts \setleading{19pt}} +\def\secfonts{% + \let\tenrm=\secrm \let\tenit=\secit \let\tensl=\secsl + \let\tenbf=\secbf \let\tentt=\sectt \let\smallcaps=\secsc + \let\tensf=\secsf \let\teni=\seci \let\tensy=\secsy \let\tenttsl=\secttsl + \resetmathfonts \setleading{16pt}} +\def\subsecfonts{% + \let\tenrm=\ssecrm \let\tenit=\ssecit \let\tensl=\ssecsl + \let\tenbf=\ssecbf \let\tentt=\ssectt \let\smallcaps=\ssecsc + \let\tensf=\ssecsf \let\teni=\sseci \let\tensy=\ssecsy \let\tenttsl=\ssecttsl + \resetmathfonts \setleading{15pt}} +\let\subsubsecfonts = \subsecfonts % Maybe make sssec fonts scaled magstephalf? +\def\indexfonts{% + \let\tenrm=\indrm \let\tenit=\indit \let\tensl=\indsl + \let\tenbf=\indbf \let\tentt=\indtt \let\smallcaps=\indsc + \let\tensf=\indsf \let\teni=\indi \let\tensy=\indsy \let\tenttsl=\indttsl + \resetmathfonts \setleading{12pt}} + +% Set up the default fonts, so we can use them for creating boxes. +% +\textfonts + +% Define these so they can be easily changed for other fonts. +\def\angleleft{$\langle$} +\def\angleright{$\rangle$} + +% Count depth in font-changes, for error checks +\newcount\fontdepth \fontdepth=0 + +% Fonts for short table of contents. +\setfont\shortcontrm\rmshape{12}{1000} +\setfont\shortcontbf\bxshape{12}{1000} +\setfont\shortcontsl\slshape{12}{1000} + +%% Add scribe-like font environments, plus @l for inline lisp (usually sans +%% serif) and @ii for TeX italic + +% \smartitalic{ARG} outputs arg in italics, followed by an italic correction +% unless the following character is such as not to need one. +\def\smartitalicx{\ifx\next,\else\ifx\next-\else\ifx\next.\else\/\fi\fi\fi} +\def\smartslanted#1{{\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx} +\def\smartitalic#1{{\it #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx} + +\let\i=\smartitalic +\let\var=\smartslanted +\let\dfn=\smartslanted +\let\emph=\smartitalic +\let\cite=\smartslanted + +\def\b#1{{\bf #1}} +\let\strong=\b + +% We can't just use \exhyphenpenalty, because that only has effect at +% the end of a paragraph. Restore normal hyphenation at the end of the +% group within which \nohyphenation is presumably called. +% +\def\nohyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = -1 \aftergroup\restorehyphenation} +\def\restorehyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = `- } + +\def\t#1{% + {\tt \rawbackslash \frenchspacing #1}% + \null +} +\let\ttfont=\t +\def\samp#1{`\tclose{#1}'\null} +\setfont\smallrm\rmshape{8}{1000} +\font\smallsy=cmsy9 +\def\key#1{{\smallrm\textfont2=\smallsy \leavevmode\hbox{% + \raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleleft}\kern-.08em\vtop{% + \vbox{\hrule\kern-0.4pt + \hbox{\raise0.4pt\hbox{\vphantom{\angleleft}}#1}}% + \kern-0.4pt\hrule}% + \kern-.06em\raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleright}}}} +% The old definition, with no lozenge: +%\def\key #1{{\ttsl \nohyphenation \uppercase{#1}}\null} +\def\ctrl #1{{\tt \rawbackslash \hat}#1} + +% @file, @option are the same as @samp. +\let\file=\samp +\let\option=\samp + +% @code is a modification of @t, +% which makes spaces the same size as normal in the surrounding text. +\def\tclose#1{% + {% + % Change normal interword space to be same as for the current font. + \spaceskip = \fontdimen2\font + % + % Switch to typewriter. + \tt + % + % But `\ ' produces the large typewriter interword space. + \def\ {{\spaceskip = 0pt{} }}% + % + % Turn off hyphenation. + \nohyphenation + % + \rawbackslash + \frenchspacing + #1% + }% + \null +} + +% We *must* turn on hyphenation at `-' and `_' in \code. +% Otherwise, it is too hard to avoid overfull hboxes +% in the Emacs manual, the Library manual, etc. + +% Unfortunately, TeX uses one parameter (\hyphenchar) to control +% both hyphenation at - and hyphenation within words. +% We must therefore turn them both off (\tclose does that) +% and arrange explicitly to hyphenate at a dash. +% -- rms. +{ + \catcode`\-=\active + \catcode`\_=\active + % + \global\def\code{\begingroup + \catcode`\-=\active \let-\codedash + \catcode`\_=\active \let_\codeunder + \codex + } + % + % If we end up with any active - characters when handling the index, + % just treat them as a normal -. + \global\def\indexbreaks{\catcode`\-=\active \let-\realdash} +} + +\def\realdash{-} +\def\codedash{-\discretionary{}{}{}} +\def\codeunder{\ifusingtt{\normalunderscore\discretionary{}{}{}}{\_}} +\def\codex #1{\tclose{#1}\endgroup} + +%\let\exp=\tclose %Was temporary + +% @kbd is like @code, except that if the argument is just one @key command, +% then @kbd has no effect. + +% @kbdinputstyle -- arg is `distinct' (@kbd uses slanted tty font always), +% `example' (@kbd uses ttsl only inside of @example and friends), +% or `code' (@kbd uses normal tty font always). +\def\kbdinputstyle{\parsearg\kbdinputstylexxx} +\def\kbdinputstylexxx#1{% + \def\arg{#1}% + \ifx\arg\worddistinct + \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\ttsl}% + \else\ifx\arg\wordexample + \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}% + \else\ifx\arg\wordcode + \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\tt}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}% + \fi\fi\fi +} +\def\worddistinct{distinct} +\def\wordexample{example} +\def\wordcode{code} + +% Default is kbdinputdistinct. (Too much of a hassle to call the macro, +% the catcodes are wrong for parsearg to work.) +\gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\ttsl} + +\def\xkey{\key} +\def\kbdfoo#1#2#3\par{\def\one{#1}\def\three{#3}\def\threex{??}% +\ifx\one\xkey\ifx\threex\three \key{#2}% +\else{\tclose{\kbdfont\look}}\fi +\else{\tclose{\kbdfont\look}}\fi} + +% For @url, @env, @command quotes seem unnecessary, so use \code. +\let\url=\code +\let\env=\code +\let\command=\code + +% @uref (abbreviation for `urlref') takes an optional second argument +% specifying the text to display. First (mandatory) arg is the url. +% Perhaps eventually put in a hypertex \special here. +% +\def\uref#1{\urefxxx #1,,\finish} +\def\urefxxx#1,#2,#3\finish{% + \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% + \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt + \unhbox0\ (\code{#1})% + \else + \code{#1}% + \fi +} + +% rms does not like the angle brackets --karl, 17may97. +% So now @email is just like @uref. +%\def\email#1{\angleleft{\tt #1}\angleright} +\let\email=\uref + +% Check if we are currently using a typewriter font. Since all the +% Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero interword stretch (and +% shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all typewriter fonts to have +% this property, we can check that font parameter. +% +\def\ifmonospace{\ifdim\fontdimen3\font=0pt } + +% Typeset a dimension, e.g., `in' or `pt'. The only reason for the +% argument is to make the input look right: @dmn{pt} instead of @dmn{}pt. +% +\def\dmn#1{\thinspace #1} + +\def\kbd#1{\def\look{#1}\expandafter\kbdfoo\look??\par} + +% @l was never documented to mean ``switch to the Lisp font'', +% and it is not used as such in any manual I can find. We need it for +% Polish suppressed-l. --karl, 22sep96. +%\def\l#1{{\li #1}\null} + +% Explicit font changes: @r, @sc, undocumented @ii. +\def\r#1{{\rm #1}} % roman font +\def\sc#1{{\smallcaps#1}} % smallcaps font +\def\ii#1{{\it #1}} % italic font + +% @acronym downcases the argument and prints in smallcaps. +\def\acronym#1{{\smallcaps \lowercase{#1}}} + +% @pounds{} is a sterling sign. +\def\pounds{{\it\$}} + + +\message{page headings,} + +\newskip\titlepagetopglue \titlepagetopglue = 1.5in +\newskip\titlepagebottomglue \titlepagebottomglue = 2pc + +% First the title page. Must do @settitle before @titlepage. +\newif\ifseenauthor +\newif\iffinishedtitlepage + +% Do an implicit @contents or @shortcontents after @end titlepage if the +% user says @setcontentsaftertitlepage or @setshortcontentsaftertitlepage. +% +\newif\ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage + \let\setcontentsaftertitlepage = \setcontentsaftertitlepagetrue +\newif\ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage + \let\setshortcontentsaftertitlepage = \setshortcontentsaftertitlepagetrue + +\def\shorttitlepage{\parsearg\shorttitlepagezzz} +\def\shorttitlepagezzz #1{\begingroup\hbox{}\vskip 1.5in \chaprm \centerline{#1}% + \endgroup\page\hbox{}\page} + +\def\titlepage{\begingroup \parindent=0pt \textfonts + \let\subtitlerm=\tenrm + \def\subtitlefont{\subtitlerm \normalbaselineskip = 13pt \normalbaselines}% + % + \def\authorfont{\authorrm \normalbaselineskip = 16pt \normalbaselines}% + % + % Leave some space at the very top of the page. + \vglue\titlepagetopglue + % + % Now you can print the title using @title. + \def\title{\parsearg\titlezzz}% + \def\titlezzz##1{\leftline{\titlefonts\rm ##1} + % print a rule at the page bottom also. + \finishedtitlepagefalse + \vskip4pt \hrule height 4pt width \hsize \vskip4pt}% + % No rule at page bottom unless we print one at the top with @title. + \finishedtitlepagetrue + % + % Now you can put text using @subtitle. + \def\subtitle{\parsearg\subtitlezzz}% + \def\subtitlezzz##1{{\subtitlefont \rightline{##1}}}% + % + % @author should come last, but may come many times. + \def\author{\parsearg\authorzzz}% + \def\authorzzz##1{\ifseenauthor\else\vskip 0pt plus 1filll\seenauthortrue\fi + {\authorfont \leftline{##1}}}% + % + % Most title ``pages'' are actually two pages long, with space + % at the top of the second. We don't want the ragged left on the second. + \let\oldpage = \page + \def\page{% + \iffinishedtitlepage\else + \finishtitlepage + \fi + \oldpage + \let\page = \oldpage + \hbox{}}% +% \def\page{\oldpage \hbox{}} +} + +\def\Etitlepage{% + \iffinishedtitlepage\else + \finishtitlepage + \fi + % It is important to do the page break before ending the group, + % because the headline and footline are only empty inside the group. + % If we use the new definition of \page, we always get a blank page + % after the title page, which we certainly don't want. + \oldpage + \endgroup + % + % If they want short, they certainly want long too. + \ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage + \shortcontents + \contents + \global\let\shortcontents = \relax + \global\let\contents = \relax + \fi + % + \ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage + \contents + \global\let\contents = \relax + \global\let\shortcontents = \relax + \fi + % + \HEADINGSon +} + +\def\finishtitlepage{% + \vskip4pt \hrule height 2pt width \hsize + \vskip\titlepagebottomglue + \finishedtitlepagetrue +} + +%%% Set up page headings and footings. + +\let\thispage=\folio + +\newtoks\evenheadline % headline on even pages +\newtoks\oddheadline % headline on odd pages +\newtoks\evenfootline % footline on even pages +\newtoks\oddfootline % footline on odd pages + +% Now make Tex use those variables +\headline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddheadline + \else \the\evenheadline \fi}} +\footline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddfootline + \else \the\evenfootline \fi}\HEADINGShook} +\let\HEADINGShook=\relax + +% Commands to set those variables. +% For example, this is what @headings on does +% @evenheading @thistitle|@thispage|@thischapter +% @oddheading @thischapter|@thispage|@thistitle +% @evenfooting @thisfile|| +% @oddfooting ||@thisfile + +\def\evenheading{\parsearg\evenheadingxxx} +\def\oddheading{\parsearg\oddheadingxxx} +\def\everyheading{\parsearg\everyheadingxxx} + +\def\evenfooting{\parsearg\evenfootingxxx} +\def\oddfooting{\parsearg\oddfootingxxx} +\def\everyfooting{\parsearg\everyfootingxxx} + +{\catcode`\@=0 % + +\gdef\evenheadingxxx #1{\evenheadingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish} +\gdef\evenheadingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{% +\global\evenheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}} + +\gdef\oddheadingxxx #1{\oddheadingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish} +\gdef\oddheadingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{% +\global\oddheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}} + +\gdef\everyheadingxxx#1{\oddheadingxxx{#1}\evenheadingxxx{#1}}% + +\gdef\evenfootingxxx #1{\evenfootingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish} +\gdef\evenfootingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{% +\global\evenfootline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}} + +\gdef\oddfootingxxx #1{\oddfootingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish} +\gdef\oddfootingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{% + \global\oddfootline = {\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}% + % + % Leave some space for the footline. Hopefully ok to assume + % @evenfooting will not be used by itself. + \global\advance\pageheight by -\baselineskip + \global\advance\vsize by -\baselineskip +} + +\gdef\everyfootingxxx#1{\oddfootingxxx{#1}\evenfootingxxx{#1}} +% +}% unbind the catcode of @. + +% @headings double turns headings on for double-sided printing. +% @headings single turns headings on for single-sided printing. +% @headings off turns them off. +% @headings on same as @headings double, retained for compatibility. +% @headings after turns on double-sided headings after this page. +% @headings doubleafter turns on double-sided headings after this page. +% @headings singleafter turns on single-sided headings after this page. +% By default, they are off at the start of a document, +% and turned `on' after @end titlepage. + +\def\headings #1 {\csname HEADINGS#1\endcsname} + +\def\HEADINGSoff{ +\global\evenheadline={\hfil} \global\evenfootline={\hfil} +\global\oddheadline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil}} +\HEADINGSoff +% When we turn headings on, set the page number to 1. +% For double-sided printing, put current file name in lower left corner, +% chapter name on inside top of right hand pages, document +% title on inside top of left hand pages, and page numbers on outside top +% edge of all pages. +\def\HEADINGSdouble{ +\global\pageno=1 +\global\evenfootline={\hfil} +\global\oddfootline={\hfil} +\global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}} +\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} +\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage +} +\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager + +% For single-sided printing, chapter title goes across top left of page, +% page number on top right. +\def\HEADINGSsingle{ +\global\pageno=1 +\global\evenfootline={\hfil} +\global\oddfootline={\hfil} +\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} +\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} +\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager +} +\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble} + +\def\HEADINGSafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSdoublex} +\let\HEADINGSdoubleafter=\HEADINGSafter +\def\HEADINGSdoublex{% +\global\evenfootline={\hfil} +\global\oddfootline={\hfil} +\global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}} +\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} +\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage +} + +\def\HEADINGSsingleafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSsinglex} +\def\HEADINGSsinglex{% +\global\evenfootline={\hfil} +\global\oddfootline={\hfil} +\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} +\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} +\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager +} + +% Subroutines used in generating headings +% Produces Day Month Year style of output. +\def\today{\number\day\space +\ifcase\month\or +January\or February\or March\or April\or May\or June\or +July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or December\fi +\space\number\year} + +% Use this if you want the Month Day, Year style of output. +%\def\today{\ifcase\month\or +%January\or February\or March\or April\or May\or June\or +%July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or December\fi +%\space\number\day, \number\year} + +% @settitle line... specifies the title of the document, for headings +% It generates no output of its own + +\def\thistitle{No Title} +\def\settitle{\parsearg\settitlezzz} +\def\settitlezzz #1{\gdef\thistitle{#1}} + + +\message{tables,} +% Tables -- @table, @ftable, @vtable, @item(x), @kitem(x), @xitem(x). + +% default indentation of table text +\newdimen\tableindent \tableindent=.8in +% default indentation of @itemize and @enumerate text +\newdimen\itemindent \itemindent=.3in +% margin between end of table item and start of table text. +\newdimen\itemmargin \itemmargin=.1in + +% used internally for \itemindent minus \itemmargin +\newdimen\itemmax + +% Note @table, @vtable, and @vtable define @item, @itemx, etc., with +% these defs. +% They also define \itemindex +% to index the item name in whatever manner is desired (perhaps none). + +\newif\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip + +\def\itemxpar{\par\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip\nobreak\vskip-\parskip\nobreak\fi} + +\def\internalBitem{\smallbreak \parsearg\itemzzz} +\def\internalBitemx{\itemxpar \parsearg\itemzzz} + +\def\internalBxitem "#1"{\def\xitemsubtopix{#1} \smallbreak \parsearg\xitemzzz} +\def\internalBxitemx "#1"{\def\xitemsubtopix{#1} \itemxpar \parsearg\xitemzzz} + +\def\internalBkitem{\smallbreak \parsearg\kitemzzz} +\def\internalBkitemx{\itemxpar \parsearg\kitemzzz} + +\def\kitemzzz #1{\dosubind {kw}{\code{#1}}{for {\bf \lastfunction}}% + \itemzzz {#1}} + +\def\xitemzzz #1{\dosubind {kw}{\code{#1}}{for {\bf \xitemsubtopic}}% + \itemzzz {#1}} + +\def\itemzzz #1{\begingroup % + \advance\hsize by -\rightskip + \advance\hsize by -\tableindent + \setbox0=\hbox{\itemfont{#1}}% + \itemindex{#1}% + \nobreak % This prevents a break before @itemx. + % + % If the item text does not fit in the space we have, put it on a line + % by itself, and do not allow a page break either before or after that + % line. We do not start a paragraph here because then if the next + % command is, e.g., @kindex, the whatsit would get put into the + % horizontal list on a line by itself, resulting in extra blank space. + \ifdim \wd0>\itemmax + % + % Make this a paragraph so we get the \parskip glue and wrapping, + % but leave it ragged-right. + \begingroup + \advance\leftskip by-\tableindent + \advance\hsize by\tableindent + \advance\rightskip by0pt plus1fil + \leavevmode\unhbox0\par + \endgroup + % + % We're going to be starting a paragraph, but we don't want the + % \parskip glue -- logically it's part of the @item we just started. + \nobreak \vskip-\parskip + % + % Stop a page break at the \parskip glue coming up. Unfortunately + % we can't prevent a possible page break at the following + % \baselineskip glue. + \nobreak + \endgroup + \itemxneedsnegativevskipfalse + \else + % The item text fits into the space. Start a paragraph, so that the + % following text (if any) will end up on the same line. + \noindent + % Do this with kerns and \unhbox so that if there is a footnote in + % the item text, it can migrate to the main vertical list and + % eventually be printed. + \nobreak\kern-\tableindent + \dimen0 = \itemmax \advance\dimen0 by \itemmargin \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0 + \unhbox0 + \nobreak\kern\dimen0 + \endgroup + \itemxneedsnegativevskiptrue + \fi +} + +\def\item{\errmessage{@item while not in a table}} +\def\itemx{\errmessage{@itemx while not in a table}} +\def\kitem{\errmessage{@kitem while not in a table}} +\def\kitemx{\errmessage{@kitemx while not in a table}} +\def\xitem{\errmessage{@xitem while not in a table}} +\def\xitemx{\errmessage{@xitemx while not in a table}} + +% Contains a kludge to get @end[description] to work. +\def\description{\tablez{\dontindex}{1}{}{}{}{}} + +% @table, @ftable, @vtable. +\def\table{\begingroup\inENV\obeylines\obeyspaces\tablex} +{\obeylines\obeyspaces% +\gdef\tablex #1^^M{% +\tabley\dontindex#1 \endtabley}} + +\def\ftable{\begingroup\inENV\obeylines\obeyspaces\ftablex} +{\obeylines\obeyspaces% +\gdef\ftablex #1^^M{% +\tabley\fnitemindex#1 \endtabley +\def\Eftable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}% +\let\Etable=\relax}} + +\def\vtable{\begingroup\inENV\obeylines\obeyspaces\vtablex} +{\obeylines\obeyspaces% +\gdef\vtablex #1^^M{% +\tabley\vritemindex#1 \endtabley +\def\Evtable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}% +\let\Etable=\relax}} + +\def\dontindex #1{} +\def\fnitemindex #1{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}}% +\def\vritemindex #1{\doind {vr}{\code{#1}}}% + +{\obeyspaces % +\gdef\tabley#1#2 #3 #4 #5 #6 #7\endtabley{\endgroup% +\tablez{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}}} + +\def\tablez #1#2#3#4#5#6{% +\aboveenvbreak % +\begingroup % +\def\Edescription{\Etable}% Necessary kludge. +\let\itemindex=#1% +\ifnum 0#3>0 \advance \leftskip by #3\mil \fi % +\ifnum 0#4>0 \tableindent=#4\mil \fi % +\ifnum 0#5>0 \advance \rightskip by #5\mil \fi % +\def\itemfont{#2}% +\itemmax=\tableindent % +\advance \itemmax by -\itemmargin % +\advance \leftskip by \tableindent % +\exdentamount=\tableindent +\parindent = 0pt +\parskip = \smallskipamount +\ifdim \parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi% +\def\Etable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}% +\let\item = \internalBitem % +\let\itemx = \internalBitemx % +\let\kitem = \internalBkitem % +\let\kitemx = \internalBkitemx % +\let\xitem = \internalBxitem % +\let\xitemx = \internalBxitemx % +} + +% This is the counter used by @enumerate, which is really @itemize + +\newcount \itemno + +\def\itemize{\parsearg\itemizezzz} + +\def\itemizezzz #1{% + \begingroup % ended by the @end itemize + \itemizey {#1}{\Eitemize} +} + +\def\itemizey #1#2{% +\aboveenvbreak % +\itemmax=\itemindent % +\advance \itemmax by -\itemmargin % +\advance \leftskip by \itemindent % +\exdentamount=\itemindent +\parindent = 0pt % +\parskip = \smallskipamount % +\ifdim \parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi% +\def#2{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}% +\def\itemcontents{#1}% +\let\item=\itemizeitem} + +% Set sfcode to normal for the chars that usually have another value. +% These are `.?!:;,' +\def\frenchspacing{\sfcode46=1000 \sfcode63=1000 \sfcode33=1000 + \sfcode58=1000 \sfcode59=1000 \sfcode44=1000 } + +% \splitoff TOKENS\endmark defines \first to be the first token in +% TOKENS, and \rest to be the remainder. +% +\def\splitoff#1#2\endmark{\def\first{#1}\def\rest{#2}}% + +% Allow an optional argument of an uppercase letter, lowercase letter, +% or number, to specify the first label in the enumerated list. No +% argument is the same as `1'. +% +\def\enumerate{\parsearg\enumeratezzz} +\def\enumeratezzz #1{\enumeratey #1 \endenumeratey} +\def\enumeratey #1 #2\endenumeratey{% + \begingroup % ended by the @end enumerate + % + % If we were given no argument, pretend we were given `1'. + \def\thearg{#1}% + \ifx\thearg\empty \def\thearg{1}\fi + % + % Detect if the argument is a single token. If so, it might be a + % letter. Otherwise, the only valid thing it can be is a number. + % (We will always have one token, because of the test we just made. + % This is a good thing, since \splitoff doesn't work given nothing at + % all -- the first parameter is undelimited.) + \expandafter\splitoff\thearg\endmark + \ifx\rest\empty + % Only one token in the argument. It could still be anything. + % A ``lowercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is nonzero. + % An ``uppercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is both nonzero, and + % not equal to itself. + % Otherwise, we assume it's a number. + % + % We need the \relax at the end of the \ifnum lines to stop TeX from + % continuing to look for a . + % + \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=0\relax + \numericenumerate % a number (we hope) + \else + % It's a letter. + \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=\expandafter`\thearg\relax + \lowercaseenumerate % lowercase letter + \else + \uppercaseenumerate % uppercase letter + \fi + \fi + \else + % Multiple tokens in the argument. We hope it's a number. + \numericenumerate + \fi +} + +% An @enumerate whose labels are integers. The starting integer is +% given in \thearg. +% +\def\numericenumerate{% + \itemno = \thearg + \startenumeration{\the\itemno}% +} + +% The starting (lowercase) letter is in \thearg. +\def\lowercaseenumerate{% + \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg + \startenumeration{% + % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet. + \ifnum\itemno=0 + \errmessage{No more lowercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger + alphabet}% + \fi + \char\lccode\itemno + }% +} + +% The starting (uppercase) letter is in \thearg. +\def\uppercaseenumerate{% + \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg + \startenumeration{% + % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet. + \ifnum\itemno=0 + \errmessage{No more uppercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger + alphabet} + \fi + \char\uccode\itemno + }% +} + +% Call itemizey, adding a period to the first argument and supplying the +% common last two arguments. Also subtract one from the initial value in +% \itemno, since @item increments \itemno. +% +\def\startenumeration#1{% + \advance\itemno by -1 + \itemizey{#1.}\Eenumerate\flushcr +} + +% @alphaenumerate and @capsenumerate are abbreviations for giving an arg +% to @enumerate. +% +\def\alphaenumerate{\enumerate{a}} +\def\capsenumerate{\enumerate{A}} +\def\Ealphaenumerate{\Eenumerate} +\def\Ecapsenumerate{\Eenumerate} + +% Definition of @item while inside @itemize. + +\def\itemizeitem{% +\advance\itemno by 1 +{\let\par=\endgraf \smallbreak}% +\ifhmode \errmessage{In hmode at itemizeitem}\fi +{\parskip=0in \hskip 0pt +\hbox to 0pt{\hss \itemcontents\hskip \itemmargin}% +\vadjust{\penalty 1200}}% +\flushcr} + +% @multitable macros +% Amy Hendrickson, 8/18/94, 3/6/96 +% +% @multitable ... @end multitable will make as many columns as desired. +% Contents of each column will wrap at width given in preamble. Width +% can be specified either with sample text given in a template line, +% or in percent of \hsize, the current width of text on page. + +% Table can continue over pages but will only break between lines. + +% To make preamble: +% +% Either define widths of columns in terms of percent of \hsize: +% @multitable @columnfractions .25 .3 .45 +% @item ... +% +% Numbers following @columnfractions are the percent of the total +% current hsize to be used for each column. You may use as many +% columns as desired. + + +% Or use a template: +% @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template} +% @item ... +% using the widest term desired in each column. +% +% For those who want to use more than one line's worth of words in +% the preamble, break the line within one argument and it +% will parse correctly, i.e., +% +% @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 +% template} +% Not: +% @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} +% {Column 3 template} + +% Each new table line starts with @item, each subsequent new column +% starts with @tab. Empty columns may be produced by supplying @tab's +% with nothing between them for as many times as empty columns are needed, +% ie, @tab@tab@tab will produce two empty columns. + +% @item, @tab, @multitable or @end multitable do not need to be on their +% own lines, but it will not hurt if they are. + +% Sample multitable: + +% @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template} +% @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff @tab third col +% @item +% first col stuff +% @tab +% second col stuff +% @tab +% third col +% @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff +% @tab Many paragraphs of text may be used in any column. +% +% They will wrap at the width determined by the template. +% @item@tab@tab This will be in third column. +% @end multitable + +% Default dimensions may be reset by user. +% @multitableparskip is vertical space between paragraphs in table. +% @multitableparindent is paragraph indent in table. +% @multitablecolmargin is horizontal space to be left between columns. +% @multitablelinespace is space to leave between table items, baseline +% to baseline. +% 0pt means it depends on current normal line spacing. +% +\newskip\multitableparskip +\newskip\multitableparindent +\newdimen\multitablecolspace +\newskip\multitablelinespace +\multitableparskip=0pt +\multitableparindent=6pt +\multitablecolspace=12pt +\multitablelinespace=0pt + +% Macros used to set up halign preamble: +% +\let\endsetuptable\relax +\def\xendsetuptable{\endsetuptable} +\let\columnfractions\relax +\def\xcolumnfractions{\columnfractions} +\newif\ifsetpercent + +% #1 is the part of the @columnfraction before the decimal point, which +% is presumably either 0 or the empty string (but we don't check, we +% just throw it away). #2 is the decimal part, which we use as the +% percent of \hsize for this column. +\def\pickupwholefraction#1.#2 {% + \global\advance\colcount by 1 + \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{.#2\hsize}% + \setuptable +} + +\newcount\colcount +\def\setuptable#1{% + \def\firstarg{#1}% + \ifx\firstarg\xendsetuptable + \let\go = \relax + \else + \ifx\firstarg\xcolumnfractions + \global\setpercenttrue + \else + \ifsetpercent + \let\go\pickupwholefraction + \else + \global\advance\colcount by 1 + \setbox0=\hbox{#1\unskip }% Add a normal word space as a separator; + % typically that is always in the input, anyway. + \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{\the\wd0}% + \fi + \fi + \ifx\go\pickupwholefraction + % Put the argument back for the \pickupwholefraction call, so + % we'll always have a period there to be parsed. + \def\go{\pickupwholefraction#1}% + \else + \let\go = \setuptable + \fi% + \fi + \go +} + +% multitable syntax +\def\tab{&\hskip1sp\relax} % 2/2/96 + % tiny skip here makes sure this column space is + % maintained, even if it is never used. + +% @multitable ... @end multitable definitions: +% +\def\multitable{\parsearg\dotable} +\def\dotable#1{\bgroup + \vskip\parskip + \let\item\crcr + \tolerance=9500 + \hbadness=9500 + \setmultitablespacing + \parskip=\multitableparskip + \parindent=\multitableparindent + \overfullrule=0pt + \global\colcount=0 + \def\Emultitable{\global\setpercentfalse\cr\egroup\egroup}% + % + % To parse everything between @multitable and @item: + \setuptable#1 \endsetuptable + % + % \everycr will reset column counter, \colcount, at the end of + % each line. Every column entry will cause \colcount to advance by one. + % The table preamble + % looks at the current \colcount to find the correct column width. + \everycr{\noalign{% + % + % \filbreak%% keeps underfull box messages off when table breaks over pages. + % Maybe so, but it also creates really weird page breaks when the table + % breaks over pages. Wouldn't \vfil be better? Wait until the problem + % manifests itself, so it can be fixed for real --karl. + \global\colcount=0\relax}}% + % + % This preamble sets up a generic column definition, which will + % be used as many times as user calls for columns. + % \vtop will set a single line and will also let text wrap and + % continue for many paragraphs if desired. + \halign\bgroup&\global\advance\colcount by 1\relax + \multistrut\vtop{\hsize=\expandafter\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname + % + % In order to keep entries from bumping into each other + % we will add a \leftskip of \multitablecolspace to all columns after + % the first one. + % + % If a template has been used, we will add \multitablecolspace + % to the width of each template entry. + % + % If the user has set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize we will + % use that dimension as the width of the column, and the \leftskip + % will keep entries from bumping into each other. Table will start at + % left margin and final column will justify at right margin. + % + % Make sure we don't inherit \rightskip from the outer environment. + \rightskip=0pt + \ifnum\colcount=1 + % The first column will be indented with the surrounding text. + \advance\hsize by\leftskip + \else + \ifsetpercent \else + % If user has not set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize + % we will advance \hsize by \multitablecolspace. + \advance\hsize by \multitablecolspace + \fi + % In either case we will make \leftskip=\multitablecolspace: + \leftskip=\multitablecolspace + \fi + % Ignoring space at the beginning and end avoids an occasional spurious + % blank line, when TeX decides to break the line at the space before the + % box from the multistrut, so the strut ends up on a line by itself. + % For example: + % @multitable @columnfractions .11 .89 + % @item @code{#} + % @tab Legal holiday which is valid in major parts of the whole country. + % Is automatically provided with highlighting sequences respectively marking + % characters. + \noindent\ignorespaces##\unskip\multistrut}\cr +} + +\def\setmultitablespacing{% test to see if user has set \multitablelinespace. +% If so, do nothing. If not, give it an appropriate dimension based on +% current baselineskip. +\ifdim\multitablelinespace=0pt +%% strut to put in table in case some entry doesn't have descenders, +%% to keep lines equally spaced +\let\multistrut = \strut +%% Test to see if parskip is larger than space between lines of +%% table. If not, do nothing. +%% If so, set to same dimension as multitablelinespace. +\else +\gdef\multistrut{\vrule height\multitablelinespace depth\dp0 +width0pt\relax} \fi +\ifdim\multitableparskip>\multitablelinespace +\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace +\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller + %% than skip between lines in the table. +\fi% +\ifdim\multitableparskip=0pt +\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace +\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller + %% than skip between lines in the table. +\fi} + + +\message{indexing,} +% Index generation facilities + +% Define \newwrite to be identical to plain tex's \newwrite +% except not \outer, so it can be used within \newindex. +{\catcode`\@=11 +\gdef\newwrite{\alloc@7\write\chardef\sixt@@n}} + +% \newindex {foo} defines an index named foo. +% It automatically defines \fooindex such that +% \fooindex ...rest of line... puts an entry in the index foo. +% It also defines \fooindfile to be the number of the output channel for +% the file that accumulates this index. The file's extension is foo. +% The name of an index should be no more than 2 characters long +% for the sake of vms. +% +\def\newindex#1{% + \iflinks + \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname + \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1 % Open the file + \fi + \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% % Define @#1index + \noexpand\doindex{#1}} +} + +% @defindex foo == \newindex{foo} + +\def\defindex{\parsearg\newindex} + +% Define @defcodeindex, like @defindex except put all entries in @code. + +\def\newcodeindex#1{% + \iflinks + \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname + \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1 + \fi + \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% + \noexpand\docodeindex{#1}} +} + +\def\defcodeindex{\parsearg\newcodeindex} + +% @synindex foo bar makes index foo feed into index bar. +% Do this instead of @defindex foo if you don't want it as a separate index. +% The \closeout helps reduce unnecessary open files; the limit on the +% Acorn RISC OS is a mere 16 files. +\def\synindex#1 #2 {% + \expandafter\let\expandafter\synindexfoo\expandafter=\csname#2indfile\endcsname + \expandafter\closeout\csname#1indfile\endcsname + \expandafter\let\csname#1indfile\endcsname=\synindexfoo + \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% define \xxxindex + \noexpand\doindex{#2}}% +} + +% @syncodeindex foo bar similar, but put all entries made for index foo +% inside @code. +\def\syncodeindex#1 #2 {% + \expandafter\let\expandafter\synindexfoo\expandafter=\csname#2indfile\endcsname + \expandafter\closeout\csname#1indfile\endcsname + \expandafter\let\csname#1indfile\endcsname=\synindexfoo + \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% define \xxxindex + \noexpand\docodeindex{#2}}% +} + +% Define \doindex, the driver for all \fooindex macros. +% Argument #1 is generated by the calling \fooindex macro, +% and it is "foo", the name of the index. + +% \doindex just uses \parsearg; it calls \doind for the actual work. +% This is because \doind is more useful to call from other macros. + +% There is also \dosubind {index}{topic}{subtopic} +% which makes an entry in a two-level index such as the operation index. + +\def\doindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singleindexer} +\def\singleindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{#1}} + +% like the previous two, but they put @code around the argument. +\def\docodeindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singlecodeindexer} +\def\singlecodeindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{\code{#1}}} + +\def\indexdummies{% +\def\ { }% +% Take care of the plain tex accent commands. +\def\"{\realbackslash "}% +\def\`{\realbackslash `}% +\def\'{\realbackslash '}% +\def\^{\realbackslash ^}% +\def\~{\realbackslash ~}% +\def\={\realbackslash =}% +\def\b{\realbackslash b}% +\def\c{\realbackslash c}% +\def\d{\realbackslash d}% +\def\u{\realbackslash u}% +\def\v{\realbackslash v}% +\def\H{\realbackslash H}% +% Take care of the plain tex special European modified letters. +\def\oe{\realbackslash oe}% +\def\ae{\realbackslash ae}% +\def\aa{\realbackslash aa}% +\def\OE{\realbackslash OE}% +\def\AE{\realbackslash AE}% +\def\AA{\realbackslash AA}% +\def\o{\realbackslash o}% +\def\O{\realbackslash O}% +\def\l{\realbackslash l}% +\def\L{\realbackslash L}% +\def\ss{\realbackslash ss}% +% Take care of texinfo commands likely to appear in an index entry. +% (Must be a way to avoid doing expansion at all, and thus not have to +% laboriously list every single command here.) +\def\@{@}% will be @@ when we switch to @ as escape char. +% Need these in case \tex is in effect and \{ is a \delimiter again. +% But can't use \lbracecmd and \rbracecmd because texindex assumes +% braces and backslashes are used only as delimiters. +\let\{ = \mylbrace +\let\} = \myrbrace +\def\_{{\realbackslash _}}% +\def\w{\realbackslash w }% +\def\bf{\realbackslash bf }% +%\def\rm{\realbackslash rm }% +\def\sl{\realbackslash sl }% +\def\sf{\realbackslash sf}% +\def\tt{\realbackslash tt}% +\def\gtr{\realbackslash gtr}% +\def\less{\realbackslash less}% +\def\hat{\realbackslash hat}% +\def\TeX{\realbackslash TeX}% +\def\dots{\realbackslash dots }% +\def\result{\realbackslash result}% +\def\equiv{\realbackslash equiv}% +\def\expansion{\realbackslash expansion}% +\def\print{\realbackslash print}% +\def\error{\realbackslash error}% +\def\point{\realbackslash point}% +\def\copyright{\realbackslash copyright}% +\def\tclose##1{\realbackslash tclose {##1}}% +\def\code##1{\realbackslash code {##1}}% +\def\uref##1{\realbackslash uref {##1}}% +\def\url##1{\realbackslash url {##1}}% +\def\env##1{\realbackslash env {##1}}% +\def\command##1{\realbackslash command {##1}}% +\def\option##1{\realbackslash option {##1}}% +\def\dotless##1{\realbackslash dotless {##1}}% +\def\samp##1{\realbackslash samp {##1}}% +\def\,##1{\realbackslash ,{##1}}% +\def\t##1{\realbackslash t {##1}}% +\def\r##1{\realbackslash r {##1}}% +\def\i##1{\realbackslash i {##1}}% +\def\b##1{\realbackslash b {##1}}% +\def\sc##1{\realbackslash sc {##1}}% +\def\cite##1{\realbackslash cite {##1}}% +\def\key##1{\realbackslash key {##1}}% +\def\file##1{\realbackslash file {##1}}% +\def\var##1{\realbackslash var {##1}}% +\def\kbd##1{\realbackslash kbd {##1}}% +\def\dfn##1{\realbackslash dfn {##1}}% +\def\emph##1{\realbackslash emph {##1}}% +\def\acronym##1{\realbackslash acronym {##1}}% +% +% Handle some cases of @value -- where the variable name does not +% contain - or _, and the value does not contain any +% (non-fully-expandable) commands. +\let\value = \expandablevalue +% +\unsepspaces +} + +% If an index command is used in an @example environment, any spaces +% therein should become regular spaces in the raw index file, not the +% expansion of \tie (\\leavevmode \penalty \@M \ ). +{\obeyspaces + \gdef\unsepspaces{\obeyspaces\let =\space}} + +% \indexnofonts no-ops all font-change commands. +% This is used when outputting the strings to sort the index by. +\def\indexdummyfont#1{#1} +\def\indexdummytex{TeX} +\def\indexdummydots{...} + +\def\indexnofonts{% +% Just ignore accents. +\let\,=\indexdummyfont +\let\"=\indexdummyfont +\let\`=\indexdummyfont +\let\'=\indexdummyfont +\let\^=\indexdummyfont +\let\~=\indexdummyfont +\let\==\indexdummyfont +\let\b=\indexdummyfont +\let\c=\indexdummyfont +\let\d=\indexdummyfont +\let\u=\indexdummyfont +\let\v=\indexdummyfont +\let\H=\indexdummyfont +\let\dotless=\indexdummyfont +% Take care of the plain tex special European modified letters. +\def\oe{oe}% +\def\ae{ae}% +\def\aa{aa}% +\def\OE{OE}% +\def\AE{AE}% +\def\AA{AA}% +\def\o{o}% +\def\O{O}% +\def\l{l}% +\def\L{L}% +\def\ss{ss}% +\let\w=\indexdummyfont +\let\t=\indexdummyfont +\let\r=\indexdummyfont +\let\i=\indexdummyfont +\let\b=\indexdummyfont +\let\emph=\indexdummyfont +\let\strong=\indexdummyfont +\let\cite=\indexdummyfont +\let\sc=\indexdummyfont +%Don't no-op \tt, since it isn't a user-level command +% and is used in the definitions of the active chars like <, >, |... +%\let\tt=\indexdummyfont +\let\tclose=\indexdummyfont +\let\code=\indexdummyfont +\let\url=\indexdummyfont +\let\uref=\indexdummyfont +\let\env=\indexdummyfont +\let\command=\indexdummyfont +\let\option=\indexdummyfont +\let\file=\indexdummyfont +\let\samp=\indexdummyfont +\let\kbd=\indexdummyfont +\let\key=\indexdummyfont +\let\var=\indexdummyfont +\let\TeX=\indexdummytex +\let\dots=\indexdummydots +\def\@{@}% +} + +% To define \realbackslash, we must make \ not be an escape. +% We must first make another character (@) an escape +% so we do not become unable to do a definition. + +{\catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\other + @gdef@realbackslash{\}} + +\let\indexbackslash=0 %overridden during \printindex. +\let\SETmarginindex=\relax % put index entries in margin (undocumented)? + +% For \ifx comparisons. +\def\emptymacro{\empty} + +% Most index entries go through here, but \dosubind is the general case. +% +\def\doind#1#2{\dosubind{#1}{#2}\empty} + +% Workhorse for all \fooindexes. +% #1 is name of index, #2 is stuff to put there, #3 is subentry -- +% \empty if called from \doind, as we usually are. The main exception +% is with defuns, which call us directly. +% +\def\dosubind#1#2#3{% + % Put the index entry in the margin if desired. + \ifx\SETmarginindex\relax\else + \insert\margin{\hbox{\vrule height8pt depth3pt width0pt #2}}% + \fi + {% + \count255=\lastpenalty + {% + \indexdummies % Must do this here, since \bf, etc expand at this stage + \escapechar=`\\ + {% + \let\folio = 0% We will expand all macros now EXCEPT \folio. + \def\rawbackslashxx{\indexbackslash}% \indexbackslash isn't defined now + % so it will be output as is; and it will print as backslash. + % + \def\thirdarg{#3}% + % + % If third arg is present, precede it with space in sort key. + \ifx\thirdarg\emptymacro + \let\subentry = \empty + \else + \def\subentry{ #3}% + \fi + % + % First process the index-string with all font commands turned off + % to get the string to sort by. + {\indexnofonts \xdef\indexsorttmp{#2\subentry}}% + % + % Now produce the complete index entry, with both the sort key and the + % original text, including any font commands. + \toks0 = {#2}% + \edef\temp{% + \write\csname#1indfile\endcsname{% + \realbackslash entry{\indexsorttmp}{\folio}{\the\toks0}}% + }% + % + % If third (subentry) arg is present, add it to the index string. + \ifx\thirdarg\emptymacro \else + \toks0 = {#3}% + \edef\temp{\temp{\the\toks0}}% + \fi + % + % If a skip is the last thing on the list now, preserve it + % by backing up by \lastskip, doing the \write, then inserting + % the skip again. Otherwise, the whatsit generated by the + % \write will make \lastskip zero. The result is that sequences + % like this: + % @end defun + % @tindex whatever + % @defun ... + % will have extra space inserted, because the \medbreak in the + % start of the @defun won't see the skip inserted by the @end of + % the previous defun. + % + % But don't do any of this if we're not in vertical mode. We + % don't want to do a \vskip and prematurely end a paragraph. + % + % Avoid page breaks due to these extra skips, too. + % + \iflinks + \ifvmode + \skip0 = \lastskip + \ifdim\lastskip = 0pt \else \nobreak\vskip-\lastskip \fi + \fi + % + \temp % do the write + % + % + \ifvmode \ifdim\skip0 = 0pt \else \nobreak\vskip\skip0 \fi \fi + \fi + }% + }% + \penalty\count255 + }% +} + +% The index entry written in the file actually looks like +% \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic} +% or +% \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic}{subtopic} +% The texindex program reads in these files and writes files +% containing these kinds of lines: +% \initial {c} +% before the first topic whose initial is c +% \entry {topic}{pagelist} +% for a topic that is used without subtopics +% \primary {topic} +% for the beginning of a topic that is used with subtopics +% \secondary {subtopic}{pagelist} +% for each subtopic. + +% Define the user-accessible indexing commands +% @findex, @vindex, @kindex, @cindex. + +\def\findex {\fnindex} +\def\kindex {\kyindex} +\def\cindex {\cpindex} +\def\vindex {\vrindex} +\def\tindex {\tpindex} +\def\pindex {\pgindex} + +\def\cindexsub {\begingroup\obeylines\cindexsub} +{\obeylines % +\gdef\cindexsub "#1" #2^^M{\endgroup % +\dosubind{cp}{#2}{#1}}} + +% Define the macros used in formatting output of the sorted index material. + +% @printindex causes a particular index (the ??s file) to get printed. +% It does not print any chapter heading (usually an @unnumbered). +% +\def\printindex{\parsearg\doprintindex} +\def\doprintindex#1{\begingroup + \dobreak \chapheadingskip{10000}% + % + \indexfonts \rm + \tolerance = 9500 + \indexbreaks + % + % See if the index file exists and is nonempty. + % Change catcode of @ here so that if the index file contains + % \initial {@} + % as its first line, TeX doesn't complain about mismatched braces + % (because it thinks @} is a control sequence). + \catcode`\@ = 11 + \openin 1 \jobname.#1s + \ifeof 1 + % \enddoublecolumns gets confused if there is no text in the index, + % and it loses the chapter title and the aux file entries for the + % index. The easiest way to prevent this problem is to make sure + % there is some text. + (Index is nonexistent) + \else + % + % If the index file exists but is empty, then \openin leaves \ifeof + % false. We have to make TeX try to read something from the file, so + % it can discover if there is anything in it. + \read 1 to \temp + \ifeof 1 + (Index is empty) + \else + % Index files are almost Texinfo source, but we use \ as the escape + % character. It would be better to use @, but that's too big a change + % to make right now. + \def\indexbackslash{\rawbackslashxx}% + \catcode`\\ = 0 + \escapechar = `\\ + \begindoublecolumns + \input \jobname.#1s + \enddoublecolumns + \fi + \fi + \closein 1 +\endgroup} + +% These macros are used by the sorted index file itself. +% Change them to control the appearance of the index. + +\def\initial#1{{% + % Some minor font changes for the special characters. + \let\tentt=\sectt \let\tt=\sectt \let\sf=\sectt + % + % Remove any glue we may have, we'll be inserting our own. + \removelastskip + % + % We like breaks before the index initials, so insert a bonus. + \penalty -300 + % + % Typeset the initial. Making this add up to a whole number of + % baselineskips increases the chance of the dots lining up from column + % to column. It still won't often be perfect, because of the stretch + % we need before each entry, but it's better. + % + % No shrink because it confuses \balancecolumns. + \vskip 1.67\baselineskip plus .5\baselineskip + \leftline{\secbf #1}% + \vskip .33\baselineskip plus .1\baselineskip + % + % Do our best not to break after the initial. + \nobreak +}} + +% This typesets a paragraph consisting of #1, dot leaders, and then #2 +% flush to the right margin. It is used for index and table of contents +% entries. The paragraph is indented by \leftskip. +% +\def\entry#1#2{\begingroup + % + % Start a new paragraph if necessary, so our assignments below can't + % affect previous text. + \par + % + % Do not fill out the last line with white space. + \parfillskip = 0in + % + % No extra space above this paragraph. + \parskip = 0in + % + % Do not prefer a separate line ending with a hyphen to fewer lines. + \finalhyphendemerits = 0 + % + % \hangindent is only relevant when the entry text and page number + % don't both fit on one line. In that case, bob suggests starting the + % dots pretty far over on the line. Unfortunately, a large + % indentation looks wrong when the entry text itself is broken across + % lines. So we use a small indentation and put up with long leaders. + % + % \hangafter is reset to 1 (which is the value we want) at the start + % of each paragraph, so we need not do anything with that. + \hangindent = 2em + % + % When the entry text needs to be broken, just fill out the first line + % with blank space. + \rightskip = 0pt plus1fil + % + % A bit of stretch before each entry for the benefit of balancing columns. + \vskip 0pt plus1pt + % + % Start a ``paragraph'' for the index entry so the line breaking + % parameters we've set above will have an effect. + \noindent + % + % Insert the text of the index entry. TeX will do line-breaking on it. + #1% + % The following is kludged to not output a line of dots in the index if + % there are no page numbers. The next person who breaks this will be + % cursed by a Unix daemon. + \def\tempa{{\rm }}% + \def\tempb{#2}% + \edef\tempc{\tempa}% + \edef\tempd{\tempb}% + \ifx\tempc\tempd\ \else% + % + % If we must, put the page number on a line of its own, and fill out + % this line with blank space. (The \hfil is overwhelmed with the + % fill leaders glue in \indexdotfill if the page number does fit.) + \hfil\penalty50 + \null\nobreak\indexdotfill % Have leaders before the page number. + % + % The `\ ' here is removed by the implicit \unskip that TeX does as + % part of (the primitive) \par. Without it, a spurious underfull + % \hbox ensues. + \ #2% The page number ends the paragraph. + \fi% + \par +\endgroup} + +% Like \dotfill except takes at least 1 em. +\def\indexdotfill{\cleaders + \hbox{$\mathsurround=0pt \mkern1.5mu ${\it .}$ \mkern1.5mu$}\hskip 1em plus 1fill} + +\def\primary #1{\line{#1\hfil}} + +\newskip\secondaryindent \secondaryindent=0.5cm + +\def\secondary #1#2{ +{\parfillskip=0in \parskip=0in +\hangindent =1in \hangafter=1 +\noindent\hskip\secondaryindent\hbox{#1}\indexdotfill #2\par +}} + +% Define two-column mode, which we use to typeset indexes. +% Adapted from the TeXbook, page 416, which is to say, +% the manmac.tex format used to print the TeXbook itself. +\catcode`\@=11 + +\newbox\partialpage +\newdimen\doublecolumnhsize + +\def\begindoublecolumns{\begingroup % ended by \enddoublecolumns + % Grab any single-column material above us. + \output = {\global\setbox\partialpage = \vbox{% + % + % Here is a possibility not foreseen in manmac: if we accumulate a + % whole lot of material, we might end up calling this \output + % routine twice in a row (see the doublecol-lose test, which is + % essentially a couple of indexes with @setchapternewpage off). In + % that case, we must prevent the second \partialpage from + % simply overwriting the first, causing us to lose the page. + % This will preserve it until a real output routine can ship it + % out. Generally, \partialpage will be empty when this runs and + % this will be a no-op. + \unvbox\partialpage + % + % Unvbox the main output page. + \unvbox255 + \kern-\topskip \kern\baselineskip + }}% + \eject % run that output routine to set \partialpage + % + % Use the double-column output routine for subsequent pages. + \output = {\doublecolumnout}% + % + % Change the page size parameters. We could do this once outside this + % routine, in each of @smallbook, @afourpaper, and the default 8.5x11 + % format, but then we repeat the same computation. Repeating a couple + % of assignments once per index is clearly meaningless for the + % execution time, so we may as well do it in one place. + % + % First we halve the line length, less a little for the gutter between + % the columns. We compute the gutter based on the line length, so it + % changes automatically with the paper format. The magic constant + % below is chosen so that the gutter has the same value (well, +-<1pt) + % as it did when we hard-coded it. + % + % We put the result in a separate register, \doublecolumhsize, so we + % can restore it in \pagesofar, after \hsize itself has (potentially) + % been clobbered. + % + \doublecolumnhsize = \hsize + \advance\doublecolumnhsize by -.04154\hsize + \divide\doublecolumnhsize by 2 + \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize + % + % Double the \vsize as well. (We don't need a separate register here, + % since nobody clobbers \vsize.) + \advance\vsize by -\ht\partialpage + \vsize = 2\vsize +} + +% The double-column output routine for all double-column pages except +% the last. +% +\def\doublecolumnout{% + \splittopskip=\topskip \splitmaxdepth=\maxdepth + % Get the available space for the double columns -- the normal + % (undoubled) page height minus any material left over from the + % previous page. + \dimen@ = \vsize + \divide\dimen@ by 2 + % + % box0 will be the left-hand column, box2 the right. + \setbox0=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ \setbox2=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ + \onepageout\pagesofar + \unvbox255 + \penalty\outputpenalty +} +\def\pagesofar{% + % Re-output the contents of the output page -- any previous material, + % followed by the two boxes we just split, in box0 and box2. + \advance\vsize by \ht\partialpage + \unvbox\partialpage + % + \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize + \wd0=\hsize \wd2=\hsize + \hbox to\pagewidth{\box0\hfil\box2}% +} +\def\enddoublecolumns{% + \output = {% + % Split the last of the double-column material. Leave it on the + % current page, no automatic page break. + \balancecolumns + % + % If we end up splitting too much material for the current page, + % though, there will be another page break right after this \output + % invocation ends. Having called \balancecolumns once, we do not + % want to call it again. Therefore, reset \output to its normal + % definition right away. (We hope \balancecolumns will never be + % called on to balance too much material, but if it is, this makes + % the output somewhat more palatable.) + \global\output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}}% + }% + \eject + \endgroup % started in \begindoublecolumns + % + % \pagegoal was set to the doubled \vsize above, since we restarted + % the current page. We're now back to normal single-column + % typesetting, so reset \pagegoal to the normal \vsize (after the + % \endgroup where \vsize got restored). + \pagegoal = \vsize +} +\def\balancecolumns{% + % Called at the end of the double column material. + \setbox0 = \vbox{\unvbox255}% like \box255 but more efficient, see p.120. + \dimen@ = \ht0 + \advance\dimen@ by \topskip + \advance\dimen@ by-\baselineskip + \divide\dimen@ by 2 % target to split to + %debug\message{final 2-column material height=\the\ht0, target=\the\dimen@.}% + \splittopskip = \topskip + % Loop until we get a decent breakpoint. + {% + \vbadness = 10000 + \loop + \global\setbox3 = \copy0 + \global\setbox1 = \vsplit3 to \dimen@ + \ifdim\ht3>\dimen@ + \global\advance\dimen@ by 1pt + \repeat + }% + %debug\message{split to \the\dimen@, column heights: \the\ht1, \the\ht3.}% + \setbox0=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox1}% + \setbox2=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox3}% + % + \pagesofar +} +\catcode`\@ = \other + + +\message{sectioning,} +% Define chapters, sections, etc. + +\newcount\chapno +\newcount\secno \secno=0 +\newcount\subsecno \subsecno=0 +\newcount\subsubsecno \subsubsecno=0 + +% This counter is funny since it counts through charcodes of letters A, B, ... +\newcount\appendixno \appendixno = `\@ +\def\appendixletter{\char\the\appendixno} + +% Each @chapter defines this as the name of the chapter. +% page headings and footings can use it. @section does likewise. +\def\thischapter{} +\def\thissection{} + +\newcount\absseclevel % used to calculate proper heading level +\newcount\secbase\secbase=0 % @raise/lowersections modify this count + +% @raisesections: treat @section as chapter, @subsection as section, etc. +\def\raisesections{\global\advance\secbase by -1} +\let\up=\raisesections % original BFox name + +% @lowersections: treat @chapter as section, @section as subsection, etc. +\def\lowersections{\global\advance\secbase by 1} +\let\down=\lowersections % original BFox name + +% Choose a numbered-heading macro +% #1 is heading level if unmodified by @raisesections or @lowersections +% #2 is text for heading +\def\numhead#1#2{\absseclevel=\secbase\advance\absseclevel by #1 +\ifcase\absseclevel + \chapterzzz{#2} +\or + \seczzz{#2} +\or + \numberedsubseczzz{#2} +\or + \numberedsubsubseczzz{#2} +\else + \ifnum \absseclevel<0 + \chapterzzz{#2} + \else + \numberedsubsubseczzz{#2} + \fi +\fi +} + +% like \numhead, but chooses appendix heading levels +\def\apphead#1#2{\absseclevel=\secbase\advance\absseclevel by #1 +\ifcase\absseclevel + \appendixzzz{#2} +\or + \appendixsectionzzz{#2} +\or + \appendixsubseczzz{#2} +\or + \appendixsubsubseczzz{#2} +\else + \ifnum \absseclevel<0 + \appendixzzz{#2} + \else + \appendixsubsubseczzz{#2} + \fi +\fi +} + +% like \numhead, but chooses numberless heading levels +\def\unnmhead#1#2{\absseclevel=\secbase\advance\absseclevel by #1 +\ifcase\absseclevel + \unnumberedzzz{#2} +\or + \unnumberedseczzz{#2} +\or + \unnumberedsubseczzz{#2} +\or + \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#2} +\else + \ifnum \absseclevel<0 + \unnumberedzzz{#2} + \else + \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#2} + \fi +\fi +} + +% @chapter, @appendix, @unnumbered. +\def\thischaptername{No Chapter Title} +\outer\def\chapter{\parsearg\chapteryyy} +\def\chapteryyy #1{\numhead0{#1}} % normally numhead0 calls chapterzzz +\def\chapterzzz #1{% +\secno=0 \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0 +\global\advance \chapno by 1 \message{\putwordChapter\space \the\chapno}% +\chapmacro {#1}{\the\chapno}% +\gdef\thissection{#1}% +\gdef\thischaptername{#1}% +% We don't substitute the actual chapter name into \thischapter +% because we don't want its macros evaluated now. +\xdef\thischapter{\putwordChapter{} \the\chapno: \noexpand\thischaptername}% +\toks0 = {#1}% +\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash chapentry{\the\toks0}% + {\the\chapno}}}% +\temp +\donoderef +\global\let\section = \numberedsec +\global\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec +\global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec +} + +\outer\def\appendix{\parsearg\appendixyyy} +\def\appendixyyy #1{\apphead0{#1}} % normally apphead0 calls appendixzzz +\def\appendixzzz #1{% +\secno=0 \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0 +\global\advance \appendixno by 1 +\message{\putwordAppendix\space \appendixletter}% +\chapmacro {#1}{\putwordAppendix{} \appendixletter}% +\gdef\thissection{#1}% +\gdef\thischaptername{#1}% +\xdef\thischapter{\putwordAppendix{} \appendixletter: \noexpand\thischaptername}% +\toks0 = {#1}% +\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash chapentry{\the\toks0}% + {\putwordAppendix{} \appendixletter}}}% +\temp +\appendixnoderef +\global\let\section = \appendixsec +\global\let\subsection = \appendixsubsec +\global\let\subsubsection = \appendixsubsubsec +} + +% @centerchap is like @unnumbered, but the heading is centered. +\outer\def\centerchap{\parsearg\centerchapyyy} +\def\centerchapyyy #1{{\let\unnumbchapmacro=\centerchapmacro \unnumberedyyy{#1}}} + +% @top is like @unnumbered. +\outer\def\top{\parsearg\unnumberedyyy} + +\outer\def\unnumbered{\parsearg\unnumberedyyy} +\def\unnumberedyyy #1{\unnmhead0{#1}} % normally unnmhead0 calls unnumberedzzz +\def\unnumberedzzz #1{% +\secno=0 \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0 +% +% This used to be simply \message{#1}, but TeX fully expands the +% argument to \message. Therefore, if #1 contained @-commands, TeX +% expanded them. For example, in `@unnumbered The @cite{Book}', TeX +% expanded @cite (which turns out to cause errors because \cite is meant +% to be executed, not expanded). +% +% Anyway, we don't want the fully-expanded definition of @cite to appear +% as a result of the \message, we just want `@cite' itself. We use +% \the to achieve this: TeX expands \the only once, +% simply yielding the contents of . (We also do this for +% the toc entries.) +\toks0 = {#1}\message{(\the\toks0)}% +% +\unnumbchapmacro {#1}% +\gdef\thischapter{#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}% +\toks0 = {#1}% +\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash unnumbchapentry{\the\toks0}}}% +\temp +\unnumbnoderef +\global\let\section = \unnumberedsec +\global\let\subsection = \unnumberedsubsec +\global\let\subsubsection = \unnumberedsubsubsec +} + +% Sections. +\outer\def\numberedsec{\parsearg\secyyy} +\def\secyyy #1{\numhead1{#1}} % normally calls seczzz +\def\seczzz #1{% +\subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \secno by 1 % +\gdef\thissection{#1}\secheading {#1}{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}% +\toks0 = {#1}% +\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash secentry{\the\toks0}% + {\the\chapno}{\the\secno}}}% +\temp +\donoderef +\nobreak +} + +\outer\def\appendixsection{\parsearg\appendixsecyyy} +\outer\def\appendixsec{\parsearg\appendixsecyyy} +\def\appendixsecyyy #1{\apphead1{#1}} % normally calls appendixsectionzzz +\def\appendixsectionzzz #1{% +\subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \secno by 1 % +\gdef\thissection{#1}\secheading {#1}{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}% +\toks0 = {#1}% +\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash secentry{\the\toks0}% + {\appendixletter}{\the\secno}}}% +\temp +\appendixnoderef +\nobreak +} + +\outer\def\unnumberedsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsecyyy} +\def\unnumberedsecyyy #1{\unnmhead1{#1}} % normally calls unnumberedseczzz +\def\unnumberedseczzz #1{% +\plainsecheading {#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}% +\toks0 = {#1}% +\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash unnumbsecentry{\the\toks0}}}% +\temp +\unnumbnoderef +\nobreak +} + +% Subsections. +\outer\def\numberedsubsec{\parsearg\numberedsubsecyyy} +\def\numberedsubsecyyy #1{\numhead2{#1}} % normally calls numberedsubseczzz +\def\numberedsubseczzz #1{% +\gdef\thissection{#1}\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \subsecno by 1 % +\subsecheading {#1}{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}% +\toks0 = {#1}% +\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash subsecentry{\the\toks0}% + {\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}}}% +\temp +\donoderef +\nobreak +} + +\outer\def\appendixsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubsecyyy} +\def\appendixsubsecyyy #1{\apphead2{#1}} % normally calls appendixsubseczzz +\def\appendixsubseczzz #1{% +\gdef\thissection{#1}\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \subsecno by 1 % +\subsecheading {#1}{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}% +\toks0 = {#1}% +\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash subsecentry{\the\toks0}% + {\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}}}% +\temp +\appendixnoderef +\nobreak +} + +\outer\def\unnumberedsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubsecyyy} +\def\unnumberedsubsecyyy #1{\unnmhead2{#1}} %normally calls unnumberedsubseczzz +\def\unnumberedsubseczzz #1{% +\plainsubsecheading {#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}% +\toks0 = {#1}% +\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash unnumbsubsecentry% + {\the\toks0}}}% +\temp +\unnumbnoderef +\nobreak +} + +% Subsubsections. +\outer\def\numberedsubsubsec{\parsearg\numberedsubsubsecyyy} +\def\numberedsubsubsecyyy #1{\numhead3{#1}} % normally numberedsubsubseczzz +\def\numberedsubsubseczzz #1{% +\gdef\thissection{#1}\global\advance \subsubsecno by 1 % +\subsubsecheading {#1} + {\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}% +\toks0 = {#1}% +\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash subsubsecentry{\the\toks0}% + {\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}}}% +\temp +\donoderef +\nobreak +} + +\outer\def\appendixsubsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubsubsecyyy} +\def\appendixsubsubsecyyy #1{\apphead3{#1}} % normally appendixsubsubseczzz +\def\appendixsubsubseczzz #1{% +\gdef\thissection{#1}\global\advance \subsubsecno by 1 % +\subsubsecheading {#1} + {\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}% +\toks0 = {#1}% +\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash subsubsecentry{\the\toks0}% + {\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}}}% +\temp +\appendixnoderef +\nobreak +} + +\outer\def\unnumberedsubsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubsubsecyyy} +\def\unnumberedsubsubsecyyy #1{\unnmhead3{#1}} %normally unnumberedsubsubseczzz +\def\unnumberedsubsubseczzz #1{% +\plainsubsubsecheading {#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}% +\toks0 = {#1}% +\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash unnumbsubsubsecentry% + {\the\toks0}}}% +\temp +\unnumbnoderef +\nobreak +} + +% These are variants which are not "outer", so they can appear in @ifinfo. +% Actually, they should now be obsolete; ordinary section commands should work. +\def\infotop{\parsearg\unnumberedzzz} +\def\infounnumbered{\parsearg\unnumberedzzz} +\def\infounnumberedsec{\parsearg\unnumberedseczzz} +\def\infounnumberedsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubseczzz} +\def\infounnumberedsubsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubsubseczzz} + +\def\infoappendix{\parsearg\appendixzzz} +\def\infoappendixsec{\parsearg\appendixseczzz} +\def\infoappendixsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubseczzz} +\def\infoappendixsubsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubsubseczzz} + +\def\infochapter{\parsearg\chapterzzz} +\def\infosection{\parsearg\sectionzzz} +\def\infosubsection{\parsearg\subsectionzzz} +\def\infosubsubsection{\parsearg\subsubsectionzzz} + +% These macros control what the section commands do, according +% to what kind of chapter we are in (ordinary, appendix, or unnumbered). +% Define them by default for a numbered chapter. +\global\let\section = \numberedsec +\global\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec +\global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec + +% Define @majorheading, @heading and @subheading + +% NOTE on use of \vbox for chapter headings, section headings, and such: +% 1) We use \vbox rather than the earlier \line to permit +% overlong headings to fold. +% 2) \hyphenpenalty is set to 10000 because hyphenation in a +% heading is obnoxious; this forbids it. +% 3) Likewise, headings look best if no \parindent is used, and +% if justification is not attempted. Hence \raggedright. + + +\def\majorheading{\parsearg\majorheadingzzz} +\def\majorheadingzzz #1{% +{\advance\chapheadingskip by 10pt \chapbreak }% +{\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 + \parindent=0pt\raggedright + \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\penalty 200} + +\def\chapheading{\parsearg\chapheadingzzz} +\def\chapheadingzzz #1{\chapbreak % +{\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 + \parindent=0pt\raggedright + \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\penalty 200} + +% @heading, @subheading, @subsubheading. +\def\heading{\parsearg\plainsecheading} +\def\subheading{\parsearg\plainsubsecheading} +\def\subsubheading{\parsearg\plainsubsubsecheading} + +% These macros generate a chapter, section, etc. heading only +% (including whitespace, linebreaking, etc. around it), +% given all the information in convenient, parsed form. + +%%% Args are the skip and penalty (usually negative) +\def\dobreak#1#2{\par\ifdim\lastskip<#1\removelastskip\penalty#2\vskip#1\fi} + +\def\setchapterstyle #1 {\csname CHAPF#1\endcsname} + +%%% Define plain chapter starts, and page on/off switching for it +% Parameter controlling skip before chapter headings (if needed) + +\newskip\chapheadingskip + +\def\chapbreak{\dobreak \chapheadingskip {-4000}} +\def\chappager{\par\vfill\supereject} +\def\chapoddpage{\chappager \ifodd\pageno \else \hbox to 0pt{} \chappager\fi} + +\def\setchapternewpage #1 {\csname CHAPPAG#1\endcsname} + +\def\CHAPPAGoff{% +\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager +\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapbreak +\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager} + +\def\CHAPPAGon{% +\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager +\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chappager +\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager +\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSsingle}} + +\def\CHAPPAGodd{ +\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage +\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapoddpage +\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chapoddpage +\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}} + +\CHAPPAGon + +\def\CHAPFplain{ +\global\let\chapmacro=\chfplain +\global\let\unnumbchapmacro=\unnchfplain +\global\let\centerchapmacro=\centerchfplain} + +% Plain chapter opening. +% #1 is the text, #2 the chapter number or empty if unnumbered. +\def\chfplain#1#2{% + \pchapsepmacro + {% + \chapfonts \rm + \def\chapnum{#2}% + \setbox0 = \hbox{#2\ifx\chapnum\empty\else\enspace\fi}% + \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \raggedright + \hangindent = \wd0 \centerparametersmaybe + \unhbox0 #1\par}% + }% + \nobreak\bigskip % no page break after a chapter title + \nobreak +} + +% Plain opening for unnumbered. +\def\unnchfplain#1{\chfplain{#1}{}} + +% @centerchap -- centered and unnumbered. +\let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax +\def\centerchfplain#1{{% + \def\centerparametersmaybe{% + \advance\rightskip by 3\rightskip + \leftskip = \rightskip + \parfillskip = 0pt + }% + \chfplain{#1}{}% +}} + +\CHAPFplain % The default + +\def\unnchfopen #1{% +\chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 + \parindent=0pt\raggedright + \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak +} + +\def\chfopen #1#2{\chapoddpage {\chapfonts +\vbox to 3in{\vfil \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #2} \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #1} \vfil}}% +\par\penalty 5000 % +} + +\def\centerchfopen #1{% +\chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 + \parindent=0pt + \hfill {\rm #1}\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak +} + +\def\CHAPFopen{ +\global\let\chapmacro=\chfopen +\global\let\unnumbchapmacro=\unnchfopen +\global\let\centerchapmacro=\centerchfopen} + + +% Section titles. +\newskip\secheadingskip +\def\secheadingbreak{\dobreak \secheadingskip {-1000}} +\def\secheading#1#2#3{\sectionheading{sec}{#2.#3}{#1}} +\def\plainsecheading#1{\sectionheading{sec}{}{#1}} + +% Subsection titles. +\newskip \subsecheadingskip +\def\subsecheadingbreak{\dobreak \subsecheadingskip {-500}} +\def\subsecheading#1#2#3#4{\sectionheading{subsec}{#2.#3.#4}{#1}} +\def\plainsubsecheading#1{\sectionheading{subsec}{}{#1}} + +% Subsubsection titles. +\let\subsubsecheadingskip = \subsecheadingskip +\let\subsubsecheadingbreak = \subsecheadingbreak +\def\subsubsecheading#1#2#3#4#5{\sectionheading{subsubsec}{#2.#3.#4.#5}{#1}} +\def\plainsubsubsecheading#1{\sectionheading{subsubsec}{}{#1}} + + +% Print any size section title. +% +% #1 is the section type (sec/subsec/subsubsec), #2 is the section +% number (maybe empty), #3 the text. +\def\sectionheading#1#2#3{% + {% + \expandafter\advance\csname #1headingskip\endcsname by \parskip + \csname #1headingbreak\endcsname + }% + {% + % Switch to the right set of fonts. + \csname #1fonts\endcsname \rm + % + % Only insert the separating space if we have a section number. + \def\secnum{#2}% + \setbox0 = \hbox{#2\ifx\secnum\empty\else\enspace\fi}% + % + \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \raggedright + \hangindent = \wd0 % zero if no section number + \unhbox0 #3}% + }% + \ifdim\parskip<10pt \nobreak\kern10pt\nobreak\kern-\parskip\fi \nobreak +} + + +\message{toc,} +\newwrite\tocfile + +% Write an entry to the toc file, opening it if necessary. +% Called from @chapter, etc. We supply {\folio} at the end of the +% argument, which will end up as the last argument to the \...entry macro. +% +% We open the .toc file here instead of at @setfilename or any other +% given time so that @contents can be put in the document anywhere. +% +\newif\iftocfileopened +\def\writetocentry#1{% + \iftocfileopened\else + \immediate\openout\tocfile = \jobname.toc + \global\tocfileopenedtrue + \fi + \iflinks \write\tocfile{#1{\folio}}\fi +} + +\newskip\contentsrightmargin \contentsrightmargin=1in +\newcount\savepageno +\newcount\lastnegativepageno \lastnegativepageno = -1 + +% Finish up the main text and prepare to read what we've written +% to \tocfile. +% +\def\startcontents#1{% + % If @setchapternewpage on, and @headings double, the contents should + % start on an odd page, unlike chapters. Thus, we maintain + % \contentsalignmacro in parallel with \pagealignmacro. + % From: Torbjorn Granlund + \contentsalignmacro + \immediate\closeout\tocfile + % + % Don't need to put `Contents' or `Short Contents' in the headline. + % It is abundantly clear what they are. + \unnumbchapmacro{#1}\def\thischapter{}% + \savepageno = \pageno + \begingroup % Set up to handle contents files properly. + \catcode`\\=0 \catcode`\{=1 \catcode`\}=2 \catcode`\@=11 + % We can't do this, because then an actual ^ in a section + % title fails, e.g., @chapter ^ -- exponentiation. --karl, 9jul97. + %\catcode`\^=7 % to see ^^e4 as \"a etc. juha@piuha.ydi.vtt.fi + \raggedbottom % Worry more about breakpoints than the bottom. + \advance\hsize by -\contentsrightmargin % Don't use the full line length. + % + % Roman numerals for page numbers. + \ifnum \pageno>0 \pageno = \lastnegativepageno \fi +} + + +% Normal (long) toc. +\def\contents{% + \startcontents{\putwordTableofContents}% + \openin 1 \jobname.toc + \ifeof 1 \else + \closein 1 + \input \jobname.toc + \fi + \vfill \eject + \endgroup + \lastnegativepageno = \pageno + \pageno = \savepageno +} + +% And just the chapters. +\def\summarycontents{% + \startcontents{\putwordShortContents}% + % + \let\chapentry = \shortchapentry + \let\unnumbchapentry = \shortunnumberedentry + % We want a true roman here for the page numbers. + \secfonts + \let\rm=\shortcontrm \let\bf=\shortcontbf \let\sl=\shortcontsl + \rm + \hyphenpenalty = 10000 + \advance\baselineskip by 1pt % Open it up a little. + \def\secentry ##1##2##3##4{} + \def\unnumbsecentry ##1##2{} + \def\subsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5{} + \def\unnumbsubsecentry ##1##2{} + \def\subsubsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5##6{} + \def\unnumbsubsubsecentry ##1##2{} + \openin 1 \jobname.toc + \ifeof 1 \else + \closein 1 + \input \jobname.toc + \fi + \vfill \eject + \endgroup + \lastnegativepageno = \pageno + \pageno = \savepageno +} +\let\shortcontents = \summarycontents + +% These macros generate individual entries in the table of contents. +% The first argument is the chapter or section name. +% The last argument is the page number. +% The arguments in between are the chapter number, section number, ... + +% Chapter-level things, for both the long and short contents. +\def\chapentry#1#2#3{\dochapentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#3}} + +% See comments in \dochapentry re vbox and related settings +\def\shortchapentry#1#2#3{% + \tocentry{\shortchaplabel{#2}\labelspace #1}{\doshortpageno{#3}}% +} + +% Typeset the label for a chapter or appendix for the short contents. +% The arg is, e.g. `Appendix A' for an appendix, or `3' for a chapter. +% We could simplify the code here by writing out an \appendixentry +% command in the toc file for appendices, instead of using \chapentry +% for both, but it doesn't seem worth it. +\setbox0 = \hbox{\shortcontrm \putwordAppendix } +\newdimen\shortappendixwidth \shortappendixwidth = \wd0 + +\def\shortchaplabel#1{% + % We typeset #1 in a box of constant width, regardless of the text of + % #1, so the chapter titles will come out aligned. + \setbox0 = \hbox{#1}% + \dimen0 = \ifdim\wd0 > \shortappendixwidth \shortappendixwidth \else 0pt \fi + % + % This space should be plenty, since a single number is .5em, and the + % widest letter (M) is 1em, at least in the Computer Modern fonts. + % (This space doesn't include the extra space that gets added after + % the label; that gets put in by \shortchapentry above.) + \advance\dimen0 by 1.1em + \hbox to \dimen0{#1\hfil}% +} + +\def\unnumbchapentry#1#2{\dochapentry{#1}{#2}} +\def\shortunnumberedentry#1#2{\tocentry{#1}{\doshortpageno{#2}}} + +% Sections. +\def\secentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#2.#3\labelspace#1}{#4}} +\def\unnumbsecentry#1#2{\dosecentry{#1}{#2}} + +% Subsections. +\def\subsecentry#1#2#3#4#5{\dosubsecentry{#2.#3.#4\labelspace#1}{#5}} +\def\unnumbsubsecentry#1#2{\dosubsecentry{#1}{#2}} + +% And subsubsections. +\def\subsubsecentry#1#2#3#4#5#6{% + \dosubsubsecentry{#2.#3.#4.#5\labelspace#1}{#6}} +\def\unnumbsubsubsecentry#1#2{\dosubsubsecentry{#1}{#2}} + +% This parameter controls the indentation of the various levels. +\newdimen\tocindent \tocindent = 3pc + +% Now for the actual typesetting. In all these, #1 is the text and #2 is the +% page number. +% +% If the toc has to be broken over pages, we want it to be at chapters +% if at all possible; hence the \penalty. +\def\dochapentry#1#2{% + \penalty-300 \vskip1\baselineskip plus.33\baselineskip minus.25\baselineskip + \begingroup + \chapentryfonts + \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno{#2}}% + \endgroup + \nobreak\vskip .25\baselineskip plus.1\baselineskip +} + +\def\dosecentry#1#2{\begingroup + \secentryfonts \leftskip=\tocindent + \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno{#2}}% +\endgroup} + +\def\dosubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup + \subsecentryfonts \leftskip=2\tocindent + \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno{#2}}% +\endgroup} + +\def\dosubsubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup + \subsubsecentryfonts \leftskip=3\tocindent + \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno{#2}}% +\endgroup} + +% Final typesetting of a toc entry; we use the same \entry macro as for +% the index entries, but we want to suppress hyphenation here. (We +% can't do that in the \entry macro, since index entries might consist +% of hyphenated-identifiers-that-do-not-fit-on-a-line-and-nothing-else.) +\def\tocentry#1#2{\begingroup + \vskip 0pt plus1pt % allow a little stretch for the sake of nice page breaks + % Do not use \turnoffactive in these arguments. Since the toc is + % typeset in cmr, so characters such as _ would come out wrong; we + % have to do the usual translation tricks. + \entry{#1}{#2}% +\endgroup} + +% Space between chapter (or whatever) number and the title. +\def\labelspace{\hskip1em \relax} + +\def\dopageno#1{{\rm #1}} +\def\doshortpageno#1{{\rm #1}} + +\def\chapentryfonts{\secfonts \rm} +\def\secentryfonts{\textfonts} +\let\subsecentryfonts = \textfonts +\let\subsubsecentryfonts = \textfonts + + +\message{environments,} + +% Since these characters are used in examples, it should be an even number of +% \tt widths. Each \tt character is 1en, so two makes it 1em. +% Furthermore, these definitions must come after we define our fonts. +\newbox\dblarrowbox \newbox\longdblarrowbox +\newbox\pushcharbox \newbox\bullbox +\newbox\equivbox \newbox\errorbox + +%{\tentt +%\global\setbox\dblarrowbox = \hbox to 1em{\hfil$\Rightarrow$\hfil} +%\global\setbox\longdblarrowbox = \hbox to 1em{\hfil$\mapsto$\hfil} +%\global\setbox\pushcharbox = \hbox to 1em{\hfil$\dashv$\hfil} +%\global\setbox\equivbox = \hbox to 1em{\hfil$\ptexequiv$\hfil} +% Adapted from the manmac format (p.420 of TeXbook) +%\global\setbox\bullbox = \hbox to 1em{\kern.15em\vrule height .75ex width .85ex +% depth .1ex\hfil} +%} + +% @point{}, @result{}, @expansion{}, @print{}, @equiv{}. +\def\point{$\star$} +\def\result{\leavevmode\raise.15ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\Rightarrow$\hfil}} +\def\expansion{\leavevmode\raise.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\mapsto$\hfil}} +\def\print{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\dashv$\hfil}} +\def\equiv{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\ptexequiv$\hfil}} + +% Adapted from the TeXbook's \boxit. +{\tentt \global\dimen0 = 3em}% Width of the box. +\dimen2 = .55pt % Thickness of rules +% The text. (`r' is open on the right, `e' somewhat less so on the left.) +\setbox0 = \hbox{\kern-.75pt \tensf error\kern-1.5pt} + +\global\setbox\errorbox=\hbox to \dimen0{\hfil + \hsize = \dimen0 \advance\hsize by -5.8pt % Space to left+right. + \advance\hsize by -2\dimen2 % Rules. + \vbox{ + \hrule height\dimen2 + \hbox{\vrule width\dimen2 \kern3pt % Space to left of text. + \vtop{\kern2.4pt \box0 \kern2.4pt}% Space above/below. + \kern3pt\vrule width\dimen2}% Space to right. + \hrule height\dimen2} + \hfil} + +% The @error{} command. +\def\error{\leavevmode\lower.7ex\copy\errorbox} + +% @tex ... @end tex escapes into raw Tex temporarily. +% One exception: @ is still an escape character, so that @end tex works. +% But \@ or @@ will get a plain tex @ character. + +\def\tex{\begingroup + \catcode `\\=0 \catcode `\{=1 \catcode `\}=2 + \catcode `\$=3 \catcode `\&=4 \catcode `\#=6 + \catcode `\^=7 \catcode `\_=8 \catcode `\~=13 \let~=\tie + \catcode `\%=14 + \catcode 43=12 % plus + \catcode`\"=12 + \catcode`\==12 + \catcode`\|=12 + \catcode`\<=12 + \catcode`\>=12 + \escapechar=`\\ + % + \let\b=\ptexb + \let\bullet=\ptexbullet + \let\c=\ptexc + \let\,=\ptexcomma + \let\.=\ptexdot + \let\dots=\ptexdots + \let\equiv=\ptexequiv + \let\!=\ptexexclam + \let\i=\ptexi + \let\{=\ptexlbrace + \let\+=\tabalign + \let\}=\ptexrbrace + \let\*=\ptexstar + \let\t=\ptext + % + \def\endldots{\mathinner{\ldots\ldots\ldots\ldots}}% + \def\enddots{\relax\ifmmode\endldots\else$\mathsurround=0pt \endldots\,$\fi}% + \def\@{@}% +\let\Etex=\endgroup} + +% Define @lisp ... @endlisp. +% @lisp does a \begingroup so it can rebind things, +% including the definition of @endlisp (which normally is erroneous). + +% Amount to narrow the margins by for @lisp. +\newskip\lispnarrowing \lispnarrowing=0.4in + +% This is the definition that ^^M gets inside @lisp, @example, and other +% such environments. \null is better than a space, since it doesn't +% have any width. +\def\lisppar{\null\endgraf} + +% Make each space character in the input produce a normal interword +% space in the output. Don't allow a line break at this space, as this +% is used only in environments like @example, where each line of input +% should produce a line of output anyway. +% +{\obeyspaces % +\gdef\sepspaces{\obeyspaces\let =\tie}} + +% Define \obeyedspace to be our active space, whatever it is. This is +% for use in \parsearg. +{\sepspaces% +\global\let\obeyedspace= } + +% This space is always present above and below environments. +\newskip\envskipamount \envskipamount = 0pt + +% Make spacing and below environment symmetrical. We use \parskip here +% to help in doing that, since in @example-like environments \parskip +% is reset to zero; thus the \afterenvbreak inserts no space -- but the +% start of the next paragraph will insert \parskip +% +\def\aboveenvbreak{{\advance\envskipamount by \parskip +\endgraf \ifdim\lastskip<\envskipamount +\removelastskip \penalty-50 \vskip\envskipamount \fi}} + +\let\afterenvbreak = \aboveenvbreak + +% \nonarrowing is a flag. If "set", @lisp etc don't narrow margins. +\let\nonarrowing=\relax + +% @cartouche ... @end cartouche: draw rectangle w/rounded corners around +% environment contents. +\font\circle=lcircle10 +\newdimen\circthick +\newdimen\cartouter\newdimen\cartinner +\newskip\normbskip\newskip\normpskip\newskip\normlskip +\circthick=\fontdimen8\circle +% +\def\ctl{{\circle\char'013\hskip -6pt}}% 6pt from pl file: 1/2charwidth +\def\ctr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'010}} +\def\cbl{{\circle\char'012\hskip -6pt}} +\def\cbr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'011}} +\def\carttop{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip + \ctl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\ctr + \hskip\rskip}} +\def\cartbot{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip + \cbl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\cbr + \hskip\rskip}} +% +\newskip\lskip\newskip\rskip + +\long\def\cartouche{% +\begingroup + \lskip=\leftskip \rskip=\rightskip + \leftskip=0pt\rightskip=0pt %we want these *outside*. + \cartinner=\hsize \advance\cartinner by-\lskip + \advance\cartinner by-\rskip + \cartouter=\hsize + \advance\cartouter by 18.4pt % allow for 3pt kerns on either +% side, and for 6pt waste from +% each corner char, and rule thickness + \normbskip=\baselineskip \normpskip=\parskip \normlskip=\lineskip + % Flag to tell @lisp, etc., not to narrow margin. + \let\nonarrowing=\comment + \vbox\bgroup + \baselineskip=0pt\parskip=0pt\lineskip=0pt + \carttop + \hbox\bgroup + \hskip\lskip + \vrule\kern3pt + \vbox\bgroup + \hsize=\cartinner + \kern3pt + \begingroup + \baselineskip=\normbskip + \lineskip=\normlskip + \parskip=\normpskip + \vskip -\parskip +\def\Ecartouche{% + \endgroup + \kern3pt + \egroup + \kern3pt\vrule + \hskip\rskip + \egroup + \cartbot + \egroup +\endgroup +}} + + +% This macro is called at the beginning of all the @example variants, +% inside a group. +\def\nonfillstart{% + \aboveenvbreak + \inENV % This group ends at the end of the body + \hfuzz = 12pt % Don't be fussy + \sepspaces % Make spaces be word-separators rather than space tokens. + \singlespace + \let\par = \lisppar % don't ignore blank lines + \obeylines % each line of input is a line of output + \parskip = 0pt + \parindent = 0pt + \emergencystretch = 0pt % don't try to avoid overfull boxes + % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing + % at next level down. + \ifx\nonarrowing\relax + \advance \leftskip by \lispnarrowing + \exdentamount=\lispnarrowing + \let\exdent=\nofillexdent + \let\nonarrowing=\relax + \fi +} + +% Define the \E... control sequence only if we are inside the particular +% environment, so the error checking in \end will work. +% +% To end an @example-like environment, we first end the paragraph (via +% \afterenvbreak's vertical glue), and then the group. That way we keep +% the zero \parskip that the environments set -- \parskip glue will be +% inserted at the beginning of the next paragraph in the document, after +% the environment. +% +\def\nonfillfinish{\afterenvbreak\endgroup} + +% @lisp: indented, narrowed, typewriter font. +\def\lisp{\begingroup + \nonfillstart + \let\Elisp = \nonfillfinish + \tt + \let\kbdfont = \kbdexamplefont % Allow @kbd to do something special. + \gobble % eat return +} + +% @example: Same as @lisp. +\def\example{\begingroup \def\Eexample{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\lisp} + +% @small... is usually equivalent to the non-small (@smallbook +% redefines). We must call \example (or whatever) last in the +% definition, since it reads the return following the @example (or +% whatever) command. +% +% This actually allows (for example) @end display inside an +% @smalldisplay. Too bad, but makeinfo will catch the error anyway. +% +\def\smalldisplay{\begingroup\def\Esmalldisplay{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\display} +\def\smallexample{\begingroup\def\Esmallexample{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\lisp} +\def\smallformat{\begingroup\def\Esmallformat{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\format} +\def\smalllisp{\begingroup\def\Esmalllisp{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\lisp} + +% Real @smallexample and @smalllisp (when @smallbook): use smaller fonts. +% Originally contributed by Pavel@xerox. +\def\smalllispx{\begingroup + \def\Esmalllisp{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}% + \def\Esmallexample{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}% + \indexfonts + \lisp +} + +% @display: same as @lisp except keep current font. +% +\def\display{\begingroup + \nonfillstart + \let\Edisplay = \nonfillfinish + \gobble +} + +% @smalldisplay (when @smallbook): @display plus smaller fonts. +% +\def\smalldisplayx{\begingroup + \def\Esmalldisplay{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}% + \indexfonts \rm + \display +} + +% @format: same as @display except don't narrow margins. +% +\def\format{\begingroup + \let\nonarrowing = t + \nonfillstart + \let\Eformat = \nonfillfinish + \gobble +} + +% @smallformat (when @smallbook): @format plus smaller fonts. +% +\def\smallformatx{\begingroup + \def\Esmallformat{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}% + \indexfonts \rm + \format +} + +% @flushleft (same as @format). +% +\def\flushleft{\begingroup \def\Eflushleft{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\format} + +% @flushright. +% +\def\flushright{\begingroup + \let\nonarrowing = t + \nonfillstart + \let\Eflushright = \nonfillfinish + \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill + \gobble +} + +% @quotation does normal linebreaking (hence we can't use \nonfillstart) +% and narrows the margins. +% +\def\quotation{% + \begingroup\inENV %This group ends at the end of the @quotation body + {\parskip=0pt \aboveenvbreak}% because \aboveenvbreak inserts \parskip + \singlespace + \parindent=0pt + % We have retained a nonzero parskip for the environment, since we're + % doing normal filling. So to avoid extra space below the environment... + \def\Equotation{\parskip = 0pt \nonfillfinish}% + % + % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing at next level down. + \ifx\nonarrowing\relax + \advance\leftskip by \lispnarrowing + \advance\rightskip by \lispnarrowing + \exdentamount = \lispnarrowing + \let\nonarrowing = \relax + \fi +} + + +\message{defuns,} +% Define formatter for defuns +% First, allow user to change definition object font (\df) internally +\def\setdeffont #1 {\csname DEF#1\endcsname} + +\newskip\defbodyindent \defbodyindent=.4in +\newskip\defargsindent \defargsindent=50pt +\newskip\deftypemargin \deftypemargin=12pt +\newskip\deflastargmargin \deflastargmargin=18pt + +\newcount\parencount +% define \functionparens, which makes ( and ) and & do special things. +% \functionparens affects the group it is contained in. +\def\activeparens{% +\catcode`\(=\active \catcode`\)=\active \catcode`\&=\active +\catcode`\[=\active \catcode`\]=\active} + +% Make control sequences which act like normal parenthesis chars. +\let\lparen = ( \let\rparen = ) + +{\activeparens % Now, smart parens don't turn on until &foo (see \amprm) + +% Be sure that we always have a definition for `(', etc. For example, +% if the fn name has parens in it, \boldbrax will not be in effect yet, +% so TeX would otherwise complain about undefined control sequence. +\global\let(=\lparen \global\let)=\rparen +\global\let[=\lbrack \global\let]=\rbrack + +\gdef\functionparens{\boldbrax\let&=\amprm\parencount=0 } +\gdef\boldbrax{\let(=\opnr\let)=\clnr\let[=\lbrb\let]=\rbrb} +% This is used to turn on special parens +% but make & act ordinary (given that it's active). +\gdef\boldbraxnoamp{\let(=\opnr\let)=\clnr\let[=\lbrb\let]=\rbrb\let&=\ampnr} + +% Definitions of (, ) and & used in args for functions. +% This is the definition of ( outside of all parentheses. +\gdef\oprm#1 {{\rm\char`\(}#1 \bf \let(=\opnested + \global\advance\parencount by 1 +} +% +% This is the definition of ( when already inside a level of parens. +\gdef\opnested{\char`\(\global\advance\parencount by 1 } +% +\gdef\clrm{% Print a paren in roman if it is taking us back to depth of 0. + % also in that case restore the outer-level definition of (. + \ifnum \parencount=1 {\rm \char `\)}\sl \let(=\oprm \else \char `\) \fi + \global\advance \parencount by -1 } +% If we encounter &foo, then turn on ()-hacking afterwards +\gdef\amprm#1 {{\rm\}\let(=\oprm \let)=\clrm\ } +% +\gdef\normalparens{\boldbrax\let&=\ampnr} +} % End of definition inside \activeparens +%% These parens (in \boldbrax) actually are a little bolder than the +%% contained text. This is especially needed for [ and ] +\def\opnr{{\sf\char`\(}\global\advance\parencount by 1 } +\def\clnr{{\sf\char`\)}\global\advance\parencount by -1 } +\def\ampnr{\&} +\def\lbrb{{\bf\char`\[}} +\def\rbrb{{\bf\char`\]}} + +% First, defname, which formats the header line itself. +% #1 should be the function name. +% #2 should be the type of definition, such as "Function". + +\def\defname #1#2{% +% Get the values of \leftskip and \rightskip as they were +% outside the @def... +\dimen2=\leftskip +\advance\dimen2 by -\defbodyindent +\noindent +\setbox0=\hbox{\hskip \deflastargmargin{\rm #2}\hskip \deftypemargin}% +\dimen0=\hsize \advance \dimen0 by -\wd0 % compute size for first line +\dimen1=\hsize \advance \dimen1 by -\defargsindent %size for continuations +\parshape 2 0in \dimen0 \defargsindent \dimen1 +% Now output arg 2 ("Function" or some such) +% ending at \deftypemargin from the right margin, +% but stuck inside a box of width 0 so it does not interfere with linebreaking +{% Adjust \hsize to exclude the ambient margins, +% so that \rightline will obey them. +\advance \hsize by -\dimen2 +\rlap{\rightline{{\rm #2}\hskip -1.25pc }}}% +% Make all lines underfull and no complaints: +\tolerance=10000 \hbadness=10000 +\advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent +\exdentamount=\defbodyindent +{\df #1}\enskip % Generate function name +} + +% Actually process the body of a definition +% #1 should be the terminating control sequence, such as \Edefun. +% #2 should be the "another name" control sequence, such as \defunx. +% #3 should be the control sequence that actually processes the header, +% such as \defunheader. + +\def\defparsebody #1#2#3{\begingroup\inENV% Environment for definitionbody +\medbreak % +% Define the end token that this defining construct specifies +% so that it will exit this group. +\def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}% +\def#2{\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit#3}% +\parindent=0in +\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent +\exdentamount=\defbodyindent +\begingroup % +\catcode 61=\active % 61 is `=' +\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit#3} + +% #1 is the \E... control sequence to end the definition (which we define). +% #2 is the \...x control sequence for consecutive fns (which we define). +% #3 is the control sequence to call to resume processing. +% #4, delimited by the space, is the class name. +% +\def\defmethparsebody#1#2#3#4 {\begingroup\inENV % +\medbreak % +% Define the end token that this defining construct specifies +% so that it will exit this group. +\def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}% +\def#2##1 {\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{##1}}}% +\parindent=0in +\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent +\exdentamount=\defbodyindent +\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{#4}}} + +% @deftypemethod has an extra argument that nothing else does. Sigh. +% #1 is the \E... control sequence to end the definition (which we define). +% #2 is the \...x control sequence for consecutive fns (which we define). +% #3 is the control sequence to call to resume processing. +% #4, delimited by the space, is the class name. +% #5 is the method's return type. +% +\def\deftypemethparsebody#1#2#3#4 #5 {\begingroup\inENV % +\medbreak % +% Define the end token that this defining construct specifies +% so that it will exit this group. +\def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}% +\def#2##1 ##2 {\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{##1}{##2}}}% +\parindent=0in +\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent +\exdentamount=\defbodyindent +\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{#4}{#5}}} + +\def\defopparsebody #1#2#3#4#5 {\begingroup\inENV % +\medbreak % +% Define the end token that this defining construct specifies +% so that it will exit this group. +\def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}% +\def#2##1 ##2 {\def#4{##1}% +\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{##2}}}% +\parindent=0in +\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent +\exdentamount=\defbodyindent +\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{#5}}} + +% These parsing functions are similar to the preceding ones +% except that they do not make parens into active characters. +% These are used for "variables" since they have no arguments. + +\def\defvarparsebody #1#2#3{\begingroup\inENV% Environment for definitionbody +\medbreak % +% Define the end token that this defining construct specifies +% so that it will exit this group. +\def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}% +\def#2{\begingroup\obeylines\spacesplit#3}% +\parindent=0in +\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent +\exdentamount=\defbodyindent +\begingroup % +\catcode 61=\active % +\obeylines\spacesplit#3} + +% This is used for \def{tp,vr}parsebody. It could probably be used for +% some of the others, too, with some judicious conditionals. +% +\def\parsebodycommon#1#2#3{% + \begingroup\inENV % + \medbreak % + % Define the end token that this defining construct specifies + % so that it will exit this group. + \def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}% + \def#2##1 {\begingroup\obeylines\spacesplit{#3{##1}}}% + \parindent=0in + \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent + \exdentamount=\defbodyindent + \begingroup\obeylines +} + +\def\defvrparsebody#1#2#3#4 {% + \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}% + \spacesplit{#3{#4}}% +} + +% This loses on `@deftp {Data Type} {struct termios}' -- it thinks the +% type is just `struct', because we lose the braces in `{struct +% termios}' when \spacesplit reads its undelimited argument. Sigh. +% \let\deftpparsebody=\defvrparsebody +% +% So, to get around this, we put \empty in with the type name. That +% way, TeX won't find exactly `{...}' as an undelimited argument, and +% won't strip off the braces. +% +\def\deftpparsebody #1#2#3#4 {% + \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}% + \spacesplit{\parsetpheaderline{#3{#4}}}\empty +} + +% Fine, but then we have to eventually remove the \empty *and* the +% braces (if any). That's what this does. +% +\def\removeemptybraces\empty#1\relax{#1} + +% After \spacesplit has done its work, this is called -- #1 is the final +% thing to call, #2 the type name (which starts with \empty), and #3 +% (which might be empty) the arguments. +% +\def\parsetpheaderline#1#2#3{% + #1{\removeemptybraces#2\relax}{#3}% +}% + +\def\defopvarparsebody #1#2#3#4#5 {\begingroup\inENV % +\medbreak % +% Define the end token that this defining construct specifies +% so that it will exit this group. +\def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}% +\def#2##1 ##2 {\def#4{##1}% +\begingroup\obeylines\spacesplit{#3{##2}}}% +\parindent=0in +\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent +\exdentamount=\defbodyindent +\begingroup\obeylines\spacesplit{#3{#5}}} + +% Split up #2 at the first space token. +% call #1 with two arguments: +% the first is all of #2 before the space token, +% the second is all of #2 after that space token. +% If #2 contains no space token, all of it is passed as the first arg +% and the second is passed as empty. + +{\obeylines +\gdef\spacesplit#1#2^^M{\endgroup\spacesplitfoo{#1}#2 \relax\spacesplitfoo}% +\long\gdef\spacesplitfoo#1#2 #3#4\spacesplitfoo{% +\ifx\relax #3% +#1{#2}{}\else #1{#2}{#3#4}\fi}} + +% So much for the things common to all kinds of definitions. + +% Define @defun. + +% First, define the processing that is wanted for arguments of \defun +% Use this to expand the args and terminate the paragraph they make up + +\def\defunargs #1{\functionparens \sl +% Expand, preventing hyphenation at `-' chars. +% Note that groups don't affect changes in \hyphenchar. +\hyphenchar\tensl=0 +#1% +\hyphenchar\tensl=45 +\ifnum\parencount=0 \else \errmessage{Unbalanced parentheses in @def}\fi% +\interlinepenalty=10000 +\advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil +\endgraf\nobreak\vskip -\parskip\nobreak +} + +\def\deftypefunargs #1{% +% Expand, preventing hyphenation at `-' chars. +% Note that groups don't affect changes in \hyphenchar. +% Use \boldbraxnoamp, not \functionparens, so that & is not special. +\boldbraxnoamp +\tclose{#1}% avoid \code because of side effects on active chars +\interlinepenalty=10000 +\advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil +\endgraf\nobreak\vskip -\parskip\nobreak +} + +% Do complete processing of one @defun or @defunx line already parsed. + +% @deffn Command forward-char nchars + +\def\deffn{\defmethparsebody\Edeffn\deffnx\deffnheader} + +\def\deffnheader #1#2#3{\doind {fn}{\code{#2}}% +\begingroup\defname {#2}{#1}\defunargs{#3}\endgroup % +\catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody +} + +% @defun == @deffn Function + +\def\defun{\defparsebody\Edefun\defunx\defunheader} + +\def\defunheader #1#2{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in function index +\begingroup\defname {#1}{Function}% +\defunargs {#2}\endgroup % +\catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody +} + +% @deftypefun int foobar (int @var{foo}, float @var{bar}) + +\def\deftypefun{\defparsebody\Edeftypefun\deftypefunx\deftypefunheader} + +% #1 is the data type. #2 is the name and args. +\def\deftypefunheader #1#2{\deftypefunheaderx{#1}#2 \relax} +% #1 is the data type, #2 the name, #3 the args. +\def\deftypefunheaderx #1#2 #3\relax{% +\doind {fn}{\code{#2}}% Make entry in function index +\begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#1\relax$$$#2}{Function}% +\deftypefunargs {#3}\endgroup % +\catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody +} + +% @deftypefn {Library Function} int foobar (int @var{foo}, float @var{bar}) + +\def\deftypefn{\defmethparsebody\Edeftypefn\deftypefnx\deftypefnheader} + +% \defheaderxcond#1\relax$$$ +% puts #1 in @code, followed by a space, but does nothing if #1 is null. +\def\defheaderxcond#1#2$$${\ifx#1\relax\else\code{#1#2} \fi} + +% #1 is the classification. #2 is the data type. #3 is the name and args. +\def\deftypefnheader #1#2#3{\deftypefnheaderx{#1}{#2}#3 \relax} +% #1 is the classification, #2 the data type, #3 the name, #4 the args. +\def\deftypefnheaderx #1#2#3 #4\relax{% +\doind {fn}{\code{#3}}% Make entry in function index +\begingroup +\normalparens % notably, turn off `&' magic, which prevents +% at least some C++ text from working +\defname {\defheaderxcond#2\relax$$$#3}{#1}% +\deftypefunargs {#4}\endgroup % +\catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody +} + +% @defmac == @deffn Macro + +\def\defmac{\defparsebody\Edefmac\defmacx\defmacheader} + +\def\defmacheader #1#2{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in function index +\begingroup\defname {#1}{Macro}% +\defunargs {#2}\endgroup % +\catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody +} + +% @defspec == @deffn Special Form + +\def\defspec{\defparsebody\Edefspec\defspecx\defspecheader} + +\def\defspecheader #1#2{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in function index +\begingroup\defname {#1}{Special Form}% +\defunargs {#2}\endgroup % +\catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody +} + +% This definition is run if you use @defunx +% anywhere other than immediately after a @defun or @defunx. + +\def\deffnx #1 {\errmessage{@deffnx in invalid context}} +\def\defunx #1 {\errmessage{@defunx in invalid context}} +\def\defmacx #1 {\errmessage{@defmacx in invalid context}} +\def\defspecx #1 {\errmessage{@defspecx in invalid context}} +\def\deftypefnx #1 {\errmessage{@deftypefnx in invalid context}} +\def\deftypemethodx #1 {\errmessage{@deftypemethodx in invalid context}} +\def\deftypefunx #1 {\errmessage{@deftypefunx in invalid context}} + +% @defmethod, and so on + +% @defop CATEGORY CLASS OPERATION ARG... + +\def\defop #1 {\def\defoptype{#1}% +\defopparsebody\Edefop\defopx\defopheader\defoptype} + +\def\defopheader #1#2#3{% +\dosubind {fn}{\code{#2}}{\putwordon\ #1}% Make entry in function index +\begingroup\defname {#2}{\defoptype{} on #1}% +\defunargs {#3}\endgroup % +} + +% @deftypemethod CLASS RETURN-TYPE METHOD ARG... +% +\def\deftypemethod{% + \deftypemethparsebody\Edeftypemethod\deftypemethodx\deftypemethodheader} +% +% #1 is the class name, #2 the data type, #3 the method name, #4 the args. +\def\deftypemethodheader#1#2#3#4{% + \dosubind{fn}{\code{#3}}{\putwordon\ \code{#1}}% entry in function index + \begingroup + \defname{\defheaderxcond#2\relax$$$#3}{\putwordMethodon\ \code{#1}}% + \deftypefunargs{#4}% + \endgroup +} + +% @defmethod == @defop Method +% +\def\defmethod{\defmethparsebody\Edefmethod\defmethodx\defmethodheader} +% +% #1 is the class name, #2 the method name, #3 the args. +\def\defmethodheader#1#2#3{% + \dosubind{fn}{\code{#2}}{\putwordon\ \code{#1}}% entry in function index + \begingroup + \defname{#2}{\putwordMethodon\ \code{#1}}% + \defunargs{#3}% + \endgroup +} + +% @defcv {Class Option} foo-class foo-flag + +\def\defcv #1 {\def\defcvtype{#1}% +\defopvarparsebody\Edefcv\defcvx\defcvarheader\defcvtype} + +\def\defcvarheader #1#2#3{% +\dosubind {vr}{\code{#2}}{of #1}% Make entry in var index +\begingroup\defname {#2}{\defcvtype{} of #1}% +\defvarargs {#3}\endgroup % +} + +% @defivar == @defcv {Instance Variable} + +\def\defivar{\defvrparsebody\Edefivar\defivarx\defivarheader} + +\def\defivarheader #1#2#3{% +\dosubind {vr}{\code{#2}}{of #1}% Make entry in var index +\begingroup\defname {#2}{Instance Variable of #1}% +\defvarargs {#3}\endgroup % +} + +% These definitions are run if you use @defmethodx, etc., +% anywhere other than immediately after a @defmethod, etc. + +\def\defopx #1 {\errmessage{@defopx in invalid context}} +\def\defmethodx #1 {\errmessage{@defmethodx in invalid context}} +\def\defcvx #1 {\errmessage{@defcvx in invalid context}} +\def\defivarx #1 {\errmessage{@defivarx in invalid context}} + +% Now @defvar + +% First, define the processing that is wanted for arguments of @defvar. +% This is actually simple: just print them in roman. +% This must expand the args and terminate the paragraph they make up +\def\defvarargs #1{\normalparens #1% +\interlinepenalty=10000 +\endgraf\nobreak\vskip -\parskip\nobreak} + +% @defvr Counter foo-count + +\def\defvr{\defvrparsebody\Edefvr\defvrx\defvrheader} + +\def\defvrheader #1#2#3{\doind {vr}{\code{#2}}% +\begingroup\defname {#2}{#1}\defvarargs{#3}\endgroup} + +% @defvar == @defvr Variable + +\def\defvar{\defvarparsebody\Edefvar\defvarx\defvarheader} + +\def\defvarheader #1#2{\doind {vr}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in var index +\begingroup\defname {#1}{Variable}% +\defvarargs {#2}\endgroup % +} + +% @defopt == @defvr {User Option} + +\def\defopt{\defvarparsebody\Edefopt\defoptx\defoptheader} + +\def\defoptheader #1#2{\doind {vr}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in var index +\begingroup\defname {#1}{User Option}% +\defvarargs {#2}\endgroup % +} + +% @deftypevar int foobar + +\def\deftypevar{\defvarparsebody\Edeftypevar\deftypevarx\deftypevarheader} + +% #1 is the data type. #2 is the name, perhaps followed by text that +% is actually part of the data type, which should not be put into the index. +\def\deftypevarheader #1#2{% +\dovarind#2 \relax% Make entry in variables index +\begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#1\relax$$$#2}{Variable}% +\interlinepenalty=10000 +\endgraf\nobreak\vskip -\parskip\nobreak +\endgroup} +\def\dovarind#1 #2\relax{\doind{vr}{\code{#1}}} + +% @deftypevr {Global Flag} int enable + +\def\deftypevr{\defvrparsebody\Edeftypevr\deftypevrx\deftypevrheader} + +\def\deftypevrheader #1#2#3{\dovarind#3 \relax% +\begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#2\relax$$$#3}{#1} +\interlinepenalty=10000 +\endgraf\nobreak\vskip -\parskip\nobreak +\endgroup} + +% This definition is run if you use @defvarx +% anywhere other than immediately after a @defvar or @defvarx. + +\def\defvrx #1 {\errmessage{@defvrx in invalid context}} +\def\defvarx #1 {\errmessage{@defvarx in invalid context}} +\def\defoptx #1 {\errmessage{@defoptx in invalid context}} +\def\deftypevarx #1 {\errmessage{@deftypevarx in invalid context}} +\def\deftypevrx #1 {\errmessage{@deftypevrx in invalid context}} + +% Now define @deftp +% Args are printed in bold, a slight difference from @defvar. + +\def\deftpargs #1{\bf \defvarargs{#1}} + +% @deftp Class window height width ... + +\def\deftp{\deftpparsebody\Edeftp\deftpx\deftpheader} + +\def\deftpheader #1#2#3{\doind {tp}{\code{#2}}% +\begingroup\defname {#2}{#1}\deftpargs{#3}\endgroup} + +% This definition is run if you use @deftpx, etc +% anywhere other than immediately after a @deftp, etc. + +\def\deftpx #1 {\errmessage{@deftpx in invalid context}} + + +\message{macros,} +% @macro. + +% To do this right we need a feature of e-TeX, \scantokens, +% which we arrange to emulate with a temporary file in ordinary TeX. +\ifx\eTeXversion\undefined + \newwrite\macscribble + \def\scanmacro#1{% + \begingroup \newlinechar`\^^M + \immediate\openout\macscribble=\jobname.tmp + \immediate\write\macscribble{#1}% + \immediate\closeout\macscribble + \let\xeatspaces\eatspaces + \input \jobname.tmp + \endgroup +} +\else +\def\scanmacro#1{% +\begingroup \newlinechar`\^^M +\let\xeatspaces\eatspaces\scantokens{#1}\endgroup} +\fi + +\newcount\paramno % Count of parameters +\newtoks\macname % Macro name +\newif\ifrecursive % Is it recursive? + +% Utility routines. +% Thisdoes \let #1 = #2, except with \csnames. +\def\cslet#1#2{% +\expandafter\expandafter +\expandafter\let +\expandafter\expandafter +\csname#1\endcsname +\csname#2\endcsname} + +% Trim leading and trailing spaces off a string. +% Concepts from aro-bend problem 15 (see CTAN). +{\catcode`\@=11 +\gdef\eatspaces #1{\expandafter\trim@\expandafter{#1 }} +\gdef\trim@ #1{\trim@@ @#1 @ #1 @ @@} +\gdef\trim@@ #1@ #2@ #3@@{\trim@@@\empty #2 @} +\def\unbrace#1{#1} +\unbrace{\gdef\trim@@@ #1 } #2@{#1} +} + +% Trim a single trailing ^^M off a string. +{\catcode`\^^M=12\catcode`\Q=3% +\gdef\eatcr #1{\eatcra #1Q^^MQ}% +\gdef\eatcra#1^^MQ{\eatcrb#1Q}% +\gdef\eatcrb#1Q#2Q{#1}% +} + +% Macro bodies are absorbed as an argument in a context where +% all characters are catcode 10, 11 or 12, except \ which is active +% (as in normal texinfo). It is necessary to change the definition of \. + +% It's necessary to have hard CRs when the macro is executed. This is +% done by making ^^M (\endlinechar) catcode 12 when reading the macro +% body, and then making it the \newlinechar in \scanmacro. + +\def\macrobodyctxt{% + \catcode`\~=12 + \catcode`\^=12 + \catcode`\_=12 + \catcode`\|=12 + \catcode`\<=12 + \catcode`\>=12 + \catcode`\+=12 + \catcode`\{=12 + \catcode`\}=12 + \catcode`\@=12 + \catcode`\^^M=12 + \usembodybackslash} + +\def\macroargctxt{% + \catcode`\~=12 + \catcode`\^=12 + \catcode`\_=12 + \catcode`\|=12 + \catcode`\<=12 + \catcode`\>=12 + \catcode`\+=12 + \catcode`\@=12 + \catcode`\\=12} + +% \mbodybackslash is the definition of \ in @macro bodies. +% It maps \foo\ => \csname macarg.foo\endcsname => #N +% where N is the macro parameter number. +% We define \csname macarg.\endcsname to be \realbackslash, so +% \\ in macro replacement text gets you a backslash. + +{\catcode`@=0 @catcode`@\=@active + @gdef@usembodybackslash{@let\=@mbodybackslash} + @gdef@mbodybackslash#1\{@csname macarg.#1@endcsname} +} +\expandafter\def\csname macarg.\endcsname{\realbackslash} + +\def\macro{\recursivefalse\parsearg\macroxxx} +\def\rmacro{\recursivetrue\parsearg\macroxxx} + +\def\macroxxx#1{% + \getargs{#1}% now \macname is the macname and \argl the arglist + \ifx\argl\empty % no arguments + \paramno=0% + \else + \expandafter\parsemargdef \argl;% + \fi + \expandafter\ifx \csname macsave.\the\macname\endcsname \relax + \cslet{macsave.\the\macname}{\the\macname}% + \else + \message{Warning: redefining \the\macname}% + \fi + \begingroup \macrobodyctxt + \ifrecursive \expandafter\parsermacbody + \else \expandafter\parsemacbody + \fi} + +\def\unmacro{\parsearg\unmacroxxx} +\def\unmacroxxx#1{% + \expandafter\ifx \csname macsave.\the\macname\endcsname \relax + \errmessage{Macro \the\macname\ not defined.}% + \else + \cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}% + \expandafter\let \csname macsave.\the\macname\endcsname \undefined + \fi +} + +% This makes use of the obscure feature that if the last token of a +% is #, then the preceding argument is delimited by +% an opening brace, and that opening brace is not consumed. +\def\getargs#1{\getargsxxx#1{}} +\def\getargsxxx#1#{\getmacname #1 \relax\getmacargs} +\def\getmacname #1 #2\relax{\macname={#1}} +\def\getmacargs#1{\def\argl{#1}} + +% Parse the optional {params} list. Set up \paramno and \paramlist +% so \defmacro knows what to do. Define \macarg.blah for each blah +% in the params list, to be ##N where N is the position in that list. +% That gets used by \mbodybackslash (above). + +% We need to get `macro parameter char #' into several definitions. +% The technique used is stolen from LaTeX: let \hash be something +% unexpandable, insert that wherever you need a #, and then redefine +% it to # just before using the token list produced. +% +% The same technique is used to protect \eatspaces till just before +% the macro is used. + +\def\parsemargdef#1;{\paramno=0\def\paramlist{}% + \let\hash\relax\let\xeatspaces\relax\parsemargdefxxx#1,;,} +\def\parsemargdefxxx#1,{% + \if#1;\let\next=\relax + \else \let\next=\parsemargdefxxx + \advance\paramno by 1% + \expandafter\edef\csname macarg.\eatspaces{#1}\endcsname + {\xeatspaces{\hash\the\paramno}}% + \edef\paramlist{\paramlist\hash\the\paramno,}% + \fi\next} + +% These two commands read recursive and nonrecursive macro bodies. +% (They're different since rec and nonrec macros end differently.) + +\long\def\parsemacbody#1@end macro% +{\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}% +\long\def\parsermacbody#1@end rmacro% +{\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}% + +% This defines the macro itself. There are six cases: recursive and +% nonrecursive macros of zero, one, and many arguments. +% Much magic with \expandafter here. +% \xdef is used so that macro definitions will survive the file +% they're defined in; @include reads the file inside a group. +\def\defmacro{% + \let\hash=##% convert placeholders to macro parameter chars + \ifrecursive + \ifcase\paramno + % 0 + \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% + \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}% + \or % 1 + \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% + \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt + \noexpand\braceorline\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}% + \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{% + \egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}% + \else % many + \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% + \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt + \noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname} + \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{% + \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}% + \expandafter\expandafter + \expandafter\xdef + \expandafter\expandafter + \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname + \paramlist{\egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}% + \fi + \else + \ifcase\paramno + % 0 + \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% + \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}% + \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}% + \or % 1 + \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% + \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt + \noexpand\braceorline\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}% + \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{% + \egroup + \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}% + \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}% + \else % many + \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% + \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt + \noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname} + \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{% + \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}% + \expandafter\expandafter + \expandafter\xdef + \expandafter\expandafter + \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname + \paramlist{% + \egroup + \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}% + \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}% + \fi + \fi} + +\def\norecurse#1{\bgroup\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}} + +% \braceorline decides whether the next nonwhitespace character is a +% {. If so it reads up to the closing }, if not, it reads the whole +% line. Whatever was read is then fed to the next control sequence +% as an argument (by \parsebrace or \parsearg) +\def\braceorline#1{\let\next=#1\futurelet\nchar\braceorlinexxx} +\def\braceorlinexxx{% + \ifx\nchar\bgroup\else + \expandafter\parsearg + \fi \next} + + +\message{cross references,} +\newwrite\auxfile + +\newif\ifhavexrefs % True if xref values are known. +\newif\ifwarnedxrefs % True if we warned once that they aren't known. + +% @inforef is relatively simple. +\def\inforef #1{\inforefzzz #1,,,,**} +\def\inforefzzz #1,#2,#3,#4**{\putwordSee{} \putwordInfo{} \putwordfile{} \file{\ignorespaces #3{}}, + node \samp{\ignorespaces#1{}}} + +% @node's job is to define \lastnode. +\def\node{\ENVcheck\parsearg\nodezzz} +\def\nodezzz#1{\nodexxx [#1,]} +\def\nodexxx[#1,#2]{\gdef\lastnode{#1}} +\let\nwnode=\node +\let\lastnode=\relax + +% The sectioning commands (@chapter, etc.) call these. +\def\donoderef{% + \ifx\lastnode\relax\else + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\setref{\lastnode}% + {Ysectionnumberandtype}% + \global\let\lastnode=\relax + \fi +} +\def\unnumbnoderef{% + \ifx\lastnode\relax\else + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\setref{\lastnode}{Ynothing}% + \global\let\lastnode=\relax + \fi +} +\def\appendixnoderef{% + \ifx\lastnode\relax\else + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\setref{\lastnode}% + {Yappendixletterandtype}% + \global\let\lastnode=\relax + \fi +} + + +% @anchor{NAME} -- define xref target at arbitrary point. +% +\def\anchor#1{\setref{#1}{Ynothing}} + + +% \setref{NAME}{SNT} defines a cross-reference point NAME, namely +% NAME-title, NAME-pg, and NAME-SNT. Called from \foonoderef. We have +% to set \indexdummies so commands such as @code in a section title +% aren't expanded. It would be nicer not to expand the titles in the +% first place, but there's so many layers that that is hard to do. +% +\def\setref#1#2{{% + \indexdummies + \dosetq{#1-title}{Ytitle}% + \dosetq{#1-pg}{Ypagenumber}% + \dosetq{#1-snt}{#2} +}} + +% @xref, @pxref, and @ref generate cross-references. For \xrefX, #1 is +% the node name, #2 the name of the Info cross-reference, #3 the printed +% node name, #4 the name of the Info file, #5 the name of the printed +% manual. All but the node name can be omitted. +% +\def\pxref#1{\putwordsee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]} +\def\xref#1{\putwordSee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]} +\def\ref#1{\xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]} +\def\xrefX[#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6]{\begingroup + \def\printedmanual{\ignorespaces #5}% + \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #3}% + \setbox1=\hbox{\printedmanual}% + \setbox0=\hbox{\printednodename}% + \ifdim \wd0 = 0pt + % No printed node name was explicitly given. + \expandafter\ifx\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname\relax + % Use the node name inside the square brackets. + \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #1}% + \else + % Use the actual chapter/section title appear inside + % the square brackets. Use the real section title if we have it. + \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt + % It is in another manual, so we don't have it. + \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #1}% + \else + \ifhavexrefs + % We know the real title if we have the xref values. + \def\printednodename{\refx{#1-title}{}}% + \else + % Otherwise just copy the Info node name. + \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #1}% + \fi% + \fi + \fi + \fi + % + % If we use \unhbox0 and \unhbox1 to print the node names, TeX does not + % insert empty discretionaries after hyphens, which means that it will + % not find a line break at a hyphen in a node names. Since some manuals + % are best written with fairly long node names, containing hyphens, this + % is a loss. Therefore, we give the text of the node name again, so it + % is as if TeX is seeing it for the first time. + \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt + \putwordsection{} ``\printednodename'' in \cite{\printedmanual}% + \else + % _ (for example) has to be the character _ for the purposes of the + % control sequence corresponding to the node, but it has to expand + % into the usual \leavevmode...\vrule stuff for purposes of + % printing. So we \turnoffactive for the \refx-snt, back on for the + % printing, back off for the \refx-pg. + {\normalturnoffactive + % Only output a following space if the -snt ref is nonempty; for + % @unnumbered and @anchor, it won't be. + \setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces \refx{#1-snt}{}}% + \ifdim \wd2 > 0pt \refx{#1-snt}\space\fi + }% + % [mynode], + [\printednodename],\space + % page 3 + \turnoffactive \putwordpage\tie\refx{#1-pg}{}% + \fi +\endgroup} + +% \dosetq is the interface for calls from other macros + +% Use \normalturnoffactive so that punctuation chars such as underscore +% and backslash work in node names. (\turnoffactive doesn't do \.) +\def\dosetq#1#2{% + {\let\folio=0 + \normalturnoffactive + \edef\next{\write\auxfile{\internalsetq{#1}{#2}}}% + \iflinks + \next + \fi + }% +} + +% \internalsetq {foo}{page} expands into +% CHARACTERS 'xrdef {foo}{...expansion of \Ypage...} +% When the aux file is read, ' is the escape character + +\def\internalsetq #1#2{'xrdef {#1}{\csname #2\endcsname}} + +% Things to be expanded by \internalsetq + +\def\Ypagenumber{\folio} + +\def\Ytitle{\thissection} + +\def\Ynothing{} + +\def\Ysectionnumberandtype{% +\ifnum\secno=0 \putwordChapter\xreftie\the\chapno % +\else \ifnum \subsecno=0 \putwordSection\xreftie\the\chapno.\the\secno % +\else \ifnum \subsubsecno=0 % +\putwordSection\xreftie\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno % +\else % +\putwordSection\xreftie\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno % +\fi \fi \fi } + +\def\Yappendixletterandtype{% +\ifnum\secno=0 \putwordAppendix\xreftie'char\the\appendixno{}% +\else \ifnum \subsecno=0 \putwordSection\xreftie'char\the\appendixno.\the\secno % +\else \ifnum \subsubsecno=0 % +\putwordSection\xreftie'char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno % +\else % +\putwordSection\xreftie'char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno % +\fi \fi \fi } + +\gdef\xreftie{'tie} + +% Use TeX 3.0's \inputlineno to get the line number, for better error +% messages, but if we're using an old version of TeX, don't do anything. +% +\ifx\inputlineno\thisisundefined + \let\linenumber = \empty % Non-3.0. +\else + \def\linenumber{\the\inputlineno:\space} +\fi + +% Define \refx{NAME}{SUFFIX} to reference a cross-reference string named NAME. +% If its value is nonempty, SUFFIX is output afterward. + +\def\refx#1#2{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname X#1\endcsname\relax + % If not defined, say something at least. + \angleleft un\-de\-fined\angleright + \iflinks + \ifhavexrefs + \message{\linenumber Undefined cross reference `#1'.}% + \else + \ifwarnedxrefs\else + \global\warnedxrefstrue + \message{Cross reference values unknown; you must run TeX again.}% + \fi + \fi + \fi + \else + % It's defined, so just use it. + \csname X#1\endcsname + \fi + #2% Output the suffix in any case. +} + +% This is the macro invoked by entries in the aux file. +% +\def\xrdef#1{\begingroup + % Reenable \ as an escape while reading the second argument. + \catcode`\\ = 0 + \afterassignment\endgroup + \expandafter\gdef\csname X#1\endcsname +} + +% Read the last existing aux file, if any. No error if none exists. +\def\readauxfile{\begingroup + \catcode`\^^@=\other + \catcode`\^^A=\other + \catcode`\^^B=\other + \catcode`\^^C=\other + \catcode`\^^D=\other + \catcode`\^^E=\other + \catcode`\^^F=\other + \catcode`\^^G=\other + \catcode`\^^H=\other + \catcode`\^^K=\other + \catcode`\^^L=\other + \catcode`\^^N=\other + \catcode`\^^P=\other + \catcode`\^^Q=\other + \catcode`\^^R=\other + \catcode`\^^S=\other + \catcode`\^^T=\other + \catcode`\^^U=\other + \catcode`\^^V=\other + \catcode`\^^W=\other + \catcode`\^^X=\other + \catcode`\^^Z=\other + \catcode`\^^[=\other + \catcode`\^^\=\other + \catcode`\^^]=\other + \catcode`\^^^=\other + \catcode`\^^_=\other + \catcode`\@=\other + \catcode`\^=\other + % It was suggested to define this as 7, which would allow ^^e4 etc. + % in xref tags, i.e., node names. But since ^^e4 notation isn't + % supported in the main text, it doesn't seem desirable. Furthermore, + % that is not enough: for node names that actually contain a ^ + % character, we would end up writing a line like this: 'xrdef {'hat + % b-title}{'hat b} and \xrdef does a \csname...\endcsname on the first + % argument, and \hat is not an expandable control sequence. It could + % all be worked out, but why? Either we support ^^ or we don't. + % + % The other change necessary for this was to define \auxhat: + % \def\auxhat{\def^{'hat }}% extra space so ok if followed by letter + % and then to call \auxhat in \setq. + % + \catcode`\~=\other + \catcode`\[=\other + \catcode`\]=\other + \catcode`\"=\other + \catcode`\_=\other + \catcode`\|=\other + \catcode`\<=\other + \catcode`\>=\other + \catcode`\$=\other + \catcode`\#=\other + \catcode`\&=\other + \catcode`+=\other % avoid \+ for paranoia even though we've turned it off + % Make the characters 128-255 be printing characters + {% + \count 1=128 + \def\loop{% + \catcode\count 1=\other + \advance\count 1 by 1 + \ifnum \count 1<256 \loop \fi + }% + }% + % The aux file uses ' as the escape (for now). + % Turn off \ as an escape so we do not lose on + % entries which were dumped with control sequences in their names. + % For example, 'xrdef {$\leq $-fun}{page ...} made by @defun ^^ + % Reference to such entries still does not work the way one would wish, + % but at least they do not bomb out when the aux file is read in. + \catcode`\{=1 + \catcode`\}=2 + \catcode`\%=\other + \catcode`\'=0 + \catcode`\\=\other + % + \openin 1 \jobname.aux + \ifeof 1 \else + \closein 1 + \input \jobname.aux + \global\havexrefstrue + \global\warnedobstrue + \fi + % Open the new aux file. TeX will close it automatically at exit. + \openout\auxfile=\jobname.aux +\endgroup} + + +% Footnotes. + +\newcount \footnoteno + +% The trailing space in the following definition for supereject is +% vital for proper filling; pages come out unaligned when you do a +% pagealignmacro call if that space before the closing brace is +% removed. (Generally, numeric constants should always be followed by a +% space to prevent strange expansion errors.) +\def\supereject{\par\penalty -20000\footnoteno =0 } + +% @footnotestyle is meaningful for info output only. +\let\footnotestyle=\comment + +\let\ptexfootnote=\footnote + +{\catcode `\@=11 +% +% Auto-number footnotes. Otherwise like plain. +\gdef\footnote{% + \global\advance\footnoteno by \@ne + \edef\thisfootno{$^{\the\footnoteno}$}% + % + % In case the footnote comes at the end of a sentence, preserve the + % extra spacing after we do the footnote number. + \let\@sf\empty + \ifhmode\edef\@sf{\spacefactor\the\spacefactor}\/\fi + % + % Remove inadvertent blank space before typesetting the footnote number. + \unskip + \thisfootno\@sf + \footnotezzz +}% + +% Don't bother with the trickery in plain.tex to not require the +% footnote text as a parameter. Our footnotes don't need to be so general. +% +% Oh yes, they do; otherwise, @ifset and anything else that uses +% \parseargline fail inside footnotes because the tokens are fixed when +% the footnote is read. --karl, 16nov96. +% +\long\gdef\footnotezzz{\insert\footins\bgroup + % We want to typeset this text as a normal paragraph, even if the + % footnote reference occurs in (for example) a display environment. + % So reset some parameters. + \interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty + \splittopskip\ht\strutbox % top baseline for broken footnotes + \splitmaxdepth\dp\strutbox + \floatingpenalty\@MM + \leftskip\z@skip + \rightskip\z@skip + \spaceskip\z@skip + \xspaceskip\z@skip + \parindent\defaultparindent + % + % Hang the footnote text off the number. + \hang + \textindent{\thisfootno}% + % + % Don't crash into the line above the footnote text. Since this + % expands into a box, it must come within the paragraph, lest it + % provide a place where TeX can split the footnote. + \footstrut + \futurelet\next\fo@t +} +\def\fo@t{\ifcat\bgroup\noexpand\next \let\next\f@@t + \else\let\next\f@t\fi \next} +\def\f@@t{\bgroup\aftergroup\@foot\let\next} +\def\f@t#1{#1\@foot} +\def\@foot{\strut\egroup} + +}%end \catcode `\@=11 + +% Set the baselineskip to #1, and the lineskip and strut size +% correspondingly. There is no deep meaning behind these magic numbers +% used as factors; they just match (closely enough) what Knuth defined. +% +\def\lineskipfactor{.08333} +\def\strutheightpercent{.70833} +\def\strutdepthpercent {.29167} +% +\def\setleading#1{% + \normalbaselineskip = #1\relax + \normallineskip = \lineskipfactor\normalbaselineskip + \normalbaselines + \setbox\strutbox =\hbox{% + \vrule width0pt height\strutheightpercent\baselineskip + depth \strutdepthpercent \baselineskip + }% +} + +% @| inserts a changebar to the left of the current line. It should +% surround any changed text. This approach does *not* work if the +% change spans more than two lines of output. To handle that, we would +% have adopt a much more difficult approach (putting marks into the main +% vertical list for the beginning and end of each change). +% +\def\|{% + % \vadjust can only be used in horizontal mode. + \leavevmode + % + % Append this vertical mode material after the current line in the output. + \vadjust{% + % We want to insert a rule with the height and depth of the current + % leading; that is exactly what \strutbox is supposed to record. + \vskip-\baselineskip + % + % \vadjust-items are inserted at the left edge of the type. So + % the \llap here moves out into the left-hand margin. + \llap{% + % + % For a thicker or thinner bar, change the `1pt'. + \vrule height\baselineskip width1pt + % + % This is the space between the bar and the text. + \hskip 12pt + }% + }% +} + +% For a final copy, take out the rectangles +% that mark overfull boxes (in case you have decided +% that the text looks ok even though it passes the margin). +% +\def\finalout{\overfullrule=0pt} + +% @image. We use the macros from epsf.tex to support this. +% If epsf.tex is not installed and @image is used, we complain. +% +% Check for and read epsf.tex up front. If we read it only at @image +% time, we might be inside a group, and then its definitions would get +% undone and the next image would fail. +\openin 1 = epsf.tex +\ifeof 1 \else + \closein 1 + % Do not bother showing banner with post-v2.7 epsf.tex (available in + % doc/epsf.tex until it shows up on ctan). + \def\epsfannounce{\toks0 = }% + \input epsf.tex +\fi +% +\newif\ifwarnednoepsf +\newhelp\noepsfhelp{epsf.tex must be installed for images to + work. It is also included in the Texinfo distribution, or you can get + it from ftp://ftp.tug.org/tex/epsf.tex.} +% +% Only complain once about lack of epsf.tex. +\def\image#1{% + \ifx\epsfbox\undefined + \ifwarnednoepsf \else + \errhelp = \noepsfhelp + \errmessage{epsf.tex not found, images will be ignored}% + \global\warnednoepsftrue + \fi + \else + \imagexxx #1,,,\finish + \fi +} +% +% Arguments to @image: +% #1 is (mandatory) image filename; we tack on .eps extension. +% #2 is (optional) width, #3 is (optional) height. +% #4 is just the usual extra ignored arg for parsing this stuff. +\def\imagexxx#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{% + % \epsfbox itself resets \epsf?size at each figure. + \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfxsize=#2\relax \fi + \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfysize=#3\relax \fi + % If the image is by itself, center it. + \ifvmode + \nobreak\medskip + \nobreak + \centerline{\epsfbox{#1.eps}}% + \bigbreak + \else + \epsfbox{#1.eps}% + \fi +} + + +\message{paper sizes,} +% And other related parameters. + +\newdimen\defaultparindent \defaultparindent = 15pt + +\chapheadingskip = 15pt plus 4pt minus 2pt +\secheadingskip = 12pt plus 3pt minus 2pt +\subsecheadingskip = 9pt plus 2pt minus 2pt + +% Prevent underfull vbox error messages. +\vbadness = 10000 + +% Don't be so finicky about underfull hboxes, either. +\hbadness = 2000 + +% Following George Bush, just get rid of widows and orphans. +\widowpenalty=10000 +\clubpenalty=10000 + +% Use TeX 3.0's \emergencystretch to help line breaking, but if we're +% using an old version of TeX, don't do anything. We want the amount of +% stretch added to depend on the line length, hence the dependence on +% \hsize. This makes it come to about 9pt for the 8.5x11 format. We +% call this whenever the paper size is set. +% +\def\setemergencystretch{% + \ifx\emergencystretch\thisisundefined + % Allow us to assign to \emergencystretch anyway. + \def\emergencystretch{\dimen0}% + \else + \emergencystretch = \hsize + \divide\emergencystretch by 45 + \fi +} + +% Parameters in order: 1) textheight; 2) textwidth; 3) voffset; +% 4) hoffset; 5) binding offset; 6) topskip. Then whoever calls us can +% set \parskip and call \setleading for \baselineskip. +% +\def\internalpagesizes#1#2#3#4#5#6{% + \voffset = #3\relax + \topskip = #6\relax + \splittopskip = \topskip + % + \vsize = #1\relax + \advance\vsize by \topskip + \outervsize = \vsize + \advance\outervsize by 2\topandbottommargin + \pageheight = \vsize + % + \hsize = #2\relax + \outerhsize = \hsize + \advance\outerhsize by 0.5in + \pagewidth = \hsize + % + \normaloffset = #4\relax + \bindingoffset = #5\relax + % + \parindent = \defaultparindent + \setemergencystretch +} + +% @letterpaper (the default). +\def\letterpaper{{\globaldefs = 1 + \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt + \setleading{13.2pt}% + % + % If page is nothing but text, make it come out even. + \internalpagesizes{46\baselineskip}{6in}{\voffset}{.25in}{\bindingoffset}{36pt}% +}} + +% Use @smallbook to reset parameters for 7x9.5 (or so) format. +\def\smallbook{{\globaldefs = 1 + \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt + \setleading{12pt}% + % + \internalpagesizes{7.5in}{5.in}{\voffset}{.25in}{\bindingoffset}{16pt}% + % + \lispnarrowing = 0.3in + \tolerance = 700 + \hfuzz = 1pt + \contentsrightmargin = 0pt + \deftypemargin = 0pt + \defbodyindent = .5cm + % + \let\smalldisplay = \smalldisplayx + \let\smallexample = \smalllispx + \let\smallformat = \smallformatx + \let\smalllisp = \smalllispx +}} + +% Use @afourpaper to print on European A4 paper. +\def\afourpaper{{\globaldefs = 1 + \setleading{12pt}% + \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt + % + \internalpagesizes{53\baselineskip}{160mm}{\voffset}{4mm}{\bindingoffset}{44pt}% + % + \tolerance = 700 + \hfuzz = 1pt +}} + +% A specific text layout, 24x15cm overall, intended for A4 paper. Top margin +% 29mm, hence bottom margin 28mm, nominal side margin 3cm. +\def\afourlatex{{\globaldefs = 1 + \setleading{13.6pt}% + % + \afourpaper + \internalpagesizes{237mm}{150mm}{3.6mm}{3.6mm}{3mm}{7mm}% + % + \globaldefs = 0 +}} + +% Use @afourwide to print on European A4 paper in wide format. +\def\afourwide{% + \afourpaper + \internalpagesizes{9.5in}{6.5in}{\hoffset}{\normaloffset}{\bindingoffset}{7mm}% + % + \globaldefs = 0 +} + +% @pagesizes TEXTHEIGHT[,TEXTWIDTH] +% Perhaps we should allow setting the margins, \topskip, \parskip, +% and/or leading, also. Or perhaps we should compute them somehow. +% +\def\pagesizes{\parsearg\pagesizesxxx} +\def\pagesizesxxx#1{\pagesizesyyy #1,,\finish} +\def\pagesizesyyy#1,#2,#3\finish{{% + \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \hsize=#2\relax \fi + \globaldefs = 1 + % + \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt + \setleading{13.2pt}% + % + \internalpagesizes{#1}{\hsize}{\voffset}{\normaloffset}{\bindingoffset}{44pt}% +}} + +% Set default to letter. +% +\letterpaper + +\message{and turning on texinfo input format.} + +% Define macros to output various characters with catcode for normal text. +\catcode`\"=\other +\catcode`\~=\other +\catcode`\^=\other +\catcode`\_=\other +\catcode`\|=\other +\catcode`\<=\other +\catcode`\>=\other +\catcode`\+=\other +\def\normaldoublequote{"} +\def\normaltilde{~} +\def\normalcaret{^} +\def\normalunderscore{_} +\def\normalverticalbar{|} +\def\normalless{<} +\def\normalgreater{>} +\def\normalplus{+} + +% This macro is used to make a character print one way in ttfont +% where it can probably just be output, and another way in other fonts, +% where something hairier probably needs to be done. +% +% #1 is what to print if we are indeed using \tt; #2 is what to print +% otherwise. Since all the Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero +% interword stretch (and shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all +% typewriter fonts to have this, we can check that font parameter. +% +\def\ifusingtt#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen3\the\font=0pt #1\else #2\fi} + +% Turn off all special characters except @ +% (and those which the user can use as if they were ordinary). +% Most of these we simply print from the \tt font, but for some, we can +% use math or other variants that look better in normal text. + +\catcode`\"=\active +\def\activedoublequote{{\tt\char34}} +\let"=\activedoublequote +\catcode`\~=\active +\def~{{\tt\char126}} +\chardef\hat=`\^ +\catcode`\^=\active +\def^{{\tt \hat}} + +\catcode`\_=\active +\def_{\ifusingtt\normalunderscore\_} +% Subroutine for the previous macro. +\def\_{\leavevmode \kern.06em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}} + +\catcode`\|=\active +\def|{{\tt\char124}} +\chardef \less=`\< +\catcode`\<=\active +\def<{{\tt \less}} +\chardef \gtr=`\> +\catcode`\>=\active +\def>{{\tt \gtr}} +\catcode`\+=\active +\def+{{\tt \char 43}} +%\catcode 27=\active +%\def^^[{$\diamondsuit$} + +% Set up an active definition for =, but don't enable it most of the time. +{\catcode`\==\active +\global\def={{\tt \char 61}}} + +\catcode`+=\active +\catcode`\_=\active + +% If a .fmt file is being used, characters that might appear in a file +% name cannot be active until we have parsed the command line. +% So turn them off again, and have \everyjob (or @setfilename) turn them on. +% \otherifyactive is called near the end of this file. +\def\otherifyactive{\catcode`+=\other \catcode`\_=\other} + +\catcode`\@=0 + +% \rawbackslashxx output one backslash character in current font +\global\chardef\rawbackslashxx=`\\ +%{\catcode`\\=\other +%@gdef@rawbackslashxx{\}} + +% \rawbackslash redefines \ as input to do \rawbackslashxx. +{\catcode`\\=\active +@gdef@rawbackslash{@let\=@rawbackslashxx }} + +% \normalbackslash outputs one backslash in fixed width font. +\def\normalbackslash{{\tt\rawbackslashxx}} + +% Say @foo, not \foo, in error messages. +\escapechar=`\@ + +% \catcode 17=0 % Define control-q +\catcode`\\=\active + +% Used sometimes to turn off (effectively) the active characters +% even after parsing them. +@def@turnoffactive{@let"=@normaldoublequote +@let\=@realbackslash +@let~=@normaltilde +@let^=@normalcaret +@let_=@normalunderscore +@let|=@normalverticalbar +@let<=@normalless +@let>=@normalgreater +@let+=@normalplus} + +@def@normalturnoffactive{@let"=@normaldoublequote +@let\=@normalbackslash +@let~=@normaltilde +@let^=@normalcaret +@let_=@normalunderscore +@let|=@normalverticalbar +@let<=@normalless +@let>=@normalgreater +@let+=@normalplus} + +% Make _ and + \other characters, temporarily. +% This is canceled by @fixbackslash. +@otherifyactive + +% If a .fmt file is being used, we don't want the `\input texinfo' to show up. +% That is what \eatinput is for; after that, the `\' should revert to printing +% a backslash. +% +@gdef@eatinput input texinfo{@fixbackslash} +@global@let\ = @eatinput + +% On the other hand, perhaps the file did not have a `\input texinfo'. Then +% the first `\{ in the file would cause an error. This macro tries to fix +% that, assuming it is called before the first `\' could plausibly occur. +% Also back turn on active characters that might appear in the input +% file name, in case not using a pre-dumped format. +% +@gdef@fixbackslash{@ifx\@eatinput @let\ = @normalbackslash @fi + @catcode`+=@active @catcode`@_=@active} + +% These look ok in all fonts, so just make them not special. The @rm below +% makes sure that the current font starts out as the newly loaded cmr10 +@catcode`@$=@other @catcode`@%=@other @catcode`@&=@other @catcode`@#=@other + +@textfonts +@rm + +@c Local variables: +@c eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) +@c page-delimiter: "^\\\\message" +@c time-stamp-start: "def\\\\texinfoversion{" +@c time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d" +@c time-stamp-end: "}" +@c End: diff --git a/doc/tinc.conf.5 b/doc/tinc.conf.5 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2dfdf07 --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/tinc.conf.5 @@ -0,0 +1,340 @@ +.Dd 2002-04-09 +.Dt TINC.CONF 5 +.\" Manual page created by: +.\" Ivo Timmermans +.\" Guus Sliepen +.Sh NAME +.Nm tinc.conf +.Nd tinc daemon configuration +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The files in the +.Pa /etc/tinc/ +directory contain runtime and security information for the tinc daemon. +.Sh NETWORKS +It is perfectly ok for you to run more than one tinc daemon. +However, in its default form, +you will soon notice that you can't use two different configuration files without the +.Fl c +option. +.Pp +We have thought of another way of dealing with this: network names. +This means that you call +.Nm +with the +.Fl n +option, which will assign a name to this daemon. +.Pp +The effect of this is that the daemon will set its configuration root to +.Pa /etc/tinc/ Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa / , +where +.Ar NETNAME +is your argument to the +.Fl n +option. +You'll notice that messages appear in syslog as coming from +.Nm tincd. Ns Ar NETNAME . +.Pp +However, it is not strictly necessary that you call tinc with the +.Fl n +option. +In this case, the network name would just be empty, +and it will be used as such. +.Nm tinc +now looks for files in +.Pa /etc/tinc/ , +instead of +.Pa /etc/tinc/ Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa / ; +the configuration file should be +.Pa /etc/tinc/tinc.conf , +and the host configuration files are now expected to be in +.Pa /etc/tinc/hosts/ . +.Pp +But it is highly recommended that you use this feature of +.Nm tinc , +because it will be so much clearer whom your daemon talks to. +Hence, we will assume that you use it. +.Sh NAMES +Each tinc daemon should have a name that is unique in the network which it will be part of. +The name will be used by other tinc daemons for identification. +The name has to be declared in the +.Pa /etc/tinc/ Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa /tinc.conf +file. +.Pp +To make things easy, +choose something that will give unique and easy to remember names to your tinc daemon(s). +You could try things like hostnames, owner surnames or location names. +.Sh PUBLIC/PRIVATE KEYS +You should use +.Ic tincd -K +to generate public/private keypairs. +It will generate two keys. +The private key should be stored in a separate file +.Pa /etc/tinc/ Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa /rsa_key.priv +\-\- where +.Ar NETNAME +stands for the network (see +.Sx NETWORKS ) +above. +The public key should be stored in the host configuration file +.Pa /etc/tinc/ Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa /hosts/ Ns Va NAME +\-\- where +.Va NAME +stands for the name of the local tinc daemon (see +.Sx NAMES ) . +.Sh SERVER CONFIGURATION +The server configuration of the daemon is done in the file +.Pa /etc/tinc/ Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa /tinc.conf . +This file consists of comments (lines started with a +.Li # ) +or assignments in the form of: +.Pp +.Va Variable Li = Ar Value . +.Pp +The variable names are case insensitive, and any spaces, tabs, +newlines and carriage returns are ignored. +Note: it is not required that you put in the +.Li = +sign, but doing so improves readability. +If you leave it out, remember to replace it with at least one space character. +.Pp +Here are all valid variables, listed in alphabetical order. +The default value is given between parentheses. +.Bl -tag -width indent +.It Va AddressFamily Li = ipv4 | ipv6 | any Po ipv4 Pc Bq experimental +This option affects the address family of listening and outgoing sockets. +If +.Qq any +is selected, then depending on the operating system both IPv4 and IPv6 or just +IPv6 listening sockets will be created. +.It Va BindToInterface Li = Ar interface Bq experimental +If your computer has more than one network interface, +.Nm tinc +will by default listen on all of them for incoming connections. +It is possible to bind only to a single interface with this variable. +.Pp +This option may not work on all platforms. +.It Va ConnectTo Li = Ar name +Specifies which other tinc daemon to connect to on startup. +Multiple +.Va ConnectTo +variables may be specified, +in which case outgoing connections to each specified tinc daemon are made. +The names should be known to this tinc daemon +(i.e., there should be a host configuration file for the name on the +.Va ConnectTo +line). +.Pp +If you don't specify a host with +.Va ConnectTo , +.Nm tinc +won't try to connect to other daemons at all, +and will instead just listen for incoming connections. +.It Va Device Li = Ar device Po /dev/tap0 or /dev/misc/net/tun Pc +The virtual network device to use. +.Nm tinc +will automatically detect what kind of device it is. +Note that you can only use one device per daemon. +The info pages of the tinc package contain more information +about configuring the virtual network device. +.It Va Hostnames Li = yes | no Pq no +This option selects whether IP addresses (both real and on the VPN) should +be resolved. Since DNS lookups are blocking, it might affect tinc's +efficiency, even stopping the daemon for a few seconds every time it does +a lookup if your DNS server is not responding. +.Pp +This does not affect resolving hostnames to IP addresses from the +host configuration files. +.It Va Interface Li = Ar interface +Defines the name of the interface corresponding to the virtual network device. +Depending on the operating system and the type of device this may or may not actually set the name. +Currently this option only affects the Linux tun/tap device. +.It Va KeyExpire Li = Ar period Pq 3600 +This option controls the period the encryption keys used to encrypt the data are valid. +It is common practice to change keys at regular intervals to make it even harder for crackers, +even though it is thought to be nearly impossible to crack a single key. +.It Va MACExpire Li = Ar period Pq 600 +This option controls the amount of time MAC addresses are kept before they are removed. +This only has effect when +.Va Mode +is set to +.Qq switch . +.It Va MaxTimeout Li = Ar period Pq 900 +This is the maximum delay before trying to reconnect to other tinc daemons. +.It Va Mode Li = router | switch | hub Pq router +This option selects the way packets are routed to other daemons. +.Bl -tag -width indent +.It router +In this mode +.Va Subnet +variables in the host configuration files will be used to form a routing table. +Only unicast packets of routable protocols (IPv4 and IPv6) are supported in this mode. +.It switch +In this mode the MAC addresses of the packets on the VPN will be used to +dynamically create a routing table just like an Ethernet switch does. +Unicast, multicast and broadcast packets of every protocol that runs over Ethernet are supported in this mode +at the cost of frequent broadcast ARP requests and routing table updates. +.It hub +This mode is almost the same as the switch mode, but instead +every packet will be broadcast to the other daemons +while no routing table is managed. +.El +.It Va Name Li = Ar name Bq required +This is the name which identifies this tinc daemon. +It must be unique for the virtual private network this daemon will connect to. +.It Va PingTimeout Li = Ar period Pq 60 +The number of seconds of inactivity that +.Nm tinc +will wait before sending a probe to the other end. +If that other end doesn't answer within that same amount of time, +the connection is terminated, +and the others will be notified of this. +.It Va PriorityInheritance Li = yes | no Po no Pc Bq experimental +When this option is enabled the value of the TOS field of tunneled IPv4 packets +will be inherited by the UDP packets that are sent out. +.It Va PrivateKey Li = Ar key Bq obsolete +The private RSA key of this tinc daemon. +It will allow this tinc daemon to authenticate itself to other daemons. +.It Va PrivateKeyFile Li = Ar filename Bq recommended +The file in which the private RSA key of this tinc daemon resides. +Note that there must be exactly one of +.Va PrivateKey +or +.Va PrivateKeyFile +specified in the configuration file. +.El +.Sh HOST CONFIGURATION FILES +The host configuration files contain all information needed +to establish a connection to those hosts. +A host configuration file is also required for the local tinc daemon, +it will use it to read in it's listen port, public key and subnets. +.Pp +The idea is that these files are portable. +You can safely mail your own host configuration file to someone else. +That other person can then copy it to his own hosts directory, +and now his tinc daemon will be able to connect to your tinc daemon. +Since host configuration files only contain public keys, +no secrets are revealed by sending out this information. +.Bl -tag -width indent +.It Va Address Li = Ar address Bq recommended +The IP address or hostname of this tinc daemon on the real network. +This wil only be used when trying to make an outgoing connection to this tinc daemon. +Multiple +.Va Address +variables can be specified, in which case each address will be tried until a working +connection has been established. +.It Va Cipher Li = Ar cipher Pq blowfish +The symmetric cipher algorithm used to encrypt UDP packets. +Any cipher supported by OpenSSL is recognised. +Furthermore, specifying +.Qq none +will turn off packet encryption. +.It Va Compression Li = Ar level Pq 0 +This option sets the level of compression used for UDP packets. +Possible values are 0 (off), 1 (fast) and any integer up to 9 (best). +.It Va Digest Li = Ar digest Pq sha1 +The digest algorithm used to authenticate UDP packets. +Any digest supported by OpenSSL is recognised. +Furthermore, specifying +.Qq none +will turn off packet authentication. +.It Va IndirectData Li = yes | no Pq no +This option specifies whether other tinc daemons besides the one you specified with +.Va ConnectTo +can make a direct connection to you. +This is especially useful if you are behind a firewall +and it is impossible to make a connection from the outside to your tinc daemon. +Otherwise, it is best to leave this option out or set it to no. +.It Va MACLength Li = Ar length Pq 4 +The length of the message authentication code used to authenticate UDP packets. +Can be anything from +.Qq 0 +up to the length of the digest produced by the digest algorithm. +.It Va Port Li = Ar port Pq 655 +The port number on which this tinc daemon is listening for incoming connections. +.It Va PublicKey Li = Ar key Bq obsolete +The public RSA key of this tinc daemon. +It will be used to cryptographically verify it's identity and to set up a secure connection. +.It Va PublicKeyFile Li = Ar filename Bq obsolete +The file in which the public RSA key of this tinc daemon resides. +.Pp +From version 1.0pre4 on +.Nm tinc +will store the public key directly into the host configuration file in PEM format, +the above two options then are not necessary. +Either the PEM format is used, or exactly one of the above two options must be specified +in each host configuration file, +if you want to be able to establish a connection with that host. +.It Va Subnet Li = Ar address Ns Op Li / Ns Ar prefixlength +The subnet which this tinc daemon will serve. +.Nm tinc +tries to look up which other daemon it should send a packet to by searching the appropriate subnet. +If the packet matches a subnet, +it will be sent to the daemon who has this subnet in his host configuration file. +Multiple +.Va Subnet +variables can be specified. +.Pp +Subnets can either be single MAC, IPv4 or IPv6 addresses, +in which case a subnet consisting of only that single address is assumed, +or they can be a IPv4 or IPv6 network address with a prefixlength. +Shorthand notations are not supported. +For example, IPv4 subnets must be in a form like 192.168.1.0/24, +where 192.168.1.0 is the network address and 24 is the number of bits set in the netmask. +Note that subnets like 192.168.1.1/24 are invalid! +Read a networking HOWTO/FAQ/guide if you don't understand this. +IPv6 subnets are notated like fec0:0:0:1:0:0:0:0/64. +MAC addresses are notated like 0:1a:2b:3c:4d:5e. +.It Va TCPOnly Li = yes | no Pq no +If this variable is set to yes, +then the packets are tunnelled over the TCP connection instead of a UDP connection. +This is especially useful for those who want to run a tinc daemon +from behind a masquerading firewall, +or if UDP packet routing is disabled somehow. +Setting this options also implicitly sets IndirectData. +.El +.Sh FILES +.Bl -tag -width indent +.It Pa /etc/tinc/ +The top directory for configuration files. +.It Pa /etc/tinc/ Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa /tinc.conf +The default name of the server configuration file for net +.Ar NETNAME . +.It Pa /etc/tinc/ Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa /hosts/ +Host configuration files are kept in this directory. +.It Pa /etc/tinc/ Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa /tinc-up +If an executable file with this name exists, +it will be executed right after the tinc daemon has connected to the virtual network device. +It can be used to set up the corresponding network interface. +.Pp +The environment variable +.Ev $NETNAME +will be passed to the executable. +If specified with the +.Va Interface +configuration variable, +or if the virtual network device is a Linux tun/tap device, +the environment variable +.Ev $INTERFACE +will be set to the name of the network interface. +.It Pa /etc/tinc/ Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa /tinc-down +If an executable file with this name exists, +it will be executed right before the tinc daemon is going to close +its connection to the virtual network device. +The same environment variables will be passed as mentioned above. +.El +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr tincd 8 , +.Pa http://tinc.nl.linux.org/ , +.Pa http://www.linuxdoc.org/LDP/nag2/ . +.Pp +The full documentation for +.Nm tinc +is maintained as a Texinfo manual. +If the info and tinc programs are properly installed at your site, the command +.Ic info tinc +should give you access to the complete manual. +.Pp +.Nm tinc +comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY. +This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it under certain conditions; +see the file COPYING for details. diff --git a/doc/tinc.info b/doc/tinc.info new file mode 100644 index 0000000..71dcb80 --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/tinc.info @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ +This is tinc.info, produced by makeinfo version 4.1 from tinc.texi. + +INFO-DIR-SECTION Networking tools +START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY +* tinc: (tinc). The tinc Manual. +END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY + + This is the info manual for tinc, a Virtual Private Network daemon. + + Copyright (C) 1998-2002 Ivo Timmermans , +Guus Sliepen and Wessel Dankers +. + + $Id: tinc.texi,v 1.8.4.28 2002/04/09 11:43:29 guus Exp $ + + Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this +manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are +preserved on all copies. + + Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of +this manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the +entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a +permission notice identical to this one. + + +Indirect: +tinc.info-1: 888 +tinc.info-2: 49234 + +Tag Table: +(Indirect) +Node: Top888 +Node: Introduction1186 +Node: VPNs2034 +Node: tinc3755 +Node: Supported platforms5258 +Node: Preparations7214 +Node: Configuring the kernel7469 +Node: Configuration of Linux kernels 2.1.60 up to 2.4.08812 +Node: Configuration of Linux kernels 2.4.0 and higher10055 +Node: Configuration of FreeBSD kernels11128 +Node: Configuration of OpenBSD kernels11742 +Node: Configuration of Solaris kernels12225 +Node: Libraries12683 +Node: OpenSSL13040 +Node: zlib14878 +Node: Installation15686 +Node: Building and installing tinc16704 +Node: System files17253 +Node: Device files17513 +Node: Other files18817 +Node: Configuration19431 +Node: Configuration introduction19738 +Node: Multiple networks20972 +Node: How connections work22387 +Node: Configuration files23571 +Node: Main configuration variables24605 +Node: Host configuration variables29459 +Node: How to configure33723 +Node: Generating keypairs35062 +Node: Network interfaces35558 +Node: Example configuration37837 +Node: Running tinc43704 +Node: Runtime options44221 +Node: Error messages45810 +Node: Technical information48691 +Node: The connection48897 +Node: The UDP tunnel49234 +Node: The meta-connection51531 +Node: The meta-protocol52992 +Node: Security57443 +Node: Authentication protocol58648 +Node: Encryption of network packets63939 +Node: About us65262 +Node: Contact Information65425 +Node: Authors65820 +Node: Concept Index66438 + +End Tag Table diff --git a/doc/tinc.info-1 b/doc/tinc.info-1 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a893700 --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/tinc.info-1 @@ -0,0 +1,1317 @@ +This is tinc.info, produced by makeinfo version 4.1 from tinc.texi. + +INFO-DIR-SECTION Networking tools +START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY +* tinc: (tinc). The tinc Manual. +END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY + + This is the info manual for tinc, a Virtual Private Network daemon. + + Copyright (C) 1998-2002 Ivo Timmermans , +Guus Sliepen and Wessel Dankers +. + + $Id: tinc.texi,v 1.8.4.28 2002/04/09 11:43:29 guus Exp $ + + Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this +manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are +preserved on all copies. + + Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of +this manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the +entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a +permission notice identical to this one. + + +File: tinc.info, Node: Top, Next: Introduction, Prev: (dir), Up: (dir) + +* Menu: + +* Introduction:: Introduction +* Preparations:: +* Installation:: +* Configuration:: +* Running tinc:: +* Technical information:: +* About us:: +* Concept Index:: All used terms explained + + +File: tinc.info, Node: Introduction, Next: Preparations, Prev: Top, Up: Top + +Introduction +************ + + tinc is a Virtual Private Network (VPN) daemon that uses tunneling +and encryption to create a secure private network between hosts on the +Internet. + + Because the tunnel appears to the IP level network code as a normal +network device, there is no need to adapt any existing software. The +encrypted tunnels allows VPN sites to share information with each other +over the Internet without exposing any information to others. + + This document is the manual for tinc. Included are chapters on how +to configure your computer to use tinc, as well as the configuration +process of tinc itself. + +* Menu: + +* VPNs:: Virtual Private Networks in general +* tinc:: about tinc +* Supported platforms:: + + +File: tinc.info, Node: VPNs, Next: tinc, Prev: Introduction, Up: Introduction + +Virtual Private Networks +======================== + + A Virtual Private Network or VPN is a network that can only be +accessed by a few elected computers that participate. This goal is +achievable in more than just one way. + + Private networks can consist of a single stand-alone Ethernet LAN. +Or even two computers hooked up using a null-modem cable. In these +cases, it is obvious that the network is _private_, no one can access +it from the outside. But if your computers are linked to the Internet, +the network is not private anymore, unless one uses firewalls to block +all private traffic. But then, there is no way to send private data to +trusted computers on the other end of the Internet. + + This problem can be solved by using _virtual_ networks. Virtual +networks can live on top of other networks, but they use encapsulation +to keep using their private address space so they do not interfere with +the Internet. Mostly, virtual networks appear like a singe LAN, even +though they can span the entire world. But virtual networks can't be +secured by using firewalls, because the traffic that flows through it +has to go through the Internet, where other people can look at it. + + As is the case with either type of VPN, anybody could eavesdrop. Or +worse, alter data. Hence it's probably advisable to encrypt the data +that flows over the network. + + When one introduces encryption, we can form a true VPN. Other +people may see encrypted traffic, but if they don't know how to +decipher it (they need to know the key for that), they cannot read the +information that flows through the VPN. This is what tinc was made for. + + +File: tinc.info, Node: tinc, Next: Supported platforms, Prev: VPNs, Up: Introduction + +tinc +==== + + I really don't quite remember what got us started, but it must have +been Guus' idea. He wrote a simple implementation (about 50 lines of +C) that used the ethertap device that Linux knows of since somewhere +about kernel 2.1.60. It didn't work immediately and he improved it a +bit. At this stage, the project was still simply called `vpnd'. + + Since then, a lot has changed--to say the least. + + tinc now supports encryption, it consists of a single daemon (tincd) +for both the receiving and sending end, it has become largely +runtime-configurable--in short, it has become a full-fledged +professional package. + + tinc also allows more than two sites to connect to eachother and +form a single VPN. Traditionally VPNs are created by making tunnels, +which only have two endpoints. Larger VPNs with more sites are created +by adding more tunnels. tinc takes another approach: only endpoints +are specified, the software itself will take care of creating the +tunnels. This allows for easier configuration and improved scalability. + + A lot can--and will be--changed. We have a number of things that we +would like to see in the future releases of tinc. Not everything will +be available in the near future. Our first objective is to make tinc +work perfectly as it stands, and then add more advanced features. + + Meanwhile, we're always open-minded towards new ideas. And we're +available too. + + +File: tinc.info, Node: Supported platforms, Prev: tinc, Up: Introduction + +Supported platforms +=================== + + tinc has been verified to work under Linux, FreeBSD, OpenBSD and +Solaris, with various hardware architectures. These are some of the +platforms that are supported by the universal tun/tap device driver or +other virtual network device drivers. Without such a driver, tinc will +most likely compile and run, but it will not be able to send or receive +data packets. + + For an up to date list of supported platforms, please check the list +on our website: `http://tinc.nl.linux.org/platforms.html'. + +Linux +----- + + tinc was first written for Linux running on an intel x86 processor, +so this is the best supported platform. The protocol however, and +actually anything about tinc, has been rewritten to support random byte +ordering and arbitrary word length. So in theory it should run on other +processors that Linux runs on. It has already been verified to run on +alpha and sparc processors as well. + + tinc uses the ethertap device or the universal tun/tap driver. The +former is provided in the standard kernel from version 2.1.60 up to +2.3.x, but has been replaced in favour of the tun/tap driver in kernel +versions 2.4.0 and later. + +FreeBSD +------- + + tinc on FreeBSD relies on the universal tun/tap driver for its data +acquisition from the kernel. Therefore, tinc will work on the same +platforms as this driver. These are: FreeBSD 3.x, 4.x, 5.x. + +OpenBSD +------- + + tinc on OpenBSD relies on the tun driver for its data acquisition +from the kernel. It has been verified to work under at least OpenBSD +2.9. + + Tunneling IPv6 packets may not work on OpenBSD. + +Solaris +------- + + tinc on Solaris relies on the universal tun/tap driver for its data +acquisition from the kernel. Therefore, tinc will work on the same +platforms as this driver. These are: Solaris 8 (SunOS 5.8). + + IPv6 packets cannot be tunneled on Solaris. + + +File: tinc.info, Node: Preparations, Next: Installation, Prev: Introduction, Up: Top + +Preparations +************ + + This chapter contains information on how to prepare your system to +support tinc. + +* Menu: + +* Configuring the kernel:: +* Libraries:: + + +File: tinc.info, Node: Configuring the kernel, Next: Libraries, Prev: Preparations, Up: Preparations + +Configuring the kernel +====================== + + If you are running Linux, chances are good that your kernel already +supports all the devices that tinc needs for proper operation. For +example, the standard kernel from Redhat Linux already has support for +ethertap and netlink compiled in. Debian users can use the modconf +utility to select the modules. If your Linux distribution supports +this method of selecting devices, look out for something called +`ethertap', and `netlink_dev' if it is using a kernel version prior to +2.4.0. In that case you will need both these devices. If you are using +kernel 2.4.0 or later, you need to select `tun'. + + If you can install these devices in a similar manner, you may skip +this section. Otherwise, you will have to recompile the kernel in +order to turn on the required features. If you are unfamiliar with the +process of configuring and compiling a new kernel, you should read the +Kernel HOWTO (http://howto.linuxberg.com/LDP/HOWTO/Kernel-HOWTO.html) +first. + +* Menu: + +* Configuration of Linux kernels 2.1.60 up to 2.4.0:: +* Configuration of Linux kernels 2.4.0 and higher:: +* Configuration of FreeBSD kernels:: +* Configuration of OpenBSD kernels:: +* Configuration of Solaris kernels:: + + +File: tinc.info, Node: Configuration of Linux kernels 2.1.60 up to 2.4.0, Next: Configuration of Linux kernels 2.4.0 and higher, Prev: Configuring the kernel, Up: Configuring the kernel + +Configuration of Linux kernels 2.1.60 up to 2.4.0 +------------------------------------------------- + + Here are the options you have to turn on when configuring a new +kernel: + + Code maturity level options + [*] Prompt for development and/or incomplete code/drivers + Networking options + [*] Kernel/User netlink socket + Netlink device emulation + Network device support + Ethertap network tap + + If you want to run more than one instance of tinc or other programs +that use the ethertap, you have to compile the ethertap driver as a +module, otherwise you can also choose to compile it directly into the +kernel. + + If you decide to build any of these as dynamic kernel modules, it's +a good idea to add these lines to `/etc/modules.conf': + + alias char-major-36 netlink_dev + alias tap0 ethertap + options tap0 -o tap0 unit=0 + alias tap1 ethertap + options tap1 -o tap1 unit=1 + ... + alias tap_N_ ethertap + options tap_N_ -o tap_N_ unit=_N_ + + Add as much alias/options lines as necessary. + + +File: tinc.info, Node: Configuration of Linux kernels 2.4.0 and higher, Next: Configuration of FreeBSD kernels, Prev: Configuration of Linux kernels 2.1.60 up to 2.4.0, Up: Configuring the kernel + +Configuration of Linux kernels 2.4.0 and higher +----------------------------------------------- + + Here are the options you have to turn on when configuring a new +kernel: + + Code maturity level options + [*] Prompt for development and/or incomplete code/drivers + Network device support + Universal tun/tap device driver support + + It's not necessary to compile this driver as a module, even if you +are going to run more than one instance of tinc. + + If you have an early 2.4 kernel, you can choose both the tun/tap +driver and the `Ethertap network tap' device. This latter is marked +obsolete, and chances are that it won't even function correctly +anymore. Make sure you select the universal tun/tap driver. + + If you decide to build the tun/tap driver as a kernel module, add +these lines to `/etc/modules.conf': + + alias char-major-10-200 tun + + +File: tinc.info, Node: Configuration of FreeBSD kernels, Next: Configuration of OpenBSD kernels, Prev: Configuration of Linux kernels 2.4.0 and higher, Up: Configuring the kernel + +Configuration of FreeBSD kernels +-------------------------------- + + This section will contain information on how to configure your +FreeBSD kernel to support the universal tun/tap device. For 4.1 and +higher versions, this is included in the default kernel configuration, +for earlier systems (4.0 and earlier), you need to install the +universal tun/tap driver yourself. + + Unfortunately somebody still has to write the text. + + +File: tinc.info, Node: Configuration of OpenBSD kernels, Next: Configuration of Solaris kernels, Prev: Configuration of FreeBSD kernels, Up: Configuring the kernel + +Configuration of OpenBSD kernels +-------------------------------- + + This section will contain information on how to configure your +OpenBSD kernel to support the tun device. For 2.9 and 3.0 systems, +this is included in the default kernel configuration. + + Unfortunately somebody still has to write the text. + + +File: tinc.info, Node: Configuration of Solaris kernels, Prev: Configuration of OpenBSD kernels, Up: Configuring the kernel + +Configuration of Solaris kernels +-------------------------------- + + This section will contain information on how to configure your +Solaris kernel to support the universal tun/tap device. For Solaris 8 +(SunOS 5.8), this is included in the default kernel configuration. + + Unfortunately somebody still has to write the text. + + +File: tinc.info, Node: Libraries, Prev: Configuring the kernel, Up: Preparations + +Libraries +========= + + Before you can configure or build tinc, you need to have the OpenSSL +library installed on your system. If you try to configure tinc without +having installed it, configure will give you an error message, and stop. + +* Menu: + +* OpenSSL:: +* zlib:: + + +File: tinc.info, Node: OpenSSL, Next: zlib, Prev: Libraries, Up: Libraries + +OpenSSL +------- + + For all cryptography-related functions, tinc uses the functions +provided by the OpenSSL library. + + If this library is not installed, you wil get an error when +configuring tinc for build. Support for running tinc without having +OpenSSL installed _may_ be added in the future. + + You can use your operating system's package manager to install this +if available. Make sure you install the development AND runtime +versions of this package. + + If you have to install OpenSSL manually, you can get the source code +from . Instructions on how to configure, +build and install this package are included within the package. Please +make sure you build development and runtime libraries (which is the +default). + + If you installed the OpenSSL libraries from source, it may be +necessary to let configure know where they are, by passing configure +one of the -with-openssl-* parameters. + + --with-openssl=DIR OpenSSL library and headers prefix + --with-openssl-include=DIR OpenSSL headers directory + (Default is OPENSSL_DIR/include) + --with-openssl-lib=DIR OpenSSL library directory + (Default is OPENSSL_DIR/lib) + +License +....... + + Since the license under which OpenSSL is distributed is not directly +compatible with the terms of the GNU GPL +`http://www.openssl.org/support/faq.html#LEGAL2', therefore we include +an addition to the GPL (see also the file COPYING.README): + + This program is released under the GPL with the additional + exemption that compiling, linking, and/or using OpenSSL is + allowed. You may provide binary packages linked to the OpenSSL + libraries, provided that all other requirements of the GPL are met. + + +File: tinc.info, Node: zlib, Prev: OpenSSL, Up: Libraries + +zlib +---- + + For the optional compression of UDP packets, tinc uses the functions +provided by the zlib library. + + If this library is not installed, you wil get an error when +configuring tinc for build. Support for running tinc without having +zlib installed _may_ be added in the future. + + You can use your operating system's package manager to install this +if available. Make sure you install the development AND runtime +versions of this package. + + If you have to install zlib manually, you can get the source code +from . Instructions on how to configure, +build and install this package are included within the package. Please +make sure you build development and runtime libraries (which is the +default). + + +File: tinc.info, Node: Installation, Next: Configuration, Prev: Preparations, Up: Top + +Installation +************ + + If you use Debian, you may want to install one of the precompiled +packages for your system. These packages are equipped with system +startup scripts and sample configurations. + + If you cannot use one of the precompiled packages, or you want to +compile tinc for yourself, you can use the source. The source is +distributed under the GNU General Public License (GPL). Download the +source from the download page (http://tinc.nl.linux.org/download.html), +which has the checksums of these files listed; you may wish to check +these with md5sum before continuing. + + tinc comes in a convenient autoconf/automake package, which you can +just treat the same as any other package. Which is just untar it, type +`configure' and then `make'. More detailed instructions are in the +file `INSTALL', which is included in the source distribution. + +* Menu: + +* Building and installing tinc:: +* System files:: + + +File: tinc.info, Node: Building and installing tinc, Next: System files, Prev: Installation, Up: Installation + +Building and installing tinc +============================ + + Detailed instructions on configuring the source, building tinc and +installing tinc can be found in the file called `INSTALL'. + + If you happen to have a binary package for tinc for your +distribution, you can use the package management tools of that +distribution to install tinc. The documentation that comes along with +your distribution will tell you how to do that. + + +File: tinc.info, Node: System files, Prev: Building and installing tinc, Up: Installation + +System files +============ + + Before you can run tinc, you must make sure you have all the needed +files on your system. + +* Menu: + +* Device files:: +* Other files:: + + +File: tinc.info, Node: Device files, Next: Other files, Prev: System files, Up: System files + +Device files +------------ + + First, you'll need the special device file(s) that form the interface +between the kernel and the daemon. + + The permissions for these files have to be such that only the super +user may read/write to this file. You'd want this, because otherwise +eavesdropping would become a bit too easy. This does, however, imply +that you'd have to run tincd as root. + + If you use Linux and have a kernel version prior to 2.4.0, you have +to make the ethertap devices: + + mknod -m 600 /dev/tap0 c 36 16 + chown 0.0 /dev/tap0 + mknod -m 600 /dev/tap1 c 36 17 + chown 0.0 /dev/tap0 + ... + mknod -m 600 /dev/tap_N_ c 36 _N+16_ + chown 0.0 /dev/tap_N_ + + There is a maximum of 16 ethertap devices. + + If you use the universal tun/tap driver, you have to create the +following device file (unless it already exist): + + mknod -m 600 /dev/tun c 10 200 + chown 0.0 /dev/tun + + If you use Linux, and you run the new 2.4 kernel using the devfs +filesystem, then the tun/tap device will probably be automatically +generated as `/dev/misc/net/tun'. + + Unlike the ethertap device, you do not need multiple device files if +you are planning to run multiple tinc daemons. + + +File: tinc.info, Node: Other files, Prev: Device files, Up: System files + +Other files +----------- + +`/etc/networks' +............... + + You may add a line to `/etc/networks' so that your VPN will get a +symbolic name. For example: + + myvpn 10.0.0.0 + +`/etc/services' +............... + + You may add this line to `/etc/services'. The effect is that you +may supply a `tinc' as a valid port number to some programs. The +number 655 is registered with the IANA. + + tinc 655/tcp TINC + tinc 655/udp TINC + # Ivo Timmermans + + +File: tinc.info, Node: Configuration, Next: Running tinc, Prev: Installation, Up: Top + +Configuration +************* + +* Menu: + +* Configuration introduction:: +* Multiple networks:: +* How connections work:: +* Configuration files:: +* Generating keypairs:: +* Network interfaces:: +* Example configuration:: + + +File: tinc.info, Node: Configuration introduction, Next: Multiple networks, Prev: Configuration, Up: Configuration + +Configuration introduction +========================== + + Before actually starting to configure tinc and editing files, make +sure you have read this entire section so you know what to expect. +Then, make it clear to yourself how you want to organize your VPN: What +are the nodes (computers running tinc)? What IP addresses/subnets do +they have? What is the network mask of the entire VPN? Do you need +special firewall rules? Do you have to set up masquerading or +forwarding rules? These questions can only be answered by yourself, +you will not find the answers in this documentation. Make sure you +have an adequate understanding of networks in general. A good resource +on networking is the Linux Network Administrators Guide +(http://www.linuxdoc.org/LDP/nag2/). + + If you have everything clearly pictured in your mind, proceed in the +following order: First, generate the configuration files (`tinc.conf', +your host configuration file, `tinc-up' and perhaps `tinc-down'). Then +generate the keypairs. Finally, distribute the host configuration +files. These steps are described in the subsections below. + + +File: tinc.info, Node: Multiple networks, Next: How connections work, Prev: Configuration introduction, Up: Configuration + +Multiple networks +================= + + In order to allow you to run more than one tinc daemon on one +computer, for instance if your computer is part of more than one VPN, +you can assign a "netname" to your VPN. It is not required if you only +run one tinc daemon, it doesn't even have to be the same on all the +sites of your VPN, but it is recommended that you choose one anyway. + + We will asume you use a netname throughout this document. This +means that you call tincd with the -n argument, which will assign a +netname to this daemon. + + The effect of this is that the daemon will set its configuration +"root" to /etc/tinc/netname/, where netname is your argument to the -n +option. You'll notice that it appears in syslog as "tinc.netname". + + However, it is not strictly necessary that you call tinc with the -n +option. In this case, the network name would just be empty, and it will +be used as such. tinc now looks for files in /etc/tinc/, instead of +/etc/tinc/netname/; the configuration file should be +/etc/tinc/tinc.conf, and the host configuration files are now expected +to be in /etc/tinc/hosts/. + + But it is highly recommended that you use this feature of tinc, +because it will be so much clearer whom your daemon talks to. Hence, +we will assume that you use it. + + +File: tinc.info, Node: How connections work, Next: Configuration files, Prev: Multiple networks, Up: Configuration + +How connections work +==================== + + When tinc starts up, it parses the command-line options and then +reads in the configuration file. If it sees a `ConnectTo' value +pointing to another tinc daemon in the file, it will try to connect to +that other one. Whether this succeeds or not and whether `ConnectTo' +is specified or not, tinc will listen for incoming connection from +other deamons. If you did specify a `ConnectTo' value and the other +side is not responding, tinc will keep retrying. This means that once +started, tinc will stay running until you tell it to stop, and failures +to connect to other tinc daemons will not stop your tinc daemon for +trying again later. This means you don't have to intervene if there +are any network problems. + + There is no real distinction between a server and a client in tinc. +If you wish, you can view a tinc daemon without a `ConnectTo' value as +a server, and one which does specify such a value as a client. It does +not matter if two tinc daemons have a `ConnectTo' value pointing to +eachother however. + + +File: tinc.info, Node: Configuration files, Next: Generating keypairs, Prev: How connections work, Up: Configuration + +Configuration files +=================== + + The actual configuration of the daemon is done in the file +`/etc/tinc/netname/tinc.conf' and at least one other file in the +directory `/etc/tinc/netname/hosts/'. + + These file consists of comments (lines started with a #) or +assignments in the form of + + Variable = Value. + + The variable names are case insensitive, and any spaces, tabs, +newlines and carriage returns are ignored. Note: it is not required +that you put in the `=' sign, but doing so improves readability. If +you leave it out, remember to replace it with at least one space +character. + + In this section all valid variables are listed in alphabetical order. +The default value is given between parentheses, other comments are +between square brackets and required directives are given in *bold*. + +* Menu: + +* Main configuration variables:: +* Host configuration variables:: +* How to configure:: + + +File: tinc.info, Node: Main configuration variables, Next: Host configuration variables, Prev: Configuration files, Up: Configuration files + +Main configuration variables +---------------------------- + +AddressFamily = (ipv4) [experimental] + This option affects the address family of listening and outgoing + sockets. If "any" is selected, then depending on the operating + system both IPv4 and IPv6 or just IPv6 listening sockets will be + created. + +BindToInterface = [experimental] + If you have more than one network interface in your computer, tinc + will by default listen on all of them for incoming connections. + It is possible to bind tinc to a single interface like eth0 or + ppp0 with this variable. + + This option may not work on all platforms. + +*ConnectTo = * + Specifies which host to connect to on startup. Multiple ConnectTo + variables may be specified, if connecting to the first one fails + then tinc will try the next one, and so on. It is possible to + specify hostnames for dynamic IP addresses (like those given on + dyndns.org), tinc will not cache the resolved IP address. + + If you don't specify a host with ConnectTo, regardless of whether a + value for ConnectPort is given, tinc won't connect at all, and will + instead just listen for incoming connections. + +*Device = * (/dev/tap0 or /dev/misc/net/tun) + The virtual network device to use. Note that you can only use one + device per daemon. See also *Note Device files::. + +Hostnames = (no) + This option selects whether IP addresses (both real and on the VPN) + should be resolved. Since DNS lookups are blocking, it might + affect tinc's efficiency, even stopping the daemon for a few + seconds everytime it does a lookup if your DNS server is not + responding. + + This does not affect resolving hostnames to IP addresses from the + configuration file. + +Interface = + Defines the name of the interface corresponding to the virtual + network device. Depending on the operating system and the type of + device this may or may not actually set the name. Currently this + option only affects the Linux tun/tap device. + +Mode = (router) + This option selects the way packets are routed to other daemons. + + router + In this mode Subnet variables in the host configuration files + will be used to form a routing table. Only unicast packets + of routable protocols (IPv4 and IPv6) are supported in this + mode. + + switch + In this mode the MAC addresses of the packets on the VPN will + be used to dynamically create a routing table just like an + Ethernet switch does. Unicast, multicast and broadcast + packets of every protocol that runs over Ethernet are + supported in this mode at the cost of frequent broadcast ARP + requests and routing table updates. + + hub + This mode is almost the same as the switch mode, but instead + every packet will be broadcast to the other daemons while no + routing table is managed. + +KeyExpire = (3600) + This option controls the time the encryption keys used to encrypt + the data are valid. It is common practice to change keys at + regular intervals to make it even harder for crackers, even though + it is thought to be nearly impossible to crack a single key. + +MACExpire = (600) + This option controls the amount of time MAC addresses are kept + before they are removed. This only has effect when Mode is set to + "switch". + +*Name = * + This is a symbolic name for this connection. It can be anything + +PingTimeout = (60) + The number of seconds of inactivity that tinc will wait before + sending a probe to the other end. If that other end doesn't + answer within that same amount of seconds, the connection is + terminated, and the others will be notified of this. + +PriorityInheritance = (no) [experimental] + When this option is enabled the value of the TOS field of tunneled + IPv4 packets will be inherited by the UDP packets that are sent + out. + +PrivateKey = [obsolete] + This is the RSA private key for tinc. However, for safety reasons + it is advised to store private keys of any kind in separate files. + This prevents accidental eavesdropping if you are editting the + configuration file. + +*PrivateKeyFile = * [recommended] + This is the full path name of the RSA private key file that was + generated by "tincd -generate-keys". It must be a full path, not a + relative directory. + + Note that there must be exactly one of PrivateKey or PrivateKeyFile + specified in the configuration file. + + +File: tinc.info, Node: Host configuration variables, Next: How to configure, Prev: Main configuration variables, Up: Configuration files + +Host configuration variables +---------------------------- + +*Address = * [recommended] + This variable is only required if you want to connect to this + host. It must resolve to the external IP address where the host + can be reached, not the one that is internal to the VPN. + +Cipher = (blowfish) + The symmetric cipher algorithm used to encrypt UDP packets. Any + cipher supported by OpenSSL is recognized. + +Compression = (0) + This option sets the level of compression used for UDP packets. + Possible values are 0 (off), 1 (fast) and any integer up to 9 + (best). + +Digest = (sha1) + The digest algorithm used to authenticate UDP packets. Any digest + supported by OpenSSL is recognized. Furthermore, specifying + "none" will turn off packet authentication. + +IndirectData = (no) + This option specifies whether other tinc daemons besides the one + you specified with ConnectTo can make a direct connection to you. + This is especially useful if you are behind a firewall and it is + impossible to make a connection from the outside to your tinc + daemon. Otherwise, it is best to leave this option out or set it + to no. + +MACLength = (4) + The length of the message authentication code used to authenticate + UDP packets. Can be anything from 0 up to the length of the + digest produced by the digest algorithm. + +Port = (655) + Connect to the upstream host (given with the ConnectTo directive) + on port port. port may be given in decimal (default), octal (when + preceded by a single zero) o hexadecimal (prefixed with 0x). port + is the port number for both the UDP and the TCP (meta) connections. + +PublicKey = [obsolete] + This is the RSA public key for this host. + +PublicKeyFile = [obsolete] + This is the full path name of the RSA public key file that was + generated by "tincd -generate-keys". It must be a full path, not + a relative directory. + + From version 1.0pre4 on tinc will store the public key directly + into the host configuration file in PEM format, the above two + options then are not necessary. Either the PEM format is used, or + exactly *one of the above two options* must be specified in each + host configuration file, if you want to be able to establish a + connection with that host. + +Subnet = + The subnet which this tinc daemon will serve. tinc tries to look + up which other daemon it should send a packet to by searching the + appropiate subnet. If the packet matches a subnet, it will be + sent to the daemon who has this subnet in his host configuration + file. Multiple subnet lines can be specified for each daemon. + + Subnets can either be single MAC, IPv4 or IPv6 addresses, in which + case a subnet consisting of only that single address is assumed, + or they can be a IPv4 or IPv6 network address with a prefixlength. + Shorthand notations are not supported. For example, IPv4 subnets + must be in a form like 192.168.1.0/24, where 192.168.1.0 is the + network address and 24 is the number of bits set in the netmask. + Note that subnets like 192.168.1.1/24 are invalid! Read a + networking HOWTO/FAQ/guide if you don't understand this. IPv6 + subnets are notated like fec0:0:0:1:0:0:0:0/64. MAC addresses are + notated like 0:1a:2b:3c:4d:5e. + + prefixlength is the number of bits set to 1 in the netmask part; + for example: netmask 255.255.255.0 would become /24, 255.255.252.0 + becomes /22. This conforms to standard CIDR notation as described + in RFC1519 (ftp://ftp.isi.edu/in-notes/rfc1519.txt) + +TCPonly = (no) [experimental] + If this variable is set to yes, then the packets are tunnelled + over a TCP connection instead of a UDP connection. This is + especially useful for those who want to run a tinc daemon from + behind a masquerading firewall, or if UDP packet routing is + disabled somehow. Setting this options also implicitly sets + IndirectData. + + +File: tinc.info, Node: How to configure, Prev: Host configuration variables, Up: Configuration files + +How to configure +---------------- + +Step 1. Creating the main configuration file +............................................. + + The main configuration file will be called +`/etc/tinc/netname/tinc.conf'. Adapt the following example to create a +basic configuration file: + + Name = _yourname_ + Device = _/dev/tap0_ + PrivateKeyFile = /etc/tinc/_netname_/rsa_key.priv + + Then, if you know to which other tinc daemon(s) yours is going to +connect, add `ConnectTo' values. + +Step 2. Creating your host configuration file +.............................................. + + If you added a line containing `Name = yourname' in the main +configuarion file, you will need to create a host configuration file +`/etc/tinc/netname/hosts/yourname'. Adapt the following example to +create a host configuration file: + + Address = _your.real.hostname.org_ + Subnet = _192.168.1.0/24_ + + You can also use an IP address instead of a hostname. The `Subnet' +specifies the address range that is local for _your part of the VPN +only_. If you have multiple address ranges you can specify more than +one `Subnet'. You might also need to add a `Port' if you want your +tinc daemon to run on a different port number than the default (655). + + +File: tinc.info, Node: Generating keypairs, Next: Network interfaces, Prev: Configuration files, Up: Configuration + +Generating keypairs +=================== + + Now that you have already created the main configuration file and +your host configuration file, you can easily create a public/private +keypair by entering the following command: + + tincd -n _netname_ -K + + tinc will generate a public and a private key and ask you where to +put them. Just press enter to accept the defaults. + + +File: tinc.info, Node: Network interfaces, Next: Example configuration, Prev: Generating keypairs, Up: Configuration + +Network interfaces +================== + + Before tinc can start transmitting data over the tunnel, it must set +up the virtual network interface. + + First, decide which IP addresses you want to have associated with +these devices, and what network mask they must have. + + tinc will open a virtual network device (`/dev/tun', `/dev/tap0' or +similar), which will also create a network interface called something +like `tun0', `tap0', or, if you are using the Linux tun/tap driver, the +network interface will by default have the same name as the netname. + + You can configure the network interface by putting ordinary +ifconfig, route, and other commands to a script named +`/etc/tinc/netname/tinc-up'. When tinc starts, this script will be +executed. When tinc exits, it will execute the script named +`/etc/tinc/netname/tinc-down', but normally you don't need to create +that script. + + An example `tinc-up' script: + + #!/bin/sh + ifconfig $INTERFACE hw ether fe:fd:0:0:0:0 + ifconfig $INTERFACE 192.168.1.1 netmask 255.255.0.0 + ifconfig $INTERFACE -arp + + The first line sets up the MAC address of the network interface. +Due to the nature of how Ethernet and tinc work, it has to be set to +fe:fd:0:0:0:0 for tinc to work in it's normal mode. If you configured +tinc to work in `switch' or `hub' mode, the hardware address should +instead be set to a unique address instead of fe:fd:0:0:0:0. + + You can use the environment variable $INTERFACE to get the name of +the interface. However, this might not be reliable. If in doubt, use +the name of the interface explicitly. + + The next line gives the interface an IP address and a netmask. The +kernel will also automatically add a route to this interface, so +normally you don't need to add route commands to the `tinc-up' script. +The kernel will also bring the interface up after this command. The +netmask is the mask of the _entire_ VPN network, not just your own +subnet. + + The last line tells the kernel not to use ARP on that interface. +Again this has to do with how Ethernet and tinc work. Use this option +only if you are running tinc under Linux and are using tinc's normal +routing mode. + + +File: tinc.info, Node: Example configuration, Prev: Network interfaces, Up: Configuration + +Example configuration +===================== + + Imagine the following situation. Branch A of our example `company' +wants to connect three branch offices in B, C and D using the Internet. +All four offices have a 24/7 connection to the Internet. + + A is going to serve as the center of the network. B and C will +connect to A, and D will connect to C. Each office will be assigned +their own IP network, 10.x.0.0. + + A: net 10.1.0.0 mask 255.255.0.0 gateway 10.1.54.1 internet IP 1.2.3.4 + B: net 10.2.0.0 mask 255.255.0.0 gateway 10.2.1.12 internet IP 2.3.4.5 + C: net 10.3.0.0 mask 255.255.0.0 gateway 10.3.69.254 internet IP 3.4.5.6 + D: net 10.4.0.0 mask 255.255.0.0 gateway 10.4.3.32 internet IP 4.5.6.7 + + "gateway" is the VPN IP address of the machine that is running the +tincd. "internet IP" is the IP address of the firewall, which does not +need to run tincd, but it must do a port forwarding of TCP&UDP on port +655 (unless otherwise configured). + + In this example, it is assumed that eth0 is the interface that +points to the inner (physical) LAN of the office, although this could +also be the same as the interface that leads to the Internet. The +configuration of the real interface is also shown as a comment, to give +you an idea of how these example host is set up. All branches use the +netname `company' for this particular VPN. + +For Branch A +............ + + _BranchA_ would be configured like this: + + In `/etc/tinc/company/tinc-up': + + # Real interface of internal network: + # ifconfig eth0 10.1.54.1 netmask 255.255.0.0 broadcast 10.1.255.255 + + ifconfig tap0 hw ether fe:fd:0:0:0:0 + ifconfig tap0 10.1.54.1 netmask 255.0.0.0 + ifconfig tap0 -arp + + and in `/etc/tinc/company/tinc.conf': + + Name = BranchA + PrivateKey = /etc/tinc/company/rsa_key.priv + Device = /dev/tap0 + + On all hosts, /etc/tinc/company/hosts/BranchA contains: + + Subnet = 10.1.0.0/16 + Address = 1.2.3.4 + + Note that the IP addresses of eth0 and tap0 are the same. + This is quite possible, if you make sure that the netmasks of the interfaces are different. + It is in fact recommended to give give both real internal network interfaces and tap interfaces the same IP address, + since that will make things a lot easier to remember and set up. + + -----BEGIN RSA PUBLIC KEY----- + ... + -----END RSA PUBLIC KEY----- + +For Branch B +............ + + In `/etc/tinc/company/tinc-up': + + # Real interface of internal network: + # ifconfig eth0 10.2.43.8 netmask 255.255.0.0 broadcast 10.2.255.255 + + ifconfig tap0 hw ether fe:fd:0:0:0:0 + ifconfig tap0 10.2.1.12 netmask 255.0.0.0 + ifconfig tap0 -arp + + and in `/etc/tinc/company/tinc.conf': + + Name = BranchB + ConnectTo = BranchA + PrivateKey = /etc/tinc/company/rsa_key.priv + + Note here that the internal address (on eth0) doesn't have to be the +same as on the tap0 device. Also, ConnectTo is given so that no-one can +connect to this node. + + On all hosts, in `/etc/tinc/company/hosts/BranchB': + + Subnet = 10.2.0.0/16 + Address = 2.3.4.5 + + -----BEGIN RSA PUBLIC KEY----- + ... + -----END RSA PUBLIC KEY----- + +For Branch C +............ + + In `/etc/tinc/company/tinc-up': + + # Real interface of internal network: + # ifconfig eth0 10.3.69.254 netmask 255.255.0.0 broadcast 10.3.255.255 + + ifconfig tap1 hw ether fe:fd:0:0:0:0 + ifconfig tap1 10.3.69.254 netmask 255.0.0.0 + ifconfig tap1 -arp + + and in `/etc/tinc/company/tinc.conf': + + Name = BranchC + ConnectTo = BranchA + Device = /dev/tap1 + + C already has another daemon that runs on port 655, so they have to +reserve another port for tinc. It knows the portnumber it has to listen +on from it's own host configuration file. + + On all hosts, in `/etc/tinc/company/hosts/BranchC': + + Address = 3.4.5.6 + Subnet = 10.3.0.0/16 + Port = 2000 + + -----BEGIN RSA PUBLIC KEY----- + ... + -----END RSA PUBLIC KEY----- + +For Branch D +............ + + In `/etc/tinc/company/tinc-up': + + # Real interface of internal network: + # ifconfig eth0 10.4.3.32 netmask 255.255.0.0 broadcast 10.4.255.255 + + ifconfig company hw ether fe:fd:0:0:0:0 + ifconfig company 10.4.3.32 netmask 255.0.0.0 + ifconfig company -arp + + and in `/etc/tinc/company/tinc.conf': + + Name = BranchD + ConnectTo = BranchC + Device = /dev/misc/net/tun + PrivateKeyFile = /etc/tinc/company/rsa_key.priv + + D will be connecting to C, which has a tincd running for this +network on port 2000. It knows the port number from the host +configuration file. Also note that since D uses the tun/tap driver, +the network interface will not be called `tun' or `tap0' or something +like that, but will have the same name as netname. + + On all hosts, in `/etc/tinc/company/hosts/BranchD': + + Subnet = 10.4.0.0/16 + Address = 4.5.6.7 + + -----BEGIN RSA PUBLIC KEY----- + ... + -----END RSA PUBLIC KEY----- + +Key files +......... + + A, B, C and D all have generated a public/private keypair with the +following command: + + tincd -n company -K + + The private key is stored in `/etc/tinc/company/rsa_key.priv', the +public key is put into the host configuration file in the +`/etc/tinc/company/hosts/' directory. During key generation, tinc +automatically guesses the right filenames based on the -n option and +the Name directive in the `tinc.conf' file (if it is available). + +Starting +........ + + After each branch has finished configuration and they have +distributed the host configuration files amongst them, they can start +their tinc daemons. They don't necessarily have to wait for the other +branches to have started their daemons, tinc will try connecting until +they are available. + + +File: tinc.info, Node: Running tinc, Next: Technical information, Prev: Configuration, Up: Top + +Running tinc +************ + + If everything else is done, you can start tinc by typing the +following command: + + tincd -n _netname_ + + tinc will detach from the terminal and continue to run in the +background like a good daemon. If there are any problems however you +can try to increase the debug level and look in the syslog to find out +what the problems are. + +* Menu: + +* Runtime options:: +* Error messages:: + + +File: tinc.info, Node: Runtime options, Next: Error messages, Up: Running tinc + +Runtime options +=============== + + Besides the settings in the configuration file, tinc also accepts +some command line options. + + This list is a longer version of that in the manpage. The latter is +generated automatically, so may be more up-to-date. + +`--bypass-security' + Disables encryption and authentication. Only useful for debugging. + +`-c, --config=PATH' + Read configuration options from the directory PATH. The default is + `/etc/tinc/netname/'. + +`-d, --debug=LEVEL' + Set debug level to LEVEL. The higher the debug level, the more + gets logged. Everything goes via syslog. + +`-K, --generate-keys[=BITS]' + Generate public/private keypair of BITS length. If BITS is not + specified, 1024 is the default. tinc will ask where you want to + store the files, but will default to the configuration directory + (you can use the -c or -n option in combination with -K). After + that, tinc will quit. + +`--help' + Display a short reminder of these runtime options and terminate. + +`-k, --kill[=SIGNAL]' + Attempt to kill a running tincd (optionally with the specified + SIGNAL instead of SIGTERM) and exit. Use it in conjunction with + the -n option to make sure you kill the right tinc daemon. + +`-n, --net=NETNAME' + Connect to net NETNAME. *Note Multiple networks::. + +`-D, --no-detach' + Don't fork and detach. This will also disable the automatic + restart mechanism for fatal errors. + +`--version' + Output version information and exit. + + +File: tinc.info, Node: Error messages, Prev: Runtime options, Up: Running tinc + +Error messages +============== + + What follows is a list of the most common error messages you can see +when configuring tinc. Most of these messages are visible in the syslog +only, so keep an eye on it! + +*Could not open /dev/tap0: No such device* + * You forgot to `modprobe netlink_dev' or `modprobe ethertap'. + + * You forgot to compile `Netlink device emulation' in the + kernel. + +*Can't write to /dev/misc/net/tun: No such device* + * You forgot to `modprobe tun'. + + * You forgot to compile `Universal TUN/TAP driver' in the + kernel. + +*Packet with destination 1.2.3.4 is looping back to us!* + * Something is not configured right. Packets are being sent out + to the virtual network device, but according to the Subnet + directives in your host configuration file, those packets + should go to your own host. Most common mistake is that you + have a Subnet line in your host configuration file with a + prefix length which is just as large as the prefix of the + virtual network interface. The latter should in almost all + cases be larger. Rethink your configuration. Note that you + will only see this message if you specified a debug level of + 5 or higher! + + * Chances are that a `Subnet = ...' line in the host + configuration file of this tinc daemon is wrong. Change it + to a subnet that is accepted locally by another interface, or + if that is not the case, try changing the prefix length into + /32. + +*Network doesn't work, syslog shows only packets of length 46* + Jan 1 12:00:00 host tinc.net[1234]: Read packet of length 46 from tap device + Jan 1 12:00:00 host tinc.net[1234]: Trying to look up 0.0.192.168 in connection list failed! + + * Add the `ifconfig $INTERFACE -arp' to tinc-up. + +*Network address and prefix length do not match!* + * The Subnet field must contain a _network_ address. + + * If you only want to use one IP address, set the netmask to + /32. + +*This is a bug: net.c:253: 24: Some error* + * This is something that should not have happened. Please + report this, and tell us exactly what went wrong before you + got this message. In normal operation, these errors should + not occur. + +*Error reading RSA key file `rsa_key.priv': No such file or directory* + * You must specify the complete pathname. Specifying a + relative path does not make sense here. tinc changes its + directory to / when starting (to avoid keeping a mount point + busy); and even if we built in a default directory to look + for these files, the key files are bound to be in a different + directory. + + +File: tinc.info, Node: Technical information, Next: About us, Prev: Running tinc, Up: Top + +Technical information +********************* + +* Menu: + +* The connection:: +* The meta-protocol:: +* Security:: + + +File: tinc.info, Node: The connection, Next: The meta-protocol, Prev: Technical information, Up: Technical information + +The connection +============== + + tinc is a daemon that takes VPN data and transmit that to another +host computer over the existing Internet infrastructure. + +* Menu: + +* The UDP tunnel:: +* The meta-connection:: + diff --git a/doc/tinc.info-2 b/doc/tinc.info-2 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c76d214 --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/tinc.info-2 @@ -0,0 +1,520 @@ +This is tinc.info, produced by makeinfo version 4.1 from tinc.texi. + +INFO-DIR-SECTION Networking tools +START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY +* tinc: (tinc). The tinc Manual. +END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY + + This is the info manual for tinc, a Virtual Private Network daemon. + + Copyright (C) 1998-2002 Ivo Timmermans , +Guus Sliepen and Wessel Dankers +. + + $Id: tinc.texi,v 1.8.4.28 2002/04/09 11:43:29 guus Exp $ + + Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this +manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are +preserved on all copies. + + Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of +this manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the +entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a +permission notice identical to this one. + + +File: tinc.info, Node: The UDP tunnel, Next: The meta-connection, Prev: The connection, Up: The connection + +The UDP tunnel +-------------- + + The data itself is read from a character device file, the so-called +_virtual network device_. This device is associated with a network +interface. Any data sent to this interface can be read from the device, +and any data written to the device gets sent from the interface. Data +to and from the device is formatted as if it were a normal Ethernet +card, so a frame is preceded by two MAC addresses and a _frame type_ +field. + + So when tinc reads an Ethernet frame from the device, it determines +its type. When tinc is in it's default routing mode, it can handle IPv4 +and IPv6 packets. Depending on the Subnet lines, it will send the +packets off to their destination. In the `switch' and `hub' mode, tinc +will use broadcasts and MAC address discovery to deduce the destination +of the packets. Since the latter modes only depend on the link layer +information, any protocol that runs over Ethernet is supported (for +instance IPX and Appletalk). + + After the destination has been determined, a sequence number will be +added to the packet. The packet will then be encrypted and a message +authentication code will be appended. + + When that is done, time has come to actually transport the packet to +the destination computer. We do this by sending the packet over an UDP +connection to the destination host. This is called _encapsulating_, +the VPN packet (though now encrypted) is encapsulated in another IP +datagram. + + When the destination receives this packet, the same thing happens, +only in reverse. So it checks the message authentication code, +decrypts the contents of the UDP datagram, checks the sequence number +and writes the decrypted information to its own virtual network device. + + To let the kernel on the receiving end accept the packet, the +destination MAC address must match that of the virtual network +interface. If tinc is in it's default routing mode, ARP does not work, +so the correct destination MAC cannot be set by the sending daemons. +tinc solves this by always overwriting the destination MAC address with +fe:fd:0:0:0:0. That is also the reason why you must set the MAC address +of your tap interface to that address. + + +File: tinc.info, Node: The meta-connection, Prev: The UDP tunnel, Up: The connection + +The meta-connection +------------------- + + Having only an UDP connection available is not enough. Though +suitable for transmitting data, we want to be able to reliably send +other information, such as routing and session key information to +somebody. + + TCP is a better alternative, because it already contains protection +against information being lost, unlike UDP. + + So we establish two connections. One for the encrypted VPN data, +and one for other information, the meta-data. Hence, we call the second +connection the meta-connection. We can now be sure that the +meta-information doesn't get lost on the way to another computer. + + Like with any communication, we must have a protocol, so that +everybody knows what everything stands for, and how she should react. +Because we have two connections, we also have two protocols. The +protocol used for the UDP data is the "data-protocol," the other one is +the "meta-protocol." + + The reason we don't use TCP for both protocols is that UDP is much +better for encapsulation, even while it is less reliable. The real +problem is that when TCP would be used to encapsulate a TCP stream +that's on the private network, for every packet sent there would be +three ACKs sent instead of just one. Furthermore, if there would be a +timeout, both TCP streams would sense the timeout, and both would start +re-sending packets. + + +File: tinc.info, Node: The meta-protocol, Next: Security, Prev: The connection, Up: Technical information + +The meta-protocol +================= + + The meta protocol is used to tie all tinc daemons together, and +exchange information about which tinc daemon serves which virtual +subnet. + + The meta protocol consists of requests that can be sent to the other +side. Each request has a unique number and several parameters. All +requests are represented in the standard ASCII character set. It is +possible to use tools such as telnet or netcat to connect to a tinc +daemon and to read and write requests by hand, provided that one +understands the numeric codes sent. + + The authentication scheme is described in *Note Authentication +protocol::. After a successful authentication, the server and the +client will exchange all the information about other tinc daemons and +subnets they know of, so that both sides (and all the other tinc +daemons behind them) have their information synchronised. + + daemon message + -------------------------------------------------------------------------- + origin ADD_EDGE node1 12.23.34.45 655 node2 21.32.43.54 655 222 0 + | | | \___________________/ | +-> options + | | | | +----> weight + | | | +----------------> see below + | | +--> UDP port + | +----------> real address + +------------------> name of node on one side of the edge + + origin ADD_SUBNET node 192.168.1.0/24 + | | +--> prefixlength + | +--------> IPv4 network address + +------------------> owner of this subnet + -------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + In case a connection between two daemons is closed or broken, +DEL_EDGE messages are sent to inform the other daemons of that fact. +Each daemon will calculate a new route to the the daemons, or mark them +unreachable if there isn't any. + + The keys used to encrypt VPN packets are not sent out directly. This +is because it would generate a lot of traffic on VPNs with many +daemons, and chances are that not every tinc daemon will ever send a +packet to every other daemon. Instead, if a daemon needs a key it sends +a request for it via the meta connection of the nearest hop in the +direction of the destination. If any hop on the way has already learned +the key, it will act as a proxy and forward its copy back to the +requester. + + daemon message + -------------------------------------------------------------------------- + daemon REQ_KEY origin destination + | +--> name of the tinc daemon it wants the key from + +----------> name of the daemon that wants the key + + daemon ANS_KEY origin destination 4ae0b0a82d6e0078 91 64 4 + | | \______________/ | | +--> MAC length + | | | | +-----> digest algorithm + | | | +--------> cipher algorithm + | | +--> 128 bits key + | +--> name of the daemon that wants the key + +----------> name of the daemon that uses this key + + daemon KEY_CHANGED origin + +--> daemon that has changed it's packet key + -------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + There is also a mechanism to check if hosts are still alive. Since +network failures or a crash can cause a daemon to be killed without +properly shutting down the TCP connection, this is necessary to keep an +up to date connection list. PINGs are sent at regular intervals, except +when there is also some other traffic. A little bit of salt (random +data) is added with each PING and PONG message, to make sure that long +sequences of PING/PONG messages without any other traffic won't result +in known plaintext. + + daemon message + -------------------------------------------------------------------------- + origin PING + dest. PONG + -------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + This basically covers what is sent over the meta connection by tinc. + + +File: tinc.info, Node: Security, Prev: The meta-protocol, Up: Technical information + +About tinc's encryption and other security-related issues. +========================================================== + + tinc got its name from "TINC," short for _There Is No Cabal_; the +alleged Cabal was/is an organisation that was said to keep an eye on the +entire Internet. As this is exactly what you _don't_ want, we named +the tinc project after TINC. + + But in order to be "immune" to eavesdropping, you'll have to encrypt +your data. Because tinc is a _Secure_ VPN (SVPN) daemon, it does +exactly that: encrypt. tinc by default uses blowfish encryption with +128 bit keys in CBC mode, 32 bit sequence numbers and 4 byte long +message authentication codes to make sure eavesdroppers cannot get and +cannot change any information at all from the packets they can +intercept. The encryption algorithm and message authentication +algorithm can be changed in the configuration. The length of the message +authentication codes is also adjustable. The length of the key for the +encryption algorithm is always the default length used by OpenSSL. + +* Menu: + +* Authentication protocol:: +* Encryption of network packets:: + + +File: tinc.info, Node: Authentication protocol, Next: Encryption of network packets, Prev: Security, Up: Security + +Authentication protocol +----------------------- + + A new scheme for authentication in tinc has been devised, which +offers some improvements over the protocol used in 1.0pre2 and 1.0pre3. +Explanation is below. + + daemon message + -------------------------------------------------------------------------- + client + + server + + client ID client 12 + | +---> version + +-------> name of tinc daemon + + server ID server 12 + | +---> version + +-------> name of tinc daemon + + client META_KEY 5f0823a93e35b69e...7086ec7866ce582b + \_________________________________/ + +-> RSAKEYLEN bits totally random string S1, + encrypted with server's public RSA key + + server META_KEY 6ab9c1640388f8f0...45d1a07f8a672630 + \_________________________________/ + +-> RSAKEYLEN bits totally random string S2, + encrypted with client's public RSA key + + From now on: + - the client will symmetrically encrypt outgoing traffic using S1 + - the server will symmetrically encrypt outgoing traffic using S2 + + client CHALLENGE da02add1817c1920989ba6ae2a49cecbda0 + \_________________________________/ + +-> CHALLEN bits totally random string H1 + + server CHALLENGE 57fb4b2ccd70d6bb35a64c142f47e61d57f + \_________________________________/ + +-> CHALLEN bits totally random string H2 + + client CHAL_REPLY 816a86 + +-> 160 bits SHA1 of H2 + + server CHAL_REPLY 928ffe + +-> 160 bits SHA1 of H1 + + After the correct challenge replies are received, both ends have proved + their identity. Further information is exchanged. + + client ACK 655 12.23.34.45 123 0 + | | | +-> options + | | +----> estimated weight + | +------------> IP address of server as seen by client + +--------------------> UDP port of client + + server ACK 655 21.32.43.54 321 0 + | | | +-> options + | | +----> estimated weight + | +------------> IP address of client as seen by server + +--------------------> UDP port of server + -------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + This new scheme has several improvements, both in efficiency and +security. + + First of all, the server sends exactly the same kind of messages +over the wire as the client. The previous versions of tinc first +authenticated the client, and then the server. This scheme even allows +both sides to send their messages simultaneously, there is no need to +wait for the other to send something first. This means that any +calculations that need to be done upon sending or receiving a message +can also be done in parallel. This is especially important when doing +RSA encryption/decryption. Given that these calculations are the main +part of the CPU time spent for the authentication, speed is improved by +a factor 2. + + Second, only one RSA encrypted message is sent instead of two. This +reduces the amount of information attackers can see (and thus use for a +cryptographic attack). It also improves speed by a factor two, making +the total speedup a factor 4. + + Third, and most important: The symmetric cipher keys are exchanged +first, the challenge is done afterwards. In the previous authentication +scheme, because a man-in-the-middle could pass the challenge/chal_reply +phase (by just copying the messages between the two real tinc daemons), +but no information was exchanged that was really needed to read the +rest of the messages, the challenge/chal_reply phase was of no real +use. The man-in-the-middle was only stopped by the fact that only after +the ACK messages were encrypted with the symmetric cipher. Potentially, +it could even send it's own symmetric key to the server (if it knew the +server's public key) and read some of the metadata the server would +send it (it was impossible for the mitm to read actual network packets +though). The new scheme however prevents this. + + This new scheme makes sure that first of all, symmetric keys are +exchanged. The rest of the messages are then encrypted with the +symmetric cipher. Then, each side can only read received messages if +they have their private key. The challenge is there to let the other +side know that the private key is really known, because a challenge +reply can only be sent back if the challenge is decrypted correctly, +and that can only be done with knowledge of the private key. + + Fourth: the first thing that is send via the symmetric cipher +encrypted connection is a totally random string, so that there is no +known plaintext (for an attacker) in the beginning of the encrypted +stream. + + +File: tinc.info, Node: Encryption of network packets, Prev: Authentication protocol, Up: Security + +Encryption of network packet +---------------------------- + + A data packet can only be sent if the encryption key is known to both +parties, and the connection is activated. If the encryption key is not +known, a request is sent to the destination using the meta connection +to retrieve it. The packet is stored in a queue while waiting for the +key to arrive. + + The UDP packet containing the network packet from the VPN has the +following layout: + + ... | IP header | UDP header | seqno | VPN packet | MAC | UDP trailer + \___________________/\_____/ + | | + V +---> digest algorithm + Encrypted with symmetric cipher + + So, the entire VPN packet is encrypted using a symmetric cipher. A +32 bits sequence number is added in front of the actual VPN packet, to +act as a unique IV for each packet and to prevent replay attacks. A +message authentication code is added to the UDP packet to prevent +alteration of packets. By default the first 4 bytes of the digest are +used for this, but this can be changed using the MACLength +configuration variable. + + +File: tinc.info, Node: About us, Next: Concept Index, Prev: Technical information, Up: Top + +About us +******** + +* Menu: + +* Contact Information:: +* Authors:: + + +File: tinc.info, Node: Contact Information, Next: Authors, Prev: About us, Up: About us + +Contact information +=================== + + tinc's website is at , this server is +located in the Netherlands. + + We have an IRC channel on the Open Projects IRC network. Connect to +irc.openprojects.net (http://openprojects.nu/services/irc.html), and +join channel #tinc. + + +File: tinc.info, Node: Authors, Prev: Contact Information, Up: About us + +Authors +======= + +Ivo Timmermans (zarq) () + Main coder/hacker and maintainer of the package. + +Guus Sliepen (guus) () + Originator of it all, co-author. + +Wessel Dankers (Ubiq) () + For the name `tinc' and various suggestions. + + We have received a lot of valuable input from users. With their +help, tinc has become the flexible and robust tool that it is today. +We have composed a list of contributions, in the file called `THANKS' in +the source distribution. + + +File: tinc.info, Node: Concept Index, Prev: About us, Up: Top + +Concept Index +************* + +* Menu: + +* ACK: Authentication protocol. +* ADD_EDGE: The meta-protocol. +* ADD_SUBNET: The meta-protocol. +* Address: Host configuration variables. +* AddressFamily: Main configuration variables. +* ANS_KEY: The meta-protocol. +* arp <1>: Error messages. +* arp: Network interfaces. +* authentication: Authentication protocol. +* binary package: Building and installing tinc. +* BindToInterface: Main configuration variables. +* Cabal: Security. +* CHAL_REPLY: Authentication protocol. +* CHALLENGE: Authentication protocol. +* CIDR notation: Host configuration variables. +* Cipher: Host configuration variables. +* client: How connections work. +* command line: Runtime options. +* Compression: Host configuration variables. +* connection: The connection. +* ConnectTo: Main configuration variables. +* daemon: Running tinc. +* data-protocol: The meta-connection. +* Debian: Configuring the kernel. +* debug level: Runtime options. +* DEL_EDGE: The meta-protocol. +* Device: Main configuration variables. +* device files: Device files. +* Digest: Host configuration variables. +* encapsulating: The UDP tunnel. +* encryption: Encryption of network packets. +* ethertap: Configuring the kernel. +* example: Example configuration. +* frame type: The UDP tunnel. +* FreeBSD: Supported platforms. +* hardware address: Network interfaces. +* Hostnames: Main configuration variables. +* hub: Main configuration variables. +* ID: Authentication protocol. +* ifconfig: Network interfaces. +* IndirectData: Host configuration variables. +* Interface: Main configuration variables. +* IRC: Contact Information. +* Kernel-HOWTO: Configuring the kernel. +* key generation: Generating keypairs. +* KEY_CHANGED: The meta-protocol. +* KeyExpire: Main configuration variables. +* libraries: Libraries. +* license: OpenSSL. +* Linux: Supported platforms. +* MAC address: Network interfaces. +* MACExpire: Main configuration variables. +* MACLength: Host configuration variables. +* meta-protocol: The meta-connection. +* META_KEY: Authentication protocol. +* Mode: Main configuration variables. +* multiple networks: Multiple networks. +* Name: Main configuration variables. +* netlink_dev: Configuring the kernel. +* netmask: Network interfaces. +* netname: Multiple networks. +* Network Administrators Guide: Configuration introduction. +* OpenBSD: Supported platforms. +* OpenSSL: OpenSSL. +* options: Runtime options. +* PEM format: Host configuration variables. +* PING: The meta-protocol. +* PingTimeout: Main configuration variables. +* platforms: Supported platforms. +* PONG: The meta-protocol. +* Port: Host configuration variables. +* port numbers: Other files. +* PriorityInheritance: Main configuration variables. +* private: VPNs. +* PrivateKey: Main configuration variables. +* PrivateKeyFile: Main configuration variables. +* PublicKey: Host configuration variables. +* PublicKeyFile: Host configuration variables. +* RedHat: Configuring the kernel. +* release: Supported platforms. +* REQ_KEY: The meta-protocol. +* requirements: Libraries. +* router: Main configuration variables. +* runtime options: Runtime options. +* scalability: tinc. +* server: How connections work. +* Solaris: Supported platforms. +* Subnet: Host configuration variables. +* SVPN: Security. +* switch: Main configuration variables. +* TCP: The meta-connection. +* TCPonly: Host configuration variables. +* TINC: Security. +* tinc: Introduction. +* tinc-up: Network interfaces. +* tincd: tinc. +* Traditional VPNs: tinc. +* tun: Configuring the kernel. +* UDP <1>: Encryption of network packets. +* UDP: The UDP tunnel. +* virtual: VPNs. +* virtual network device: The UDP tunnel. +* VPN: VPNs. +* vpnd: tinc. +* website: Contact Information. +* zlib: zlib. + + diff --git a/doc/tinc.texi b/doc/tinc.texi new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5ce852e --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/tinc.texi @@ -0,0 +1,1893 @@ +\input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*- +@c $Id: tinc.texi,v 1.8.4.28 2002/04/09 11:43:29 guus Exp $ +@c %**start of header +@setfilename tinc.info +@settitle tinc Manual +@setchapternewpage odd +@c %**end of header + +@ifinfo +@dircategory Networking tools +@direntry +* tinc: (tinc). The tinc Manual. +@end direntry + +This is the info manual for tinc, a Virtual Private Network daemon. + +Copyright @copyright{} 1998-2002 Ivo Timmermans +, Guus Sliepen and +Wessel Dankers . + +$Id: tinc.texi,v 1.8.4.28 2002/04/09 11:43:29 guus Exp $ + +Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this +manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are +preserved on all copies. + +Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this +manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the +entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a +permission notice identical to this one. + +@end ifinfo + +@titlepage +@title tinc Manual +@subtitle Setting up a Virtual Private Network with tinc +@author Ivo Timmermans and Guus Sliepen + +@page +@vskip 0pt plus 1filll +@cindex copyright +Copyright @copyright{} 1998-2002 Ivo Timmermans +, Guus Sliepen and +Wessel Dankers . + +$Id: tinc.texi,v 1.8.4.28 2002/04/09 11:43:29 guus Exp $ + +Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this +manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are +preserved on all copies. + +Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this +manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the +entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a +permission notice identical to this one. + +@end titlepage + +@c ================================================================== +@node Top, Introduction, (dir), (dir) + +@menu +* Introduction:: Introduction +* Preparations:: +* Installation:: +* Configuration:: +* Running tinc:: +* Technical information:: +* About us:: +* Concept Index:: All used terms explained +@end menu + + +@contents + +@c ================================================================== +@node Introduction, Preparations, Top, Top +@chapter Introduction + +@cindex tinc +tinc is a Virtual Private Network (VPN) daemon that uses tunneling and +encryption to create a secure private network between hosts on the +Internet. + +Because the tunnel appears to the IP level network code as a normal +network device, there is no need to adapt any existing software. +The encrypted tunnels allows VPN sites to share information with each other +over the Internet without exposing any information to others. + +This document is the manual for tinc. Included are chapters on how to +configure your computer to use tinc, as well as the configuration +process of tinc itself. + +@menu +* VPNs:: Virtual Private Networks in general +* tinc:: about tinc +* Supported platforms:: +@end menu + +@c ================================================================== +@node VPNs, tinc, Introduction, Introduction +@section Virtual Private Networks + +@cindex VPN +A Virtual Private Network or VPN is a network that can only be accessed +by a few elected computers that participate. This goal is achievable in +more than just one way. + +@cindex private +Private networks can consist of a single stand-alone Ethernet LAN. Or +even two computers hooked up using a null-modem cable. In these cases, +it is +obvious that the network is @emph{private}, no one can access it from the +outside. But if your computers are linked to the Internet, the network +is not private anymore, unless one uses firewalls to block all private +traffic. But then, there is no way to send private data to trusted +computers on the other end of the Internet. + +@cindex virtual +This problem can be solved by using @emph{virtual} networks. Virtual +networks can live on top of other networks, but they use encapsulation to +keep using their private address space so they do not interfere with +the Internet. Mostly, virtual networks appear like a singe LAN, even though +they can span the entire world. But virtual networks can't be secured +by using firewalls, because the traffic that flows through it has to go +through the Internet, where other people can look at it. + +As is the case with either type of VPN, anybody could eavesdrop. Or +worse, alter data. Hence it's probably advisable to encrypt the data +that flows over the network. + +When one introduces encryption, we can form a true VPN. Other people may +see encrypted traffic, but if they don't know how to decipher it (they +need to know the key for that), they cannot read the information that flows +through the VPN. This is what tinc was made for. + + +@c ================================================================== +@node tinc, Supported platforms, VPNs, Introduction +@section tinc + +@cindex vpnd +I really don't quite remember what got us started, but it must have been +Guus' idea. He wrote a simple implementation (about 50 lines of C) that +used the ethertap device that Linux knows of since somewhere +about kernel 2.1.60. It didn't work immediately and he improved it a +bit. At this stage, the project was still simply called @samp{vpnd}. + +Since then, a lot has changed---to say the least. + +@cindex tincd +tinc now supports encryption, it consists of a single daemon (tincd) for +both the receiving and sending end, it has become largely +runtime-configurable---in short, it has become a full-fledged +professional package. + +@cindex Traditional VPNs +@cindex scalability +tinc also allows more than two sites to connect to eachother and form a single VPN. +Traditionally VPNs are created by making tunnels, which only have two endpoints. +Larger VPNs with more sites are created by adding more tunnels. +tinc takes another approach: only endpoints are specified, +the software itself will take care of creating the tunnels. +This allows for easier configuration and improved scalability. + +A lot can---and will be---changed. We have a number of things that we would like to +see in the future releases of tinc. Not everything will be available in +the near future. Our first objective is to make tinc work perfectly as +it stands, and then add more advanced features. + +Meanwhile, we're always open-minded towards new ideas. And we're +available too. + + +@c ================================================================== +@node Supported platforms, , tinc, Introduction +@section Supported platforms + +@cindex platforms +tinc has been verified to work under Linux, FreeBSD, OpenBSD and Solaris, with +various hardware architectures. These are some of the platforms +that are supported by the universal tun/tap device driver or other virtual network device drivers. +Without such a driver, tinc will most +likely compile and run, but it will not be able to send or receive data +packets. + +@cindex release +For an up to date list of supported platforms, please check the list on +our website: +@uref{http://tinc.nl.linux.org/platforms.html}. + + +@c ================================================================== +@subsection Linux + +@cindex Linux +tinc was first written for Linux running on an intel x86 processor, so +this is the best supported platform. The protocol however, and actually +anything about tinc, has been rewritten to support random byte ordering +and arbitrary word length. So in theory it should run on other +processors that Linux runs on. It has already been verified to run on +alpha and sparc processors as well. + +tinc uses the ethertap device or the universal tun/tap driver. The former is provided in the standard kernel +from version 2.1.60 up to 2.3.x, but has been replaced in favour of the tun/tap driver in kernel versions 2.4.0 and later. + + +@c ================================================================== +@subsection FreeBSD + +@cindex FreeBSD +tinc on FreeBSD relies on the universal tun/tap driver for its data +acquisition from the kernel. Therefore, tinc will work on the same platforms +as this driver. These are: FreeBSD 3.x, 4.x, 5.x. + + +@c ================================================================== +@subsection OpenBSD + +@cindex OpenBSD +tinc on OpenBSD relies on the tun driver for its data +acquisition from the kernel. It has been verified to work under at least OpenBSD 2.9. + +Tunneling IPv6 packets may not work on OpenBSD. + + +@c ================================================================== +@subsection Solaris + +@cindex Solaris +tinc on Solaris relies on the universal tun/tap driver for its data +acquisition from the kernel. Therefore, tinc will work on the same platforms +as this driver. These are: Solaris 8 (SunOS 5.8). + +IPv6 packets cannot be tunneled on Solaris. + + +@c +@c +@c +@c +@c +@c +@c Preparing your system +@c +@c +@c +@c +@c + +@c ================================================================== +@node Preparations, Installation, Introduction, Top +@chapter Preparations + +This chapter contains information on how to prepare your system to +support tinc. + +@menu +* Configuring the kernel:: +* Libraries:: +@end menu + + +@c ================================================================== +@node Configuring the kernel, Libraries, Preparations, Preparations +@section Configuring the kernel + +@cindex RedHat +@cindex Debian +@cindex netlink_dev +@cindex tun +@cindex ethertap +If you are running Linux, chances are good that your kernel already supports +all the devices that tinc needs for proper operation. For example, the +standard kernel from Redhat Linux already has support for ethertap and netlink +compiled in. Debian users can use the modconf utility to select the modules. +If your Linux distribution supports this method of selecting devices, look out +for something called `ethertap', and `netlink_dev' if it is using a kernel +version prior to 2.4.0. In that case you will need both these devices. If you +are using kernel 2.4.0 or later, you need to select `tun'. + +@cindex Kernel-HOWTO +If you can install these devices in a similar manner, you may skip this section. +Otherwise, you will have to recompile the kernel in order to turn on the required features. +If you are unfamiliar with the process of configuring and compiling a new kernel, +you should read the @uref{http://howto.linuxberg.com/LDP/HOWTO/Kernel-HOWTO.html, Kernel HOWTO} first. + +@menu +* Configuration of Linux kernels 2.1.60 up to 2.4.0:: +* Configuration of Linux kernels 2.4.0 and higher:: +* Configuration of FreeBSD kernels:: +* Configuration of OpenBSD kernels:: +* Configuration of Solaris kernels:: +@end menu + + +@c ================================================================== +@node Configuration of Linux kernels 2.1.60 up to 2.4.0, Configuration of Linux kernels 2.4.0 and higher, Configuring the kernel, Configuring the kernel +@subsection Configuration of Linux kernels 2.1.60 up to 2.4.0 + +Here are the options you have to turn on when configuring a new kernel: + +@example +Code maturity level options +[*] Prompt for development and/or incomplete code/drivers +Networking options +[*] Kernel/User netlink socket + Netlink device emulation +Network device support + Ethertap network tap +@end example + +If you want to run more than one instance of tinc or other programs that use +the ethertap, you have to compile the ethertap driver as a module, otherwise +you can also choose to compile it directly into the kernel. + +If you decide to build any of these as dynamic kernel modules, it's a good idea +to add these lines to @file{/etc/modules.conf}: + +@example +alias char-major-36 netlink_dev +alias tap0 ethertap +options tap0 -o tap0 unit=0 +alias tap1 ethertap +options tap1 -o tap1 unit=1 +... +alias tap@emph{N} ethertap +options tap@emph{N} -o tap@emph{N} unit=@emph{N} +@end example + +Add as much alias/options lines as necessary. + + +@c ================================================================== +@node Configuration of Linux kernels 2.4.0 and higher, Configuration of FreeBSD kernels, Configuration of Linux kernels 2.1.60 up to 2.4.0, Configuring the kernel +@subsection Configuration of Linux kernels 2.4.0 and higher + +Here are the options you have to turn on when configuring a new kernel: + +@example +Code maturity level options +[*] Prompt for development and/or incomplete code/drivers +Network device support + Universal tun/tap device driver support +@end example + +It's not necessary to compile this driver as a module, even if you are going to +run more than one instance of tinc. + +If you have an early 2.4 kernel, you can choose both the tun/tap driver and the +`Ethertap network tap' device. This latter is marked obsolete, and chances are +that it won't even function correctly anymore. Make sure you select the +universal tun/tap driver. + +If you decide to build the tun/tap driver as a kernel module, add these lines +to @file{/etc/modules.conf}: + +@example +alias char-major-10-200 tun +@end example + + +@c ================================================================== +@node Configuration of FreeBSD kernels, Configuration of OpenBSD kernels, Configuration of Linux kernels 2.4.0 and higher, Configuring the kernel +@subsection Configuration of FreeBSD kernels + +This section will contain information on how to configure your FreeBSD +kernel to support the universal tun/tap device. For 4.1 and higher +versions, this is included in the default kernel configuration, for earlier +systems (4.0 and earlier), you need to install the universal tun/tap driver +yourself. + +Unfortunately somebody still has to write the text. + + +@c ================================================================== +@node Configuration of OpenBSD kernels, Configuration of Solaris kernels, Configuration of FreeBSD kernels, Configuring the kernel +@subsection Configuration of OpenBSD kernels + +This section will contain information on how to configure your OpenBSD +kernel to support the tun device. For 2.9 and 3.0 systems, +this is included in the default kernel configuration. + +Unfortunately somebody still has to write the text. + + +@c ================================================================== +@node Configuration of Solaris kernels, , Configuration of OpenBSD kernels, Configuring the kernel +@subsection Configuration of Solaris kernels + +This section will contain information on how to configure your Solaris +kernel to support the universal tun/tap device. For Solaris 8 (SunOS 5.8), +this is included in the default kernel configuration. + +Unfortunately somebody still has to write the text. + + +@c ================================================================== +@node Libraries, , Configuring the kernel, Preparations +@section Libraries + +@cindex requirements +@cindex libraries +Before you can configure or build tinc, you need to have the OpenSSL +library installed on your system. If you try to configure tinc without +having installed it, configure will give you an error message, and stop. + +@menu +* OpenSSL:: +* zlib:: +@end menu + + +@c ================================================================== +@node OpenSSL, zlib, Libraries, Libraries +@subsection OpenSSL + +@cindex OpenSSL +For all cryptography-related functions, tinc uses the functions provided +by the OpenSSL library. + +If this library is not installed, you wil get an error when configuring +tinc for build. Support for running tinc without having OpenSSL +installed @emph{may} be added in the future. + +You can use your operating system's package manager to install this if +available. Make sure you install the development AND runtime versions +of this package. + +If you have to install OpenSSL manually, you can get the source code +from @url{http://www.openssl.org/}. Instructions on how to configure, +build and install this package are included within the package. Please +make sure you build development and runtime libraries (which is the +default). + +If you installed the OpenSSL libraries from source, it may be necessary +to let configure know where they are, by passing configure one of the +--with-openssl-* parameters. + +@example +--with-openssl=DIR OpenSSL library and headers prefix +--with-openssl-include=DIR OpenSSL headers directory + (Default is OPENSSL_DIR/include) +--with-openssl-lib=DIR OpenSSL library directory + (Default is OPENSSL_DIR/lib) +@end example + + +@subsubheading License + +@cindex license +Since the license under which OpenSSL is distributed is not directly +compatible with the terms of the GNU GPL +@uref{http://www.openssl.org/support/faq.html#LEGAL2}, therefore we +include an addition to the GPL (see also the file COPYING.README): + +@quotation +This program is released under the GPL with the additional exemption +that compiling, linking, and/or using OpenSSL is allowed. You may +provide binary packages linked to the OpenSSL libraries, provided that +all other requirements of the GPL are met. +@end quotation + + +@c ================================================================== +@node zlib, , OpenSSL, Libraries +@subsection zlib + +@cindex zlib +For the optional compression of UDP packets, tinc uses the functions provided +by the zlib library. + +If this library is not installed, you wil get an error when configuring +tinc for build. Support for running tinc without having zlib +installed @emph{may} be added in the future. + +You can use your operating system's package manager to install this if +available. Make sure you install the development AND runtime versions +of this package. + +If you have to install zlib manually, you can get the source code +from @url{http://www.gzip.org/zlib/}. Instructions on how to configure, +build and install this package are included within the package. Please +make sure you build development and runtime libraries (which is the +default). + + +@c +@c +@c +@c Installing tinc +@c +@c +@c +@c + +@c ================================================================== +@node Installation, Configuration, Preparations, Top +@chapter Installation + +If you use Debian, you may want to install one of the +precompiled packages for your system. These packages are equipped with +system startup scripts and sample configurations. + +If you cannot use one of the precompiled packages, or you want to compile tinc +for yourself, you can use the source. The source is distributed under +the GNU General Public License (GPL). Download the source from the +@uref{http://tinc.nl.linux.org/download.html, download page}, which has +the checksums of these files listed; you may wish to check these with +md5sum before continuing. + +tinc comes in a convenient autoconf/automake package, which you can just +treat the same as any other package. Which is just untar it, type +`configure' and then `make'. +More detailed instructions are in the file @file{INSTALL}, which is +included in the source distribution. + +@menu +* Building and installing tinc:: +* System files:: +@end menu + + +@c ================================================================== +@node Building and installing tinc, System files, Installation, Installation +@section Building and installing tinc + +Detailed instructions on configuring the source, building tinc and installing tinc +can be found in the file called @file{INSTALL}. + +@cindex binary package +If you happen to have a binary package for tinc for your distribution, +you can use the package management tools of that distribution to install tinc. +The documentation that comes along with your distribution will tell you how to do that. + + +@c ================================================================== +@node System files, , Building and installing tinc, Installation +@section System files + +Before you can run tinc, you must make sure you have all the needed +files on your system. + +@menu +* Device files:: +* Other files:: +@end menu + + +@c ================================================================== +@node Device files, Other files, System files, System files +@subsection Device files + +@cindex device files +First, you'll need the special device file(s) that form the interface +between the kernel and the daemon. + +The permissions for these files have to be such that only the super user +may read/write to this file. You'd want this, because otherwise +eavesdropping would become a bit too easy. This does, however, imply +that you'd have to run tincd as root. + +If you use Linux and have a kernel version prior to 2.4.0, you have to make the +ethertap devices: + +@example +mknod -m 600 /dev/tap0 c 36 16 +chown 0.0 /dev/tap0 +mknod -m 600 /dev/tap1 c 36 17 +chown 0.0 /dev/tap0 +... +mknod -m 600 /dev/tap@emph{N} c 36 @emph{N+16} +chown 0.0 /dev/tap@emph{N} +@end example + +There is a maximum of 16 ethertap devices. + +If you use the universal tun/tap driver, you have to create the +following device file (unless it already exist): + +@example +mknod -m 600 /dev/tun c 10 200 +chown 0.0 /dev/tun +@end example + +If you use Linux, and you run the new 2.4 kernel using the devfs filesystem, +then the tun/tap device will probably be automatically generated as +@file{/dev/misc/net/tun}. + +Unlike the ethertap device, you do not need multiple device files if +you are planning to run multiple tinc daemons. + + +@c ================================================================== +@node Other files, , Device files, System files +@subsection Other files + +@subsubheading @file{/etc/networks} + +You may add a line to @file{/etc/networks} so that your VPN will get a +symbolic name. For example: + +@example +myvpn 10.0.0.0 +@end example + +@subsubheading @file{/etc/services} + +@cindex port numbers +You may add this line to @file{/etc/services}. The effect is that you +may supply a @samp{tinc} as a valid port number to some programs. The +number 655 is registered with the IANA. + +@example +tinc 655/tcp TINC +tinc 655/udp TINC +# Ivo Timmermans +@end example + + +@c +@c +@c +@c +@c Configuring tinc +@c +@c +@c +@c + + +@c ================================================================== +@node Configuration, Running tinc, Installation, Top +@chapter Configuration + +@menu +* Configuration introduction:: +* Multiple networks:: +* How connections work:: +* Configuration files:: +* Generating keypairs:: +* Network interfaces:: +* Example configuration:: +@end menu + +@c ================================================================== +@node Configuration introduction, Multiple networks, Configuration, Configuration +@section Configuration introduction + +@cindex Network Administrators Guide +Before actually starting to configure tinc and editing files, +make sure you have read this entire section so you know what to expect. +Then, make it clear to yourself how you want to organize your VPN: +What are the nodes (computers running tinc)? +What IP addresses/subnets do they have? +What is the network mask of the entire VPN? +Do you need special firewall rules? +Do you have to set up masquerading or forwarding rules? +These questions can only be answered by yourself, +you will not find the answers in this documentation. +Make sure you have an adequate understanding of networks in general. +A good resource on networking is the +@uref{http://www.linuxdoc.org/LDP/nag2/, Linux Network Administrators Guide}. + +If you have everything clearly pictured in your mind, +proceed in the following order: +First, generate the configuration files (@file{tinc.conf}, your host configuration file, @file{tinc-up} and perhaps @file{tinc-down}). +Then generate the keypairs. +Finally, distribute the host configuration files. +These steps are described in the subsections below. + + +@c ================================================================== +@node Multiple networks, How connections work, Configuration introduction, Configuration +@section Multiple networks + +@cindex multiple networks +@cindex netname +In order to allow you to run more than one tinc daemon on one computer, +for instance if your computer is part of more than one VPN, +you can assign a ``netname'' to your VPN. +It is not required if you only run one tinc daemon, +it doesn't even have to be the same on all the sites of your VPN, +but it is recommended that you choose one anyway. + +We will asume you use a netname throughout this document. +This means that you call tincd with the -n argument, +which will assign a netname to this daemon. + +The effect of this is that the daemon will set its configuration +``root'' to /etc/tinc/netname/, where netname is your argument to the -n +option. You'll notice that it appears in syslog as ``tinc.netname''. + +However, it is not strictly necessary that you call tinc with the -n +option. In this case, the network name would just be empty, and it will +be used as such. tinc now looks for files in /etc/tinc/, instead of +/etc/tinc/netname/; the configuration file should be /etc/tinc/tinc.conf, +and the host configuration files are now expected to be in /etc/tinc/hosts/. + +But it is highly recommended that you use this feature of tinc, because +it will be so much clearer whom your daemon talks to. Hence, we will +assume that you use it. + + +@c ================================================================== +@node How connections work, Configuration files, Multiple networks, Configuration +@section How connections work + +When tinc starts up, it parses the command-line options and then +reads in the configuration file. +If it sees a `ConnectTo' value pointing to another tinc daemon in the file, +it will try to connect to that other one. +Whether this succeeds or not and whether `ConnectTo' is specified or not, +tinc will listen for incoming connection from other deamons. +If you did specify a `ConnectTo' value and the other side is not responding, +tinc will keep retrying. +This means that once started, tinc will stay running until you tell it to stop, +and failures to connect to other tinc daemons will not stop your tinc daemon +for trying again later. +This means you don't have to intervene if there are any network problems. + +@cindex client +@cindex server +There is no real distinction between a server and a client in tinc. +If you wish, you can view a tinc daemon without a `ConnectTo' value as a server, +and one which does specify such a value as a client. +It does not matter if two tinc daemons have a `ConnectTo' value pointing to eachother however. + + +@c ================================================================== +@node Configuration files, Generating keypairs, How connections work, Configuration +@section Configuration files + +The actual configuration of the daemon is done in the file +@file{/etc/tinc/netname/tinc.conf} and at least one other file in the directory +@file{/etc/tinc/netname/hosts/}. + +These file consists of comments (lines started with a #) or assignments +in the form of + +@example +Variable = Value. +@end example + +The variable names are case insensitive, and any spaces, tabs, newlines +and carriage returns are ignored. Note: it is not required that you put +in the `=' sign, but doing so improves readability. If you leave it +out, remember to replace it with at least one space character. + +In this section all valid variables are listed in alphabetical order. +The default value is given between parentheses, +other comments are between square brackets and +required directives are given in @strong{bold}. + +@menu +* Main configuration variables:: +* Host configuration variables:: +* How to configure:: +@end menu + + +@c ================================================================== +@node Main configuration variables, Host configuration variables, Configuration files, Configuration files +@subsection Main configuration variables + +@table @asis +@cindex AddressFamily +@item AddressFamily = (ipv4) [experimental] +This option affects the address family of listening and outgoing sockets. +If "any" is selected, then depending on the operating system +both IPv4 and IPv6 or just IPv6 listening sockets will be created. + +@cindex BindToInterface +@item BindToInterface = [experimental] +If you have more than one network interface in your computer, tinc will +by default listen on all of them for incoming connections. It is +possible to bind tinc to a single interface like eth0 or ppp0 with this +variable. + +This option may not work on all platforms. + +@cindex ConnectTo +@item @strong{ConnectTo = } +Specifies which host to connect to on startup. Multiple ConnectTo +variables may be specified, if connecting to the first one fails then +tinc will try the next one, and so on. It is possible to specify +hostnames for dynamic IP addresses (like those given on dyndns.org), +tinc will not cache the resolved IP address. + +If you don't specify a host with ConnectTo, regardless of whether a +value for ConnectPort is given, tinc won't connect at all, and will +instead just listen for incoming connections. + +@cindex Device +@item @strong{Device = } (/dev/tap0 or /dev/misc/net/tun) +The virtual network device to use. Note that you can only use one device per +daemon. See also @ref{Device files}. + +@cindex Hostnames +@item Hostnames = (no) +This option selects whether IP addresses (both real and on the VPN) +should be resolved. Since DNS lookups are blocking, it might affect +tinc's efficiency, even stopping the daemon for a few seconds everytime +it does a lookup if your DNS server is not responding. + +This does not affect resolving hostnames to IP addresses from the +configuration file. + +@cindex Interface +@item Interface = +Defines the name of the interface corresponding to the virtual network device. +Depending on the operating system and the type of device this may or may not actually set the name. +Currently this option only affects the Linux tun/tap device. + +@cindex Mode +@item Mode = (router) +This option selects the way packets are routed to other daemons. + +@table @asis +@cindex router +@item router +In this mode Subnet +variables in the host configuration files will be used to form a routing table. +Only unicast packets of routable protocols (IPv4 and IPv6) are supported in this mode. + +@cindex switch +@item switch +In this mode the MAC addresses of the packets on the VPN will be used to +dynamically create a routing table just like an Ethernet switch does. +Unicast, multicast and broadcast packets of every protocol that runs over Ethernet are supported in this mode +at the cost of frequent broadcast ARP requests and routing table updates. + +@cindex hub +@item hub +This mode is almost the same as the switch mode, but instead +every packet will be broadcast to the other daemons +while no routing table is managed. +@end table + +@cindex KeyExpire +@item KeyExpire = (3600) +This option controls the time the encryption keys used to encrypt the data +are valid. It is common practice to change keys at regular intervals to +make it even harder for crackers, even though it is thought to be nearly +impossible to crack a single key. + +@cindex MACExpire +@item MACExpire = (600) +This option controls the amount of time MAC addresses are kept before they are removed. +This only has effect when Mode is set to "switch". + +@cindex Name +@item @strong{Name = } +This is a symbolic name for this connection. It can be anything + +@cindex PingTimeout +@item PingTimeout = (60) +The number of seconds of inactivity that tinc will wait before sending a +probe to the other end. If that other end doesn't answer within that +same amount of seconds, the connection is terminated, and the others +will be notified of this. + +@cindex PriorityInheritance +@item PriorityInheritance = (no) [experimental] +When this option is enabled the value of the TOS field of tunneled IPv4 packets +will be inherited by the UDP packets that are sent out. + +@cindex PrivateKey +@item PrivateKey = [obsolete] +This is the RSA private key for tinc. However, for safety reasons it is +advised to store private keys of any kind in separate files. This prevents +accidental eavesdropping if you are editting the configuration file. + +@cindex PrivateKeyFile +@item @strong{PrivateKeyFile = } [recommended] +This is the full path name of the RSA private key file that was +generated by ``tincd --generate-keys''. It must be a full path, not a +relative directory. + +Note that there must be exactly one of PrivateKey +or PrivateKeyFile +specified in the configuration file. + +@end table + + +@c ================================================================== +@node Host configuration variables, How to configure, Main configuration variables, Configuration files +@subsection Host configuration variables + +@table @asis +@cindex Address +@item @strong{Address = } [recommended] +This variable is only required if you want to connect to this host. It +must resolve to the external IP address where the host can be reached, +not the one that is internal to the VPN. + +@cindex Cipher +@item Cipher = (blowfish) +The symmetric cipher algorithm used to encrypt UDP packets. +Any cipher supported by OpenSSL is recognized. + +@cindex Compression +@item Compression = (0) +This option sets the level of compression used for UDP packets. +Possible values are 0 (off), 1 (fast) and any integer up to 9 (best). + +@cindex Digest +@item Digest = (sha1) +The digest algorithm used to authenticate UDP packets. +Any digest supported by OpenSSL is recognized. +Furthermore, specifying "none" will turn off packet authentication. + +@cindex IndirectData +@item IndirectData = (no) +This option specifies whether other tinc daemons besides the one you +specified with ConnectTo can make a direct connection to you. This is +especially useful if you are behind a firewall and it is impossible to +make a connection from the outside to your tinc daemon. Otherwise, it +is best to leave this option out or set it to no. + +@cindex MACLength +@item MACLength = (4) +The length of the message authentication code used to authenticate UDP packets. +Can be anything from 0 +up to the length of the digest produced by the digest algorithm. + +@cindex Port +@item Port = (655) +Connect to the upstream host (given with the ConnectTo directive) on +port port. port may be given in decimal (default), octal (when preceded +by a single zero) o hexadecimal (prefixed with 0x). port is the port +number for both the UDP and the TCP (meta) connections. + +@cindex PublicKey +@item PublicKey = [obsolete] +This is the RSA public key for this host. + +@cindex PublicKeyFile +@item PublicKeyFile = [obsolete] +This is the full path name of the RSA public key file that was generated +by ``tincd --generate-keys''. It must be a full path, not a relative +directory. + +@cindex PEM format +From version 1.0pre4 on tinc will store the public key directly into the +host configuration file in PEM format, the above two options then are not +necessary. Either the PEM format is used, or exactly +@strong{one of the above two options} must be specified +in each host configuration file, if you want to be able to establish a +connection with that host. + +@cindex Subnet +@item Subnet = +The subnet which this tinc daemon will serve. +tinc tries to look up which other daemon it should send a packet to by searching the appropiate subnet. +If the packet matches a subnet, +it will be sent to the daemon who has this subnet in his host configuration file. +Multiple subnet lines can be specified for each daemon. + +Subnets can either be single MAC, IPv4 or IPv6 addresses, +in which case a subnet consisting of only that single address is assumed, +or they can be a IPv4 or IPv6 network address with a prefixlength. +Shorthand notations are not supported. +For example, IPv4 subnets must be in a form like 192.168.1.0/24, +where 192.168.1.0 is the network address and 24 is the number of bits set in the netmask. +Note that subnets like 192.168.1.1/24 are invalid! +Read a networking HOWTO/FAQ/guide if you don't understand this. +IPv6 subnets are notated like fec0:0:0:1:0:0:0:0/64. +MAC addresses are notated like 0:1a:2b:3c:4d:5e. + +@cindex CIDR notation +prefixlength is the number of bits set to 1 in the netmask part; for +example: netmask 255.255.255.0 would become /24, 255.255.252.0 becomes +/22. This conforms to standard CIDR notation as described in +@uref{ftp://ftp.isi.edu/in-notes/rfc1519.txt, RFC1519} + +@cindex TCPonly +@item TCPonly = (no) [experimental] +If this variable is set to yes, then the packets are tunnelled over a +TCP connection instead of a UDP connection. This is especially useful +for those who want to run a tinc daemon from behind a masquerading +firewall, or if UDP packet routing is disabled somehow. +Setting this options also implicitly sets IndirectData. +@end table + + +@c ================================================================== +@node How to configure, , Host configuration variables, Configuration files +@subsection How to configure + +@subsubheading Step 1. Creating the main configuration file + +The main configuration file will be called @file{/etc/tinc/netname/tinc.conf}. +Adapt the following example to create a basic configuration file: + +@example +Name = @emph{yourname} +Device = @emph{/dev/tap0} +PrivateKeyFile = /etc/tinc/@emph{netname}/rsa_key.priv +@end example + +Then, if you know to which other tinc daemon(s) yours is going to connect, +add `ConnectTo' values. + +@subsubheading Step 2. Creating your host configuration file + +If you added a line containing `Name = yourname' in the main configuarion file, +you will need to create a host configuration file @file{/etc/tinc/netname/hosts/yourname}. +Adapt the following example to create a host configuration file: + +@example +Address = @emph{your.real.hostname.org} +Subnet = @emph{192.168.1.0/24} +@end example + +You can also use an IP address instead of a hostname. +The `Subnet' specifies the address range that is local for @emph{your part of the VPN only}. +If you have multiple address ranges you can specify more than one `Subnet'. +You might also need to add a `Port' if you want your tinc daemon to run on a different port number than the default (655). + + +@c ================================================================== +@node Generating keypairs, Network interfaces, Configuration files, Configuration +@section Generating keypairs + +@cindex key generation +Now that you have already created the main configuration file and your host configuration file, +you can easily create a public/private keypair by entering the following command: + +@example +tincd -n @emph{netname} -K +@end example + +tinc will generate a public and a private key and ask you where to put them. +Just press enter to accept the defaults. + + +@c ================================================================== +@node Network interfaces, Example configuration, Generating keypairs, Configuration +@section Network interfaces + +Before tinc can start transmitting data over the tunnel, it must +set up the virtual network interface. + +First, decide which IP addresses you want to have associated with these +devices, and what network mask they must have. + +tinc will open a virtual network device (@file{/dev/tun}, @file{/dev/tap0} or similar), +which will also create a network interface called something like `tun0', `tap0', or, +if you are using the Linux tun/tap driver, the network interface will by default have the same name as the netname. + +@cindex tinc-up +You can configure the network interface by putting ordinary ifconfig, route, and other commands +to a script named @file{/etc/tinc/netname/tinc-up}. When tinc starts, this script +will be executed. When tinc exits, it will execute the script named +@file{/etc/tinc/netname/tinc-down}, but normally you don't need to create that script. + +An example @file{tinc-up} script: + +@example +#!/bin/sh +ifconfig $INTERFACE hw ether fe:fd:0:0:0:0 +ifconfig $INTERFACE 192.168.1.1 netmask 255.255.0.0 +ifconfig $INTERFACE -arp +@end example + +@cindex MAC address +@cindex hardware address +The first line sets up the MAC address of the network interface. +Due to the nature of how Ethernet and tinc work, it has to be set to fe:fd:0:0:0:0 +for tinc to work in it's normal mode. +If you configured tinc to work in `switch' or `hub' mode, the hardware address should instead +be set to a unique address instead of fe:fd:0:0:0:0. + +You can use the environment variable $INTERFACE to get the name of the interface. +However, this might not be reliable. If in doubt, use the name of the interface explicitly. + +@cindex ifconfig +The next line gives the interface an IP address and a netmask. +The kernel will also automatically add a route to this interface, so normally you don't need +to add route commands to the @file{tinc-up} script. +The kernel will also bring the interface up after this command. +@cindex netmask +The netmask is the mask of the @emph{entire} VPN network, not just your +own subnet. + +@cindex arp +The last line tells the kernel not to use ARP on that interface. +Again this has to do with how Ethernet and tinc work. +Use this option only if you are running tinc under Linux and are using tinc's normal routing mode. + + +@c ================================================================== +@node Example configuration, , Network interfaces, Configuration +@section Example configuration + + +@cindex example +Imagine the following situation. Branch A of our example `company' wants to connect +three branch offices in B, C and D using the Internet. All four offices +have a 24/7 connection to the Internet. + +A is going to serve as the center of the network. B and C will connect +to A, and D will connect to C. Each office will be assigned their own IP +network, 10.x.0.0. + +@example +A: net 10.1.0.0 mask 255.255.0.0 gateway 10.1.54.1 internet IP 1.2.3.4 +B: net 10.2.0.0 mask 255.255.0.0 gateway 10.2.1.12 internet IP 2.3.4.5 +C: net 10.3.0.0 mask 255.255.0.0 gateway 10.3.69.254 internet IP 3.4.5.6 +D: net 10.4.0.0 mask 255.255.0.0 gateway 10.4.3.32 internet IP 4.5.6.7 +@end example + +``gateway'' is the VPN IP address of the machine that is running the +tincd. ``internet IP'' is the IP address of the firewall, which does not +need to run tincd, but it must do a port forwarding of TCP&UDP on port +655 (unless otherwise configured). + +In this example, it is assumed that eth0 is the interface that points to +the inner (physical) LAN of the office, although this could also be the +same as the interface that leads to the Internet. The configuration of +the real interface is also shown as a comment, to give you an idea of +how these example host is set up. All branches use the netname `company' +for this particular VPN. + +@subsubheading For Branch A + +@emph{BranchA} would be configured like this: + +In @file{/etc/tinc/company/tinc-up}: + +@example +# Real interface of internal network: +# ifconfig eth0 10.1.54.1 netmask 255.255.0.0 broadcast 10.1.255.255 + +ifconfig tap0 hw ether fe:fd:0:0:0:0 +ifconfig tap0 10.1.54.1 netmask 255.0.0.0 +ifconfig tap0 -arp +@end example + +and in @file{/etc/tinc/company/tinc.conf}: + +@example +Name = BranchA +PrivateKey = /etc/tinc/company/rsa_key.priv +Device = /dev/tap0 +@end example + +On all hosts, /etc/tinc/company/hosts/BranchA contains: + +@example +Subnet = 10.1.0.0/16 +Address = 1.2.3.4 + +Note that the IP addresses of eth0 and tap0 are the same. +This is quite possible, if you make sure that the netmasks of the interfaces are different. +It is in fact recommended to give give both real internal network interfaces and tap interfaces the same IP address, +since that will make things a lot easier to remember and set up. + +-----BEGIN RSA PUBLIC KEY----- +... +-----END RSA PUBLIC KEY----- +@end example + + +@subsubheading For Branch B + +In @file{/etc/tinc/company/tinc-up}: + +@example +# Real interface of internal network: +# ifconfig eth0 10.2.43.8 netmask 255.255.0.0 broadcast 10.2.255.255 + +ifconfig tap0 hw ether fe:fd:0:0:0:0 +ifconfig tap0 10.2.1.12 netmask 255.0.0.0 +ifconfig tap0 -arp +@end example + +and in @file{/etc/tinc/company/tinc.conf}: + +@example +Name = BranchB +ConnectTo = BranchA +PrivateKey = /etc/tinc/company/rsa_key.priv +@end example + +Note here that the internal address (on eth0) doesn't have to be the +same as on the tap0 device. Also, ConnectTo is given so that no-one can +connect to this node. + +On all hosts, in @file{/etc/tinc/company/hosts/BranchB}: + +@example +Subnet = 10.2.0.0/16 +Address = 2.3.4.5 + +-----BEGIN RSA PUBLIC KEY----- +... +-----END RSA PUBLIC KEY----- +@end example + + +@subsubheading For Branch C + +In @file{/etc/tinc/company/tinc-up}: + +@example +# Real interface of internal network: +# ifconfig eth0 10.3.69.254 netmask 255.255.0.0 broadcast 10.3.255.255 + +ifconfig tap1 hw ether fe:fd:0:0:0:0 +ifconfig tap1 10.3.69.254 netmask 255.0.0.0 +ifconfig tap1 -arp +@end example + +and in @file{/etc/tinc/company/tinc.conf}: + +@example +Name = BranchC +ConnectTo = BranchA +Device = /dev/tap1 +@end example + +C already has another daemon that runs on port 655, so they have to +reserve another port for tinc. It knows the portnumber it has to listen on +from it's own host configuration file. + +On all hosts, in @file{/etc/tinc/company/hosts/BranchC}: + +@example +Address = 3.4.5.6 +Subnet = 10.3.0.0/16 +Port = 2000 + +-----BEGIN RSA PUBLIC KEY----- +... +-----END RSA PUBLIC KEY----- +@end example + + +@subsubheading For Branch D + +In @file{/etc/tinc/company/tinc-up}: + +@example +# Real interface of internal network: +# ifconfig eth0 10.4.3.32 netmask 255.255.0.0 broadcast 10.4.255.255 + +ifconfig company hw ether fe:fd:0:0:0:0 +ifconfig company 10.4.3.32 netmask 255.0.0.0 +ifconfig company -arp +@end example + +and in @file{/etc/tinc/company/tinc.conf}: + +@example +Name = BranchD +ConnectTo = BranchC +Device = /dev/misc/net/tun +PrivateKeyFile = /etc/tinc/company/rsa_key.priv +@end example + +D will be connecting to C, which has a tincd running for this network on +port 2000. It knows the port number from the host configuration file. +Also note that since D uses the tun/tap driver, the network interface +will not be called `tun' or `tap0' or something like that, but will +have the same name as netname. + +On all hosts, in @file{/etc/tinc/company/hosts/BranchD}: + +@example +Subnet = 10.4.0.0/16 +Address = 4.5.6.7 + +-----BEGIN RSA PUBLIC KEY----- +... +-----END RSA PUBLIC KEY----- +@end example + +@subsubheading Key files + +A, B, C and D all have generated a public/private keypair with the following command: + +@example +tincd -n company -K +@end example + +The private key is stored in @file{/etc/tinc/company/rsa_key.priv}, +the public key is put into the host configuration file in the @file{/etc/tinc/company/hosts/} directory. +During key generation, tinc automatically guesses the right filenames based on the -n option and +the Name directive in the @file{tinc.conf} file (if it is available). + +@subsubheading Starting + +After each branch has finished configuration and they have distributed +the host configuration files amongst them, they can start their tinc daemons. +They don't necessarily have to wait for the other branches to have started +their daemons, tinc will try connecting until they are available. + + +@c ================================================================== +@node Running tinc, Technical information, Configuration, Top +@chapter Running tinc + +If everything else is done, you can start tinc by typing the following command: + +@example +tincd -n @emph{netname} +@end example + +@cindex daemon +tinc will detach from the terminal and continue to run in the background like a good daemon. +If there are any problems however you can try to increase the debug level +and look in the syslog to find out what the problems are. + +@menu +* Runtime options:: +* Error messages:: +@end menu + + +@c ================================================================== +@node Runtime options, Error messages, , Running tinc +@section Runtime options + +Besides the settings in the configuration file, tinc also accepts some +command line options. + +This list is a longer version of that in the manpage. The latter is +generated automatically, so may be more up-to-date. + +@cindex command line +@cindex runtime options +@cindex options +@c from the manpage +@table @samp +@item --bypass-security +Disables encryption and authentication. +Only useful for debugging. + +@item -c, --config=PATH +Read configuration options from the directory PATH. The default is +@file{/etc/tinc/netname/}. + +@cindex debug level +@item -d, --debug=LEVEL +Set debug level to LEVEL. The higher the debug level, the more gets +logged. Everything goes via syslog. + +@item -K, --generate-keys[=BITS] +Generate public/private keypair of BITS length. If BITS is not specified, +1024 is the default. tinc will ask where you want to store the files, +but will default to the configuration directory (you can use the -c or -n option +in combination with -K). After that, tinc will quit. + +@item --help +Display a short reminder of these runtime options and terminate. + +@item -k, --kill[=SIGNAL] +Attempt to kill a running tincd (optionally with the specified SIGNAL instead of SIGTERM) and exit. +Use it in conjunction with the -n option to make sure you kill the right tinc daemon. + +@item -n, --net=NETNAME +Connect to net NETNAME. @xref{Multiple networks}. + +@item -D, --no-detach +Don't fork and detach. +This will also disable the automatic restart mechanism for fatal errors. + +@item --version +Output version information and exit. + +@end table + + +@c ================================================================== +@node Error messages, , Runtime options, Running tinc +@section Error messages + +What follows is a list of the most common error messages you can see +when configuring tinc. Most of these messages are visible in the syslog +only, so keep an eye on it! + +@table @strong +@item Could not open /dev/tap0: No such device + +@itemize +@item You forgot to `modprobe netlink_dev' or `modprobe ethertap'. +@item You forgot to compile `Netlink device emulation' in the kernel. +@end itemize + +@item Can't write to /dev/misc/net/tun: No such device + +@itemize +@item You forgot to `modprobe tun'. +@item You forgot to compile `Universal TUN/TAP driver' in the kernel. +@end itemize + +@item Packet with destination 1.2.3.4 is looping back to us! + +@itemize +@item Something is not configured right. Packets are being sent out to the +virtual network device, but according to the Subnet directives in your host configuration +file, those packets should go to your own host. Most common mistake is that +you have a Subnet line in your host configuration file with a prefix length which is +just as large as the prefix of the virtual network interface. The latter should in almost all +cases be larger. Rethink your configuration. +Note that you will only see this message if you specified a debug +level of 5 or higher! +@item Chances are that a `Subnet = ...' line in the host configuration file of this tinc daemon is wrong. +Change it to a subnet that is accepted locally by another interface, +or if that is not the case, try changing the prefix length into /32. +@end itemize + +@item Network doesn't work, syslog shows only packets of length 46 + +@cindex arp +@example +Jan 1 12:00:00 host tinc.net[1234]: Read packet of length 46 from tap device +Jan 1 12:00:00 host tinc.net[1234]: Trying to look up 0.0.192.168 in connection list failed! +@end example +@itemize +@item Add the `ifconfig $INTERFACE -arp' to tinc-up. +@end itemize + +@item Network address and prefix length do not match! + +@itemize +@item The Subnet field must contain a @emph{network} address. +@item If you only want to use one IP address, set the netmask to /32. +@end itemize + +@item This is a bug: net.c:253: 24: Some error + +@itemize +@item This is something that should not have happened. +Please report this, and tell us exactly what went wrong before you got +this message. In normal operation, these errors should not occur. +@end itemize + +@item Error reading RSA key file `rsa_key.priv': No such file or directory + +@itemize +@item You must specify the complete pathname. +Specifying a relative path does not make sense here. tinc changes its +directory to / when starting (to avoid keeping a mount point busy); and +even if we built in a default directory to look for these files, the key +files are bound to be in a different directory. +@end itemize + +@end table + +@c ================================================================== +@node Technical information, About us, Running tinc, Top +@chapter Technical information + + +@menu +* The connection:: +* The meta-protocol:: +* Security:: +@end menu + + +@c ================================================================== +@node The connection, The meta-protocol, Technical information, Technical information +@section The connection + +@cindex connection +tinc is a daemon that takes VPN data and transmit that to another host +computer over the existing Internet infrastructure. + +@menu +* The UDP tunnel:: +* The meta-connection:: +@end menu + + +@c ================================================================== +@node The UDP tunnel, The meta-connection, The connection, The connection +@subsection The UDP tunnel + +@cindex virtual network device +@cindex frame type +The data itself is read from a character device file, the so-called +@emph{virtual network device}. This device is associated with a network +interface. Any data sent to this interface can be read from the device, +and any data written to the device gets sent from the interface. Data to +and from the device is formatted as if it were a normal Ethernet card, +so a frame is preceded by two MAC addresses and a @emph{frame type} +field. + +So when tinc reads an Ethernet frame from the device, it determines its +type. When tinc is in it's default routing mode, it can handle IPv4 and IPv6 +packets. Depending on the Subnet lines, it will send the packets off to their destination. +In the `switch' and `hub' mode, tinc will use broadcasts and MAC address discovery +to deduce the destination of the packets. +Since the latter modes only depend on the link layer information, +any protocol that runs over Ethernet is supported (for instance IPX and Appletalk). + +After the destination has been determined, a sequence number will be added to the packet. +The packet will then be encrypted and a message authentication +code will be appended. + +@cindex encapsulating +@cindex UDP +When that is done, time has come to actually transport the +packet to the destination computer. We do this by sending the packet +over an UDP connection to the destination host. This is called +@emph{encapsulating}, the VPN packet (though now encrypted) is +encapsulated in another IP datagram. + +When the destination receives this packet, the same thing happens, only +in reverse. So it checks the message authentication code, decrypts the contents of the UDP datagram, +checks the sequence number +and writes the decrypted information to its own virtual network device. + +To let the kernel on the receiving end accept the packet, the destination MAC +address must match that of the virtual network interface. +If tinc is in it's default routing mode, ARP does not work, so the correct destination MAC cannot be set +by the sending daemons. +tinc solves this by always overwriting the +destination MAC address with fe:fd:0:0:0:0. That is also the reason why you must +set the MAC address of your tap interface to that address. + + +@c ================================================================== +@node The meta-connection, , The UDP tunnel, The connection +@subsection The meta-connection + +Having only an UDP connection available is not enough. Though suitable +for transmitting data, we want to be able to reliably send other +information, such as routing and session key information to somebody. + +@cindex TCP +TCP is a better alternative, because it already contains protection +against information being lost, unlike UDP. + +So we establish two connections. One for the encrypted VPN data, and one +for other information, the meta-data. Hence, we call the second +connection the meta-connection. We can now be sure that the +meta-information doesn't get lost on the way to another computer. + +@cindex data-protocol +@cindex meta-protocol +Like with any communication, we must have a protocol, so that everybody +knows what everything stands for, and how she should react. Because we +have two connections, we also have two protocols. The protocol used for +the UDP data is the ``data-protocol,'' the other one is the +``meta-protocol.'' + +The reason we don't use TCP for both protocols is that UDP is much +better for encapsulation, even while it is less reliable. The real +problem is that when TCP would be used to encapsulate a TCP stream +that's on the private network, for every packet sent there would be +three ACKs sent instead of just one. Furthermore, if there would be +a timeout, both TCP streams would sense the timeout, and both would +start re-sending packets. + + +@c ================================================================== +@node The meta-protocol, Security, The connection, Technical information +@section The meta-protocol + +The meta protocol is used to tie all tinc daemons together, and +exchange information about which tinc daemon serves which virtual +subnet. + +The meta protocol consists of requests that can be sent to the other +side. Each request has a unique number and several parameters. All +requests are represented in the standard ASCII character set. It is +possible to use tools such as telnet or netcat to connect to a tinc +daemon and to read and write requests by hand, provided that one +understands the numeric codes sent. + +The authentication scheme is described in @ref{Authentication protocol}. After a +successful authentication, the server and the client will exchange all the +information about other tinc daemons and subnets they know of, so that both +sides (and all the other tinc daemons behind them) have their information +synchronised. + +@cindex ADD_EDGE +@cindex ADD_SUBNET +@example +daemon message +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +origin ADD_EDGE node1 12.23.34.45 655 node2 21.32.43.54 655 222 0 + | | | \___________________/ | +-> options + | | | | +----> weight + | | | +----------------> see below + | | +--> UDP port + | +----------> real address + +------------------> name of node on one side of the edge + +origin ADD_SUBNET node 192.168.1.0/24 + | | +--> prefixlength + | +--------> IPv4 network address + +------------------> owner of this subnet +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +@end example + +@cindex DEL_EDGE +In case a connection between two daemons is closed or broken, DEL_EDGE messages +are sent to inform the other daemons of that fact. Each daemon will calculate a +new route to the the daemons, or mark them unreachable if there isn't any. + +The keys used to encrypt VPN packets are not sent out directly. This is +because it would generate a lot of traffic on VPNs with many daemons, and +chances are that not every tinc daemon will ever send a packet to every +other daemon. Instead, if a daemon needs a key it sends a request for it +via the meta connection of the nearest hop in the direction of the +destination. If any hop on the way has already learned the key, it will +act as a proxy and forward its copy back to the requester. + +@cindex REQ_KEY +@cindex ANS_KEY +@cindex KEY_CHANGED +@example +daemon message +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +daemon REQ_KEY origin destination + | +--> name of the tinc daemon it wants the key from + +----------> name of the daemon that wants the key + +daemon ANS_KEY origin destination 4ae0b0a82d6e0078 91 64 4 + | | \______________/ | | +--> MAC length + | | | | +-----> digest algorithm + | | | +--------> cipher algorithm + | | +--> 128 bits key + | +--> name of the daemon that wants the key + +----------> name of the daemon that uses this key + +daemon KEY_CHANGED origin + +--> daemon that has changed it's packet key +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +@end example + +There is also a mechanism to check if hosts are still alive. Since network +failures or a crash can cause a daemon to be killed without properly +shutting down the TCP connection, this is necessary to keep an up to date +connection list. PINGs are sent at regular intervals, except when there +is also some other traffic. A little bit of salt (random data) is added +with each PING and PONG message, to make sure that long sequences of PING/PONG +messages without any other traffic won't result in known plaintext. + +@cindex PING +@cindex PONG +@example +daemon message +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +origin PING +dest. PONG +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +@end example + +This basically covers what is sent over the meta connection by +tinc. + + +@c ================================================================== +@node Security, , The meta-protocol, Technical information +@section About tinc's encryption and other security-related issues. + +@cindex TINC +@cindex Cabal +tinc got its name from ``TINC,'' short for @emph{There Is No Cabal}; the +alleged Cabal was/is an organisation that was said to keep an eye on the +entire Internet. As this is exactly what you @emph{don't} want, we named +the tinc project after TINC. + +@cindex SVPN +But in order to be ``immune'' to eavesdropping, you'll have to encrypt +your data. Because tinc is a @emph{Secure} VPN (SVPN) daemon, it does +exactly that: encrypt. +tinc by default uses blowfish encryption with 128 bit keys in CBC mode, 32 bit +sequence numbers and 4 byte long message authentication codes to make sure +eavesdroppers cannot get and cannot change any information at all from the +packets they can intercept. The encryption algorithm and message authentication +algorithm can be changed in the configuration. The length of the message +authentication codes is also adjustable. The length of the key for the +encryption algorithm is always the default length used by OpenSSL. + +@menu +* Authentication protocol:: +* Encryption of network packets:: +@end menu + + +@c ================================================================== +@node Authentication protocol, Encryption of network packets, Security, Security +@subsection Authentication protocol + +@cindex authentication +A new scheme for authentication in tinc has been devised, which offers some +improvements over the protocol used in 1.0pre2 and 1.0pre3. Explanation is +below. + +@cindex ID +@cindex META_KEY +@cindex CHALLENGE +@cindex CHAL_REPLY +@cindex ACK +@example +daemon message +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +client + +server + +client ID client 12 + | +---> version + +-------> name of tinc daemon + +server ID server 12 + | +---> version + +-------> name of tinc daemon + +client META_KEY 5f0823a93e35b69e...7086ec7866ce582b + \_________________________________/ + +-> RSAKEYLEN bits totally random string S1, + encrypted with server's public RSA key + +server META_KEY 6ab9c1640388f8f0...45d1a07f8a672630 + \_________________________________/ + +-> RSAKEYLEN bits totally random string S2, + encrypted with client's public RSA key + +From now on: + - the client will symmetrically encrypt outgoing traffic using S1 + - the server will symmetrically encrypt outgoing traffic using S2 + +client CHALLENGE da02add1817c1920989ba6ae2a49cecbda0 + \_________________________________/ + +-> CHALLEN bits totally random string H1 + +server CHALLENGE 57fb4b2ccd70d6bb35a64c142f47e61d57f + \_________________________________/ + +-> CHALLEN bits totally random string H2 + +client CHAL_REPLY 816a86 + +-> 160 bits SHA1 of H2 + +server CHAL_REPLY 928ffe + +-> 160 bits SHA1 of H1 + +After the correct challenge replies are received, both ends have proved +their identity. Further information is exchanged. + +client ACK 655 12.23.34.45 123 0 + | | | +-> options + | | +----> estimated weight + | +------------> IP address of server as seen by client + +--------------------> UDP port of client + +server ACK 655 21.32.43.54 321 0 + | | | +-> options + | | +----> estimated weight + | +------------> IP address of client as seen by server + +--------------------> UDP port of server +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +@end example + +This new scheme has several improvements, both in efficiency and security. + +First of all, the server sends exactly the same kind of messages over the wire +as the client. The previous versions of tinc first authenticated the client, +and then the server. This scheme even allows both sides to send their messages +simultaneously, there is no need to wait for the other to send something first. +This means that any calculations that need to be done upon sending or receiving +a message can also be done in parallel. This is especially important when doing +RSA encryption/decryption. Given that these calculations are the main part of +the CPU time spent for the authentication, speed is improved by a factor 2. + +Second, only one RSA encrypted message is sent instead of two. This reduces the +amount of information attackers can see (and thus use for a cryptographic +attack). It also improves speed by a factor two, making the total speedup a +factor 4. + +Third, and most important: +The symmetric cipher keys are exchanged first, the challenge is done +afterwards. In the previous authentication scheme, because a man-in-the-middle +could pass the challenge/chal_reply phase (by just copying the messages between +the two real tinc daemons), but no information was exchanged that was really +needed to read the rest of the messages, the challenge/chal_reply phase was of +no real use. The man-in-the-middle was only stopped by the fact that only after +the ACK messages were encrypted with the symmetric cipher. Potentially, it +could even send it's own symmetric key to the server (if it knew the server's +public key) and read some of the metadata the server would send it (it was +impossible for the mitm to read actual network packets though). The new scheme +however prevents this. + +This new scheme makes sure that first of all, symmetric keys are exchanged. The +rest of the messages are then encrypted with the symmetric cipher. Then, each +side can only read received messages if they have their private key. The +challenge is there to let the other side know that the private key is really +known, because a challenge reply can only be sent back if the challenge is +decrypted correctly, and that can only be done with knowledge of the private +key. + +Fourth: the first thing that is send via the symmetric cipher encrypted +connection is a totally random string, so that there is no known plaintext (for +an attacker) in the beginning of the encrypted stream. + + +@c ================================================================== +@node Encryption of network packets, , Authentication protocol, Security +@subsection Encryption of network packet +@cindex encryption + +A data packet can only be sent if the encryption key is known to both +parties, and the connection is activated. If the encryption key is not +known, a request is sent to the destination using the meta connection +to retrieve it. The packet is stored in a queue while waiting for the +key to arrive. + +@cindex UDP +The UDP packet containing the network packet from the VPN has the following layout: + +@example +... | IP header | UDP header | seqno | VPN packet | MAC | UDP trailer + \___________________/\_____/ + | | + V +---> digest algorithm + Encrypted with symmetric cipher +@end example + +So, the entire VPN packet is encrypted using a symmetric cipher. A 32 bits +sequence number is added in front of the actual VPN packet, to act as a unique +IV for each packet and to prevent replay attacks. A message authentication code +is added to the UDP packet to prevent alteration of packets. By default the +first 4 bytes of the digest are used for this, but this can be changed using +the MACLength configuration variable. + +@c ================================================================== +@node About us, Concept Index, Technical information, Top +@chapter About us + + +@menu +* Contact Information:: +* Authors:: +@end menu + + +@c ================================================================== +@node Contact Information, Authors, About us, About us +@section Contact information + +@cindex website +tinc's website is at @url{http://tinc.nl.linux.org/}, +this server is located in the Netherlands. + +@cindex IRC +We have an IRC channel on the Open Projects IRC network. Connect to +@uref{http://openprojects.nu/services/irc.html, irc.openprojects.net}, +and join channel #tinc. + + +@c ================================================================== +@node Authors, , Contact Information, About us +@section Authors + +@table @asis +@item Ivo Timmermans (zarq) (@email{itimmermans@@bigfoot.com}) +Main coder/hacker and maintainer of the package. + +@item Guus Sliepen (guus) (@email{guus@@sliepen.warande.net}) +Originator of it all, co-author. + +@item Wessel Dankers (Ubiq) (@email{wsl@@nl.linux.org}) +For the name `tinc' and various suggestions. + +@end table + +We have received a lot of valuable input from users. With their help, +tinc has become the flexible and robust tool that it is today. We have +composed a list of contributions, in the file called @file{THANKS} in +the source distribution. + + +@c ================================================================== +@node Concept Index, , About us, Top +@c node-name, next, previous, up +@unnumbered Concept Index + +@c ================================================================== +@printindex cp + + +@c ================================================================== +@contents +@bye diff --git a/doc/tincd.8 b/doc/tincd.8 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..831bbb1 --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/tincd.8 @@ -0,0 +1,174 @@ +.Dd 2002-03-25 +.Dt TINCD 8 +.\" Manual page created by: +.\" Ivo Timmermans +.\" Guus Sliepen +.Sh NAME +.Nm tincd +.Nd tinc VPN daemon +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.Nm +.Op Fl cdDkKn +.Op Fl -bypass-security +.Op Fl -config Ns = Ns Ar DIR +.Op Fl -debug Ns = Ns Ar LEVEL +.Op Fl -generate-keys Ns Op = Ns Ar BITS +.Op Fl -help +.Op Fl -kill Ns = Ns Ar SIGNAL +.Op Fl -net Ns = Ns Ar NETNAME +.Op Fl -no-detach +.Op Fl -version +.Sh DESCRIPTION +This is the daemon of tinc, a secure virtual private network (VPN) project. +When started, +.Nm +will read it's configuration file to determine what virtual subnets it has to serve +and to what other tinc daemons it should connect. +It will connect to the ethertap or tun/tap device +and set up a socket for incoming connections. +Optionally a script will be executed to further configure the virtual device. +If that succeeds, +it will detach from the controlling terminal and continue in the background, +accepting and setting up connections to other tinc daemons +that are part of the virtual private network. +.Sh OPTIONS +.Bl -tag -width indent +.It Fl -bypass-security +Disables encryption and authentication. +Only useful for debugging. +.It Fl c, -config Ns = Ns Ar DIR +Read configuration options from +.Ar DIR . +.It Fl d, -debug Ns Op = Ns Ar LEVEL +Increase debug level or set it to +.Ar LEVEL +(see below). +.It Fl K, -generate-keys Ns Op = Ns Ar BITS +Generate public/private RSA keypair and exit. +If +.Ar BITS +is omitted, the default length will be 1024 bits. +.It Fl -help +Display short list of options. +.It Fl k, -kill Ns Op = Ns Ar SIGNAL +Attempt to kill a running +.Nm +(optionally with the specified +.Ar SIGNAL +instead of SIGTERM) and exit. +.It Fl n, -net Ns = Ns Ar NETNAME +Connect to net +.Ar NETNAME . +.It Fl D, -no-detach +Don't fork and detach. +This will also disable the automatic restart mechanism for fatal errors. +.It Fl -version +Output version information and exit. +.El +.Sh SIGNALS +.Bl -tag -width indent +.It ALRM +Forces +.Nm +to try to connect to all uplinks immediately. +Usually +.Nm +attempts to do this itself, +but increases the time it waits between the attempts each time it failed, +and if +.Nm +didn't succeed to connect to an uplink the first time after it started, +it defaults to the maximum time of 15 minutes. +.It HUP +Closes all connections, rereads the configuration file and restarts the daemon. +.It INT +Temporarily increases debug level to 5. +Send this signal again to revert to the original level. +.It USR1 +Dumps the connection list to syslog. +.It USR2 +Dumps virtual network device statistics, all known nodes, edges and subnets to syslog. +.It WINCH +Purges all information remembered about unreachable nodes. +.El +.Sh DEBUG LEVELS +The tinc daemon can send a lot of messages to the syslog. +The higher the debug level, +the more messages it will log. +Each level inherits all messages of the previous level: +.Bl -tag -width indent +.It 0 +This will log a message indicating +.Nm +has started along with a version number. +It will also any serious error. +.It 1 +This will log all connections that are made with other tinc daemons. +.It 2 +This will log status and error messages from other tinc daemons. +.It 3 +This will log all requests that are exchanged with other tinc daemons. These include +authentication, key exchange and connection list updates. +.It 4 +This will log a copy of everything received on the meta socket. +.It 5 +This will log all network traffic over the virtual private network. +.El +.Sh FILES +.Bl -tag -width indent +.It Pa /etc/tinc/ Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa /tinc.conf +The configuration file for +.Nm . +.It Pa /etc/tinc/ Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa /tinc-up +Script which is executed as soon as the virtual network device has been allocated. +Purpose is to further configure that device. +.It Pa /etc/tinc/ Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa /tinc-down +Script which is executed when +.Nm +exits. +Purpose is to cleanly shut down the virtual network device before it will be deallocated. +.It Pa /etc/tinc/ Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa /hosts/* +The directory containing the host configuration files +used to authenticate other tinc daemons. +.It Pa /etc/tinc/ Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa /hosts/ Ns Ar NAME Ns Pa -up +Script which is executed as soon as host +.Ar NAME +becomes reachable. +.It Pa /etc/tinc/ Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa /hosts/ Ns Ar NAME Ns Pa -down +Script which is executed as soon as host +.Ar NAME +becomes unreachable. +.It Pa /var/run/tinc. Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa .pid +The PID of the currently running +.Nm +is stored in this file. +.El +.Sh BUGS +The +.Va BindToInterface +option may not work correctly. +.Pp +.Sy The cryptography in tinc is not well tested yet. Use it at your own risk! +.Pp +If you find any bugs, report them to tinc@nl.linux.org. +.Sh TODO +A lot, especially security auditing. +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr tinc.conf 5 , +.Pa http://tinc.nl.linux.org/ , +.Pa http://www.cabal.org/ . +.Pp +The full documentation for tinc is maintained as a Texinfo manual. +If the info and tinc programs are properly installed at your site, +the command +.Ic info tinc +should give you access to the complete manual. +.Pp +tinc comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY. +This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it under certain conditions; +see the file COPYING for details. +.Sh AUTHORS +.An "Ivo Timmermans" Aq itimmermans@bigfoot.com +.An "Guus Sliepen" Aq guus@sliepen.warande.net +.Pp +And thanks to many others for their contributions to tinc! diff --git a/install-sh b/install-sh new file mode 100755 index 0000000..e9de238 --- /dev/null +++ b/install-sh @@ -0,0 +1,251 @@ +#!/bin/sh +# +# install - install a program, script, or datafile +# This comes from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh). +# +# Copyright 1991 by the Massachusetts Institute of Technology +# +# Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its +# documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that +# the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that +# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting +# documentation, and that the name of M.I.T. not be used in advertising or +# publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, +# written prior permission. M.I.T. makes no representations about the +# suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" +# without express or implied warranty. +# +# Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent +# `make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it +# when there is no Makefile. +# +# This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written +# from scratch. It can only install one file at a time, a restriction +# shared with many OS's install programs. + + +# set DOITPROG to echo to test this script + +# Don't use :- since 4.3BSD and earlier shells don't like it. +doit="${DOITPROG-}" + + +# put in absolute paths if you don't have them in your path; or use env. vars. + +mvprog="${MVPROG-mv}" +cpprog="${CPPROG-cp}" +chmodprog="${CHMODPROG-chmod}" +chownprog="${CHOWNPROG-chown}" +chgrpprog="${CHGRPPROG-chgrp}" +stripprog="${STRIPPROG-strip}" +rmprog="${RMPROG-rm}" +mkdirprog="${MKDIRPROG-mkdir}" + +transformbasename="" +transform_arg="" +instcmd="$mvprog" +chmodcmd="$chmodprog 0755" +chowncmd="" +chgrpcmd="" +stripcmd="" +rmcmd="$rmprog -f" +mvcmd="$mvprog" +src="" +dst="" +dir_arg="" + +while [ x"$1" != x ]; do + case $1 in + -c) instcmd="$cpprog" + shift + continue;; + + -d) dir_arg=true + shift + continue;; + + -m) chmodcmd="$chmodprog $2" + shift + shift + continue;; + + -o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2" + shift + shift + continue;; + + -g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2" + shift + shift + continue;; + + -s) stripcmd="$stripprog" + shift + continue;; + + -t=*) transformarg=`echo $1 | sed 's/-t=//'` + shift + continue;; + + -b=*) transformbasename=`echo $1 | sed 's/-b=//'` + shift + continue;; + + *) if [ x"$src" = x ] + then + src=$1 + else + # this colon is to work around a 386BSD /bin/sh bug + : + dst=$1 + fi + shift + continue;; + esac +done + +if [ x"$src" = x ] +then + echo "install: no input file specified" + exit 1 +else + true +fi + +if [ x"$dir_arg" != x ]; then + dst=$src + src="" + + if [ -d $dst ]; then + instcmd=: + chmodcmd="" + else + instcmd=mkdir + fi +else + +# Waiting for this to be detected by the "$instcmd $src $dsttmp" command +# might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad +# if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'. + + if [ -f $src -o -d $src ] + then + true + else + echo "install: $src does not exist" + exit 1 + fi + + if [ x"$dst" = x ] + then + echo "install: no destination specified" + exit 1 + else + true + fi + +# If destination is a directory, append the input filename; if your system +# does not like double slashes in filenames, you may need to add some logic + + if [ -d $dst ] + then + dst="$dst"/`basename $src` + else + true + fi +fi + +## this sed command emulates the dirname command +dstdir=`echo $dst | sed -e 's,[^/]*$,,;s,/$,,;s,^$,.,'` + +# Make sure that the destination directory exists. +# this part is taken from Noah Friedman's mkinstalldirs script + +# Skip lots of stat calls in the usual case. +if [ ! -d "$dstdir" ]; then +defaultIFS=' +' +IFS="${IFS-${defaultIFS}}" + +oIFS="${IFS}" +# Some sh's can't handle IFS=/ for some reason. +IFS='%' +set - `echo ${dstdir} | sed -e 's@/@%@g' -e 's@^%@/@'` +IFS="${oIFS}" + +pathcomp='' + +while [ $# -ne 0 ] ; do + pathcomp="${pathcomp}${1}" + shift + + if [ ! -d "${pathcomp}" ] ; + then + $mkdirprog "${pathcomp}" + else + true + fi + + pathcomp="${pathcomp}/" +done +fi + +if [ x"$dir_arg" != x ] +then + $doit $instcmd $dst && + + if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd $dst; else true ; fi && + if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd $dst; else true ; fi && + if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd $dst; else true ; fi && + if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd $dst; else true ; fi +else + +# If we're going to rename the final executable, determine the name now. + + if [ x"$transformarg" = x ] + then + dstfile=`basename $dst` + else + dstfile=`basename $dst $transformbasename | + sed $transformarg`$transformbasename + fi + +# don't allow the sed command to completely eliminate the filename + + if [ x"$dstfile" = x ] + then + dstfile=`basename $dst` + else + true + fi + +# Make a temp file name in the proper directory. + + dsttmp=$dstdir/#inst.$$# + +# Move or copy the file name to the temp name + + $doit $instcmd $src $dsttmp && + + trap "rm -f ${dsttmp}" 0 && + +# and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits + +# If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing. If we want to +# ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore +# errors from the above "$doit $instcmd $src $dsttmp" command. + + if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd $dsttmp; else true;fi && + if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi && + if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi && + if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi && + +# Now rename the file to the real destination. + + $doit $rmcmd -f $dstdir/$dstfile && + $doit $mvcmd $dsttmp $dstdir/$dstfile + +fi && + + +exit 0 diff --git a/intl/ChangeLog b/intl/ChangeLog new file mode 100644 index 0000000..84e2b37 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/ChangeLog @@ -0,0 +1,4 @@ +2001-09-13 GNU + + * Version 0.10.40 released. + diff --git a/intl/Makefile.in b/intl/Makefile.in new file mode 100644 index 0000000..19ed4a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/Makefile.in @@ -0,0 +1,313 @@ +# Makefile for directory with message catalog handling in GNU NLS Utilities. +# Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published +# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) +# any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# Library General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public +# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, +# USA. + +PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ +VERSION = @VERSION@ + +SHELL = /bin/sh + +srcdir = @srcdir@ +top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ +top_builddir = .. +VPATH = @srcdir@ + +prefix = @prefix@ +exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ +transform = @program_transform_name@ +libdir = @libdir@ +includedir = @includedir@ +datadir = @datadir@ +localedir = $(datadir)/locale +gettextsrcdir = $(datadir)/gettext/intl +aliaspath = $(localedir) +subdir = intl + +INSTALL = @INSTALL@ +INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ +MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@ +mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) `case "$(MKINSTALLDIRS)" in /*) echo "$(MKINSTALLDIRS)" ;; *) echo "$(top_builddir)/$(MKINSTALLDIRS)" ;; esac` + +l = @INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX@ + +AR = ar +CC = @CC@ +LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@ +RANLIB = @RANLIB@ +YACC = @INTLBISON@ -y -d +YFLAGS = --name-prefix=__gettext + +DEFS = -DLOCALEDIR=\"$(localedir)\" -DLOCALE_ALIAS_PATH=\"$(aliaspath)\" \ +-DLIBDIR=\"$(libdir)\" @DEFS@ +CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ +CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ +LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ + +COMPILE = $(CC) -c $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS) + +HEADERS = $(COMHDRS) libgnuintl.h libgettext.h loadinfo.h +COMHDRS = gettext.h gettextP.h hash-string.h +SOURCES = $(COMSRCS) intl-compat.c +COMSRCS = bindtextdom.c dcgettext.c dgettext.c gettext.c \ +finddomain.c loadmsgcat.c localealias.c textdomain.c l10nflist.c \ +explodename.c dcigettext.c dcngettext.c dngettext.c ngettext.c plural.y \ +localcharset.c +OBJECTS = @INTLOBJS@ bindtextdom.$lo dcgettext.$lo dgettext.$lo gettext.$lo \ +finddomain.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo localealias.$lo textdomain.$lo l10nflist.$lo \ +explodename.$lo dcigettext.$lo dcngettext.$lo dngettext.$lo ngettext.$lo \ +plural.$lo localcharset.$lo +GETTOBJS = intl-compat.$lo +DISTFILES.common = Makefile.in \ +config.charset locale.alias ref-add.sin ref-del.sin $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) +DISTFILES.generated = plural.c +DISTFILES.normal = VERSION +DISTFILES.gettext = COPYING.LIB-2 COPYING.LIB-2.1 libintl.glibc +DISTFILES.obsolete = xopen-msg.sed linux-msg.sed po2tbl.sed.in cat-compat.c + +# Libtool's library version information for libintl. +# Before making a gettext release, the gettext maintainer must change this +# according to the libtool documentation, section "Library interface versions". +# Maintainers of other packages that include the intl directory must *not* +# change these values. +LTV_CURRENT=1 +LTV_REVISION=1 +LTV_AGE=0 + +.SUFFIXES: +.SUFFIXES: .c .y .o .lo .sin .sed +.c.o: + $(COMPILE) $< +.c.lo: + $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $< + +.y.c: + $(YACC) $(YFLAGS) --output $@ $< + rm -f $*.h + +.sin.sed: + sed -e '/^#/d' -e 's/@''PACKAGE''@/@PACKAGE@/g' $< > t-$@ + mv t-$@ $@ + +INCLUDES = -I.. -I. -I$(top_srcdir)/intl + +all: all-@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@ +all-yes: libintl.$la libintl.h charset.alias ref-add.sed ref-del.sed +all-no: all-no-@BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@ +all-no-yes: libgnuintl.$la +all-no-no: + +libintl.a libgnuintl.a: $(OBJECTS) + rm -f $@ + $(AR) cru $@ $(OBJECTS) + $(RANLIB) $@ + +libintl.la libgnuintl.la: $(OBJECTS) + $(LIBTOOL) --mode=link \ + $(CC) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ \ + $(OBJECTS) @LIBICONV@ \ + -version-info $(LTV_CURRENT):$(LTV_REVISION):$(LTV_AGE) \ + -rpath $(libdir) \ + -no-undefined + +libintl.h: libgnuintl.h + cp $(srcdir)/libgnuintl.h libintl.h + +charset.alias: config.charset + $(SHELL) $(srcdir)/config.charset '@host@' > t-$@ + mv t-$@ $@ + +check: all + +# This installation goal is only used in GNU gettext. Packages which +# only use the library should use install instead. + +# We must not install the libintl.h/libintl.a files if we are on a +# system which has the GNU gettext() function in its C library or in a +# separate library. +# If you want to use the one which comes with this version of the +# package, you have to use `configure --with-included-gettext'. +install: install-exec install-data +install-exec: all + if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext" \ + && test '@INTLOBJS@' = '$(GETTOBJS)'; then \ + $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir) $(DESTDIR)$(includedir); \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) libintl.h $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/libintl.h; \ + $(LIBTOOL) --mode=install \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) libintl.$la $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.$la; \ + else \ + : ; \ + fi + if test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \ + $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir); \ + temp=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/t-charset.alias; \ + dest=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; \ + if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; then \ + orig=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; \ + sed -f ref-add.sed $$orig > $$temp; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \ + rm -f $$temp; \ + else \ + if test @GLIBC21@ = no; then \ + orig=charset.alias; \ + sed -f ref-add.sed $$orig > $$temp; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \ + rm -f $$temp; \ + fi; \ + fi; \ + $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(localedir); \ + test -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias \ + && orig=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias \ + || orig=$(srcdir)/locale.alias; \ + temp=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/t-locale.alias; \ + dest=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; \ + sed -f ref-add.sed $$orig > $$temp; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \ + rm -f $$temp; \ + else \ + : ; \ + fi +install-data: all + if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then \ + $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir); \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) VERSION $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/VERSION; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) ChangeLog.inst $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/ChangeLog; \ + dists="COPYING.LIB-2 COPYING.LIB-2.1 $(DISTFILES.common)"; \ + for file in $$dists; do \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$file \ + $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \ + done; \ + chmod a+x $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/config.charset; \ + dists="$(DISTFILES.generated)"; \ + for file in $$dists; do \ + if test -f $$file; then dir=.; else dir=$(srcdir); fi; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$dir/$$file \ + $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \ + done; \ + dists="$(DISTFILES.obsolete)"; \ + for file in $$dists; do \ + rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \ + done; \ + else \ + : ; \ + fi + +# Define this as empty until I found a useful application. +installcheck: + +uninstall: + if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext" \ + && test '@INTLOBJS@' = '$(GETTOBJS)'; then \ + rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/libintl.h; \ + $(LIBTOOL) --mode=uninstall \ + rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.$la; \ + else \ + : ; \ + fi + if test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \ + if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; then \ + temp=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/t-charset.alias; \ + dest=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; \ + sed -f ref-del.sed $$dest > $$temp; \ + if grep '^# Packages using this file: $$' $$temp > /dev/null; then \ + rm -f $$dest; \ + else \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \ + fi; \ + rm -f $$temp; \ + fi; \ + if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; then \ + temp=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/t-locale.alias; \ + dest=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; \ + sed -f ref-del.sed $$dest > $$temp; \ + if grep '^# Packages using this file: $$' $$temp > /dev/null; then \ + rm -f $$dest; \ + else \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \ + fi; \ + rm -f $$temp; \ + fi; \ + else \ + : ; \ + fi + if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then \ + for file in VERSION ChangeLog COPYING.LIB-2 COPYING.LIB-2.1 $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated); do \ + rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \ + done; \ + else \ + : ; \ + fi + +info dvi: + +$(OBJECTS): ../config.h libgnuintl.h +bindtextdom.$lo finddomain.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo: gettextP.h gettext.h loadinfo.h +dcgettext.$lo: gettextP.h gettext.h hash-string.h loadinfo.h + +tags: TAGS + +TAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) + here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && etags -o $$here/TAGS $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) + +id: ID + +ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) + here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && mkid -f$$here/ID $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) + + +mostlyclean: + rm -f *.a *.la *.o *.lo core core.* + rm -f libintl.h charset.alias ref-add.sed ref-del.sed + rm -f -r .libs _libs + +clean: mostlyclean + +distclean: clean + rm -f Makefile ID TAGS + if test "$(PACKAGE)" = gettext; then \ + rm -f ChangeLog.inst $(DISTFILES.normal); \ + else \ + : ; \ + fi + +maintainer-clean: distclean + @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;" + @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." + + +# GNU gettext needs not contain the file `VERSION' but contains some +# other files which should not be distributed in other packages. +distdir = ../$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir) +dist distdir: Makefile + if test "$(PACKAGE)" = gettext; then \ + additional="$(DISTFILES.gettext)"; \ + else \ + additional="$(DISTFILES.normal)"; \ + fi; \ + $(MAKE) $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated) $$additional; \ + for file in ChangeLog $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated) $$additional; do \ + if test -f $$file; then dir=.; else dir=$(srcdir); fi; \ + ln $$dir/$$file $(distdir) 2> /dev/null \ + || cp -p $$dir/$$file $(distdir); \ + done + +Makefile: Makefile.in ../config.status + cd .. \ + && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status + +# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make not to export all variables. +# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. +.NOEXPORT: diff --git a/intl/VERSION b/intl/VERSION new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cb8a01a --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/VERSION @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +GNU gettext library from gettext-0.10.40 diff --git a/intl/bindtextdom.c b/intl/bindtextdom.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c6a9bd1 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/bindtextdom.c @@ -0,0 +1,369 @@ +/* Implementation of the bindtextdomain(3) function + Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, + USA. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include +#endif + +#include +#include +#include + +#ifdef _LIBC +# include +#else +# include "libgnuintl.h" +#endif +#include "gettextP.h" + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* We have to handle multi-threaded applications. */ +# include +#else +/* Provide dummy implementation if this is outside glibc. */ +# define __libc_rwlock_define(CLASS, NAME) +# define __libc_rwlock_wrlock(NAME) +# define __libc_rwlock_unlock(NAME) +#endif + +/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different + names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs + using libintl.a cannot be linked statically. */ +#if !defined _LIBC +# define _nl_default_dirname _nl_default_dirname__ +# define _nl_domain_bindings _nl_domain_bindings__ +#endif + +/* Some compilers, like SunOS4 cc, don't have offsetof in . */ +#ifndef offsetof +# define offsetof(type,ident) ((size_t)&(((type*)0)->ident)) +#endif + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +/* Contains the default location of the message catalogs. */ +extern const char _nl_default_dirname[]; + +/* List with bindings of specific domains. */ +extern struct binding *_nl_domain_bindings; + +/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation. */ +__libc_rwlock_define (extern, _nl_state_lock) + + +/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash + with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source + code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ + prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# define BINDTEXTDOMAIN __bindtextdomain +# define BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET __bind_textdomain_codeset +# ifndef strdup +# define strdup(str) __strdup (str) +# endif +#else +# define BINDTEXTDOMAIN bindtextdomain__ +# define BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET bind_textdomain_codeset__ +#endif + +/* Prototypes for local functions. */ +static void set_binding_values PARAMS ((const char *domainname, + const char **dirnamep, + const char **codesetp)); + +/* Specifies the directory name *DIRNAMEP and the output codeset *CODESETP + to be used for the DOMAINNAME message catalog. + If *DIRNAMEP or *CODESETP is NULL, the corresponding attribute is not + modified, only the current value is returned. + If DIRNAMEP or CODESETP is NULL, the corresponding attribute is neither + modified nor returned. */ +static void +set_binding_values (domainname, dirnamep, codesetp) + const char *domainname; + const char **dirnamep; + const char **codesetp; +{ + struct binding *binding; + int modified; + + /* Some sanity checks. */ + if (domainname == NULL || domainname[0] == '\0') + { + if (dirnamep) + *dirnamep = NULL; + if (codesetp) + *codesetp = NULL; + return; + } + + __libc_rwlock_wrlock (_nl_state_lock); + + modified = 0; + + for (binding = _nl_domain_bindings; binding != NULL; binding = binding->next) + { + int compare = strcmp (domainname, binding->domainname); + if (compare == 0) + /* We found it! */ + break; + if (compare < 0) + { + /* It is not in the list. */ + binding = NULL; + break; + } + } + + if (binding != NULL) + { + if (dirnamep) + { + const char *dirname = *dirnamep; + + if (dirname == NULL) + /* The current binding has be to returned. */ + *dirnamep = binding->dirname; + else + { + /* The domain is already bound. If the new value and the old + one are equal we simply do nothing. Otherwise replace the + old binding. */ + char *result = binding->dirname; + if (strcmp (dirname, result) != 0) + { + if (strcmp (dirname, _nl_default_dirname) == 0) + result = (char *) _nl_default_dirname; + else + { +#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP + result = strdup (dirname); +#else + size_t len = strlen (dirname) + 1; + result = (char *) malloc (len); + if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1)) + memcpy (result, dirname, len); +#endif + } + + if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1)) + { + if (binding->dirname != _nl_default_dirname) + free (binding->dirname); + + binding->dirname = result; + modified = 1; + } + } + *dirnamep = result; + } + } + + if (codesetp) + { + const char *codeset = *codesetp; + + if (codeset == NULL) + /* The current binding has be to returned. */ + *codesetp = binding->codeset; + else + { + /* The domain is already bound. If the new value and the old + one are equal we simply do nothing. Otherwise replace the + old binding. */ + char *result = binding->codeset; + if (result == NULL || strcmp (codeset, result) != 0) + { +#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP + result = strdup (codeset); +#else + size_t len = strlen (codeset) + 1; + result = (char *) malloc (len); + if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1)) + memcpy (result, codeset, len); +#endif + + if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1)) + { + if (binding->codeset != NULL) + free (binding->codeset); + + binding->codeset = result; + binding->codeset_cntr++; + modified = 1; + } + } + *codesetp = result; + } + } + } + else if ((dirnamep == NULL || *dirnamep == NULL) + && (codesetp == NULL || *codesetp == NULL)) + { + /* Simply return the default values. */ + if (dirnamep) + *dirnamep = _nl_default_dirname; + if (codesetp) + *codesetp = NULL; + } + else + { + /* We have to create a new binding. */ + size_t len = strlen (domainname) + 1; + struct binding *new_binding = + (struct binding *) malloc (offsetof (struct binding, domainname) + len); + + if (__builtin_expect (new_binding == NULL, 0)) + goto failed; + + memcpy (new_binding->domainname, domainname, len); + + if (dirnamep) + { + const char *dirname = *dirnamep; + + if (dirname == NULL) + /* The default value. */ + dirname = _nl_default_dirname; + else + { + if (strcmp (dirname, _nl_default_dirname) == 0) + dirname = _nl_default_dirname; + else + { + char *result; +#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP + result = strdup (dirname); + if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0)) + goto failed_dirname; +#else + size_t len = strlen (dirname) + 1; + result = (char *) malloc (len); + if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0)) + goto failed_dirname; + memcpy (result, dirname, len); +#endif + dirname = result; + } + } + *dirnamep = dirname; + new_binding->dirname = (char *) dirname; + } + else + /* The default value. */ + new_binding->dirname = (char *) _nl_default_dirname; + + new_binding->codeset_cntr = 0; + + if (codesetp) + { + const char *codeset = *codesetp; + + if (codeset != NULL) + { + char *result; + +#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP + result = strdup (codeset); + if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0)) + goto failed_codeset; +#else + size_t len = strlen (codeset) + 1; + result = (char *) malloc (len); + if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0)) + goto failed_codeset; + memcpy (result, codeset, len); +#endif + codeset = result; + new_binding->codeset_cntr++; + } + *codesetp = codeset; + new_binding->codeset = (char *) codeset; + } + else + new_binding->codeset = NULL; + + /* Now enqueue it. */ + if (_nl_domain_bindings == NULL + || strcmp (domainname, _nl_domain_bindings->domainname) < 0) + { + new_binding->next = _nl_domain_bindings; + _nl_domain_bindings = new_binding; + } + else + { + binding = _nl_domain_bindings; + while (binding->next != NULL + && strcmp (domainname, binding->next->domainname) > 0) + binding = binding->next; + + new_binding->next = binding->next; + binding->next = new_binding; + } + + modified = 1; + + /* Here we deal with memory allocation failures. */ + if (0) + { + failed_codeset: + if (new_binding->dirname != _nl_default_dirname) + free (new_binding->dirname); + failed_dirname: + free (new_binding); + failed: + if (dirnamep) + *dirnamep = NULL; + if (codesetp) + *codesetp = NULL; + } + } + + /* If we modified any binding, we flush the caches. */ + if (modified) + ++_nl_msg_cat_cntr; + + __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock); +} + +/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found + in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */ +char * +BINDTEXTDOMAIN (domainname, dirname) + const char *domainname; + const char *dirname; +{ + set_binding_values (domainname, &dirname, NULL); + return (char *) dirname; +} + +/* Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the + DOMAINNAME message catalog will be returned. */ +char * +BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET (domainname, codeset) + const char *domainname; + const char *codeset; +{ + set_binding_values (domainname, NULL, &codeset); + return (char *) codeset; +} + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* Aliases for function names in GNU C Library. */ +weak_alias (__bindtextdomain, bindtextdomain); +weak_alias (__bind_textdomain_codeset, bind_textdomain_codeset); +#endif diff --git a/intl/config.charset b/intl/config.charset new file mode 100755 index 0000000..f4f2611 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/config.charset @@ -0,0 +1,438 @@ +#! /bin/sh +# Output a system dependent table of character encoding aliases. +# +# Copyright (C) 2000-2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published +# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) +# any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# Library General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public +# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, +# USA. +# +# The table consists of lines of the form +# ALIAS CANONICAL +# +# ALIAS is the (system dependent) result of "nl_langinfo (CODESET)". +# ALIAS is compared in a case sensitive way. +# +# CANONICAL is the GNU canonical name for this character encoding. +# It must be an encoding supported by libiconv. Support by GNU libc is +# also desirable. CANONICAL is case insensitive. Usually an upper case +# MIME charset name is preferred. +# The current list of GNU canonical charset names is as follows. +# +# name used by which systems a MIME name? +# ASCII, ANSI_X3.4-1968 glibc solaris freebsd +# ISO-8859-1 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes +# ISO-8859-2 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes +# ISO-8859-3 glibc yes +# ISO-8859-4 osf solaris freebsd yes +# ISO-8859-5 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes +# ISO-8859-6 glibc aix hpux solaris yes +# ISO-8859-7 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris yes +# ISO-8859-8 glibc aix hpux osf solaris yes +# ISO-8859-9 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris yes +# ISO-8859-13 glibc +# ISO-8859-15 glibc aix osf solaris freebsd +# KOI8-R glibc solaris freebsd yes +# KOI8-U glibc freebsd yes +# CP437 dos +# CP775 dos +# CP850 aix osf dos +# CP852 dos +# CP855 dos +# CP856 aix +# CP857 dos +# CP861 dos +# CP862 dos +# CP864 dos +# CP865 dos +# CP866 freebsd dos +# CP869 dos +# CP874 win32 dos +# CP922 aix +# CP932 aix win32 dos +# CP943 aix +# CP949 osf win32 dos +# CP950 win32 dos +# CP1046 aix +# CP1124 aix +# CP1129 aix +# CP1250 win32 +# CP1251 glibc win32 +# CP1252 aix win32 +# CP1253 win32 +# CP1254 win32 +# CP1255 win32 +# CP1256 win32 +# CP1257 win32 +# GB2312 glibc aix hpux irix solaris freebsd yes +# EUC-JP glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes +# EUC-KR glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes +# EUC-TW glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris +# BIG5 glibc aix hpux osf solaris freebsd yes +# BIG5-HKSCS glibc +# GBK aix osf win32 dos +# GB18030 glibc +# SHIFT_JIS hpux osf solaris freebsd yes +# JOHAB glibc win32 +# TIS-620 glibc aix hpux osf solaris +# VISCII glibc yes +# HP-ROMAN8 hpux +# HP-ARABIC8 hpux +# HP-GREEK8 hpux +# HP-HEBREW8 hpux +# HP-TURKISH8 hpux +# HP-KANA8 hpux +# DEC-KANJI osf +# DEC-HANYU osf +# UTF-8 glibc aix hpux osf solaris yes +# +# Note: Names which are not marked as being a MIME name should not be used in +# Internet protocols for information interchange (mail, news, etc.). +# +# Note: ASCII and ANSI_X3.4-1968 are synonymous canonical names. Applications +# must understand both names and treat them as equivalent. +# +# The first argument passed to this file is the canonical host specification, +# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM +# or +# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM + +host="$1" +os=`echo "$host" | sed -e 's/^[^-]*-[^-]*-\(.*\)$/\1/'` +echo "# This file contains a table of character encoding aliases," +echo "# suitable for operating system '${os}'." +echo "# It was automatically generated from config.charset." +# List of references, updated during installation: +echo "# Packages using this file: " +case "$os" in + linux* | *-gnu*) + # With glibc-2.1 or newer, we don't need any canonicalization, + # because glibc has iconv and both glibc and libiconv support all + # GNU canonical names directly. Therefore, the Makefile does not + # need to install the alias file at all. + # The following applies only to glibc-2.0.x and older libcs. + echo "ISO_646.IRV:1983 ASCII" + ;; + aix*) + echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1" + echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2" + echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5" + echo "ISO8859-6 ISO-8859-6" + echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7" + echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8" + echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9" + echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15" + echo "IBM-850 CP850" + echo "IBM-856 CP856" + echo "IBM-921 ISO-8859-13" + echo "IBM-922 CP922" + echo "IBM-932 CP932" + echo "IBM-943 CP943" + echo "IBM-1046 CP1046" + echo "IBM-1124 CP1124" + echo "IBM-1129 CP1129" + echo "IBM-1252 CP1252" + echo "IBM-eucCN GB2312" + echo "IBM-eucJP EUC-JP" + echo "IBM-eucKR EUC-KR" + echo "IBM-eucTW EUC-TW" + echo "big5 BIG5" + echo "GBK GBK" + echo "TIS-620 TIS-620" + echo "UTF-8 UTF-8" + ;; + hpux*) + echo "iso88591 ISO-8859-1" + echo "iso88592 ISO-8859-2" + echo "iso88595 ISO-8859-5" + echo "iso88596 ISO-8859-6" + echo "iso88597 ISO-8859-7" + echo "iso88598 ISO-8859-8" + echo "iso88599 ISO-8859-9" + echo "iso885915 ISO-8859-15" + echo "roman8 HP-ROMAN8" + echo "arabic8 HP-ARABIC8" + echo "greek8 HP-GREEK8" + echo "hebrew8 HP-HEBREW8" + echo "turkish8 HP-TURKISH8" + echo "kana8 HP-KANA8" + echo "tis620 TIS-620" + echo "big5 BIG5" + echo "eucJP EUC-JP" + echo "eucKR EUC-KR" + echo "eucTW EUC-TW" + echo "hp15CN GB2312" + #echo "ccdc ?" # what is this? + echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS" + echo "utf8 UTF-8" + ;; + irix*) + echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1" + echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2" + echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5" + echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7" + echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9" + echo "eucCN GB2312" + echo "eucJP EUC-JP" + echo "eucKR EUC-KR" + echo "eucTW EUC-TW" + ;; + osf*) + echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1" + echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2" + echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4" + echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5" + echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7" + echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8" + echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9" + echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15" + echo "cp850 CP850" + echo "big5 BIG5" + echo "dechanyu DEC-HANYU" + echo "dechanzi GB2312" + echo "deckanji DEC-KANJI" + echo "deckorean EUC-KR" + echo "eucJP EUC-JP" + echo "eucKR EUC-KR" + echo "eucTW EUC-TW" + echo "GBK GBK" + echo "KSC5601 CP949" + echo "sdeckanji EUC-JP" + echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS" + echo "TACTIS TIS-620" + echo "UTF-8 UTF-8" + ;; + solaris*) + echo "646 ASCII" + echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1" + echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2" + echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4" + echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5" + echo "ISO8859-6 ISO-8859-6" + echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7" + echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8" + echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9" + echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15" + echo "koi8-r KOI8-R" + echo "BIG5 BIG5" + echo "gb2312 GB2312" + echo "cns11643 EUC-TW" + echo "5601 EUC-KR" + echo "eucJP EUC-JP" + echo "PCK SHIFT_JIS" + echo "TIS620.2533 TIS-620" + #echo "sun_eu_greek ?" # what is this? + echo "UTF-8 UTF-8" + ;; + freebsd*) + # FreeBSD 4.2 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore + # localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name + # from the environment variables. + echo "C ASCII" + echo "US-ASCII ASCII" + for l in la_LN lt_LN; do + echo "$l.ASCII ASCII" + done + for l in da_DK de_AT de_CH de_DE en_AU en_CA en_GB en_US es_ES \ + fi_FI fr_BE fr_CA fr_CH fr_FR is_IS it_CH it_IT la_LN \ + lt_LN nl_BE nl_NL no_NO pt_PT sv_SE; do + echo "$l.ISO_8859-1 ISO-8859-1" + echo "$l.DIS_8859-15 ISO-8859-15" + done + for l in cs_CZ hr_HR hu_HU la_LN lt_LN pl_PL sl_SI; do + echo "$l.ISO_8859-2 ISO-8859-2" + done + for l in la_LN lt_LT; do + echo "$l.ISO_8859-4 ISO-8859-4" + done + for l in ru_RU ru_SU; do + echo "$l.KOI8-R KOI8-R" + echo "$l.ISO_8859-5 ISO-8859-5" + echo "$l.CP866 CP866" + done + echo "uk_UA.KOI8-U KOI8-U" + echo "zh_TW.BIG5 BIG5" + echo "zh_TW.Big5 BIG5" + echo "zh_CN.EUC GB2312" + echo "ja_JP.EUC EUC-JP" + echo "ja_JP.SJIS SHIFT_JIS" + echo "ja_JP.Shift_JIS SHIFT_JIS" + echo "ko_KR.EUC EUC-KR" + ;; + beos*) + # BeOS has a single locale, and it has UTF-8 encoding. + echo "* UTF-8" + ;; + msdosdjgpp*) + # DJGPP 2.03 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore + # localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name + # from the environment variables. + echo "#" + echo "# The encodings given here may not all be correct." + echo "# If you find that the encoding given for your language and" + echo "# country is not the one your DOS machine actually uses, just" + echo "# correct it in this file, and send a mail to" + echo "# Juan Manuel Guerrero " + echo "# and Bruno Haible ." + echo "#" + echo "C ASCII" + # ISO-8859-1 languages + echo "ca CP850" + echo "ca_ES CP850" + echo "da CP865" # not CP850 ?? + echo "da_DK CP865" # not CP850 ?? + echo "de CP850" + echo "de_AT CP850" + echo "de_CH CP850" + echo "de_DE CP850" + echo "en CP850" + echo "en_AU CP850" # not CP437 ?? + echo "en_CA CP850" + echo "en_GB CP850" + echo "en_NZ CP437" + echo "en_US CP437" + echo "en_ZA CP850" # not CP437 ?? + echo "es CP850" + echo "es_AR CP850" + echo "es_BO CP850" + echo "es_CL CP850" + echo "es_CO CP850" + echo "es_CR CP850" + echo "es_CU CP850" + echo "es_DO CP850" + echo "es_EC CP850" + echo "es_ES CP850" + echo "es_GT CP850" + echo "es_HN CP850" + echo "es_MX CP850" + echo "es_NI CP850" + echo "es_PA CP850" + echo "es_PY CP850" + echo "es_PE CP850" + echo "es_SV CP850" + echo "es_UY CP850" + echo "es_VE CP850" + echo "et CP850" + echo "et_EE CP850" + echo "eu CP850" + echo "eu_ES CP850" + echo "fi CP850" + echo "fi_FI CP850" + echo "fr CP850" + echo "fr_BE CP850" + echo "fr_CA CP850" + echo "fr_CH CP850" + echo "fr_FR CP850" + echo "ga CP850" + echo "ga_IE CP850" + echo "gd CP850" + echo "gd_GB CP850" + echo "gl CP850" + echo "gl_ES CP850" + echo "id CP850" # not CP437 ?? + echo "id_ID CP850" # not CP437 ?? + echo "is CP861" # not CP850 ?? + echo "is_IS CP861" # not CP850 ?? + echo "it CP850" + echo "it_CH CP850" + echo "it_IT CP850" + echo "lt CP775" + echo "lt_LT CP775" + echo "lv CP775" + echo "lv_LV CP775" + echo "nb CP865" # not CP850 ?? + echo "nb_NO CP865" # not CP850 ?? + echo "nl CP850" + echo "nl_BE CP850" + echo "nl_NL CP850" + echo "nn CP865" # not CP850 ?? + echo "nn_NO CP865" # not CP850 ?? + echo "no CP865" # not CP850 ?? + echo "no_NO CP865" # not CP850 ?? + echo "pt CP850" + echo "pt_BR CP850" + echo "pt_PT CP850" + echo "sv CP850" + echo "sv_SE CP850" + # ISO-8859-2 languages + echo "cs CP852" + echo "cs_CZ CP852" + echo "hr CP852" + echo "hr_HR CP852" + echo "hu CP852" + echo "hu_HU CP852" + echo "pl CP852" + echo "pl_PL CP852" + echo "ro CP852" + echo "ro_RO CP852" + echo "sk CP852" + echo "sk_SK CP852" + echo "sl CP852" + echo "sl_SI CP852" + echo "sq CP852" + echo "sq_AL CP852" + echo "sr CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ?? + echo "sr_YU CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ?? + # ISO-8859-3 languages + echo "mt CP850" + echo "mt_MT CP850" + # ISO-8859-5 languages + echo "be CP866" + echo "be_BE CP866" + echo "bg CP866" # not CP855 ?? + echo "bg_BG CP866" # not CP855 ?? + echo "mk CP866" # not CP855 ?? + echo "mk_MK CP866" # not CP855 ?? + echo "ru KOI8-R" # not CP866 ?? + echo "ru_RU KOI8-R" # not CP866 ?? + # ISO-8859-6 languages + echo "ar CP864" + echo "ar_AE CP864" + echo "ar_DZ CP864" + echo "ar_EG CP864" + echo "ar_IQ CP864" + echo "ar_IR CP864" + echo "ar_JO CP864" + echo "ar_KW CP864" + echo "ar_MA CP864" + echo "ar_OM CP864" + echo "ar_QA CP864" + echo "ar_SA CP864" + echo "ar_SY CP864" + # ISO-8859-7 languages + echo "el CP869" + echo "el_GR CP869" + # ISO-8859-8 languages + echo "he CP862" + echo "he_IL CP862" + # ISO-8859-9 languages + echo "tr CP857" + echo "tr_TR CP857" + # Japanese + echo "ja CP932" + echo "ja_JP CP932" + # Chinese + echo "zh_CN GBK" + echo "zh_TW CP950" # not CP938 ?? + # Korean + echo "kr CP949" # not CP934 ?? + echo "kr_KR CP949" # not CP934 ?? + # Thai + echo "th CP874" + echo "th_TH CP874" + # Other + echo "eo CP850" + echo "eo_EO CP850" + ;; +esac diff --git a/intl/dcgettext.c b/intl/dcgettext.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b7c9652 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/dcgettext.c @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +/* Implementation of the dcgettext(3) function. + Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, + USA. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include +#endif + +#include "gettextP.h" +#ifdef _LIBC +# include +#else +# include "libgnuintl.h" +#endif + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash + with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source + code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ + prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext +# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext +#else +# define DCGETTEXT dcgettext__ +# define DCIGETTEXT dcigettext__ +#endif + +/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY + locale. */ +char * +DCGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, category) + const char *domainname; + const char *msgid; + int category; +{ + return DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, NULL, 0, 0, category); +} + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */ +weak_alias (__dcgettext, dcgettext); +#endif diff --git a/intl/dcigettext.c b/intl/dcigettext.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6acde19 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/dcigettext.c @@ -0,0 +1,1259 @@ +/* Implementation of the internal dcigettext function. + Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, + USA. */ + +/* Tell glibc's to provide a prototype for mempcpy(). + This must come before because may include + , and once has been included, it's too late. */ +#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE +# define _GNU_SOURCE 1 +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include +#endif + +#include + +#ifdef __GNUC__ +# define alloca __builtin_alloca +# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1 +#else +# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC +# include +# else +# ifdef _AIX + #pragma alloca +# else +# ifndef alloca +char *alloca (); +# endif +# endif +# endif +#endif + +#include +#ifndef errno +extern int errno; +#endif +#ifndef __set_errno +# define __set_errno(val) errno = (val) +#endif + +#include +#include + +#include +#if !HAVE_STRCHR && !defined _LIBC +# ifndef strchr +# define strchr index +# endif +#endif + +#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC +# include +#endif + +#include + +#if defined HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H || defined _LIBC +# include +#endif + +#include "gettextP.h" +#ifdef _LIBC +# include +#else +# include "libgnuintl.h" +#endif +#include "hash-string.h" + +/* Thread safetyness. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# include +#else +/* Provide dummy implementation if this is outside glibc. */ +# define __libc_lock_define_initialized(CLASS, NAME) +# define __libc_lock_lock(NAME) +# define __libc_lock_unlock(NAME) +# define __libc_rwlock_define_initialized(CLASS, NAME) +# define __libc_rwlock_rdlock(NAME) +# define __libc_rwlock_unlock(NAME) +#endif + +/* Alignment of types. */ +#if defined __GNUC__ && __GNUC__ >= 2 +# define alignof(TYPE) __alignof__ (TYPE) +#else +# define alignof(TYPE) \ + ((int) &((struct { char dummy1; TYPE dummy2; } *) 0)->dummy2) +#endif + +/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different + names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs + using libintl.a cannot be linked statically. */ +#if !defined _LIBC +# define _nl_default_default_domain _nl_default_default_domain__ +# define _nl_current_default_domain _nl_current_default_domain__ +# define _nl_default_dirname _nl_default_dirname__ +# define _nl_domain_bindings _nl_domain_bindings__ +#endif + +/* Some compilers, like SunOS4 cc, don't have offsetof in . */ +#ifndef offsetof +# define offsetof(type,ident) ((size_t)&(((type*)0)->ident)) +#endif + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* Rename the non ANSI C functions. This is required by the standard + because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object + file and the name space must not be polluted. */ +# define getcwd __getcwd +# ifndef stpcpy +# define stpcpy __stpcpy +# endif +# define tfind __tfind +#else +# if !defined HAVE_GETCWD +char *getwd (); +# define getcwd(buf, max) getwd (buf) +# else +char *getcwd (); +# endif +# ifndef HAVE_STPCPY +static char *stpcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, const char *src)); +# endif +# ifndef HAVE_MEMPCPY +static void *mempcpy PARAMS ((void *dest, const void *src, size_t n)); +# endif +#endif + +/* Amount to increase buffer size by in each try. */ +#define PATH_INCR 32 + +/* The following is from pathmax.h. */ +/* Non-POSIX BSD systems might have gcc's limits.h, which doesn't define + PATH_MAX but might cause redefinition warnings when sys/param.h is + later included (as on MORE/BSD 4.3). */ +#if defined _POSIX_VERSION || (defined HAVE_LIMITS_H && !defined __GNUC__) +# include +#endif + +#ifndef _POSIX_PATH_MAX +# define _POSIX_PATH_MAX 255 +#endif + +#if !defined PATH_MAX && defined _PC_PATH_MAX +# define PATH_MAX (pathconf ("/", _PC_PATH_MAX) < 1 ? 1024 : pathconf ("/", _PC_PATH_MAX)) +#endif + +/* Don't include sys/param.h if it already has been. */ +#if defined HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H && !defined PATH_MAX && !defined MAXPATHLEN +# include +#endif + +#if !defined PATH_MAX && defined MAXPATHLEN +# define PATH_MAX MAXPATHLEN +#endif + +#ifndef PATH_MAX +# define PATH_MAX _POSIX_PATH_MAX +#endif + +/* Pathname support. + ISSLASH(C) tests whether C is a directory separator character. + IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) tests whether P is an absolute path. If it is not, + it may be concatenated to a directory pathname. + IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) tests whether P contains a directory specification. + */ +#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__ + /* Win32, OS/2, DOS */ +# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\') +# define HAS_DEVICE(P) \ + ((((P)[0] >= 'A' && (P)[0] <= 'Z') || ((P)[0] >= 'a' && (P)[0] <= 'z')) \ + && (P)[1] == ':') +# define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) (ISSLASH ((P)[0]) || HAS_DEVICE (P)) +# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) \ + (strchr (P, '/') != NULL || strchr (P, '\\') != NULL || HAS_DEVICE (P)) +#else + /* Unix */ +# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/') +# define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) ISSLASH ((P)[0]) +# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) (strchr (P, '/') != NULL) +#endif + +/* XPG3 defines the result of `setlocale (category, NULL)' as: + ``Directs `setlocale()' to query `category' and return the current + setting of `local'.'' + However it does not specify the exact format. Neither do SUSV2 and + ISO C 99. So we can use this feature only on selected systems (e.g. + those using GNU C Library). */ +#if defined _LIBC || (defined __GNU_LIBRARY__ && __GNU_LIBRARY__ >= 2) +# define HAVE_LOCALE_NULL +#endif + +/* This is the type used for the search tree where known translations + are stored. */ +struct known_translation_t +{ + /* Domain in which to search. */ + char *domainname; + + /* The category. */ + int category; + + /* State of the catalog counter at the point the string was found. */ + int counter; + + /* Catalog where the string was found. */ + struct loaded_l10nfile *domain; + + /* And finally the translation. */ + const char *translation; + size_t translation_length; + + /* Pointer to the string in question. */ + char msgid[ZERO]; +}; + +/* Root of the search tree with known translations. We can use this + only if the system provides the `tsearch' function family. */ +#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC +# include + +static void *root; + +# ifdef _LIBC +# define tsearch __tsearch +# endif + +/* Function to compare two entries in the table of known translations. */ +static int transcmp PARAMS ((const void *p1, const void *p2)); +static int +transcmp (p1, p2) + const void *p1; + const void *p2; +{ + const struct known_translation_t *s1; + const struct known_translation_t *s2; + int result; + + s1 = (const struct known_translation_t *) p1; + s2 = (const struct known_translation_t *) p2; + + result = strcmp (s1->msgid, s2->msgid); + if (result == 0) + { + result = strcmp (s1->domainname, s2->domainname); + if (result == 0) + /* We compare the category last (though this is the cheapest + operation) since it is hopefully always the same (namely + LC_MESSAGES). */ + result = s1->category - s2->category; + } + + return result; +} +#endif + +/* Name of the default domain used for gettext(3) prior any call to + textdomain(3). The default value for this is "messages". */ +const char _nl_default_default_domain[] = "messages"; + +/* Value used as the default domain for gettext(3). */ +const char *_nl_current_default_domain = _nl_default_default_domain; + +/* Contains the default location of the message catalogs. */ +const char _nl_default_dirname[] = LOCALEDIR; + +/* List with bindings of specific domains created by bindtextdomain() + calls. */ +struct binding *_nl_domain_bindings; + +/* Prototypes for local functions. */ +static char *plural_lookup PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *domain, + unsigned long int n, + const char *translation, + size_t translation_len)) + internal_function; +static unsigned long int plural_eval PARAMS ((struct expression *pexp, + unsigned long int n)) + internal_function; +static const char *category_to_name PARAMS ((int category)) internal_function; +static const char *guess_category_value PARAMS ((int category, + const char *categoryname)) + internal_function; + + +/* For those loosing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add + some additional code emulating it. */ +#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA +/* Nothing has to be done. */ +# define ADD_BLOCK(list, address) /* nothing */ +# define FREE_BLOCKS(list) /* nothing */ +#else +struct block_list +{ + void *address; + struct block_list *next; +}; +# define ADD_BLOCK(list, addr) \ + do { \ + struct block_list *newp = (struct block_list *) malloc (sizeof (*newp)); \ + /* If we cannot get a free block we cannot add the new element to \ + the list. */ \ + if (newp != NULL) { \ + newp->address = (addr); \ + newp->next = (list); \ + (list) = newp; \ + } \ + } while (0) +# define FREE_BLOCKS(list) \ + do { \ + while (list != NULL) { \ + struct block_list *old = list; \ + list = list->next; \ + free (old); \ + } \ + } while (0) +# undef alloca +# define alloca(size) (malloc (size)) +#endif /* have alloca */ + + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* List of blocks allocated for translations. */ +typedef struct transmem_list +{ + struct transmem_list *next; + char data[ZERO]; +} transmem_block_t; +static struct transmem_list *transmem_list; +#else +typedef unsigned char transmem_block_t; +#endif + + +/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash + with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source + code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ + prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext +#else +# define DCIGETTEXT dcigettext__ +#endif + +/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +__libc_rwlock_define_initialized (, _nl_state_lock) +#endif + +/* Checking whether the binaries runs SUID must be done and glibc provides + easier methods therefore we make a difference here. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# define ENABLE_SECURE __libc_enable_secure +# define DETERMINE_SECURE +#else +# ifndef HAVE_GETUID +# define getuid() 0 +# endif +# ifndef HAVE_GETGID +# define getgid() 0 +# endif +# ifndef HAVE_GETEUID +# define geteuid() getuid() +# endif +# ifndef HAVE_GETEGID +# define getegid() getgid() +# endif +static int enable_secure; +# define ENABLE_SECURE (enable_secure == 1) +# define DETERMINE_SECURE \ + if (enable_secure == 0) \ + { \ + if (getuid () != geteuid () || getgid () != getegid ()) \ + enable_secure = 1; \ + else \ + enable_secure = -1; \ + } +#endif + +/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current + CATEGORY locale and, if PLURAL is nonzero, search over string + depending on the plural form determined by N. */ +char * +DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, plural, n, category) + const char *domainname; + const char *msgid1; + const char *msgid2; + int plural; + unsigned long int n; + int category; +{ +#ifndef HAVE_ALLOCA + struct block_list *block_list = NULL; +#endif + struct loaded_l10nfile *domain; + struct binding *binding; + const char *categoryname; + const char *categoryvalue; + char *dirname, *xdomainname; + char *single_locale; + char *retval; + size_t retlen; + int saved_errno; +#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC + struct known_translation_t *search; + struct known_translation_t **foundp = NULL; + size_t msgid_len; +#endif + size_t domainname_len; + + /* If no real MSGID is given return NULL. */ + if (msgid1 == NULL) + return NULL; + + __libc_rwlock_rdlock (_nl_state_lock); + + /* If DOMAINNAME is NULL, we are interested in the default domain. If + CATEGORY is not LC_MESSAGES this might not make much sense but the + definition left this undefined. */ + if (domainname == NULL) + domainname = _nl_current_default_domain; + +#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC + msgid_len = strlen (msgid1) + 1; + + /* Try to find the translation among those which we found at + some time. */ + search = (struct known_translation_t *) + alloca (offsetof (struct known_translation_t, msgid) + msgid_len); + memcpy (search->msgid, msgid1, msgid_len); + search->domainname = (char *) domainname; + search->category = category; + + foundp = (struct known_translation_t **) tfind (search, &root, transcmp); + if (foundp != NULL && (*foundp)->counter == _nl_msg_cat_cntr) + { + /* Now deal with plural. */ + if (plural) + retval = plural_lookup ((*foundp)->domain, n, (*foundp)->translation, + (*foundp)->translation_length); + else + retval = (char *) (*foundp)->translation; + + __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock); + return retval; + } +#endif + + /* Preserve the `errno' value. */ + saved_errno = errno; + + /* See whether this is a SUID binary or not. */ + DETERMINE_SECURE; + + /* First find matching binding. */ + for (binding = _nl_domain_bindings; binding != NULL; binding = binding->next) + { + int compare = strcmp (domainname, binding->domainname); + if (compare == 0) + /* We found it! */ + break; + if (compare < 0) + { + /* It is not in the list. */ + binding = NULL; + break; + } + } + + if (binding == NULL) + dirname = (char *) _nl_default_dirname; + else if (IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (binding->dirname)) + dirname = binding->dirname; + else + { + /* We have a relative path. Make it absolute now. */ + size_t dirname_len = strlen (binding->dirname) + 1; + size_t path_max; + char *ret; + + path_max = (unsigned int) PATH_MAX; + path_max += 2; /* The getcwd docs say to do this. */ + + for (;;) + { + dirname = (char *) alloca (path_max + dirname_len); + ADD_BLOCK (block_list, dirname); + + __set_errno (0); + ret = getcwd (dirname, path_max); + if (ret != NULL || errno != ERANGE) + break; + + path_max += path_max / 2; + path_max += PATH_INCR; + } + + if (ret == NULL) + { + /* We cannot get the current working directory. Don't signal an + error but simply return the default string. */ + FREE_BLOCKS (block_list); + __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock); + __set_errno (saved_errno); + return (plural == 0 + ? (char *) msgid1 + /* Use the Germanic plural rule. */ + : n == 1 ? (char *) msgid1 : (char *) msgid2); + } + + stpcpy (stpcpy (strchr (dirname, '\0'), "/"), binding->dirname); + } + + /* Now determine the symbolic name of CATEGORY and its value. */ + categoryname = category_to_name (category); + categoryvalue = guess_category_value (category, categoryname); + + domainname_len = strlen (domainname); + xdomainname = (char *) alloca (strlen (categoryname) + + domainname_len + 5); + ADD_BLOCK (block_list, xdomainname); + + stpcpy (mempcpy (stpcpy (stpcpy (xdomainname, categoryname), "/"), + domainname, domainname_len), + ".mo"); + + /* Creating working area. */ + single_locale = (char *) alloca (strlen (categoryvalue) + 1); + ADD_BLOCK (block_list, single_locale); + + + /* Search for the given string. This is a loop because we perhaps + got an ordered list of languages to consider for the translation. */ + while (1) + { + /* Make CATEGORYVALUE point to the next element of the list. */ + while (categoryvalue[0] != '\0' && categoryvalue[0] == ':') + ++categoryvalue; + if (categoryvalue[0] == '\0') + { + /* The whole contents of CATEGORYVALUE has been searched but + no valid entry has been found. We solve this situation + by implicitly appending a "C" entry, i.e. no translation + will take place. */ + single_locale[0] = 'C'; + single_locale[1] = '\0'; + } + else + { + char *cp = single_locale; + while (categoryvalue[0] != '\0' && categoryvalue[0] != ':') + *cp++ = *categoryvalue++; + *cp = '\0'; + + /* When this is a SUID binary we must not allow accessing files + outside the dedicated directories. */ + if (ENABLE_SECURE && IS_PATH_WITH_DIR (single_locale)) + /* Ingore this entry. */ + continue; + } + + /* If the current locale value is C (or POSIX) we don't load a + domain. Return the MSGID. */ + if (strcmp (single_locale, "C") == 0 + || strcmp (single_locale, "POSIX") == 0) + { + FREE_BLOCKS (block_list); + __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock); + __set_errno (saved_errno); + return (plural == 0 + ? (char *) msgid1 + /* Use the Germanic plural rule. */ + : n == 1 ? (char *) msgid1 : (char *) msgid2); + } + + + /* Find structure describing the message catalog matching the + DOMAINNAME and CATEGORY. */ + domain = _nl_find_domain (dirname, single_locale, xdomainname, binding); + + if (domain != NULL) + { + retval = _nl_find_msg (domain, binding, msgid1, &retlen); + + if (retval == NULL) + { + int cnt; + + for (cnt = 0; domain->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt) + { + retval = _nl_find_msg (domain->successor[cnt], binding, + msgid1, &retlen); + + if (retval != NULL) + { + domain = domain->successor[cnt]; + break; + } + } + } + + if (retval != NULL) + { + /* Found the translation of MSGID1 in domain DOMAIN: + starting at RETVAL, RETLEN bytes. */ + FREE_BLOCKS (block_list); + __set_errno (saved_errno); +#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC + if (foundp == NULL) + { + /* Create a new entry and add it to the search tree. */ + struct known_translation_t *newp; + + newp = (struct known_translation_t *) + malloc (offsetof (struct known_translation_t, msgid) + + msgid_len + domainname_len + 1); + if (newp != NULL) + { + newp->domainname = + mempcpy (newp->msgid, msgid1, msgid_len); + memcpy (newp->domainname, domainname, domainname_len + 1); + newp->category = category; + newp->counter = _nl_msg_cat_cntr; + newp->domain = domain; + newp->translation = retval; + newp->translation_length = retlen; + + /* Insert the entry in the search tree. */ + foundp = (struct known_translation_t **) + tsearch (newp, &root, transcmp); + if (foundp == NULL + || __builtin_expect (*foundp != newp, 0)) + /* The insert failed. */ + free (newp); + } + } + else + { + /* We can update the existing entry. */ + (*foundp)->counter = _nl_msg_cat_cntr; + (*foundp)->domain = domain; + (*foundp)->translation = retval; + (*foundp)->translation_length = retlen; + } +#endif + /* Now deal with plural. */ + if (plural) + retval = plural_lookup (domain, n, retval, retlen); + + __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock); + return retval; + } + } + } + /* NOTREACHED */ +} + + +char * +internal_function +_nl_find_msg (domain_file, domainbinding, msgid, lengthp) + struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file; + struct binding *domainbinding; + const char *msgid; + size_t *lengthp; +{ + struct loaded_domain *domain; + size_t act; + char *result; + size_t resultlen; + + if (domain_file->decided == 0) + _nl_load_domain (domain_file, domainbinding); + + if (domain_file->data == NULL) + return NULL; + + domain = (struct loaded_domain *) domain_file->data; + + /* Locate the MSGID and its translation. */ + if (domain->hash_size > 2 && domain->hash_tab != NULL) + { + /* Use the hashing table. */ + nls_uint32 len = strlen (msgid); + nls_uint32 hash_val = hash_string (msgid); + nls_uint32 idx = hash_val % domain->hash_size; + nls_uint32 incr = 1 + (hash_val % (domain->hash_size - 2)); + + while (1) + { + nls_uint32 nstr = W (domain->must_swap, domain->hash_tab[idx]); + + if (nstr == 0) + /* Hash table entry is empty. */ + return NULL; + + /* Compare msgid with the original string at index nstr-1. + We compare the lengths with >=, not ==, because plural entries + are represented by strings with an embedded NUL. */ + if (W (domain->must_swap, domain->orig_tab[nstr - 1].length) >= len + && (strcmp (msgid, + domain->data + W (domain->must_swap, + domain->orig_tab[nstr - 1].offset)) + == 0)) + { + act = nstr - 1; + goto found; + } + + if (idx >= domain->hash_size - incr) + idx -= domain->hash_size - incr; + else + idx += incr; + } + /* NOTREACHED */ + } + else + { + /* Try the default method: binary search in the sorted array of + messages. */ + size_t top, bottom; + + bottom = 0; + top = domain->nstrings; + while (bottom < top) + { + int cmp_val; + + act = (bottom + top) / 2; + cmp_val = strcmp (msgid, (domain->data + + W (domain->must_swap, + domain->orig_tab[act].offset))); + if (cmp_val < 0) + top = act; + else if (cmp_val > 0) + bottom = act + 1; + else + goto found; + } + /* No translation was found. */ + return NULL; + } + + found: + /* The translation was found at index ACT. If we have to convert the + string to use a different character set, this is the time. */ + result = ((char *) domain->data + + W (domain->must_swap, domain->trans_tab[act].offset)); + resultlen = W (domain->must_swap, domain->trans_tab[act].length) + 1; + +#if defined _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV + if (domain->codeset_cntr + != (domainbinding != NULL ? domainbinding->codeset_cntr : 0)) + { + /* The domain's codeset has changed through bind_textdomain_codeset() + since the message catalog was initialized or last accessed. We + have to reinitialize the converter. */ + _nl_free_domain_conv (domain); + _nl_init_domain_conv (domain_file, domain, domainbinding); + } + + if ( +# ifdef _LIBC + domain->conv != (__gconv_t) -1 +# else +# if HAVE_ICONV + domain->conv != (iconv_t) -1 +# endif +# endif + ) + { + /* We are supposed to do a conversion. First allocate an + appropriate table with the same structure as the table + of translations in the file, where we can put the pointers + to the converted strings in. + There is a slight complication with plural entries. They + are represented by consecutive NUL terminated strings. We + handle this case by converting RESULTLEN bytes, including + NULs. */ + + if (domain->conv_tab == NULL + && ((domain->conv_tab = (char **) calloc (domain->nstrings, + sizeof (char *))) + == NULL)) + /* Mark that we didn't succeed allocating a table. */ + domain->conv_tab = (char **) -1; + + if (__builtin_expect (domain->conv_tab == (char **) -1, 0)) + /* Nothing we can do, no more memory. */ + goto converted; + + if (domain->conv_tab[act] == NULL) + { + /* We haven't used this string so far, so it is not + translated yet. Do this now. */ + /* We use a bit more efficient memory handling. + We allocate always larger blocks which get used over + time. This is faster than many small allocations. */ + __libc_lock_define_initialized (static, lock) +# define INITIAL_BLOCK_SIZE 4080 + static unsigned char *freemem; + static size_t freemem_size; + + const unsigned char *inbuf; + unsigned char *outbuf; + int malloc_count; +# ifndef _LIBC + transmem_block_t *transmem_list = NULL; +# endif + + __libc_lock_lock (lock); + + inbuf = (const unsigned char *) result; + outbuf = freemem + sizeof (size_t); + + malloc_count = 0; + while (1) + { + transmem_block_t *newmem; +# ifdef _LIBC + size_t non_reversible; + int res; + + if (freemem_size < sizeof (size_t)) + goto resize_freemem; + + res = __gconv (domain->conv, + &inbuf, inbuf + resultlen, + &outbuf, + outbuf + freemem_size - sizeof (size_t), + &non_reversible); + + if (res == __GCONV_OK || res == __GCONV_EMPTY_INPUT) + break; + + if (res != __GCONV_FULL_OUTPUT) + { + __libc_lock_unlock (lock); + goto converted; + } + + inbuf = result; +# else +# if HAVE_ICONV + const char *inptr = (const char *) inbuf; + size_t inleft = resultlen; + char *outptr = (char *) outbuf; + size_t outleft; + + if (freemem_size < sizeof (size_t)) + goto resize_freemem; + + outleft = freemem_size - sizeof (size_t); + if (iconv (domain->conv, + (ICONV_CONST char **) &inptr, &inleft, + &outptr, &outleft) + != (size_t) (-1)) + { + outbuf = (unsigned char *) outptr; + break; + } + if (errno != E2BIG) + { + __libc_lock_unlock (lock); + goto converted; + } +# endif +# endif + + resize_freemem: + /* We must allocate a new buffer or resize the old one. */ + if (malloc_count > 0) + { + ++malloc_count; + freemem_size = malloc_count * INITIAL_BLOCK_SIZE; + newmem = (transmem_block_t *) realloc (transmem_list, + freemem_size); +# ifdef _LIBC + if (newmem != NULL) + transmem_list = transmem_list->next; + else + { + struct transmem_list *old = transmem_list; + + transmem_list = transmem_list->next; + free (old); + } +# endif + } + else + { + malloc_count = 1; + freemem_size = INITIAL_BLOCK_SIZE; + newmem = (transmem_block_t *) malloc (freemem_size); + } + if (__builtin_expect (newmem == NULL, 0)) + { + freemem = NULL; + freemem_size = 0; + __libc_lock_unlock (lock); + goto converted; + } + +# ifdef _LIBC + /* Add the block to the list of blocks we have to free + at some point. */ + newmem->next = transmem_list; + transmem_list = newmem; + + freemem = newmem->data; + freemem_size -= offsetof (struct transmem_list, data); +# else + transmem_list = newmem; + freemem = newmem; +# endif + + outbuf = freemem + sizeof (size_t); + } + + /* We have now in our buffer a converted string. Put this + into the table of conversions. */ + *(size_t *) freemem = outbuf - freemem - sizeof (size_t); + domain->conv_tab[act] = (char *) freemem; + /* Shrink freemem, but keep it aligned. */ + freemem_size -= outbuf - freemem; + freemem = outbuf; + freemem += freemem_size & (alignof (size_t) - 1); + freemem_size = freemem_size & ~ (alignof (size_t) - 1); + + __libc_lock_unlock (lock); + } + + /* Now domain->conv_tab[act] contains the translation of all + the plural variants. */ + result = domain->conv_tab[act] + sizeof (size_t); + resultlen = *(size_t *) domain->conv_tab[act]; + } + + converted: + /* The result string is converted. */ + +#endif /* _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV */ + + *lengthp = resultlen; + return result; +} + + +/* Look up a plural variant. */ +static char * +internal_function +plural_lookup (domain, n, translation, translation_len) + struct loaded_l10nfile *domain; + unsigned long int n; + const char *translation; + size_t translation_len; +{ + struct loaded_domain *domaindata = (struct loaded_domain *) domain->data; + unsigned long int index; + const char *p; + + index = plural_eval (domaindata->plural, n); + if (index >= domaindata->nplurals) + /* This should never happen. It means the plural expression and the + given maximum value do not match. */ + index = 0; + + /* Skip INDEX strings at TRANSLATION. */ + p = translation; + while (index-- > 0) + { +#ifdef _LIBC + p = __rawmemchr (p, '\0'); +#else + p = strchr (p, '\0'); +#endif + /* And skip over the NUL byte. */ + p++; + + if (p >= translation + translation_len) + /* This should never happen. It means the plural expression + evaluated to a value larger than the number of variants + available for MSGID1. */ + return (char *) translation; + } + return (char *) p; +} + + +/* Function to evaluate the plural expression and return an index value. */ +static unsigned long int +internal_function +plural_eval (pexp, n) + struct expression *pexp; + unsigned long int n; +{ + switch (pexp->nargs) + { + case 0: + switch (pexp->operation) + { + case var: + return n; + case num: + return pexp->val.num; + default: + break; + } + /* NOTREACHED */ + break; + case 1: + { + /* pexp->operation must be lnot. */ + unsigned long int arg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n); + return ! arg; + } + case 2: + { + unsigned long int leftarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n); + if (pexp->operation == lor) + return leftarg || plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n); + else if (pexp->operation == land) + return leftarg && plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n); + else + { + unsigned long int rightarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n); + + switch (pexp->operation) + { + case mult: + return leftarg * rightarg; + case divide: + return leftarg / rightarg; + case module: + return leftarg % rightarg; + case plus: + return leftarg + rightarg; + case minus: + return leftarg - rightarg; + case less_than: + return leftarg < rightarg; + case greater_than: + return leftarg > rightarg; + case less_or_equal: + return leftarg <= rightarg; + case greater_or_equal: + return leftarg >= rightarg; + case equal: + return leftarg == rightarg; + case not_equal: + return leftarg != rightarg; + default: + break; + } + } + /* NOTREACHED */ + break; + } + case 3: + { + /* pexp->operation must be qmop. */ + unsigned long int boolarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n); + return plural_eval (pexp->val.args[boolarg ? 1 : 2], n); + } + } + /* NOTREACHED */ + return 0; +} + + +/* Return string representation of locale CATEGORY. */ +static const char * +internal_function +category_to_name (category) + int category; +{ + const char *retval; + + switch (category) + { +#ifdef LC_COLLATE + case LC_COLLATE: + retval = "LC_COLLATE"; + break; +#endif +#ifdef LC_CTYPE + case LC_CTYPE: + retval = "LC_CTYPE"; + break; +#endif +#ifdef LC_MONETARY + case LC_MONETARY: + retval = "LC_MONETARY"; + break; +#endif +#ifdef LC_NUMERIC + case LC_NUMERIC: + retval = "LC_NUMERIC"; + break; +#endif +#ifdef LC_TIME + case LC_TIME: + retval = "LC_TIME"; + break; +#endif +#ifdef LC_MESSAGES + case LC_MESSAGES: + retval = "LC_MESSAGES"; + break; +#endif +#ifdef LC_RESPONSE + case LC_RESPONSE: + retval = "LC_RESPONSE"; + break; +#endif +#ifdef LC_ALL + case LC_ALL: + /* This might not make sense but is perhaps better than any other + value. */ + retval = "LC_ALL"; + break; +#endif + default: + /* If you have a better idea for a default value let me know. */ + retval = "LC_XXX"; + } + + return retval; +} + +/* Guess value of current locale from value of the environment variables. */ +static const char * +internal_function +guess_category_value (category, categoryname) + int category; + const char *categoryname; +{ + const char *language; + const char *retval; + + /* The highest priority value is the `LANGUAGE' environment + variable. But we don't use the value if the currently selected + locale is the C locale. This is a GNU extension. */ + language = getenv ("LANGUAGE"); + if (language != NULL && language[0] == '\0') + language = NULL; + + /* We have to proceed with the POSIX methods of looking to `LC_ALL', + `LC_xxx', and `LANG'. On some systems this can be done by the + `setlocale' function itself. */ +#if defined _LIBC || (defined HAVE_SETLOCALE && defined HAVE_LC_MESSAGES && defined HAVE_LOCALE_NULL) + retval = setlocale (category, NULL); +#else + /* Setting of LC_ALL overwrites all other. */ + retval = getenv ("LC_ALL"); + if (retval == NULL || retval[0] == '\0') + { + /* Next comes the name of the desired category. */ + retval = getenv (categoryname); + if (retval == NULL || retval[0] == '\0') + { + /* Last possibility is the LANG environment variable. */ + retval = getenv ("LANG"); + if (retval == NULL || retval[0] == '\0') + /* We use C as the default domain. POSIX says this is + implementation defined. */ + return "C"; + } + } +#endif + + return language != NULL && strcmp (retval, "C") != 0 ? language : retval; +} + +/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */ + +/* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library. So we + avoid the non-standard function stpcpy. In GNU C Library this + function is available, though. Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY + to be defined. */ +#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY +static char * +stpcpy (dest, src) + char *dest; + const char *src; +{ + while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0') + /* Do nothing. */ ; + return dest - 1; +} +#endif + +#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_MEMPCPY +static void * +mempcpy (dest, src, n) + void *dest; + const void *src; + size_t n; +{ + return (void *) ((char *) memcpy (dest, src, n) + n); +} +#endif + + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* If we want to free all resources we have to do some work at + program's end. */ +static void __attribute__ ((unused)) +free_mem (void) +{ + void *old; + + while (_nl_domain_bindings != NULL) + { + struct binding *oldp = _nl_domain_bindings; + _nl_domain_bindings = _nl_domain_bindings->next; + if (oldp->dirname != _nl_default_dirname) + /* Yes, this is a pointer comparison. */ + free (oldp->dirname); + free (oldp->codeset); + free (oldp); + } + + if (_nl_current_default_domain != _nl_default_default_domain) + /* Yes, again a pointer comparison. */ + free ((char *) _nl_current_default_domain); + + /* Remove the search tree with the known translations. */ + __tdestroy (root, free); + root = NULL; + + while (transmem_list != NULL) + { + old = transmem_list; + transmem_list = transmem_list->next; + free (old); + } +} + +text_set_element (__libc_subfreeres, free_mem); +#endif diff --git a/intl/dcngettext.c b/intl/dcngettext.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c16af21 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/dcngettext.c @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +/* Implementation of the dcngettext(3) function. + Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, + USA. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include +#endif + +#include "gettextP.h" +#ifdef _LIBC +# include +#else +# include "libgnuintl.h" +#endif + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash + with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source + code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ + prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext +# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext +#else +# define DCNGETTEXT dcngettext__ +# define DCIGETTEXT dcigettext__ +#endif + +/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY + locale. */ +char * +DCNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category) + const char *domainname; + const char *msgid1; + const char *msgid2; + unsigned long int n; + int category; +{ + return DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, 1, n, category); +} + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */ +weak_alias (__dcngettext, dcngettext); +#endif diff --git a/intl/dgettext.c b/intl/dgettext.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3651207 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/dgettext.c @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +/* Implementation of the dgettext(3) function. + Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, + USA. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include +#endif + +#include + +#include "gettextP.h" +#ifdef _LIBC +# include +#else +# include "libgnuintl.h" +#endif + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash + with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source + code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ + prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# define DGETTEXT __dgettext +# define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext +#else +# define DGETTEXT dgettext__ +# define DCGETTEXT dcgettext__ +#endif + +/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog of the current + LC_MESSAGES locale. */ +char * +DGETTEXT (domainname, msgid) + const char *domainname; + const char *msgid; +{ + return DCGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES); +} + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */ +weak_alias (__dgettext, dgettext); +#endif diff --git a/intl/dngettext.c b/intl/dngettext.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f214e95 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/dngettext.c @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +/* Implementation of the dngettext(3) function. + Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, + USA. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include +#endif + +#include + +#include "gettextP.h" +#ifdef _LIBC +# include +#else +# include "libgnuintl.h" +#endif + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash + with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source + code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ + prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# define DNGETTEXT __dngettext +# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext +#else +# define DNGETTEXT dngettext__ +# define DCNGETTEXT dcngettext__ +#endif + +/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog of the current + LC_MESSAGES locale and skip message according to the plural form. */ +char * +DNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n) + const char *domainname; + const char *msgid1; + const char *msgid2; + unsigned long int n; +{ + return DCNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES); +} + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */ +weak_alias (__dngettext, dngettext); +#endif diff --git a/intl/explodename.c b/intl/explodename.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2985064 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/explodename.c @@ -0,0 +1,192 @@ +/* Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Contributed by Ulrich Drepper , 1995. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, + USA. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include +#endif + +#include +#include +#include + +#include "loadinfo.h" + +/* On some strange systems still no definition of NULL is found. Sigh! */ +#ifndef NULL +# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__ +# define NULL ((void *) 0) +# else +# define NULL 0 +# endif +#endif + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +char * +_nl_find_language (name) + const char *name; +{ + while (name[0] != '\0' && name[0] != '_' && name[0] != '@' + && name[0] != '+' && name[0] != ',') + ++name; + + return (char *) name; +} + + +int +_nl_explode_name (name, language, modifier, territory, codeset, + normalized_codeset, special, sponsor, revision) + char *name; + const char **language; + const char **modifier; + const char **territory; + const char **codeset; + const char **normalized_codeset; + const char **special; + const char **sponsor; + const char **revision; +{ + enum { undecided, xpg, cen } syntax; + char *cp; + int mask; + + *modifier = NULL; + *territory = NULL; + *codeset = NULL; + *normalized_codeset = NULL; + *special = NULL; + *sponsor = NULL; + *revision = NULL; + + /* Now we determine the single parts of the locale name. First + look for the language. Termination symbols are `_' and `@' if + we use XPG4 style, and `_', `+', and `,' if we use CEN syntax. */ + mask = 0; + syntax = undecided; + *language = cp = name; + cp = _nl_find_language (*language); + + if (*language == cp) + /* This does not make sense: language has to be specified. Use + this entry as it is without exploding. Perhaps it is an alias. */ + cp = strchr (*language, '\0'); + else if (cp[0] == '_') + { + /* Next is the territory. */ + cp[0] = '\0'; + *territory = ++cp; + + while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '.' && cp[0] != '@' + && cp[0] != '+' && cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_') + ++cp; + + mask |= TERRITORY; + + if (cp[0] == '.') + { + /* Next is the codeset. */ + syntax = xpg; + cp[0] = '\0'; + *codeset = ++cp; + + while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '@') + ++cp; + + mask |= XPG_CODESET; + + if (*codeset != cp && (*codeset)[0] != '\0') + { + *normalized_codeset = _nl_normalize_codeset (*codeset, + cp - *codeset); + if (strcmp (*codeset, *normalized_codeset) == 0) + free ((char *) *normalized_codeset); + else + mask |= XPG_NORM_CODESET; + } + } + } + + if (cp[0] == '@' || (syntax != xpg && cp[0] == '+')) + { + /* Next is the modifier. */ + syntax = cp[0] == '@' ? xpg : cen; + cp[0] = '\0'; + *modifier = ++cp; + + while (syntax == cen && cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '+' + && cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_') + ++cp; + + mask |= XPG_MODIFIER | CEN_AUDIENCE; + } + + if (syntax != xpg && (cp[0] == '+' || cp[0] == ',' || cp[0] == '_')) + { + syntax = cen; + + if (cp[0] == '+') + { + /* Next is special application (CEN syntax). */ + cp[0] = '\0'; + *special = ++cp; + + while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_') + ++cp; + + mask |= CEN_SPECIAL; + } + + if (cp[0] == ',') + { + /* Next is sponsor (CEN syntax). */ + cp[0] = '\0'; + *sponsor = ++cp; + + while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '_') + ++cp; + + mask |= CEN_SPONSOR; + } + + if (cp[0] == '_') + { + /* Next is revision (CEN syntax). */ + cp[0] = '\0'; + *revision = ++cp; + + mask |= CEN_REVISION; + } + } + + /* For CEN syntax values it might be important to have the + separator character in the file name, not for XPG syntax. */ + if (syntax == xpg) + { + if (*territory != NULL && (*territory)[0] == '\0') + mask &= ~TERRITORY; + + if (*codeset != NULL && (*codeset)[0] == '\0') + mask &= ~XPG_CODESET; + + if (*modifier != NULL && (*modifier)[0] == '\0') + mask &= ~XPG_MODIFIER; + } + + return mask; +} diff --git a/intl/finddomain.c b/intl/finddomain.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2f103d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/finddomain.c @@ -0,0 +1,198 @@ +/* Handle list of needed message catalogs + Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Written by Ulrich Drepper , 1995. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, + USA. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include +#endif + +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC +# include +#endif + +#include "gettextP.h" +#ifdef _LIBC +# include +#else +# include "libgnuintl.h" +#endif + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ +/* List of already loaded domains. */ +static struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_loaded_domains; + + +/* Return a data structure describing the message catalog described by + the DOMAINNAME and CATEGORY parameters with respect to the currently + established bindings. */ +struct loaded_l10nfile * +internal_function +_nl_find_domain (dirname, locale, domainname, domainbinding) + const char *dirname; + char *locale; + const char *domainname; + struct binding *domainbinding; +{ + struct loaded_l10nfile *retval; + const char *language; + const char *modifier; + const char *territory; + const char *codeset; + const char *normalized_codeset; + const char *special; + const char *sponsor; + const char *revision; + const char *alias_value; + int mask; + + /* LOCALE can consist of up to four recognized parts for the XPG syntax: + + language[_territory[.codeset]][@modifier] + + and six parts for the CEN syntax: + + language[_territory][+audience][+special][,[sponsor][_revision]] + + Beside the first part all of them are allowed to be missing. If + the full specified locale is not found, the less specific one are + looked for. The various parts will be stripped off according to + the following order: + (1) revision + (2) sponsor + (3) special + (4) codeset + (5) normalized codeset + (6) territory + (7) audience/modifier + */ + + /* If we have already tested for this locale entry there has to + be one data set in the list of loaded domains. */ + retval = _nl_make_l10nflist (&_nl_loaded_domains, dirname, + strlen (dirname) + 1, 0, locale, NULL, NULL, + NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, domainname, 0); + if (retval != NULL) + { + /* We know something about this locale. */ + int cnt; + + if (retval->decided == 0) + _nl_load_domain (retval, domainbinding); + + if (retval->data != NULL) + return retval; + + for (cnt = 0; retval->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt) + { + if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided == 0) + _nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt], domainbinding); + + if (retval->successor[cnt]->data != NULL) + break; + } + return cnt >= 0 ? retval : NULL; + /* NOTREACHED */ + } + + /* See whether the locale value is an alias. If yes its value + *overwrites* the alias name. No test for the original value is + done. */ + alias_value = _nl_expand_alias (locale); + if (alias_value != NULL) + { +#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP + locale = strdup (alias_value); + if (locale == NULL) + return NULL; +#else + size_t len = strlen (alias_value) + 1; + locale = (char *) malloc (len); + if (locale == NULL) + return NULL; + + memcpy (locale, alias_value, len); +#endif + } + + /* Now we determine the single parts of the locale name. First + look for the language. Termination symbols are `_' and `@' if + we use XPG4 style, and `_', `+', and `,' if we use CEN syntax. */ + mask = _nl_explode_name (locale, &language, &modifier, &territory, + &codeset, &normalized_codeset, &special, + &sponsor, &revision); + + /* Create all possible locale entries which might be interested in + generalization. */ + retval = _nl_make_l10nflist (&_nl_loaded_domains, dirname, + strlen (dirname) + 1, mask, language, territory, + codeset, normalized_codeset, modifier, special, + sponsor, revision, domainname, 1); + if (retval == NULL) + /* This means we are out of core. */ + return NULL; + + if (retval->decided == 0) + _nl_load_domain (retval, domainbinding); + if (retval->data == NULL) + { + int cnt; + for (cnt = 0; retval->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt) + { + if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided == 0) + _nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt], domainbinding); + if (retval->successor[cnt]->data != NULL) + break; + } + } + + /* The room for an alias was dynamically allocated. Free it now. */ + if (alias_value != NULL) + free (locale); + + /* The space for normalized_codeset is dynamically allocated. Free it. */ + if (mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) + free ((void *) normalized_codeset); + + return retval; +} + + +#ifdef _LIBC +static void __attribute__ ((unused)) +free_mem (void) +{ + struct loaded_l10nfile *runp = _nl_loaded_domains; + + while (runp != NULL) + { + struct loaded_l10nfile *here = runp; + if (runp->data != NULL) + _nl_unload_domain ((struct loaded_domain *) runp->data); + runp = runp->next; + free ((char *) here->filename); + free (here); + } +} + +text_set_element (__libc_subfreeres, free_mem); +#endif diff --git a/intl/gettext.c b/intl/gettext.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..22a6c24 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/gettext.c @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ +/* Implementation of gettext(3) function. + Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, + USA. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include +#endif + +#ifdef _LIBC +# define __need_NULL +# include +#else +# include /* Just for NULL. */ +#endif + +#include "gettextP.h" +#ifdef _LIBC +# include +#else +# include "libgnuintl.h" +#endif + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash + with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source + code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ + prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# define GETTEXT __gettext +# define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext +#else +# define GETTEXT gettext__ +# define DCGETTEXT dcgettext__ +#endif + +/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current + LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default + text). */ +char * +GETTEXT (msgid) + const char *msgid; +{ + return DCGETTEXT (NULL, msgid, LC_MESSAGES); +} + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */ +weak_alias (__gettext, gettext); +#endif diff --git a/intl/gettext.h b/intl/gettext.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6f5d760 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/gettext.h @@ -0,0 +1,102 @@ +/* Description of GNU message catalog format: general file layout. + Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, + USA. */ + +#ifndef _GETTEXT_H +#define _GETTEXT_H 1 + +#if HAVE_LIMITS_H || _LIBC +# include +#endif + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +/* The magic number of the GNU message catalog format. */ +#define _MAGIC 0x950412de +#define _MAGIC_SWAPPED 0xde120495 + +/* Revision number of the currently used .mo (binary) file format. */ +#define MO_REVISION_NUMBER 0 + +/* The following contortions are an attempt to use the C preprocessor + to determine an unsigned integral type that is 32 bits wide. An + alternative approach is to use autoconf's AC_CHECK_SIZEOF macro, but + as of version autoconf-2.13, the AC_CHECK_SIZEOF macro doesn't work + when cross-compiling. */ + +#if __STDC__ +# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 4294967295U +#else +# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 0xFFFFFFFF +#endif + +/* If UINT_MAX isn't defined, assume it's a 32-bit type. + This should be valid for all systems GNU cares about because + that doesn't include 16-bit systems, and only modern systems + (that certainly have ) have 64+-bit integral types. */ + +#ifndef UINT_MAX +# define UINT_MAX UINT_MAX_32_BITS +#endif + +#if UINT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS +typedef unsigned nls_uint32; +#else +# if USHRT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS +typedef unsigned short nls_uint32; +# else +# if ULONG_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS +typedef unsigned long nls_uint32; +# else + /* The following line is intended to throw an error. Using #error is + not portable enough. */ + "Cannot determine unsigned 32-bit data type." +# endif +# endif +#endif + + +/* Header for binary .mo file format. */ +struct mo_file_header +{ + /* The magic number. */ + nls_uint32 magic; + /* The revision number of the file format. */ + nls_uint32 revision; + /* The number of strings pairs. */ + nls_uint32 nstrings; + /* Offset of table with start offsets of original strings. */ + nls_uint32 orig_tab_offset; + /* Offset of table with start offsets of translation strings. */ + nls_uint32 trans_tab_offset; + /* Size of hashing table. */ + nls_uint32 hash_tab_size; + /* Offset of first hashing entry. */ + nls_uint32 hash_tab_offset; +}; + +struct string_desc +{ + /* Length of addressed string. */ + nls_uint32 length; + /* Offset of string in file. */ + nls_uint32 offset; +}; + +/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */ + +#endif /* gettext.h */ diff --git a/intl/gettextP.h b/intl/gettextP.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..43de1cd --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/gettextP.h @@ -0,0 +1,252 @@ +/* Header describing internals of libintl library. + Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Written by Ulrich Drepper , 1995. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, + USA. */ + +#ifndef _GETTEXTP_H +#define _GETTEXTP_H + +#include /* Get size_t. */ + +#ifdef _LIBC +# include "../iconv/gconv_int.h" +#else +# if HAVE_ICONV +# include +# endif +#endif + +#include "loadinfo.h" + +#include "gettext.h" /* Get nls_uint32. */ + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +#ifndef PARAMS +# if __STDC__ +# define PARAMS(args) args +# else +# define PARAMS(args) () +# endif +#endif + +#ifndef internal_function +# define internal_function +#endif + +/* Tell the compiler when a conditional or integer expression is + almost always true or almost always false. */ +#ifndef HAVE_BUILTIN_EXPECT +# define __builtin_expect(expr, val) (expr) +#endif + +#ifndef W +# define W(flag, data) ((flag) ? SWAP (data) : (data)) +#endif + + +#ifdef _LIBC +# include +# define SWAP(i) bswap_32 (i) +#else +static inline nls_uint32 +SWAP (i) + nls_uint32 i; +{ + return (i << 24) | ((i & 0xff00) << 8) | ((i >> 8) & 0xff00) | (i >> 24); +} +#endif + + +/* This is the representation of the expressions to determine the + plural form. */ +struct expression +{ + int nargs; /* Number of arguments. */ + enum operator + { + /* Without arguments: */ + var, /* The variable "n". */ + num, /* Decimal number. */ + /* Unary operators: */ + lnot, /* Logical NOT. */ + /* Binary operators: */ + mult, /* Multiplication. */ + divide, /* Division. */ + module, /* Module operation. */ + plus, /* Addition. */ + minus, /* Subtraction. */ + less_than, /* Comparison. */ + greater_than, /* Comparison. */ + less_or_equal, /* Comparison. */ + greater_or_equal, /* Comparison. */ + equal, /* Comparision for equality. */ + not_equal, /* Comparision for inequality. */ + land, /* Logical AND. */ + lor, /* Logical OR. */ + /* Ternary operators: */ + qmop /* Question mark operator. */ + } operation; + union + { + unsigned long int num; /* Number value for `num'. */ + struct expression *args[3]; /* Up to three arguments. */ + } val; +}; + +/* This is the data structure to pass information to the parser and get + the result in a thread-safe way. */ +struct parse_args +{ + const char *cp; + struct expression *res; +}; + + +/* The representation of an opened message catalog. */ +struct loaded_domain +{ + const char *data; + int use_mmap; + size_t mmap_size; + int must_swap; + nls_uint32 nstrings; + struct string_desc *orig_tab; + struct string_desc *trans_tab; + nls_uint32 hash_size; + nls_uint32 *hash_tab; + int codeset_cntr; +#ifdef _LIBC + __gconv_t conv; +#else +# if HAVE_ICONV + iconv_t conv; +# endif +#endif + char **conv_tab; + + struct expression *plural; + unsigned long int nplurals; +}; + +/* We want to allocate a string at the end of the struct. But ISO C + doesn't allow zero sized arrays. */ +#ifdef __GNUC__ +# define ZERO 0 +#else +# define ZERO 1 +#endif + +/* A set of settings bound to a message domain. Used to store settings + from bindtextdomain() and bind_textdomain_codeset(). */ +struct binding +{ + struct binding *next; + char *dirname; + int codeset_cntr; /* Incremented each time codeset changes. */ + char *codeset; + char domainname[ZERO]; +}; + +/* A counter which is incremented each time some previous translations + become invalid. + This variable is part of the external ABI of the GNU libintl. */ +extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr; + +struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_find_domain PARAMS ((const char *__dirname, + char *__locale, + const char *__domainname, + struct binding *__domainbinding)) + internal_function; +void _nl_load_domain PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *__domain, + struct binding *__domainbinding)) + internal_function; +void _nl_unload_domain PARAMS ((struct loaded_domain *__domain)) + internal_function; +const char *_nl_init_domain_conv PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *__domain_file, + struct loaded_domain *__domain, + struct binding *__domainbinding)) + internal_function; +void _nl_free_domain_conv PARAMS ((struct loaded_domain *__domain)) + internal_function; + +char *_nl_find_msg PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file, + struct binding *domainbinding, + const char *msgid, size_t *lengthp)) + internal_function; + +#ifdef _LIBC +extern char *__gettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid)); +extern char *__dgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, + const char *__msgid)); +extern char *__dcgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, + const char *__msgid, int __category)); +extern char *__ngettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, + unsigned long int __n)); +extern char *__dngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, + const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, + unsigned long int n)); +extern char *__dcngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, + const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, + unsigned long int __n, int __category)); +extern char *__dcigettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, + const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, + int __plural, unsigned long int __n, + int __category)); +extern char *__textdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname)); +extern char *__bindtextdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, + const char *__dirname)); +extern char *__bind_textdomain_codeset PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, + const char *__codeset)); +#else +extern char *gettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__msgid)); +extern char *dgettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, + const char *__msgid)); +extern char *dcgettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, + const char *__msgid, int __category)); +extern char *ngettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, + unsigned long int __n)); +extern char *dngettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, + const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, + unsigned long int __n)); +extern char *dcngettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, + const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, + unsigned long int __n, int __category)); +extern char *dcigettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, + const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, + int __plural, unsigned long int __n, + int __category)); +extern char *textdomain__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname)); +extern char *bindtextdomain__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, + const char *__dirname)); +extern char *bind_textdomain_codeset__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, + const char *__codeset)); +#endif + +#ifdef _LIBC +extern void __gettext_free_exp PARAMS ((struct expression *exp)) + internal_function; +extern int __gettextparse PARAMS ((void *arg)); +#else +extern void gettext_free_exp__ PARAMS ((struct expression *exp)) + internal_function; +extern int gettextparse__ PARAMS ((void *arg)); +#endif + +/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */ + +#endif /* gettextP.h */ diff --git a/intl/hash-string.h b/intl/hash-string.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ccb7acc --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/hash-string.h @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +/* Description of GNU message catalog format: string hashing function. + Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, + USA. */ + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +#ifndef PARAMS +# if __STDC__ +# define PARAMS(Args) Args +# else +# define PARAMS(Args) () +# endif +#endif + +/* We assume to have `unsigned long int' value with at least 32 bits. */ +#define HASHWORDBITS 32 + + +/* Defines the so called `hashpjw' function by P.J. Weinberger + [see Aho/Sethi/Ullman, COMPILERS: Principles, Techniques and Tools, + 1986, 1987 Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc.] */ +static unsigned long int hash_string PARAMS ((const char *__str_param)); + +static inline unsigned long int +hash_string (str_param) + const char *str_param; +{ + unsigned long int hval, g; + const char *str = str_param; + + /* Compute the hash value for the given string. */ + hval = 0; + while (*str != '\0') + { + hval <<= 4; + hval += (unsigned long int) *str++; + g = hval & ((unsigned long int) 0xf << (HASHWORDBITS - 4)); + if (g != 0) + { + hval ^= g >> (HASHWORDBITS - 8); + hval ^= g; + } + } + return hval; +} diff --git a/intl/intl-compat.c b/intl/intl-compat.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0a06ce9 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/intl-compat.c @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +/* intl-compat.c - Stub functions to call gettext functions from GNU gettext + Library. + Copyright (C) 1995, 2000, 2001 Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, + USA. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include +#endif + +#include "libgnuintl.h" +#include "gettextP.h" + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +/* This file redirects the gettext functions (without prefix or suffix) to + those defined in the included GNU gettext library (with "__" suffix). + It is compiled into libintl when the included GNU gettext library is + configured --with-included-gettext. + + This redirection works also in the case that the system C library or + the system libintl library contain gettext/textdomain/... functions. + If it didn't, we would need to add preprocessor level redirections to + libgnuintl.h of the following form: + +# define gettext gettext__ +# define dgettext dgettext__ +# define dcgettext dcgettext__ +# define ngettext ngettext__ +# define dngettext dngettext__ +# define dcngettext dcngettext__ +# define textdomain textdomain__ +# define bindtextdomain bindtextdomain__ +# define bind_textdomain_codeset bind_textdomain_codeset__ + + How does this redirection work? There are two cases. + A. When libintl.a is linked into an executable, it works because + functions defined in the executable always override functions in + the shared libraries. + B. When libintl.so is used, it works because + 1. those systems defining gettext/textdomain/... in the C library + (namely, Solaris 2.4 and newer, and GNU libc 2.0 and newer) are + ELF systems and define these symbols as weak, thus explicitly + letting other shared libraries override it. + 2. those systems defining gettext/textdomain/... in a standalone + libintl.so library (namely, Solaris 2.3 and newer) have this + shared library in /usr/lib, and the linker will search /usr/lib + *after* the directory where the GNU gettext library is installed. + + A third case, namely when libintl.a is linked into a shared library + whose name is not libintl.so, is not supported. In this case, on + Solaris, when -lintl precedes the linker option for the shared library + containing GNU gettext, the system's gettext would indeed override + the GNU gettext. Anyone doing this kind of stuff must be clever enough + to 1. compile libintl.a with -fPIC, 2. remove -lintl from his linker + command line. */ + + +#undef gettext +#undef dgettext +#undef dcgettext +#undef ngettext +#undef dngettext +#undef dcngettext +#undef textdomain +#undef bindtextdomain +#undef bind_textdomain_codeset + + +char * +gettext (msgid) + const char *msgid; +{ + return gettext__ (msgid); +} + + +char * +dgettext (domainname, msgid) + const char *domainname; + const char *msgid; +{ + return dgettext__ (domainname, msgid); +} + + +char * +dcgettext (domainname, msgid, category) + const char *domainname; + const char *msgid; + int category; +{ + return dcgettext__ (domainname, msgid, category); +} + + +char * +ngettext (msgid1, msgid2, n) + const char *msgid1; + const char *msgid2; + unsigned long int n; +{ + return ngettext__ (msgid1, msgid2, n); +} + + +char * +dngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n) + const char *domainname; + const char *msgid1; + const char *msgid2; + unsigned long int n; +{ + return dngettext__ (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n); +} + + +char * +dcngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category) + const char *domainname; + const char *msgid1; + const char *msgid2; + unsigned long int n; + int category; +{ + return dcngettext__ (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category); +} + + +char * +textdomain (domainname) + const char *domainname; +{ + return textdomain__ (domainname); +} + + +char * +bindtextdomain (domainname, dirname) + const char *domainname; + const char *dirname; +{ + return bindtextdomain__ (domainname, dirname); +} + + +char * +bind_textdomain_codeset (domainname, codeset) + const char *domainname; + const char *codeset; +{ + return bind_textdomain_codeset__ (domainname, codeset); +} diff --git a/intl/l10nflist.c b/intl/l10nflist.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..533e94b --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/l10nflist.c @@ -0,0 +1,405 @@ +/* Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Contributed by Ulrich Drepper , 1995. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, + USA. */ + +/* Tell glibc's to provide a prototype for stpcpy(). + This must come before because may include + , and once has been included, it's too late. */ +#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE +# define _GNU_SOURCE 1 +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include +#endif + +#include +#if !HAVE_STRCHR && !defined _LIBC +# ifndef strchr +# define strchr index +# endif +#endif + +#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_ARGZ_H +# include +#endif +#include +#include +#include + +#include "loadinfo.h" + +/* On some strange systems still no definition of NULL is found. Sigh! */ +#ifndef NULL +# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__ +# define NULL ((void *) 0) +# else +# define NULL 0 +# endif +#endif + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* Rename the non ANSI C functions. This is required by the standard + because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object + file and the name space must not be polluted. */ +# ifndef stpcpy +# define stpcpy(dest, src) __stpcpy(dest, src) +# endif +#else +# ifndef HAVE_STPCPY +static char *stpcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, const char *src)); +# endif +#endif + +/* Define function which are usually not available. */ + +#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT +/* Returns the number of strings in ARGZ. */ +static size_t argz_count__ PARAMS ((const char *argz, size_t len)); + +static size_t +argz_count__ (argz, len) + const char *argz; + size_t len; +{ + size_t count = 0; + while (len > 0) + { + size_t part_len = strlen (argz); + argz += part_len + 1; + len -= part_len + 1; + count++; + } + return count; +} +# undef __argz_count +# define __argz_count(argz, len) argz_count__ (argz, len) +#endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT */ + +#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY +/* Make '\0' separated arg vector ARGZ printable by converting all the '\0's + except the last into the character SEP. */ +static void argz_stringify__ PARAMS ((char *argz, size_t len, int sep)); + +static void +argz_stringify__ (argz, len, sep) + char *argz; + size_t len; + int sep; +{ + while (len > 0) + { + size_t part_len = strlen (argz); + argz += part_len; + len -= part_len + 1; + if (len > 0) + *argz++ = sep; + } +} +# undef __argz_stringify +# define __argz_stringify(argz, len, sep) argz_stringify__ (argz, len, sep) +#endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY */ + +#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT +static char *argz_next__ PARAMS ((char *argz, size_t argz_len, + const char *entry)); + +static char * +argz_next__ (argz, argz_len, entry) + char *argz; + size_t argz_len; + const char *entry; +{ + if (entry) + { + if (entry < argz + argz_len) + entry = strchr (entry, '\0') + 1; + + return entry >= argz + argz_len ? NULL : (char *) entry; + } + else + if (argz_len > 0) + return argz; + else + return 0; +} +# undef __argz_next +# define __argz_next(argz, len, entry) argz_next__ (argz, len, entry) +#endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT */ + + +/* Return number of bits set in X. */ +static int pop PARAMS ((int x)); + +static inline int +pop (x) + int x; +{ + /* We assume that no more than 16 bits are used. */ + x = ((x & ~0x5555) >> 1) + (x & 0x5555); + x = ((x & ~0x3333) >> 2) + (x & 0x3333); + x = ((x >> 4) + x) & 0x0f0f; + x = ((x >> 8) + x) & 0xff; + + return x; +} + + +struct loaded_l10nfile * +_nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dirlist, dirlist_len, mask, language, + territory, codeset, normalized_codeset, modifier, special, + sponsor, revision, filename, do_allocate) + struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list; + const char *dirlist; + size_t dirlist_len; + int mask; + const char *language; + const char *territory; + const char *codeset; + const char *normalized_codeset; + const char *modifier; + const char *special; + const char *sponsor; + const char *revision; + const char *filename; + int do_allocate; +{ + char *abs_filename; + struct loaded_l10nfile *last = NULL; + struct loaded_l10nfile *retval; + char *cp; + size_t entries; + int cnt; + + /* Allocate room for the full file name. */ + abs_filename = (char *) malloc (dirlist_len + + strlen (language) + + ((mask & TERRITORY) != 0 + ? strlen (territory) + 1 : 0) + + ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0 + ? strlen (codeset) + 1 : 0) + + ((mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0 + ? strlen (normalized_codeset) + 1 : 0) + + (((mask & XPG_MODIFIER) != 0 + || (mask & CEN_AUDIENCE) != 0) + ? strlen (modifier) + 1 : 0) + + ((mask & CEN_SPECIAL) != 0 + ? strlen (special) + 1 : 0) + + (((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0 + || (mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0) + ? (1 + ((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0 + ? strlen (sponsor) + 1 : 0) + + ((mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0 + ? strlen (revision) + 1 : 0)) : 0) + + 1 + strlen (filename) + 1); + + if (abs_filename == NULL) + return NULL; + + retval = NULL; + last = NULL; + + /* Construct file name. */ + memcpy (abs_filename, dirlist, dirlist_len); + __argz_stringify (abs_filename, dirlist_len, PATH_SEPARATOR); + cp = abs_filename + (dirlist_len - 1); + *cp++ = '/'; + cp = stpcpy (cp, language); + + if ((mask & TERRITORY) != 0) + { + *cp++ = '_'; + cp = stpcpy (cp, territory); + } + if ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0) + { + *cp++ = '.'; + cp = stpcpy (cp, codeset); + } + if ((mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0) + { + *cp++ = '.'; + cp = stpcpy (cp, normalized_codeset); + } + if ((mask & (XPG_MODIFIER | CEN_AUDIENCE)) != 0) + { + /* This component can be part of both syntaces but has different + leading characters. For CEN we use `+', else `@'. */ + *cp++ = (mask & CEN_AUDIENCE) != 0 ? '+' : '@'; + cp = stpcpy (cp, modifier); + } + if ((mask & CEN_SPECIAL) != 0) + { + *cp++ = '+'; + cp = stpcpy (cp, special); + } + if ((mask & (CEN_SPONSOR | CEN_REVISION)) != 0) + { + *cp++ = ','; + if ((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0) + cp = stpcpy (cp, sponsor); + if ((mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0) + { + *cp++ = '_'; + cp = stpcpy (cp, revision); + } + } + + *cp++ = '/'; + stpcpy (cp, filename); + + /* Look in list of already loaded domains whether it is already + available. */ + last = NULL; + for (retval = *l10nfile_list; retval != NULL; retval = retval->next) + if (retval->filename != NULL) + { + int compare = strcmp (retval->filename, abs_filename); + if (compare == 0) + /* We found it! */ + break; + if (compare < 0) + { + /* It's not in the list. */ + retval = NULL; + break; + } + + last = retval; + } + + if (retval != NULL || do_allocate == 0) + { + free (abs_filename); + return retval; + } + + retval = (struct loaded_l10nfile *) + malloc (sizeof (*retval) + (__argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len) + * (1 << pop (mask)) + * sizeof (struct loaded_l10nfile *))); + if (retval == NULL) + return NULL; + + retval->filename = abs_filename; + retval->decided = (__argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len) != 1 + || ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0 + && (mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0)); + retval->data = NULL; + + if (last == NULL) + { + retval->next = *l10nfile_list; + *l10nfile_list = retval; + } + else + { + retval->next = last->next; + last->next = retval; + } + + entries = 0; + /* If the DIRLIST is a real list the RETVAL entry corresponds not to + a real file. So we have to use the DIRLIST separation mechanism + of the inner loop. */ + cnt = __argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len) == 1 ? mask - 1 : mask; + for (; cnt >= 0; --cnt) + if ((cnt & ~mask) == 0 + && ((cnt & CEN_SPECIFIC) == 0 || (cnt & XPG_SPECIFIC) == 0) + && ((cnt & XPG_CODESET) == 0 || (cnt & XPG_NORM_CODESET) == 0)) + { + /* Iterate over all elements of the DIRLIST. */ + char *dir = NULL; + + while ((dir = __argz_next ((char *) dirlist, dirlist_len, dir)) + != NULL) + retval->successor[entries++] + = _nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dir, strlen (dir) + 1, cnt, + language, territory, codeset, + normalized_codeset, modifier, special, + sponsor, revision, filename, 1); + } + retval->successor[entries] = NULL; + + return retval; +} + +/* Normalize codeset name. There is no standard for the codeset + names. Normalization allows the user to use any of the common + names. The return value is dynamically allocated and has to be + freed by the caller. */ +const char * +_nl_normalize_codeset (codeset, name_len) + const char *codeset; + size_t name_len; +{ + int len = 0; + int only_digit = 1; + char *retval; + char *wp; + size_t cnt; + + for (cnt = 0; cnt < name_len; ++cnt) + if (isalnum (codeset[cnt])) + { + ++len; + + if (isalpha (codeset[cnt])) + only_digit = 0; + } + + retval = (char *) malloc ((only_digit ? 3 : 0) + len + 1); + + if (retval != NULL) + { + if (only_digit) + wp = stpcpy (retval, "iso"); + else + wp = retval; + + for (cnt = 0; cnt < name_len; ++cnt) + if (isalpha (codeset[cnt])) + *wp++ = tolower (codeset[cnt]); + else if (isdigit (codeset[cnt])) + *wp++ = codeset[cnt]; + + *wp = '\0'; + } + + return (const char *) retval; +} + + +/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */ + +/* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library. So we + avoid the non-standard function stpcpy. In GNU C Library this + function is available, though. Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY + to be defined. */ +#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY +static char * +stpcpy (dest, src) + char *dest; + const char *src; +{ + while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0') + /* Do nothing. */ ; + return dest - 1; +} +#endif diff --git a/intl/libgettext.h b/intl/libgettext.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c5be54a --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/libgettext.h @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +/* Convenience header for conditional use of GNU . + Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, + USA. */ + +#ifndef _LIBGETTEXT_H +#define _LIBGETTEXT_H 1 + +/* NLS can be disabled through the configure --disable-nls option. */ +#if ENABLE_NLS + +/* Get declarations of GNU message catalog functions. */ +# include + +#else + +# define gettext(Msgid) (Msgid) +# define dgettext(Domainname, Msgid) (Msgid) +# define dcgettext(Domainname, Msgid, Category) (Msgid) +# define ngettext(Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \ + ((N) == 1 ? (char *) (Msgid1) : (char *) (Msgid2)) +# define dngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \ + ((N) == 1 ? (char *) (Msgid1) : (char *) (Msgid2)) +# define dcngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N, Category) \ + ((N) == 1 ? (char *) (Msgid1) : (char *) (Msgid2)) +# define textdomain(Domainname) ((char *) (Domainname)) +# define bindtextdomain(Domainname, Dirname) ((char *) (Dirname)) +# define bind_textdomain_codeset(Domainname, Codeset) ((char *) (Codeset)) + +#endif + +/* For automatical extraction of messages sometimes no real + translation is needed. Instead the string itself is the result. */ +#define gettext_noop(Str) (Str) + +#endif /* _LIBGETTEXT_H */ diff --git a/intl/libgnuintl.h b/intl/libgnuintl.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f891deb --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/libgnuintl.h @@ -0,0 +1,128 @@ +/* Message catalogs for internationalization. + Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, + USA. */ + +#ifndef _LIBINTL_H +#define _LIBINTL_H 1 + +#include + +/* The LC_MESSAGES locale category is the category used by the functions + gettext() and dgettext(). It is specified in POSIX, but not in ANSI C. + On systems that don't define it, use an arbitrary value instead. + On Solaris, defines __LOCALE_H then includes (i.e. + this file!) and then only defines LC_MESSAGES. To avoid a redefinition + warning, don't define LC_MESSAGES in this case. */ +#if !defined LC_MESSAGES && !defined __LOCALE_H +# define LC_MESSAGES 1729 +#endif + +/* We define an additional symbol to signal that we use the GNU + implementation of gettext. */ +#define __USE_GNU_GETTEXT 1 + +/* Resolve a platform specific conflict on DJGPP. GNU gettext takes + precedence over _conio_gettext. */ +#ifdef __DJGPP__ +# undef gettext +# define gettext gettext +#endif + +#ifndef PARAMS +# if __STDC__ || defined __cplusplus +# define PARAMS(args) args +# else +# define PARAMS(args) () +# endif +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current + LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default + text). */ +extern char *gettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid)); + +/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current + LC_MESSAGES locale. */ +extern char *dgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid)); + +/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY + locale. */ +extern char *dcgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid, + int __category)); + + +/* Similar to `gettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the + number N. */ +extern char *ngettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, + unsigned long int __n)); + +/* Similar to `dgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the + number N. */ +extern char *dngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1, + const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n)); + +/* Similar to `dcgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the + number N. */ +extern char *dcngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1, + const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n, + int __category)); + + +/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME. + If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default. + If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */ +extern char *textdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname)); + +/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found + in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */ +extern char *bindtextdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, + const char *__dirname)); + +/* Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the + DOMAINNAME message catalog will be returned. */ +extern char *bind_textdomain_codeset PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, + const char *__codeset)); + + +/* Optimized version of the functions above. */ +#if defined __OPTIMIZED +/* These are macros, but could also be inline functions. */ + +# define gettext(msgid) \ + dgettext (NULL, msgid) + +# define dgettext(domainname, msgid) \ + dcgettext (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES) + +# define ngettext(msgid1, msgid2, n) \ + dngettext (NULL, msgid1, msgid2, n) + +# define dngettext(domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n) \ + dcngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES) + +#endif /* Optimizing. */ + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* libintl.h */ diff --git a/intl/loadinfo.h b/intl/loadinfo.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b861260 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/loadinfo.h @@ -0,0 +1,109 @@ +/* Copyright (C) 1996-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + This file is part of the GNU C Library. + Contributed by Ulrich Drepper , 1996. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, + USA. */ + +#ifndef _LOADINFO_H +#define _LOADINFO_H 1 + +#ifndef PARAMS +# if __STDC__ +# define PARAMS(args) args +# else +# define PARAMS(args) () +# endif +#endif + +#ifndef internal_function +# define internal_function +#endif + +/* Tell the compiler when a conditional or integer expression is + almost always true or almost always false. */ +#ifndef HAVE_BUILTIN_EXPECT +# define __builtin_expect(expr, val) (expr) +#endif + +/* Separator in PATH like lists of pathnames. */ +#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__ + /* Win32, OS/2, DOS */ +# define PATH_SEPARATOR ';' +#else + /* Unix */ +# define PATH_SEPARATOR ':' +#endif + +/* Encoding of locale name parts. */ +#define CEN_REVISION 1 +#define CEN_SPONSOR 2 +#define CEN_SPECIAL 4 +#define XPG_NORM_CODESET 8 +#define XPG_CODESET 16 +#define TERRITORY 32 +#define CEN_AUDIENCE 64 +#define XPG_MODIFIER 128 + +#define CEN_SPECIFIC (CEN_REVISION|CEN_SPONSOR|CEN_SPECIAL|CEN_AUDIENCE) +#define XPG_SPECIFIC (XPG_CODESET|XPG_NORM_CODESET|XPG_MODIFIER) + + +struct loaded_l10nfile +{ + const char *filename; + int decided; + + const void *data; + + struct loaded_l10nfile *next; + struct loaded_l10nfile *successor[1]; +}; + + +/* Normalize codeset name. There is no standard for the codeset + names. Normalization allows the user to use any of the common + names. The return value is dynamically allocated and has to be + freed by the caller. */ +extern const char *_nl_normalize_codeset PARAMS ((const char *codeset, + size_t name_len)); + +extern struct loaded_l10nfile * +_nl_make_l10nflist PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list, + const char *dirlist, size_t dirlist_len, int mask, + const char *language, const char *territory, + const char *codeset, + const char *normalized_codeset, + const char *modifier, const char *special, + const char *sponsor, const char *revision, + const char *filename, int do_allocate)); + + +extern const char *_nl_expand_alias PARAMS ((const char *name)); + +/* normalized_codeset is dynamically allocated and has to be freed by + the caller. */ +extern int _nl_explode_name PARAMS ((char *name, const char **language, + const char **modifier, + const char **territory, + const char **codeset, + const char **normalized_codeset, + const char **special, + const char **sponsor, + const char **revision)); + +extern char *_nl_find_language PARAMS ((const char *name)); + +#endif /* loadinfo.h */ diff --git a/intl/loadmsgcat.c b/intl/loadmsgcat.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f99ebee --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/loadmsgcat.c @@ -0,0 +1,567 @@ +/* Load needed message catalogs. + Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, + USA. */ + +/* Tell glibc's to provide a prototype for mempcpy(). + This must come before because may include + , and once has been included, it's too late. */ +#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE +# define _GNU_SOURCE 1 +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include +#endif + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#ifdef __GNUC__ +# define alloca __builtin_alloca +# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1 +#else +# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC +# include +# else +# ifdef _AIX + #pragma alloca +# else +# ifndef alloca +char *alloca (); +# endif +# endif +# endif +#endif + +#include +#include + +#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC +# include +#endif + +#ifdef _LIBC +# include +# include +#endif + +#if (defined HAVE_MMAP && defined HAVE_MUNMAP && !defined DISALLOW_MMAP) \ + || (defined _LIBC && defined _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES) +# include +# undef HAVE_MMAP +# define HAVE_MMAP 1 +#else +# undef HAVE_MMAP +#endif + +#include "gettext.h" +#include "gettextP.h" + +#ifdef _LIBC +# include "../locale/localeinfo.h" +#endif + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* Rename the non ISO C functions. This is required by the standard + because some ISO C functions will require linking with this object + file and the name space must not be polluted. */ +# define open __open +# define close __close +# define read __read +# define mmap __mmap +# define munmap __munmap +#endif + +/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash + with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source + code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ + prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# define PLURAL_PARSE __gettextparse +#else +# define PLURAL_PARSE gettextparse__ +#endif + +/* For those losing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add + some additional code emulating it. */ +#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA +# define freea(p) /* nothing */ +#else +# define alloca(n) malloc (n) +# define freea(p) free (p) +#endif + +/* For systems that distinguish between text and binary I/O. + O_BINARY is usually declared in . */ +#if !defined O_BINARY && defined _O_BINARY + /* For MSC-compatible compilers. */ +# define O_BINARY _O_BINARY +# define O_TEXT _O_TEXT +#endif +#ifdef __BEOS__ + /* BeOS 5 has O_BINARY and O_TEXT, but they have no effect. */ +# undef O_BINARY +# undef O_TEXT +#endif +/* On reasonable systems, binary I/O is the default. */ +#ifndef O_BINARY +# define O_BINARY 0 +#endif + +/* We need a sign, whether a new catalog was loaded, which can be associated + with all translations. This is important if the translations are + cached by one of GCC's features. */ +int _nl_msg_cat_cntr; + +#if (defined __GNUC__ && !defined __APPLE_CC__) \ + || (defined __STDC_VERSION__ && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L) + +/* These structs are the constant expression for the germanic plural + form determination. It represents the expression "n != 1". */ +static const struct expression plvar = +{ + .nargs = 0, + .operation = var, +}; +static const struct expression plone = +{ + .nargs = 0, + .operation = num, + .val = + { + .num = 1 + } +}; +static struct expression germanic_plural = +{ + .nargs = 2, + .operation = not_equal, + .val = + { + .args = + { + [0] = (struct expression *) &plvar, + [1] = (struct expression *) &plone + } + } +}; + +# define INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL() + +#else + +/* For compilers without support for ISO C 99 struct/union initializers: + Initialization at run-time. */ + +static struct expression plvar; +static struct expression plone; +static struct expression germanic_plural; + +static void +init_germanic_plural () +{ + if (plone.val.num == 0) + { + plvar.nargs = 0; + plvar.operation = var; + + plone.nargs = 0; + plone.operation = num; + plone.val.num = 1; + + germanic_plural.nargs = 2; + germanic_plural.operation = not_equal; + germanic_plural.val.args[0] = &plvar; + germanic_plural.val.args[1] = &plone; + } +} + +# define INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL() init_germanic_plural () + +#endif + + +/* Initialize the codeset dependent parts of an opened message catalog. + Return the header entry. */ +const char * +internal_function +_nl_init_domain_conv (domain_file, domain, domainbinding) + struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file; + struct loaded_domain *domain; + struct binding *domainbinding; +{ + /* Find out about the character set the file is encoded with. + This can be found (in textual form) in the entry "". If this + entry does not exist or if this does not contain the `charset=' + information, we will assume the charset matches the one the + current locale and we don't have to perform any conversion. */ + char *nullentry; + size_t nullentrylen; + + /* Preinitialize fields, to avoid recursion during _nl_find_msg. */ + domain->codeset_cntr = + (domainbinding != NULL ? domainbinding->codeset_cntr : 0); +#ifdef _LIBC + domain->conv = (__gconv_t) -1; +#else +# if HAVE_ICONV + domain->conv = (iconv_t) -1; +# endif +#endif + domain->conv_tab = NULL; + + /* Get the header entry. */ + nullentry = _nl_find_msg (domain_file, domainbinding, "", &nullentrylen); + + if (nullentry != NULL) + { +#if defined _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV + const char *charsetstr; + + charsetstr = strstr (nullentry, "charset="); + if (charsetstr != NULL) + { + size_t len; + char *charset; + const char *outcharset; + + charsetstr += strlen ("charset="); + len = strcspn (charsetstr, " \t\n"); + + charset = (char *) alloca (len + 1); +# if defined _LIBC || HAVE_MEMPCPY + *((char *) mempcpy (charset, charsetstr, len)) = '\0'; +# else + memcpy (charset, charsetstr, len); + charset[len] = '\0'; +# endif + + /* The output charset should normally be determined by the + locale. But sometimes the locale is not used or not correctly + set up, so we provide a possibility for the user to override + this. Moreover, the value specified through + bind_textdomain_codeset overrides both. */ + if (domainbinding != NULL && domainbinding->codeset != NULL) + outcharset = domainbinding->codeset; + else + { + outcharset = getenv ("OUTPUT_CHARSET"); + if (outcharset == NULL || outcharset[0] == '\0') + { +# ifdef _LIBC + outcharset = (*_nl_current[LC_CTYPE])->values[_NL_ITEM_INDEX (CODESET)].string; +# else +# if HAVE_ICONV + extern const char *locale_charset (void); + outcharset = locale_charset (); +# endif +# endif + } + } + +# ifdef _LIBC + /* We always want to use transliteration. */ + outcharset = norm_add_slashes (outcharset, "TRANSLIT"); + charset = norm_add_slashes (charset, NULL); + if (__gconv_open (outcharset, charset, &domain->conv, + GCONV_AVOID_NOCONV) + != __GCONV_OK) + domain->conv = (__gconv_t) -1; +# else +# if HAVE_ICONV + /* When using GNU libiconv, we want to use transliteration. */ +# if _LIBICONV_VERSION >= 0x0105 + len = strlen (outcharset); + { + char *tmp = (char *) alloca (len + 10 + 1); + memcpy (tmp, outcharset, len); + memcpy (tmp + len, "//TRANSLIT", 10 + 1); + outcharset = tmp; + } +# endif + domain->conv = iconv_open (outcharset, charset); +# if _LIBICONV_VERSION >= 0x0105 + freea (outcharset); +# endif +# endif +# endif + + freea (charset); + } +#endif /* _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV */ + } + + return nullentry; +} + +/* Frees the codeset dependent parts of an opened message catalog. */ +void +internal_function +_nl_free_domain_conv (domain) + struct loaded_domain *domain; +{ + if (domain->conv_tab != NULL && domain->conv_tab != (char **) -1) + free (domain->conv_tab); + +#ifdef _LIBC + if (domain->conv != (__gconv_t) -1) + __gconv_close (domain->conv); +#else +# if HAVE_ICONV + if (domain->conv != (iconv_t) -1) + iconv_close (domain->conv); +# endif +#endif +} + +/* Load the message catalogs specified by FILENAME. If it is no valid + message catalog do nothing. */ +void +internal_function +_nl_load_domain (domain_file, domainbinding) + struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file; + struct binding *domainbinding; +{ + int fd; + size_t size; +#ifdef _LIBC + struct stat64 st; +#else + struct stat st; +#endif + struct mo_file_header *data = (struct mo_file_header *) -1; + int use_mmap = 0; + struct loaded_domain *domain; + const char *nullentry; + + domain_file->decided = 1; + domain_file->data = NULL; + + /* Note that it would be useless to store domainbinding in domain_file + because domainbinding might be == NULL now but != NULL later (after + a call to bind_textdomain_codeset). */ + + /* If the record does not represent a valid locale the FILENAME + might be NULL. This can happen when according to the given + specification the locale file name is different for XPG and CEN + syntax. */ + if (domain_file->filename == NULL) + return; + + /* Try to open the addressed file. */ + fd = open (domain_file->filename, O_RDONLY | O_BINARY); + if (fd == -1) + return; + + /* We must know about the size of the file. */ + if ( +#ifdef _LIBC + __builtin_expect (fstat64 (fd, &st) != 0, 0) +#else + __builtin_expect (fstat (fd, &st) != 0, 0) +#endif + || __builtin_expect ((size = (size_t) st.st_size) != st.st_size, 0) + || __builtin_expect (size < sizeof (struct mo_file_header), 0)) + { + /* Something went wrong. */ + close (fd); + return; + } + +#ifdef HAVE_MMAP + /* Now we are ready to load the file. If mmap() is available we try + this first. If not available or it failed we try to load it. */ + data = (struct mo_file_header *) mmap (NULL, size, PROT_READ, + MAP_PRIVATE, fd, 0); + + if (__builtin_expect (data != (struct mo_file_header *) -1, 1)) + { + /* mmap() call was successful. */ + close (fd); + use_mmap = 1; + } +#endif + + /* If the data is not yet available (i.e. mmap'ed) we try to load + it manually. */ + if (data == (struct mo_file_header *) -1) + { + size_t to_read; + char *read_ptr; + + data = (struct mo_file_header *) malloc (size); + if (data == NULL) + return; + + to_read = size; + read_ptr = (char *) data; + do + { + long int nb = (long int) read (fd, read_ptr, to_read); + if (nb <= 0) + { +#ifdef EINTR + if (nb == -1 && errno == EINTR) + continue; +#endif + close (fd); + return; + } + read_ptr += nb; + to_read -= nb; + } + while (to_read > 0); + + close (fd); + } + + /* Using the magic number we can test whether it really is a message + catalog file. */ + if (__builtin_expect (data->magic != _MAGIC && data->magic != _MAGIC_SWAPPED, + 0)) + { + /* The magic number is wrong: not a message catalog file. */ +#ifdef HAVE_MMAP + if (use_mmap) + munmap ((caddr_t) data, size); + else +#endif + free (data); + return; + } + + domain = (struct loaded_domain *) malloc (sizeof (struct loaded_domain)); + if (domain == NULL) + return; + domain_file->data = domain; + + domain->data = (char *) data; + domain->use_mmap = use_mmap; + domain->mmap_size = size; + domain->must_swap = data->magic != _MAGIC; + + /* Fill in the information about the available tables. */ + switch (W (domain->must_swap, data->revision)) + { + case 0: + domain->nstrings = W (domain->must_swap, data->nstrings); + domain->orig_tab = (struct string_desc *) + ((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->orig_tab_offset)); + domain->trans_tab = (struct string_desc *) + ((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->trans_tab_offset)); + domain->hash_size = W (domain->must_swap, data->hash_tab_size); + domain->hash_tab = (nls_uint32 *) + ((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->hash_tab_offset)); + break; + default: + /* This is an invalid revision. */ +#ifdef HAVE_MMAP + if (use_mmap) + munmap ((caddr_t) data, size); + else +#endif + free (data); + free (domain); + domain_file->data = NULL; + return; + } + + /* Now initialize the character set converter from the character set + the file is encoded with (found in the header entry) to the domain's + specified character set or the locale's character set. */ + nullentry = _nl_init_domain_conv (domain_file, domain, domainbinding); + + /* Also look for a plural specification. */ + if (nullentry != NULL) + { + const char *plural; + const char *nplurals; + + plural = strstr (nullentry, "plural="); + nplurals = strstr (nullentry, "nplurals="); + if (plural == NULL || nplurals == NULL) + goto no_plural; + else + { + /* First get the number. */ + char *endp; + unsigned long int n; + struct parse_args args; + + nplurals += 9; + while (*nplurals != '\0' && isspace (*nplurals)) + ++nplurals; +#if defined HAVE_STRTOUL || defined _LIBC + n = strtoul (nplurals, &endp, 10); +#else + for (endp = nplurals, n = 0; *endp >= '0' && *endp <= '9'; endp++) + n = n * 10 + (*endp - '0'); +#endif + domain->nplurals = n; + if (nplurals == endp) + goto no_plural; + + /* Due to the restrictions bison imposes onto the interface of the + scanner function we have to put the input string and the result + passed up from the parser into the same structure which address + is passed down to the parser. */ + plural += 7; + args.cp = plural; + if (PLURAL_PARSE (&args) != 0) + goto no_plural; + domain->plural = args.res; + } + } + else + { + /* By default we are using the Germanic form: singular form only + for `one', the plural form otherwise. Yes, this is also what + English is using since English is a Germanic language. */ + no_plural: + INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL (); + domain->plural = &germanic_plural; + domain->nplurals = 2; + } +} + + +#ifdef _LIBC +void +internal_function +_nl_unload_domain (domain) + struct loaded_domain *domain; +{ + if (domain->plural != &germanic_plural) + __gettext_free_exp (domain->plural); + + _nl_free_domain_conv (domain); + +# ifdef _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES + if (domain->use_mmap) + munmap ((caddr_t) domain->data, domain->mmap_size); + else +# endif /* _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES */ + free ((void *) domain->data); + + free (domain); +} +#endif diff --git a/intl/localcharset.c b/intl/localcharset.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..61f8f3e --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/localcharset.c @@ -0,0 +1,271 @@ +/* Determine a canonical name for the current locale's character encoding. + + Copyright (C) 2000-2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, + USA. */ + +/* Written by Bruno Haible . */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include +#endif + +#if HAVE_STDDEF_H +# include +#endif + +#include +#if HAVE_STRING_H +# include +#else +# include +#endif +#if HAVE_STDLIB_H +# include +#endif + +#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ +# undef WIN32 /* avoid warning on mingw32 */ +# define WIN32 +#endif + +#ifndef WIN32 +# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET +# include +# else +# if HAVE_SETLOCALE +# include +# endif +# endif +#else /* WIN32 */ +# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN +# include +#endif + +#ifndef DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR +# define DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR '/' +#endif + +#ifndef ISSLASH +# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR) +#endif + +/* The following static variable is declared 'volatile' to avoid a + possible multithread problem in the function get_charset_aliases. If we + are running in a threaded environment, and if two threads initialize + 'charset_aliases' simultaneously, both will produce the same value, + and everything will be ok if the two assignments to 'charset_aliases' + are atomic. But I don't know what will happen if the two assignments mix. */ +#if __STDC__ != 1 +# define volatile /* empty */ +#endif +/* Pointer to the contents of the charset.alias file, if it has already been + read, else NULL. Its format is: + ALIAS_1 '\0' CANONICAL_1 '\0' ... ALIAS_n '\0' CANONICAL_n '\0' '\0' */ +static const char * volatile charset_aliases; + +/* Return a pointer to the contents of the charset.alias file. */ +static const char * +get_charset_aliases () +{ + const char *cp; + + cp = charset_aliases; + if (cp == NULL) + { +#ifndef WIN32 + FILE *fp; + const char *dir = LIBDIR; + const char *base = "charset.alias"; + char *file_name; + + /* Concatenate dir and base into freshly allocated file_name. */ + { + size_t dir_len = strlen (dir); + size_t base_len = strlen (base); + int add_slash = (dir_len > 0 && !ISSLASH (dir[dir_len - 1])); + file_name = (char *) malloc (dir_len + add_slash + base_len + 1); + if (file_name != NULL) + { + memcpy (file_name, dir, dir_len); + if (add_slash) + file_name[dir_len] = DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR; + memcpy (file_name + dir_len + add_slash, base, base_len + 1); + } + } + + if (file_name == NULL || (fp = fopen (file_name, "r")) == NULL) + /* Out of memory or file not found, treat it as empty. */ + cp = ""; + else + { + /* Parse the file's contents. */ + int c; + char buf1[50+1]; + char buf2[50+1]; + char *res_ptr = NULL; + size_t res_size = 0; + size_t l1, l2; + + for (;;) + { + c = getc (fp); + if (c == EOF) + break; + if (c == '\n' || c == ' ' || c == '\t') + continue; + if (c == '#') + { + /* Skip comment, to end of line. */ + do + c = getc (fp); + while (!(c == EOF || c == '\n')); + if (c == EOF) + break; + continue; + } + ungetc (c, fp); + if (fscanf(fp, "%50s %50s", buf1, buf2) < 2) + break; + l1 = strlen (buf1); + l2 = strlen (buf2); + if (res_size == 0) + { + res_size = l1 + 1 + l2 + 1; + res_ptr = malloc (res_size + 1); + } + else + { + res_size += l1 + 1 + l2 + 1; + res_ptr = realloc (res_ptr, res_size + 1); + } + if (res_ptr == NULL) + { + /* Out of memory. */ + res_size = 0; + break; + } + strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1) - (l1 + 1), buf1); + strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1), buf2); + } + fclose (fp); + if (res_size == 0) + cp = ""; + else + { + *(res_ptr + res_size) = '\0'; + cp = res_ptr; + } + } + + if (file_name != NULL) + free (file_name); + +#else /* WIN32 */ + + /* To avoid the troubles of installing a separate file in the same + directory as the DLL and of retrieving the DLL's directory at + runtime, simply inline the aliases here. */ + + cp = "CP936" "\0" "GBK" "\0" + "CP1361" "\0" "JOHAB" "\0"; +#endif + + charset_aliases = cp; + } + + return cp; +} + +/* Determine the current locale's character encoding, and canonicalize it + into one of the canonical names listed in config.charset. + The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated. + If the canonical name cannot be determined, the result is a non-canonical + name. */ + +#ifdef STATIC +STATIC +#endif +const char * +locale_charset () +{ + const char *codeset; + const char *aliases; + +#ifndef WIN32 + +# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET + + /* Most systems support nl_langinfo (CODESET) nowadays. */ + codeset = nl_langinfo (CODESET); + +# else + + /* On old systems which lack it, use setlocale or getenv. */ + const char *locale = NULL; + + /* But most old systems don't have a complete set of locales. Some + (like SunOS 4 or DJGPP) have only the C locale. Therefore we don't + use setlocale here; it would return "C" when it doesn't support the + locale name the user has set. */ +# if HAVE_SETLOCALE && 0 + locale = setlocale (LC_CTYPE, NULL); +# endif + if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0') + { + locale = getenv ("LC_ALL"); + if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0') + { + locale = getenv ("LC_CTYPE"); + if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0') + locale = getenv ("LANG"); + } + } + + /* On some old systems, one used to set locale = "iso8859_1". On others, + you set it to "language_COUNTRY.charset". In any case, we resolve it + through the charset.alias file. */ + codeset = locale; + +# endif + +#else /* WIN32 */ + + static char buf[2 + 10 + 1]; + + /* Win32 has a function returning the locale's codepage as a number. */ + sprintf (buf, "CP%u", GetACP ()); + codeset = buf; + +#endif + + if (codeset == NULL) + /* The canonical name cannot be determined. */ + codeset = ""; + + /* Resolve alias. */ + for (aliases = get_charset_aliases (); + *aliases != '\0'; + aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1, aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1) + if (strcmp (codeset, aliases) == 0 + || (aliases[0] == '*' && aliases[1] == '\0')) + { + codeset = aliases + strlen (aliases) + 1; + break; + } + + return codeset; +} diff --git a/intl/locale.alias b/intl/locale.alias new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bd7b9b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/locale.alias @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +# Locale name alias data base. +# Copyright (C) 1996,1997,1998,1999,2000,2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published +# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) +# any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# Library General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public +# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, +# USA. + +# The format of this file is the same as for the corresponding file of +# the X Window System, which normally can be found in +# /usr/lib/X11/locale/locale.alias +# A single line contains two fields: an alias and a substitution value. +# All entries are case independent. + +# Note: This file is far from being complete. If you have a value for +# your own site which you think might be useful for others too, share +# it with the rest of us. Send it using the `glibcbug' script to +# bugs@gnu.org. + +# Packages using this file: + +bokmal no_NO.ISO-8859-1 +bokmål no_NO.ISO-8859-1 +catalan ca_ES.ISO-8859-1 +croatian hr_HR.ISO-8859-2 +czech cs_CZ.ISO-8859-2 +danish da_DK.ISO-8859-1 +dansk da_DK.ISO-8859-1 +deutsch de_DE.ISO-8859-1 +dutch nl_NL.ISO-8859-1 +eesti et_EE.ISO-8859-1 +estonian et_EE.ISO-8859-1 +finnish fi_FI.ISO-8859-1 +français fr_FR.ISO-8859-1 +french fr_FR.ISO-8859-1 +galego gl_ES.ISO-8859-1 +galician gl_ES.ISO-8859-1 +german de_DE.ISO-8859-1 +greek el_GR.ISO-8859-7 +hebrew he_IL.ISO-8859-8 +hrvatski hr_HR.ISO-8859-2 +hungarian hu_HU.ISO-8859-2 +icelandic is_IS.ISO-8859-1 +italian it_IT.ISO-8859-1 +japanese ja_JP.eucJP +japanese.euc ja_JP.eucJP +ja_JP ja_JP.eucJP +ja_JP.ujis ja_JP.eucJP +japanese.sjis ja_JP.SJIS +korean ko_KR.eucKR +korean.euc ko_KR.eucKR +ko_KR ko_KR.eucKR +lithuanian lt_LT.ISO-8859-13 +nb_NO no_NO.ISO-8859-1 +nb_NO.ISO-8859-1 no_NO.ISO-8859-1 +norwegian no_NO.ISO-8859-1 +nynorsk nn_NO.ISO-8859-1 +polish pl_PL.ISO-8859-2 +portuguese pt_PT.ISO-8859-1 +romanian ro_RO.ISO-8859-2 +russian ru_RU.ISO-8859-5 +slovak sk_SK.ISO-8859-2 +slovene sl_SI.ISO-8859-2 +slovenian sl_SI.ISO-8859-2 +spanish es_ES.ISO-8859-1 +swedish sv_SE.ISO-8859-1 +thai th_TH.TIS-620 +turkish tr_TR.ISO-8859-9 diff --git a/intl/localealias.c b/intl/localealias.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..91e7acc --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/localealias.c @@ -0,0 +1,404 @@ +/* Handle aliases for locale names. + Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, + USA. */ + +/* Tell glibc's to provide a prototype for mempcpy(). + This must come before because may include + , and once has been included, it's too late. */ +#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE +# define _GNU_SOURCE 1 +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include +#endif + +#include +#include +#include + +#ifdef __GNUC__ +# define alloca __builtin_alloca +# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1 +#else +# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC +# include +# else +# ifdef _AIX + #pragma alloca +# else +# ifndef alloca +char *alloca (); +# endif +# endif +# endif +#endif + +#include + +#include +#if !HAVE_STRCHR && !defined _LIBC +# ifndef strchr +# define strchr index +# endif +#endif + +#include "gettextP.h" + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* Rename the non ANSI C functions. This is required by the standard + because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object + file and the name space must not be polluted. */ +# define strcasecmp __strcasecmp + +# ifndef mempcpy +# define mempcpy __mempcpy +# endif +# define HAVE_MEMPCPY 1 + +/* We need locking here since we can be called from different places. */ +# include + +__libc_lock_define_initialized (static, lock); +#endif + +#ifndef internal_function +# define internal_function +#endif + +/* For those losing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add + some additional code emulating it. */ +#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA +# define freea(p) /* nothing */ +#else +# define alloca(n) malloc (n) +# define freea(p) free (p) +#endif + +#if defined _LIBC_REENTRANT || defined HAVE_FGETS_UNLOCKED +# undef fgets +# define fgets(buf, len, s) fgets_unlocked (buf, len, s) +#endif +#if defined _LIBC_REENTRANT || defined HAVE_FEOF_UNLOCKED +# undef feof +# define feof(s) feof_unlocked (s) +#endif + + +struct alias_map +{ + const char *alias; + const char *value; +}; + + +static char *string_space; +static size_t string_space_act; +static size_t string_space_max; +static struct alias_map *map; +static size_t nmap; +static size_t maxmap; + + +/* Prototypes for local functions. */ +static size_t read_alias_file PARAMS ((const char *fname, int fname_len)) + internal_function; +static int extend_alias_table PARAMS ((void)); +static int alias_compare PARAMS ((const struct alias_map *map1, + const struct alias_map *map2)); + + +const char * +_nl_expand_alias (name) + const char *name; +{ + static const char *locale_alias_path = LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH; + struct alias_map *retval; + const char *result = NULL; + size_t added; + +#ifdef _LIBC + __libc_lock_lock (lock); +#endif + + do + { + struct alias_map item; + + item.alias = name; + + if (nmap > 0) + retval = (struct alias_map *) bsearch (&item, map, nmap, + sizeof (struct alias_map), + (int (*) PARAMS ((const void *, + const void *)) + ) alias_compare); + else + retval = NULL; + + /* We really found an alias. Return the value. */ + if (retval != NULL) + { + result = retval->value; + break; + } + + /* Perhaps we can find another alias file. */ + added = 0; + while (added == 0 && locale_alias_path[0] != '\0') + { + const char *start; + + while (locale_alias_path[0] == PATH_SEPARATOR) + ++locale_alias_path; + start = locale_alias_path; + + while (locale_alias_path[0] != '\0' + && locale_alias_path[0] != PATH_SEPARATOR) + ++locale_alias_path; + + if (start < locale_alias_path) + added = read_alias_file (start, locale_alias_path - start); + } + } + while (added != 0); + +#ifdef _LIBC + __libc_lock_unlock (lock); +#endif + + return result; +} + + +static size_t +internal_function +read_alias_file (fname, fname_len) + const char *fname; + int fname_len; +{ + FILE *fp; + char *full_fname; + size_t added; + static const char aliasfile[] = "/locale.alias"; + + full_fname = (char *) alloca (fname_len + sizeof aliasfile); +#ifdef HAVE_MEMPCPY + mempcpy (mempcpy (full_fname, fname, fname_len), + aliasfile, sizeof aliasfile); +#else + memcpy (full_fname, fname, fname_len); + memcpy (&full_fname[fname_len], aliasfile, sizeof aliasfile); +#endif + + fp = fopen (full_fname, "r"); + freea (full_fname); + if (fp == NULL) + return 0; + + added = 0; + while (!feof (fp)) + { + /* It is a reasonable approach to use a fix buffer here because + a) we are only interested in the first two fields + b) these fields must be usable as file names and so must not + be that long + */ + char buf[BUFSIZ]; + char *alias; + char *value; + char *cp; + + if (fgets (buf, sizeof buf, fp) == NULL) + /* EOF reached. */ + break; + + /* Possibly not the whole line fits into the buffer. Ignore + the rest of the line. */ + if (strchr (buf, '\n') == NULL) + { + char altbuf[BUFSIZ]; + do + if (fgets (altbuf, sizeof altbuf, fp) == NULL) + /* Make sure the inner loop will be left. The outer loop + will exit at the `feof' test. */ + break; + while (strchr (altbuf, '\n') == NULL); + } + + cp = buf; + /* Ignore leading white space. */ + while (isspace (cp[0])) + ++cp; + + /* A leading '#' signals a comment line. */ + if (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '#') + { + alias = cp++; + while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace (cp[0])) + ++cp; + /* Terminate alias name. */ + if (cp[0] != '\0') + *cp++ = '\0'; + + /* Now look for the beginning of the value. */ + while (isspace (cp[0])) + ++cp; + + if (cp[0] != '\0') + { + size_t alias_len; + size_t value_len; + + value = cp++; + while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace (cp[0])) + ++cp; + /* Terminate value. */ + if (cp[0] == '\n') + { + /* This has to be done to make the following test + for the end of line possible. We are looking for + the terminating '\n' which do not overwrite here. */ + *cp++ = '\0'; + *cp = '\n'; + } + else if (cp[0] != '\0') + *cp++ = '\0'; + + if (nmap >= maxmap) + if (__builtin_expect (extend_alias_table (), 0)) + return added; + + alias_len = strlen (alias) + 1; + value_len = strlen (value) + 1; + + if (string_space_act + alias_len + value_len > string_space_max) + { + /* Increase size of memory pool. */ + size_t new_size = (string_space_max + + (alias_len + value_len > 1024 + ? alias_len + value_len : 1024)); + char *new_pool = (char *) realloc (string_space, new_size); + if (new_pool == NULL) + return added; + + if (__builtin_expect (string_space != new_pool, 0)) + { + size_t i; + + for (i = 0; i < nmap; i++) + { + map[i].alias += new_pool - string_space; + map[i].value += new_pool - string_space; + } + } + + string_space = new_pool; + string_space_max = new_size; + } + + map[nmap].alias = memcpy (&string_space[string_space_act], + alias, alias_len); + string_space_act += alias_len; + + map[nmap].value = memcpy (&string_space[string_space_act], + value, value_len); + string_space_act += value_len; + + ++nmap; + ++added; + } + } + } + + /* Should we test for ferror()? I think we have to silently ignore + errors. --drepper */ + fclose (fp); + + if (added > 0) + qsort (map, nmap, sizeof (struct alias_map), + (int (*) PARAMS ((const void *, const void *))) alias_compare); + + return added; +} + + +static int +extend_alias_table () +{ + size_t new_size; + struct alias_map *new_map; + + new_size = maxmap == 0 ? 100 : 2 * maxmap; + new_map = (struct alias_map *) realloc (map, (new_size + * sizeof (struct alias_map))); + if (new_map == NULL) + /* Simply don't extend: we don't have any more core. */ + return -1; + + map = new_map; + maxmap = new_size; + return 0; +} + + +#ifdef _LIBC +static void __attribute__ ((unused)) +free_mem (void) +{ + if (string_space != NULL) + free (string_space); + if (map != NULL) + free (map); +} +text_set_element (__libc_subfreeres, free_mem); +#endif + + +static int +alias_compare (map1, map2) + const struct alias_map *map1; + const struct alias_map *map2; +{ +#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRCASECMP + return strcasecmp (map1->alias, map2->alias); +#else + const unsigned char *p1 = (const unsigned char *) map1->alias; + const unsigned char *p2 = (const unsigned char *) map2->alias; + unsigned char c1, c2; + + if (p1 == p2) + return 0; + + do + { + /* I know this seems to be odd but the tolower() function in + some systems libc cannot handle nonalpha characters. */ + c1 = isupper (*p1) ? tolower (*p1) : *p1; + c2 = isupper (*p2) ? tolower (*p2) : *p2; + if (c1 == '\0') + break; + ++p1; + ++p2; + } + while (c1 == c2); + + return c1 - c2; +#endif +} diff --git a/intl/ngettext.c b/intl/ngettext.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fb3ec5a --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/ngettext.c @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ +/* Implementation of ngettext(3) function. + Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, + USA. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include +#endif + +#ifdef _LIBC +# define __need_NULL +# include +#else +# include /* Just for NULL. */ +#endif + +#include "gettextP.h" +#ifdef _LIBC +# include +#else +# include "libgnuintl.h" +#endif + +#include + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash + with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source + code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ + prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# define NGETTEXT __ngettext +# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext +#else +# define NGETTEXT ngettext__ +# define DCNGETTEXT dcngettext__ +#endif + +/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current + LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default + text). */ +char * +NGETTEXT (msgid1, msgid2, n) + const char *msgid1; + const char *msgid2; + unsigned long int n; +{ + return DCNGETTEXT (NULL, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES); +} + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */ +weak_alias (__ngettext, ngettext); +#endif diff --git a/intl/plural.c b/intl/plural.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..640d43c --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/plural.c @@ -0,0 +1,1326 @@ + +/* A Bison parser, made from plural.y + by GNU Bison version 1.28 */ + +#define YYBISON 1 /* Identify Bison output. */ + +#define yyparse __gettextparse +#define yylex __gettextlex +#define yyerror __gettexterror +#define yylval __gettextlval +#define yychar __gettextchar +#define yydebug __gettextdebug +#define yynerrs __gettextnerrs +#define EQUOP2 257 +#define CMPOP2 258 +#define ADDOP2 259 +#define MULOP2 260 +#define NUMBER 261 + +#line 1 "plural.y" + +/* Expression parsing for plural form selection. + Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Written by Ulrich Drepper , 2000. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, + USA. */ + +/* The bison generated parser uses alloca. AIX 3 forces us to put this + declaration at the beginning of the file. The declaration in bison's + skeleton file comes too late. This must come before + because may include arbitrary system headers. */ +#if defined _AIX && !defined __GNUC__ + #pragma alloca +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include +#endif + +#include +#include "gettextP.h" + +/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash + with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source + code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ + prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# define FREE_EXPRESSION __gettext_free_exp +#else +# define FREE_EXPRESSION gettext_free_exp__ +# define __gettextparse gettextparse__ +#endif + +#define YYLEX_PARAM &((struct parse_args *) arg)->cp +#define YYPARSE_PARAM arg + +#line 53 "plural.y" +typedef union { + unsigned long int num; + enum operator op; + struct expression *exp; +} YYSTYPE; +#line 59 "plural.y" + +/* Prototypes for local functions. */ +static struct expression *new_exp PARAMS ((int nargs, enum operator op, + struct expression * const *args)); +static inline struct expression *new_exp_0 PARAMS ((enum operator op)); +static inline struct expression *new_exp_1 PARAMS ((enum operator op, + struct expression *right)); +static struct expression *new_exp_2 PARAMS ((enum operator op, + struct expression *left, + struct expression *right)); +static inline struct expression *new_exp_3 PARAMS ((enum operator op, + struct expression *bexp, + struct expression *tbranch, + struct expression *fbranch)); +static int yylex PARAMS ((YYSTYPE *lval, const char **pexp)); +static void yyerror PARAMS ((const char *str)); + +/* Allocation of expressions. */ + +static struct expression * +new_exp (nargs, op, args) + int nargs; + enum operator op; + struct expression * const *args; +{ + int i; + struct expression *newp; + + /* If any of the argument could not be malloc'ed, just return NULL. */ + for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--) + if (args[i] == NULL) + goto fail; + + /* Allocate a new expression. */ + newp = (struct expression *) malloc (sizeof (*newp)); + if (newp != NULL) + { + newp->nargs = nargs; + newp->operation = op; + for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--) + newp->val.args[i] = args[i]; + return newp; + } + + fail: + for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--) + FREE_EXPRESSION (args[i]); + + return NULL; +} + +static inline struct expression * +new_exp_0 (op) + enum operator op; +{ + return new_exp (0, op, NULL); +} + +static inline struct expression * +new_exp_1 (op, right) + enum operator op; + struct expression *right; +{ + struct expression *args[1]; + + args[0] = right; + return new_exp (1, op, args); +} + +static struct expression * +new_exp_2 (op, left, right) + enum operator op; + struct expression *left; + struct expression *right; +{ + struct expression *args[2]; + + args[0] = left; + args[1] = right; + return new_exp (2, op, args); +} + +static inline struct expression * +new_exp_3 (op, bexp, tbranch, fbranch) + enum operator op; + struct expression *bexp; + struct expression *tbranch; + struct expression *fbranch; +{ + struct expression *args[3]; + + args[0] = bexp; + args[1] = tbranch; + args[2] = fbranch; + return new_exp (3, op, args); +} + +#include + +#ifndef __cplusplus +#ifndef __STDC__ +#define const +#endif +#endif + + + +#define YYFINAL 27 +#define YYFLAG -32768 +#define YYNTBASE 16 + +#define YYTRANSLATE(x) ((unsigned)(x) <= 261 ? yytranslate[x] : 18) + +static const char yytranslate[] = { 0, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 10, 2, 2, 2, 2, 5, 2, 14, + 15, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 12, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 3, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 13, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 4, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 1, 6, 7, 8, 9, + 11 +}; + +#if YYDEBUG != 0 +static const short yyprhs[] = { 0, + 0, 2, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32, 35, + 37, 39 +}; + +static const short yyrhs[] = { 17, + 0, 17, 3, 17, 12, 17, 0, 17, 4, 17, + 0, 17, 5, 17, 0, 17, 6, 17, 0, 17, + 7, 17, 0, 17, 8, 17, 0, 17, 9, 17, + 0, 10, 17, 0, 13, 0, 11, 0, 14, 17, + 15, 0 +}; + +#endif + +#if YYDEBUG != 0 +static const short yyrline[] = { 0, + 178, 186, 190, 194, 198, 202, 206, 210, 214, 218, + 222, 227 +}; +#endif + + +#if YYDEBUG != 0 || defined (YYERROR_VERBOSE) + +static const char * const yytname[] = { "$","error","$undefined.","'?'","'|'", +"'&'","EQUOP2","CMPOP2","ADDOP2","MULOP2","'!'","NUMBER","':'","'n'","'('","')'", +"start","exp", NULL +}; +#endif + +static const short yyr1[] = { 0, + 16, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17, + 17, 17 +}; + +static const short yyr2[] = { 0, + 1, 5, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 2, 1, + 1, 3 +}; + +static const short yydefact[] = { 0, + 0, 11, 10, 0, 1, 9, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 12, 0, 3, 4, 5, 6, + 7, 8, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0 +}; + +static const short yydefgoto[] = { 25, + 5 +}; + +static const short yypact[] = { -9, + -9,-32768,-32768, -9, 34,-32768, 11, -9, -9, -9, + -9, -9, -9, -9,-32768, 24, 39, 43, 16, 26, + -3,-32768, -9, 34, 21, 53,-32768 +}; + +static const short yypgoto[] = {-32768, + -1 +}; + + +#define YYLAST 53 + + +static const short yytable[] = { 6, + 1, 2, 7, 3, 4, 14, 16, 17, 18, 19, + 20, 21, 22, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, + 26, 24, 12, 13, 14, 15, 8, 9, 10, 11, + 12, 13, 14, 13, 14, 23, 8, 9, 10, 11, + 12, 13, 14, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 11, 12, + 13, 14, 27 +}; + +static const short yycheck[] = { 1, + 10, 11, 4, 13, 14, 9, 8, 9, 10, 11, + 12, 13, 14, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, + 0, 23, 7, 8, 9, 15, 3, 4, 5, 6, + 7, 8, 9, 8, 9, 12, 3, 4, 5, 6, + 7, 8, 9, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 6, 7, + 8, 9, 0 +}; +#define YYPURE 1 + +/* -*-C-*- Note some compilers choke on comments on `#line' lines. */ +#line 3 "/home/haible/gnu/arch/linuxlibc6/share/bison.simple" +/* This file comes from bison-1.28. */ + +/* Skeleton output parser for bison, + Copyright (C) 1984, 1989, 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, + Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ + +/* As a special exception, when this file is copied by Bison into a + Bison output file, you may use that output file without restriction. + This special exception was added by the Free Software Foundation + in version 1.24 of Bison. */ + +/* This is the parser code that is written into each bison parser + when the %semantic_parser declaration is not specified in the grammar. + It was written by Richard Stallman by simplifying the hairy parser + used when %semantic_parser is specified. */ + +#ifndef YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA +#ifdef alloca +#define YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA +#else /* alloca not defined */ +#ifdef __GNUC__ +#define YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA +#define alloca __builtin_alloca +#else /* not GNU C. */ +#if (!defined (__STDC__) && defined (sparc)) || defined (__sparc__) || defined (__sparc) || defined (__sgi) || (defined (__sun) && defined (__i386)) +#define YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA +#include +#else /* not sparc */ +/* We think this test detects Watcom and Microsoft C. */ +/* This used to test MSDOS, but that is a bad idea + since that symbol is in the user namespace. */ +#if (defined (_MSDOS) || defined (_MSDOS_)) && !defined (__TURBOC__) +#if 0 /* No need for malloc.h, which pollutes the namespace; + instead, just don't use alloca. */ +#include +#endif +#else /* not MSDOS, or __TURBOC__ */ +#if defined(_AIX) +/* I don't know what this was needed for, but it pollutes the namespace. + So I turned it off. rms, 2 May 1997. */ +/* #include */ + #pragma alloca +#define YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA +#else /* not MSDOS, or __TURBOC__, or _AIX */ +#if 0 +#ifdef __hpux /* haible@ilog.fr says this works for HPUX 9.05 and up, + and on HPUX 10. Eventually we can turn this on. */ +#define YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA +#define alloca __builtin_alloca +#endif /* __hpux */ +#endif +#endif /* not _AIX */ +#endif /* not MSDOS, or __TURBOC__ */ +#endif /* not sparc */ +#endif /* not GNU C */ +#endif /* alloca not defined */ +#endif /* YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA not defined */ + +#ifdef YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA +#define YYSTACK_ALLOC alloca +#else +#define YYSTACK_ALLOC malloc +#endif + +/* Note: there must be only one dollar sign in this file. + It is replaced by the list of actions, each action + as one case of the switch. */ + +#define yyerrok (yyerrstatus = 0) +#define yyclearin (yychar = YYEMPTY) +#define YYEMPTY -2 +#define YYEOF 0 +#define YYACCEPT goto yyacceptlab +#define YYABORT goto yyabortlab +#define YYERROR goto yyerrlab1 +/* Like YYERROR except do call yyerror. + This remains here temporarily to ease the + transition to the new meaning of YYERROR, for GCC. + Once GCC version 2 has supplanted version 1, this can go. */ +#define YYFAIL goto yyerrlab +#define YYRECOVERING() (!!yyerrstatus) +#define YYBACKUP(token, value) \ +do \ + if (yychar == YYEMPTY && yylen == 1) \ + { yychar = (token), yylval = (value); \ + yychar1 = YYTRANSLATE (yychar); \ + YYPOPSTACK; \ + goto yybackup; \ + } \ + else \ + { yyerror ("syntax error: cannot back up"); YYERROR; } \ +while (0) + +#define YYTERROR 1 +#define YYERRCODE 256 + +#ifndef YYPURE +#define YYLEX yylex() +#endif + +#ifdef YYPURE +#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED +#ifdef YYLEX_PARAM +#define YYLEX yylex(&yylval, &yylloc, YYLEX_PARAM) +#else +#define YYLEX yylex(&yylval, &yylloc) +#endif +#else /* not YYLSP_NEEDED */ +#ifdef YYLEX_PARAM +#define YYLEX yylex(&yylval, YYLEX_PARAM) +#else +#define YYLEX yylex(&yylval) +#endif +#endif /* not YYLSP_NEEDED */ +#endif + +/* If nonreentrant, generate the variables here */ + +#ifndef YYPURE + +int yychar; /* the lookahead symbol */ +YYSTYPE yylval; /* the semantic value of the */ + /* lookahead symbol */ + +#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED +YYLTYPE yylloc; /* location data for the lookahead */ + /* symbol */ +#endif + +int yynerrs; /* number of parse errors so far */ +#endif /* not YYPURE */ + +#if YYDEBUG != 0 +int yydebug; /* nonzero means print parse trace */ +/* Since this is uninitialized, it does not stop multiple parsers + from coexisting. */ +#endif + +/* YYINITDEPTH indicates the initial size of the parser's stacks */ + +#ifndef YYINITDEPTH +#define YYINITDEPTH 200 +#endif + +/* YYMAXDEPTH is the maximum size the stacks can grow to + (effective only if the built-in stack extension method is used). */ + +#if YYMAXDEPTH == 0 +#undef YYMAXDEPTH +#endif + +#ifndef YYMAXDEPTH +#define YYMAXDEPTH 10000 +#endif + +/* Define __yy_memcpy. Note that the size argument + should be passed with type unsigned int, because that is what the non-GCC + definitions require. With GCC, __builtin_memcpy takes an arg + of type size_t, but it can handle unsigned int. */ + +#if __GNUC__ > 1 /* GNU C and GNU C++ define this. */ +#define __yy_memcpy(TO,FROM,COUNT) __builtin_memcpy(TO,FROM,COUNT) +#else /* not GNU C or C++ */ +#ifndef __cplusplus + +/* This is the most reliable way to avoid incompatibilities + in available built-in functions on various systems. */ +static void +__yy_memcpy (to, from, count) + char *to; + char *from; + unsigned int count; +{ + register char *f = from; + register char *t = to; + register int i = count; + + while (i-- > 0) + *t++ = *f++; +} + +#else /* __cplusplus */ + +/* This is the most reliable way to avoid incompatibilities + in available built-in functions on various systems. */ +static void +__yy_memcpy (char *to, char *from, unsigned int count) +{ + register char *t = to; + register char *f = from; + register int i = count; + + while (i-- > 0) + *t++ = *f++; +} + +#endif +#endif + +#line 217 "/home/haible/gnu/arch/linuxlibc6/share/bison.simple" + +/* The user can define YYPARSE_PARAM as the name of an argument to be passed + into yyparse. The argument should have type void *. + It should actually point to an object. + Grammar actions can access the variable by casting it + to the proper pointer type. */ + +#ifdef YYPARSE_PARAM +#ifdef __cplusplus +#define YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG void *YYPARSE_PARAM +#define YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL +#else /* not __cplusplus */ +#define YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG YYPARSE_PARAM +#define YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL void *YYPARSE_PARAM; +#endif /* not __cplusplus */ +#else /* not YYPARSE_PARAM */ +#define YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG +#define YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL +#endif /* not YYPARSE_PARAM */ + +/* Prevent warning if -Wstrict-prototypes. */ +#ifdef __GNUC__ +#ifdef YYPARSE_PARAM +int yyparse (void *); +#else +int yyparse (void); +#endif +#endif + +int +yyparse(YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG) + YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL +{ + register int yystate; + register int yyn; + register short *yyssp; + register YYSTYPE *yyvsp; + int yyerrstatus; /* number of tokens to shift before error messages enabled */ + int yychar1 = 0; /* lookahead token as an internal (translated) token number */ + + short yyssa[YYINITDEPTH]; /* the state stack */ + YYSTYPE yyvsa[YYINITDEPTH]; /* the semantic value stack */ + + short *yyss = yyssa; /* refer to the stacks thru separate pointers */ + YYSTYPE *yyvs = yyvsa; /* to allow yyoverflow to reallocate them elsewhere */ + +#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED + YYLTYPE yylsa[YYINITDEPTH]; /* the location stack */ + YYLTYPE *yyls = yylsa; + YYLTYPE *yylsp; + +#define YYPOPSTACK (yyvsp--, yyssp--, yylsp--) +#else +#define YYPOPSTACK (yyvsp--, yyssp--) +#endif + + int yystacksize = YYINITDEPTH; + int yyfree_stacks = 0; + +#ifdef YYPURE + int yychar; + YYSTYPE yylval; + int yynerrs; +#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED + YYLTYPE yylloc; +#endif +#endif + + YYSTYPE yyval; /* the variable used to return */ + /* semantic values from the action */ + /* routines */ + + int yylen; + +#if YYDEBUG != 0 + if (yydebug) + fprintf(stderr, "Starting parse\n"); +#endif + + yystate = 0; + yyerrstatus = 0; + yynerrs = 0; + yychar = YYEMPTY; /* Cause a token to be read. */ + + /* Initialize stack pointers. + Waste one element of value and location stack + so that they stay on the same level as the state stack. + The wasted elements are never initialized. */ + + yyssp = yyss - 1; + yyvsp = yyvs; +#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED + yylsp = yyls; +#endif + +/* Push a new state, which is found in yystate . */ +/* In all cases, when you get here, the value and location stacks + have just been pushed. so pushing a state here evens the stacks. */ +yynewstate: + + *++yyssp = yystate; + + if (yyssp >= yyss + yystacksize - 1) + { + /* Give user a chance to reallocate the stack */ + /* Use copies of these so that the &'s don't force the real ones into memory. */ + YYSTYPE *yyvs1 = yyvs; + short *yyss1 = yyss; +#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED + YYLTYPE *yyls1 = yyls; +#endif + + /* Get the current used size of the three stacks, in elements. */ + int size = yyssp - yyss + 1; + +#ifdef yyoverflow + /* Each stack pointer address is followed by the size of + the data in use in that stack, in bytes. */ +#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED + /* This used to be a conditional around just the two extra args, + but that might be undefined if yyoverflow is a macro. */ + yyoverflow("parser stack overflow", + &yyss1, size * sizeof (*yyssp), + &yyvs1, size * sizeof (*yyvsp), + &yyls1, size * sizeof (*yylsp), + &yystacksize); +#else + yyoverflow("parser stack overflow", + &yyss1, size * sizeof (*yyssp), + &yyvs1, size * sizeof (*yyvsp), + &yystacksize); +#endif + + yyss = yyss1; yyvs = yyvs1; +#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED + yyls = yyls1; +#endif +#else /* no yyoverflow */ + /* Extend the stack our own way. */ + if (yystacksize >= YYMAXDEPTH) + { + yyerror("parser stack overflow"); + if (yyfree_stacks) + { + free (yyss); + free (yyvs); +#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED + free (yyls); +#endif + } + return 2; + } + yystacksize *= 2; + if (yystacksize > YYMAXDEPTH) + yystacksize = YYMAXDEPTH; +#ifndef YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA + yyfree_stacks = 1; +#endif + yyss = (short *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (yystacksize * sizeof (*yyssp)); + __yy_memcpy ((char *)yyss, (char *)yyss1, + size * (unsigned int) sizeof (*yyssp)); + yyvs = (YYSTYPE *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (yystacksize * sizeof (*yyvsp)); + __yy_memcpy ((char *)yyvs, (char *)yyvs1, + size * (unsigned int) sizeof (*yyvsp)); +#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED + yyls = (YYLTYPE *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (yystacksize * sizeof (*yylsp)); + __yy_memcpy ((char *)yyls, (char *)yyls1, + size * (unsigned int) sizeof (*yylsp)); +#endif +#endif /* no yyoverflow */ + + yyssp = yyss + size - 1; + yyvsp = yyvs + size - 1; +#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED + yylsp = yyls + size - 1; +#endif + +#if YYDEBUG != 0 + if (yydebug) + fprintf(stderr, "Stack size increased to %d\n", yystacksize); +#endif + + if (yyssp >= yyss + yystacksize - 1) + YYABORT; + } + +#if YYDEBUG != 0 + if (yydebug) + fprintf(stderr, "Entering state %d\n", yystate); +#endif + + goto yybackup; + yybackup: + +/* Do appropriate processing given the current state. */ +/* Read a lookahead token if we need one and don't already have one. */ +/* yyresume: */ + + /* First try to decide what to do without reference to lookahead token. */ + + yyn = yypact[yystate]; + if (yyn == YYFLAG) + goto yydefault; + + /* Not known => get a lookahead token if don't already have one. */ + + /* yychar is either YYEMPTY or YYEOF + or a valid token in external form. */ + + if (yychar == YYEMPTY) + { +#if YYDEBUG != 0 + if (yydebug) + fprintf(stderr, "Reading a token: "); +#endif + yychar = YYLEX; + } + + /* Convert token to internal form (in yychar1) for indexing tables with */ + + if (yychar <= 0) /* This means end of input. */ + { + yychar1 = 0; + yychar = YYEOF; /* Don't call YYLEX any more */ + +#if YYDEBUG != 0 + if (yydebug) + fprintf(stderr, "Now at end of input.\n"); +#endif + } + else + { + yychar1 = YYTRANSLATE(yychar); + +#if YYDEBUG != 0 + if (yydebug) + { + fprintf (stderr, "Next token is %d (%s", yychar, yytname[yychar1]); + /* Give the individual parser a way to print the precise meaning + of a token, for further debugging info. */ +#ifdef YYPRINT + YYPRINT (stderr, yychar, yylval); +#endif + fprintf (stderr, ")\n"); + } +#endif + } + + yyn += yychar1; + if (yyn < 0 || yyn > YYLAST || yycheck[yyn] != yychar1) + goto yydefault; + + yyn = yytable[yyn]; + + /* yyn is what to do for this token type in this state. + Negative => reduce, -yyn is rule number. + Positive => shift, yyn is new state. + New state is final state => don't bother to shift, + just return success. + 0, or most negative number => error. */ + + if (yyn < 0) + { + if (yyn == YYFLAG) + goto yyerrlab; + yyn = -yyn; + goto yyreduce; + } + else if (yyn == 0) + goto yyerrlab; + + if (yyn == YYFINAL) + YYACCEPT; + + /* Shift the lookahead token. */ + +#if YYDEBUG != 0 + if (yydebug) + fprintf(stderr, "Shifting token %d (%s), ", yychar, yytname[yychar1]); +#endif + + /* Discard the token being shifted unless it is eof. */ + if (yychar != YYEOF) + yychar = YYEMPTY; + + *++yyvsp = yylval; +#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED + *++yylsp = yylloc; +#endif + + /* count tokens shifted since error; after three, turn off error status. */ + if (yyerrstatus) yyerrstatus--; + + yystate = yyn; + goto yynewstate; + +/* Do the default action for the current state. */ +yydefault: + + yyn = yydefact[yystate]; + if (yyn == 0) + goto yyerrlab; + +/* Do a reduction. yyn is the number of a rule to reduce with. */ +yyreduce: + yylen = yyr2[yyn]; + if (yylen > 0) + yyval = yyvsp[1-yylen]; /* implement default value of the action */ + +#if YYDEBUG != 0 + if (yydebug) + { + int i; + + fprintf (stderr, "Reducing via rule %d (line %d), ", + yyn, yyrline[yyn]); + + /* Print the symbols being reduced, and their result. */ + for (i = yyprhs[yyn]; yyrhs[i] > 0; i++) + fprintf (stderr, "%s ", yytname[yyrhs[i]]); + fprintf (stderr, " -> %s\n", yytname[yyr1[yyn]]); + } +#endif + + + switch (yyn) { + +case 1: +#line 179 "plural.y" +{ + if (yyvsp[0].exp == NULL) + YYABORT; + ((struct parse_args *) arg)->res = yyvsp[0].exp; + ; + break;} +case 2: +#line 187 "plural.y" +{ + yyval.exp = new_exp_3 (qmop, yyvsp[-4].exp, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp); + ; + break;} +case 3: +#line 191 "plural.y" +{ + yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (lor, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp); + ; + break;} +case 4: +#line 195 "plural.y" +{ + yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (land, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp); + ; + break;} +case 5: +#line 199 "plural.y" +{ + yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp); + ; + break;} +case 6: +#line 203 "plural.y" +{ + yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp); + ; + break;} +case 7: +#line 207 "plural.y" +{ + yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp); + ; + break;} +case 8: +#line 211 "plural.y" +{ + yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp); + ; + break;} +case 9: +#line 215 "plural.y" +{ + yyval.exp = new_exp_1 (lnot, yyvsp[0].exp); + ; + break;} +case 10: +#line 219 "plural.y" +{ + yyval.exp = new_exp_0 (var); + ; + break;} +case 11: +#line 223 "plural.y" +{ + if ((yyval.exp = new_exp_0 (num)) != NULL) + yyval.exp->val.num = yyvsp[0].num; + ; + break;} +case 12: +#line 228 "plural.y" +{ + yyval.exp = yyvsp[-1].exp; + ; + break;} +} + /* the action file gets copied in in place of this dollarsign */ +#line 543 "/home/haible/gnu/arch/linuxlibc6/share/bison.simple" + + yyvsp -= yylen; + yyssp -= yylen; +#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED + yylsp -= yylen; +#endif + +#if YYDEBUG != 0 + if (yydebug) + { + short *ssp1 = yyss - 1; + fprintf (stderr, "state stack now"); + while (ssp1 != yyssp) + fprintf (stderr, " %d", *++ssp1); + fprintf (stderr, "\n"); + } +#endif + + *++yyvsp = yyval; + +#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED + yylsp++; + if (yylen == 0) + { + yylsp->first_line = yylloc.first_line; + yylsp->first_column = yylloc.first_column; + yylsp->last_line = (yylsp-1)->last_line; + yylsp->last_column = (yylsp-1)->last_column; + yylsp->text = 0; + } + else + { + yylsp->last_line = (yylsp+yylen-1)->last_line; + yylsp->last_column = (yylsp+yylen-1)->last_column; + } +#endif + + /* Now "shift" the result of the reduction. + Determine what state that goes to, + based on the state we popped back to + and the rule number reduced by. */ + + yyn = yyr1[yyn]; + + yystate = yypgoto[yyn - YYNTBASE] + *yyssp; + if (yystate >= 0 && yystate <= YYLAST && yycheck[yystate] == *yyssp) + yystate = yytable[yystate]; + else + yystate = yydefgoto[yyn - YYNTBASE]; + + goto yynewstate; + +yyerrlab: /* here on detecting error */ + + if (! yyerrstatus) + /* If not already recovering from an error, report this error. */ + { + ++yynerrs; + +#ifdef YYERROR_VERBOSE + yyn = yypact[yystate]; + + if (yyn > YYFLAG && yyn < YYLAST) + { + int size = 0; + char *msg; + int x, count; + + count = 0; + /* Start X at -yyn if nec to avoid negative indexes in yycheck. */ + for (x = (yyn < 0 ? -yyn : 0); + x < (sizeof(yytname) / sizeof(char *)); x++) + if (yycheck[x + yyn] == x) + size += strlen(yytname[x]) + 15, count++; + msg = (char *) malloc(size + 15); + if (msg != 0) + { + strcpy(msg, "parse error"); + + if (count < 5) + { + count = 0; + for (x = (yyn < 0 ? -yyn : 0); + x < (sizeof(yytname) / sizeof(char *)); x++) + if (yycheck[x + yyn] == x) + { + strcat(msg, count == 0 ? ", expecting `" : " or `"); + strcat(msg, yytname[x]); + strcat(msg, "'"); + count++; + } + } + yyerror(msg); + free(msg); + } + else + yyerror ("parse error; also virtual memory exceeded"); + } + else +#endif /* YYERROR_VERBOSE */ + yyerror("parse error"); + } + + goto yyerrlab1; +yyerrlab1: /* here on error raised explicitly by an action */ + + if (yyerrstatus == 3) + { + /* if just tried and failed to reuse lookahead token after an error, discard it. */ + + /* return failure if at end of input */ + if (yychar == YYEOF) + YYABORT; + +#if YYDEBUG != 0 + if (yydebug) + fprintf(stderr, "Discarding token %d (%s).\n", yychar, yytname[yychar1]); +#endif + + yychar = YYEMPTY; + } + + /* Else will try to reuse lookahead token + after shifting the error token. */ + + yyerrstatus = 3; /* Each real token shifted decrements this */ + + goto yyerrhandle; + +yyerrdefault: /* current state does not do anything special for the error token. */ + +#if 0 + /* This is wrong; only states that explicitly want error tokens + should shift them. */ + yyn = yydefact[yystate]; /* If its default is to accept any token, ok. Otherwise pop it.*/ + if (yyn) goto yydefault; +#endif + +yyerrpop: /* pop the current state because it cannot handle the error token */ + + if (yyssp == yyss) YYABORT; + yyvsp--; + yystate = *--yyssp; +#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED + yylsp--; +#endif + +#if YYDEBUG != 0 + if (yydebug) + { + short *ssp1 = yyss - 1; + fprintf (stderr, "Error: state stack now"); + while (ssp1 != yyssp) + fprintf (stderr, " %d", *++ssp1); + fprintf (stderr, "\n"); + } +#endif + +yyerrhandle: + + yyn = yypact[yystate]; + if (yyn == YYFLAG) + goto yyerrdefault; + + yyn += YYTERROR; + if (yyn < 0 || yyn > YYLAST || yycheck[yyn] != YYTERROR) + goto yyerrdefault; + + yyn = yytable[yyn]; + if (yyn < 0) + { + if (yyn == YYFLAG) + goto yyerrpop; + yyn = -yyn; + goto yyreduce; + } + else if (yyn == 0) + goto yyerrpop; + + if (yyn == YYFINAL) + YYACCEPT; + +#if YYDEBUG != 0 + if (yydebug) + fprintf(stderr, "Shifting error token, "); +#endif + + *++yyvsp = yylval; +#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED + *++yylsp = yylloc; +#endif + + yystate = yyn; + goto yynewstate; + + yyacceptlab: + /* YYACCEPT comes here. */ + if (yyfree_stacks) + { + free (yyss); + free (yyvs); +#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED + free (yyls); +#endif + } + return 0; + + yyabortlab: + /* YYABORT comes here. */ + if (yyfree_stacks) + { + free (yyss); + free (yyvs); +#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED + free (yyls); +#endif + } + return 1; +} +#line 233 "plural.y" + + +void +internal_function +FREE_EXPRESSION (exp) + struct expression *exp; +{ + if (exp == NULL) + return; + + /* Handle the recursive case. */ + switch (exp->nargs) + { + case 3: + FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[2]); + /* FALLTHROUGH */ + case 2: + FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[1]); + /* FALLTHROUGH */ + case 1: + FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[0]); + /* FALLTHROUGH */ + default: + break; + } + + free (exp); +} + + +static int +yylex (lval, pexp) + YYSTYPE *lval; + const char **pexp; +{ + const char *exp = *pexp; + int result; + + while (1) + { + if (exp[0] == '\0') + { + *pexp = exp; + return YYEOF; + } + + if (exp[0] != ' ' && exp[0] != '\t') + break; + + ++exp; + } + + result = *exp++; + switch (result) + { + case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': + case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': + { + unsigned long int n = result - '0'; + while (exp[0] >= '0' && exp[0] <= '9') + { + n *= 10; + n += exp[0] - '0'; + ++exp; + } + lval->num = n; + result = NUMBER; + } + break; + + case '=': + if (exp[0] == '=') + { + ++exp; + lval->op = equal; + result = EQUOP2; + } + else + result = YYERRCODE; + break; + + case '!': + if (exp[0] == '=') + { + ++exp; + lval->op = not_equal; + result = EQUOP2; + } + break; + + case '&': + case '|': + if (exp[0] == result) + ++exp; + else + result = YYERRCODE; + break; + + case '<': + if (exp[0] == '=') + { + ++exp; + lval->op = less_or_equal; + } + else + lval->op = less_than; + result = CMPOP2; + break; + + case '>': + if (exp[0] == '=') + { + ++exp; + lval->op = greater_or_equal; + } + else + lval->op = greater_than; + result = CMPOP2; + break; + + case '*': + lval->op = mult; + result = MULOP2; + break; + + case '/': + lval->op = divide; + result = MULOP2; + break; + + case '%': + lval->op = module; + result = MULOP2; + break; + + case '+': + lval->op = plus; + result = ADDOP2; + break; + + case '-': + lval->op = minus; + result = ADDOP2; + break; + + case 'n': + case '?': + case ':': + case '(': + case ')': + /* Nothing, just return the character. */ + break; + + case ';': + case '\n': + case '\0': + /* Be safe and let the user call this function again. */ + --exp; + result = YYEOF; + break; + + default: + result = YYERRCODE; +#if YYDEBUG != 0 + --exp; +#endif + break; + } + + *pexp = exp; + + return result; +} + + +static void +yyerror (str) + const char *str; +{ + /* Do nothing. We don't print error messages here. */ +} diff --git a/intl/plural.y b/intl/plural.y new file mode 100644 index 0000000..be049a6 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/plural.y @@ -0,0 +1,413 @@ +%{ +/* Expression parsing for plural form selection. + Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Written by Ulrich Drepper , 2000. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, + USA. */ + +/* The bison generated parser uses alloca. AIX 3 forces us to put this + declaration at the beginning of the file. The declaration in bison's + skeleton file comes too late. This must come before + because may include arbitrary system headers. */ +#if defined _AIX && !defined __GNUC__ + #pragma alloca +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include +#endif + +#include +#include "gettextP.h" + +/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash + with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source + code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ + prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# define FREE_EXPRESSION __gettext_free_exp +#else +# define FREE_EXPRESSION gettext_free_exp__ +# define __gettextparse gettextparse__ +#endif + +#define YYLEX_PARAM &((struct parse_args *) arg)->cp +#define YYPARSE_PARAM arg +%} +%pure_parser +%expect 10 + +%union { + unsigned long int num; + enum operator op; + struct expression *exp; +} + +%{ +/* Prototypes for local functions. */ +static struct expression *new_exp PARAMS ((int nargs, enum operator op, + struct expression * const *args)); +static inline struct expression *new_exp_0 PARAMS ((enum operator op)); +static inline struct expression *new_exp_1 PARAMS ((enum operator op, + struct expression *right)); +static struct expression *new_exp_2 PARAMS ((enum operator op, + struct expression *left, + struct expression *right)); +static inline struct expression *new_exp_3 PARAMS ((enum operator op, + struct expression *bexp, + struct expression *tbranch, + struct expression *fbranch)); +static int yylex PARAMS ((YYSTYPE *lval, const char **pexp)); +static void yyerror PARAMS ((const char *str)); + +/* Allocation of expressions. */ + +static struct expression * +new_exp (nargs, op, args) + int nargs; + enum operator op; + struct expression * const *args; +{ + int i; + struct expression *newp; + + /* If any of the argument could not be malloc'ed, just return NULL. */ + for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--) + if (args[i] == NULL) + goto fail; + + /* Allocate a new expression. */ + newp = (struct expression *) malloc (sizeof (*newp)); + if (newp != NULL) + { + newp->nargs = nargs; + newp->operation = op; + for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--) + newp->val.args[i] = args[i]; + return newp; + } + + fail: + for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--) + FREE_EXPRESSION (args[i]); + + return NULL; +} + +static inline struct expression * +new_exp_0 (op) + enum operator op; +{ + return new_exp (0, op, NULL); +} + +static inline struct expression * +new_exp_1 (op, right) + enum operator op; + struct expression *right; +{ + struct expression *args[1]; + + args[0] = right; + return new_exp (1, op, args); +} + +static struct expression * +new_exp_2 (op, left, right) + enum operator op; + struct expression *left; + struct expression *right; +{ + struct expression *args[2]; + + args[0] = left; + args[1] = right; + return new_exp (2, op, args); +} + +static inline struct expression * +new_exp_3 (op, bexp, tbranch, fbranch) + enum operator op; + struct expression *bexp; + struct expression *tbranch; + struct expression *fbranch; +{ + struct expression *args[3]; + + args[0] = bexp; + args[1] = tbranch; + args[2] = fbranch; + return new_exp (3, op, args); +} + +%} + +/* This declares that all operators have the same associativity and the + precedence order as in C. See [Harbison, Steele: C, A Reference Manual]. + There is no unary minus and no bitwise operators. + Operators with the same syntactic behaviour have been merged into a single + token, to save space in the array generated by bison. */ +%right '?' /* ? */ +%left '|' /* || */ +%left '&' /* && */ +%left EQUOP2 /* == != */ +%left CMPOP2 /* < > <= >= */ +%left ADDOP2 /* + - */ +%left MULOP2 /* * / % */ +%right '!' /* ! */ + +%token EQUOP2 CMPOP2 ADDOP2 MULOP2 +%token NUMBER +%type exp + +%% + +start: exp + { + if ($1 == NULL) + YYABORT; + ((struct parse_args *) arg)->res = $1; + } + ; + +exp: exp '?' exp ':' exp + { + $$ = new_exp_3 (qmop, $1, $3, $5); + } + | exp '|' exp + { + $$ = new_exp_2 (lor, $1, $3); + } + | exp '&' exp + { + $$ = new_exp_2 (land, $1, $3); + } + | exp EQUOP2 exp + { + $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3); + } + | exp CMPOP2 exp + { + $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3); + } + | exp ADDOP2 exp + { + $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3); + } + | exp MULOP2 exp + { + $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3); + } + | '!' exp + { + $$ = new_exp_1 (lnot, $2); + } + | 'n' + { + $$ = new_exp_0 (var); + } + | NUMBER + { + if (($$ = new_exp_0 (num)) != NULL) + $$->val.num = $1; + } + | '(' exp ')' + { + $$ = $2; + } + ; + +%% + +void +internal_function +FREE_EXPRESSION (exp) + struct expression *exp; +{ + if (exp == NULL) + return; + + /* Handle the recursive case. */ + switch (exp->nargs) + { + case 3: + FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[2]); + /* FALLTHROUGH */ + case 2: + FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[1]); + /* FALLTHROUGH */ + case 1: + FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[0]); + /* FALLTHROUGH */ + default: + break; + } + + free (exp); +} + + +static int +yylex (lval, pexp) + YYSTYPE *lval; + const char **pexp; +{ + const char *exp = *pexp; + int result; + + while (1) + { + if (exp[0] == '\0') + { + *pexp = exp; + return YYEOF; + } + + if (exp[0] != ' ' && exp[0] != '\t') + break; + + ++exp; + } + + result = *exp++; + switch (result) + { + case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': + case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': + { + unsigned long int n = result - '0'; + while (exp[0] >= '0' && exp[0] <= '9') + { + n *= 10; + n += exp[0] - '0'; + ++exp; + } + lval->num = n; + result = NUMBER; + } + break; + + case '=': + if (exp[0] == '=') + { + ++exp; + lval->op = equal; + result = EQUOP2; + } + else + result = YYERRCODE; + break; + + case '!': + if (exp[0] == '=') + { + ++exp; + lval->op = not_equal; + result = EQUOP2; + } + break; + + case '&': + case '|': + if (exp[0] == result) + ++exp; + else + result = YYERRCODE; + break; + + case '<': + if (exp[0] == '=') + { + ++exp; + lval->op = less_or_equal; + } + else + lval->op = less_than; + result = CMPOP2; + break; + + case '>': + if (exp[0] == '=') + { + ++exp; + lval->op = greater_or_equal; + } + else + lval->op = greater_than; + result = CMPOP2; + break; + + case '*': + lval->op = mult; + result = MULOP2; + break; + + case '/': + lval->op = divide; + result = MULOP2; + break; + + case '%': + lval->op = module; + result = MULOP2; + break; + + case '+': + lval->op = plus; + result = ADDOP2; + break; + + case '-': + lval->op = minus; + result = ADDOP2; + break; + + case 'n': + case '?': + case ':': + case '(': + case ')': + /* Nothing, just return the character. */ + break; + + case ';': + case '\n': + case '\0': + /* Be safe and let the user call this function again. */ + --exp; + result = YYEOF; + break; + + default: + result = YYERRCODE; +#if YYDEBUG != 0 + --exp; +#endif + break; + } + + *pexp = exp; + + return result; +} + + +static void +yyerror (str) + const char *str; +{ + /* Do nothing. We don't print error messages here. */ +} diff --git a/intl/ref-add.sin b/intl/ref-add.sin new file mode 100644 index 0000000..167374e --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/ref-add.sin @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +# Add this package to a list of references stored in a text file. +# +# Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published +# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) +# any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# Library General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public +# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, +# USA. +# +# Written by Bruno Haible . +# +/^# Packages using this file: / { + s/# Packages using this file:// + ta + :a + s/ @PACKAGE@ / @PACKAGE@ / + tb + s/ $/ @PACKAGE@ / + :b + s/^/# Packages using this file:/ +} diff --git a/intl/ref-del.sin b/intl/ref-del.sin new file mode 100644 index 0000000..613cf37 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/ref-del.sin @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +# Remove this package from a list of references stored in a text file. +# +# Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published +# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) +# any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# Library General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public +# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, +# USA. +# +# Written by Bruno Haible . +# +/^# Packages using this file: / { + s/# Packages using this file:// + s/ @PACKAGE@ / / + s/^/# Packages using this file:/ +} diff --git a/intl/textdomain.c b/intl/textdomain.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2e420ad --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/textdomain.c @@ -0,0 +1,142 @@ +/* Implementation of the textdomain(3) function. + Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, + USA. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include +#endif + +#include +#include + +#ifdef _LIBC +# include +#else +# include "libgnuintl.h" +#endif +#include "gettextP.h" + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* We have to handle multi-threaded applications. */ +# include +#else +/* Provide dummy implementation if this is outside glibc. */ +# define __libc_rwlock_define(CLASS, NAME) +# define __libc_rwlock_wrlock(NAME) +# define __libc_rwlock_unlock(NAME) +#endif + +/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different + names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs + using libintl.a cannot be linked statically. */ +#if !defined _LIBC +# define _nl_default_default_domain _nl_default_default_domain__ +# define _nl_current_default_domain _nl_current_default_domain__ +#endif + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +/* Name of the default text domain. */ +extern const char _nl_default_default_domain[]; + +/* Default text domain in which entries for gettext(3) are to be found. */ +extern const char *_nl_current_default_domain; + + +/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash + with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source + code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ + prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# define TEXTDOMAIN __textdomain +# ifndef strdup +# define strdup(str) __strdup (str) +# endif +#else +# define TEXTDOMAIN textdomain__ +#endif + +/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation. */ +__libc_rwlock_define (extern, _nl_state_lock) + +/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME. + If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default. + If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */ +char * +TEXTDOMAIN (domainname) + const char *domainname; +{ + char *new_domain; + char *old_domain; + + /* A NULL pointer requests the current setting. */ + if (domainname == NULL) + return (char *) _nl_current_default_domain; + + __libc_rwlock_wrlock (_nl_state_lock); + + old_domain = (char *) _nl_current_default_domain; + + /* If domain name is the null string set to default domain "messages". */ + if (domainname[0] == '\0' + || strcmp (domainname, _nl_default_default_domain) == 0) + { + _nl_current_default_domain = _nl_default_default_domain; + new_domain = (char *) _nl_current_default_domain; + } + else if (strcmp (domainname, old_domain) == 0) + /* This can happen and people will use it to signal that some + environment variable changed. */ + new_domain = old_domain; + else + { + /* If the following malloc fails `_nl_current_default_domain' + will be NULL. This value will be returned and so signals we + are out of core. */ +#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP + new_domain = strdup (domainname); +#else + size_t len = strlen (domainname) + 1; + new_domain = (char *) malloc (len); + if (new_domain != NULL) + memcpy (new_domain, domainname, len); +#endif + + if (new_domain != NULL) + _nl_current_default_domain = new_domain; + } + + /* We use this possibility to signal a change of the loaded catalogs + since this is most likely the case and there is no other easy we + to do it. Do it only when the call was successful. */ + if (new_domain != NULL) + { + ++_nl_msg_cat_cntr; + + if (old_domain != new_domain && old_domain != _nl_default_default_domain) + free (old_domain); + } + + __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock); + + return new_domain; +} + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */ +weak_alias (__textdomain, textdomain); +#endif diff --git a/lib/Makefile.am b/lib/Makefile.am new file mode 100644 index 0000000..aa4d55a --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/Makefile.am @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in +# $Id: Makefile.am,v 1.2.4.7 2001/02/11 11:50:09 guus Exp $ + +noinst_LIBRARIES = libvpn.a + +INCLUDES = @INCLUDES@ -I. -I$(top_builddir) -I$(top_srcdir)/intl + +libvpn_a_SOURCES = xmalloc.c pidfile.c utils.c getopt.c getopt1.c list.c avl_tree.c dropin.c + +libvpn_a_LIBADD = @LIBOBJS@ @ALLOCA@ +libvpn_a_DEPENDENCIES = $(libvpn_a_LIBADD) + +noinst_HEADERS = xalloc.h pidfile.h utils.h getopt.h list.h avl_tree.h dropin.h + +EXTRA_DIST = README diff --git a/lib/Makefile.in b/lib/Makefile.in new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0ae461d --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/Makefile.in @@ -0,0 +1,338 @@ +# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.5 from Makefile.am. + +# Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 +# Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation +# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, +# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. + +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without +# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A +# PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + +@SET_MAKE@ + +# $Id: Makefile.am,v 1.2.4.7 2001/02/11 11:50:09 guus Exp $ + +SHELL = @SHELL@ + +srcdir = @srcdir@ +top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ +VPATH = @srcdir@ +prefix = @prefix@ +exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ + +bindir = @bindir@ +sbindir = @sbindir@ +libexecdir = @libexecdir@ +datadir = @datadir@ +sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@ +sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@ +localstatedir = @localstatedir@ +libdir = @libdir@ +infodir = @infodir@ +mandir = @mandir@ +includedir = @includedir@ +oldincludedir = /usr/include +pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@ +pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@ +pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@ +top_builddir = .. + +ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@ +AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@ +AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@ +AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@ + +INSTALL = @INSTALL@ +INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ +INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ +INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@ +INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA) +transform = @program_transform_name@ +NORMAL_INSTALL = : +PRE_INSTALL = : +POST_INSTALL = : +NORMAL_UNINSTALL = : +PRE_UNINSTALL = : +POST_UNINSTALL = : +host_alias = @host_alias@ +host_triplet = @host@ +AMTAR = @AMTAR@ +AWK = @AWK@ +BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@ +CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@ +CATOBJEXT = @CATOBJEXT@ +CC = @CC@ +CPP = @CPP@ +DATADIRNAME = @DATADIRNAME@ +DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@ +EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ +GENCAT = @GENCAT@ +GLIBC21 = @GLIBC21@ +GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@ +GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@ +HAVE_TUNTAP = @HAVE_TUNTAP@ +INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@ +INSTOBJEXT = @INSTOBJEXT@ +INTLBISON = @INTLBISON@ +INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@ +INTLOBJS = @INTLOBJS@ +INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX = @INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX@ +LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@ +LINUX_IF_TUN_H = @LINUX_IF_TUN_H@ +LN_S = @LN_S@ +MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@ +MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ +OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@ +PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ +PERL = @PERL@ +POFILES = @POFILES@ +POSUB = @POSUB@ +RANLIB = @RANLIB@ +USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@ +USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@ +VERSION = @VERSION@ +am__include = @am__include@ +am__quote = @am__quote@ +install_sh = @install_sh@ + +INCLUDES = @INCLUDES@ -I. -I$(top_builddir) -I$(top_srcdir)/intl + +noinst_LIBRARIES = libvpn.a + +libvpn_a_SOURCES = xmalloc.c pidfile.c utils.c getopt.c getopt1.c list.c avl_tree.c dropin.c + +libvpn_a_LIBADD = @LIBOBJS@ @ALLOCA@ +libvpn_a_DEPENDENCIES = $(libvpn_a_LIBADD) + +noinst_HEADERS = xalloc.h pidfile.h utils.h getopt.h list.h avl_tree.h dropin.h + +EXTRA_DIST = README +subdir = lib +mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs +CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h +CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = +LIBRARIES = $(noinst_LIBRARIES) + +libvpn_a_AR = $(AR) cru +am_libvpn_a_OBJECTS = xmalloc.$(OBJEXT) pidfile.$(OBJEXT) \ + utils.$(OBJEXT) getopt.$(OBJEXT) getopt1.$(OBJEXT) \ + list.$(OBJEXT) avl_tree.$(OBJEXT) dropin.$(OBJEXT) +libvpn_a_OBJECTS = $(am_libvpn_a_OBJECTS) + +DEFS = @DEFS@ +DEFAULT_INCLUDES = -I. -I$(srcdir) -I$(top_builddir) +CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ +LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ +LIBS = @LIBS@ +depcomp = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/depcomp +@AMDEP_TRUE@DEP_FILES = $(DEPDIR)/alloca.Po $(DEPDIR)/avl_tree.Po \ +@AMDEP_TRUE@ $(DEPDIR)/dropin.Po $(DEPDIR)/getopt.Po \ +@AMDEP_TRUE@ $(DEPDIR)/getopt1.Po $(DEPDIR)/list.Po \ +@AMDEP_TRUE@ $(DEPDIR)/malloc.Po $(DEPDIR)/memcmp.Po \ +@AMDEP_TRUE@ $(DEPDIR)/pidfile.Po $(DEPDIR)/realloc.Po \ +@AMDEP_TRUE@ $(DEPDIR)/utils.Po $(DEPDIR)/xmalloc.Po +COMPILE = $(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) \ + $(CPPFLAGS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) +CCLD = $(CC) +LINK = $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(AM_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ +CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ +DIST_SOURCES = $(libvpn_a_SOURCES) +HEADERS = $(noinst_HEADERS) + +DIST_COMMON = README $(noinst_HEADERS) Makefile.am Makefile.in alloca.c \ + malloc.c memcmp.c realloc.c +SOURCES = $(libvpn_a_SOURCES) + +all: all-am + +.SUFFIXES: +.SUFFIXES: .c .o .obj +$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4) + cd $(top_srcdir) && \ + $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu lib/Makefile +Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status + cd $(top_builddir) && \ + CONFIG_HEADERS= CONFIG_LINKS= \ + CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ $(SHELL) ./config.status + +AR = ar + +clean-noinstLIBRARIES: + -test -z "$(noinst_LIBRARIES)" || rm -f $(noinst_LIBRARIES) +libvpn.a: $(libvpn_a_OBJECTS) $(libvpn_a_DEPENDENCIES) + -rm -f libvpn.a + $(libvpn_a_AR) libvpn.a $(libvpn_a_OBJECTS) $(libvpn_a_LIBADD) + $(RANLIB) libvpn.a + +mostlyclean-compile: + -rm -f *.$(OBJEXT) core *.core + +distclean-compile: + -rm -f *.tab.c + +@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/alloca.Po@am__quote@ +@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/avl_tree.Po@am__quote@ +@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/dropin.Po@am__quote@ +@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/getopt.Po@am__quote@ +@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/getopt1.Po@am__quote@ +@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/list.Po@am__quote@ +@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/malloc.Po@am__quote@ +@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/memcmp.Po@am__quote@ +@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/pidfile.Po@am__quote@ +@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/realloc.Po@am__quote@ +@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/utils.Po@am__quote@ +@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/xmalloc.Po@am__quote@ + +distclean-depend: + -rm -rf $(DEPDIR) + +.c.o: +@AMDEP_TRUE@ source='$<' object='$@' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ +@AMDEP_TRUE@ depfile='$(DEPDIR)/$*.Po' tmpdepfile='$(DEPDIR)/$*.TPo' @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ +@AMDEP_TRUE@ $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ + $(COMPILE) -c `test -f $< || echo '$(srcdir)/'`$< + +.c.obj: +@AMDEP_TRUE@ source='$<' object='$@' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ +@AMDEP_TRUE@ depfile='$(DEPDIR)/$*.Po' tmpdepfile='$(DEPDIR)/$*.TPo' @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ +@AMDEP_TRUE@ $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ + $(COMPILE) -c `cygpath -w $<` +CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@ +uninstall-info-am: + +tags: TAGS + +ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES) + list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ + unique=`for i in $$list; do \ + if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ + done | \ + $(AWK) ' { files[$$0] = 1; } \ + END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \ + mkid -fID $$unique $(LISP) + +TAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \ + $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP) + tags=; \ + here=`pwd`; \ + list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ + unique=`for i in $$list; do \ + if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ + done | \ + $(AWK) ' { files[$$0] = 1; } \ + END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \ + test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$unique$(LISP)$$tags" \ + || etags $(ETAGS_ARGS) $$tags $$unique $(LISP) + +GTAGS: + here=`CDPATH=: && cd $(top_builddir) && pwd` \ + && cd $(top_srcdir) \ + && gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) $$here + +distclean-tags: + -rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH + +DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST) + +top_distdir = .. +distdir = $(top_distdir)/$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION) + +distdir: $(DISTFILES) + @for file in $(DISTFILES); do \ + if test -f $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \ + dir=`echo "$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \ + if test "$$dir" != "$$file" && test "$$dir" != "."; then \ + $(mkinstalldirs) "$(distdir)/$$dir"; \ + fi; \ + if test -d $$d/$$file; then \ + cp -pR $$d/$$file $(distdir) \ + || exit 1; \ + else \ + test -f $(distdir)/$$file \ + || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file \ + || exit 1; \ + fi; \ + done +check-am: all-am +check: check-am +all-am: Makefile $(LIBRARIES) $(HEADERS) + +installdirs: + +install: install-am +install-exec: install-exec-am +install-data: install-data-am +uninstall: uninstall-am + +install-am: all-am + @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am + +installcheck: installcheck-am +install-strip: + $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ + `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \ + echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install +mostlyclean-generic: + +clean-generic: + +distclean-generic: + -rm -f Makefile $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) stamp-h stamp-h[0-9]* + +maintainer-clean-generic: + @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use" + @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." +clean: clean-am + +clean-am: clean-generic clean-noinstLIBRARIES mostlyclean-am + +distclean: distclean-am + +distclean-am: clean-am distclean-compile distclean-depend \ + distclean-generic distclean-tags + +dvi: dvi-am + +dvi-am: + +info: info-am + +info-am: + +install-data-am: + +install-exec-am: + +install-info: install-info-am + +install-man: + +installcheck-am: + +maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am + +maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic + +mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am + +mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-compile mostlyclean-generic + +uninstall-am: uninstall-info-am + +.PHONY: GTAGS all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic \ + clean-noinstLIBRARIES distclean distclean-compile \ + distclean-depend distclean-generic distclean-tags distdir dvi \ + dvi-am info info-am install install-am install-data \ + install-data-am install-exec install-exec-am install-info \ + install-info-am install-man install-strip installcheck \ + installcheck-am installdirs maintainer-clean \ + maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean mostlyclean-compile \ + mostlyclean-generic tags uninstall uninstall-am \ + uninstall-info-am + +# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables. +# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. +.NOEXPORT: diff --git a/lib/README b/lib/README new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d842e59 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/README @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +The files in this directory were merely copied from fileutils 4.0. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/lib/alloca.c b/lib/alloca.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..10e5d65 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/alloca.c @@ -0,0 +1,494 @@ +/* alloca.c -- allocate automatically reclaimed memory + (Mostly) portable public-domain implementation -- D A Gwyn + + This implementation of the PWB library alloca function, + which is used to allocate space off the run-time stack so + that it is automatically reclaimed upon procedure exit, + was inspired by discussions with J. Q. Johnson of Cornell. + J.Otto Tennant contributed the Cray support. + + There are some preprocessor constants that can + be defined when compiling for your specific system, for + improved efficiency; however, the defaults should be okay. + + The general concept of this implementation is to keep + track of all alloca-allocated blocks, and reclaim any + that are found to be deeper in the stack than the current + invocation. This heuristic does not reclaim storage as + soon as it becomes invalid, but it will do so eventually. + + As a special case, alloca(0) reclaims storage without + allocating any. It is a good idea to use alloca(0) in + your main control loop, etc. to force garbage collection. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include +#endif + +#ifdef emacs +# include "blockinput.h" +#endif + +/* If compiling with GCC 2, this file's not needed. */ +#if !defined (__GNUC__) || __GNUC__ < 2 + +/* If someone has defined alloca as a macro, + there must be some other way alloca is supposed to work. */ +# ifndef alloca + +# ifdef emacs +# ifdef static +/* actually, only want this if static is defined as "" + -- this is for usg, in which emacs must undefine static + in order to make unexec workable + */ +# ifndef STACK_DIRECTION +you +lose +-- must know STACK_DIRECTION at compile-time +# endif /* STACK_DIRECTION undefined */ +# endif /* static */ +# endif /* emacs */ + +/* If your stack is a linked list of frames, you have to + provide an "address metric" ADDRESS_FUNCTION macro. */ + +# if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END) +long i00afunc (); +# define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) (char *) i00afunc (&(arg)) +# else +# define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) &(arg) +# endif + +# if __STDC__ +typedef void *pointer; +# else +typedef char *pointer; +# endif + +# ifndef NULL +# define NULL 0 +# endif + +/* Different portions of Emacs need to call different versions of + malloc. The Emacs executable needs alloca to call xmalloc, because + ordinary malloc isn't protected from input signals. On the other + hand, the utilities in lib-src need alloca to call malloc; some of + them are very simple, and don't have an xmalloc routine. + + Non-Emacs programs expect this to call xmalloc. + + Callers below should use malloc. */ + +# ifndef emacs +# define malloc xmalloc +# endif +extern pointer malloc (); + +/* Define STACK_DIRECTION if you know the direction of stack + growth for your system; otherwise it will be automatically + deduced at run-time. + + STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses + STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses + STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown */ + +# ifndef STACK_DIRECTION +# define STACK_DIRECTION 0 /* Direction unknown. */ +# endif + +# if STACK_DIRECTION != 0 + +# define STACK_DIR STACK_DIRECTION /* Known at compile-time. */ + +# else /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0; need run-time code. */ + +static int stack_dir; /* 1 or -1 once known. */ +# define STACK_DIR stack_dir + +static void +find_stack_direction () +{ + static char *addr = NULL; /* Address of first `dummy', once known. */ + auto char dummy; /* To get stack address. */ + + if (addr == NULL) + { /* Initial entry. */ + addr = ADDRESS_FUNCTION (dummy); + + find_stack_direction (); /* Recurse once. */ + } + else + { + /* Second entry. */ + if (ADDRESS_FUNCTION (dummy) > addr) + stack_dir = 1; /* Stack grew upward. */ + else + stack_dir = -1; /* Stack grew downward. */ + } +} + +# endif /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0 */ + +/* An "alloca header" is used to: + (a) chain together all alloca'ed blocks; + (b) keep track of stack depth. + + It is very important that sizeof(header) agree with malloc + alignment chunk size. The following default should work okay. */ + +# ifndef ALIGN_SIZE +# define ALIGN_SIZE sizeof(double) +# endif + +typedef union hdr +{ + char align[ALIGN_SIZE]; /* To force sizeof(header). */ + struct + { + union hdr *next; /* For chaining headers. */ + char *deep; /* For stack depth measure. */ + } h; +} header; + +static header *last_alloca_header = NULL; /* -> last alloca header. */ + +/* Return a pointer to at least SIZE bytes of storage, + which will be automatically reclaimed upon exit from + the procedure that called alloca. Originally, this space + was supposed to be taken from the current stack frame of the + caller, but that method cannot be made to work for some + implementations of C, for example under Gould's UTX/32. */ + +pointer +alloca (size) + unsigned size; +{ + auto char probe; /* Probes stack depth: */ + register char *depth = ADDRESS_FUNCTION (probe); + +# if STACK_DIRECTION == 0 + if (STACK_DIR == 0) /* Unknown growth direction. */ + find_stack_direction (); +# endif + + /* Reclaim garbage, defined as all alloca'd storage that + was allocated from deeper in the stack than currently. */ + + { + register header *hp; /* Traverses linked list. */ + +# ifdef emacs + BLOCK_INPUT; +# endif + + for (hp = last_alloca_header; hp != NULL;) + if ((STACK_DIR > 0 && hp->h.deep > depth) + || (STACK_DIR < 0 && hp->h.deep < depth)) + { + register header *np = hp->h.next; + + free ((pointer) hp); /* Collect garbage. */ + + hp = np; /* -> next header. */ + } + else + break; /* Rest are not deeper. */ + + last_alloca_header = hp; /* -> last valid storage. */ + +# ifdef emacs + UNBLOCK_INPUT; +# endif + } + + if (size == 0) + return NULL; /* No allocation required. */ + + /* Allocate combined header + user data storage. */ + + { + register pointer new = malloc (sizeof (header) + size); + /* Address of header. */ + + ((header *) new)->h.next = last_alloca_header; + ((header *) new)->h.deep = depth; + + last_alloca_header = (header *) new; + + /* User storage begins just after header. */ + + return (pointer) ((char *) new + sizeof (header)); + } +} + +# if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END) + +# ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC +# include +# endif + +# ifndef CRAY_STACK +# define CRAY_STACK +# ifndef CRAY2 +/* Stack structures for CRAY-1, CRAY X-MP, and CRAY Y-MP */ +struct stack_control_header + { + long shgrow:32; /* Number of times stack has grown. */ + long shaseg:32; /* Size of increments to stack. */ + long shhwm:32; /* High water mark of stack. */ + long shsize:32; /* Current size of stack (all segments). */ + }; + +/* The stack segment linkage control information occurs at + the high-address end of a stack segment. (The stack + grows from low addresses to high addresses.) The initial + part of the stack segment linkage control information is + 0200 (octal) words. This provides for register storage + for the routine which overflows the stack. */ + +struct stack_segment_linkage + { + long ss[0200]; /* 0200 overflow words. */ + long sssize:32; /* Number of words in this segment. */ + long ssbase:32; /* Offset to stack base. */ + long:32; + long sspseg:32; /* Offset to linkage control of previous + segment of stack. */ + long:32; + long sstcpt:32; /* Pointer to task common address block. */ + long sscsnm; /* Private control structure number for + microtasking. */ + long ssusr1; /* Reserved for user. */ + long ssusr2; /* Reserved for user. */ + long sstpid; /* Process ID for pid based multi-tasking. */ + long ssgvup; /* Pointer to multitasking thread giveup. */ + long sscray[7]; /* Reserved for Cray Research. */ + long ssa0; + long ssa1; + long ssa2; + long ssa3; + long ssa4; + long ssa5; + long ssa6; + long ssa7; + long sss0; + long sss1; + long sss2; + long sss3; + long sss4; + long sss5; + long sss6; + long sss7; + }; + +# else /* CRAY2 */ +/* The following structure defines the vector of words + returned by the STKSTAT library routine. */ +struct stk_stat + { + long now; /* Current total stack size. */ + long maxc; /* Amount of contiguous space which would + be required to satisfy the maximum + stack demand to date. */ + long high_water; /* Stack high-water mark. */ + long overflows; /* Number of stack overflow ($STKOFEN) calls. */ + long hits; /* Number of internal buffer hits. */ + long extends; /* Number of block extensions. */ + long stko_mallocs; /* Block allocations by $STKOFEN. */ + long underflows; /* Number of stack underflow calls ($STKRETN). */ + long stko_free; /* Number of deallocations by $STKRETN. */ + long stkm_free; /* Number of deallocations by $STKMRET. */ + long segments; /* Current number of stack segments. */ + long maxs; /* Maximum number of stack segments so far. */ + long pad_size; /* Stack pad size. */ + long current_address; /* Current stack segment address. */ + long current_size; /* Current stack segment size. This + number is actually corrupted by STKSTAT to + include the fifteen word trailer area. */ + long initial_address; /* Address of initial segment. */ + long initial_size; /* Size of initial segment. */ + }; + +/* The following structure describes the data structure which trails + any stack segment. I think that the description in 'asdef' is + out of date. I only describe the parts that I am sure about. */ + +struct stk_trailer + { + long this_address; /* Address of this block. */ + long this_size; /* Size of this block (does not include + this trailer). */ + long unknown2; + long unknown3; + long link; /* Address of trailer block of previous + segment. */ + long unknown5; + long unknown6; + long unknown7; + long unknown8; + long unknown9; + long unknown10; + long unknown11; + long unknown12; + long unknown13; + long unknown14; + }; + +# endif /* CRAY2 */ +# endif /* not CRAY_STACK */ + +# ifdef CRAY2 +/* Determine a "stack measure" for an arbitrary ADDRESS. + I doubt that "lint" will like this much. */ + +static long +i00afunc (long *address) +{ + struct stk_stat status; + struct stk_trailer *trailer; + long *block, size; + long result = 0; + + /* We want to iterate through all of the segments. The first + step is to get the stack status structure. We could do this + more quickly and more directly, perhaps, by referencing the + $LM00 common block, but I know that this works. */ + + STKSTAT (&status); + + /* Set up the iteration. */ + + trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) (status.current_address + + status.current_size + - 15); + + /* There must be at least one stack segment. Therefore it is + a fatal error if "trailer" is null. */ + + if (trailer == 0) + abort (); + + /* Discard segments that do not contain our argument address. */ + + while (trailer != 0) + { + block = (long *) trailer->this_address; + size = trailer->this_size; + if (block == 0 || size == 0) + abort (); + trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) trailer->link; + if ((block <= address) && (address < (block + size))) + break; + } + + /* Set the result to the offset in this segment and add the sizes + of all predecessor segments. */ + + result = address - block; + + if (trailer == 0) + { + return result; + } + + do + { + if (trailer->this_size <= 0) + abort (); + result += trailer->this_size; + trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) trailer->link; + } + while (trailer != 0); + + /* We are done. Note that if you present a bogus address (one + not in any segment), you will get a different number back, formed + from subtracting the address of the first block. This is probably + not what you want. */ + + return (result); +} + +# else /* not CRAY2 */ +/* Stack address function for a CRAY-1, CRAY X-MP, or CRAY Y-MP. + Determine the number of the cell within the stack, + given the address of the cell. The purpose of this + routine is to linearize, in some sense, stack addresses + for alloca. */ + +static long +i00afunc (long address) +{ + long stkl = 0; + + long size, pseg, this_segment, stack; + long result = 0; + + struct stack_segment_linkage *ssptr; + + /* Register B67 contains the address of the end of the + current stack segment. If you (as a subprogram) store + your registers on the stack and find that you are past + the contents of B67, you have overflowed the segment. + + B67 also points to the stack segment linkage control + area, which is what we are really interested in. */ + + stkl = CRAY_STACKSEG_END (); + ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl; + + /* If one subtracts 'size' from the end of the segment, + one has the address of the first word of the segment. + + If this is not the first segment, 'pseg' will be + nonzero. */ + + pseg = ssptr->sspseg; + size = ssptr->sssize; + + this_segment = stkl - size; + + /* It is possible that calling this routine itself caused + a stack overflow. Discard stack segments which do not + contain the target address. */ + + while (!(this_segment <= address && address <= stkl)) + { +# ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC + fprintf (stderr, "%011o %011o %011o\n", this_segment, address, stkl); +# endif + if (pseg == 0) + break; + stkl = stkl - pseg; + ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl; + size = ssptr->sssize; + pseg = ssptr->sspseg; + this_segment = stkl - size; + } + + result = address - this_segment; + + /* If you subtract pseg from the current end of the stack, + you get the address of the previous stack segment's end. + This seems a little convoluted to me, but I'll bet you save + a cycle somewhere. */ + + while (pseg != 0) + { +# ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC + fprintf (stderr, "%011o %011o\n", pseg, size); +# endif + stkl = stkl - pseg; + ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl; + size = ssptr->sssize; + pseg = ssptr->sspseg; + result += size; + } + return (result); +} + +# endif /* not CRAY2 */ +# endif /* CRAY */ + +# endif /* no alloca */ +#endif /* not GCC version 2 */ diff --git a/lib/avl_tree.c b/lib/avl_tree.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a4f0051 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/avl_tree.c @@ -0,0 +1,723 @@ +/* + avl_tree.c -- avl_ tree and linked list convenience + Copyright (C) 1998 Michael H. Buselli + 2000,2001 Ivo Timmermans , + 2000,2001 Guus Sliepen + 2000,2001 Wessel Dankers + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. + + Original AVL tree library by Michael H. Buselli . + + Modified 2000-11-28 by Wessel Dankers to use counts + instead of depths, to add the ->next and ->prev and to generally obfuscate + the code. Mail me if you found a bug. + + Cleaned up and incorporated some of the ideas from the red-black tree + library for inclusion into tinc (http://tinc.nl.linux.org/) by + Guus Sliepen . + + $Id: avl_tree.c,v 1.1.2.8 2002/02/10 21:57:51 guus Exp $ +*/ + +#include +#include +#include + +#include "avl_tree.h" + +#ifdef AVL_COUNT +#define AVL_NODE_COUNT(n) ((n) ? (n)->count : 0) +#define AVL_L_COUNT(n) (AVL_NODE_COUNT((n)->left)) +#define AVL_R_COUNT(n) (AVL_NODE_COUNT((n)->right)) +#define AVL_CALC_COUNT(n) (AVL_L_COUNT(n) + AVL_R_COUNT(n) + 1) +#endif + +#ifdef AVL_DEPTH +#define AVL_NODE_DEPTH(n) ((n) ? (n)->depth : 0) +#define L_AVL_DEPTH(n) (AVL_NODE_DEPTH((n)->left)) +#define R_AVL_DEPTH(n) (AVL_NODE_DEPTH((n)->right)) +#define AVL_CALC_DEPTH(n) ((L_AVL_DEPTH(n)>R_AVL_DEPTH(n)?L_AVL_DEPTH(n):R_AVL_DEPTH(n)) + 1) +#endif + +#ifndef AVL_DEPTH +int lg(unsigned int u) +{ + int r = 1; + if (!u) + return 0; + if (u & 0xffff0000) + { + u >>= 16; + r += 16; + } + if (u & 0x0000ff00) + { + u >>= 8; + r += 8; + } + if (u & 0x000000f0) + { + u >>= 4; + r += 4; + } + if (u & 0x0000000c) + { + u >>= 2; + r += 2; + } + if (u & 0x00000002) + r++; + return r; +} +#endif + +/* Internal helper functions */ + +int avl_check_balance(avl_node_t *node) +{ +#ifdef AVL_DEPTH + int d; + d = R_AVL_DEPTH(node) - L_AVL_DEPTH(node); + return d < -1 ? -1 : d > 1 ? 1 : 0; +#else +/* int d; + * d = lg(AVL_R_COUNT(node)) - lg(AVL_L_COUNT(node)); + * d = d<-1?-1:d>1?1:0; + */ + int pl, r; + + pl = lg(AVL_L_COUNT(node)); + r = AVL_R_COUNT(node); + + if (r >> pl + 1) + return 1; + if (pl < 2 || r >> pl - 2) + return 0; + return -1; +#endif +} + +void avl_rebalance(avl_tree_t *tree, avl_node_t *node) +{ + avl_node_t *child; + avl_node_t *gchild; + avl_node_t *parent; + avl_node_t **superparent; + + parent = node; + + while (node) + { + parent = node->parent; + + superparent = parent ? node == parent->left ? &parent->left : &parent->right : &tree->root; + + switch (avl_check_balance(node)) + { + case -1: + child = node->left; +#ifdef AVL_DEPTH + if(L_AVL_DEPTH(child) >= R_AVL_DEPTH(child)) { +#else + if (AVL_L_COUNT(child) >= AVL_R_COUNT(child)) + { +#endif + node->left = child->right; + if (node->left) + node->left->parent = node; + child->right = node; + node->parent = child; + *superparent = child; + child->parent = parent; +#ifdef AVL_COUNT + node->count = AVL_CALC_COUNT(node); + child->count = AVL_CALC_COUNT(child); +#endif +#ifdef AVL_DEPTH + node->depth = AVL_CALC_DEPTH(node); + child->depth = AVL_CALC_DEPTH(child); +#endif + } else + { + gchild = child->right; + node->left = gchild->right; + if (node->left) + node->left->parent = node; + child->right = gchild->left; + if (child->right) + child->right->parent = child; + gchild->right = node; + if (gchild->right) + gchild->right->parent = gchild; + gchild->left = child; + if (gchild->left) + gchild->left->parent = gchild; + *superparent = gchild; + gchild->parent = parent; +#ifdef AVL_COUNT + node->count = AVL_CALC_COUNT(node); + child->count = AVL_CALC_COUNT(child); + gchild->count = AVL_CALC_COUNT(gchild); +#endif +#ifdef AVL_DEPTH + node->depth = AVL_CALC_DEPTH(node); + child->depth = AVL_CALC_DEPTH(child); + gchild->depth = AVL_CALC_DEPTH(gchild); +#endif + } + break; + case 1: + child = node->right; +#ifdef AVL_DEPTH + if(R_AVL_DEPTH(child) >= L_AVL_DEPTH(child)) { +#else + if (AVL_R_COUNT(child) >= AVL_L_COUNT(child)) + { +#endif + node->right = child->left; + if (node->right) + node->right->parent = node; + child->left = node; + node->parent = child; + *superparent = child; + child->parent = parent; +#ifdef AVL_COUNT + node->count = AVL_CALC_COUNT(node); + child->count = AVL_CALC_COUNT(child); +#endif +#ifdef AVL_DEPTH + node->depth = AVL_CALC_DEPTH(node); + child->depth = AVL_CALC_DEPTH(child); +#endif + } else + { + gchild = child->left; + node->right = gchild->left; + if (node->right) + node->right->parent = node; + child->left = gchild->right; + if (child->left) + child->left->parent = child; + gchild->left = node; + if (gchild->left) + gchild->left->parent = gchild; + gchild->right = child; + if (gchild->right) + gchild->right->parent = gchild; + *superparent = gchild; + gchild->parent = parent; +#ifdef AVL_COUNT + node->count = AVL_CALC_COUNT(node); + child->count = AVL_CALC_COUNT(child); + gchild->count = AVL_CALC_COUNT(gchild); +#endif +#ifdef AVL_DEPTH + node->depth = AVL_CALC_DEPTH(node); + child->depth = AVL_CALC_DEPTH(child); + gchild->depth = AVL_CALC_DEPTH(gchild); +#endif + } + break; + default: +#ifdef AVL_COUNT + node->count = AVL_CALC_COUNT(node); +#endif +#ifdef AVL_DEPTH + node->depth = AVL_CALC_DEPTH(node); +#endif + } + node = parent; + } +} + +/* (De)constructors */ + +avl_tree_t *avl_alloc_tree(avl_compare_t compare, avl_action_t delete) +{ + avl_tree_t *tree; + + tree = xmalloc_and_zero(sizeof(avl_tree_t)); + tree->compare = compare; + tree->delete = delete; + + return tree; +} + +void avl_free_tree(avl_tree_t *tree) +{ + free(tree); +} + +avl_node_t *avl_alloc_node(void) +{ + avl_node_t *node; + + node = xmalloc_and_zero(sizeof(avl_node_t)); + + return node; +} + +void avl_free_node(avl_tree_t *tree, avl_node_t *node) +{ + if(node->data && tree->delete) + tree->delete(node->data); + free(node); +} + +/* Searching */ + +void *avl_search(const avl_tree_t *tree, const void *data) +{ + avl_node_t *node; + + node = avl_search_node(tree, data); + + return node?node->data:NULL; +} + +void *avl_search_closest(const avl_tree_t *tree, const void *data, int *result) +{ + avl_node_t *node; + + node = avl_search_closest_node(tree, data, result); + + return node?node->data:NULL; +} + +void *avl_search_closest_smaller(const avl_tree_t *tree, const void *data) +{ + avl_node_t *node; + + node = avl_search_closest_smaller_node(tree, data); + + return node?node->data:NULL; +} + +void *avl_search_closest_greater(const avl_tree_t *tree, const void *data) +{ + avl_node_t *node; + + node = avl_search_closest_greater_node(tree, data); + + return node?node->data:NULL; +} + +avl_node_t *avl_search_node(const avl_tree_t *tree, const void *data) +{ + avl_node_t *node; + int result; + + node = avl_search_closest_node(tree, data, &result); + + return result?NULL:node; +} + +avl_node_t *avl_search_closest_node(const avl_tree_t *tree, const void *data, int *result) +{ + avl_node_t *node; + int c; + + node = tree->root; + + if (!node) + { + if(result) + *result = 0; + return NULL; + } + + for (;;) + { + c = tree->compare(data, node->data); + + if (c < 0) + { + if (node->left) + node = node->left; + else + { + if(result) + *result = -1; + break; + } + } + else if (c > 0) + { + if (node->right) + node = node->right; + else + { + if(result) + *result = 1; + break; + } + } + else + { + if(result) + *result = 0; + break; + } + } + + return node; +} + +avl_node_t *avl_search_closest_smaller_node(const avl_tree_t *tree, const void *data) +{ + avl_node_t *node; + int result; + + node = avl_search_closest_node(tree, data, &result); + + if(result < 0) + node = node->prev; + + return node; +} + +avl_node_t *avl_search_closest_greater_node(const avl_tree_t *tree, const void *data) +{ + avl_node_t *node; + int result; + + node = avl_search_closest_node(tree, data, &result); + + if(result > 0) + node = node->next; + + return node; +} + +/* Insertion and deletion */ + +avl_node_t *avl_insert(avl_tree_t *tree, void *data) +{ + avl_node_t *closest, *new; + int result; + + if (!tree->root) + { + new = avl_alloc_node(); + new->data = data; + avl_insert_top(tree, new); + } + else + { + closest = avl_search_closest_node(tree, data, &result); + switch(result) + { + case -1: + new = avl_alloc_node(); + new->data = data; + avl_insert_before(tree, closest, new); + break; + case 1: + new = avl_alloc_node(); + new->data = data; + avl_insert_after(tree, closest, new); + break; + default: + return NULL; + } + } + +#ifdef AVL_COUNT + new->count = 1; +#endif +#ifdef AVL_DEPTH + new->depth = 1; +#endif + + return new; +} + +avl_node_t *avl_insert_node(avl_tree_t *tree, avl_node_t *node) +{ + avl_node_t *closest; + int result; + + if (!tree->root) + avl_insert_top(tree, node); + else + { + closest = avl_search_closest_node(tree, node->data, &result); + switch(result) + { + case -1: + avl_insert_before(tree, closest, node); + break; + case 1: + avl_insert_after(tree, closest, node); + break; + case 0: + return NULL; + } + } + +#ifdef AVL_COUNT + node->count = 1; +#endif +#ifdef AVL_DEPTH + node->depth = 1; +#endif + + return node; +} + +void avl_insert_top(avl_tree_t *tree, avl_node_t *node) +{ + node->prev = node->next = node->parent = NULL; + tree->head = tree->tail = tree->root = node; +} + +void avl_insert_before(avl_tree_t *tree, avl_node_t *before, avl_node_t *node) +{ + if (!before) + return tree->tail ? avl_insert_after(tree, tree->tail, node) : avl_insert_top(tree, node); + + node->next = before; + node->parent = before; + node->prev = before->prev; + + if(before->left) + return avl_insert_after(tree, before->prev, node); + + if (before->prev) + before->prev->next = node; + else + tree->head = node; + + before->prev = node; + before->left = node; + + avl_rebalance(tree, before->parent); +} + +void avl_insert_after(avl_tree_t *tree, avl_node_t *after, avl_node_t *node) +{ + if (!after) + return tree->head ? avl_insert_before(tree, tree->head, node) : avl_insert_top(tree, node); + + if(after->right) + return avl_insert_before(tree, after->next, node); + + node->prev = after; + node->parent = after; + node->next = after->next; + + if (after->next) + after->next->prev = node; + else + tree->tail = node; + + after->next = node; + after->right = node; + + avl_rebalance(tree, after->parent); +} + +avl_node_t *avl_unlink(avl_tree_t *tree, void *data) +{ + avl_node_t *node; + + node = avl_search_node(tree, data); + + if(node) + avl_unlink_node(tree, node); + + return node; +} + +void avl_unlink_node(avl_tree_t *tree, avl_node_t *node) +{ + avl_node_t *parent; + avl_node_t **superparent; + avl_node_t *subst, *left, *right; + avl_node_t *balnode; + + if (node->prev) + node->prev->next = node->next; + else + tree->head = node->next; + if (node->next) + node->next->prev = node->prev; + else + tree->tail = node->prev; + + parent = node->parent; + + superparent = parent ? node == parent->left ? &parent->left : &parent->right : &tree->root; + + left = node->left; + right = node->right; + if (!left) + { + *superparent = right; + if (right) + right->parent = parent; + balnode = parent; + } else if (!right) + { + *superparent = left; + left->parent = parent; + balnode = parent; + } else + { + subst = node->prev; + if (subst == left) + { + balnode = subst; + } else + { + balnode = subst->parent; + balnode->right = subst->left; + if (balnode->right) + balnode->right->parent = balnode; + subst->left = left; + left->parent = subst; + } + subst->right = right; + subst->parent = parent; + right->parent = subst; + *superparent = subst; + } + + avl_rebalance(tree, balnode); + + node->next = node->prev = node->parent = node->left = node->right = NULL; + +#ifdef AVL_COUNT + node->count = 0; +#endif +#ifdef AVL_DEPTH + node->depth = 0; +#endif +} + +void avl_delete_node(avl_tree_t *tree, avl_node_t *node) +{ + avl_unlink_node(tree, node); + avl_free_node(tree, node); +} + +void avl_delete(avl_tree_t *tree, void *data) +{ + avl_node_t *node; + + node = avl_search_node(tree, data); + + if (node) + avl_delete_node(tree, node); +} + +/* Fast tree cleanup */ + +void avl_delete_tree(avl_tree_t *tree) +{ + avl_node_t *node, *next; + + for(node = tree->root; node; node = next) + { + next = node->next; + avl_free_node(tree, node); + } + + avl_free_tree(tree); +} + +/* Tree walking */ + +void avl_foreach(avl_tree_t *tree, avl_action_t action) +{ + avl_node_t *node, *next; + + for(node = tree->head; node; node = next) + { + next = node->next; + action(node->data); + } +} + +void avl_foreach_node(avl_tree_t *tree, avl_action_t action) +{ + avl_node_t *node, *next; + + for(node = tree->head; node; node = next) + { + next = node->next; + action(node); + } +} + +/* Indexing */ + +#ifdef AVL_COUNT +unsigned int avl_count(avl_tree_t *tree) +{ + return AVL_NODE_COUNT(tree->root); +} + +avl_node_t *avl_get_node(const avl_tree_t *tree, unsigned int index) +{ + avl_node_t *node; + unsigned int c; + + node = tree->root; + + while (node) + { + c = AVL_L_COUNT(node); + + if (index < c) + { + node = node->left; + } else if (index > c) + { + node = node->right; + index -= c + 1; + } else + { + return node; + } + } + + return NULL; +} + +unsigned int avl_index(const avl_node_t *node) +{ + avl_node_t *next; + unsigned int index; + + index = AVL_L_COUNT(node); + + while ((next = node->parent)) + { + if (node == next->right) + index += AVL_L_COUNT(next) + 1; + node = next; + } + + return index; +} +#endif +#ifdef AVL_DEPTH +unsigned int avl_depth(avl_tree_t *tree) +{ + return AVL_NODE_DEPTH(tree->root); +} +#endif diff --git a/lib/avl_tree.h b/lib/avl_tree.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d1ad618 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/avl_tree.h @@ -0,0 +1,145 @@ +/* + avl_tree.h -- header file for avl_tree.c + Copyright (C) 1998 Michael H. Buselli + 2000,2001 Ivo Timmermans , + 2000,2001 Guus Sliepen + 2000,2001 Wessel Dankers + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. + + Original AVL tree library by Michael H. Buselli . + + Modified 2000-11-28 by Wessel Dankers to use counts + instead of depths, to add the ->next and ->prev and to generally obfuscate + the code. Mail me if you found a bug. + + Cleaned up and incorporated some of the ideas from the red-black tree + library for inclusion into tinc (http://tinc.nl.linux.org/) by + Guus Sliepen . + + $Id: avl_tree.h,v 1.1.2.4 2001/02/06 10:13:22 guus Exp $ +*/ + + +#ifndef __AVL_TREE_H__ +#define __AVL_TREE_H__ + +#ifndef AVL_DEPTH + #ifndef AVL_COUNT + #define AVL_DEPTH + #endif +#endif + +typedef struct avl_node_t { + + /* Linked list part */ + + struct avl_node_t *next; + struct avl_node_t *prev; + + /* Tree part */ + + struct avl_node_t *parent; + struct avl_node_t *left; + struct avl_node_t *right; + +#ifdef AVL_COUNT + unsigned int count; +#endif +#ifdef AVL_DEPTH + unsigned char depth; +#endif + + /* Payload */ + + void *data; + +} avl_node_t; + +typedef int (*avl_compare_t) (const void *, const void *); +typedef void (*avl_action_t) (const void *); +typedef void (*avl_action_node_t) (const avl_node_t *); + +typedef struct avl_tree_t { + + /* Linked list part */ + + avl_node_t *head; + avl_node_t *tail; + + /* Tree part */ + + avl_node_t *root; + + avl_compare_t compare; + avl_action_t delete; + +} avl_tree_t; + +/* (De)constructors */ + +extern avl_tree_t *avl_alloc_tree(avl_compare_t, avl_action_t); +extern void avl_free_tree(avl_tree_t *); + +extern avl_node_t *avl_alloc_node(void); +extern void avl_free_node(avl_tree_t *tree, avl_node_t *); + +/* Insertion and deletion */ + +extern avl_node_t *avl_insert(avl_tree_t *, void *); +extern avl_node_t *avl_insert_node(avl_tree_t *, avl_node_t *); + +extern void avl_insert_top(avl_tree_t *, avl_node_t *); +extern void avl_insert_before(avl_tree_t *, avl_node_t *, avl_node_t *); +extern void avl_insert_after(avl_tree_t *, avl_node_t *, avl_node_t *); + +extern avl_node_t *avl_unlink(avl_tree_t *, void *); +extern void avl_unlink_node(avl_tree_t *tree, avl_node_t *); +extern void avl_delete(avl_tree_t *, void *); +extern void avl_delete_node(avl_tree_t *, avl_node_t *); + +/* Fast tree cleanup */ + +extern void avl_delete_tree(avl_tree_t *); + +/* Searching */ + +extern void *avl_search(const avl_tree_t *, const void *); +extern void *avl_search_closest(const avl_tree_t *, const void *, int *); +extern void *avl_search_closest_smaller(const avl_tree_t *, const void *); +extern void *avl_search_closest_greater(const avl_tree_t *, const void *); + +extern avl_node_t *avl_search_node(const avl_tree_t *, const void *); +extern avl_node_t *avl_search_closest_node(const avl_tree_t *, const void *, int *); +extern avl_node_t *avl_search_closest_smaller_node(const avl_tree_t *, const void *); +extern avl_node_t *avl_search_closest_greater_node(const avl_tree_t *, const void *); + +/* Tree walking */ + +extern void avl_foreach(avl_tree_t *, avl_action_t); +extern void avl_foreach_node(avl_tree_t *, avl_action_t); + +/* Indexing */ + +#ifdef AVL_COUNT +extern unsigned int avl_count(avl_tree_t *); +extern avl_node_t *avl_get_node(const avl_tree_t *, unsigned int); +extern unsigned int avl_index(const avl_node_t *); +#endif +#ifdef AVL_DEPTH +extern unsigned int avl_depth(avl_tree_t *); +#endif + +#endif /* __AVL_TREE_H__ */ diff --git a/lib/dropin.c b/lib/dropin.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..66aaa31 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/dropin.c @@ -0,0 +1,171 @@ +/* + dropin.c -- a set of drop-in replacements for libc functions + Copyright (C) 2000,2001 Ivo Timmermans , + 2000,2001 Guus Sliepen + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. + + $Id: dropin.c,v 1.1.2.8 2002/02/10 21:57:51 guus Exp $ +*/ + +#include "config.h" + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include + +#include +#include + +#ifndef HAVE_DAEMON +/* + Replacement for the daemon() function. + + The daemon() function is for programs wishing to detach themselves + from the controlling terminal and run in the background as system + daemons. + + Unless the argument nochdir is non-zero, daemon() changes the + current working directory to the root (``/''). + + Unless the argument noclose is non-zero, daemon() will redirect + standard input, standard output and standard error to /dev/null. +*/ +int daemon(int nochdir, int noclose) +{ + pid_t pid; + int fd; + + pid = fork(); + + /* Check if forking failed */ + if(pid < 0) + { + perror("fork"); + exit(-1); + } + + /* If we are the parent, terminate */ + if(pid) + exit(0); + + /* Detach by becoming the new process group leader */ + if(setsid() < 0) + { + perror("setsid"); + return -1; + } + + /* Change working directory to the root (to avoid keeping mount + points busy) */ + if(!nochdir) + { + chdir("/"); + } + + /* Redirect stdin/out/err to /dev/null */ + if(!noclose) + { + fd = open("/dev/null", O_RDWR); + + if(fd < 0) + { + perror("opening /dev/null"); + return -1; + } + else + { + dup2(fd, 0); + dup2(fd, 1); + dup2(fd, 2); + } + } + + return 0; +} +#endif + + + + +#ifndef HAVE_GET_CURRENT_DIR_NAME +/* + Replacement for the GNU get_current_dir_name function: + + get_current_dir_name will malloc(3) an array big enough to hold the + current directory name. If the environment variable PWD is set, and + its value is correct, then that value will be returned. +*/ +char *get_current_dir_name(void) +{ + size_t size; + char *buf; + char *r; + + /* Start with 100 bytes. If this turns out to be insufficient to + contain the working directory, double the size. */ + size = 100; + buf = xmalloc(size); + + errno = 0; /* Success */ + r = getcwd(buf, size); + /* getcwd returns NULL and sets errno to ERANGE if the bufferspace + is insufficient to contain the entire working directory. */ + while(r == NULL && errno == ERANGE) + { + free(buf); + size <<= 1; /* double the size */ + buf = xmalloc(size); + r = getcwd(buf, size); + } + + return buf; +} +#endif + +#ifndef HAVE_ASPRINTF +int asprintf(char **buf, const char *fmt, ...) +{ + int status; + va_list ap; + int len; + + len = 4096; + *buf = xmalloc(len); + + va_start(ap, fmt); + status = vsnprintf (*buf, len, fmt, ap); + va_end (ap); + + if(status >= 0) + *buf = xrealloc(*buf, status); + + if(status > len-1) + { + len = status; + va_start(ap, fmt); + status = vsnprintf (*buf, len, fmt, ap); + va_end (ap); + } + + return status; +} +#endif diff --git a/lib/dropin.h b/lib/dropin.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ad66d99 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/dropin.h @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +/* + dropin.h -- header file for dropin.c + Copyright (C) 2000,2001 Ivo Timmermans , + 2000,2001 Guus Sliepen + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. + + $Id: dropin.h,v 1.1.2.6 2002/02/10 21:57:51 guus Exp $ +*/ + +#ifndef __DROPIN_H__ +#define __DROPIN_H__ + +#ifndef HAVE_DAEMON +extern int daemon(int, int); +#endif + +#ifndef HAVE_GET_CURRENT_DIR_NAME +extern char* get_current_dir_name(void); +#endif + +#ifndef HAVE_ASPRINTF +extern int asprintf(char **, const char *, ...); +#endif + +#endif /* __DROPIN_H__ */ diff --git a/lib/getopt.c b/lib/getopt.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..300f86d --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/getopt.c @@ -0,0 +1,1053 @@ +/* Getopt for GNU. + NOTE: getopt is now part of the C library, so if you don't know what + "Keep this file name-space clean" means, talk to roland@gnu.ai.mit.edu + before changing it! + + Copyright (C) 1987, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97 + Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library. +Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu. + +This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the +Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any +later version. + +This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +GNU General Public License for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, +USA. */ + +/* This tells Alpha OSF/1 not to define a getopt prototype in . + Ditto for AIX 3.2 and . */ +#ifndef _NO_PROTO +#define _NO_PROTO +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +#include +#endif + +#if !defined (__STDC__) || !__STDC__ +/* This is a separate conditional since some stdc systems + reject `defined (const)'. */ +#ifndef const +#define const +#endif +#endif + +#include + +/* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not + actually compiling the library itself. This code is part of the GNU C + Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions. Compiling + and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library + (especially if it is a shared library). Rather than having every GNU + program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files, + it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file. */ + +#define GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION 2 +#if !defined (_LIBC) && defined (__GLIBC__) && __GLIBC__ >= 2 +#include +#if _GNU_GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION == GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION +#define ELIDE_CODE +#endif +#endif + +#ifndef ELIDE_CODE + + +/* This needs to come after some library #include + to get __GNU_LIBRARY__ defined. */ +#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__ +/* Don't include stdlib.h for non-GNU C libraries because some of them + contain conflicting prototypes for getopt. */ +#include +#include +#endif /* GNU C library. */ + +#ifdef VMS +#include +#if HAVE_STRING_H - 0 +#include +#endif +#endif + +#if defined (WIN32) && !defined (__CYGWIN32__) +/* It's not Unix, really. See? Capital letters. */ +#include +#define getpid() GetCurrentProcessId() +#endif + +#ifndef _ +/* This is for other GNU distributions with internationalized messages. + When compiling libc, the _ macro is predefined. */ +#ifdef HAVE_LIBINTL_H +# include +# define _(msgid) gettext (msgid) +#else +# define _(msgid) (msgid) +#endif +#endif + +/* This version of `getopt' appears to the caller like standard Unix `getopt' + but it behaves differently for the user, since it allows the user + to intersperse the options with the other arguments. + + As `getopt' works, it permutes the elements of ARGV so that, + when it is done, all the options precede everything else. Thus + all application programs are extended to handle flexible argument order. + + Setting the environment variable POSIXLY_CORRECT disables permutation. + Then the behavior is completely standard. + + GNU application programs can use a third alternative mode in which + they can distinguish the relative order of options and other arguments. */ + +#include "getopt.h" + +/* For communication from `getopt' to the caller. + When `getopt' finds an option that takes an argument, + the argument value is returned here. + Also, when `ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER, + each non-option ARGV-element is returned here. */ + +char *optarg = NULL; + +/* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned. + This is used for communication to and from the caller + and for communication between successive calls to `getopt'. + + On entry to `getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize. + + When `getopt' returns -1, this is the index of the first of the + non-option elements that the caller should itself scan. + + Otherwise, `optind' communicates from one call to the next + how much of ARGV has been scanned so far. */ + +/* 1003.2 says this must be 1 before any call. */ +int optind = 1; + +/* Formerly, initialization of getopt depended on optind==0, which + causes problems with re-calling getopt as programs generally don't + know that. */ + +int __getopt_initialized = 0; + +/* The next char to be scanned in the option-element + in which the last option character we returned was found. + This allows us to pick up the scan where we left off. + + If this is zero, or a null string, it means resume the scan + by advancing to the next ARGV-element. */ + +static char *nextchar; + +/* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message + for unrecognized options. */ + +int opterr = 1; + +/* Set to an option character which was unrecognized. + This must be initialized on some systems to avoid linking in the + system's own getopt implementation. */ + +int optopt = '?'; + +/* Describe how to deal with options that follow non-option ARGV-elements. + + If the caller did not specify anything, + the default is REQUIRE_ORDER if the environment variable + POSIXLY_CORRECT is defined, PERMUTE otherwise. + + REQUIRE_ORDER means don't recognize them as options; + stop option processing when the first non-option is seen. + This is what Unix does. + This mode of operation is selected by either setting the environment + variable POSIXLY_CORRECT, or using `+' as the first character + of the list of option characters. + + PERMUTE is the default. We permute the contents of ARGV as we scan, + so that eventually all the non-options are at the end. This allows options + to be given in any order, even with programs that were not written to + expect this. + + RETURN_IN_ORDER is an option available to programs that were written + to expect options and other ARGV-elements in any order and that care about + the ordering of the two. We describe each non-option ARGV-element + as if it were the argument of an option with character code 1. + Using `-' as the first character of the list of option characters + selects this mode of operation. + + The special argument `--' forces an end of option-scanning regardless + of the value of `ordering'. In the case of RETURN_IN_ORDER, only + `--' can cause `getopt' to return -1 with `optind' != ARGC. */ + +static enum +{ + REQUIRE_ORDER, PERMUTE, RETURN_IN_ORDER +} ordering; + +/* Value of POSIXLY_CORRECT environment variable. */ +static char *posixly_correct; + +#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__ +/* We want to avoid inclusion of string.h with non-GNU libraries + because there are many ways it can cause trouble. + On some systems, it contains special magic macros that don't work + in GCC. */ +#include +#define my_index strchr +#else + +/* Avoid depending on library functions or files + whose names are inconsistent. */ + +char *getenv (); + +static char * +my_index (str, chr) + const char *str; + int chr; +{ + while (*str) + { + if (*str == chr) + return (char *) str; + str++; + } + return 0; +} + +/* If using GCC, we can safely declare strlen this way. + If not using GCC, it is ok not to declare it. */ +#ifdef __GNUC__ +/* Note that Motorola Delta 68k R3V7 comes with GCC but not stddef.h. + That was relevant to code that was here before. */ +#if !defined (__STDC__) || !__STDC__ +/* gcc with -traditional declares the built-in strlen to return int, + and has done so at least since version 2.4.5. -- rms. */ +extern int strlen (const char *); +#endif /* not __STDC__ */ +#endif /* __GNUC__ */ + +#endif /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */ + +/* Handle permutation of arguments. */ + +/* Describe the part of ARGV that contains non-options that have + been skipped. `first_nonopt' is the index in ARGV of the first of them; + `last_nonopt' is the index after the last of them. */ + +static int first_nonopt; +static int last_nonopt; + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* Bash 2.0 gives us an environment variable containing flags + indicating ARGV elements that should not be considered arguments. */ + +/* Defined in getopt_init.c */ +extern char *__getopt_nonoption_flags; + +static int nonoption_flags_max_len; +static int nonoption_flags_len; + +static int original_argc; +static char *const *original_argv; + +extern pid_t __libc_pid; + +/* Make sure the environment variable bash 2.0 puts in the environment + is valid for the getopt call we must make sure that the ARGV passed + to getopt is that one passed to the process. */ +static void +__attribute__ ((unused)) +store_args_and_env (int argc, char *const *argv) +{ + /* XXX This is no good solution. We should rather copy the args so + that we can compare them later. But we must not use malloc(3). */ + original_argc = argc; + original_argv = argv; +} +text_set_element (__libc_subinit, store_args_and_env); + +# define SWAP_FLAGS(ch1, ch2) \ + if (nonoption_flags_len > 0) \ + { \ + char __tmp = __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch1]; \ + __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch1] = __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch2]; \ + __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch2] = __tmp; \ + } +#else /* !_LIBC */ +# define SWAP_FLAGS(ch1, ch2) +#endif /* _LIBC */ + +/* Exchange two adjacent subsequences of ARGV. + One subsequence is elements [first_nonopt,last_nonopt) + which contains all the non-options that have been skipped so far. + The other is elements [last_nonopt,optind), which contains all + the options processed since those non-options were skipped. + + `first_nonopt' and `last_nonopt' are relocated so that they describe + the new indices of the non-options in ARGV after they are moved. */ + +#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__ +static void exchange (char **); +#endif + +static void +exchange (argv) + char **argv; +{ + int bottom = first_nonopt; + int middle = last_nonopt; + int top = optind; + char *tem; + + /* Exchange the shorter segment with the far end of the longer segment. + That puts the shorter segment into the right place. + It leaves the longer segment in the right place overall, + but it consists of two parts that need to be swapped next. */ + +#ifdef _LIBC + /* First make sure the handling of the `__getopt_nonoption_flags' + string can work normally. Our top argument must be in the range + of the string. */ + if (nonoption_flags_len > 0 && top >= nonoption_flags_max_len) + { + /* We must extend the array. The user plays games with us and + presents new arguments. */ + char *new_str = malloc (top + 1); + if (new_str == NULL) + nonoption_flags_len = nonoption_flags_max_len = 0; + else + { + memcpy (new_str, __getopt_nonoption_flags, nonoption_flags_max_len); + memset (&new_str[nonoption_flags_max_len], '\0', + top + 1 - nonoption_flags_max_len); + nonoption_flags_max_len = top + 1; + __getopt_nonoption_flags = new_str; + } + } +#endif + + while (top > middle && middle > bottom) + { + if (top - middle > middle - bottom) + { + /* Bottom segment is the short one. */ + int len = middle - bottom; + register int i; + + /* Swap it with the top part of the top segment. */ + for (i = 0; i < len; i++) + { + tem = argv[bottom + i]; + argv[bottom + i] = argv[top - (middle - bottom) + i]; + argv[top - (middle - bottom) + i] = tem; + SWAP_FLAGS (bottom + i, top - (middle - bottom) + i); + } + /* Exclude the moved bottom segment from further swapping. */ + top -= len; + } + else + { + /* Top segment is the short one. */ + int len = top - middle; + register int i; + + /* Swap it with the bottom part of the bottom segment. */ + for (i = 0; i < len; i++) + { + tem = argv[bottom + i]; + argv[bottom + i] = argv[middle + i]; + argv[middle + i] = tem; + SWAP_FLAGS (bottom + i, middle + i); + } + /* Exclude the moved top segment from further swapping. */ + bottom += len; + } + } + + /* Update records for the slots the non-options now occupy. */ + + first_nonopt += (optind - last_nonopt); + last_nonopt = optind; +} + +/* Initialize the internal data when the first call is made. */ + +#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__ +static const char *_getopt_initialize (int, char *const *, const char *); +#endif +static const char * +_getopt_initialize (argc, argv, optstring) + int argc; + char *const *argv; + const char *optstring; +{ + /* Start processing options with ARGV-element 1 (since ARGV-element 0 + is the program name); the sequence of previously skipped + non-option ARGV-elements is empty. */ + + first_nonopt = last_nonopt = optind; + + nextchar = NULL; + + posixly_correct = getenv ("POSIXLY_CORRECT"); + + /* Determine how to handle the ordering of options and nonoptions. */ + + if (optstring[0] == '-') + { + ordering = RETURN_IN_ORDER; + ++optstring; + } + else if (optstring[0] == '+') + { + ordering = REQUIRE_ORDER; + ++optstring; + } + else if (posixly_correct != NULL) + ordering = REQUIRE_ORDER; + else + ordering = PERMUTE; + +#ifdef _LIBC + if (posixly_correct == NULL + && argc == original_argc && argv == original_argv) + { + if (nonoption_flags_max_len == 0) + { + if (__getopt_nonoption_flags == NULL + || __getopt_nonoption_flags[0] == '\0') + nonoption_flags_max_len = -1; + else + { + const char *orig_str = __getopt_nonoption_flags; + int len = nonoption_flags_max_len = strlen (orig_str); + if (nonoption_flags_max_len < argc) + nonoption_flags_max_len = argc; + __getopt_nonoption_flags = + (char *) malloc (nonoption_flags_max_len); + if (__getopt_nonoption_flags == NULL) + nonoption_flags_max_len = -1; + else + { + memcpy (__getopt_nonoption_flags, orig_str, len); + memset (&__getopt_nonoption_flags[len], '\0', + nonoption_flags_max_len - len); + } + } + } + nonoption_flags_len = nonoption_flags_max_len; + } + else + nonoption_flags_len = 0; +#endif + + return optstring; +} + +/* Scan elements of ARGV (whose length is ARGC) for option characters + given in OPTSTRING. + + If an element of ARGV starts with '-', and is not exactly "-" or "--", + then it is an option element. The characters of this element + (aside from the initial '-') are option characters. If `getopt' + is called repeatedly, it returns successively each of the option characters + from each of the option elements. + + If `getopt' finds another option character, it returns that character, + updating `optind' and `nextchar' so that the next call to `getopt' can + resume the scan with the following option character or ARGV-element. + + If there are no more option characters, `getopt' returns -1. + Then `optind' is the index in ARGV of the first ARGV-element + that is not an option. (The ARGV-elements have been permuted + so that those that are not options now come last.) + + OPTSTRING is a string containing the legitimate option characters. + If an option character is seen that is not listed in OPTSTRING, + return '?' after printing an error message. If you set `opterr' to + zero, the error message is suppressed but we still return '?'. + + If a char in OPTSTRING is followed by a colon, that means it wants an arg, + so the following text in the same ARGV-element, or the text of the following + ARGV-element, is returned in `optarg'. Two colons mean an option that + wants an optional arg; if there is text in the current ARGV-element, + it is returned in `optarg', otherwise `optarg' is set to zero. + + If OPTSTRING starts with `-' or `+', it requests different methods of + handling the non-option ARGV-elements. + See the comments about RETURN_IN_ORDER and REQUIRE_ORDER, above. + + Long-named options begin with `--' instead of `-'. + Their names may be abbreviated as long as the abbreviation is unique + or is an exact match for some defined option. If they have an + argument, it follows the option name in the same ARGV-element, separated + from the option name by a `=', or else the in next ARGV-element. + When `getopt' finds a long-named option, it returns 0 if that option's + `flag' field is nonzero, the value of the option's `val' field + if the `flag' field is zero. + + The elements of ARGV aren't really const, because we permute them. + But we pretend they're const in the prototype to be compatible + with other systems. + + LONGOPTS is a vector of `struct option' terminated by an + element containing a name which is zero. + + LONGIND returns the index in LONGOPT of the long-named option found. + It is only valid when a long-named option has been found by the most + recent call. + + If LONG_ONLY is nonzero, '-' as well as '--' can introduce + long-named options. */ + +int +_getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only) + int argc; + char *const *argv; + const char *optstring; + const struct option *longopts; + int *longind; + int long_only; +{ + optarg = NULL; + + if (optind == 0 || !__getopt_initialized) + { + if (optind == 0) + optind = 1; /* Don't scan ARGV[0], the program name. */ + optstring = _getopt_initialize (argc, argv, optstring); + __getopt_initialized = 1; + } + + /* Test whether ARGV[optind] points to a non-option argument. + Either it does not have option syntax, or there is an environment flag + from the shell indicating it is not an option. The later information + is only used when the used in the GNU libc. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +#define NONOPTION_P (argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0' \ + || (optind < nonoption_flags_len \ + && __getopt_nonoption_flags[optind] == '1')) +#else +#define NONOPTION_P (argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0') +#endif + + if (nextchar == NULL || *nextchar == '\0') + { + /* Advance to the next ARGV-element. */ + + /* Give FIRST_NONOPT & LAST_NONOPT rational values if OPTIND has been + moved back by the user (who may also have changed the arguments). */ + if (last_nonopt > optind) + last_nonopt = optind; + if (first_nonopt > optind) + first_nonopt = optind; + + if (ordering == PERMUTE) + { + /* If we have just processed some options following some non-options, + exchange them so that the options come first. */ + + if (first_nonopt != last_nonopt && last_nonopt != optind) + exchange ((char **) argv); + else if (last_nonopt != optind) + first_nonopt = optind; + + /* Skip any additional non-options + and extend the range of non-options previously skipped. */ + + while (optind < argc && NONOPTION_P) + optind++; + last_nonopt = optind; + } + + /* The special ARGV-element `--' means premature end of options. + Skip it like a null option, + then exchange with previous non-options as if it were an option, + then skip everything else like a non-option. */ + + if (optind != argc && !strcmp (argv[optind], "--")) + { + optind++; + + if (first_nonopt != last_nonopt && last_nonopt != optind) + exchange ((char **) argv); + else if (first_nonopt == last_nonopt) + first_nonopt = optind; + last_nonopt = argc; + + optind = argc; + } + + /* If we have done all the ARGV-elements, stop the scan + and back over any non-options that we skipped and permuted. */ + + if (optind == argc) + { + /* Set the next-arg-index to point at the non-options + that we previously skipped, so the caller will digest them. */ + if (first_nonopt != last_nonopt) + optind = first_nonopt; + return -1; + } + + /* If we have come to a non-option and did not permute it, + either stop the scan or describe it to the caller and pass it by. */ + + if (NONOPTION_P) + { + if (ordering == REQUIRE_ORDER) + return -1; + optarg = argv[optind++]; + return 1; + } + + /* We have found another option-ARGV-element. + Skip the initial punctuation. */ + + nextchar = (argv[optind] + 1 + + (longopts != NULL && argv[optind][1] == '-')); + } + + /* Decode the current option-ARGV-element. */ + + /* Check whether the ARGV-element is a long option. + + If long_only and the ARGV-element has the form "-f", where f is + a valid short option, don't consider it an abbreviated form of + a long option that starts with f. Otherwise there would be no + way to give the -f short option. + + On the other hand, if there's a long option "fubar" and + the ARGV-element is "-fu", do consider that an abbreviation of + the long option, just like "--fu", and not "-f" with arg "u". + + This distinction seems to be the most useful approach. */ + + if (longopts != NULL + && (argv[optind][1] == '-' + || (long_only && (argv[optind][2] || !my_index (optstring, argv[optind][1]))))) + { + char *nameend; + const struct option *p; + const struct option *pfound = NULL; + int exact = 0; + int ambig = 0; + int indfound = -1; + int option_index; + + for (nameend = nextchar; *nameend && *nameend != '='; nameend++) + /* Do nothing. */ ; + + /* Test all long options for either exact match + or abbreviated matches. */ + for (p = longopts, option_index = 0; p->name; p++, option_index++) + if (!strncmp (p->name, nextchar, nameend - nextchar)) + { + if ((unsigned int) (nameend - nextchar) + == (unsigned int) strlen (p->name)) + { + /* Exact match found. */ + pfound = p; + indfound = option_index; + exact = 1; + break; + } + else if (pfound == NULL) + { + /* First nonexact match found. */ + pfound = p; + indfound = option_index; + } + else + /* Second or later nonexact match found. */ + ambig = 1; + } + + if (ambig && !exact) + { + if (opterr) + fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option `%s' is ambiguous\n"), + argv[0], argv[optind]); + nextchar += strlen (nextchar); + optind++; + optopt = 0; + return '?'; + } + + if (pfound != NULL) + { + option_index = indfound; + optind++; + if (*nameend) + { + /* Don't test has_arg with >, because some C compilers don't + allow it to be used on enums. */ + if (pfound->has_arg) + optarg = nameend + 1; + else + { + if (opterr) + if (argv[optind - 1][1] == '-') + /* --option */ + fprintf (stderr, + _("%s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"), + argv[0], pfound->name); + else + /* +option or -option */ + fprintf (stderr, + _("%s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"), + argv[0], argv[optind - 1][0], pfound->name); + + nextchar += strlen (nextchar); + + optopt = pfound->val; + return '?'; + } + } + else if (pfound->has_arg == 1) + { + if (optind < argc) + optarg = argv[optind++]; + else + { + if (opterr) + fprintf (stderr, + _("%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n"), + argv[0], argv[optind - 1]); + nextchar += strlen (nextchar); + optopt = pfound->val; + return optstring[0] == ':' ? ':' : '?'; + } + } + nextchar += strlen (nextchar); + if (longind != NULL) + *longind = option_index; + if (pfound->flag) + { + *(pfound->flag) = pfound->val; + return 0; + } + return pfound->val; + } + + /* Can't find it as a long option. If this is not getopt_long_only, + or the option starts with '--' or is not a valid short + option, then it's an error. + Otherwise interpret it as a short option. */ + if (!long_only || argv[optind][1] == '-' + || my_index (optstring, *nextchar) == NULL) + { + if (opterr) + { + if (argv[optind][1] == '-') + /* --option */ + fprintf (stderr, _("%s: unrecognized option `--%s'\n"), + argv[0], nextchar); + else + /* +option or -option */ + fprintf (stderr, _("%s: unrecognized option `%c%s'\n"), + argv[0], argv[optind][0], nextchar); + } + nextchar = (char *) ""; + optind++; + optopt = 0; + return '?'; + } + } + + /* Look at and handle the next short option-character. */ + + { + char c = *nextchar++; + char *temp = my_index (optstring, c); + + /* Increment `optind' when we start to process its last character. */ + if (*nextchar == '\0') + ++optind; + + if (temp == NULL || c == ':') + { + if (opterr) + { + if (posixly_correct) + /* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message. */ + fprintf (stderr, _("%s: illegal option -- %c\n"), + argv[0], c); + else + fprintf (stderr, _("%s: invalid option -- %c\n"), + argv[0], c); + } + optopt = c; + return '?'; + } + /* Convenience. Treat POSIX -W foo same as long option --foo */ + if (temp[0] == 'W' && temp[1] == ';') + { + char *nameend; + const struct option *p; + const struct option *pfound = NULL; + int exact = 0; + int ambig = 0; + int indfound = 0; + int option_index; + + /* This is an option that requires an argument. */ + if (*nextchar != '\0') + { + optarg = nextchar; + /* If we end this ARGV-element by taking the rest as an arg, + we must advance to the next element now. */ + optind++; + } + else if (optind == argc) + { + if (opterr) + { + /* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message. */ + fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n"), + argv[0], c); + } + optopt = c; + if (optstring[0] == ':') + c = ':'; + else + c = '?'; + return c; + } + else + /* We already incremented `optind' once; + increment it again when taking next ARGV-elt as argument. */ + optarg = argv[optind++]; + + /* optarg is now the argument, see if it's in the + table of longopts. */ + + for (nextchar = nameend = optarg; *nameend && *nameend != '='; nameend++) + /* Do nothing. */ ; + + /* Test all long options for either exact match + or abbreviated matches. */ + for (p = longopts, option_index = 0; p->name; p++, option_index++) + if (!strncmp (p->name, nextchar, nameend - nextchar)) + { + if ((unsigned int) (nameend - nextchar) == strlen (p->name)) + { + /* Exact match found. */ + pfound = p; + indfound = option_index; + exact = 1; + break; + } + else if (pfound == NULL) + { + /* First nonexact match found. */ + pfound = p; + indfound = option_index; + } + else + /* Second or later nonexact match found. */ + ambig = 1; + } + if (ambig && !exact) + { + if (opterr) + fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option `-W %s' is ambiguous\n"), + argv[0], argv[optind]); + nextchar += strlen (nextchar); + optind++; + return '?'; + } + if (pfound != NULL) + { + option_index = indfound; + if (*nameend) + { + /* Don't test has_arg with >, because some C compilers don't + allow it to be used on enums. */ + if (pfound->has_arg) + optarg = nameend + 1; + else + { + if (opterr) + fprintf (stderr, _("\ +%s: option `-W %s' doesn't allow an argument\n"), + argv[0], pfound->name); + + nextchar += strlen (nextchar); + return '?'; + } + } + else if (pfound->has_arg == 1) + { + if (optind < argc) + optarg = argv[optind++]; + else + { + if (opterr) + fprintf (stderr, + _("%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n"), + argv[0], argv[optind - 1]); + nextchar += strlen (nextchar); + return optstring[0] == ':' ? ':' : '?'; + } + } + nextchar += strlen (nextchar); + if (longind != NULL) + *longind = option_index; + if (pfound->flag) + { + *(pfound->flag) = pfound->val; + return 0; + } + return pfound->val; + } + nextchar = NULL; + return 'W'; /* Let the application handle it. */ + } + if (temp[1] == ':') + { + if (temp[2] == ':') + { + /* This is an option that accepts an argument optionally. */ + if (*nextchar != '\0') + { + optarg = nextchar; + optind++; + } + else + optarg = NULL; + nextchar = NULL; + } + else + { + /* This is an option that requires an argument. */ + if (*nextchar != '\0') + { + optarg = nextchar; + /* If we end this ARGV-element by taking the rest as an arg, + we must advance to the next element now. */ + optind++; + } + else if (optind == argc) + { + if (opterr) + { + /* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message. */ + fprintf (stderr, + _("%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n"), + argv[0], c); + } + optopt = c; + if (optstring[0] == ':') + c = ':'; + else + c = '?'; + } + else + /* We already incremented `optind' once; + increment it again when taking next ARGV-elt as argument. */ + optarg = argv[optind++]; + nextchar = NULL; + } + } + return c; + } +} + +int +getopt (argc, argv, optstring) + int argc; + char *const *argv; + const char *optstring; +{ + return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, + (const struct option *) 0, + (int *) 0, + 0); +} + +#endif /* Not ELIDE_CODE. */ + +#ifdef TEST + +/* Compile with -DTEST to make an executable for use in testing + the above definition of `getopt'. */ + +int +main (argc, argv) + int argc; + char **argv; +{ + int c; + int digit_optind = 0; + + while (1) + { + int this_option_optind = optind ? optind : 1; + + c = getopt (argc, argv, "abc:d:0123456789"); + if (c == -1) + break; + + switch (c) + { + case '0': + case '1': + case '2': + case '3': + case '4': + case '5': + case '6': + case '7': + case '8': + case '9': + if (digit_optind != 0 && digit_optind != this_option_optind) + printf ("digits occur in two different argv-elements.\n"); + digit_optind = this_option_optind; + printf ("option %c\n", c); + break; + + case 'a': + printf ("option a\n"); + break; + + case 'b': + printf ("option b\n"); + break; + + case 'c': + printf ("option c with value `%s'\n", optarg); + break; + + case '?': + break; + + default: + printf ("?? getopt returned character code 0%o ??\n", c); + } + } + + if (optind < argc) + { + printf ("non-option ARGV-elements: "); + while (optind < argc) + printf ("%s ", argv[optind++]); + printf ("\n"); + } + + exit (0); +} + +#endif /* TEST */ diff --git a/lib/getopt.h b/lib/getopt.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..69256fd --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/getopt.h @@ -0,0 +1,133 @@ +/* Declarations for getopt. + Copyright (C) 1989,90,91,92,93,94,96,97 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library. +Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu. + +This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the +Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any +later version. + +This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +GNU General Public License for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, +USA. */ + +#ifndef _GETOPT_H +#define _GETOPT_H 1 + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/* For communication from `getopt' to the caller. + When `getopt' finds an option that takes an argument, + the argument value is returned here. + Also, when `ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER, + each non-option ARGV-element is returned here. */ + +extern char *optarg; + +/* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned. + This is used for communication to and from the caller + and for communication between successive calls to `getopt'. + + On entry to `getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize. + + When `getopt' returns -1, this is the index of the first of the + non-option elements that the caller should itself scan. + + Otherwise, `optind' communicates from one call to the next + how much of ARGV has been scanned so far. */ + +extern int optind; + +/* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message `getopt' prints + for unrecognized options. */ + +extern int opterr; + +/* Set to an option character which was unrecognized. */ + +extern int optopt; + +/* Describe the long-named options requested by the application. + The LONG_OPTIONS argument to getopt_long or getopt_long_only is a vector + of `struct option' terminated by an element containing a name which is + zero. + + The field `has_arg' is: + no_argument (or 0) if the option does not take an argument, + required_argument (or 1) if the option requires an argument, + optional_argument (or 2) if the option takes an optional argument. + + If the field `flag' is not NULL, it points to a variable that is set + to the value given in the field `val' when the option is found, but + left unchanged if the option is not found. + + To have a long-named option do something other than set an `int' to + a compiled-in constant, such as set a value from `optarg', set the + option's `flag' field to zero and its `val' field to a nonzero + value (the equivalent single-letter option character, if there is + one). For long options that have a zero `flag' field, `getopt' + returns the contents of the `val' field. */ + +struct option +{ +#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__ + const char *name; +#else + char *name; +#endif + /* has_arg can't be an enum because some compilers complain about + type mismatches in all the code that assumes it is an int. */ + int has_arg; + int *flag; + int val; +}; + +/* Names for the values of the `has_arg' field of `struct option'. */ + +#define no_argument 0 +#define required_argument 1 +#define optional_argument 2 + +#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__ +#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__ +/* Many other libraries have conflicting prototypes for getopt, with + differences in the consts, in stdlib.h. To avoid compilation + errors, only prototype getopt for the GNU C library. */ +extern int getopt (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *shortopts); +#else /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */ +extern int getopt (); +#endif /* __GNU_LIBRARY__ */ +extern int getopt_long (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *shortopts, + const struct option *longopts, int *longind); +extern int getopt_long_only (int argc, char *const *argv, + const char *shortopts, + const struct option *longopts, int *longind); + +/* Internal only. Users should not call this directly. */ +extern int _getopt_internal (int argc, char *const *argv, + const char *shortopts, + const struct option *longopts, int *longind, + int long_only); +#else /* not __STDC__ */ +extern int getopt (); +extern int getopt_long (); +extern int getopt_long_only (); + +extern int _getopt_internal (); +#endif /* __STDC__ */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* _GETOPT_H */ diff --git a/lib/getopt1.c b/lib/getopt1.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6507ba1 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/getopt1.c @@ -0,0 +1,189 @@ +/* getopt_long and getopt_long_only entry points for GNU getopt. + Copyright (C) 1987,88,89,90,91,92,93,94,96,97 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library. +Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu. + +This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the +Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any +later version. + +This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +GNU General Public License for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, +USA. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +#include +#endif + +#include "getopt.h" + +#if !defined (__STDC__) || !__STDC__ +/* This is a separate conditional since some stdc systems + reject `defined (const)'. */ +#ifndef const +#define const +#endif +#endif + +#include + +/* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not + actually compiling the library itself. This code is part of the GNU C + Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions. Compiling + and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library + (especially if it is a shared library). Rather than having every GNU + program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files, + it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file. */ + +#define GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION 2 +#if !defined (_LIBC) && defined (__GLIBC__) && __GLIBC__ >= 2 +#include +#if _GNU_GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION == GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION +#define ELIDE_CODE +#endif +#endif + +#ifndef ELIDE_CODE + + +/* This needs to come after some library #include + to get __GNU_LIBRARY__ defined. */ +#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__ +#include +#endif + +#ifndef NULL +#define NULL 0 +#endif + +int +getopt_long (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index) + int argc; + char *const *argv; + const char *options; + const struct option *long_options; + int *opt_index; +{ + return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index, 0); +} + +/* Like getopt_long, but '-' as well as '--' can indicate a long option. + If an option that starts with '-' (not '--') doesn't match a long option, + but does match a short option, it is parsed as a short option + instead. */ + +int +getopt_long_only (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index) + int argc; + char *const *argv; + const char *options; + const struct option *long_options; + int *opt_index; +{ + return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index, 1); +} + + +#endif /* Not ELIDE_CODE. */ + +#ifdef TEST + +#include + +int +main (argc, argv) + int argc; + char **argv; +{ + int c; + int digit_optind = 0; + + while (1) + { + int this_option_optind = optind ? optind : 1; + int option_index = 0; + static struct option long_options[] = + { + {"add", 1, 0, 0}, + {"append", 0, 0, 0}, + {"delete", 1, 0, 0}, + {"verbose", 0, 0, 0}, + {"create", 0, 0, 0}, + {"file", 1, 0, 0}, + {0, 0, 0, 0} + }; + + c = getopt_long (argc, argv, "abc:d:0123456789", + long_options, &option_index); + if (c == -1) + break; + + switch (c) + { + case 0: + printf ("option %s", long_options[option_index].name); + if (optarg) + printf (" with arg %s", optarg); + printf ("\n"); + break; + + case '0': + case '1': + case '2': + case '3': + case '4': + case '5': + case '6': + case '7': + case '8': + case '9': + if (digit_optind != 0 && digit_optind != this_option_optind) + printf ("digits occur in two different argv-elements.\n"); + digit_optind = this_option_optind; + printf ("option %c\n", c); + break; + + case 'a': + printf ("option a\n"); + break; + + case 'b': + printf ("option b\n"); + break; + + case 'c': + printf ("option c with value `%s'\n", optarg); + break; + + case 'd': + printf ("option d with value `%s'\n", optarg); + break; + + case '?': + break; + + default: + printf ("?? getopt returned character code 0%o ??\n", c); + } + } + + if (optind < argc) + { + printf ("non-option ARGV-elements: "); + while (optind < argc) + printf ("%s ", argv[optind++]); + printf ("\n"); + } + + exit (0); +} + +#endif /* TEST */ diff --git a/lib/list.c b/lib/list.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cb2d4d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/list.c @@ -0,0 +1,197 @@ +/* + list.c -- functions to deal with double linked lists + Copyright (C) 2000,2001 Ivo Timmermans + 2000,2001 Guus Sliepen + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. + + $Id: list.c,v 1.1.2.10 2002/03/27 15:01:16 guus Exp $ +*/ + +#include "config.h" + +#include + +#include +#include + +#include "list.h" + +/* (De)constructors */ + +list_t *list_alloc(list_action_t delete) +{ + list_t *list; + + list = xmalloc_and_zero(sizeof(list_t)); + list->delete = delete; + + return list; +} + +void list_free(list_t *list) +{ + free(list); +} + +list_node_t *list_alloc_node(void) +{ + list_node_t *node; + + node = xmalloc_and_zero(sizeof(list_node_t)); + + return node; +} + +void list_free_node(list_t *list, list_node_t *node) +{ + if(node->data && list->delete) + list->delete(node->data); + + free(node); +} + +/* Insertion and deletion */ + +list_node_t *list_insert_head(list_t *list, void *data) +{ + list_node_t *node; + + node = list_alloc_node(); + + node->data = data; + node->prev = NULL; + node->next = list->head; + list->head = node; + + if(node->next) + node->next->prev = node; + else + list->tail = node; + + list->count++; + + return node; +} + +list_node_t *list_insert_tail(list_t *list, void *data) +{ + list_node_t *node; + + node = list_alloc_node(); + + node->data = data; + node->next = NULL; + node->prev = list->tail; + list->tail = node; + + if(node->prev) + node->prev->next = node; + else + list->head = node; + + list->count++; + + return node; +} + +void list_unlink_node(list_t *list, list_node_t *node) +{ + if(node->prev) + node->prev->next = node->next; + else + list->head = node->next; + + if(node->next) + node->next->prev = node->prev; + else + list->tail = node->prev; + + list->count--; +} + +void list_delete_node(list_t *list, list_node_t *node) +{ + list_unlink_node(list, node); + list_free_node(list, node); +} + +void list_delete_head(list_t *list) +{ + list_delete_node(list, list->head); +} + +void list_delete_tail(list_t *list) +{ + list_delete_node(list, list->tail); +} + +/* Head/tail lookup */ + +void *list_get_head(list_t *list) +{ + if(list->head) + return list->head->data; + else + return NULL; +} + +void *list_get_tail(list_t *list) +{ + if(list->tail) + return list->tail->data; + else + return NULL; +} + +/* Fast list deletion */ + +void list_delete_list(list_t *list) +{ + list_node_t *node, *next; + + for(node = list->head; node; node = next) + { + next = node->next; + list_free_node(list, node); + } + + list_free(list); +} + +/* Traversing */ + +void list_foreach_node(list_t *list, list_action_node_t action) +{ + list_node_t *node, *next; + + for(node = list->head; node; node = next) + { + next = node->next; + action(node); + } +} + +void list_foreach(list_t *list, list_action_t action) +{ + list_node_t *node, *next; + + for(node = list->head; node; node = next) + { + next = node->next; + if(node->data) + action(node->data); + } +} diff --git a/lib/list.h b/lib/list.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3e1735b --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/list.h @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ +/* + list.h -- header file for list.c + Copyright (C) 2000,2001 Ivo Timmermans + 2000,2001 Guus Sliepen + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. + + $Id: list.h,v 1.1.2.5 2002/03/27 15:01:16 guus Exp $ +*/ + +#ifndef __TINC_LIST_H__ +#define __TINC_LIST_H__ + +typedef struct list_node_t +{ + struct list_node_t *prev; + struct list_node_t *next; + + /* Payload */ + + void *data; +} list_node_t; + +typedef void (*list_action_t) (const void *); +typedef void (*list_action_node_t) (const list_node_t *); + +typedef struct list_t +{ + list_node_t *head; + list_node_t *tail; + int count; + + /* Callbacks */ + + list_action_t delete; +} list_t; + +/* (De)constructors */ + +extern list_t *list_alloc(list_action_t); +extern void list_free(list_t *); +extern list_node_t *list_alloc_node(void); +extern void list_free_node(list_t *, list_node_t *); + +/* Insertion and deletion */ + +extern list_node_t *list_insert_head(list_t *, void *); +extern list_node_t *list_insert_tail(list_t *, void *); + +extern void list_unlink_node(list_t *, list_node_t *); +extern void list_delete_node(list_t *, list_node_t *); + +extern void list_delete_head(list_t *); +extern void list_delete_tail(list_t *); + +/* Head/tail lookup */ + +extern void *list_get_head(list_t *); +extern void *list_get_tail(list_t *); + +/* Fast list deletion */ + +extern void list_delete_list(list_t *); + +/* Traversing */ + +extern void list_foreach(list_t *, list_action_t); +extern void list_foreach_node(list_t *, list_action_node_t); + +#endif /* __TINC_LIST_H__ */ diff --git a/lib/malloc.c b/lib/malloc.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b859e58 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/malloc.c @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +/* Work around bug on some systems where malloc (0) fails. + Copyright (C) 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ + +/* written by Jim Meyering */ + +#if HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include +#endif +#undef malloc + +#include + +char *malloc (); + +/* Allocate an N-byte block of memory from the heap. + If N is zero, allocate a 1-byte block. */ + +char * +rpl_malloc (n) + size_t n; +{ + if (n == 0) + n = 1; + return malloc (n); +} diff --git a/lib/memcmp.c b/lib/memcmp.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1226947 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/memcmp.c @@ -0,0 +1,391 @@ +/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1993, 1995, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Contributed by Torbjorn Granlund (tege@sics.se). + + NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library. + Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the + Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any + later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, + USA. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include "config.h" +#endif + +#undef __ptr_t +#if defined __cplusplus || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__) +# define __ptr_t void * +#else /* Not C++ or ANSI C. */ +# undef const +# define const +# define __ptr_t char * +#endif /* C++ or ANSI C. */ + +#ifndef __P +# if defined __GNUC__ || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__) +# define __P(args) args +# else +# define __P(args) () +# endif /* GCC. */ +#endif /* Not __P. */ + +#if defined HAVE_STRING_H || defined _LIBC +# include +#endif + +#undef memcmp + +#ifdef _LIBC + +# include + +#else /* Not in the GNU C library. */ + +# include + +/* Type to use for aligned memory operations. + This should normally be the biggest type supported by a single load + and store. Must be an unsigned type. */ +# define op_t unsigned long int +# define OPSIZ (sizeof(op_t)) + +/* Threshold value for when to enter the unrolled loops. */ +# define OP_T_THRES 16 + +/* Type to use for unaligned operations. */ +typedef unsigned char byte; + +# ifndef WORDS_BIGENDIAN +# define MERGE(w0, sh_1, w1, sh_2) (((w0) >> (sh_1)) | ((w1) << (sh_2))) +# else +# define MERGE(w0, sh_1, w1, sh_2) (((w0) << (sh_1)) | ((w1) >> (sh_2))) +# endif + +#endif /* In the GNU C library. */ + +#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN +# define CMP_LT_OR_GT(a, b) ((a) > (b) ? 1 : -1) +#else +# define CMP_LT_OR_GT(a, b) memcmp_bytes ((a), (b)) +#endif + +/* BE VERY CAREFUL IF YOU CHANGE THIS CODE! */ + +/* The strategy of this memcmp is: + + 1. Compare bytes until one of the block pointers is aligned. + + 2. Compare using memcmp_common_alignment or + memcmp_not_common_alignment, regarding the alignment of the other + block after the initial byte operations. The maximum number of + full words (of type op_t) are compared in this way. + + 3. Compare the few remaining bytes. */ + +#ifndef WORDS_BIGENDIAN +/* memcmp_bytes -- Compare A and B bytewise in the byte order of the machine. + A and B are known to be different. + This is needed only on little-endian machines. */ + +static int memcmp_bytes __P((op_t, op_t)); + +# ifdef __GNUC__ +__inline +# endif +static int +memcmp_bytes (a, b) + op_t a, b; +{ + long int srcp1 = (long int) &a; + long int srcp2 = (long int) &b; + op_t a0, b0; + + do + { + a0 = ((byte *) srcp1)[0]; + b0 = ((byte *) srcp2)[0]; + srcp1 += 1; + srcp2 += 1; + } + while (a0 == b0); + return a0 - b0; +} +#endif + +static int memcmp_common_alignment __P((long, long, size_t)); + +/* memcmp_common_alignment -- Compare blocks at SRCP1 and SRCP2 with LEN `op_t' + objects (not LEN bytes!). Both SRCP1 and SRCP2 should be aligned for + memory operations on `op_t's. */ +#ifdef __GNUC__ +__inline +#endif +static int +memcmp_common_alignment (srcp1, srcp2, len) + long int srcp1; + long int srcp2; + size_t len; +{ + op_t a0, a1; + op_t b0, b1; + + switch (len % 4) + { + default: /* Avoid warning about uninitialized local variables. */ + case 2: + a0 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[0]; + b0 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[0]; + srcp1 -= 2 * OPSIZ; + srcp2 -= 2 * OPSIZ; + len += 2; + goto do1; + case 3: + a1 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[0]; + b1 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[0]; + srcp1 -= OPSIZ; + srcp2 -= OPSIZ; + len += 1; + goto do2; + case 0: + if (OP_T_THRES <= 3 * OPSIZ && len == 0) + return 0; + a0 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[0]; + b0 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[0]; + goto do3; + case 1: + a1 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[0]; + b1 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[0]; + srcp1 += OPSIZ; + srcp2 += OPSIZ; + len -= 1; + if (OP_T_THRES <= 3 * OPSIZ && len == 0) + goto do0; + /* Fall through. */ + } + + do + { + a0 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[0]; + b0 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[0]; + if (a1 != b1) + return CMP_LT_OR_GT (a1, b1); + + do3: + a1 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[1]; + b1 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[1]; + if (a0 != b0) + return CMP_LT_OR_GT (a0, b0); + + do2: + a0 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[2]; + b0 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[2]; + if (a1 != b1) + return CMP_LT_OR_GT (a1, b1); + + do1: + a1 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[3]; + b1 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[3]; + if (a0 != b0) + return CMP_LT_OR_GT (a0, b0); + + srcp1 += 4 * OPSIZ; + srcp2 += 4 * OPSIZ; + len -= 4; + } + while (len != 0); + + /* This is the right position for do0. Please don't move + it into the loop. */ + do0: + if (a1 != b1) + return CMP_LT_OR_GT (a1, b1); + return 0; +} + +static int memcmp_not_common_alignment __P((long, long, size_t)); + +/* memcmp_not_common_alignment -- Compare blocks at SRCP1 and SRCP2 with LEN + `op_t' objects (not LEN bytes!). SRCP2 should be aligned for memory + operations on `op_t', but SRCP1 *should be unaligned*. */ +#ifdef __GNUC__ +__inline +#endif +static int +memcmp_not_common_alignment (srcp1, srcp2, len) + long int srcp1; + long int srcp2; + size_t len; +{ + op_t a0, a1, a2, a3; + op_t b0, b1, b2, b3; + op_t x; + int shl, shr; + + /* Calculate how to shift a word read at the memory operation + aligned srcp1 to make it aligned for comparison. */ + + shl = 8 * (srcp1 % OPSIZ); + shr = 8 * OPSIZ - shl; + + /* Make SRCP1 aligned by rounding it down to the beginning of the `op_t' + it points in the middle of. */ + srcp1 &= -OPSIZ; + + switch (len % 4) + { + default: /* Avoid warning about uninitialized local variables. */ + case 2: + a1 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[0]; + a2 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[1]; + b2 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[0]; + srcp1 -= 1 * OPSIZ; + srcp2 -= 2 * OPSIZ; + len += 2; + goto do1; + case 3: + a0 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[0]; + a1 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[1]; + b1 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[0]; + srcp2 -= 1 * OPSIZ; + len += 1; + goto do2; + case 0: + if (OP_T_THRES <= 3 * OPSIZ && len == 0) + return 0; + a3 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[0]; + a0 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[1]; + b0 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[0]; + srcp1 += 1 * OPSIZ; + goto do3; + case 1: + a2 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[0]; + a3 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[1]; + b3 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[0]; + srcp1 += 2 * OPSIZ; + srcp2 += 1 * OPSIZ; + len -= 1; + if (OP_T_THRES <= 3 * OPSIZ && len == 0) + goto do0; + /* Fall through. */ + } + + do + { + a0 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[0]; + b0 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[0]; + x = MERGE(a2, shl, a3, shr); + if (x != b3) + return CMP_LT_OR_GT (x, b3); + + do3: + a1 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[1]; + b1 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[1]; + x = MERGE(a3, shl, a0, shr); + if (x != b0) + return CMP_LT_OR_GT (x, b0); + + do2: + a2 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[2]; + b2 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[2]; + x = MERGE(a0, shl, a1, shr); + if (x != b1) + return CMP_LT_OR_GT (x, b1); + + do1: + a3 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[3]; + b3 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[3]; + x = MERGE(a1, shl, a2, shr); + if (x != b2) + return CMP_LT_OR_GT (x, b2); + + srcp1 += 4 * OPSIZ; + srcp2 += 4 * OPSIZ; + len -= 4; + } + while (len != 0); + + /* This is the right position for do0. Please don't move + it into the loop. */ + do0: + x = MERGE(a2, shl, a3, shr); + if (x != b3) + return CMP_LT_OR_GT (x, b3); + return 0; +} + +int +rpl_memcmp (s1, s2, len) + const __ptr_t s1; + const __ptr_t s2; + size_t len; +{ + op_t a0; + op_t b0; + long int srcp1 = (long int) s1; + long int srcp2 = (long int) s2; + op_t res; + + if (len >= OP_T_THRES) + { + /* There are at least some bytes to compare. No need to test + for LEN == 0 in this alignment loop. */ + while (srcp2 % OPSIZ != 0) + { + a0 = ((byte *) srcp1)[0]; + b0 = ((byte *) srcp2)[0]; + srcp1 += 1; + srcp2 += 1; + res = a0 - b0; + if (res != 0) + return res; + len -= 1; + } + + /* SRCP2 is now aligned for memory operations on `op_t'. + SRCP1 alignment determines if we can do a simple, + aligned compare or need to shuffle bits. */ + + if (srcp1 % OPSIZ == 0) + res = memcmp_common_alignment (srcp1, srcp2, len / OPSIZ); + else + res = memcmp_not_common_alignment (srcp1, srcp2, len / OPSIZ); + if (res != 0) + return res; + + /* Number of bytes remaining in the interval [0..OPSIZ-1]. */ + srcp1 += len & -OPSIZ; + srcp2 += len & -OPSIZ; + len %= OPSIZ; + } + + /* There are just a few bytes to compare. Use byte memory operations. */ + while (len != 0) + { + a0 = ((byte *) srcp1)[0]; + b0 = ((byte *) srcp2)[0]; + srcp1 += 1; + srcp2 += 1; + res = a0 - b0; + if (res != 0) + return res; + len -= 1; + } + + return 0; +} + +#ifdef weak_alias +# undef bcmp +weak_alias (memcmp, bcmp) +#endif diff --git a/lib/pidfile.c b/lib/pidfile.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a954d18 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/pidfile.c @@ -0,0 +1,138 @@ +/* + pidfile.c - interact with pidfiles + Copyright (c) 1995 Martin Schulze + + This file is part of the sysklogd package, a kernel and system log daemon. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111, USA +*/ + +/* left unaltered for tinc -- Ivo Timmermans */ +/* + * Sat Aug 19 13:24:33 MET DST 1995: Martin Schulze + * First version (v0.2) released + */ + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +/* read_pid + * + * Reads the specified pidfile and returns the read pid. + * 0 is returned if either there's no pidfile, it's empty + * or no pid can be read. + */ +int read_pid (char *pidfile) +{ + FILE *f; + int pid; + + if (!(f=fopen(pidfile,"r"))) + return 0; + fscanf(f,"%d", &pid); + fclose(f); + return pid; +} + +/* check_pid + * + * Reads the pid using read_pid and looks up the pid in the process + * table (using /proc) to determine if the process already exists. If + * so 1 is returned, otherwise 0. + */ +int check_pid (char *pidfile) +{ + int pid = read_pid(pidfile); + + /* Amazing ! _I_ am already holding the pid file... */ + if ((!pid) || (pid == getpid ())) + return 0; + + /* + * The 'standard' method of doing this is to try and do a 'fake' kill + * of the process. If an ESRCH error is returned the process cannot + * be found -- GW + */ + /* But... errno is usually changed only on error.. */ + errno = 0; + if (kill(pid, 0) && errno == ESRCH) + return(0); + + return pid; +} + +/* write_pid + * + * Writes the pid to the specified file. If that fails 0 is + * returned, otherwise the pid. + */ +int write_pid (char *pidfile) +{ + FILE *f; + int fd; + int pid; + + if ( ((fd = open(pidfile, O_RDWR|O_CREAT, 0644)) == -1) + || ((f = fdopen(fd, "r+")) == NULL) ) { + fprintf(stderr, "Can't open or create %s.\n", pidfile); + return 0; + } + +#ifdef HAVE_FLOCK + if (flock(fd, LOCK_EX|LOCK_NB) == -1) { + fscanf(f, "%d", &pid); + fclose(f); + printf("Can't lock, lock is held by pid %d.\n", pid); + return 0; + } +#endif + + pid = getpid(); + if (!fprintf(f,"%d\n", pid)) { + printf("Can't write pid , %s.\n", strerror(errno)); + close(fd); + return 0; + } + fflush(f); + +#ifdef HAVE_FLOCK + if (flock(fd, LOCK_UN) == -1) { + printf("Can't unlock pidfile %s, %s.\n", pidfile, strerror(errno)); + close(fd); + return 0; + } +#endif + close(fd); + + return pid; +} + +/* remove_pid + * + * Remove the the specified file. The result from unlink(2) + * is returned + */ +int remove_pid (char *pidfile) +{ + return unlink (pidfile); +} + diff --git a/lib/pidfile.h b/lib/pidfile.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..19d19c1 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/pidfile.h @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +/* + pidfile.h - interact with pidfiles + Copyright (c) 1995 Martin Schulze + + This file is part of the sysklogd package, a kernel and system log daemon. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111, USA. +*/ + +/* read_pid + * + * Reads the specified pidfile and returns the read pid. + * 0 is returned if either there's no pidfile, it's empty + * or no pid can be read. + */ +int read_pid (char *pidfile); + +/* check_pid + * + * Reads the pid using read_pid and looks up the pid in the process + * table (using /proc) to determine if the process already exists. If + * so 1 is returned, otherwise 0. + */ +int check_pid (char *pidfile); + +/* write_pid + * + * Writes the pid to the specified file. If that fails 0 is + * returned, otherwise the pid. + */ +int write_pid (char *pidfile); + +/* remove_pid + * + * Remove the the specified file. The result from unlink(2) + * is returned + */ +int remove_pid (char *pidfile); diff --git a/lib/realloc.c b/lib/realloc.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d0d3e4a --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/realloc.c @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +/* Work around bug on some systems where realloc (NULL, 0) fails. + Copyright (C) 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ + +/* written by Jim Meyering */ + +#if HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include +#endif +#undef realloc + +#include + +char *malloc (); +char *realloc (); + +/* Change the size of an allocated block of memory P to N bytes, + with error checking. If N is zero, change it to 1. If P is NULL, + use malloc. */ + +char * +rpl_realloc (p, n) + char *p; + size_t n; +{ + if (n == 0) + n = 1; + if (p == 0) + return malloc (n); + return realloc (p, n); +} diff --git a/lib/utils.c b/lib/utils.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d79532b --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/utils.c @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ +/* + utils.c -- gathering of some stupid small functions + Copyright (C) 1999-2001 Ivo Timmermans + 2000,2001 Guus Sliepen + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. +*/ + +#include +#include +#include + +#include "config.h" + +#include +#include +#include + +#ifdef ENABLE_TRACING +volatile int (cp_line[]) = {0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0}; +volatile char (*cp_file[]) = {"?", "?", "?", "?", "?", "?", "?", "?", "?", "?", "?", "?", "?", "?", "?", "?"}; +volatile int cp_index = 0; +#endif + +char *hexadecimals = "0123456789ABCDEF"; + +int charhex2bin(char c) +{ + if(isdigit(c)) + return c - '0'; + else + return toupper(c) - 'A' + 10; +} + + +void hex2bin(char *src, char *dst, int length) +{ + int i; + for(i=0; i=0; i--) + { + dst[i*2+1] = hexadecimals[(unsigned char)src[i] & 15]; + dst[i*2] = hexadecimals[(unsigned char)src[i]>>4]; + } +} + +#ifdef ENABLE_TRACING +void cp_trace() +{ + syslog(LOG_DEBUG, "Checkpoint trace: %s:%d <- %s:%d <- %s:%d <- %s:%d <- %s:%d <- %s:%d <- %s:%d <- %s:%d <- %s:%d <- %s:%d <- %s:%d <- %s:%d <- %s:%d <- %s:%d <- %s:%d <- %s:%d...", + cp_file[(cp_index+15)%16], cp_line[(cp_index+15)%16], + cp_file[(cp_index+14)%16], cp_line[(cp_index+14)%16], + cp_file[(cp_index+13)%16], cp_line[(cp_index+13)%16], + cp_file[(cp_index+12)%16], cp_line[(cp_index+12)%16], + cp_file[(cp_index+11)%16], cp_line[(cp_index+11)%16], + cp_file[(cp_index+10)%16], cp_line[(cp_index+10)%16], + cp_file[(cp_index+9)%16], cp_line[(cp_index+9)%16], + cp_file[(cp_index+8)%16], cp_line[(cp_index+8)%16], + cp_file[(cp_index+7)%16], cp_line[(cp_index+7)%16], + cp_file[(cp_index+6)%16], cp_line[(cp_index+6)%16], + cp_file[(cp_index+5)%16], cp_line[(cp_index+5)%16], + cp_file[(cp_index+4)%16], cp_line[(cp_index+4)%16], + cp_file[(cp_index+3)%16], cp_line[(cp_index+3)%16], + cp_file[(cp_index+2)%16], cp_line[(cp_index+2)%16], + cp_file[(cp_index+1)%16], cp_line[(cp_index+1)%16], + cp_file[cp_index], cp_line[cp_index] + ); +} +#endif diff --git a/lib/utils.h b/lib/utils.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0b79bfa --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/utils.h @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +/* + utils.h -- header file for utils.c + Copyright (C) 1999-2001 Ivo Timmermans + 2000,2001 Guus Sliepen + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. +*/ + +#ifndef __TINC_UTILS_H__ +#define __TINC_UTILS_H__ + +#include + +enum { + DEBUG_NOTHING = 0, /* Quiet mode, only show starting/stopping of the daemon */ + DEBUG_CONNECTIONS = 1, /* Show (dis)connects of other tinc daemons via TCP */ + DEBUG_ERROR = 2, /* Show error messages received from other hosts */ + DEBUG_STATUS = 2, /* Show status messages received from other hosts */ + DEBUG_PROTOCOL = 3, /* Show the requests that are sent/received */ + DEBUG_META = 4, /* Show contents of every request that is sent/received */ + DEBUG_TRAFFIC = 5, /* Show network traffic information */ + DEBUG_PACKET = 6, /* Show contents of each packet that is being sent/received */ + DEBUG_SCARY_THINGS = 10 /* You have been warned */ +}; + +#define min(a,b) (((a)<(b))?(a):(b)) + +#ifdef ENABLE_TRACING +extern volatile int cp_line[]; +extern volatile char *cp_file[]; +extern volatile int cp_index; +extern void cp_trace(void); + + #define cp { cp_line[cp_index] = __LINE__; cp_file[cp_index] = __FILE__; cp_index++; cp_index %= 16; } + #define ecp { fprintf(stderr, "Explicit checkpoint in %s line %d\n", __FILE__, __LINE__); } +#else + #define cp + #define ecp + #define cp_trace() +#endif + +extern void hex2bin(char *src, char *dst, int length); +extern void bin2hex(char *src, char *dst, int length); + +#endif /* __TINC_UTILS_H__ */ diff --git a/lib/xalloc.h b/lib/xalloc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..caf0f37 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/xalloc.h @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +#include + +#ifndef PARAMS +# if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__) +# define PARAMS(Args) Args +# else +# define PARAMS(Args) () +# endif +#endif + +/* Exit value when the requested amount of memory is not available. + The caller may set it to some other value. */ +extern int xalloc_exit_failure; + +/* FIXME: describe */ +extern char *const xalloc_msg_memory_exhausted; + +/* FIXME: describe */ +extern void (*xalloc_fail_func) (); + +void *xmalloc PARAMS ((size_t n)); +void *xmalloc_and_zero PARAMS ((size_t n)); +void *xcalloc PARAMS ((size_t n, size_t s)); +void *xrealloc PARAMS ((void *p, size_t n)); + +char *xstrdup PARAMS ((const char *s)); diff --git a/lib/xmalloc.c b/lib/xmalloc.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e1ab314 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/xmalloc.c @@ -0,0 +1,156 @@ +/* xmalloc.c -- malloc with out of memory checking + Copyright (C) 1990, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ + +#if HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include +#endif + +#include +#include +#include + +#if STDC_HEADERS +# include +#else +void *calloc (); +void *malloc (); +void *realloc (); +void free (); +#endif + +#if ENABLE_NLS +# include +# define _(Text) gettext (Text) +#else +# define textdomain(Domain) +# define _(Text) Text +#endif +#define N_(Text) Text + +#include "xalloc.h" + +#ifndef EXIT_FAILURE +# define EXIT_FAILURE 1 +#endif + +/* Prototypes for functions defined here. */ +#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__ +void *xmalloc (size_t n); +void *xcalloc (size_t n, size_t s); +void *xrealloc (void *p, size_t n); +#endif + +#ifndef HAVE_DONE_WORKING_MALLOC_CHECK +#error you must run the autoconf test for a properly working malloc -- see malloc.m4 +#endif + +#ifndef HAVE_DONE_WORKING_REALLOC_CHECK +#error you must run the autoconf test for a properly working realloc -- see realloc.m4 +#endif + +/* Exit value when the requested amount of memory is not available. + The caller may set it to some other value. */ +int xalloc_exit_failure = EXIT_FAILURE; + +/* FIXME: describe */ +char *const xalloc_msg_memory_exhausted = N_("Memory exhausted"); + +/* FIXME: describe */ +void (*xalloc_fail_func) (int) = 0; + +static void +xalloc_fail (int size) +{ + if (xalloc_fail_func) + (*xalloc_fail_func) (size); + fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", xalloc_msg_memory_exhausted); + exit(xalloc_exit_failure); +} + +/* Allocate N bytes of memory dynamically, with error checking. */ + +void * +xmalloc (n) + size_t n; +{ + void *p; + + p = malloc (n); + if (p == 0) + xalloc_fail ((int)n); + return p; +} + +/* Allocate N bytes of memory dynamically, and set it all to zero. */ + +void * +xmalloc_and_zero (n) + size_t n; +{ + void *p; + + p = malloc (n); + if (p == 0) + xalloc_fail ((int)n); + memset (p, '\0', n); + return p; +} + +/* Change the size of an allocated block of memory P to N bytes, + with error checking. + If P is NULL, run xmalloc. */ + +void * +xrealloc (p, n) + void *p; + size_t n; +{ + p = realloc (p, n); + if (p == 0) + xalloc_fail (n); + return p; +} + +/* Duplicate a string */ + +char *xstrdup(const char *s) +{ + char *p; + + p = strdup(s); + if(!p) + xalloc_fail ((int)strlen(s)); + return p; +} + +#ifdef NOT_USED + +/* Allocate memory for N elements of S bytes, with error checking. */ + +void * +xcalloc (n, s) + size_t n, s; +{ + void *p; + + p = calloc (n, s); + if (p == 0) + xalloc_fail (); + return p; +} + +#endif /* NOT_USED */ diff --git a/m4/Makefile.am b/m4/Makefile.am new file mode 100644 index 0000000..216417b --- /dev/null +++ b/m4/Makefile.am @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in -*-Makefile-*- + +##m4-files-begin +EXTRA_DIST = README Makefile.am.in aclocal-include.m4 malloc.m4 openssl.m4 \ +perl.m4 realloc.m4 tuntap.m4 zlib.m4 + +##m4-files-end + +Makefile.am: Makefile.am.in + rm -f $@ $@t + sed -n '1,/^##m4-files-begin/p' $< > $@t + ( echo EXTRA_DIST = README Makefile.am.in; \ + find . -type f -name '*.m4' -print |sed 's,^\./,,' |sort ) \ + |fmt | (tr '\012' @; echo) \ + |sed 's/@$$/%/;s/@/ \\@/g' |tr @% '\012\012' \ + >> $@t + sed -n '/^##m4-files-end/,$$p' $< >> $@t + chmod a-w $@t + mv $@t $@ diff --git a/m4/Makefile.am.in b/m4/Makefile.am.in new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9ee9c43 --- /dev/null +++ b/m4/Makefile.am.in @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in -*-Makefile-*- + +##m4-files-begin +##m4-files-end + +Makefile.am: Makefile.am.in + rm -f $@ $@t + sed -n '1,/^##m4-files-begin/p' $< > $@t + ( echo EXTRA_DIST = README Makefile.am.in; \ + find . -type f -name '*.m4' -print |sed 's,^\./,,' |sort ) \ + |fmt | (tr '\012' @; echo) \ + |sed 's/@$$/%/;s/@/ \\@/g' |tr @% '\012\012' \ + >> $@t + sed -n '/^##m4-files-end/,$$p' $< >> $@t + chmod a-w $@t + mv $@t $@ diff --git a/m4/Makefile.in b/m4/Makefile.in new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6c80fe3 --- /dev/null +++ b/m4/Makefile.in @@ -0,0 +1,232 @@ +# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.5 from Makefile.am. + +# Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 +# Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation +# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, +# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. + +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without +# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A +# PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + +@SET_MAKE@ + +SHELL = @SHELL@ + +srcdir = @srcdir@ +top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ +VPATH = @srcdir@ +prefix = @prefix@ +exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ + +bindir = @bindir@ +sbindir = @sbindir@ +libexecdir = @libexecdir@ +datadir = @datadir@ +sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@ +sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@ +localstatedir = @localstatedir@ +libdir = @libdir@ +infodir = @infodir@ +mandir = @mandir@ +includedir = @includedir@ +oldincludedir = /usr/include +pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@ +pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@ +pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@ +top_builddir = .. + +ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@ +AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@ +AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@ +AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@ + +INSTALL = @INSTALL@ +INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ +INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ +INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@ +INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA) +transform = @program_transform_name@ +NORMAL_INSTALL = : +PRE_INSTALL = : +POST_INSTALL = : +NORMAL_UNINSTALL = : +PRE_UNINSTALL = : +POST_UNINSTALL = : +host_alias = @host_alias@ +host_triplet = @host@ +AMTAR = @AMTAR@ +AWK = @AWK@ +BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@ +CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@ +CATOBJEXT = @CATOBJEXT@ +CC = @CC@ +CPP = @CPP@ +DATADIRNAME = @DATADIRNAME@ +DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@ +EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ +GENCAT = @GENCAT@ +GLIBC21 = @GLIBC21@ +GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@ +GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@ +HAVE_TUNTAP = @HAVE_TUNTAP@ +INCLUDES = @INCLUDES@ +INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@ +INSTOBJEXT = @INSTOBJEXT@ +INTLBISON = @INTLBISON@ +INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@ +INTLOBJS = @INTLOBJS@ +INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX = @INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX@ +LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@ +LINUX_IF_TUN_H = @LINUX_IF_TUN_H@ +LN_S = @LN_S@ +MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@ +MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ +OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@ +PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ +PERL = @PERL@ +POFILES = @POFILES@ +POSUB = @POSUB@ +RANLIB = @RANLIB@ +USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@ +USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@ +VERSION = @VERSION@ +am__include = @am__include@ +am__quote = @am__quote@ +install_sh = @install_sh@ + +EXTRA_DIST = README Makefile.am.in aclocal-include.m4 malloc.m4 openssl.m4 \ +perl.m4 realloc.m4 tuntap.m4 zlib.m4 + +subdir = m4 +mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs +CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h +CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = +DIST_SOURCES = +DIST_COMMON = README Makefile.am Makefile.in +all: all-am + +.SUFFIXES: +$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4) + cd $(top_srcdir) && \ + $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu m4/Makefile +Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status + cd $(top_builddir) && \ + CONFIG_HEADERS= CONFIG_LINKS= \ + CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ $(SHELL) ./config.status +uninstall-info-am: +tags: TAGS +TAGS: + + +DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST) + +top_distdir = .. +distdir = $(top_distdir)/$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION) + +distdir: $(DISTFILES) + @for file in $(DISTFILES); do \ + if test -f $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \ + dir=`echo "$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \ + if test "$$dir" != "$$file" && test "$$dir" != "."; then \ + $(mkinstalldirs) "$(distdir)/$$dir"; \ + fi; \ + if test -d $$d/$$file; then \ + cp -pR $$d/$$file $(distdir) \ + || exit 1; \ + else \ + test -f $(distdir)/$$file \ + || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file \ + || exit 1; \ + fi; \ + done +check-am: all-am +check: check-am +all-am: Makefile + +installdirs: + +install: install-am +install-exec: install-exec-am +install-data: install-data-am +uninstall: uninstall-am + +install-am: all-am + @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am + +installcheck: installcheck-am +install-strip: + $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ + `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \ + echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install +mostlyclean-generic: + +clean-generic: + +distclean-generic: + -rm -f Makefile $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) stamp-h stamp-h[0-9]* + +maintainer-clean-generic: + @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use" + @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." +clean: clean-am + +clean-am: clean-generic mostlyclean-am + +distclean: distclean-am + +distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic + +dvi: dvi-am + +dvi-am: + +info: info-am + +info-am: + +install-data-am: + +install-exec-am: + +install-info: install-info-am + +install-man: + +installcheck-am: + +maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am + +maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic + +mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am + +mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic + +uninstall-am: uninstall-info-am + +.PHONY: all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic distclean \ + distclean-generic distdir dvi dvi-am info info-am install \ + install-am install-data install-data-am install-exec \ + install-exec-am install-info install-info-am install-man \ + install-strip installcheck installcheck-am installdirs \ + maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean \ + mostlyclean-generic uninstall uninstall-am uninstall-info-am + + +Makefile.am: Makefile.am.in + rm -f $@ $@t + sed -n '1,/^##m4-files-begin/p' $< > $@t + ( echo EXTRA_DIST = README Makefile.am.in; \ + find . -type f -name '*.m4' -print |sed 's,^\./,,' |sort ) \ + |fmt | (tr '\012' @; echo) \ + |sed 's/@$$/%/;s/@/ \\@/g' |tr @% '\012\012' \ + >> $@t + sed -n '/^##m4-files-end/,$$p' $< >> $@t + chmod a-w $@t + mv $@t $@ +# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables. +# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. +.NOEXPORT: diff --git a/m4/README b/m4/README new file mode 100644 index 0000000..df032df --- /dev/null +++ b/m4/README @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +These files are used by a program called aclocal (part of the GNU automake +package). aclocal uses these files to create aclocal.m4 which is in turn +used by autoconf to create the configure script at the the top level in +this distribution. + +The Makefile.am file in this directory is automatically generated +from the template file, Makefile.am.in. The generation will fail +if you don't have all the right tools. diff --git a/m4/aclocal-include.m4 b/m4/aclocal-include.m4 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..844e7d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/m4/aclocal-include.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +# aclocal-include.m4 +# +# This macro adds the name macrodir to the set of directories +# that `aclocal' searches for macros. + +# serial 1 + +dnl AM_ACLOCAL_INCLUDE(macrodir) +AC_DEFUN([AM_ACLOCAL_INCLUDE], +[ + test -n "$ACLOCAL_FLAGS" && ACLOCAL="$ACLOCAL $ACLOCAL_FLAGS" + + for k in $1 ; do ACLOCAL="$ACLOCAL -I $k" ; done +]) diff --git a/m4/malloc.m4 b/m4/malloc.m4 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bd3cad4 --- /dev/null +++ b/m4/malloc.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +#serial 1 + +dnl From Jim Meyering. +dnl Determine whether malloc accepts 0 as its argument. +dnl If it doesn't, arrange to use the replacement function. +dnl +dnl If you use this macro in a package, you should +dnl add the following two lines to acconfig.h: +dnl /* Define to rpl_malloc if the replacement function should be used. */ +dnl #undef malloc +dnl + +AC_DEFUN(jm_FUNC_MALLOC, +[ + if test x = y; then + dnl This code is deliberately never run via ./configure. + dnl FIXME: this is a gross hack to make autoheader put an entry + dnl for this symbol in config.h.in. + AC_CHECK_FUNCS(DONE_WORKING_MALLOC_CHECK) + fi + dnl xmalloc.c requires that this symbol be defined so it doesn't + dnl mistakenly use a broken malloc -- as it might if this test were omitted. + ac_kludge=HAVE_DONE_WORKING_MALLOC_CHECK + AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED($ac_kludge) + + AC_CACHE_CHECK([for working malloc], jm_cv_func_working_malloc, + [AC_TRY_RUN([ + char *malloc (); + int + main () + { + exit (malloc (0) ? 0 : 1); + } + ], + jm_cv_func_working_malloc=yes, + jm_cv_func_working_malloc=no, + dnl When crosscompiling, assume malloc is broken. + jm_cv_func_working_malloc=no) + ]) + if test $jm_cv_func_working_malloc = no; then + LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS malloc.o" + AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(malloc, rpl_malloc) + fi +]) diff --git a/m4/openssl.m4 b/m4/openssl.m4 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e5c0939 --- /dev/null +++ b/m4/openssl.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +dnl Check to find the OpenSSL headers/libraries + +AC_DEFUN(tinc_OPENSSL, +[ + tinc_ac_save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS" + + AC_ARG_WITH(openssl-include, + [ --with-openssl-include=DIR OpenSSL headers directory (without trailing /openssl)], + [openssl_include="$withval" + CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -I$withval" + CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -I$withval"] + ) + + AC_ARG_WITH(openssl-lib, + [ --with-openssl-lib=DIR OpenSSL library directory], + [openssl_lib="$withval" + LIBS="$LIBS -L$withval"] + ) + + AC_CHECK_HEADERS(openssl/evp.h openssl/rsa.h openssl/rand.h openssl/err.h openssl/sha.h openssl/pem.h, + [], + [AC_MSG_ERROR("OpenSSL header files not found."); break] + ) + + CPPFLAGS="$tinc_ac_save_CPPFLAGS" + + AC_CHECK_LIB(crypto, SHA1_version, + [LIBS="$LIBS -lcrypto"], + [AC_MSG_ERROR("OpenSSL libraries not found.")] + ) + + AC_CHECK_FUNCS(RAND_pseudo_bytes) + + AC_CHECK_FUNC(OpenSSL_add_all_algorithms, + [], + AC_CHECK_FUNC(SSLeay_add_all_algorithms, + [AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SSLEAY_ADD_ALL_ALGORITHMS)], + [AC_MSG_ERROR("Missing required OpenSSL functionality!")] + ) + ) + + AC_CHECK_FUNC(dlopen, + [], + AC_CHECK_LIB(dl, dlopen, + [LIBS="$LIBS -ldl"], + [AC_MSG_ERROR("OpenSSL depends on libdl.")] + ) + ) +]) diff --git a/m4/perl.m4 b/m4/perl.m4 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0cc681c --- /dev/null +++ b/m4/perl.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +#serial 1 + +dnl From Jim Meyering. +dnl Find a new-enough version of Perl. +dnl + +AC_DEFUN(jm_PERL, +[ + dnl FIXME: don't hard-code 5.003 + dnl FIXME: should we cache the result? + AC_MSG_CHECKING([for perl5.003 or newer]) + if test "${PERL+set}" = set; then + # `PERL' is set in the user's environment. + candidate_perl_names="$PERL" + perl_specified=yes + else + candidate_perl_names='perl perl5' + perl_specified=no + fi + + found=no + AC_SUBST(PERL) + PERL="$missing_dir/missing perl" + for perl in $candidate_perl_names; do + # Run test in a subshell; some versions of sh will print an error if + # an executable is not found, even if stderr is redirected. + if ( $perl -e 'require 5.003' ) > /dev/null 2>&1; then + PERL=$perl + found=yes + break + fi + done + + AC_MSG_RESULT($found) + test $found = no && AC_MSG_WARN([ +*** You don't seem to have perl5.003 or newer installed. +*** Because of that, you may be unable to regenerate certain files +*** if you modify the sources from which they are derived.] ) +]) diff --git a/m4/realloc.m4 b/m4/realloc.m4 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..aba1984 --- /dev/null +++ b/m4/realloc.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +#serial 1 + +dnl From Jim Meyering. +dnl Determine whether realloc works when both arguments are 0. +dnl If it doesn't, arrange to use the replacement function. +dnl +dnl If you use this macro in a package, you should +dnl add the following two lines to acconfig.h: +dnl /* Define to rpl_realloc if the replacement function should be used. */ +dnl #undef realloc +dnl + +AC_DEFUN(jm_FUNC_REALLOC, +[ + if test x = y; then + dnl This code is deliberately never run via ./configure. + dnl FIXME: this is a gross hack to make autoheader put an entry + dnl for this symbol in config.h.in. + AC_CHECK_FUNCS(DONE_WORKING_REALLOC_CHECK) + fi + dnl xmalloc.c requires that this symbol be defined so it doesn't + dnl mistakenly use a broken realloc -- as it might if this test were omitted. + ac_kludge=HAVE_DONE_WORKING_REALLOC_CHECK + AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED($ac_kludge) + + AC_CACHE_CHECK([for working realloc], jm_cv_func_working_realloc, + [AC_TRY_RUN([ + char *realloc (); + int + main () + { + exit (realloc (0, 0) ? 0 : 1); + } + ], + jm_cv_func_working_realloc=yes, + jm_cv_func_working_realloc=no, + dnl When crosscompiling, assume realloc is broken. + jm_cv_func_working_realloc=no) + ]) + if test $jm_cv_func_working_realloc = no; then + LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS realloc.o" + AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(realloc, rpl_realloc) + fi +]) diff --git a/m4/tuntap.m4 b/m4/tuntap.m4 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0bee1ce --- /dev/null +++ b/m4/tuntap.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +dnl Check to find out whether the running kernel has support for TUN/TAP + +AC_DEFUN(tinc_TUNTAP, +[ +AC_ARG_WITH(kernel, + [ --with-kernel=dir give the directory with kernel sources] + [ (default: /usr/src/linux)], + kerneldir="$withval", + kerneldir="/usr/src/linux" +) + +AC_CACHE_CHECK([for linux/if_tun.h], tinc_cv_linux_if_tun_h, +[ + AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include "$kerneldir/include/linux/if_tun.h"], + [int a = IFF_TAP;], + if_tun_h="\"$kerneldir/include/linux/if_tun.h\"", + [AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include ], + [int a = IFF_TAP;], + if_tun_h="default", + if_tun_h="no" + )] + ) + + if test $if_tun_h = no; then + tinc_cv_linux_if_tun_h=none + else + tinc_cv_linux_if_tun_h="$if_tun_h" + fi +]) + +if test $tinc_cv_linux_if_tun_h != none; then + AC_DEFINE(HAVE_TUNTAP) + if test $tinc_cv_linux_if_tun_h != default; then + AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(LINUX_IF_TUN_H, $tinc_cv_linux_if_tun_h) + fi +fi +AC_SUBST(LINUX_IF_TUN_H) +AC_SUBST(HAVE_TUNTAP) +]) diff --git a/m4/zlib.m4 b/m4/zlib.m4 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d5fbc67 --- /dev/null +++ b/m4/zlib.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +dnl Check to find the zlib headers/libraries + +AC_DEFUN(tinc_ZLIB, +[ + tinc_ac_save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS" + + AC_ARG_WITH(zlib-include, + [ --with-zlib-include=DIR zlib headers directory], + [zlib_include="$withval" + CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -I$withval" + CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -I$withval"] + ) + + AC_ARG_WITH(zlib-lib, + [ --with-zlib-lib=DIR zlib library directory], + [zlib_lib="$withval" + LIBS="$LIBS -L$withval"] + ) + + AC_CHECK_HEADERS(zlib.h, + [], + [AC_MSG_ERROR("zlib header files not found."); break] + ) + + CPPFLAGS="$tinc_ac_save_CPPFLAGS" + + AC_CHECK_LIB(z, compress2, + [LIBS="$LIBS -lz"], + [AC_MSG_ERROR("zlib libraries not found.")] + ) +]) diff --git a/missing b/missing new file mode 100755 index 0000000..0a7fb5a --- /dev/null +++ b/missing @@ -0,0 +1,283 @@ +#! /bin/sh +# Common stub for a few missing GNU programs while installing. +# Copyright 1996, 1997, 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# Originally by Fran,cois Pinard , 1996. + +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) +# any later version. + +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +# GNU General Public License for more details. + +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA +# 02111-1307, USA. + +# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you +# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a +# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under +# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. + +if test $# -eq 0; then + echo 1>&2 "Try \`$0 --help' for more information" + exit 1 +fi + +run=: + +# In the cases where this matters, `missing' is being run in the +# srcdir already. +if test -f configure.ac; then + configure_ac=configure.ac +else + configure_ac=configure.in +fi + +case "$1" in +--run) + # Try to run requested program, and just exit if it succeeds. + run= + shift + "$@" && exit 0 + ;; +esac + +# If it does not exist, or fails to run (possibly an outdated version), +# try to emulate it. +case "$1" in + + -h|--h|--he|--hel|--help) + echo "\ +$0 [OPTION]... PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]... + +Handle \`PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...' for when PROGRAM is missing, or return an +error status if there is no known handling for PROGRAM. + +Options: + -h, --help display this help and exit + -v, --version output version information and exit + --run try to run the given command, and emulate it if it fails + +Supported PROGRAM values: + aclocal touch file \`aclocal.m4' + autoconf touch file \`configure' + autoheader touch file \`config.h.in' + automake touch all \`Makefile.in' files + bison create \`y.tab.[ch]', if possible, from existing .[ch] + flex create \`lex.yy.c', if possible, from existing .c + help2man touch the output file + lex create \`lex.yy.c', if possible, from existing .c + makeinfo touch the output file + tar try tar, gnutar, gtar, then tar without non-portable flags + yacc create \`y.tab.[ch]', if possible, from existing .[ch]" + ;; + + -v|--v|--ve|--ver|--vers|--versi|--versio|--version) + echo "missing 0.3 - GNU automake" + ;; + + -*) + echo 1>&2 "$0: Unknown \`$1' option" + echo 1>&2 "Try \`$0 --help' for more information" + exit 1 + ;; + + aclocal) + echo 1>&2 "\ +WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. You should only need it if + you modified \`acinclude.m4' or \`${configure_ac}'. You might want + to install the \`Automake' and \`Perl' packages. Grab them from + any GNU archive site." + touch aclocal.m4 + ;; + + autoconf) + echo 1>&2 "\ +WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. You should only need it if + you modified \`${configure_ac}'. You might want to install the + \`Autoconf' and \`GNU m4' packages. Grab them from any GNU + archive site." + touch configure + ;; + + autoheader) + echo 1>&2 "\ +WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. You should only need it if + you modified \`acconfig.h' or \`${configure_ac}'. You might want + to install the \`Autoconf' and \`GNU m4' packages. Grab them + from any GNU archive site." + files=`sed -n 's/^[ ]*A[CM]_CONFIG_HEADER(\([^)]*\)).*/\1/p' ${configure_ac}` + test -z "$files" && files="config.h" + touch_files= + for f in $files; do + case "$f" in + *:*) touch_files="$touch_files "`echo "$f" | + sed -e 's/^[^:]*://' -e 's/:.*//'`;; + *) touch_files="$touch_files $f.in";; + esac + done + touch $touch_files + ;; + + automake) + echo 1>&2 "\ +WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. You should only need it if + you modified \`Makefile.am', \`acinclude.m4' or \`${configure_ac}'. + You might want to install the \`Automake' and \`Perl' packages. + Grab them from any GNU archive site." + find . -type f -name Makefile.am -print | + sed 's/\.am$/.in/' | + while read f; do touch "$f"; done + ;; + + bison|yacc) + echo 1>&2 "\ +WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. You should only need it if + you modified a \`.y' file. You may need the \`Bison' package + in order for those modifications to take effect. You can get + \`Bison' from any GNU archive site." + rm -f y.tab.c y.tab.h + if [ $# -ne 1 ]; then + eval LASTARG="\${$#}" + case "$LASTARG" in + *.y) + SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/y$/c/'` + if [ -f "$SRCFILE" ]; then + cp "$SRCFILE" y.tab.c + fi + SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/y$/h/'` + if [ -f "$SRCFILE" ]; then + cp "$SRCFILE" y.tab.h + fi + ;; + esac + fi + if [ ! -f y.tab.h ]; then + echo >y.tab.h + fi + if [ ! -f y.tab.c ]; then + echo 'main() { return 0; }' >y.tab.c + fi + ;; + + lex|flex) + echo 1>&2 "\ +WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. You should only need it if + you modified a \`.l' file. You may need the \`Flex' package + in order for those modifications to take effect. You can get + \`Flex' from any GNU archive site." + rm -f lex.yy.c + if [ $# -ne 1 ]; then + eval LASTARG="\${$#}" + case "$LASTARG" in + *.l) + SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/l$/c/'` + if [ -f "$SRCFILE" ]; then + cp "$SRCFILE" lex.yy.c + fi + ;; + esac + fi + if [ ! -f lex.yy.c ]; then + echo 'main() { return 0; }' >lex.yy.c + fi + ;; + + help2man) + echo 1>&2 "\ +WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. You should only need it if + you modified a dependency of a manual page. You may need the + \`Help2man' package in order for those modifications to take + effect. You can get \`Help2man' from any GNU archive site." + + file=`echo "$*" | sed -n 's/.*-o \([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'` + if test -z "$file"; then + file=`echo "$*" | sed -n 's/.*--output=\([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'` + fi + if [ -f "$file" ]; then + touch $file + else + test -z "$file" || exec >$file + echo ".ab help2man is required to generate this page" + exit 1 + fi + ;; + + makeinfo) + if test -z "$run" && (makeinfo --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then + # We have makeinfo, but it failed. + exit 1 + fi + + echo 1>&2 "\ +WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. You should only need it if + you modified a \`.texi' or \`.texinfo' file, or any other file + indirectly affecting the aspect of the manual. The spurious + call might also be the consequence of using a buggy \`make' (AIX, + DU, IRIX). You might want to install the \`Texinfo' package or + the \`GNU make' package. Grab either from any GNU archive site." + file=`echo "$*" | sed -n 's/.*-o \([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'` + if test -z "$file"; then + file=`echo "$*" | sed 's/.* \([^ ]*\) *$/\1/'` + file=`sed -n '/^@setfilename/ { s/.* \([^ ]*\) *$/\1/; p; q; }' $file` + fi + touch $file + ;; + + tar) + shift + if test -n "$run"; then + echo 1>&2 "ERROR: \`tar' requires --run" + exit 1 + fi + + # We have already tried tar in the generic part. + # Look for gnutar/gtar before invocation to avoid ugly error + # messages. + if (gnutar --version > /dev/null 2>&1); then + gnutar ${1+"$@"} && exit 0 + fi + if (gtar --version > /dev/null 2>&1); then + gtar ${1+"$@"} && exit 0 + fi + firstarg="$1" + if shift; then + case "$firstarg" in + *o*) + firstarg=`echo "$firstarg" | sed s/o//` + tar "$firstarg" ${1+"$@"} && exit 0 + ;; + esac + case "$firstarg" in + *h*) + firstarg=`echo "$firstarg" | sed s/h//` + tar "$firstarg" ${1+"$@"} && exit 0 + ;; + esac + fi + + echo 1>&2 "\ +WARNING: I can't seem to be able to run \`tar' with the given arguments. + You may want to install GNU tar or Free paxutils, or check the + command line arguments." + exit 1 + ;; + + *) + echo 1>&2 "\ +WARNING: \`$1' is needed, and you do not seem to have it handy on your + system. You might have modified some files without having the + proper tools for further handling them. Check the \`README' file, + it often tells you about the needed prerequirements for installing + this package. You may also peek at any GNU archive site, in case + some other package would contain this missing \`$1' program." + exit 1 + ;; +esac + +exit 0 diff --git a/mkinstalldirs b/mkinstalldirs new file mode 100755 index 0000000..4f58503 --- /dev/null +++ b/mkinstalldirs @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +#! /bin/sh +# mkinstalldirs --- make directory hierarchy +# Author: Noah Friedman +# Created: 1993-05-16 +# Public domain + +# $Id: mkinstalldirs,v 1.13 1999/01/05 03:18:55 bje Exp $ + +errstatus=0 + +for file +do + set fnord `echo ":$file" | sed -ne 's/^:\//#/;s/^://;s/\// /g;s/^#/\//;p'` + shift + + pathcomp= + for d + do + pathcomp="$pathcomp$d" + case "$pathcomp" in + -* ) pathcomp=./$pathcomp ;; + esac + + if test ! -d "$pathcomp"; then + echo "mkdir $pathcomp" + + mkdir "$pathcomp" || lasterr=$? + + if test ! -d "$pathcomp"; then + errstatus=$lasterr + fi + fi + + pathcomp="$pathcomp/" + done +done + +exit $errstatus + +# mkinstalldirs ends here diff --git a/po/ChangeLog b/po/ChangeLog new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c31f13f --- /dev/null +++ b/po/ChangeLog @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +2002-04-09 gettextize + + * Makefile.in.in: Upgrade to gettext-0.10.40. + +2002-04-09 gettextize + + * Makefile.in.in: Upgrade to gettext-0.10.40. + +2002-04-08 gettextize + + * Makefile.in.in: Upgrade to gettext-0.10.40. + +2002-04-08 gettextize + + * Makefile.in.in: Upgrade to gettext-0.10.40. + +2002-04-08 gettextize + + * Makefile.in.in: Upgrade to gettext-0.10.40. + +2002-04-08 gettextize + + * Makefile.in.in: Upgrade to gettext-0.10.40. + +2002-04-08 gettextize + + * Makefile.in.in: Upgrade to gettext-0.10.40. + diff --git a/po/Makefile.in.in b/po/Makefile.in.in new file mode 100644 index 0000000..28726a2 --- /dev/null +++ b/po/Makefile.in.in @@ -0,0 +1,196 @@ +# Makefile for program source directory in GNU NLS utilities package. +# Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000, 2001 by Ulrich Drepper +# +# This file file be copied and used freely without restrictions. It can +# be used in projects which are not available under the GNU General Public License +# but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext functionality. +# Please note that the actual code is *not* freely available. + +PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ +VERSION = @VERSION@ + +# These two variables depend on the location of this directory. +subdir = po +top_builddir = .. + +SHELL = /bin/sh +@SET_MAKE@ + +srcdir = @srcdir@ +top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ +VPATH = @srcdir@ + +prefix = @prefix@ +exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ +datadir = @datadir@ +localedir = $(datadir)/locale +gettextsrcdir = $(datadir)/gettext/po + +INSTALL = @INSTALL@ +INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ +MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@ +mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) `case "$(MKINSTALLDIRS)" in /*) echo "$(MKINSTALLDIRS)" ;; *) echo "$(top_builddir)/$(MKINSTALLDIRS)" ;; esac` + +CC = @CC@ +GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@ +MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ +XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ +MSGMERGE = msgmerge + +DEFS = @DEFS@ +CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ +CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ + +INCLUDES = -I.. -I$(top_srcdir)/intl + +COMPILE = $(CC) -c $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS) + +POFILES = @POFILES@ +GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@ +DISTFILES = ChangeLog Makefile.in.in POTFILES.in $(PACKAGE).pot \ +$(POFILES) $(GMOFILES) + +POTFILES = \ + +CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@ + +.SUFFIXES: +.SUFFIXES: .c .o .po .pox .gmo .mo + +.c.o: + $(COMPILE) $< + +.po.pox: + $(MAKE) $(PACKAGE).pot + $(MSGMERGE) $< $(srcdir)/$(PACKAGE).pot -o $*.pox + +.po.mo: + $(MSGFMT) -o $@ $< + +.po.gmo: + file=$(srcdir)/`echo $* | sed 's,.*/,,'`.gmo \ + && rm -f $$file && $(GMSGFMT) --statistics -o $$file $< + + +all: all-@USE_NLS@ + +all-yes: $(CATALOGS) +all-no: + +# Note: Target 'all' must not depend on target '$(srcdir)/$(PACKAGE).pot', +# otherwise packages like GCC can not be built if only parts of the source +# have been downloaded. + +$(srcdir)/$(PACKAGE).pot: $(POTFILES) $(srcdir)/POTFILES.in + $(XGETTEXT) --default-domain=$(PACKAGE) --directory=$(top_srcdir) \ + --add-comments --keyword=_ --keyword=N_ \ + --files-from=$(srcdir)/POTFILES.in \ + && test ! -f $(PACKAGE).po \ + || ( rm -f $(srcdir)/$(PACKAGE).pot \ + && mv $(PACKAGE).po $(srcdir)/$(PACKAGE).pot ) + + +install: install-exec install-data +install-exec: +install-data: install-data-@USE_NLS@ + if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then \ + $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir); \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/Makefile.in.in \ + $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/Makefile.in.in; \ + else \ + : ; \ + fi +install-data-no: all +install-data-yes: all + $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(datadir) + @catalogs='$(CATALOGS)'; \ + for cat in $$catalogs; do \ + cat=`basename $$cat`; \ + lang=`echo $$cat | sed 's/\.gmo$$//'`; \ + dir=$(localedir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES; \ + $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$$dir; \ + if test -r $$cat; then \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$cat $(DESTDIR)$$dir/$(PACKAGE).mo; \ + echo "installing $$cat as $(DESTDIR)$$dir/$(PACKAGE).mo"; \ + else \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$cat $(DESTDIR)$$dir/$(PACKAGE).mo; \ + echo "installing $(srcdir)/$$cat as" \ + "$(DESTDIR)$$dir/$(PACKAGE).mo"; \ + fi; \ + done + +# Define this as empty until I found a useful application. +installcheck: + +uninstall: + catalogs='$(CATALOGS)'; \ + for cat in $$catalogs; do \ + cat=`basename $$cat`; \ + lang=`echo $$cat | sed 's/\.gmo$$//'`; \ + rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES/$(PACKAGE).mo; \ + done + if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then \ + rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/Makefile.in.in; \ + else \ + : ; \ + fi + +check: all + +dvi info tags TAGS ID: + +mostlyclean: + rm -f core core.* *.pox $(PACKAGE).po *.new.po + rm -fr *.o + +clean: mostlyclean + +distclean: clean + rm -f Makefile Makefile.in POTFILES *.mo + +maintainer-clean: distclean + @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;" + @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." + rm -f $(GMOFILES) + +distdir = $(top_builddir)/$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir) +dist distdir: + $(MAKE) update-po + @$(MAKE) dist2 +# This is a separate target because 'update-po' must be executed before. +dist2: $(DISTFILES) + dists="$(DISTFILES)"; \ + for file in $$dists; do \ + if test -f $$file; then dir=.; else dir=$(srcdir); fi; \ + cp -p $$dir/$$file $(distdir); \ + done + +update-po: Makefile + $(MAKE) $(PACKAGE).pot + if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then PATH=`pwd`/../src:$$PATH; fi; \ + cd $(srcdir); \ + catalogs='$(GMOFILES)'; \ + for cat in $$catalogs; do \ + cat=`basename $$cat`; \ + lang=`echo $$cat | sed 's/\.gmo$$//'`; \ + echo "$$lang:"; \ + if $(MSGMERGE) $$lang.po $(PACKAGE).pot -o $$lang.new.po; then \ + mv -f $$lang.new.po $$lang.po; \ + else \ + echo "msgmerge for $$cat failed!"; \ + rm -f $$lang.new.po; \ + fi; \ + done + $(MAKE) update-gmo + +update-gmo: Makefile $(GMOFILES) + @: + +Makefile: Makefile.in.in $(top_builddir)/config.status POTFILES.in + cd $(top_builddir) \ + && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@.in CONFIG_HEADERS= \ + $(SHELL) ./config.status + +# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make not to export all variables. +# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. +.NOEXPORT: diff --git a/po/POTFILES.in b/po/POTFILES.in new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4e52a3a --- /dev/null +++ b/po/POTFILES.in @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +# List of files which contain translatable strings. +# Copyright (C) 1999,2000 Ivo Timmermans + +# Package source files + +lib/pidfile.c +lib/utils.c +src/conf.c +src/connection.c +src/meta.c +src/net.c +src/net_packet.c +src/net_setup.c +src/net_socket.c +src/netutl.c +src/protocol.c +src/protocol_auth.c +src/protocol_edge.c +src/protocol_key.c +src/protocol_misc.c +src/protocol_subnet.c +src/subnet.c +src/tincd.c +src/process.c +src/route.c +src/node.c +src/edge.c +src/graph.c +src/linux/device.c +src/freebsd/device.c +src/solaris/device.c +src/netbsd/device.c +src/openbsd/device.c diff --git a/po/nl.gmo b/po/nl.gmo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cf84ba6 Binary files /dev/null and b/po/nl.gmo differ diff --git a/po/nl.po b/po/nl.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4288fee --- /dev/null +++ b/po/nl.po @@ -0,0 +1,1288 @@ +# Dutch messages for tinc +# Copyright (C) 1999-2001 Ivo Timmermans, Guus Sliepen. +# Ivo Timmermans , 1999-2002. +# Guus Sliepen , 2000-2002. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: tinc 1.0-cvs\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2002-04-09 13:59+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-03-27 16:59+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: Guus Sliepen \n" +"Language-Team: Dutch \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: src/conf.c:173 +#, c-format +msgid "\"yes\" or \"no\" expected for configuration variable %s in %s line %d" +msgstr "" +"\"ja\" of \"nee\" verwacht voor configuratievariabele %s in %s regel %d" + +#: src/conf.c:188 +#, c-format +msgid "Integer expected for configuration variable %s in %s line %d" +msgstr "Geheel getal verwacht voor configuratievariabele %s in %s regel %d" + +#: src/conf.c:218 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Hostname or IP address expected for configuration variable %s in %s line %d" +msgstr "" +"Hostnaam of IP adres verwacht voor configuratievariabele %s in %s regel %d" + +#: src/conf.c:235 +#, c-format +msgid "Port number expected for configuration variable %s in %s line %d" +msgstr "Poortnummer verwacht voor configuratievariabele %s in %s regel %d" + +#: src/conf.c:251 +#, c-format +msgid "Subnet expected for configuration variable %s in %s line %d" +msgstr "Subnet verwacht voor configuratievariabele %s in %s regel %d" + +#: src/conf.c:261 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Network address and prefix length do not match for configuration variable %s " +"in %s line %d" +msgstr "" +"Netwerk adres en prefix lengte komen niet overeen bij configuratievariabele %" +"s in %s regel %d" + +#: src/conf.c:369 +#, c-format +msgid "Cannot open config file %s: %s" +msgstr "Kan configuratie bestand %s niet openen: %s" + +#: src/conf.c:405 +#, c-format +msgid "No value for variable `%s' on line %d while reading config file %s" +msgstr "" +"Geen waarde voor variabele `%s' op regel %d tijdens het lezen van " +"configuratie bestand %s" + +#: src/conf.c:438 +#, c-format +msgid "Failed to read `%s': %s" +msgstr "Lezen van `%s' mislukte: %s" + +#: src/conf.c:465 +#, c-format +msgid "`%s' is not an absolute path" +msgstr "`%s' is geen absoluut pad" + +#: src/conf.c:481 src/conf.c:513 +#, c-format +msgid "Couldn't stat `%s': %s" +msgstr "Kon `%s' niet statten: %s" + +#: src/conf.c:487 src/conf.c:522 +#, c-format +msgid "`%s' is owned by UID %d instead of %d" +msgstr "`%s' is eigendom van UID %d in plaats van %d" + +#: src/conf.c:494 src/conf.c:529 +#, c-format +msgid "Warning: `%s' is a symlink" +msgstr "Waarschuwing: `%s' is een symbolische link" + +#: src/conf.c:499 src/conf.c:534 +#, c-format +msgid "Unable to read symbolic link `%s': %s" +msgstr "Kan symbolische link `%s' niet lezen: %s" + +#. Accessible by others +#: src/conf.c:545 +#, c-format +msgid "`%s' has unsecure permissions" +msgstr "`%s' heeft onveilige permissies" + +#. Ask for a file and/or directory name. +#: src/conf.c:570 +#, c-format +msgid "Please enter a file to save %s to [%s]: " +msgstr "Geef een bestand om de %s naar de schrijven [%s]: " + +#: src/conf.c:576 +#, c-format +msgid "Error while reading stdin: %s\n" +msgstr "Fout tijdens lezen van standaardinvoer: %s\n" + +#: src/conf.c:602 +#, c-format +msgid "Error opening file `%s': %s\n" +msgstr "Fout bij het openen van het bestand `%s': %s\n" + +#: src/conf.c:612 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"The file `%s' (or any of the leading directories) has unsafe permissions.\n" +"I will not create or overwrite this file.\n" +msgstr "" +"Het bestand `%s' (of een van de voorgaande mappen) heeft onvoldoende " +"bescherming.\n" +"Ik maak of overschrijf dit bestand niet.\n" + +#: src/connection.c:114 +msgid "Connections:" +msgstr "Verbindingen:" + +#: src/connection.c:119 +#, c-format +msgid " %s at %s options %lx socket %d status %04x" +msgstr " %s op %s opties %lx socket %d status %04x" + +#: src/connection.c:123 +msgid "End of connections." +msgstr "Einde van verbindingen." + +#: src/meta.c:49 +#, c-format +msgid "Sending %d bytes of metadata to %s (%s)" +msgstr "Verzenden van %d bytes metadata naar %s (%s)" + +#: src/meta.c:63 +#, c-format +msgid "Sending meta data to %s (%s) failed: %s" +msgstr "Fout tijdens verzenden metadata naar %s (%s): %s" + +#: src/meta.c:94 +#, c-format +msgid "This is a bug: %s:%d: %d:%s %s (%s)" +msgstr "Dit is een programmeerfout: %s:%d: %d:%s %s (%s)" + +#: src/meta.c:100 +#, c-format +msgid "Metadata socket error for %s (%s): %s" +msgstr "Fout op metadata socket voor %s (%s): %s" + +#: src/meta.c:121 +#, c-format +msgid "Connection closed by %s (%s)" +msgstr "Verbinding beëindigd door %s (%s)" + +#: src/meta.c:128 +#, c-format +msgid "Metadata socket read error for %s (%s): %s" +msgstr "Fout op metadata socket voor %s (%s) tijdens lezen: %s" + +#: src/meta.c:202 +#, c-format +msgid "Metadata read buffer overflow for %s (%s)" +msgstr "Metadata leesbuffer overloop voor %s (%s)" + +#: src/net.c:88 +msgid "Purging unreachable nodes" +msgstr "Verwijderen onbereikbare nodes" + +#: src/net.c:98 +#, c-format +msgid "Purging node %s (%s)" +msgstr "Verwijdering node %s (%s)" + +#: src/net.c:188 +#, c-format +msgid "Closing connection with %s (%s)" +msgstr "Beëindigen verbinding met %s (%s)" + +#: src/net.c:253 +#, c-format +msgid "%s (%s) didn't respond to PING" +msgstr "%s (%s) antwoordde niet op ping" + +#: src/net.c:266 +#, c-format +msgid "Timeout from %s (%s) during authentication" +msgstr "Timeout van %s (%s) tijdens authenticatie" + +#: src/net.c:311 src/net_socket.c:253 +#, c-format +msgid "Error while connecting to %s (%s): %s" +msgstr "Fout tijdens schrijven naar %s (%s): %s" + +#: src/net.c:363 +#, c-format +msgid "Error while waiting for input: %s" +msgstr "Fout tijdens wachten op invoer: %s" + +#: src/net.c:397 +msgid "Regenerating symmetric key" +msgstr "Hergenereren symmetrische sleutel" + +#: src/net.c:414 +msgid "Flushing event queue" +msgstr "Legen taakrij" + +#: src/net.c:431 +msgid "Rereading configuration file and restarting in 5 seconds..." +msgstr "Herlezen configuratiebestand en herstarten na 5 seconden..." + +#: src/net.c:438 +msgid "Unable to reread configuration file, exitting." +msgstr "Kan configuratiebestand niet herlezen, beëindigen." + +#: src/net_packet.c:107 +#, c-format +msgid "Got unauthenticated packet from %s (%s)" +msgstr "Kreeg niet-geauthenticeerd pakket van %s (%s)" + +#: src/net_packet.c:134 +#, c-format +msgid "Got late or replayed packet from %s (%s), seqno %d" +msgstr "Kreeg laat of gedupliceerd pakket van %s (%s), seqno %d" + +#: src/net_packet.c:151 +#, c-format +msgid "Error while uncompressing packet from %s (%s)" +msgstr "Fout tijdens decomprimeren pakket van %s (%s)" + +#: src/net_packet.c:178 +#, c-format +msgid "Received packet of %d bytes from %s (%s)" +msgstr "Ontvangst pakket van %d bytes van %s (%s)" + +#: src/net_packet.c:204 +#, c-format +msgid "No valid key known yet for %s (%s), queueing packet" +msgstr "" +"Nog geen geldige sleutel bekend voor %s (%s), pakket wordt in wachtrij gezet" + +#: src/net_packet.c:237 +#, c-format +msgid "Error while compressing packet to %s (%s)" +msgstr "Fout tijdens comprimeren pakket naar %s (%s)" + +#: src/net_packet.c:288 +#, c-format +msgid "Setting outgoing packet priority to %d" +msgstr "Instellen prioriteit uitgaand pakket op %d" + +#. SO_PRIORITY doesn't seem to work +#: src/net_packet.c:290 src/net_setup.c:450 src/net_socket.c:98 +#: src/net_socket.c:144 src/net_socket.c:171 src/process.c:273 +#: src/process.c:310 +#, c-format +msgid "System call `%s' failed: %s" +msgstr "Systeemaanroep `%s' mislukte: %s" + +#: src/net_packet.c:296 +#, c-format +msgid "Error sending packet to %s (%s): %s" +msgstr "Fout tijdens verzenden pakket naar %s (%s): %s" + +#: src/net_packet.c:313 +#, c-format +msgid "Sending packet of %d bytes to %s (%s)" +msgstr "Verzending pakket van %d bytes naar %s (%s)" + +#: src/net_packet.c:320 +msgid "Packet is looping back to us!" +msgstr "Pakket komt terug naar ons!" + +#: src/net_packet.c:329 +#, c-format +msgid "Node %s (%s) is not reachable" +msgstr "Node %s (%s) is niet bereikbaar" + +#: src/net_packet.c:337 +#, c-format +msgid "Sending packet to %s via %s (%s)" +msgstr "Verzending pakket naar %s via %s (%s)" + +#: src/net_packet.c:357 +#, c-format +msgid "Broadcasting packet of %d bytes from %s (%s)" +msgstr "Verspreiding pakket van %d bytes van %s (%s)" + +#: src/net_packet.c:374 +#, c-format +msgid "Flushing queue for %s (%s)" +msgstr "Legen van wachtrij voor %s (%s)" + +#: src/net_packet.c:396 +#, c-format +msgid "This is a bug: %s:%d: %d:%s" +msgstr "Dit is een programmeerfout: %s:%d: %d:%s" + +#: src/net_packet.c:403 +#, c-format +msgid "Incoming data socket error: %s" +msgstr "Fout op socket voor inkomend verkeer: %s" + +#: src/net_packet.c:409 +#, c-format +msgid "Receiving packet failed: %s" +msgstr "Ontvangst pakket mislukt: %s" + +#: src/net_packet.c:420 +#, c-format +msgid "Received UDP packet from unknown source %s" +msgstr "Ontvangst UDP pakket van onbekende oorsprong %s" + +#: src/net_setup.c:102 +#, c-format +msgid "Error reading RSA public key file `%s': %s" +msgstr "Fout tijdens lezen RSA publieke sleutel bestand `%s': %s" + +#: src/net_setup.c:112 +#, c-format +msgid "Reading RSA public key file `%s' failed: %s" +msgstr "Lezen RSA publieke sleutel bestand `%s' mislukt: %s" + +#: src/net_setup.c:140 +#, c-format +msgid "No public key for %s specified!" +msgstr "Geen publieke sleutel bekend voor %s gespecificeerd!" + +#: src/net_setup.c:166 +#, c-format +msgid "Error reading RSA private key file `%s': %s" +msgstr "Fout tijdens lezen RSA privé sleutel bestand `%s': %s" + +#: src/net_setup.c:176 +#, c-format +msgid "Reading RSA private key file `%s' failed: %s" +msgstr "Fout tijdens lezen RSA privé sleutel bestand `%s': %s" + +#: src/net_setup.c:202 src/net_setup.c:203 +msgid "MYSELF" +msgstr "MIJZELF" + +#: src/net_setup.c:210 +msgid "Name for tinc daemon required!" +msgstr "Naam voor tinc daemon verplicht!" + +#: src/net_setup.c:216 +msgid "Invalid name for myself!" +msgstr "Ongeldige naam voor mijzelf!" + +#: src/net_setup.c:230 +msgid "Cannot open host configuration file for myself!" +msgstr "Kan host configuratie bestand voor mijzelf niet openen!" + +#: src/net_setup.c:287 +msgid "Invalid routing mode!" +msgstr "Ongeldige routing modus!" + +#: src/net_setup.c:298 +msgid "PriorityInheritance not supported on this platform" +msgstr "PriorityInheritance wordt niet ondersteund op dit platform" + +#: src/net_setup.c:308 +msgid "Bogus maximum timeout!" +msgstr "Onzinnige maximum timeout!" + +#: src/net_setup.c:325 +msgid "Invalid address family!" +msgstr "Ongeldige adresfamilie!" + +#: src/net_setup.c:347 +msgid "Unrecognized cipher type!" +msgstr "Onbekend cipher type!" + +#: src/net_setup.c:382 +msgid "Unrecognized digest type!" +msgstr "Onbekend digest type!" + +#: src/net_setup.c:398 +msgid "MAC length exceeds size of digest!" +msgstr "MAC lengte is groter dan dat van digest!" + +#: src/net_setup.c:403 +msgid "Bogus MAC length!" +msgstr "Onzinnige MAC lengte!" + +#: src/net_setup.c:419 +msgid "Bogus compression level!" +msgstr "Onzinnig compressieniveau!" + +#: src/net_setup.c:465 +#, c-format +msgid "Listening on %s" +msgstr "Luisterend op %s" + +#: src/net_setup.c:476 +msgid "Ready" +msgstr "Gereed" + +#: src/net_setup.c:479 +msgid "Unable to create any listening socket!" +msgstr "Kon geen enkele luistersocket aanmaken!" + +#: src/net_socket.c:90 +#, c-format +msgid "Creating metasocket failed: %s" +msgstr "Aanmaak van metasocket mislukt: %s" + +#: src/net_socket.c:124 src/net_socket.c:186 +#, c-format +msgid "Can't bind to interface %s: %s" +msgstr "Kan niet aan interface %s binden: %s" + +#: src/net_socket.c:128 +msgid "BindToDevice not supported on this platform" +msgstr "BindToDevice wordt niet ondersteund op dit platform" + +#: src/net_socket.c:136 +#, c-format +msgid "Can't bind to %s/tcp: %s" +msgstr "Kan niet aan %s/tcp binden: %s" + +#: src/net_socket.c:163 +#, c-format +msgid "Creating UDP socket failed: %s" +msgstr "Aanmaak UDP socket mislukte: %s" + +#: src/net_socket.c:196 +#, c-format +msgid "Can't bind to %s/udp: %s" +msgstr "Kan niet aan %s/udp binden: %s" + +#: src/net_socket.c:219 +#, c-format +msgid "Trying to re-establish outgoing connection in %d seconds" +msgstr "Poging tot herstellen van uitgaande verbinding over %d seconden" + +#: src/net_socket.c:228 src/net_socket.c:322 +#, c-format +msgid "Trying to connect to %s (%s)" +msgstr "Poging tot verbinden met %s (%s)" + +#: src/net_socket.c:234 src/net_socket.c:329 +#, c-format +msgid "Creating socket for %s failed: %s" +msgstr "Aanmaken socket voor %s mislukt: %s" + +#: src/net_socket.c:258 src/net_socket.c:268 +#, c-format +msgid "Connected to %s (%s)" +msgstr "Verbonden met %s (%s)" + +#: src/net_socket.c:287 +#, c-format +msgid "Could not set up a meta connection to %s" +msgstr "Kon geen metaverbinding aangaan met %s" + +#: src/net_socket.c:350 +#, c-format +msgid "fcntl for %s: %s" +msgstr "fcntl voor %s: %s" + +#: src/net_socket.c:368 +#, c-format +msgid "%s: %s" +msgstr "%s: %s" + +#: src/net_socket.c:389 +#, c-format +msgid "Already connected to %s" +msgstr "Reeds verbonden met %s" + +#: src/net_socket.c:408 +#, c-format +msgid "No address specified for %s" +msgstr "Geen adres gespecificeerd voor %s" + +#: src/net_socket.c:435 +#, c-format +msgid "Accepting a new connection failed: %s" +msgstr "Aanname van nieuwe verbinding is mislukt: %s" + +#: src/net_socket.c:453 +#, c-format +msgid "Connection from %s" +msgstr "Verbinding van %s" + +#: src/net_socket.c:475 +#, c-format +msgid "Invalid name for outgoing connection in %s line %d" +msgstr "Ongeldige naam voor uitgaande verbinding in %s regel %d" + +#: src/netutl.c:65 src/netutl.c:88 +#, c-format +msgid "Error looking up %s port %s: %s\n" +msgstr "Fout bij het opzoeken van %s poort %s: %s\n" + +#: src/netutl.c:109 +#, c-format +msgid "Error while translating addresses: %s" +msgstr "Fout tijdens vertalen adressen: %s" + +#: src/netutl.c:134 +#, c-format +msgid "Error while looking up hostname: %s" +msgstr "Fout bij het opzoeken van hostnaam: %s" + +#: src/netutl.c:137 +#, c-format +msgid "%s port %s" +msgstr "%s poort %s" + +#: src/netutl.c:166 +#, c-format +msgid "sockaddrcmp() was called with unknown address family %d, exitting!" +msgstr "" +"sockaddrcmp() werd aangeroepen met onbekende adresfamilie %d, beëindigen!" + +#: src/protocol.c:77 +#, c-format +msgid "Output buffer overflow while sending request to %s (%s)" +msgstr "Uitvoer buffer overvol tijdens zenden verzoek naar %s (%s)" + +#: src/protocol.c:85 +#, c-format +msgid "Sending %s to %s (%s): %s" +msgstr "Verzending %s naar %s (%s): %s" + +#: src/protocol.c:87 +#, c-format +msgid "Sending %s to %s (%s)" +msgstr "Verzending %s naar %s (%s)" + +#: src/protocol.c:104 +#, c-format +msgid "Unknown request from %s (%s): %s" +msgstr "Onbekend verzoek van %s (%s): %s" + +#: src/protocol.c:107 +#, c-format +msgid "Unknown request from %s (%s)" +msgstr "Onbekend verzoek van %s (%s)" + +#: src/protocol.c:117 +#, c-format +msgid "Got %s from %s (%s): %s" +msgstr "Kreeg %s van %s (%s): %s" + +#: src/protocol.c:120 +#, c-format +msgid "Got %s from %s (%s)" +msgstr "Kreeg %s van %s (%s)" + +#: src/protocol.c:127 +#, c-format +msgid "Unauthorized request from %s (%s)" +msgstr "Niet toegestaan verzoek van %s (%s)" + +#: src/protocol.c:134 +#, c-format +msgid "Error while processing %s from %s (%s)" +msgstr "Fout tijdens afhandelen %s van %s (%s)" + +#: src/protocol.c:141 +#, c-format +msgid "Bogus data received from %s (%s)" +msgstr "Onzinnige data ontvangen van %s (%s)" + +#: src/protocol.c:187 +msgid "Already seen request" +msgstr "Verzoek reeds gezien" + +#: src/protocol.c:218 +#, c-format +msgid "Aging past requests: deleted %d, left %d\n" +msgstr "Veroudering vorige verzoeken: %d gewist, %d overgebleven\n" + +#: src/protocol_auth.c:69 src/protocol_auth.c:224 src/protocol_auth.c:357 +#: src/protocol_auth.c:417 src/protocol_auth.c:529 src/protocol_edge.c:90 +#: src/protocol_edge.c:219 src/protocol_key.c:80 src/protocol_key.c:128 +#: src/protocol_key.c:196 src/protocol_misc.c:61 src/protocol_misc.c:91 +#: src/protocol_misc.c:177 src/protocol_subnet.c:71 src/protocol_subnet.c:163 +#, c-format +msgid "Got bad %s from %s (%s)" +msgstr "Kreeg verkeerde %s van %s (%s)" + +#: src/protocol_auth.c:77 src/protocol_edge.c:98 src/protocol_edge.c:104 +#: src/protocol_edge.c:228 src/protocol_edge.c:234 src/protocol_subnet.c:79 +#: src/protocol_subnet.c:87 src/protocol_subnet.c:171 +#: src/protocol_subnet.c:189 +#, c-format +msgid "Got bad %s from %s (%s): %s" +msgstr "Kreeg verkeerde %s van %s (%s): %s" + +#: src/protocol_auth.c:87 +#, c-format +msgid "Peer %s is %s instead of %s" +msgstr "Ander %s is %s in plaats van %s" + +#: src/protocol_auth.c:98 +#, c-format +msgid "Peer %s (%s) uses incompatible version %d" +msgstr "Ander %s (%s) gebruikt incompatibele versie %d" + +#: src/protocol_auth.c:117 +#, c-format +msgid "Peer %s had unknown identity (%s)" +msgstr "Ander %s heeft onbekende identiteit (%s)" + +#: src/protocol_auth.c:175 +#, c-format +msgid "Generated random meta key (unencrypted): %s" +msgstr "Willekeurige meta sleutel aangemaakt (niet versleuteld): %s" + +#: src/protocol_auth.c:187 src/protocol_auth.c:254 +#, c-format +msgid "Error during encryption of meta key for %s (%s)" +msgstr "Fout tijdens versleutelen van meta key voor %s (%s)" + +#: src/protocol_auth.c:234 src/protocol_auth.c:367 src/protocol_auth.c:425 +#: src/protocol_auth.c:443 +#, c-format +msgid "Possible intruder %s (%s): %s" +msgstr "Mogelijke indringer %s (%s): %s" + +#: src/protocol_auth.c:262 +#, c-format +msgid "Received random meta key (unencrypted): %s" +msgstr "Ontving willekeurige meta key (niet versleuteld): %s" + +#: src/protocol_auth.c:274 +#, c-format +msgid "%s (%s) uses unknown cipher!" +msgstr "%s (%s) gebruikt onbekende cipher!" + +#: src/protocol_auth.c:296 src/protocol_key.c:267 +#, c-format +msgid "Node %s (%s) uses unknown digest!" +msgstr "Node %s (%s) gebruikt onbekende digest!" + +#: src/protocol_auth.c:302 +#, c-format +msgid "%s (%s) uses bogus MAC length!" +msgstr "%s (%s) gebruikt onzinnige MAC lengte!" + +#: src/protocol_auth.c:425 +msgid "wrong challenge reply length" +msgstr "verkeerde lengte antwoord op uitdaging" + +#: src/protocol_auth.c:443 +msgid "wrong challenge reply" +msgstr "verkeerd antwoord op uitdaging" + +#: src/protocol_auth.c:448 +#, c-format +msgid "Expected challenge reply: %s" +msgstr "Verwachtte antwoord op uitdaging: %s" + +#: src/protocol_auth.c:549 +#, c-format +msgid "Established a second connection with %s (%s), closing old connection" +msgstr "Tweede verbinding met %s (%s) gemaakt, oude verbinding wordt gesloten" + +#: src/protocol_auth.c:583 +#, c-format +msgid "Connection with %s (%s) activated" +msgstr "Verbinding met %s (%s) geactiveerd" + +#: src/protocol_edge.c:98 src/protocol_edge.c:104 src/protocol_edge.c:228 +#: src/protocol_edge.c:234 src/protocol_subnet.c:79 src/protocol_subnet.c:171 +msgid "invalid name" +msgstr "ongeldige naam" + +#: src/protocol_edge.c:150 +#, c-format +msgid "Got %s from %s (%s) for ourself which does not match existing entry" +msgstr "" +"Kreeg %s van %s (%s) voor onszelf welke niet overeenkomt met reeds bekende" + +#: src/protocol_edge.c:157 +#, c-format +msgid "Got %s from %s (%s) which does not match existing entry" +msgstr "Kreeg %s van %s (%s) welke niet overeenkomt met reeds bekende" + +#: src/protocol_edge.c:167 +#, c-format +msgid "Got %s from %s (%s) for ourself which does not exist" +msgstr "Kreeg %s van %s (%s) voor onszelf welke niet bestaat" + +#: src/protocol_edge.c:248 src/protocol_edge.c:257 src/protocol_edge.c:268 +#, c-format +msgid "Got %s from %s (%s) which does not appear in the edge tree" +msgstr "Kreeg %s van %s (%s) welke niet voorkomt in de edge tree" + +#: src/protocol_edge.c:275 src/protocol_subnet.c:118 src/protocol_subnet.c:217 +#, c-format +msgid "Got %s from %s (%s) for ourself" +msgstr "Kreeg %s van %s (%s) voor onszelf" + +#: src/protocol_key.c:92 +#, c-format +msgid "Got %s from %s (%s) origin %s which does not exist" +msgstr "Kreeg %s van %s (%s) herkomst %s welke niet bestaat" + +#: src/protocol_key.c:137 src/protocol_key.c:205 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Got %s from %s (%s) origin %s which does not exist in our connection list" +msgstr "" +"Kreeg %s van %s (%s) herkomst %s welke niet voorkomt in de verbindingslijst" + +#: src/protocol_key.c:146 src/protocol_key.c:214 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Got %s from %s (%s) destination %s which does not exist in our connection " +"list" +msgstr "" +"Kreeg %s van %s (%s) doel %s welke niet voorkomt in de verbindingslijst" + +#: src/protocol_key.c:246 +#, c-format +msgid "Node %s (%s) uses unknown cipher!" +msgstr "Node %s (%s) gebruikt onbekende cipher!" + +#: src/protocol_key.c:251 +#, c-format +msgid "Node %s (%s) uses wrong keylength!" +msgstr "Node %s (%s) gebruikt verkeerde lengte sleutel!" + +#: src/protocol_key.c:272 +#, c-format +msgid "Node %s (%s) uses bogus MAC length!" +msgstr "Node %s (%s) gebruikt onzinnige MAC lengte!" + +#: src/protocol_misc.c:68 +#, c-format +msgid "Status message from %s (%s): %s: %s" +msgstr "Statusmelding van %s (%s): %s: %s" + +#: src/protocol_misc.c:98 +#, c-format +msgid "Error message from %s (%s): %s: %s" +msgstr "Foutmelding van %s (%s): %s: %s" + +#: src/protocol_subnet.c:87 src/protocol_subnet.c:189 +msgid "invalid subnet string" +msgstr "ongeldige subnet string" + +#: src/protocol_subnet.c:180 +#, c-format +msgid "Got %s from %s (%s) for %s which is not in our node tree" +msgstr "Kreeg %s van %s (%s) voor %s welke niet voorkomt in de node boom" + +#: src/protocol_subnet.c:207 +#, c-format +msgid "Got %s from %s (%s) for %s which does not appear in his subnet tree" +msgstr "Kreeg %s van %s (%s) voor %s welke niet voorkomt in zijn subnet boom" + +#: src/subnet.c:99 +#, c-format +msgid "subnet_compare() was called with unknown subnet type %d, exitting!" +msgstr "" +"subnet_compare() werd aangeroepen met onbekend subnet type %d, beëindigen!" + +#: src/subnet.c:274 +#, c-format +msgid "net2str() was called with unknown subnet type %d, exitting!" +msgstr "net2str() werd aangeroepen met onbekend subnet type %d, beëindigen!" + +#: src/subnet.c:384 +msgid "Subnet list:" +msgstr "Subnet lijst:" + +#: src/subnet.c:389 +#, c-format +msgid " %s owner %s" +msgstr " %s eigenaar %s" + +#: src/subnet.c:392 +msgid "End of subnet list." +msgstr "Einde van subnet lijst." + +#: src/tincd.c:100 +#, c-format +msgid "Try `%s --help' for more information.\n" +msgstr "Probeer `%s --help' voor meer informatie.\n" + +#: src/tincd.c:103 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Usage: %s [option]...\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"Gebruik: %s [optie]...\n" +"\n" + +#: src/tincd.c:104 +msgid "" +" -c, --config=DIR Read configuration options from DIR.\n" +" -D, --no-detach Don't fork and detach.\n" +" -d, --debug[=LEVEL] Increase debug level or set it to LEVEL.\n" +" -k, --kill[=SIGNAL] Attempt to kill a running tincd and exit.\n" +" -n, --net=NETNAME Connect to net NETNAME.\n" +msgstr "" +" -c, --config=MAP Lees configuratie uit MAP.\n" +" -D, --no-detach Start geen nieuw proces.\n" +" -d, --debug[=NIVEAU] Verhoog debugniveau of stel het in op NIVEAU.\n" +" -k, --kill[=SIGNAAL] Poging tot zenden signaal naar lopende tincd en " +"beëindig.\n" +" -n, --net=NETNAAM Verbind met net NETNAAM.\n" + +#: src/tincd.c:109 +msgid "" +" -K, --generate-keys[=BITS] Generate public/private RSA keypair.\n" +" --help Display this help and exit.\n" +" --version Output version information and exit.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +" -K, --generate-keys[=BITS] Genereer publiek/privé RSA sleutelpaar.\n" +" --help Geef deze hulp en beëindig.\n" +" --version Geef versie informatie en beëindig.\n" +"\n" + +#: src/tincd.c:112 +msgid "Report bugs to tinc@nl.linux.org.\n" +msgstr "" +"Meld fouten in het programma aan tinc@nl.linux.org;\n" +"Meld fouten in de vertaling aan vertaling@nl.linux.org.\n" + +#: src/tincd.c:166 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Invalid argument `%s'; SIGNAL must be a number or one of HUP, TERM, KILL, " +"USR1, USR2, WINCH, INT or ALRM.\n" +msgstr "" +"Ongeldig argument `%s'; SIGNAAL moet een getal zijn of één van HUP, TERM, " +"KILL, USR1, USR2, WINCH, INT of ALRM.\n" + +#: src/tincd.c:184 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Invalid argument `%s'; BITS must be a number equal to or greater than 512.\n" +msgstr "" +"Ongeldig argument `%s'; BITS moet een nummer zijn gelijk aan of groter dan " +"512.\n" + +#: src/tincd.c:245 +#, c-format +msgid "Generating %d bits keys:\n" +msgstr "Bezig met genereren van een %d bits sleutel:\n" + +#: src/tincd.c:250 +msgid "Error during key generation!\n" +msgstr "Fout tijdens genereren sleutel!\n" + +#: src/tincd.c:254 +msgid "Done.\n" +msgstr "Klaar.\n" + +#: src/tincd.c:263 +msgid "public RSA key" +msgstr "openbare RSA sleutel" + +#: src/tincd.c:267 src/tincd.c:278 +msgid "" +"Appending key to existing contents.\n" +"Make sure only one key is stored in the file.\n" +msgstr "" +"Sleutel wordt toegevoegd aan bestaande inhoud.\n" +"Let er op dat er slechts één sleutel in het bestand is.\n" + +#: src/tincd.c:274 +msgid "private RSA key" +msgstr "geheime RSA sleutel" + +#: src/tincd.c:299 +msgid "Both netname and configuration directory given, using the latter..." +msgstr "" +"Zowel netnaam als configuratiemap zijn gegeven, laatste wordt gebruikt..." + +#: src/tincd.c:328 +#, c-format +msgid "%s version %s (built %s %s, protocol %d)\n" +msgstr "%s versie %s (gemaakt %s %s, protocol %d)\n" + +#: src/tincd.c:329 +msgid "" +"Copyright (C) 1998-2002 Ivo Timmermans, Guus Sliepen and others.\n" +"See the AUTHORS file for a complete list.\n" +"\n" +"tinc comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY. This is free software,\n" +"and you are welcome to redistribute it under certain conditions;\n" +"see the file COPYING for details.\n" +msgstr "" +"Copyright (C) 1998-2002 Ivo Timmermans, Guus Sliepen en anderen.\n" +"Zie het bestand AUTHORS voor een volledige lijst.\n" +"\n" +"tinc wordt gedistribueerd ZONDER ENIGE GARANTIE. Dit is vrije " +"programmatuur,\n" +"en je bent welkom om het te distribueren onder bepaalde voorwaarden;\n" +"zie het bestand COPYING voor details.\n" + +#: src/tincd.c:386 +msgid "Unrecoverable error" +msgstr "Onherstelbare fout" + +#: src/tincd.c:391 +#, c-format +msgid "Restarting in %d seconds!" +msgstr "Herstart in %d seconden!" + +#: src/process.c:373 src/tincd.c:396 +msgid "Not restarting." +msgstr "Geen herstart." + +#: src/process.c:69 +#, c-format +msgid "Memory exhausted (couldn't allocate %d bytes), exitting." +msgstr "Geheugen uitgeput (kon geen %d bytes reserveren), beëindigen." + +#: src/process.c:100 +msgid "Terminating" +msgstr "Beëindigen" + +#: src/process.c:116 +#, c-format +msgid "A tincd is already running for net `%s' with pid %d.\n" +msgstr "Een tincd draait al voor net `%s' met pid %d.\n" + +#: src/process.c:119 +#, c-format +msgid "A tincd is already running with pid %d.\n" +msgstr "Een tincd draait al met pid %d.\n" + +#: src/process.c:140 +#, c-format +msgid "No other tincd is running for net `%s'.\n" +msgstr "Geen andere tincd draait voor net `%s'.\n" + +#: src/process.c:142 +msgid "No other tincd is running.\n" +msgstr "Geen andere tincd draait.\n" + +#: src/process.c:151 +#, c-format +msgid "The tincd for net `%s' is no longer running. " +msgstr "De tincd voor net `%s' draait niet meer. " + +#: src/process.c:153 +msgid "The tincd is no longer running. " +msgstr "De tincd draait niet meer. " + +#: src/process.c:155 +msgid "Removing stale lock file.\n" +msgstr "Verwijdering oud vergrendelingsbestand.\n" + +#: src/process.c:183 +#, c-format +msgid "Couldn't detach from terminal: %s" +msgstr "Kon niet ontkoppelen van terminal: %s" + +#: src/process.c:196 +#, c-format +msgid "tincd %s (%s %s) starting, debug level %d" +msgstr "tincd %s (%s %s) start, debug niveau %d" + +#: src/process.c:199 +#, c-format +msgid "tincd %s starting" +msgstr "tincd %s wordt gestart" + +#: src/process.c:280 +#, c-format +msgid "Executing script %s" +msgstr "Uitvoeren script %s" + +#: src/process.c:290 +#, c-format +msgid "Process %d (%s) exited with non-zero status %d" +msgstr "Proces %d (%s) beëindigde met status %d" + +#: src/process.c:298 +#, c-format +msgid "Process %d (%s) was killed by signal %d (%s)" +msgstr "Proces %d (%s) was gestopt door signaal %d (%s)" + +#: src/process.c:304 +#, c-format +msgid "Process %d (%s) terminated abnormally" +msgstr "Proces %d (%s) abnormaal beëindigd" + +#: src/process.c:329 +msgid "Got TERM signal" +msgstr "Kreeg TERM signaal" + +#: src/process.c:338 +msgid "Got QUIT signal" +msgstr "Kreeg QUIT signaal" + +#: src/process.c:345 +#, c-format +msgid "Got another fatal signal %d (%s): not restarting." +msgstr "Kreeg nog een fataal signaal %s (%s): geen herstart." + +#: src/process.c:354 +#, c-format +msgid "Got fatal signal %d (%s)" +msgstr "Kreeg fataal signaal %d (%s)" + +#: src/process.c:359 +msgid "Trying to re-execute in 5 seconds..." +msgstr "Poging tot herstarten over 5 seconden..." + +#: src/process.c:382 +msgid "Got HUP signal" +msgstr "Kreeg HUP signaal" + +#: src/process.c:391 +#, c-format +msgid "Reverting to old debug level (%d)" +msgstr "Herstellen van oud debug niveau (%d)" + +#: src/process.c:398 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Temporarily setting debug level to 5. Kill me with SIGINT again to go back " +"to level %d." +msgstr "" +"Tijdelijk instellen debug niveau op 5. Zend nog een SIGINT signaal om niveau " +"%d te herstellen." + +#: src/process.c:409 +msgid "Got ALRM signal" +msgstr "Kreeg ALRM signaal" + +#: src/process.c:438 +#, c-format +msgid "Got unexpected signal %d (%s)" +msgstr "Kreeg onverwacht signaal %d (%s)" + +#: src/process.c:447 +#, c-format +msgid "Ignored signal %d (%s)" +msgstr "Signaal %d (%s) genegeerd" + +#: src/process.c:504 +#, c-format +msgid "Installing signal handler for signal %d (%s) failed: %s\n" +msgstr "Installeren van signaal afhandelaar voor signaal %d (%s) faalde: %s\n" + +#: src/route.c:73 +#, c-format +msgid "Learned new MAC address %hx:%hx:%hx:%hx:%hx:%hx" +msgstr "Nieuw MAC adres %hx:%hx:%hx:%hx:%hx:%hx geleerd" + +#: src/route.c:107 +#, c-format +msgid "MAC address %hx:%hx:%hx:%hx:%hx:%hx expired" +msgstr "MAC adres %hx:%hx:%hx:%hx:%hx:%hx verlopen" + +#: src/route.c:152 +#, c-format +msgid "Cannot route packet: unknown IPv4 destination address %d.%d.%d.%d" +msgstr "Kan pakket niet routeren: onbekend IPv4 doeladres %d.%d.%d.%d" + +#: src/route.c:172 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Cannot route packet: unknown IPv6 destination address %hx:%hx:%hx:%hx:%hx:%" +"hx:%hx:%hx" +msgstr "" +"Kan pakket niet routeren: onbekend IPv6 doeladres %hx:%hx:%hx:%hx:%hx:%hx:%" +"hx:%hx" + +#: src/route.c:233 +msgid "" +"Cannot route packet: received unknown type neighbor solicitation request" +msgstr "" +"Kan pakket niet routeren: ontvangst van onbekend type neighbor solicitation " +"verzoek" + +#: src/route.c:254 +msgid "Cannot route packet: checksum error for neighbor solicitation request" +msgstr "" +"Kan pakket niet routeren: checksum fout voor neighbor solicitation verzoek" + +#: src/route.c:266 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Cannot route packet: neighbor solicitation request for unknown address %hx:%" +"hx:%hx:%hx:%hx:%hx:%hx:%hx" +msgstr "" +"Kan pakket niet routeren: neighbor solicitation verzoek voor onbekend adres %" +"hx:%hx:%hx:%hx:%hx:%hx:%hx:%hx" + +#: src/route.c:341 +msgid "Cannot route packet: received unknown type ARP request" +msgstr "Kan pakket niet routeren: ontvangst van onbekend type ARP verzoek" + +#: src/route.c:354 +#, c-format +msgid "Cannot route packet: ARP request for unknown address %d.%d.%d.%d" +msgstr "Kan pakket niet routeren: ARP verzoek voor onbekend adres %d.%d.%d.%d" + +#: src/route.c:411 +#, c-format +msgid "Cannot route packet: unknown type %hx" +msgstr "Kan pakket niet routeren: onbekend type %hx" + +#: src/node.c:161 +msgid "Nodes:" +msgstr "Nodes:" + +#: src/node.c:166 +#, c-format +msgid "" +" %s at %s cipher %d digest %d maclength %d compression %d options %lx status " +"%04x nexthop %s via %s" +msgstr "" +" %s op %s cipher %d digest %d maclengte %d compressie %d opties %lx status %" +"04x nexthop %s via %s" + +#: src/node.c:171 +msgid "End of nodes." +msgstr "Einde van nodes." + +#: src/edge.c:194 +msgid "Edges:" +msgstr "Edges:" + +#: src/edge.c:201 +#, c-format +msgid " %s at %s - %s at %s options %lx weight %d" +msgstr " %s op %s - %s op %s opties %lx gewicht %d" + +#: src/edge.c:209 +msgid "End of edges." +msgstr "Einde van edges." + +#: src/graph.c:261 +#, c-format +msgid "Node %s (%s) became reachable" +msgstr "Node %s (%s) werd bereikbaar" + +#: src/graph.c:273 +#, c-format +msgid "Node %s (%s) became unreachable" +msgstr "Node %s (%s) is niet meer bereikbaar" + +#: src/freebsd/device.c:70 src/linux/device.c:89 src/netbsd/device.c:74 +#: src/openbsd/device.c:74 src/solaris/device.c:75 +#, c-format +msgid "Could not open %s: %s" +msgstr "Kon `%s' niet openen: %s" + +#: src/linux/device.c:114 src/linux/device.c:124 +msgid "Linux tun/tap device" +msgstr "Linux tun/tap apparaat" + +#: src/linux/device.c:122 +#, c-format +msgid "Old ioctl() request was needed for %s" +msgstr "Oud ioctl() verzoek was nodig voor %s" + +#: src/linux/device.c:131 +msgid "Linux ethertap device" +msgstr "Linux ethertap apparaat" + +#: src/freebsd/device.c:87 src/linux/device.c:136 src/netbsd/device.c:90 +#: src/openbsd/device.c:90 src/solaris/device.c:132 +#, c-format +msgid "%s is a %s" +msgstr "%s is een %s" + +#: src/freebsd/device.c:108 src/linux/device.c:159 src/linux/device.c:169 +#: src/netbsd/device.c:111 src/openbsd/device.c:111 src/solaris/device.c:149 +#, c-format +msgid "Error while reading from %s %s: %s" +msgstr "Fout tijdens lezen van %s %s: %s" + +#: src/freebsd/device.c:117 src/linux/device.c:180 src/netbsd/device.c:126 +#: src/openbsd/device.c:140 src/solaris/device.c:164 +#, c-format +msgid "Read packet of %d bytes from %s" +msgstr "Pakket van %d bytes gelezen van %s" + +#: src/freebsd/device.c:128 src/linux/device.c:191 src/netbsd/device.c:139 +#: src/openbsd/device.c:154 src/solaris/device.c:175 +#, c-format +msgid "Writing packet of %d bytes to %s" +msgstr "Pakket van %d bytes geschreven naar %s" + +#: src/linux/device.c:198 src/linux/device.c:207 src/netbsd/device.c:149 +#: src/openbsd/device.c:180 src/solaris/device.c:180 +#, c-format +msgid "Can't write to %s %s: %s" +msgstr "Kan niet schrijven naar %s %s: %s" + +#: src/freebsd/device.c:144 src/linux/device.c:220 src/netbsd/device.c:160 +#: src/openbsd/device.c:191 src/solaris/device.c:192 +#, c-format +msgid "Statistics for %s %s:" +msgstr "Statistieken voor %s %s:" + +#: src/freebsd/device.c:145 src/linux/device.c:221 src/netbsd/device.c:161 +#: src/openbsd/device.c:192 src/solaris/device.c:193 +#, c-format +msgid " total bytes in: %10d" +msgstr " totaal aantal bytes in: %10d" + +#: src/freebsd/device.c:146 src/linux/device.c:222 src/netbsd/device.c:162 +#: src/openbsd/device.c:193 src/solaris/device.c:194 +#, c-format +msgid " total bytes out: %10d" +msgstr " totaal aantal bytes uit: %10d" + +#: src/freebsd/device.c:85 +msgid "FreeBSD tap device" +msgstr "FreeBSD tap apparaat" + +#: src/freebsd/device.c:133 +#, c-format +msgid "Error while writing to %s %s: %s" +msgstr "Fout tijdens schrijven naar %s %s: %s" + +#: src/solaris/device.c:86 +#, c-format +msgid "Could not open /dev/ip: %s" +msgstr "Kon /dev/ip niet openen: %s" + +#: src/solaris/device.c:92 +#, c-format +msgid "Can't assign new interface: %s" +msgstr "Kan geen nieuwe interface toekennen: %s" + +#: src/solaris/device.c:97 +#, c-format +msgid "Could not open %s twice: %s" +msgstr "Kon `%s' niet twee keer openen: %s" + +#: src/solaris/device.c:102 +#, c-format +msgid "Can't push IP module: %s" +msgstr "Kan IP module niet invoegen: %s" + +#: src/solaris/device.c:108 +#, c-format +msgid "Can't set PPA %d: %s" +msgstr "Kon PPA %d niet instellen: %s" + +#: src/solaris/device.c:113 +#, c-format +msgid "Can't link TUN device to IP: %s" +msgstr "Kan TUN apparaat niet koppelen aan IP: %s" + +#: src/solaris/device.c:120 +msgid "Solaris tun device" +msgstr "Solaris tun apparaat" + +#: src/netbsd/device.c:88 +msgid "NetBSD tun device" +msgstr "NetBSD tun apparaat" + +#: src/openbsd/device.c:88 +msgid "OpenBSD tun device" +msgstr "OpenBSD tun apparaat" + +#: src/openbsd/device.c:130 +#, c-format +msgid "Unknown address family %d while reading packet from %s %s" +msgstr "Onbekende adresfamilie tijdens lezen pakket van %s %s" + +#: src/openbsd/device.c:169 +#, c-format +msgid "Unknown address family %d while writing packet to %s %s" +msgstr "Onbekende adresfamilie tijdens schrijven pakket naar %s %s" + +#~ msgid "Invalid public/private keypair!" +#~ msgstr "Ongeldig publiek/privé sleutelpaar!" diff --git a/po/tinc.pot b/po/tinc.pot new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9eb3a62 --- /dev/null +++ b/po/tinc.pot @@ -0,0 +1,1232 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2002-04-09 13:59+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: src/conf.c:173 +#, c-format +msgid "\"yes\" or \"no\" expected for configuration variable %s in %s line %d" +msgstr "" + +#: src/conf.c:188 +#, c-format +msgid "Integer expected for configuration variable %s in %s line %d" +msgstr "" + +#: src/conf.c:218 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Hostname or IP address expected for configuration variable %s in %s line %d" +msgstr "" + +#: src/conf.c:235 +#, c-format +msgid "Port number expected for configuration variable %s in %s line %d" +msgstr "" + +#: src/conf.c:251 +#, c-format +msgid "Subnet expected for configuration variable %s in %s line %d" +msgstr "" + +#: src/conf.c:261 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Network address and prefix length do not match for configuration variable %s " +"in %s line %d" +msgstr "" + +#: src/conf.c:369 +#, c-format +msgid "Cannot open config file %s: %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/conf.c:405 +#, c-format +msgid "No value for variable `%s' on line %d while reading config file %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/conf.c:438 +#, c-format +msgid "Failed to read `%s': %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/conf.c:465 +#, c-format +msgid "`%s' is not an absolute path" +msgstr "" + +#: src/conf.c:481 src/conf.c:513 +#, c-format +msgid "Couldn't stat `%s': %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/conf.c:487 src/conf.c:522 +#, c-format +msgid "`%s' is owned by UID %d instead of %d" +msgstr "" + +#: src/conf.c:494 src/conf.c:529 +#, c-format +msgid "Warning: `%s' is a symlink" +msgstr "" + +#: src/conf.c:499 src/conf.c:534 +#, c-format +msgid "Unable to read symbolic link `%s': %s" +msgstr "" + +#. Accessible by others +#: src/conf.c:545 +#, c-format +msgid "`%s' has unsecure permissions" +msgstr "" + +#. Ask for a file and/or directory name. +#: src/conf.c:570 +#, c-format +msgid "Please enter a file to save %s to [%s]: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/conf.c:576 +#, c-format +msgid "Error while reading stdin: %s\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/conf.c:602 +#, c-format +msgid "Error opening file `%s': %s\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/conf.c:612 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"The file `%s' (or any of the leading directories) has unsafe permissions.\n" +"I will not create or overwrite this file.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/connection.c:114 +msgid "Connections:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/connection.c:119 +#, c-format +msgid " %s at %s options %lx socket %d status %04x" +msgstr "" + +#: src/connection.c:123 +msgid "End of connections." +msgstr "" + +#: src/meta.c:49 +#, c-format +msgid "Sending %d bytes of metadata to %s (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/meta.c:63 +#, c-format +msgid "Sending meta data to %s (%s) failed: %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/meta.c:94 +#, c-format +msgid "This is a bug: %s:%d: %d:%s %s (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/meta.c:100 +#, c-format +msgid "Metadata socket error for %s (%s): %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/meta.c:121 +#, c-format +msgid "Connection closed by %s (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/meta.c:128 +#, c-format +msgid "Metadata socket read error for %s (%s): %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/meta.c:202 +#, c-format +msgid "Metadata read buffer overflow for %s (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/net.c:88 +msgid "Purging unreachable nodes" +msgstr "" + +#: src/net.c:98 +#, c-format +msgid "Purging node %s (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/net.c:188 +#, c-format +msgid "Closing connection with %s (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/net.c:253 +#, c-format +msgid "%s (%s) didn't respond to PING" +msgstr "" + +#: src/net.c:266 +#, c-format +msgid "Timeout from %s (%s) during authentication" +msgstr "" + +#: src/net.c:311 src/net_socket.c:253 +#, c-format +msgid "Error while connecting to %s (%s): %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/net.c:363 +#, c-format +msgid "Error while waiting for input: %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/net.c:397 +msgid "Regenerating symmetric key" +msgstr "" + +#: src/net.c:414 +msgid "Flushing event queue" +msgstr "" + +#: src/net.c:431 +msgid "Rereading configuration file and restarting in 5 seconds..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/net.c:438 +msgid "Unable to reread configuration file, exitting." +msgstr "" + +#: src/net_packet.c:107 +#, c-format +msgid "Got unauthenticated packet from %s (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/net_packet.c:134 +#, c-format +msgid "Got late or replayed packet from %s (%s), seqno %d" +msgstr "" + +#: src/net_packet.c:151 +#, c-format +msgid "Error while uncompressing packet from %s (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/net_packet.c:178 +#, c-format +msgid "Received packet of %d bytes from %s (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/net_packet.c:204 +#, c-format +msgid "No valid key known yet for %s (%s), queueing packet" +msgstr "" + +#: src/net_packet.c:237 +#, c-format +msgid "Error while compressing packet to %s (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/net_packet.c:288 +#, c-format +msgid "Setting outgoing packet priority to %d" +msgstr "" + +#. SO_PRIORITY doesn't seem to work +#: src/net_packet.c:290 src/net_setup.c:450 src/net_socket.c:98 +#: src/net_socket.c:144 src/net_socket.c:171 src/process.c:273 +#: src/process.c:310 +#, c-format +msgid "System call `%s' failed: %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/net_packet.c:296 +#, c-format +msgid "Error sending packet to %s (%s): %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/net_packet.c:313 +#, c-format +msgid "Sending packet of %d bytes to %s (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/net_packet.c:320 +msgid "Packet is looping back to us!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/net_packet.c:329 +#, c-format +msgid "Node %s (%s) is not reachable" +msgstr "" + +#: src/net_packet.c:337 +#, c-format +msgid "Sending packet to %s via %s (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/net_packet.c:357 +#, c-format +msgid "Broadcasting packet of %d bytes from %s (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/net_packet.c:374 +#, c-format +msgid "Flushing queue for %s (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/net_packet.c:396 +#, c-format +msgid "This is a bug: %s:%d: %d:%s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/net_packet.c:403 +#, c-format +msgid "Incoming data socket error: %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/net_packet.c:409 +#, c-format +msgid "Receiving packet failed: %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/net_packet.c:420 +#, c-format +msgid "Received UDP packet from unknown source %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/net_setup.c:102 +#, c-format +msgid "Error reading RSA public key file `%s': %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/net_setup.c:112 +#, c-format +msgid "Reading RSA public key file `%s' failed: %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/net_setup.c:140 +#, c-format +msgid "No public key for %s specified!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/net_setup.c:166 +#, c-format +msgid "Error reading RSA private key file `%s': %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/net_setup.c:176 +#, c-format +msgid "Reading RSA private key file `%s' failed: %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/net_setup.c:202 src/net_setup.c:203 +msgid "MYSELF" +msgstr "" + +#: src/net_setup.c:210 +msgid "Name for tinc daemon required!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/net_setup.c:216 +msgid "Invalid name for myself!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/net_setup.c:230 +msgid "Cannot open host configuration file for myself!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/net_setup.c:287 +msgid "Invalid routing mode!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/net_setup.c:298 +msgid "PriorityInheritance not supported on this platform" +msgstr "" + +#: src/net_setup.c:308 +msgid "Bogus maximum timeout!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/net_setup.c:325 +msgid "Invalid address family!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/net_setup.c:347 +msgid "Unrecognized cipher type!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/net_setup.c:382 +msgid "Unrecognized digest type!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/net_setup.c:398 +msgid "MAC length exceeds size of digest!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/net_setup.c:403 +msgid "Bogus MAC length!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/net_setup.c:419 +msgid "Bogus compression level!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/net_setup.c:465 +#, c-format +msgid "Listening on %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/net_setup.c:476 +msgid "Ready" +msgstr "" + +#: src/net_setup.c:479 +msgid "Unable to create any listening socket!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/net_socket.c:90 +#, c-format +msgid "Creating metasocket failed: %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/net_socket.c:124 src/net_socket.c:186 +#, c-format +msgid "Can't bind to interface %s: %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/net_socket.c:128 +msgid "BindToDevice not supported on this platform" +msgstr "" + +#: src/net_socket.c:136 +#, c-format +msgid "Can't bind to %s/tcp: %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/net_socket.c:163 +#, c-format +msgid "Creating UDP socket failed: %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/net_socket.c:196 +#, c-format +msgid "Can't bind to %s/udp: %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/net_socket.c:219 +#, c-format +msgid "Trying to re-establish outgoing connection in %d seconds" +msgstr "" + +#: src/net_socket.c:228 src/net_socket.c:322 +#, c-format +msgid "Trying to connect to %s (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/net_socket.c:234 src/net_socket.c:329 +#, c-format +msgid "Creating socket for %s failed: %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/net_socket.c:258 src/net_socket.c:268 +#, c-format +msgid "Connected to %s (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/net_socket.c:287 +#, c-format +msgid "Could not set up a meta connection to %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/net_socket.c:350 +#, c-format +msgid "fcntl for %s: %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/net_socket.c:368 +#, c-format +msgid "%s: %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/net_socket.c:389 +#, c-format +msgid "Already connected to %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/net_socket.c:408 +#, c-format +msgid "No address specified for %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/net_socket.c:435 +#, c-format +msgid "Accepting a new connection failed: %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/net_socket.c:453 +#, c-format +msgid "Connection from %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/net_socket.c:475 +#, c-format +msgid "Invalid name for outgoing connection in %s line %d" +msgstr "" + +#: src/netutl.c:65 src/netutl.c:88 +#, c-format +msgid "Error looking up %s port %s: %s\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/netutl.c:109 +#, c-format +msgid "Error while translating addresses: %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/netutl.c:134 +#, c-format +msgid "Error while looking up hostname: %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/netutl.c:137 +#, c-format +msgid "%s port %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/netutl.c:166 +#, c-format +msgid "sockaddrcmp() was called with unknown address family %d, exitting!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/protocol.c:77 +#, c-format +msgid "Output buffer overflow while sending request to %s (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/protocol.c:85 +#, c-format +msgid "Sending %s to %s (%s): %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/protocol.c:87 +#, c-format +msgid "Sending %s to %s (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/protocol.c:104 +#, c-format +msgid "Unknown request from %s (%s): %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/protocol.c:107 +#, c-format +msgid "Unknown request from %s (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/protocol.c:117 +#, c-format +msgid "Got %s from %s (%s): %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/protocol.c:120 +#, c-format +msgid "Got %s from %s (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/protocol.c:127 +#, c-format +msgid "Unauthorized request from %s (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/protocol.c:134 +#, c-format +msgid "Error while processing %s from %s (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/protocol.c:141 +#, c-format +msgid "Bogus data received from %s (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/protocol.c:187 +msgid "Already seen request" +msgstr "" + +#: src/protocol.c:218 +#, c-format +msgid "Aging past requests: deleted %d, left %d\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/protocol_auth.c:69 src/protocol_auth.c:224 src/protocol_auth.c:357 +#: src/protocol_auth.c:417 src/protocol_auth.c:529 src/protocol_edge.c:90 +#: src/protocol_edge.c:219 src/protocol_key.c:80 src/protocol_key.c:128 +#: src/protocol_key.c:196 src/protocol_misc.c:61 src/protocol_misc.c:91 +#: src/protocol_misc.c:177 src/protocol_subnet.c:71 src/protocol_subnet.c:163 +#, c-format +msgid "Got bad %s from %s (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/protocol_auth.c:77 src/protocol_edge.c:98 src/protocol_edge.c:104 +#: src/protocol_edge.c:228 src/protocol_edge.c:234 src/protocol_subnet.c:79 +#: src/protocol_subnet.c:87 src/protocol_subnet.c:171 +#: src/protocol_subnet.c:189 +#, c-format +msgid "Got bad %s from %s (%s): %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/protocol_auth.c:87 +#, c-format +msgid "Peer %s is %s instead of %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/protocol_auth.c:98 +#, c-format +msgid "Peer %s (%s) uses incompatible version %d" +msgstr "" + +#: src/protocol_auth.c:117 +#, c-format +msgid "Peer %s had unknown identity (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/protocol_auth.c:175 +#, c-format +msgid "Generated random meta key (unencrypted): %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/protocol_auth.c:187 src/protocol_auth.c:254 +#, c-format +msgid "Error during encryption of meta key for %s (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/protocol_auth.c:234 src/protocol_auth.c:367 src/protocol_auth.c:425 +#: src/protocol_auth.c:443 +#, c-format +msgid "Possible intruder %s (%s): %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/protocol_auth.c:262 +#, c-format +msgid "Received random meta key (unencrypted): %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/protocol_auth.c:274 +#, c-format +msgid "%s (%s) uses unknown cipher!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/protocol_auth.c:296 src/protocol_key.c:267 +#, c-format +msgid "Node %s (%s) uses unknown digest!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/protocol_auth.c:302 +#, c-format +msgid "%s (%s) uses bogus MAC length!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/protocol_auth.c:425 +msgid "wrong challenge reply length" +msgstr "" + +#: src/protocol_auth.c:443 +msgid "wrong challenge reply" +msgstr "" + +#: src/protocol_auth.c:448 +#, c-format +msgid "Expected challenge reply: %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/protocol_auth.c:549 +#, c-format +msgid "Established a second connection with %s (%s), closing old connection" +msgstr "" + +#: src/protocol_auth.c:583 +#, c-format +msgid "Connection with %s (%s) activated" +msgstr "" + +#: src/protocol_edge.c:98 src/protocol_edge.c:104 src/protocol_edge.c:228 +#: src/protocol_edge.c:234 src/protocol_subnet.c:79 src/protocol_subnet.c:171 +msgid "invalid name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/protocol_edge.c:150 +#, c-format +msgid "Got %s from %s (%s) for ourself which does not match existing entry" +msgstr "" + +#: src/protocol_edge.c:157 +#, c-format +msgid "Got %s from %s (%s) which does not match existing entry" +msgstr "" + +#: src/protocol_edge.c:167 +#, c-format +msgid "Got %s from %s (%s) for ourself which does not exist" +msgstr "" + +#: src/protocol_edge.c:248 src/protocol_edge.c:257 src/protocol_edge.c:268 +#, c-format +msgid "Got %s from %s (%s) which does not appear in the edge tree" +msgstr "" + +#: src/protocol_edge.c:275 src/protocol_subnet.c:118 src/protocol_subnet.c:217 +#, c-format +msgid "Got %s from %s (%s) for ourself" +msgstr "" + +#: src/protocol_key.c:92 +#, c-format +msgid "Got %s from %s (%s) origin %s which does not exist" +msgstr "" + +#: src/protocol_key.c:137 src/protocol_key.c:205 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Got %s from %s (%s) origin %s which does not exist in our connection list" +msgstr "" + +#: src/protocol_key.c:146 src/protocol_key.c:214 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Got %s from %s (%s) destination %s which does not exist in our connection " +"list" +msgstr "" + +#: src/protocol_key.c:246 +#, c-format +msgid "Node %s (%s) uses unknown cipher!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/protocol_key.c:251 +#, c-format +msgid "Node %s (%s) uses wrong keylength!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/protocol_key.c:272 +#, c-format +msgid "Node %s (%s) uses bogus MAC length!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/protocol_misc.c:68 +#, c-format +msgid "Status message from %s (%s): %s: %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/protocol_misc.c:98 +#, c-format +msgid "Error message from %s (%s): %s: %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/protocol_subnet.c:87 src/protocol_subnet.c:189 +msgid "invalid subnet string" +msgstr "" + +#: src/protocol_subnet.c:180 +#, c-format +msgid "Got %s from %s (%s) for %s which is not in our node tree" +msgstr "" + +#: src/protocol_subnet.c:207 +#, c-format +msgid "Got %s from %s (%s) for %s which does not appear in his subnet tree" +msgstr "" + +#: src/subnet.c:99 +#, c-format +msgid "subnet_compare() was called with unknown subnet type %d, exitting!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/subnet.c:274 +#, c-format +msgid "net2str() was called with unknown subnet type %d, exitting!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/subnet.c:384 +msgid "Subnet list:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/subnet.c:389 +#, c-format +msgid " %s owner %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/subnet.c:392 +msgid "End of subnet list." +msgstr "" + +#: src/tincd.c:100 +#, c-format +msgid "Try `%s --help' for more information.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/tincd.c:103 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Usage: %s [option]...\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/tincd.c:104 +msgid "" +" -c, --config=DIR Read configuration options from DIR.\n" +" -D, --no-detach Don't fork and detach.\n" +" -d, --debug[=LEVEL] Increase debug level or set it to LEVEL.\n" +" -k, --kill[=SIGNAL] Attempt to kill a running tincd and exit.\n" +" -n, --net=NETNAME Connect to net NETNAME.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/tincd.c:109 +msgid "" +" -K, --generate-keys[=BITS] Generate public/private RSA keypair.\n" +" --help Display this help and exit.\n" +" --version Output version information and exit.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/tincd.c:112 +msgid "Report bugs to tinc@nl.linux.org.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/tincd.c:166 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Invalid argument `%s'; SIGNAL must be a number or one of HUP, TERM, KILL, " +"USR1, USR2, WINCH, INT or ALRM.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/tincd.c:184 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Invalid argument `%s'; BITS must be a number equal to or greater than 512.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/tincd.c:245 +#, c-format +msgid "Generating %d bits keys:\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/tincd.c:250 +msgid "Error during key generation!\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/tincd.c:254 +msgid "Done.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/tincd.c:263 +msgid "public RSA key" +msgstr "" + +#: src/tincd.c:267 src/tincd.c:278 +msgid "" +"Appending key to existing contents.\n" +"Make sure only one key is stored in the file.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/tincd.c:274 +msgid "private RSA key" +msgstr "" + +#: src/tincd.c:299 +msgid "Both netname and configuration directory given, using the latter..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/tincd.c:328 +#, c-format +msgid "%s version %s (built %s %s, protocol %d)\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/tincd.c:329 +msgid "" +"Copyright (C) 1998-2002 Ivo Timmermans, Guus Sliepen and others.\n" +"See the AUTHORS file for a complete list.\n" +"\n" +"tinc comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY. This is free software,\n" +"and you are welcome to redistribute it under certain conditions;\n" +"see the file COPYING for details.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/tincd.c:386 +msgid "Unrecoverable error" +msgstr "" + +#: src/tincd.c:391 +#, c-format +msgid "Restarting in %d seconds!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/process.c:373 src/tincd.c:396 +msgid "Not restarting." +msgstr "" + +#: src/process.c:69 +#, c-format +msgid "Memory exhausted (couldn't allocate %d bytes), exitting." +msgstr "" + +#: src/process.c:100 +msgid "Terminating" +msgstr "" + +#: src/process.c:116 +#, c-format +msgid "A tincd is already running for net `%s' with pid %d.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/process.c:119 +#, c-format +msgid "A tincd is already running with pid %d.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/process.c:140 +#, c-format +msgid "No other tincd is running for net `%s'.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/process.c:142 +msgid "No other tincd is running.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/process.c:151 +#, c-format +msgid "The tincd for net `%s' is no longer running. " +msgstr "" + +#: src/process.c:153 +msgid "The tincd is no longer running. " +msgstr "" + +#: src/process.c:155 +msgid "Removing stale lock file.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/process.c:183 +#, c-format +msgid "Couldn't detach from terminal: %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/process.c:196 +#, c-format +msgid "tincd %s (%s %s) starting, debug level %d" +msgstr "" + +#: src/process.c:199 +#, c-format +msgid "tincd %s starting" +msgstr "" + +#: src/process.c:280 +#, c-format +msgid "Executing script %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/process.c:290 +#, c-format +msgid "Process %d (%s) exited with non-zero status %d" +msgstr "" + +#: src/process.c:298 +#, c-format +msgid "Process %d (%s) was killed by signal %d (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/process.c:304 +#, c-format +msgid "Process %d (%s) terminated abnormally" +msgstr "" + +#: src/process.c:329 +msgid "Got TERM signal" +msgstr "" + +#: src/process.c:338 +msgid "Got QUIT signal" +msgstr "" + +#: src/process.c:345 +#, c-format +msgid "Got another fatal signal %d (%s): not restarting." +msgstr "" + +#: src/process.c:354 +#, c-format +msgid "Got fatal signal %d (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/process.c:359 +msgid "Trying to re-execute in 5 seconds..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/process.c:382 +msgid "Got HUP signal" +msgstr "" + +#: src/process.c:391 +#, c-format +msgid "Reverting to old debug level (%d)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/process.c:398 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Temporarily setting debug level to 5. Kill me with SIGINT again to go back " +"to level %d." +msgstr "" + +#: src/process.c:409 +msgid "Got ALRM signal" +msgstr "" + +#: src/process.c:438 +#, c-format +msgid "Got unexpected signal %d (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/process.c:447 +#, c-format +msgid "Ignored signal %d (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/process.c:504 +#, c-format +msgid "Installing signal handler for signal %d (%s) failed: %s\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/route.c:73 +#, c-format +msgid "Learned new MAC address %hx:%hx:%hx:%hx:%hx:%hx" +msgstr "" + +#: src/route.c:107 +#, c-format +msgid "MAC address %hx:%hx:%hx:%hx:%hx:%hx expired" +msgstr "" + +#: src/route.c:152 +#, c-format +msgid "Cannot route packet: unknown IPv4 destination address %d.%d.%d.%d" +msgstr "" + +#: src/route.c:172 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Cannot route packet: unknown IPv6 destination address %hx:%hx:%hx:%hx:%hx:%" +"hx:%hx:%hx" +msgstr "" + +#: src/route.c:233 +msgid "" +"Cannot route packet: received unknown type neighbor solicitation request" +msgstr "" + +#: src/route.c:254 +msgid "Cannot route packet: checksum error for neighbor solicitation request" +msgstr "" + +#: src/route.c:266 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Cannot route packet: neighbor solicitation request for unknown address %hx:%" +"hx:%hx:%hx:%hx:%hx:%hx:%hx" +msgstr "" + +#: src/route.c:341 +msgid "Cannot route packet: received unknown type ARP request" +msgstr "" + +#: src/route.c:354 +#, c-format +msgid "Cannot route packet: ARP request for unknown address %d.%d.%d.%d" +msgstr "" + +#: src/route.c:411 +#, c-format +msgid "Cannot route packet: unknown type %hx" +msgstr "" + +#: src/node.c:161 +msgid "Nodes:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/node.c:166 +#, c-format +msgid "" +" %s at %s cipher %d digest %d maclength %d compression %d options %lx status " +"%04x nexthop %s via %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/node.c:171 +msgid "End of nodes." +msgstr "" + +#: src/edge.c:194 +msgid "Edges:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/edge.c:201 +#, c-format +msgid " %s at %s - %s at %s options %lx weight %d" +msgstr "" + +#: src/edge.c:209 +msgid "End of edges." +msgstr "" + +#: src/graph.c:261 +#, c-format +msgid "Node %s (%s) became reachable" +msgstr "" + +#: src/graph.c:273 +#, c-format +msgid "Node %s (%s) became unreachable" +msgstr "" + +#: src/freebsd/device.c:70 src/linux/device.c:89 src/netbsd/device.c:74 +#: src/openbsd/device.c:74 src/solaris/device.c:75 +#, c-format +msgid "Could not open %s: %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/linux/device.c:114 src/linux/device.c:124 +msgid "Linux tun/tap device" +msgstr "" + +#: src/linux/device.c:122 +#, c-format +msgid "Old ioctl() request was needed for %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/linux/device.c:131 +msgid "Linux ethertap device" +msgstr "" + +#: src/freebsd/device.c:87 src/linux/device.c:136 src/netbsd/device.c:90 +#: src/openbsd/device.c:90 src/solaris/device.c:132 +#, c-format +msgid "%s is a %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/freebsd/device.c:108 src/linux/device.c:159 src/linux/device.c:169 +#: src/netbsd/device.c:111 src/openbsd/device.c:111 src/solaris/device.c:149 +#, c-format +msgid "Error while reading from %s %s: %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/freebsd/device.c:117 src/linux/device.c:180 src/netbsd/device.c:126 +#: src/openbsd/device.c:140 src/solaris/device.c:164 +#, c-format +msgid "Read packet of %d bytes from %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/freebsd/device.c:128 src/linux/device.c:191 src/netbsd/device.c:139 +#: src/openbsd/device.c:154 src/solaris/device.c:175 +#, c-format +msgid "Writing packet of %d bytes to %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/linux/device.c:198 src/linux/device.c:207 src/netbsd/device.c:149 +#: src/openbsd/device.c:180 src/solaris/device.c:180 +#, c-format +msgid "Can't write to %s %s: %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/freebsd/device.c:144 src/linux/device.c:220 src/netbsd/device.c:160 +#: src/openbsd/device.c:191 src/solaris/device.c:192 +#, c-format +msgid "Statistics for %s %s:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/freebsd/device.c:145 src/linux/device.c:221 src/netbsd/device.c:161 +#: src/openbsd/device.c:192 src/solaris/device.c:193 +#, c-format +msgid " total bytes in: %10d" +msgstr "" + +#: src/freebsd/device.c:146 src/linux/device.c:222 src/netbsd/device.c:162 +#: src/openbsd/device.c:193 src/solaris/device.c:194 +#, c-format +msgid " total bytes out: %10d" +msgstr "" + +#: src/freebsd/device.c:85 +msgid "FreeBSD tap device" +msgstr "" + +#: src/freebsd/device.c:133 +#, c-format +msgid "Error while writing to %s %s: %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/solaris/device.c:86 +#, c-format +msgid "Could not open /dev/ip: %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/solaris/device.c:92 +#, c-format +msgid "Can't assign new interface: %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/solaris/device.c:97 +#, c-format +msgid "Could not open %s twice: %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/solaris/device.c:102 +#, c-format +msgid "Can't push IP module: %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/solaris/device.c:108 +#, c-format +msgid "Can't set PPA %d: %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/solaris/device.c:113 +#, c-format +msgid "Can't link TUN device to IP: %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/solaris/device.c:120 +msgid "Solaris tun device" +msgstr "" + +#: src/netbsd/device.c:88 +msgid "NetBSD tun device" +msgstr "" + +#: src/openbsd/device.c:88 +msgid "OpenBSD tun device" +msgstr "" + +#: src/openbsd/device.c:130 +#, c-format +msgid "Unknown address family %d while reading packet from %s %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/openbsd/device.c:169 +#, c-format +msgid "Unknown address family %d while writing packet to %s %s" +msgstr "" diff --git a/src/Makefile.am b/src/Makefile.am new file mode 100644 index 0000000..32aee66 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/Makefile.am @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +## Produce this file with automake to get Makefile.in +# $Id: Makefile.am,v 1.4.4.21 2002/03/27 15:47:06 guus Exp $ + +sbin_PROGRAMS = tincd + +EXTRA_DIST = linux/device.c freebsd/device.c openbsd/device.c solaris/device.c + +tincd_SOURCES = conf.c connection.c device.c edge.c event.c graph.c meta.c net.c net_packet.c net_setup.c \ + net_socket.c netutl.c node.c process.c protocol.c protocol_auth.c protocol_edge.c protocol_misc.c \ + protocol_key.c protocol_subnet.c route.c subnet.c tincd.c + +INCLUDES = @INCLUDES@ -I$(top_builddir) -I$(top_srcdir)/lib -I$(top_srcdir)/intl + +noinst_HEADERS = conf.h connection.h device.h edge.h event.h graph.h meta.h net.h netutl.h node.h process.h \ + protocol.h route.h subnet.h + +LIBS = @LIBS@ @INTLLIBS@ + +tincd_LDADD = \ + $(top_builddir)/lib/libvpn.a + +localedir = $(datadir)/locale + +CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ -DPKGLIBDIR=$(pkglibdir) -DCONFDIR=\"$(sysconfdir)\" \ + -DLOCALEDIR=\"$(localedir)\" -DLOCALSTATEDIR=\"$(localstatedir)\" + +dist-hook: + rm -f `find . -type l` + +lint: $(tincd_SOURCES) + lclint -nullassign -nullret +trytorecover +posixlib -skipansiheaders -skipposixheaders +gnuextensions -I/usr/include -I/usr/lib/gcc-lib/i386-linux/2.95.2/include -I. -I/home/zarq/p/tinc/cvs/cabal/src -I.. -I.. -I/home/zarq/p/tinc/cvs/cabal/lib -I/home/zarq/p/tinc/cvs/cabal/intl -D_POSIX_SOURCE -D__ELF__ -Dunix -D__i386__ -Dlinux -DHAVE_CONFIG_H -DPKGLIBDIR=/usr/local/lib/tinc -DCONFDIR=\"/usr/local/etc\" -DLOCALEDIR=\"/usr/local/share/locale\" $^ diff --git a/src/Makefile.in b/src/Makefile.in new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8e07167 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/Makefile.in @@ -0,0 +1,402 @@ +# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.5 from Makefile.am. + +# Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 +# Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation +# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, +# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. + +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without +# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A +# PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + +@SET_MAKE@ + +# $Id: Makefile.am,v 1.4.4.21 2002/03/27 15:47:06 guus Exp $ + +SHELL = @SHELL@ + +srcdir = @srcdir@ +top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ +VPATH = @srcdir@ +prefix = @prefix@ +exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ + +bindir = @bindir@ +sbindir = @sbindir@ +libexecdir = @libexecdir@ +datadir = @datadir@ +sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@ +sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@ +localstatedir = @localstatedir@ +libdir = @libdir@ +infodir = @infodir@ +mandir = @mandir@ +includedir = @includedir@ +oldincludedir = /usr/include +pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@ +pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@ +pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@ +top_builddir = .. + +ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@ +AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@ +AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@ +AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@ + +INSTALL = @INSTALL@ +INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ +INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ +INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@ +INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA) +transform = @program_transform_name@ +NORMAL_INSTALL = : +PRE_INSTALL = : +POST_INSTALL = : +NORMAL_UNINSTALL = : +PRE_UNINSTALL = : +POST_UNINSTALL = : +host_alias = @host_alias@ +host_triplet = @host@ +AMTAR = @AMTAR@ +AWK = @AWK@ +BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@ +CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@ +CATOBJEXT = @CATOBJEXT@ +CC = @CC@ +CPP = @CPP@ +DATADIRNAME = @DATADIRNAME@ +DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@ +EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ +GENCAT = @GENCAT@ +GLIBC21 = @GLIBC21@ +GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@ +GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@ +HAVE_TUNTAP = @HAVE_TUNTAP@ +INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@ +INSTOBJEXT = @INSTOBJEXT@ +INTLBISON = @INTLBISON@ +INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@ +INTLOBJS = @INTLOBJS@ +INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX = @INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX@ +LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@ +LINUX_IF_TUN_H = @LINUX_IF_TUN_H@ +LN_S = @LN_S@ +MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@ +MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ +OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@ +PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ +PERL = @PERL@ +POFILES = @POFILES@ +POSUB = @POSUB@ +RANLIB = @RANLIB@ +USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@ +USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@ +VERSION = @VERSION@ +am__include = @am__include@ +am__quote = @am__quote@ +install_sh = @install_sh@ + +INCLUDES = @INCLUDES@ -I$(top_builddir) -I$(top_srcdir)/lib -I$(top_srcdir)/intl + +sbin_PROGRAMS = tincd + +EXTRA_DIST = linux/device.c freebsd/device.c openbsd/device.c solaris/device.c + +tincd_SOURCES = conf.c connection.c device.c edge.c event.c graph.c meta.c net.c net_packet.c net_setup.c \ + net_socket.c netutl.c node.c process.c protocol.c protocol_auth.c protocol_edge.c protocol_misc.c \ + protocol_key.c protocol_subnet.c route.c subnet.c tincd.c + + +noinst_HEADERS = conf.h connection.h device.h edge.h event.h graph.h meta.h net.h netutl.h node.h process.h \ + protocol.h route.h subnet.h + + +LIBS = @LIBS@ @INTLLIBS@ + +tincd_LDADD = \ + $(top_builddir)/lib/libvpn.a + + +localedir = $(datadir)/locale + +CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ -DPKGLIBDIR=$(pkglibdir) -DCONFDIR=\"$(sysconfdir)\" \ + -DLOCALEDIR=\"$(localedir)\" -DLOCALSTATEDIR=\"$(localstatedir)\" + +subdir = src +mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs +CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h +CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = +sbin_PROGRAMS = tincd$(EXEEXT) +PROGRAMS = $(sbin_PROGRAMS) + +am_tincd_OBJECTS = conf.$(OBJEXT) connection.$(OBJEXT) device.$(OBJEXT) \ + edge.$(OBJEXT) event.$(OBJEXT) graph.$(OBJEXT) meta.$(OBJEXT) \ + net.$(OBJEXT) net_packet.$(OBJEXT) net_setup.$(OBJEXT) \ + net_socket.$(OBJEXT) netutl.$(OBJEXT) node.$(OBJEXT) \ + process.$(OBJEXT) protocol.$(OBJEXT) protocol_auth.$(OBJEXT) \ + protocol_edge.$(OBJEXT) protocol_misc.$(OBJEXT) \ + protocol_key.$(OBJEXT) protocol_subnet.$(OBJEXT) \ + route.$(OBJEXT) subnet.$(OBJEXT) tincd.$(OBJEXT) +tincd_OBJECTS = $(am_tincd_OBJECTS) +tincd_DEPENDENCIES = $(top_builddir)/lib/libvpn.a +tincd_LDFLAGS = + +DEFS = @DEFS@ +DEFAULT_INCLUDES = -I. -I$(srcdir) -I$(top_builddir) +CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ +LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ +depcomp = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/depcomp +@AMDEP_TRUE@DEP_FILES = $(DEPDIR)/conf.Po $(DEPDIR)/connection.Po \ +@AMDEP_TRUE@ $(DEPDIR)/device.Po $(DEPDIR)/edge.Po \ +@AMDEP_TRUE@ $(DEPDIR)/event.Po $(DEPDIR)/graph.Po \ +@AMDEP_TRUE@ $(DEPDIR)/meta.Po $(DEPDIR)/net.Po \ +@AMDEP_TRUE@ $(DEPDIR)/net_packet.Po $(DEPDIR)/net_setup.Po \ +@AMDEP_TRUE@ $(DEPDIR)/net_socket.Po $(DEPDIR)/netutl.Po \ +@AMDEP_TRUE@ $(DEPDIR)/node.Po $(DEPDIR)/process.Po \ +@AMDEP_TRUE@ $(DEPDIR)/protocol.Po $(DEPDIR)/protocol_auth.Po \ +@AMDEP_TRUE@ $(DEPDIR)/protocol_edge.Po \ +@AMDEP_TRUE@ $(DEPDIR)/protocol_key.Po \ +@AMDEP_TRUE@ $(DEPDIR)/protocol_misc.Po \ +@AMDEP_TRUE@ $(DEPDIR)/protocol_subnet.Po $(DEPDIR)/route.Po \ +@AMDEP_TRUE@ $(DEPDIR)/subnet.Po $(DEPDIR)/tincd.Po +COMPILE = $(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) \ + $(CPPFLAGS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) +CCLD = $(CC) +LINK = $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(AM_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ +DIST_SOURCES = $(tincd_SOURCES) +HEADERS = $(noinst_HEADERS) + +DIST_COMMON = $(noinst_HEADERS) Makefile.am Makefile.in +SOURCES = $(tincd_SOURCES) + +all: all-am + +.SUFFIXES: +.SUFFIXES: .c .o .obj +$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4) + cd $(top_srcdir) && \ + $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu src/Makefile +Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status + cd $(top_builddir) && \ + CONFIG_HEADERS= CONFIG_LINKS= \ + CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ $(SHELL) ./config.status +install-sbinPROGRAMS: $(sbin_PROGRAMS) + @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) + $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(sbindir) + @list='$(sbin_PROGRAMS)'; for p in $$list; do \ + p1=`echo $$p|sed 's/$(EXEEXT)$$//'`; \ + if test -f $$p \ + ; then \ + f=`echo $$p1|sed '$(transform);s/$$/$(EXEEXT)/'`; \ + echo " $(INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV) $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) $$p $(DESTDIR)$(sbindir)/$$f"; \ + $(INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV) $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) $$p $(DESTDIR)$(sbindir)/$$f; \ + else :; fi; \ + done + +uninstall-sbinPROGRAMS: + @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL) + @list='$(sbin_PROGRAMS)'; for p in $$list; do \ + f=`echo $$p|sed 's/$(EXEEXT)$$//;$(transform);s/$$/$(EXEEXT)/'`; \ + echo " rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(sbindir)/$$f"; \ + rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(sbindir)/$$f; \ + done + +clean-sbinPROGRAMS: + -test -z "$(sbin_PROGRAMS)" || rm -f $(sbin_PROGRAMS) +tincd$(EXEEXT): $(tincd_OBJECTS) $(tincd_DEPENDENCIES) + @rm -f tincd$(EXEEXT) + $(LINK) $(tincd_LDFLAGS) $(tincd_OBJECTS) $(tincd_LDADD) $(LIBS) + +mostlyclean-compile: + -rm -f *.$(OBJEXT) core *.core + +distclean-compile: + -rm -f *.tab.c + +@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/conf.Po@am__quote@ +@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/connection.Po@am__quote@ +@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/device.Po@am__quote@ +@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/edge.Po@am__quote@ +@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/event.Po@am__quote@ +@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/graph.Po@am__quote@ +@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/meta.Po@am__quote@ +@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/net.Po@am__quote@ +@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/net_packet.Po@am__quote@ +@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/net_setup.Po@am__quote@ +@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/net_socket.Po@am__quote@ +@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/netutl.Po@am__quote@ +@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/node.Po@am__quote@ +@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/process.Po@am__quote@ +@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/protocol.Po@am__quote@ +@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/protocol_auth.Po@am__quote@ +@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/protocol_edge.Po@am__quote@ +@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/protocol_key.Po@am__quote@ +@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/protocol_misc.Po@am__quote@ +@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/protocol_subnet.Po@am__quote@ +@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/route.Po@am__quote@ +@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/subnet.Po@am__quote@ +@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/tincd.Po@am__quote@ + +distclean-depend: + -rm -rf $(DEPDIR) + +.c.o: +@AMDEP_TRUE@ source='$<' object='$@' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ +@AMDEP_TRUE@ depfile='$(DEPDIR)/$*.Po' tmpdepfile='$(DEPDIR)/$*.TPo' @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ +@AMDEP_TRUE@ $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ + $(COMPILE) -c `test -f $< || echo '$(srcdir)/'`$< + +.c.obj: +@AMDEP_TRUE@ source='$<' object='$@' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ +@AMDEP_TRUE@ depfile='$(DEPDIR)/$*.Po' tmpdepfile='$(DEPDIR)/$*.TPo' @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ +@AMDEP_TRUE@ $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ + $(COMPILE) -c `cygpath -w $<` +CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@ +uninstall-info-am: + +tags: TAGS + +ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES) + list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ + unique=`for i in $$list; do \ + if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ + done | \ + $(AWK) ' { files[$$0] = 1; } \ + END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \ + mkid -fID $$unique $(LISP) + +TAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \ + $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP) + tags=; \ + here=`pwd`; \ + list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ + unique=`for i in $$list; do \ + if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ + done | \ + $(AWK) ' { files[$$0] = 1; } \ + END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \ + test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$unique$(LISP)$$tags" \ + || etags $(ETAGS_ARGS) $$tags $$unique $(LISP) + +GTAGS: + here=`CDPATH=: && cd $(top_builddir) && pwd` \ + && cd $(top_srcdir) \ + && gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) $$here + +distclean-tags: + -rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH + +DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST) + +top_distdir = .. +distdir = $(top_distdir)/$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION) + +distdir: $(DISTFILES) + $(mkinstalldirs) $(distdir)/freebsd $(distdir)/linux $(distdir)/openbsd $(distdir)/solaris + @for file in $(DISTFILES); do \ + if test -f $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \ + dir=`echo "$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \ + if test "$$dir" != "$$file" && test "$$dir" != "."; then \ + $(mkinstalldirs) "$(distdir)/$$dir"; \ + fi; \ + if test -d $$d/$$file; then \ + cp -pR $$d/$$file $(distdir) \ + || exit 1; \ + else \ + test -f $(distdir)/$$file \ + || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file \ + || exit 1; \ + fi; \ + done + $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \ + top_distdir="${top_distdir}" distdir="$(distdir)" \ + dist-hook +check-am: all-am +check: check-am +all-am: Makefile $(PROGRAMS) $(HEADERS) + +installdirs: + $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(sbindir) + +install: install-am +install-exec: install-exec-am +install-data: install-data-am +uninstall: uninstall-am + +install-am: all-am + @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am + +installcheck: installcheck-am +install-strip: + $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ + `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \ + echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install +mostlyclean-generic: + +clean-generic: + +distclean-generic: + -rm -f Makefile $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) stamp-h stamp-h[0-9]* + +maintainer-clean-generic: + @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use" + @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." +clean: clean-am + +clean-am: clean-generic clean-sbinPROGRAMS mostlyclean-am + +distclean: distclean-am + +distclean-am: clean-am distclean-compile distclean-depend \ + distclean-generic distclean-tags + +dvi: dvi-am + +dvi-am: + +info: info-am + +info-am: + +install-data-am: + +install-exec-am: install-sbinPROGRAMS + +install-info: install-info-am + +install-man: + +installcheck-am: + +maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am + +maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic + +mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am + +mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-compile mostlyclean-generic + +uninstall-am: uninstall-info-am uninstall-sbinPROGRAMS + +.PHONY: GTAGS all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic \ + clean-sbinPROGRAMS distclean distclean-compile distclean-depend \ + distclean-generic distclean-tags distdir dvi dvi-am info \ + info-am install install-am install-data install-data-am \ + install-exec install-exec-am install-info install-info-am \ + install-man install-sbinPROGRAMS install-strip installcheck \ + installcheck-am installdirs maintainer-clean \ + maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean mostlyclean-compile \ + mostlyclean-generic tags uninstall uninstall-am \ + uninstall-info-am uninstall-sbinPROGRAMS + + +dist-hook: + rm -f `find . -type l` + +lint: $(tincd_SOURCES) + lclint -nullassign -nullret +trytorecover +posixlib -skipansiheaders -skipposixheaders +gnuextensions -I/usr/include -I/usr/lib/gcc-lib/i386-linux/2.95.2/include -I. -I/home/zarq/p/tinc/cvs/cabal/src -I.. -I.. -I/home/zarq/p/tinc/cvs/cabal/lib -I/home/zarq/p/tinc/cvs/cabal/intl -D_POSIX_SOURCE -D__ELF__ -Dunix -D__i386__ -Dlinux -DHAVE_CONFIG_H -DPKGLIBDIR=/usr/local/lib/tinc -DCONFDIR=\"/usr/local/etc\" -DLOCALEDIR=\"/usr/local/share/locale\" $^ +# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables. +# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. +.NOEXPORT: diff --git a/src/conf.c b/src/conf.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bc29e07 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/conf.c @@ -0,0 +1,623 @@ +/* + conf.c -- configuration code + Copyright (C) 1998 Robert van der Meulen + 1998-2002 Ivo Timmermans + 2000-2002 Guus Sliepen + 2000 Cris van Pelt + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. + + $Id: conf.c,v 1.9.4.55 2002/04/09 11:42:48 guus Exp $ +*/ + +#include "config.h" + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include +#include /* for cp */ +#include + +#include "conf.h" +#include "netutl.h" /* for str2address */ + +#include "system.h" + +avl_tree_t *config_tree; + +int debug_lvl = 0; +int pingtimeout = 0; /* seconds before timeout */ +char *confbase = NULL; /* directory in which all config files are */ +char *netname = NULL; /* name of the vpn network */ + +int config_compare(config_t *a, config_t *b) +{ + int result; + + result = strcasecmp(a->variable, b->variable); + + if(result) + return result; + + result = a->line - b->line; + + if(result) + return result; + else + return strcmp(a->file, b->file); +} + +void init_configuration(avl_tree_t **config_tree) +{ +cp + *config_tree = avl_alloc_tree((avl_compare_t)config_compare, (avl_action_t)free_config); +cp +} + +void exit_configuration(avl_tree_t **config_tree) +{ +cp + avl_delete_tree(*config_tree); + *config_tree = NULL; +cp +} + +config_t *new_config(void) +{ + config_t *cfg; +cp + cfg = (config_t *)xmalloc_and_zero(sizeof(*cfg)); + + return cfg; +} + +void free_config(config_t *cfg) +{ +cp + if(cfg->variable) + free(cfg->variable); + if(cfg->value) + free(cfg->value); + if(cfg->file) + free(cfg->file); + free(cfg); +cp +} + +void config_add(avl_tree_t *config_tree, config_t *cfg) +{ +cp + avl_insert(config_tree, cfg); +cp +} + +config_t *lookup_config(avl_tree_t *config_tree, char *variable) +{ + config_t cfg, *found; +cp + cfg.variable = variable; + cfg.file = ""; + cfg.line = 0; + + found = avl_search_closest_greater(config_tree, &cfg); + + if(!found) + return NULL; + + if(strcasecmp(found->variable, variable)) + return NULL; + + return found; +} + +config_t *lookup_config_next(avl_tree_t *config_tree, config_t *cfg) +{ + avl_node_t *node; + config_t *found; +cp + node = avl_search_node(config_tree, cfg); + + if(node) + { + if(node->next) + { + found = (config_t *)node->next->data; + if(!strcasecmp(found->variable, cfg->variable)) + return found; + } + } + + return NULL; +} + +int get_config_bool(config_t *cfg, int *result) +{ +cp + if(!cfg) + return 0; + + if(!strcasecmp(cfg->value, "yes")) + { + *result = 1; + return 1; + } + else if(!strcasecmp(cfg->value, "no")) + { + *result = 0; + return 1; + } + + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("\"yes\" or \"no\" expected for configuration variable %s in %s line %d"), + cfg->variable, cfg->file, cfg->line); + + return 0; +} + +int get_config_int(config_t *cfg, int *result) +{ +cp + if(!cfg) + return 0; + + if(sscanf(cfg->value, "%d", result) == 1) + return 1; + + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Integer expected for configuration variable %s in %s line %d"), + cfg->variable, cfg->file, cfg->line); + return 0; +} + +int get_config_string(config_t *cfg, char **result) +{ +cp + if(!cfg) + return 0; + + *result = xstrdup(cfg->value); + return 1; +} + +int get_config_address(config_t *cfg, struct addrinfo **result) +{ + struct addrinfo *ai; +cp + if(!cfg) + return 0; + + ai = str2addrinfo(cfg->value, NULL, 0); + + if(ai) + { + *result = ai; + return 1; + } + + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Hostname or IP address expected for configuration variable %s in %s line %d"), + cfg->variable, cfg->file, cfg->line); + return 0; +} + +int get_config_port(config_t *cfg, port_t *result) +{ +cp + if(!cfg) + return 0; + + if(sscanf(cfg->value, "%hu", result) == 1) + { + *result = htons(*result); + return 1; + } + + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Port number expected for configuration variable %s in %s line %d"), + cfg->variable, cfg->file, cfg->line); + return 0; +} + +int get_config_subnet(config_t *cfg, subnet_t **result) +{ + subnet_t *subnet; +cp + if(!cfg) + return 0; + + subnet = str2net(cfg->value); + + if(!subnet) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Subnet expected for configuration variable %s in %s line %d"), + cfg->variable, cfg->file, cfg->line); + return 0; + } + + /* Teach newbies what subnets are... */ + + if(((subnet->type == SUBNET_IPV4) && maskcheck((char *)&subnet->net.ipv4.address, subnet->net.ipv4.prefixlength, sizeof(ipv4_t))) + || ((subnet->type == SUBNET_IPV6) && maskcheck((char *)&subnet->net.ipv6.address, subnet->net.ipv6.prefixlength, sizeof(ipv6_t)))) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Network address and prefix length do not match for configuration variable %s in %s line %d"), + cfg->variable, cfg->file, cfg->line); + free(subnet); + return 0; + } + + *result = subnet; + + return 1; +} + +/* + Read exactly one line and strip the trailing newline if any. If the + file was on EOF, return NULL. Otherwise, return all the data in a + dynamically allocated buffer. + + If line is non-NULL, it will be used as an initial buffer, to avoid + unnecessary mallocing each time this function is called. If buf is + given, and buf needs to be expanded, the var pointed to by buflen + will be increased. +*/ +char *readline(FILE *fp, char **buf, size_t *buflen) +{ + char *newline = NULL; + char *p; + char *line; /* The array that contains everything that has been read + so far */ + char *idx; /* Read into this pointer, which points to an offset + within line */ + size_t size, newsize; /* The size of the current array pointed to by + line */ + size_t maxlen; /* Maximum number of characters that may be read with + fgets. This is newsize - oldsize. */ + + if(feof(fp)) + return NULL; + + if((buf != NULL) && (buflen != NULL)) + { + size = *buflen; + line = *buf; + } + else + { + size = 100; + line = xmalloc(size); + } + + maxlen = size; + idx = line; + *idx = 0; + for(;;) + { + errno = 0; + p = fgets(idx, maxlen, fp); + if(p == NULL) /* EOF or error */ + { + if(feof(fp)) + break; + + /* otherwise: error; let the calling function print an error + message if applicable */ + free(line); + return NULL; + } + + newline = strchr(p, '\n'); + if(newline == NULL) + /* We haven't yet read everything to the end of the line */ + { + newsize = size << 1; + line = xrealloc(line, newsize); + idx = &line[size - 1]; + maxlen = newsize - size + 1; + size = newsize; + } + else + { + *newline = '\0'; /* kill newline */ + break; /* yay */ + } + } + + if((buf != NULL) && (buflen != NULL)) + { + *buflen = size; + *buf = line; + } + return line; +} + +/* + Parse a configuration file and put the results in the configuration tree + starting at *base. +*/ +int read_config_file(avl_tree_t *config_tree, const char *fname) +{ + int err = -2; /* Parse error */ + FILE *fp; + char *buffer, *line; + char *variable, *value; + int lineno = 0, ignore = 0; + config_t *cfg; + size_t bufsize; + +cp + if((fp = fopen (fname, "r")) == NULL) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Cannot open config file %s: %s"), fname, strerror(errno)); + return -3; + } + + bufsize = 100; + buffer = xmalloc(bufsize); + + for(;;) + { + if((line = readline(fp, &buffer, &bufsize)) == NULL) + { + err = -1; + break; + } + + if(feof(fp)) + { + err = 0; + break; + } + + lineno++; + + if((variable = strtok(line, "\t =")) == NULL) + continue; /* no tokens on this line */ + + if(variable[0] == '#') + continue; /* comment: ignore */ + + if(!strcmp(variable, "-----BEGIN")) + ignore = 1; + + if(!ignore) + { + if(((value = strtok(NULL, "\t\n\r =")) == NULL) || value[0] == '#') + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("No value for variable `%s' on line %d while reading config file %s"), + variable, lineno, fname); + break; + } + + cfg = new_config(); + cfg->variable = xstrdup(variable); + cfg->value = xstrdup(value); + cfg->file = xstrdup(fname); + cfg->line = lineno; + + config_add(config_tree, cfg); + } + + if(!strcmp(variable, "-----END")) + ignore = 0; + } + + free(buffer); + fclose (fp); +cp + return err; +} + +int read_server_config() +{ + char *fname; + int x; +cp + asprintf(&fname, "%s/tinc.conf", confbase); + x = read_config_file(config_tree, fname); + if(x == -1) /* System error: complain */ + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Failed to read `%s': %s"), fname, strerror(errno)); + } + free(fname); +cp + return x; +} + +int isadir(const char* f) +{ + struct stat s; + + if(stat(f, &s) < 0) + return 0; + else + return S_ISDIR(s.st_mode); +} + +int is_safe_path(const char *file) +{ + char *p; + const char *f; + char x; + struct stat s; + char l[MAXBUFSIZE]; + + if(*file != '/') + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("`%s' is not an absolute path"), file); + return 0; + } + + p = strrchr(file, '/'); + + if(p == file) /* It's in the root */ + p++; + + x = *p; + *p = '\0'; + + f = file; +check1: + if(lstat(f, &s) < 0) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Couldn't stat `%s': %s"), f, strerror(errno)); + return 0; + } + + if(s.st_uid != geteuid()) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("`%s' is owned by UID %d instead of %d"), + f, s.st_uid, geteuid()); + return 0; + } + + if(S_ISLNK(s.st_mode)) + { + syslog(LOG_WARNING, _("Warning: `%s' is a symlink"), + f); + + if(readlink(f, l, MAXBUFSIZE) < 0) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Unable to read symbolic link `%s': %s"), f, strerror(errno)); + return 0; + } + + f = l; + goto check1; + } + + *p = x; + f = file; + +check2: + if(lstat(f, &s) < 0 && errno != ENOENT) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Couldn't stat `%s': %s"), f, strerror(errno)); + return 0; + } + + if(errno == ENOENT) + return 1; + + if(s.st_uid != geteuid()) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("`%s' is owned by UID %d instead of %d"), + f, s.st_uid, geteuid()); + return 0; + } + + if(S_ISLNK(s.st_mode)) + { + syslog(LOG_WARNING, _("Warning: `%s' is a symlink"), + f); + + if(readlink(f, l, MAXBUFSIZE) < 0) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Unable to read symbolic link `%s': %s"), f, strerror(errno)); + return 0; + } + + f = l; + goto check2; + } + + if(s.st_mode & 0007) + { + /* Accessible by others */ + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("`%s' has unsecure permissions"), + f); + return 0; + } + + return 1; +} + +FILE *ask_and_safe_open(const char* filename, const char* what, const char* mode) +{ + FILE *r; + char *directory; + char *fn; + + /* Check stdin and stdout */ + if(!isatty(0) || !isatty(1)) + { + /* Argh, they are running us from a script or something. Write + the files to the current directory and let them burn in hell + for ever. */ + fn = xstrdup(filename); + } + else + { + /* Ask for a file and/or directory name. */ + fprintf(stdout, _("Please enter a file to save %s to [%s]: "), + what, filename); + fflush(stdout); + + if((fn = readline(stdin, NULL, NULL)) == NULL) + { + fprintf(stderr, _("Error while reading stdin: %s\n"), strerror(errno)); + return NULL; + } + + if(strlen(fn) == 0) + /* User just pressed enter. */ + fn = xstrdup(filename); + } + + if((strchr(fn, '/') == NULL) || (fn[0] != '/')) + { + /* The directory is a relative path or a filename. */ + char *p; + + directory = get_current_dir_name(); + asprintf(&p, "%s/%s", directory, fn); + free(fn); + free(directory); + fn = p; + } + + umask(0077); /* Disallow everything for group and other */ + + /* Open it first to keep the inode busy */ + if((r = fopen(fn, mode)) == NULL) + { + fprintf(stderr, _("Error opening file `%s': %s\n"), + fn, strerror(errno)); + free(fn); + return NULL; + } + + /* Then check the file for nasty attacks */ + if(!is_safe_path(fn)) /* Do not permit any directories that are + readable or writeable by other users. */ + { + fprintf(stderr, _("The file `%s' (or any of the leading directories) has unsafe permissions.\n" + "I will not create or overwrite this file.\n"), + fn); + fclose(r); + free(fn); + return NULL; + } + + free(fn); + + return r; +} diff --git a/src/conf.h b/src/conf.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bf399dd --- /dev/null +++ b/src/conf.h @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +/* + conf.h -- header for conf.c + Copyright (C) 1998-2002 Ivo Timmermans + 2000-2002 Guus Sliepen + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. + + $Id: conf.h,v 1.6.4.32 2002/02/18 16:25:16 guus Exp $ +*/ + +#ifndef __TINC_CONF_H__ +#define __TINC_CONF_H__ + +#include +#include +#include + +#include +#include "net.h" +#include "subnet.h" + +typedef struct config_t { + char *variable; + char *value; + char *file; + int line; +} config_t; + +extern avl_tree_t *config_tree; + +extern int debug_lvl; +extern int pingtimeout; +extern int maxtimeout; +extern int bypass_security; +extern char *confbase; +extern char *netname; + +extern void init_configuration(avl_tree_t **); +extern void exit_configuration(avl_tree_t **); +extern config_t *new_config(void); +extern void free_config(config_t *); +extern void config_add(avl_tree_t *, config_t *); +extern config_t *lookup_config(avl_tree_t *, char *); +extern config_t *lookup_config_next(avl_tree_t *, config_t *); +extern int get_config_bool(config_t *, int *); +extern int get_config_int(config_t *, int *); +extern int get_config_port(config_t *, port_t *); +extern int get_config_string(config_t *, char **); +extern int get_config_address(config_t *, struct addrinfo **); +struct subnet_t; /* Needed for next line. */ +extern int get_config_subnet(config_t *, struct subnet_t **); + +extern int read_config_file(avl_tree_t *, const char *); +extern int read_server_config(void); +extern FILE *ask_and_safe_open(const char*, const char*, const char *); +extern int is_safe_path(const char *); + +#endif /* __TINC_CONF_H__ */ diff --git a/src/connection.c b/src/connection.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..391982a --- /dev/null +++ b/src/connection.c @@ -0,0 +1,137 @@ +/* + connection.c -- connection list management + Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Guus Sliepen , + 2000-2002 Ivo Timmermans + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. + + $Id: connection.c,v 1.1.2.29 2002/03/22 13:31:18 guus Exp $ +*/ + +#include "config.h" + +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include +#include + +#include "net.h" /* Don't ask. */ +#include "netutl.h" +#include "config.h" +#include "conf.h" +#include +#include "subnet.h" + +#include "xalloc.h" +#include "system.h" + +avl_tree_t *connection_tree; /* Meta connections */ + +int connection_compare(connection_t *a, connection_t *b) +{ + return a - b; +} + +void init_connections(void) +{ +cp + connection_tree = avl_alloc_tree((avl_compare_t)connection_compare, NULL); +cp +} + +void exit_connections(void) +{ +cp + avl_delete_tree(connection_tree); +cp +} + +connection_t *new_connection(void) +{ + connection_t *c; +cp + c = (connection_t *)xmalloc_and_zero(sizeof(connection_t)); + + if(!c) + return NULL; + + gettimeofday(&c->start, NULL); +cp + return c; +} + +void free_connection(connection_t *c) +{ +cp + if(c->hostname) + free(c->hostname); + if(c->inkey) + free(c->inkey); + if(c->outkey) + free(c->outkey); + if(c->mychallenge) + free(c->mychallenge); + if(c->hischallenge) + free(c->hischallenge); + free(c); +cp +} + +void connection_add(connection_t *c) +{ +cp + avl_insert(connection_tree, c); +cp +} + +void connection_del(connection_t *c) +{ +cp + avl_delete(connection_tree, c); +cp +} + +void dump_connections(void) +{ + avl_node_t *node; + connection_t *c; +cp + syslog(LOG_DEBUG, _("Connections:")); + + for(node = connection_tree->head; node; node = node->next) + { + c = (connection_t *)node->data; + syslog(LOG_DEBUG, _(" %s at %s options %lx socket %d status %04x"), + c->name, c->hostname, c->options, c->socket, c->status); + } + + syslog(LOG_DEBUG, _("End of connections.")); +cp +} + +int read_connection_config(connection_t *c) +{ + char *fname; + int x; +cp + asprintf(&fname, "%s/hosts/%s", confbase, c->name); + x = read_config_file(c->config_tree, fname); + free(fname); +cp + return x; +} diff --git a/src/connection.h b/src/connection.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0cdcc09 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/connection.h @@ -0,0 +1,121 @@ +/* + connection.h -- header for connection.c + Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Guus Sliepen , + 2000-2002 Ivo Timmermans + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. + + $Id: connection.h,v 1.1.2.26 2002/02/20 19:25:09 guus Exp $ +*/ + +#ifndef __TINC_CONNECTION_H__ +#define __TINC_CONNECTION_H__ + +#include + +#include +#include + +#ifdef HAVE_OPENSSL_EVP_H +# include +#else +# include +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_OPENSSL_RSA_H +# include +#else +# include +#endif + +#include "net.h" +#include "conf.h" + +#include "node.h" +#include "edge.h" + +#define OPTION_INDIRECT 0x0001 +#define OPTION_TCPONLY 0x0002 + +typedef struct connection_status_t { + int pinged:1; /* sent ping */ + int active:1; /* 1 if active.. */ + int connecting:1; /* 1 if we are waiting for a non-blocking connect() to finish */ + int termreq:1; /* the termination of this connection was requested */ + int remove:1; /* Set to 1 if you want this connection removed */ + int timeout:1; /* 1 if gotten timeout */ + int encryptout:1; /* 1 if we can encrypt outgoing traffic */ + int decryptin:1; /* 1 if we have to decrypt incoming traffic */ + int mst:1; /* 1 if this connection is part of a minimum spanning tree */ + int unused:18; +} connection_status_t; + +typedef struct connection_t { + char *name; /* name he claims to have */ + + sockaddr_t address; /* his real (internet) ip */ + char *hostname; /* the hostname of its real ip */ + int protocol_version; /* used protocol */ + + int socket; /* socket used for this connection */ + long int options; /* options for this connection */ + struct connection_status_t status; /* status info */ + int estimated_weight; /* estimation for the weight of the edge for this connection */ + struct timeval start; /* time this connection was started, used for above estimation */ + struct outgoing_t *outgoing; /* used to keep track of outgoing connections */ + + struct node_t *node; /* node associated with the other end */ + struct edge_t *edge; /* edge associated with this connection */ + + RSA *rsa_key; /* his public/private key */ + const EVP_CIPHER *incipher; /* Cipher he will use to send data to us */ + const EVP_CIPHER *outcipher; /* Cipher we will use to send data to him */ + EVP_CIPHER_CTX *inctx; /* Context of encrypted meta data that will come from him to us */ + EVP_CIPHER_CTX *outctx; /* Context of encrypted meta data that will be sent from us to him */ + char *inkey; /* His symmetric meta key + iv */ + char *outkey; /* Our symmetric meta key + iv */ + int inkeylength; /* Length of his key + iv */ + int outkeylength; /* Length of our key + iv */ + const EVP_MD *indigest; + const EVP_MD *outdigest; + int inmaclength; + int outmaclength; + int incompression; + int outcompression; + char *mychallenge; /* challenge we received from him */ + char *hischallenge; /* challenge we sent to him */ + + char buffer[MAXBUFSIZE]; /* metadata input buffer */ + int buflen; /* bytes read into buffer */ + int tcplen; /* length of incoming TCPpacket */ + int allow_request; /* defined if there's only one request possible */ + + time_t last_ping_time; /* last time we saw some activity from the other end */ + + avl_tree_t *config_tree; /* Pointer to configuration tree belonging to him */ +} connection_t; + +extern avl_tree_t *connection_tree; + +extern void init_connections(void); +extern void exit_connections(void); +extern connection_t *new_connection(void); +extern void free_connection(connection_t *); +extern void connection_add(connection_t *); +extern void connection_del(connection_t *); +extern void dump_connections(void); +extern int read_connection_config(connection_t *); + +#endif /* __TINC_CONNECTION_H__ */ diff --git a/src/device.c b/src/device.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e896f54 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/device.c @@ -0,0 +1,224 @@ +/* + device.c -- Interaction with Linux ethertap and tun/tap device + Copyright (C) 2001-2002 Ivo Timmermans , + 2001-2002 Guus Sliepen + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. + + $Id: device.c,v 1.1.2.8 2002/03/24 16:36:56 guus Exp $ +*/ + +#include "config.h" + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#ifdef HAVE_TUNTAP + #ifdef LINUX_IF_TUN_H + #include LINUX_IF_TUN_H + #else + #include + #endif + #define DEFAULT_DEVICE "/dev/misc/net/tun" +#else + #define DEFAULT_DEVICE "/dev/tap0" +#endif + +#include +#include "conf.h" +#include "net.h" +#include "subnet.h" + +#include "system.h" + +#define DEVICE_TYPE_ETHERTAP 0 +#define DEVICE_TYPE_TUNTAP 1 + +int device_fd = -1; +int device_type; +char *device; +char *interface; +char ifrname[IFNAMSIZ]; +char *device_info; + +int device_total_in = 0; +int device_total_out = 0; + +extern subnet_t mymac; + +/* + open the local ethertap device +*/ +int setup_device(void) +{ + struct ifreq ifr; + +cp + if(!get_config_string(lookup_config(config_tree, "Device"), &device)) + device = DEFAULT_DEVICE; + + if(!get_config_string(lookup_config(config_tree, "Interface"), &interface)) +#ifdef HAVE_TUNTAP + interface = netname; +#else + interface = rindex(device, '/')?rindex(device, '/')+1:device; +#endif +cp + if((device_fd = open(device, O_RDWR | O_NONBLOCK)) < 0) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Could not open %s: %s"), device, strerror(errno)); + return -1; + } +cp + /* Set default MAC address for ethertap devices */ + + mymac.type = SUBNET_MAC; + mymac.net.mac.address.x[0] = 0xfe; + mymac.net.mac.address.x[1] = 0xfd; + mymac.net.mac.address.x[2] = 0x00; + mymac.net.mac.address.x[3] = 0x00; + mymac.net.mac.address.x[4] = 0x00; + mymac.net.mac.address.x[5] = 0x00; + +#ifdef HAVE_TUNTAP + /* Ok now check if this is an old ethertap or a new tun/tap thingie */ + + memset(&ifr, 0, sizeof(ifr)); +cp + ifr.ifr_flags = IFF_TAP | IFF_NO_PI; + if (interface) + strncpy(ifr.ifr_name, interface, IFNAMSIZ); +cp + if (!ioctl(device_fd, TUNSETIFF, (void *) &ifr)) + { + device_info = _("Linux tun/tap device"); + device_type = DEVICE_TYPE_TUNTAP; + strncpy(ifrname, ifr.ifr_name, IFNAMSIZ); + interface = ifrname; + } + else + if (!ioctl(device_fd, (('T'<< 8) | 202), (void *) &ifr)) + { + syslog(LOG_WARNING, _("Old ioctl() request was needed for %s"), device); + device_type = DEVICE_TYPE_TUNTAP; + device_info = _("Linux tun/tap device"); + strncpy(ifrname, ifr.ifr_name, IFNAMSIZ); + interface = ifrname; + } + else +#endif + { + device_info = _("Linux ethertap device"); + device_type = DEVICE_TYPE_ETHERTAP; + interface = rindex(device, '/')?rindex(device, '/')+1:device; + } + + syslog(LOG_INFO, _("%s is a %s"), device, device_info); +cp + return 0; +} + +void close_device(void) +{ +cp + close(device_fd); +} + +/* + read, encrypt and send data that is + available through the ethertap device +*/ +int read_packet(vpn_packet_t *packet) +{ + int lenin; +cp + if(device_type == DEVICE_TYPE_TUNTAP) + { + if((lenin = read(device_fd, packet->data, MTU)) <= 0) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Error while reading from %s %s: %s"), device_info, device, strerror(errno)); + return -1; + } + + packet->len = lenin; + } + else /* ethertap */ + { + if((lenin = read(device_fd, packet->data - 2, MTU + 2)) <= 0) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Error while reading from %s %s: %s"), device_info, device, strerror(errno)); + return -1; + } + + packet->len = lenin - 2; + } + + device_total_in += packet->len; + + if(debug_lvl >= DEBUG_TRAFFIC) + { + syslog(LOG_DEBUG, _("Read packet of %d bytes from %s"), packet->len, device_info); + } + + return 0; +cp +} + +int write_packet(vpn_packet_t *packet) +{ +cp + if(debug_lvl >= DEBUG_TRAFFIC) + syslog(LOG_DEBUG, _("Writing packet of %d bytes to %s"), + packet->len, device_info); + + if(device_type == DEVICE_TYPE_TUNTAP) + { + if(write(device_fd, packet->data, packet->len) < 0) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Can't write to %s %s: %s"), device_info, device, strerror(errno)); + return -1; + } + } + else/* ethertap */ + { + *(short int *)(packet->data - 2) = packet->len; + if(write(device_fd, packet->data - 2, packet->len + 2) < 0) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Can't write to %s %s: %s"), device_info, device, strerror(errno)); + return -1; + } + } + + device_total_out += packet->len; +cp + return 0; +} + +void dump_device_stats(void) +{ +cp + syslog(LOG_DEBUG, _("Statistics for %s %s:"), device_info, device); + syslog(LOG_DEBUG, _(" total bytes in: %10d"), device_total_in); + syslog(LOG_DEBUG, _(" total bytes out: %10d"), device_total_out); +cp +} diff --git a/src/device.h b/src/device.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3d3aa76 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/device.h @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +/* + net.h -- generic header for device.c + Copyright (C) 2001-2002 Ivo Timmermans + 2001-2002 Guus Sliepen + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. + + $Id: device.h,v 1.1.2.5 2002/02/10 21:57:54 guus Exp $ +*/ + +#ifndef __TINC_DEVICE_H__ +#define __TINC_DEVICE_H__ + +extern int device_fd; +extern char *device; +extern char *interface; + +extern int setup_device(void); +extern void close_device(void); +extern int read_packet(vpn_packet_t *); +extern int write_packet(vpn_packet_t *); +extern void dump_device_stats(void); + +#endif /* __TINC_DEVICE_H__ */ diff --git a/src/edge.c b/src/edge.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c35af07 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/edge.c @@ -0,0 +1,211 @@ +/* + edge.c -- edge tree management + Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Guus Sliepen , + 2000-2002 Ivo Timmermans + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. + + $Id: edge.c,v 1.1.2.10 2002/03/27 15:26:43 guus Exp $ +*/ + +#include "config.h" + +#include +#include +#include + +#include +#include + +#include "net.h" /* Don't ask. */ +#include "netutl.h" +#include "config.h" +#include "conf.h" +#include +#include "subnet.h" + +#include "xalloc.h" +#include "system.h" + +avl_tree_t *edge_tree; /* Tree with all known edges (replaces active_tree) */ +avl_tree_t *edge_weight_tree; /* Tree with all edges, sorted on weight */ + +int edge_compare(edge_t *a, edge_t *b) +{ + int result; + + result = strcmp(a->from.node->name, b->from.node->name); + + if(result) + return result; + else + return strcmp(a->to.node->name, b->to.node->name); +} + +/* Evil edge_compare() from a parallel universe ;) + +int edge_compare(edge_t *a, edge_t *b) +{ + int result; + + return (result = strcmp(a->from.node->name, b->from.node->name)) || (result = strcmp(a->to.node->name, b->to.node->name)), result; +} + +*/ + +int edge_name_compare(edge_t *a, edge_t *b) +{ + int result; + char *name_a1, *name_a2, *name_b1, *name_b2; + + if(strcmp(a->from.node->name, a->to.node->name) < 0) + name_a1 = a->from.node->name, name_a2 = a->to.node->name; + else + name_a1 = a->to.node->name, name_a2 = a->from.node->name; + + if(strcmp(b->from.node->name, b->to.node->name) < 0) + name_b1 = b->from.node->name, name_b2 = b->to.node->name; + else + name_b1 = b->to.node->name, name_b2 = b->from.node->name; + + result = strcmp(name_a1, name_b1); + + if(result) + return result; + else + return strcmp(name_a2, name_b2); +} + +int edge_weight_compare(edge_t *a, edge_t *b) +{ + int result; + + result = a->weight - b->weight; + + if(result) + return result; + else + return edge_name_compare(a, b); +} + +void init_edges(void) +{ +cp + edge_tree = avl_alloc_tree((avl_compare_t)edge_compare, NULL); + edge_weight_tree = avl_alloc_tree((avl_compare_t)edge_weight_compare, NULL); +cp +} + +avl_tree_t *new_edge_tree(void) +{ +cp + return avl_alloc_tree((avl_compare_t)edge_name_compare, NULL); +cp +} + +void free_edge_tree(avl_tree_t *edge_tree) +{ +cp + avl_delete_tree(edge_tree); +cp +} + +void exit_edges(void) +{ +cp + avl_delete_tree(edge_tree); +cp +} + +/* Creation and deletion of connection elements */ + +edge_t *new_edge(void) +{ + edge_t *e; +cp + e = (edge_t *)xmalloc_and_zero(sizeof(*e)); +cp + return e; +} + +void free_edge(edge_t *e) +{ +cp + free(e); +cp +} + +void edge_add(edge_t *e) +{ +cp + avl_insert(edge_tree, e); + avl_insert(edge_weight_tree, e); + avl_insert(e->from.node->edge_tree, e); + avl_insert(e->to.node->edge_tree, e); +cp +} + +void edge_del(edge_t *e) +{ +cp + avl_delete(edge_tree, e); + avl_delete(edge_weight_tree, e); + avl_delete(e->from.node->edge_tree, e); + avl_delete(e->to.node->edge_tree, e); +cp +} + +edge_t *lookup_edge(node_t *from, node_t *to) +{ + edge_t v, *result; +cp + v.from.node = from; + v.to.node = to; + + result = avl_search(edge_tree, &v); + + if(result) + return result; +cp + v.from.node = to; + v.to.node = from; + + return avl_search(edge_tree, &v); +} + +void dump_edges(void) +{ + avl_node_t *node; + edge_t *e; + char *from_udp, *to_udp; +cp + syslog(LOG_DEBUG, _("Edges:")); + + for(node = edge_tree->head; node; node = node->next) + { + e = (edge_t *)node->data; + from_udp = sockaddr2hostname(&e->from.udpaddress); + to_udp = sockaddr2hostname(&e->to.udpaddress); + syslog(LOG_DEBUG, _(" %s at %s - %s at %s options %lx weight %d"), + e->from.node->name, from_udp, + e->to.node->name, to_udp, + e->options, e->weight); + free(from_udp); + free(to_udp); + } + + syslog(LOG_DEBUG, _("End of edges.")); +cp +} diff --git a/src/edge.h b/src/edge.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..604082f --- /dev/null +++ b/src/edge.h @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +/* + edge.h -- header for edge.c + Copyright (C) 2001-2002 Guus Sliepen , + 2001-2002 Ivo Timmermans + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. + + $Id: edge.h,v 1.1.2.7 2002/03/22 11:43:46 guus Exp $ +*/ + +#ifndef __TINC_EDGE_H__ +#define __TINC_EDGE_H__ + +#include + +#include "net.h" +#include "node.h" +#include "connection.h" + +typedef struct halfconnection_t { + struct node_t *node; /* node associated with this end of the connection */ +// sockaddr_t tcpaddress; /* real (internet) ip on this end of the meta connection */ + sockaddr_t udpaddress; /* real (internet) ip on this end of the vpn connection */ +} halfconnection_t; + +typedef struct edge_t { + struct halfconnection_t from; + struct halfconnection_t to; + + long int options; /* options turned on for this edge */ + int weight; /* weight of this edge */ + + struct connection_t *connection; /* connection associated with this edge, if available */ +} edge_t; + +extern avl_tree_t *edge_tree; /* Tree with all known edges (replaces active_tree) */ +extern avl_tree_t *edge_weight_tree; /* Tree with all known edges sorted on weight */ + +extern void init_edges(void); +extern void exit_edges(void); +extern edge_t *new_edge(void); +extern void free_edge(edge_t *); +extern avl_tree_t *new_edge_tree(void); +extern void free_edge_tree(avl_tree_t *); +extern void edge_add(edge_t *); +extern void edge_del(edge_t *); +extern edge_t *lookup_edge(struct node_t *, struct node_t *); +extern void dump_edges(void); + +#endif /* __TINC_EDGE_H__ */ diff --git a/src/event.c b/src/event.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..028483b --- /dev/null +++ b/src/event.c @@ -0,0 +1,110 @@ +/* + event.c -- event queue + Copyright (C) 2002 Guus Sliepen , + 2002 Ivo Timmermans + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. + + $Id: event.c,v 1.1.4.2 2002/03/01 14:09:30 guus Exp $ +*/ + +#include "config.h" + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include "event.h" + +#include "system.h" + +avl_tree_t *event_tree; +extern time_t now; + +int id; + +int event_compare(event_t *a, event_t *b) +{ + if(a->time > b->time) + return 1; + if(a->time < b->time) + return -1; + return a->id - b->id; +} + +void init_events(void) +{ +cp + event_tree = avl_alloc_tree((avl_compare_t)event_compare, NULL); +cp +} + +void exit_events(void) +{ +cp + avl_delete_tree(event_tree); +cp +} + +event_t *new_event(void) +{ + event_t *event; +cp + event = (event_t *)xmalloc_and_zero(sizeof(*event)); +cp + return event; +} + +void free_event(event_t *event) +{ +cp + free(event); +cp +} + +void event_add(event_t *event) +{ +cp + event->id = ++id; + avl_insert(event_tree, event); +cp +} + +void event_del(event_t *event) +{ +cp + avl_delete(event_tree, event); +cp +} + +event_t *get_expired_event(void) +{ + event_t *event; +cp + if(event_tree->head) + { + event = (event_t *)event_tree->head->data; + if(event->time < now) + { + avl_delete(event_tree, event); + return event; + } + } +cp + return NULL; +} diff --git a/src/event.h b/src/event.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7a35612 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/event.h @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +/* + event.h -- header for event.c + Copyright (C) 2002 Guus Sliepen , + 2002 Ivo Timmermans + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. + + $Id: event.h,v 1.1.4.1 2002/02/11 10:05:58 guus Exp $ +*/ + +#ifndef __TINC_EVENT_H__ +#define __TINC_EVENT_H__ + +#include +#include + +avl_tree_t *event_tree; + +typedef void (*event_handler_t)(void *); + +typedef struct { + time_t time; + int id; + event_handler_t handler; + void *data; +} event_t; + +extern void init_events(void); +extern void exit_events(void); +extern event_t *new_event(void); +extern void free_event(event_t *); +extern void event_add(event_t *); +extern void event_del(event_t *); +extern event_t *get_expired_event(void); + +#endif /* __TINC_EVENT_H__ */ diff --git a/src/freebsd/device.c b/src/freebsd/device.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2f5f32e --- /dev/null +++ b/src/freebsd/device.c @@ -0,0 +1,148 @@ +/* + device.c -- Interaction with FreeBSD tap device + Copyright (C) 2001-2002 Ivo Timmermans , + 2001-2002 Guus Sliepen + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. + + $Id: device.c,v 1.1.2.4 2002/02/18 16:25:19 guus Exp $ +*/ + +#include "config.h" + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include +#include "conf.h" +#include "net.h" +#include "subnet.h" + +#include "system.h" + +#define DEFAULT_DEVICE "/dev/tap0" + +int device_fd = -1; +int device_type; +char *device; +char *interface; +char *device_info; +int device_total_in = 0; +int device_total_out = 0; + +extern subnet_t mymac; + +/* + open the local ethertap device +*/ +int setup_device(void) +{ +cp + if(!get_config_string(lookup_config(config_tree, "Device"), &device)) + device = DEFAULT_DEVICE; + + if(!get_config_string(lookup_config(config_tree, "Interface"), &interface)) + interface = rindex(device, '/')?rindex(device, '/')+1:device; +cp + if((device_fd = open(device, O_RDWR | O_NONBLOCK)) < 0) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Could not open %s: %s"), device, strerror(errno)); + return -1; + } +cp + + /* Set default MAC address for ethertap devices */ + + mymac.type = SUBNET_MAC; + mymac.net.mac.address.x[0] = 0xfe; + mymac.net.mac.address.x[1] = 0xfd; + mymac.net.mac.address.x[2] = 0x00; + mymac.net.mac.address.x[3] = 0x00; + mymac.net.mac.address.x[4] = 0x00; + mymac.net.mac.address.x[5] = 0x00; + + device_info = _("FreeBSD tap device"); + + syslog(LOG_INFO, _("%s is a %s"), device, device_info); +cp + return 0; +} + +void close_device(void) +{ +cp + close(device_fd); +} + +/* + read, encrypt and send data that is + available through the ethertap device +*/ +int read_packet(vpn_packet_t *packet) +{ + int lenin; +cp + if((lenin = read(device_fd, packet->data, MTU)) <= 0) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Error while reading from %s %s: %s"), device_info, device, strerror(errno)); + return -1; + } + + packet->len = lenin; + + device_total_in += packet->len; + + if(debug_lvl >= DEBUG_TRAFFIC) + syslog(LOG_DEBUG, _("Read packet of %d bytes from %s"), + packet->len, device_info); + + return 0; +cp +} + +int write_packet(vpn_packet_t *packet) +{ +cp + if(debug_lvl >= DEBUG_TRAFFIC) + syslog(LOG_DEBUG, _("Writing packet of %d bytes to %s"), + packet->len, device_info); + + if(write(device_fd, packet->data, packet->len) < 0) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Error while writing to %s %s: %s"), device_info, device, strerror(errno)); + return -1; + } + + device_total_out += packet->len; +cp +} + +void dump_device_stats(void) +{ +cp + syslog(LOG_DEBUG, _("Statistics for %s %s:"), device_info, device); + syslog(LOG_DEBUG, _(" total bytes in: %10d"), device_total_in); + syslog(LOG_DEBUG, _(" total bytes out: %10d"), device_total_out); +cp +} diff --git a/src/graph.c b/src/graph.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..53152a5 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/graph.c @@ -0,0 +1,290 @@ +/* + graph.c -- graph algorithms + Copyright (C) 2001-2002 Guus Sliepen , + 2001-2002 Ivo Timmermans + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. + + $Id: graph.c,v 1.1.2.11 2002/03/24 16:28:27 guus Exp $ +*/ + +/* We need to generate two trees from the graph: + + 1. A minimum spanning tree for broadcasts, + 2. A single-source shortest path tree for unicasts. + + Actually, the first one alone would suffice but would make unicast packets + take longer routes than necessary. + + For the MST algorithm we can choose from Prim's or Kruskal's. I personally + favour Kruskal's, because we make an extra AVL tree of edges sorted on + weights (metric). That tree only has to be updated when an edge is added or + removed, and during the MST algorithm we just have go linearly through that + tree, adding safe edges until #edges = #nodes - 1. The implementation here + however is not so fast, because I tried to avoid having to make a forest and + merge trees. + + For the SSSP algorithm Dijkstra's seems to be a nice choice. Currently a + simple breadth-first search is presented here. + + The SSSP algorithm will also be used to determine whether nodes are directly, + indirectly or not reachable from the source. It will also set the correct + destination address and port of a node if possible. +*/ + +#include "config.h" + +#include +#include +#include "config.h" +#include +#if defined(HAVE_FREEBSD) || defined(HAVE_OPENBSD) + #include +#endif +#include + +#include +#include + +#include "netutl.h" +#include "node.h" +#include "edge.h" +#include "connection.h" +#include "process.h" + +#include "system.h" + +/* Implementation of Kruskal's algorithm. + Running time: O(EN) + Please note that sorting on weight is already done by add_edge(). +*/ + +void mst_kruskal(void) +{ + avl_node_t *node, *next; + edge_t *e; + node_t *n; + connection_t *c; + int nodes = 0; + int safe_edges = 0; + int skipped; + + /* Clear MST status on connections */ + + for(node = connection_tree->head; node; node = node->next) + { + c = (connection_t *)node->data; + c->status.mst = 0; + } + + /* Do we have something to do at all? */ + + if(!edge_weight_tree->head) + return; + + if(debug_lvl >= DEBUG_SCARY_THINGS) + syslog(LOG_DEBUG, "Running Kruskal's algorithm:"); + + /* Clear visited status on nodes */ + + for(node = node_tree->head; node; node = node->next) + { + n = (node_t *)node->data; + n->status.visited = 0; + nodes++; + } + + /* Starting point */ + + ((edge_t *)edge_weight_tree->head->data)->from.node->status.visited = 1; + + /* Add safe edges */ + + for(skipped = 0, node = edge_weight_tree->head; node; node = next) + { + next = node->next; + e = (edge_t *)node->data; + + if(e->from.node->status.visited == e->to.node->status.visited) + { + skipped = 1; + continue; + } + + e->from.node->status.visited = 1; + e->to.node->status.visited = 1; + if(e->connection) + e->connection->status.mst = 1; + + safe_edges++; + + if(debug_lvl >= DEBUG_SCARY_THINGS) + syslog(LOG_DEBUG, " Adding edge %s - %s weight %d", e->from.node->name, e->to.node->name, e->weight); + + if(skipped) + { + next = edge_weight_tree->head; + continue; + } + } + + if(debug_lvl >= DEBUG_SCARY_THINGS) + syslog(LOG_DEBUG, "Done, counted %d nodes and %d safe edges.", nodes, safe_edges); +} + +/* Implementation of a simple breadth-first search algorithm. + Running time: O(E) +*/ + +void sssp_bfs(void) +{ + avl_node_t *node, *from, *next, *to; + edge_t *e; + node_t *n; + halfconnection_t to_hc, from_hc; + avl_tree_t *todo_tree; + int indirect; + char *name; + + todo_tree = avl_alloc_tree(NULL, NULL); + + /* Clear visited status on nodes */ + + for(node = node_tree->head; node; node = node->next) + { + n = (node_t *)node->data; + n->status.visited = 0; + n->status.indirect = 1; + } + + /* Begin with myself */ + + myself->status.visited = 1; + myself->status.indirect = 0; + myself->nexthop = myself; + myself->via = myself; + node = avl_alloc_node(); + node->data = myself; + avl_insert_top(todo_tree, node); + + /* Loop while todo_tree is filled */ + + while(todo_tree->head) + { + for(from = todo_tree->head; from; from = next) /* "from" is the node from which we start */ + { + next = from->next; + n = (node_t *)from->data; + + for(to = n->edge_tree->head; to; to = to->next) /* "to" is the edge connected to "from" */ + { + e = (edge_t *)to->data; + + if(e->from.node == n) /* "from_hc" is the halfconnection with .node == from */ + to_hc = e->to, from_hc = e->from; + else + to_hc = e->from, from_hc = e->to; + + /* Situation: + + / + / + ------(n)from_hc-----to_hc + \ + \ + + n->address is set to the to_hc.udpaddress of the edge left of n. + We are currently examining the edge right of n: + + - If from_hc.udpaddress != n->address, then to_hc.node is probably + not reachable for the nodes left of n. We do as if the indirectdata + flag is set on edge e. + - If edge e provides for better reachability of to_hc.node, update + to_hc.node and (re)add it to the todo_tree to (re)examine the reachability + of nodes behind it. + */ + + indirect = n->status.indirect || e->options & OPTION_INDIRECT || ((n != myself) && sockaddrcmp(&n->address, &from_hc.udpaddress)); + + if(to_hc.node->status.visited && (!to_hc.node->status.indirect || indirect)) + continue; + + to_hc.node->status.visited = 1; + to_hc.node->status.indirect = indirect; + to_hc.node->nexthop = (n->nexthop == myself) ? to_hc.node : n->nexthop; + to_hc.node->via = indirect ? n->via : to_hc.node; + to_hc.node->options = e->options; + if(sockaddrcmp(&to_hc.node->address, &to_hc.udpaddress)) + { + node = avl_unlink(node_udp_tree, to_hc.node); + to_hc.node->address = to_hc.udpaddress; + if(to_hc.node->hostname) + free(to_hc.node->hostname); + to_hc.node->hostname = sockaddr2hostname(&to_hc.udpaddress); + avl_insert_node(node_udp_tree, node); + } + node = avl_alloc_node(); + node->data = to_hc.node; + avl_insert_before(todo_tree, from, node); + } + + avl_delete_node(todo_tree, from); + } + } + + avl_free_tree(todo_tree); + + /* Check reachability status. */ + + for(node = node_tree->head; node; node = next) + { + next = node->next; + n = (node_t *)node->data; + + if(n->status.visited) + { + if(!n->status.reachable) + { + if(debug_lvl >= DEBUG_TRAFFIC) + syslog(LOG_DEBUG, _("Node %s (%s) became reachable"), n->name, n->hostname); + n->status.reachable = 1; + asprintf(&name, "hosts/%s-up", n->name); + execute_script(name); + free(name); + } + } + else + { + if(n->status.reachable) + { + if(debug_lvl >= DEBUG_TRAFFIC) + syslog(LOG_DEBUG, _("Node %s (%s) became unreachable"), n->name, n->hostname); + n->status.reachable = 0; + n->status.validkey = 0; + n->status.waitingforkey = 0; + n->sent_seqno = 0; + asprintf(&name, "hosts/%s-down", n->name); + execute_script(name); + free(name); + } + } + } +} + +void graph(void) +{ + mst_kruskal(); + sssp_bfs(); +} diff --git a/src/graph.h b/src/graph.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3c8c0d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/graph.h @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +/* + graph.h -- header for graph.c + Copyright (C) 2001-2002 Guus Sliepen , + 2001-2002 Ivo Timmermans + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. + + $Id: graph.h,v 1.1.2.3 2002/02/10 21:57:54 guus Exp $ +*/ + +extern void graph(void); +extern void mst_kruskal(void); +extern void sssp_bfs(void); diff --git a/src/linux/device.c b/src/linux/device.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e896f54 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/linux/device.c @@ -0,0 +1,224 @@ +/* + device.c -- Interaction with Linux ethertap and tun/tap device + Copyright (C) 2001-2002 Ivo Timmermans , + 2001-2002 Guus Sliepen + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. + + $Id: device.c,v 1.1.2.8 2002/03/24 16:36:56 guus Exp $ +*/ + +#include "config.h" + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#ifdef HAVE_TUNTAP + #ifdef LINUX_IF_TUN_H + #include LINUX_IF_TUN_H + #else + #include + #endif + #define DEFAULT_DEVICE "/dev/misc/net/tun" +#else + #define DEFAULT_DEVICE "/dev/tap0" +#endif + +#include +#include "conf.h" +#include "net.h" +#include "subnet.h" + +#include "system.h" + +#define DEVICE_TYPE_ETHERTAP 0 +#define DEVICE_TYPE_TUNTAP 1 + +int device_fd = -1; +int device_type; +char *device; +char *interface; +char ifrname[IFNAMSIZ]; +char *device_info; + +int device_total_in = 0; +int device_total_out = 0; + +extern subnet_t mymac; + +/* + open the local ethertap device +*/ +int setup_device(void) +{ + struct ifreq ifr; + +cp + if(!get_config_string(lookup_config(config_tree, "Device"), &device)) + device = DEFAULT_DEVICE; + + if(!get_config_string(lookup_config(config_tree, "Interface"), &interface)) +#ifdef HAVE_TUNTAP + interface = netname; +#else + interface = rindex(device, '/')?rindex(device, '/')+1:device; +#endif +cp + if((device_fd = open(device, O_RDWR | O_NONBLOCK)) < 0) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Could not open %s: %s"), device, strerror(errno)); + return -1; + } +cp + /* Set default MAC address for ethertap devices */ + + mymac.type = SUBNET_MAC; + mymac.net.mac.address.x[0] = 0xfe; + mymac.net.mac.address.x[1] = 0xfd; + mymac.net.mac.address.x[2] = 0x00; + mymac.net.mac.address.x[3] = 0x00; + mymac.net.mac.address.x[4] = 0x00; + mymac.net.mac.address.x[5] = 0x00; + +#ifdef HAVE_TUNTAP + /* Ok now check if this is an old ethertap or a new tun/tap thingie */ + + memset(&ifr, 0, sizeof(ifr)); +cp + ifr.ifr_flags = IFF_TAP | IFF_NO_PI; + if (interface) + strncpy(ifr.ifr_name, interface, IFNAMSIZ); +cp + if (!ioctl(device_fd, TUNSETIFF, (void *) &ifr)) + { + device_info = _("Linux tun/tap device"); + device_type = DEVICE_TYPE_TUNTAP; + strncpy(ifrname, ifr.ifr_name, IFNAMSIZ); + interface = ifrname; + } + else + if (!ioctl(device_fd, (('T'<< 8) | 202), (void *) &ifr)) + { + syslog(LOG_WARNING, _("Old ioctl() request was needed for %s"), device); + device_type = DEVICE_TYPE_TUNTAP; + device_info = _("Linux tun/tap device"); + strncpy(ifrname, ifr.ifr_name, IFNAMSIZ); + interface = ifrname; + } + else +#endif + { + device_info = _("Linux ethertap device"); + device_type = DEVICE_TYPE_ETHERTAP; + interface = rindex(device, '/')?rindex(device, '/')+1:device; + } + + syslog(LOG_INFO, _("%s is a %s"), device, device_info); +cp + return 0; +} + +void close_device(void) +{ +cp + close(device_fd); +} + +/* + read, encrypt and send data that is + available through the ethertap device +*/ +int read_packet(vpn_packet_t *packet) +{ + int lenin; +cp + if(device_type == DEVICE_TYPE_TUNTAP) + { + if((lenin = read(device_fd, packet->data, MTU)) <= 0) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Error while reading from %s %s: %s"), device_info, device, strerror(errno)); + return -1; + } + + packet->len = lenin; + } + else /* ethertap */ + { + if((lenin = read(device_fd, packet->data - 2, MTU + 2)) <= 0) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Error while reading from %s %s: %s"), device_info, device, strerror(errno)); + return -1; + } + + packet->len = lenin - 2; + } + + device_total_in += packet->len; + + if(debug_lvl >= DEBUG_TRAFFIC) + { + syslog(LOG_DEBUG, _("Read packet of %d bytes from %s"), packet->len, device_info); + } + + return 0; +cp +} + +int write_packet(vpn_packet_t *packet) +{ +cp + if(debug_lvl >= DEBUG_TRAFFIC) + syslog(LOG_DEBUG, _("Writing packet of %d bytes to %s"), + packet->len, device_info); + + if(device_type == DEVICE_TYPE_TUNTAP) + { + if(write(device_fd, packet->data, packet->len) < 0) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Can't write to %s %s: %s"), device_info, device, strerror(errno)); + return -1; + } + } + else/* ethertap */ + { + *(short int *)(packet->data - 2) = packet->len; + if(write(device_fd, packet->data - 2, packet->len + 2) < 0) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Can't write to %s %s: %s"), device_info, device, strerror(errno)); + return -1; + } + } + + device_total_out += packet->len; +cp + return 0; +} + +void dump_device_stats(void) +{ +cp + syslog(LOG_DEBUG, _("Statistics for %s %s:"), device_info, device); + syslog(LOG_DEBUG, _(" total bytes in: %10d"), device_total_in); + syslog(LOG_DEBUG, _(" total bytes out: %10d"), device_total_out); +cp +} diff --git a/src/meta.c b/src/meta.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b51c64d --- /dev/null +++ b/src/meta.c @@ -0,0 +1,210 @@ +/* + meta.c -- handle the meta communication + Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Guus Sliepen , + 2000-2002 Ivo Timmermans + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. + + $Id: meta.c,v 1.1.2.25 2002/03/01 14:09:31 guus Exp $ +*/ + +#include "config.h" +#include +#include + +#include +#include +#include +#include +/* This line must be below the rest for FreeBSD */ +#include +#include + +#include + +#include "net.h" +#include "connection.h" +#include "system.h" +#include "protocol.h" + +int send_meta(connection_t *c, char *buffer, int length) +{ + char *bufp; + int outlen; + char outbuf[MAXBUFSIZE]; +cp + if(debug_lvl >= DEBUG_META) + syslog(LOG_DEBUG, _("Sending %d bytes of metadata to %s (%s)"), length, + c->name, c->hostname); + + if(c->status.encryptout) + { + EVP_EncryptUpdate(c->outctx, outbuf, &outlen, buffer, length); + bufp = outbuf; + length = outlen; + } + else + bufp = buffer; + + if(write(c->socket, bufp, length) < 0) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Sending meta data to %s (%s) failed: %s"), c->name, c->hostname, strerror(errno)); + return -1; + } +cp + return 0; +} + +void broadcast_meta(connection_t *from, char *buffer, int length) +{ + avl_node_t *node; + connection_t *c; +cp + for(node = connection_tree->head; node; node = node->next) + { + c = (connection_t *)node->data; + if(c != from && c->status.active) + send_meta(c, buffer, length); + } +cp +} + +int receive_meta(connection_t *c) +{ + int x, l = sizeof(x); + int oldlen, i; + int lenin, reqlen; + int decrypted = 0; + char inbuf[MAXBUFSIZE]; +cp + if(getsockopt(c->socket, SOL_SOCKET, SO_ERROR, &x, &l) < 0) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("This is a bug: %s:%d: %d:%s %s (%s)"), __FILE__, __LINE__, c->socket, strerror(errno), + c->name, c->hostname); + return -1; + } + if(x) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Metadata socket error for %s (%s): %s"), + c->name, c->hostname, strerror(x)); + return -1; + } + + /* Strategy: + - Read as much as possible from the TCP socket in one go. + - Decrypt it. + - Check if a full request is in the input buffer. + - If yes, process request and remove it from the buffer, + then check again. + - If not, keep stuff in buffer and exit. + */ + + lenin = read(c->socket, c->buffer + c->buflen, MAXBUFSIZE - c->buflen); + + if(lenin<=0) + { + if(lenin==0) + { + if(debug_lvl >= DEBUG_CONNECTIONS) + syslog(LOG_NOTICE, _("Connection closed by %s (%s)"), + c->name, c->hostname); + } + else + if(errno==EINTR) + return 0; + else + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Metadata socket read error for %s (%s): %s"), + c->name, c->hostname, strerror(errno)); + + return -1; + } + + oldlen = c->buflen; + c->buflen += lenin; + + while(lenin) + { + /* Decrypt */ + + if(c->status.decryptin && !decrypted) + { + EVP_DecryptUpdate(c->inctx, inbuf, &lenin, c->buffer + oldlen, lenin); + memcpy(c->buffer + oldlen, inbuf, lenin); + decrypted = 1; + } + + /* Are we receiving a TCPpacket? */ + + if(c->tcplen) + { + if(c->tcplen <= c->buflen) + { + receive_tcppacket(c, c->buffer, c->tcplen); + + c->buflen -= c->tcplen; + lenin -= c->tcplen; + memmove(c->buffer, c->buffer + c->tcplen, c->buflen); + oldlen = 0; + c->tcplen = 0; + continue; + } + else + { + break; + } + } + + /* Otherwise we are waiting for a request */ + + reqlen = 0; + + for(i = oldlen; i < c->buflen; i++) + { + if(c->buffer[i] == '\n') + { + c->buffer[i] = '\0'; /* replace end-of-line by end-of-string so we can use sscanf */ + reqlen = i + 1; + break; + } + } + + if(reqlen) + { + if(receive_request(c)) + return -1; + + c->buflen -= reqlen; + lenin -= reqlen; + memmove(c->buffer, c->buffer + reqlen, c->buflen); + oldlen = 0; + continue; + } + else + { + break; + } + } + + if(c->buflen >= MAXBUFSIZE) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Metadata read buffer overflow for %s (%s)"), + c->name, c->hostname); + return -1; + } + + c->last_ping_time = now; +cp + return 0; +} diff --git a/src/meta.h b/src/meta.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d54573e --- /dev/null +++ b/src/meta.h @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +/* + meta.h -- header for meta.c + Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Guus Sliepen , + 2000-2002 Ivo Timmermans + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. + + $Id: meta.h,v 1.1.2.6 2002/02/10 21:57:54 guus Exp $ +*/ + +#ifndef __TINC_META_H__ +#define __TINC_META_H__ + +#include "connection.h" + +extern int send_meta(connection_t *, const char *, int); +extern int broadcast_meta(connection_t *, const char *, int); +extern int receive_meta(connection_t *); + +#endif /* __TINC_META_H__ */ diff --git a/src/net.c b/src/net.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1df4e9e --- /dev/null +++ b/src/net.c @@ -0,0 +1,449 @@ +/* + net.c -- most of the network code + Copyright (C) 1998-2002 Ivo Timmermans , + 2000-2002 Guus Sliepen + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. + + $Id: net.c,v 1.35.4.169 2002/04/01 21:28:05 guus Exp $ +*/ + +#include "config.h" + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#ifdef HAVE_LINUX + #include + #include +#endif +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +/* SunOS really wants sys/socket.h BEFORE net/if.h, + and FreeBSD wants these lines below the rest. */ +#include +#include +#include + +#include + +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include "conf.h" +#include "connection.h" +#include "meta.h" +#include "net.h" +#include "netutl.h" +#include "process.h" +#include "protocol.h" +#include "subnet.h" +#include "graph.h" +#include "process.h" +#include "route.h" +#include "device.h" +#include "event.h" + +#include "system.h" + +int do_purge = 0; +int sighup = 0; +int sigalrm = 0; + +time_t now = 0; + +/* Purge edges and subnets of unreachable nodes. Use carefully. */ + +void purge(void) +{ + avl_node_t *nnode, *nnext, *enode, *enext, *snode, *snext, *cnode; + node_t *n; + edge_t *e; + subnet_t *s; + connection_t *c; +cp + if(debug_lvl >= DEBUG_PROTOCOL) + syslog(LOG_DEBUG, _("Purging unreachable nodes")); + + for(nnode = node_tree->head; nnode; nnode = nnext) + { + nnext = nnode->next; + n = (node_t *)nnode->data; + + if(!n->status.reachable) + { + if(debug_lvl >= DEBUG_SCARY_THINGS) + syslog(LOG_DEBUG, _("Purging node %s (%s)"), n->name, n->hostname); + + for(snode = n->subnet_tree->head; snode; snode = snext) + { + snext = snode->next; + s = (subnet_t *)snode->data; + + for(cnode = connection_tree->head; cnode; cnode = cnode->next) + { + c = (connection_t *)cnode->data; + if(c->status.active) + send_del_subnet(c, s); + } + + subnet_del(n, s); + } + + for(enode = n->edge_tree->head; enode; enode = enext) + { + enext = enode->next; + e = (edge_t *)enode->data; + + for(cnode = connection_tree->head; cnode; cnode = cnode->next) + { + c = (connection_t *)cnode->data; + if(c->status.active) + send_del_edge(c, e); + } + + edge_del(e); + } + + node_del(n); + } + } +cp +} + +/* + put all file descriptors in an fd_set array + While we're at it, purge stuff that needs to be removed. +*/ +void build_fdset(fd_set *fs) +{ + avl_node_t *node, *next; + connection_t *c; + int i; +cp + FD_ZERO(fs); + + for(node = connection_tree->head; node; node = next) + { + next = node->next; + c = (connection_t *)node->data; + + if(c->status.remove) + connection_del(c); + else + FD_SET(c->socket, fs); + } + + if(!connection_tree->head) + purge(); + + for(i = 0; i < listen_sockets; i++) + { + FD_SET(listen_socket[i].tcp, fs); + FD_SET(listen_socket[i].udp, fs); + } + + FD_SET(device_fd, fs); +cp +} + +/* + Terminate a connection: + - Close the socket + - Remove associated edge and tell other connections about it if report = 1 + - Check if we need to retry making an outgoing connection + - Deactivate the host +*/ +void terminate_connection(connection_t *c, int report) +{ + avl_node_t *node; + connection_t *other; +cp + if(c->status.remove) + return; + + if(debug_lvl >= DEBUG_CONNECTIONS) + syslog(LOG_NOTICE, _("Closing connection with %s (%s)"), + c->name, c->hostname); + + c->status.remove = 1; + c->status.active = 0; + + if(c->node) + c->node->connection = NULL; + + if(c->socket) + close(c->socket); + + if(c->edge) + { + if(report) + { + for(node = connection_tree->head; node; node = node->next) + { + other = (connection_t *)node->data; + if(other->status.active && other != c) + send_del_edge(other, c->edge); + } + } + + edge_del(c->edge); + + /* Run MST and SSSP algorithms */ + + graph(); + } + + /* Check if this was our outgoing connection */ + + if(c->outgoing) + { + retry_outgoing(c->outgoing); + c->outgoing = NULL; + } +cp +} + +/* + Check if the other end is active. + If we have sent packets, but didn't receive any, + then possibly the other end is dead. We send a + PING request over the meta connection. If the other + end does not reply in time, we consider them dead + and close the connection. +*/ +void check_dead_connections(void) +{ + avl_node_t *node, *next; + connection_t *c; +cp + for(node = connection_tree->head; node; node = next) + { + next = node->next; + c = (connection_t *)node->data; + if(c->last_ping_time + pingtimeout < now) + { + if(c->status.active) + { + if(c->status.pinged) + { + if(debug_lvl >= DEBUG_PROTOCOL) + syslog(LOG_INFO, _("%s (%s) didn't respond to PING"), + c->name, c->hostname); + c->status.timeout = 1; + terminate_connection(c, 1); + } + else + { + send_ping(c); + } + } + else + { + if(debug_lvl >= DEBUG_CONNECTIONS) + syslog(LOG_WARNING, _("Timeout from %s (%s) during authentication"), + c->name, c->hostname); + terminate_connection(c, 0); + } + } + } +cp +} + +/* + check all connections to see if anything + happened on their sockets +*/ +void check_network_activity(fd_set *f) +{ + connection_t *c; + avl_node_t *node; + int result, i; + int len = sizeof(result); + vpn_packet_t packet; +cp + if(FD_ISSET(device_fd, f)) + { + if(!read_packet(&packet)) + route_outgoing(&packet); + } + + for(node = connection_tree->head; node; node = node->next) + { + c = (connection_t *)node->data; + + if(c->status.remove) + continue; + + if(FD_ISSET(c->socket, f)) + { + if(c->status.connecting) + { + c->status.connecting = 0; + getsockopt(c->socket, SOL_SOCKET, SO_ERROR, &result, &len); + if(!result) + finish_connecting(c); + else + { + if(debug_lvl >= DEBUG_CONNECTIONS) + syslog(LOG_DEBUG, _("Error while connecting to %s (%s): %s"), c->name, c->hostname, strerror(result)); + close(c->socket); + do_outgoing_connection(c); + continue; + } + } + if(receive_meta(c) < 0) + { + terminate_connection(c, c->status.active); + continue; + } + } + } + + for(i = 0; i < listen_sockets; i++) + { + if(FD_ISSET(listen_socket[i].udp, f)) + handle_incoming_vpn_data(listen_socket[i].udp); + if(FD_ISSET(listen_socket[i].tcp, f)) + handle_new_meta_connection(listen_socket[i].tcp); + } +cp +} + +/* + this is where it all happens... +*/ +void main_loop(void) +{ + fd_set fset; + struct timeval tv; + int r; + time_t last_ping_check; + event_t *event; +cp + last_ping_check = now; + + srand(now); + + for(;;) + { + now = time(NULL); + + tv.tv_sec = 1 + (rand() & 7); /* Approx. 5 seconds, randomized to prevent global synchronisation effects */ + tv.tv_usec = 0; + + build_fdset(&fset); + + if((r = select(FD_SETSIZE, &fset, NULL, NULL, &tv)) < 0) + { + if(errno != EINTR && errno != EAGAIN) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Error while waiting for input: %s"), strerror(errno)); + cp_trace(); + dump_connections(); + return; + } + + continue; + } + + check_network_activity(&fset); + + if(do_purge) + { + purge(); + do_purge = 0; + } + + /* Let's check if everybody is still alive */ + + if(last_ping_check + pingtimeout < now) + { + check_dead_connections(); + last_ping_check = now; + + if(routing_mode== RMODE_SWITCH) + age_mac(); + + age_past_requests(); + + /* Should we regenerate our key? */ + + if(keyexpires < now) + { + if(debug_lvl >= DEBUG_STATUS) + syslog(LOG_INFO, _("Regenerating symmetric key")); + + RAND_pseudo_bytes(myself->key, myself->keylength); + send_key_changed(myself->connection, myself); + keyexpires = now + keylifetime; + } + } + + + while((event = get_expired_event())) + { + event->handler(event->data); + free(event); + } + + if(sigalrm) + { + syslog(LOG_INFO, _("Flushing event queue")); + + while(event_tree->head) + { + event = (event_t *)event_tree->head->data; + event->handler(event->data); + event_del(event); + } + sigalrm = 0; + } + + if(sighup) + { + sighup = 0; + close_network_connections(); + exit_configuration(&config_tree); + + syslog(LOG_INFO, _("Rereading configuration file and restarting in 5 seconds...")); + sleep(5); + + init_configuration(&config_tree); + + if(read_server_config()) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Unable to reread configuration file, exitting.")); + exit(1); + } + + if(setup_network_connections()) + return; + + continue; + } + } +cp +} diff --git a/src/net.h b/src/net.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..922c5cf --- /dev/null +++ b/src/net.h @@ -0,0 +1,153 @@ +/* + net.h -- header for net.c + Copyright (C) 1998-2002 Ivo Timmermans + 2000-2002 Guus Sliepen + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. + + $Id: net.h,v 1.9.4.49 2002/03/27 15:01:36 guus Exp $ +*/ + +#ifndef __TINC_NET_H__ +#define __TINC_NET_H__ + +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include "config.h" + +#ifdef ENABLE_JUMBOGRAMS + #define MTU 9014 /* 9000 bytes payload + 14 bytes ethernet header */ + #define MAXSIZE 9100 /* MTU + header (seqno) and trailer (CBC padding and HMAC) */ + #define MAXBUFSIZE 9100 /* Must support TCP packets of length 9000. */ +#else + #define MTU 1514 /* 1500 bytes payload + 14 bytes ethernet header */ + #define MAXSIZE 1600 /* MTU + header (seqno) and trailer (CBC padding and HMAC) */ + #define MAXBUFSIZE 2100 /* Quite large but needed for support of keys up to 8192 bits. */ +#endif + +#define MAXSOCKETS 128 /* Overkill... */ + +#define MAXQUEUELENGTH 8 /* Maximum number of packats in a single queue */ + +typedef struct mac_t +{ + unsigned char x[6]; +} mac_t; + +typedef struct ipv4_t +{ + unsigned char x[4]; +} ipv4_t; + +typedef struct ip_mask_t { + ipv4_t address; + ipv4_t mask; +} ip_mask_t; + +typedef struct ipv6_t +{ + unsigned short x[8]; +} ipv6_t; + +typedef unsigned short port_t; + +typedef short length_t; + +typedef union { + struct sockaddr sa; + struct sockaddr_in in; + struct sockaddr_in6 in6; +} sockaddr_t; + +#ifdef SA_LEN +#define SALEN(s) SA_LEN(&s) +#else +#define SALEN(s) (s.sa_family==AF_INET?sizeof(struct sockaddr_in):sizeof(struct sockaddr_in6)) +#endif + +typedef struct vpn_packet_t { + length_t len; /* the actual number of bytes in the `data' field */ + int priority; /* priority or TOS */ + unsigned int seqno; /* 32 bits sequence number (network byte order of course) */ + unsigned char data[MAXSIZE]; +} vpn_packet_t; + +typedef struct queue_element_t { + void *packet; + struct queue_element_t *prev; + struct queue_element_t *next; +} queue_element_t; + +typedef struct packet_queue_t { + queue_element_t *head; + queue_element_t *tail; +} packet_queue_t; + +typedef struct outgoing_t { + char *name; + int timeout; + struct config_t *cfg; + struct addrinfo *ai; + struct addrinfo *aip; +} outgoing_t; + +typedef struct listen_socket_t { + int tcp; + int udp; + sockaddr_t sa; +} listen_socket_t; + +extern int maxtimeout; +extern int seconds_till_retry; +extern int addressfamily; + +extern char *request_name[]; +extern char *status_text[]; + +#include "connection.h" /* Yes, very strange placement indeed, but otherwise the typedefs get all tangled up */ + +extern listen_socket_t listen_socket[MAXSOCKETS]; +extern int listen_sockets; +extern int keyexpires; +extern int keylifetime; +extern int do_prune; +extern int do_purge; +extern char *myport; +extern time_t now; + +extern void retry_outgoing(outgoing_t *); +extern void handle_incoming_vpn_data(int); +extern void finish_connecting(connection_t *); +extern void do_outgoing_connection(connection_t *); +extern int handle_new_meta_connection(int); +extern int setup_listen_socket(sockaddr_t *); +extern int setup_vpn_in_socket(sockaddr_t *); +extern void send_packet(struct node_t *, vpn_packet_t *); +extern void receive_packet(struct node_t *, vpn_packet_t *); +extern void receive_tcppacket(struct connection_t *, char *, int); +extern void broadcast_packet(struct node_t *, vpn_packet_t *); +extern int setup_network_connections(void); +extern void setup_outgoing_connection(struct outgoing_t *); +extern void try_outgoing_connections(void); +extern void close_network_connections(void); +extern void main_loop(void); +extern void terminate_connection(connection_t *, int); +extern void flush_queue(struct node_t *); +extern int read_rsa_public_key(struct connection_t *); + +#endif /* __TINC_NET_H__ */ diff --git a/src/net_packet.c b/src/net_packet.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fd2ae06 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/net_packet.c @@ -0,0 +1,431 @@ +/* + net_packet.c -- Handles in- and outgoing VPN packets + Copyright (C) 1998-2002 Ivo Timmermans , + 2000-2002 Guus Sliepen + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. + + $Id: net_packet.c,v 1.1.2.13 2002/03/27 15:01:37 guus Exp $ +*/ + +#include "config.h" + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#ifdef HAVE_LINUX + #include + #include +#endif +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +/* SunOS really wants sys/socket.h BEFORE net/if.h, + and FreeBSD wants these lines below the rest. */ +#include +#include +#include + +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#ifndef HAVE_RAND_PSEUDO_BYTES +#define RAND_pseudo_bytes RAND_bytes +#endif + +#include + +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include "conf.h" +#include "connection.h" +#include "meta.h" +#include "net.h" +#include "netutl.h" +#include "process.h" +#include "protocol.h" +#include "subnet.h" +#include "graph.h" +#include "process.h" +#include "route.h" +#include "device.h" +#include "event.h" + +#include "system.h" + +int keylifetime = 0; +int keyexpires = 0; + +#define MAX_SEQNO 1073741824 + +/* VPN packet I/O */ + +void receive_udppacket(node_t *n, vpn_packet_t *inpkt) +{ + vpn_packet_t pkt1, pkt2; + vpn_packet_t *pkt[] = {&pkt1, &pkt2, &pkt1, &pkt2}; + int nextpkt = 0; + vpn_packet_t *outpkt = pkt[0]; + int outlen, outpad; + long int complen = MTU + 12; + EVP_CIPHER_CTX ctx; + char hmac[EVP_MAX_MD_SIZE]; +cp + /* Check the message authentication code */ + + if(myself->digest && myself->maclength) + { + inpkt->len -= myself->maclength; + HMAC(myself->digest, myself->key, myself->keylength, (char *)&inpkt->seqno, inpkt->len, hmac, NULL); + if(memcmp(hmac, (char *)&inpkt->seqno + inpkt->len, myself->maclength)) + { + if(debug_lvl >= DEBUG_TRAFFIC) + syslog(LOG_DEBUG, _("Got unauthenticated packet from %s (%s)"), n->name, n->hostname); + return; + } + } + + /* Decrypt the packet */ + + if(myself->cipher) + { + outpkt = pkt[nextpkt++]; + + EVP_DecryptInit(&ctx, myself->cipher, myself->key, myself->key + myself->cipher->key_len); + EVP_DecryptUpdate(&ctx, (char *)&outpkt->seqno, &outlen, (char *)&inpkt->seqno, inpkt->len); + EVP_DecryptFinal(&ctx, (char *)&outpkt->seqno + outlen, &outpad); + + outpkt->len = outlen + outpad; + inpkt = outpkt; + } + + /* Check the sequence number */ + + inpkt->len -= sizeof(inpkt->seqno); + inpkt->seqno = ntohl(inpkt->seqno); + + if(inpkt->seqno <= n->received_seqno) + { + if(debug_lvl >= DEBUG_TRAFFIC) + syslog(LOG_DEBUG, _("Got late or replayed packet from %s (%s), seqno %d"), n->name, n->hostname, inpkt->seqno); + return; + } + + n->received_seqno = inpkt->seqno; + + if(n->received_seqno > MAX_SEQNO) + keyexpires = 0; + + /* Decompress the packet */ + + if(myself->compression) + { + outpkt = pkt[nextpkt++]; + + if(uncompress(outpkt->data, &complen, inpkt->data, inpkt->len) != Z_OK) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Error while uncompressing packet from %s (%s)"), n->name, n->hostname); + return; + } + + outpkt->len = complen; + inpkt = outpkt; + } + + receive_packet(n, inpkt); +cp +} + +void receive_tcppacket(connection_t *c, char *buffer, int len) +{ + vpn_packet_t outpkt; +cp + outpkt.len = len; + memcpy(outpkt.data, buffer, len); + + receive_packet(c->node, &outpkt); +cp +} + +void receive_packet(node_t *n, vpn_packet_t *packet) +{ +cp + if(debug_lvl >= DEBUG_TRAFFIC) + syslog(LOG_DEBUG, _("Received packet of %d bytes from %s (%s)"), packet->len, n->name, n->hostname); + + route_incoming(n, packet); +cp +} + +void send_udppacket(node_t *n, vpn_packet_t *inpkt) +{ + vpn_packet_t pkt1, pkt2; + vpn_packet_t *pkt[] = {&pkt1, &pkt2, &pkt1, &pkt2}; + int nextpkt = 0; + vpn_packet_t *outpkt; + int origlen; + int outlen, outpad; + long int complen = MTU + 12; + EVP_CIPHER_CTX ctx; + vpn_packet_t *copy; + static int priority = 0; + int origpriority; + int sock; +cp + /* Make sure we have a valid key */ + + if(!n->status.validkey) + { + if(debug_lvl >= DEBUG_TRAFFIC) + syslog(LOG_INFO, _("No valid key known yet for %s (%s), queueing packet"), + n->name, n->hostname); + + /* Since packet is on the stack of handle_tap_input(), + we have to make a copy of it first. */ + + copy = xmalloc(sizeof(vpn_packet_t)); + memcpy(copy, inpkt, sizeof(vpn_packet_t)); + + list_insert_tail(n->queue, copy); + + if(n->queue->count > MAXQUEUELENGTH) + list_delete_head(n->queue); + + if(!n->status.waitingforkey) + send_req_key(n->nexthop->connection, myself, n); + + n->status.waitingforkey = 1; + + return; + } + + origlen = inpkt->len; + origpriority = inpkt->priority; + + /* Compress the packet */ + + if(n->compression) + { + outpkt = pkt[nextpkt++]; + + if(compress2(outpkt->data, &complen, inpkt->data, inpkt->len, n->compression) != Z_OK) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Error while compressing packet to %s (%s)"), n->name, n->hostname); + return; + } + + outpkt->len = complen; + inpkt = outpkt; + } + + /* Add sequence number */ + + inpkt->seqno = htonl(++(n->sent_seqno)); + inpkt->len += sizeof(inpkt->seqno); + + /* Encrypt the packet */ + + if(n->cipher) + { + outpkt = pkt[nextpkt++]; + + EVP_EncryptInit(&ctx, n->cipher, n->key, n->key + n->cipher->key_len); + EVP_EncryptUpdate(&ctx, (char *)&outpkt->seqno, &outlen, (char *)&inpkt->seqno, inpkt->len); + EVP_EncryptFinal(&ctx, (char *)&outpkt->seqno + outlen, &outpad); + + outpkt->len = outlen + outpad; + inpkt = outpkt; + } + + /* Add the message authentication code */ + + if(n->digest && n->maclength) + { + HMAC(n->digest, n->key, n->keylength, (char *)&inpkt->seqno, inpkt->len, (char *)&inpkt->seqno + inpkt->len, &outlen); + inpkt->len += n->maclength; + } + + /* Determine which socket we have to use */ + + for(sock = 0; sock < listen_sockets; sock++) + if(n->address.sa.sa_family == listen_socket[sock].sa.sa.sa_family) + break; + + if(sock >= listen_sockets) + sock = 0; /* If none is available, just use the first and hope for the best. */ + + /* Send the packet */ + +#if defined(SOL_IP) && defined(IP_TOS) + if(priorityinheritance && origpriority != priority && listen_socket[sock].sa.sa.sa_family == AF_INET) + { + priority = origpriority; + if(debug_lvl >= DEBUG_TRAFFIC) + syslog(LOG_DEBUG, _("Setting outgoing packet priority to %d"), priority); + if(setsockopt(sock, SOL_IP, IP_TOS, &priority, sizeof(priority))) /* SO_PRIORITY doesn't seem to work */ + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("System call `%s' failed: %s"), "setsockopt", strerror(errno)); + } +#endif + + if((sendto(listen_socket[sock].udp, (char *)&inpkt->seqno, inpkt->len, 0, &(n->address.sa), SALEN(n->address.sa))) < 0) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Error sending packet to %s (%s): %s"), + n->name, n->hostname, strerror(errno)); + return; + } + + inpkt->len = origlen; +cp +} + +/* + send a packet to the given vpn ip. +*/ +void send_packet(node_t *n, vpn_packet_t *packet) +{ + node_t *via; +cp + if(debug_lvl >= DEBUG_TRAFFIC) + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Sending packet of %d bytes to %s (%s)"), + packet->len, n->name, n->hostname); + + if(n == myself) + { + if(debug_lvl >= DEBUG_TRAFFIC) + { + syslog(LOG_NOTICE, _("Packet is looping back to us!")); + } + + return; + } + + if(!n->status.reachable) + { + if(debug_lvl >= DEBUG_TRAFFIC) + syslog(LOG_INFO, _("Node %s (%s) is not reachable"), + n->name, n->hostname); + return; + } + + via = (n->via == myself)?n->nexthop:n->via; + + if(via != n && debug_lvl >= DEBUG_TRAFFIC) + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Sending packet to %s via %s (%s)"), + n->name, via->name, n->via->hostname); + + if((myself->options | via->options) & OPTION_TCPONLY) + { + if(send_tcppacket(via->connection, packet)) + terminate_connection(via->connection, 1); + } + else + send_udppacket(via, packet); +} + +/* Broadcast a packet using the minimum spanning tree */ + +void broadcast_packet(node_t *from, vpn_packet_t *packet) +{ + avl_node_t *node; + connection_t *c; +cp + if(debug_lvl >= DEBUG_TRAFFIC) + syslog(LOG_INFO, _("Broadcasting packet of %d bytes from %s (%s)"), + packet->len, from->name, from->hostname); + + for(node = connection_tree->head; node; node = node->next) + { + c = (connection_t *)node->data; + if(c->status.active && c->status.mst && c != from->nexthop->connection) + send_packet(c->node, packet); + } +cp +} + +void flush_queue(node_t *n) +{ + list_node_t *node, *next; +cp + if(debug_lvl >= DEBUG_TRAFFIC) + syslog(LOG_INFO, _("Flushing queue for %s (%s)"), n->name, n->hostname); + + for(node = n->queue->head; node; node = next) + { + next = node->next; + send_udppacket(n, (vpn_packet_t *)node->data); + list_delete_node(n->queue, node); + } +cp +} + +void handle_incoming_vpn_data(int sock) +{ + vpn_packet_t pkt; + int x, l = sizeof(x); + char *hostname; + sockaddr_t from; + socklen_t fromlen = sizeof(from); + node_t *n; +cp + if(getsockopt(sock, SOL_SOCKET, SO_ERROR, &x, &l) < 0) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("This is a bug: %s:%d: %d:%s"), + __FILE__, __LINE__, sock, strerror(errno)); + cp_trace(); + exit(1); + } + if(x) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Incoming data socket error: %s"), strerror(x)); + return; + } + + if((pkt.len = recvfrom(sock, (char *)&pkt.seqno, MAXSIZE, 0, &from.sa, &fromlen)) <= 0) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Receiving packet failed: %s"), strerror(errno)); + return; + } + + sockaddrunmap(&from); /* Some braindead IPv6 implementations do stupid things. */ + + n = lookup_node_udp(&from); + + if(!n) + { + hostname = sockaddr2hostname(&from); + syslog(LOG_WARNING, _("Received UDP packet from unknown source %s"), hostname); + free(hostname); + return; + } + + if(n->connection) + n->connection->last_ping_time = now; + + receive_udppacket(n, &pkt); +cp +} + diff --git a/src/net_setup.c b/src/net_setup.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b5dc727 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/net_setup.c @@ -0,0 +1,564 @@ +/* + net_setup.c -- Setup. + Copyright (C) 1998-2002 Ivo Timmermans , + 2000-2002 Guus Sliepen + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. + + $Id: net_setup.c,v 1.1.2.14 2002/04/01 21:28:39 guus Exp $ +*/ + +#include "config.h" + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#ifdef HAVE_LINUX + #include + #include +#endif +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +/* SunOS really wants sys/socket.h BEFORE net/if.h, + and FreeBSD wants these lines below the rest. */ +#include +#include +#include + +#include +#include +#include + +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include "conf.h" +#include "connection.h" +#include "meta.h" +#include "net.h" +#include "netutl.h" +#include "process.h" +#include "protocol.h" +#include "subnet.h" +#include "graph.h" +#include "process.h" +#include "route.h" +#include "device.h" +#include "event.h" + +#include "system.h" + +char *myport; + +int read_rsa_public_key(connection_t *c) +{ + FILE *fp; + char *fname; + char *key; +cp + if(!c->rsa_key) + c->rsa_key = RSA_new(); + + /* First, check for simple PublicKey statement */ + + if(get_config_string(lookup_config(c->config_tree, "PublicKey"), &key)) + { + BN_hex2bn(&c->rsa_key->n, key); + BN_hex2bn(&c->rsa_key->e, "FFFF"); + free(key); + return 0; + } + + /* Else, check for PublicKeyFile statement and read it */ + + if(get_config_string(lookup_config(c->config_tree, "PublicKeyFile"), &fname)) + { + if(is_safe_path(fname)) + { + if((fp = fopen(fname, "r")) == NULL) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Error reading RSA public key file `%s': %s"), + fname, strerror(errno)); + free(fname); + return -1; + } + free(fname); + c->rsa_key = PEM_read_RSAPublicKey(fp, &c->rsa_key, NULL, NULL); + fclose(fp); + if(!c->rsa_key) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Reading RSA public key file `%s' failed: %s"), + fname, strerror(errno)); + return -1; + } + return 0; + } + else + { + free(fname); + return -1; + } + } + + /* Else, check if a harnessed public key is in the config file */ + + asprintf(&fname, "%s/hosts/%s", confbase, c->name); + if((fp = fopen(fname, "r"))) + { + c->rsa_key = PEM_read_RSAPublicKey(fp, &c->rsa_key, NULL, NULL); + fclose(fp); + } + + free(fname); + + if(c->rsa_key) + return 0; + else + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("No public key for %s specified!"), c->name); + return -1; + } +} + +int read_rsa_private_key(void) +{ + FILE *fp; + char *fname, *key; +cp + if(get_config_string(lookup_config(config_tree, "PrivateKey"), &key)) + { + myself->connection->rsa_key = RSA_new(); + BN_hex2bn(&myself->connection->rsa_key->d, key); + BN_hex2bn(&myself->connection->rsa_key->e, "FFFF"); + free(key); + return 0; + } + + if(!get_config_string(lookup_config(config_tree, "PrivateKeyFile"), &fname)) + asprintf(&fname, "%s/rsa_key.priv", confbase); + + if(is_safe_path(fname)) + { + if((fp = fopen(fname, "r")) == NULL) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Error reading RSA private key file `%s': %s"), + fname, strerror(errno)); + free(fname); + return -1; + } + free(fname); + myself->connection->rsa_key = PEM_read_RSAPrivateKey(fp, NULL, NULL, NULL); + fclose(fp); + if(!myself->connection->rsa_key) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Reading RSA private key file `%s' failed: %s"), + fname, strerror(errno)); + return -1; + } + return 0; + } + + free(fname); + return -1; +} + +/* + Configure node_t myself and set up the local sockets (listen only) +*/ +int setup_myself(void) +{ + config_t *cfg; + subnet_t *subnet; + char *name, *hostname, *mode, *afname, *cipher, *digest; + struct addrinfo hint, *ai, *aip; + int choice, err; +cp + myself = new_node(); + myself->connection = new_connection(); + init_configuration(&myself->connection->config_tree); + + asprintf(&myself->hostname, _("MYSELF")); + asprintf(&myself->connection->hostname, _("MYSELF")); + + myself->connection->options = 0; + myself->connection->protocol_version = PROT_CURRENT; + + if(!get_config_string(lookup_config(config_tree, "Name"), &name)) /* Not acceptable */ + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Name for tinc daemon required!")); + return -1; + } + + if(check_id(name)) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Invalid name for myself!")); + free(name); + return -1; + } + + myself->name = name; + myself->connection->name = xstrdup(name); + +cp + if(read_rsa_private_key()) + return -1; + + if(read_connection_config(myself->connection)) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Cannot open host configuration file for myself!")); + return -1; + } + + if(read_rsa_public_key(myself->connection)) + return -1; +cp + + if(!get_config_string(lookup_config(myself->connection->config_tree, "Port"), &myport)) + asprintf(&myport, "655"); + +/* Read in all the subnets specified in the host configuration file */ + + cfg = lookup_config(myself->connection->config_tree, "Subnet"); + + while(cfg) + { + if(!get_config_subnet(cfg, &subnet)) + return -1; + + subnet_add(myself, subnet); + + cfg = lookup_config_next(myself->connection->config_tree, cfg); + } + +cp + /* Check some options */ + + if(get_config_bool(lookup_config(config_tree, "IndirectData"), &choice)) + if(choice) + myself->options |= OPTION_INDIRECT; + + if(get_config_bool(lookup_config(config_tree, "TCPOnly"), &choice)) + if(choice) + myself->options |= OPTION_TCPONLY; + + if(get_config_bool(lookup_config(myself->connection->config_tree, "IndirectData"), &choice)) + if(choice) + myself->options |= OPTION_INDIRECT; + + if(get_config_bool(lookup_config(myself->connection->config_tree, "TCPOnly"), &choice)) + if(choice) + myself->options |= OPTION_TCPONLY; + + if(myself->options & OPTION_TCPONLY) + myself->options |= OPTION_INDIRECT; + + if(get_config_string(lookup_config(config_tree, "Mode"), &mode)) + { + if(!strcasecmp(mode, "router")) + routing_mode = RMODE_ROUTER; + else if (!strcasecmp(mode, "switch")) + routing_mode = RMODE_SWITCH; + else if (!strcasecmp(mode, "hub")) + routing_mode = RMODE_HUB; + else + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Invalid routing mode!")); + return -1; + } + free(mode); + } + else + routing_mode = RMODE_ROUTER; + + get_config_bool(lookup_config(config_tree, "PriorityInheritance"), &priorityinheritance); +#if !defined(SOL_IP) || !defined(IP_TOS) + if(priorityinheritance) + syslog(LOG_WARNING, _("PriorityInheritance not supported on this platform")); +#endif + + if(!get_config_int(lookup_config(config_tree, "MACExpire"), &macexpire)) + macexpire= 600; + + if(get_config_int(lookup_config(myself->connection->config_tree, "MaxTimeout"), &maxtimeout)) + { + if(maxtimeout <= 0) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Bogus maximum timeout!")); + return -1; + } + } + else + maxtimeout = 900; + + if(get_config_string(lookup_config(config_tree, "AddressFamily"), &afname)) + { + if(!strcasecmp(afname, "IPv4")) + addressfamily = AF_INET; + else if (!strcasecmp(afname, "IPv6")) + addressfamily = AF_INET6; + else if (!strcasecmp(afname, "any")) + addressfamily = AF_UNSPEC; + else + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Invalid address family!")); + return -1; + } + free(afname); + } + else + addressfamily = AF_INET; + + get_config_bool(lookup_config(config_tree, "Hostnames"), &hostnames); +cp + /* Generate packet encryption key */ + + if(get_config_string(lookup_config(myself->connection->config_tree, "Cipher"), &cipher)) + { + if(!strcasecmp(cipher, "none")) + { + myself->cipher = NULL; + } + else + { + if(!(myself->cipher = EVP_get_cipherbyname(cipher))) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Unrecognized cipher type!")); + return -1; + } + } + } + else + myself->cipher = EVP_bf_cbc(); + + if(myself->cipher) + myself->keylength = myself->cipher->key_len + myself->cipher->iv_len; + else + myself->keylength = 1; + + myself->connection->outcipher = EVP_bf_ofb(); + + myself->key = (char *)xmalloc(myself->keylength); + RAND_pseudo_bytes(myself->key, myself->keylength); + + if(!get_config_int(lookup_config(config_tree, "KeyExpire"), &keylifetime)) + keylifetime = 3600; + + keyexpires = now + keylifetime; + + /* Check if we want to use message authentication codes... */ + + if(get_config_string(lookup_config(myself->connection->config_tree, "Digest"), &digest)) + { + if(!strcasecmp(digest, "none")) + { + myself->digest = NULL; + } + else + { + if(!(myself->digest = EVP_get_digestbyname(digest))) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Unrecognized digest type!")); + return -1; + } + } + } + else + myself->digest = EVP_sha1(); + + myself->connection->outdigest = EVP_sha1(); + + if(get_config_int(lookup_config(myself->connection->config_tree, "MACLength"), &myself->maclength)) + { + if(myself->digest) + { + if(myself->maclength > myself->digest->md_size) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("MAC length exceeds size of digest!")); + return -1; + } + else if (myself->maclength < 0) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Bogus MAC length!")); + return -1; + } + } + } + else + myself->maclength = 4; + + myself->connection->outmaclength = 0; + + /* Compression */ + + if(get_config_int(lookup_config(myself->connection->config_tree, "Compression"), &myself->compression)) + { + if(myself->compression < 0 || myself->compression > 9) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Bogus compression level!")); + return -1; + } + } + else + myself->compression = 0; + + myself->connection->outcompression = 0; +cp + /* Done */ + + myself->nexthop = myself; + myself->via = myself; + myself->status.active = 1; + myself->status.reachable = 1; + node_add(myself); + + graph(); + +cp + /* Open sockets */ + + memset(&hint, 0, sizeof(hint)); + + hint.ai_family = addressfamily; + hint.ai_socktype = SOCK_STREAM; + hint.ai_protocol = IPPROTO_TCP; + hint.ai_flags = AI_PASSIVE; + + if((err = getaddrinfo(NULL, myport, &hint, &ai)) || !ai) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("System call `%s' failed: %s"), "getaddrinfo", gai_strerror(err)); + return -1; + } + + for(aip = ai; aip; aip = aip->ai_next) + { + if((listen_socket[listen_sockets].tcp = setup_listen_socket((sockaddr_t *)aip->ai_addr)) < 0) + continue; + + if((listen_socket[listen_sockets].udp = setup_vpn_in_socket((sockaddr_t *)aip->ai_addr)) < 0) + continue; + + if(debug_lvl >= DEBUG_CONNECTIONS) + { + hostname = sockaddr2hostname((sockaddr_t *)aip->ai_addr); + syslog(LOG_NOTICE, _("Listening on %s"), hostname); + free(hostname); + } + + listen_socket[listen_sockets].sa.sa = *aip->ai_addr; + listen_sockets++; + } + + freeaddrinfo(ai); + + if(listen_sockets) + syslog(LOG_NOTICE, _("Ready")); + else + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Unable to create any listening socket!")); + return -1; + } +cp + return 0; +} + +/* + setup all initial network connections +*/ +int setup_network_connections(void) +{ +cp + now = time(NULL); + + init_connections(); + init_subnets(); + init_nodes(); + init_edges(); + init_events(); + init_requests(); + + if(get_config_int(lookup_config(config_tree, "PingTimeout"), &pingtimeout)) + { + if(pingtimeout < 1) + { + pingtimeout = 86400; + } + } + else + pingtimeout = 60; + + if(setup_device() < 0) + return -1; + + /* Run tinc-up script to further initialize the tap interface */ + execute_script("tinc-up"); + + if(setup_myself() < 0) + return -1; + + try_outgoing_connections(); +cp + return 0; +} + +/* + close all open network connections +*/ +void close_network_connections(void) +{ + avl_node_t *node, *next; + connection_t *c; + int i; +cp + for(node = connection_tree->head; node; node = next) + { + next = node->next; + c = (connection_t *)node->data; + if(c->outgoing) + free(c->outgoing->name), free(c->outgoing), c->outgoing = NULL; + terminate_connection(c, 0); + } + + if(myself && myself->connection) + terminate_connection(myself->connection, 0); + + for(i = 0; i < listen_sockets; i++) + { + close(listen_socket[i].tcp); + close(listen_socket[i].udp); + } + + exit_requests(); + exit_events(); + exit_edges(); + exit_subnets(); + exit_nodes(); + exit_connections(); + + execute_script("tinc-down"); + + close_device(); +cp + return; +} diff --git a/src/net_socket.c b/src/net_socket.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..73e5fb6 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/net_socket.c @@ -0,0 +1,484 @@ +/* + net_socket.c -- Handle various kinds of sockets. + Copyright (C) 1998-2002 Ivo Timmermans , + 2000-2002 Guus Sliepen + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. + + $Id: net_socket.c,v 1.1.2.11 2002/03/27 14:02:36 guus Exp $ +*/ + +#include "config.h" + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#ifdef HAVE_LINUX + #include + #include +#endif +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +/* SunOS really wants sys/socket.h BEFORE net/if.h, + and FreeBSD wants these lines below the rest. */ +#include +#include +#include + +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include "conf.h" +#include "connection.h" +#include "meta.h" +#include "net.h" +#include "netutl.h" +#include "process.h" +#include "protocol.h" +#include "subnet.h" +#include "graph.h" +#include "process.h" +#include "route.h" +#include "device.h" +#include "event.h" + +#include "system.h" + +int addressfamily = AF_INET; +int maxtimeout = 900; +int seconds_till_retry = 5; + +listen_socket_t listen_socket[MAXSOCKETS]; +int listen_sockets = 0; + +/* Setup sockets */ + +int setup_listen_socket(sockaddr_t *sa) +{ + int nfd, flags; + char *addrstr; + int option; +#if defined(SOL_SOCKET) && defined(SO_BINDTODEVICE) + char *interface; + struct ifreq ifr; +#endif +cp + if((nfd = socket(sa->sa.sa_family, SOCK_STREAM, IPPROTO_TCP)) < 0) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Creating metasocket failed: %s"), strerror(errno)); + return -1; + } + + flags = fcntl(nfd, F_GETFL); + if(fcntl(nfd, F_SETFL, flags | O_NONBLOCK) < 0) + { + close(nfd); + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("System call `%s' failed: %s"), "fcntl", strerror(errno)); + return -1; + } + + /* Optimize TCP settings */ + + option = 1; + setsockopt(nfd, SOL_SOCKET, SO_REUSEADDR, &option, sizeof(option)); + +#if defined(SOL_TCP) && defined(TCP_NODELAY) + setsockopt(nfd, SOL_TCP, TCP_NODELAY, &option, sizeof(option)); +#endif + +#if defined(SOL_IP) && defined(IP_TOS) && defined(IPTOS_LOWDELAY) + option = IPTOS_LOWDELAY; + setsockopt(nfd, SOL_IP, IP_TOS, &option, sizeof(option)); +#endif + + if(get_config_string(lookup_config(config_tree, "BindToInterface"), &interface)) + { +#if defined(SOL_SOCKET) && defined(SO_BINDTODEVICE) + memset(&ifr, 0, sizeof(ifr)); + strncpy(ifr.ifr_ifrn.ifrn_name, interface, IFNAMSIZ); + if(setsockopt(nfd, SOL_SOCKET, SO_BINDTODEVICE, &ifr, sizeof(ifr))) + { + close(nfd); + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Can't bind to interface %s: %s"), interface, strerror(errno)); + return -1; + } +#else + syslog(LOG_WARNING, _("BindToDevice not supported on this platform")); +#endif + } + + if(bind(nfd, &sa->sa, SALEN(sa->sa))) + { + close(nfd); + addrstr = sockaddr2hostname(sa); + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Can't bind to %s/tcp: %s"), addrstr, strerror(errno)); + free(addrstr); + return -1; + } + + if(listen(nfd, 3)) + { + close(nfd); + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("System call `%s' failed: %s"), "listen", strerror(errno)); + return -1; + } +cp + return nfd; +} + +int setup_vpn_in_socket(sockaddr_t *sa) +{ + int nfd, flags; + char *addrstr; + int option; +#if defined(SOL_SOCKET) && defined(SO_BINDTODEVICE) + char *interface; + struct ifreq ifr; +#endif +cp + if((nfd = socket(sa->sa.sa_family, SOCK_DGRAM, IPPROTO_UDP)) < 0) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Creating UDP socket failed: %s"), strerror(errno)); + return -1; + } + + flags = fcntl(nfd, F_GETFL); + if(fcntl(nfd, F_SETFL, flags | O_NONBLOCK) < 0) + { + close(nfd); + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("System call `%s' failed: %s"), "fcntl", strerror(errno)); + return -1; + } + + option = 1; + setsockopt(nfd, SOL_SOCKET, SO_REUSEADDR, &option, sizeof(option)); + +#if defined(SOL_SOCKET) && defined(SO_BINDTODEVICE) + if(get_config_string(lookup_config(config_tree, "BindToInterface"), &interface)) + { + memset(&ifr, 0, sizeof(ifr)); + strncpy(ifr.ifr_ifrn.ifrn_name, interface, IFNAMSIZ); + if(setsockopt(nfd, SOL_SOCKET, SO_BINDTODEVICE, &ifr, sizeof(ifr))) + { + close(nfd); + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Can't bind to interface %s: %s"), interface, strerror(errno)); + return -1; + } + } +#endif + + if(bind(nfd, &sa->sa, SALEN(sa->sa))) + { + close(nfd); + addrstr = sockaddr2hostname(sa); + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Can't bind to %s/udp: %s"), addrstr, strerror(errno)); + free(addrstr); + return -1; + } +cp + return nfd; +} + +void retry_outgoing(outgoing_t *outgoing) +{ + event_t *event; +cp + outgoing->timeout += 5; + if(outgoing->timeout > maxtimeout) + outgoing->timeout = maxtimeout; + + event = new_event(); + event->handler = (event_handler_t)setup_outgoing_connection; + event->time = now + outgoing->timeout; + event->data = outgoing; + event_add(event); + + if(debug_lvl >= DEBUG_CONNECTIONS) + syslog(LOG_NOTICE, _("Trying to re-establish outgoing connection in %d seconds"), outgoing->timeout); +cp +} + +int setup_outgoing_socket(connection_t *c) +{ + int option; +cp + if(debug_lvl >= DEBUG_CONNECTIONS) + syslog(LOG_INFO, _("Trying to connect to %s (%s)"), c->name, c->hostname); + + c->socket = socket(c->address.sa.sa_family, SOCK_STREAM, IPPROTO_TCP); + + if(c->socket == -1) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Creating socket for %s failed: %s"), c->hostname, strerror(errno)); + return -1; + } + + /* Optimize TCP settings */ + +#ifdef HAVE_LINUX + option = 1; + setsockopt(c->socket, SOL_TCP, TCP_NODELAY, &option, sizeof(option)); + + option = IPTOS_LOWDELAY; + setsockopt(c->socket, SOL_IP, IP_TOS, &option, sizeof(option)); +#endif + + /* Connect */ + + if(connect(c->socket, &c->address.sa, SALEN(c->address.sa)) == -1) + { + close(c->socket); + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Error while connecting to %s (%s): %s"), c->name, c->hostname, strerror(errno)); + return -1; + } + + if(debug_lvl >= DEBUG_CONNECTIONS) + syslog(LOG_INFO, _("Connected to %s (%s)"), c->name, c->hostname); +cp + return 0; +} + + +void finish_connecting(connection_t *c) +{ +cp + if(debug_lvl >= DEBUG_CONNECTIONS) + syslog(LOG_INFO, _("Connected to %s (%s)"), c->name, c->hostname); + + c->last_ping_time = now; + + send_id(c); +cp +} + +void do_outgoing_connection(connection_t *c) +{ + char *address, *port; + int option, result, flags; +cp +begin: + if(!c->outgoing->ai) + { + if(!c->outgoing->cfg) + { + if(debug_lvl >= DEBUG_CONNECTIONS) + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Could not set up a meta connection to %s"), c->name); + c->status.remove = 1; + retry_outgoing(c->outgoing); + return; + } + + get_config_string(c->outgoing->cfg, &address); + + if(!get_config_string(lookup_config(c->config_tree, "Port"), &port)) + asprintf(&port, "655"); + + c->outgoing->ai = str2addrinfo(address, port, SOCK_STREAM); + free(address); + free(port); + + c->outgoing->aip = c->outgoing->ai; + c->outgoing->cfg = lookup_config_next(c->config_tree, c->outgoing->cfg); + } + + if(!c->outgoing->aip) + { + freeaddrinfo(c->outgoing->ai); + c->outgoing->ai = NULL; + goto begin; + } + + memcpy(&c->address, c->outgoing->aip->ai_addr, c->outgoing->aip->ai_addrlen); + c->outgoing->aip = c->outgoing->aip->ai_next; + + if(c->hostname) + free(c->hostname); + + c->hostname = sockaddr2hostname(&c->address); + + if(debug_lvl >= DEBUG_CONNECTIONS) + syslog(LOG_INFO, _("Trying to connect to %s (%s)"), c->name, c->hostname); + + c->socket = socket(c->address.sa.sa_family, SOCK_STREAM, IPPROTO_TCP); + + if(c->socket == -1) + { + if(debug_lvl >= DEBUG_CONNECTIONS) + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Creating socket for %s failed: %s"), c->hostname, strerror(errno)); + + goto begin; + } + + /* Optimize TCP settings */ + +#ifdef HAVE_LINUX + option = 1; + setsockopt(c->socket, SOL_TCP, TCP_NODELAY, &option, sizeof(option)); + + option = IPTOS_LOWDELAY; + setsockopt(c->socket, SOL_IP, IP_TOS, &option, sizeof(option)); +#endif + + /* Non-blocking */ + + flags = fcntl(c->socket, F_GETFL); + + if(fcntl(c->socket, F_SETFL, flags | O_NONBLOCK) < 0) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("fcntl for %s: %s"), c->hostname, strerror(errno)); + } + + /* Connect */ + + result = connect(c->socket, &c->address.sa, SALEN(c->address.sa)); + + if(result == -1) + { + if(errno == EINPROGRESS) + { + c->status.connecting = 1; + return; + } + + close(c->socket); + + if(debug_lvl >= DEBUG_CONNECTIONS) + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("%s: %s"), c->hostname, strerror(errno)); + + goto begin; + } + + finish_connecting(c); + return; +cp +} + +void setup_outgoing_connection(outgoing_t *outgoing) +{ + connection_t *c; + node_t *n; +cp + n = lookup_node(outgoing->name); + + if(n) + if(n->connection) + { + if(debug_lvl >= DEBUG_CONNECTIONS) + syslog(LOG_INFO, _("Already connected to %s"), outgoing->name); + n->connection->outgoing = outgoing; + return; + } + + c = new_connection(); + c->name = xstrdup(outgoing->name); + c->outcipher = myself->connection->outcipher; + c->outdigest = myself->connection->outdigest; + c->outmaclength = myself->connection->outmaclength; + c->outcompression = myself->connection->outcompression; + + init_configuration(&c->config_tree); + read_connection_config(c); + + outgoing->cfg = lookup_config(c->config_tree, "Address"); + + if(!outgoing->cfg) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("No address specified for %s"), c->name); + free_connection(c); + free(outgoing->name); + free(outgoing); + return; + } + + c->outgoing = outgoing; + c->last_ping_time = now; + + connection_add(c); + + do_outgoing_connection(c); +} + +/* + accept a new tcp connect and create a + new connection +*/ +int handle_new_meta_connection(int sock) +{ + connection_t *c; + sockaddr_t sa; + int fd, len = sizeof(sa); +cp + if((fd = accept(sock, &sa.sa, &len)) < 0) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Accepting a new connection failed: %s"), strerror(errno)); + return -1; + } + + sockaddrunmap(&sa); + + c = new_connection(); + c->outcipher = myself->connection->outcipher; + c->outdigest = myself->connection->outdigest; + c->outmaclength = myself->connection->outmaclength; + c->outcompression = myself->connection->outcompression; + + c->address = sa; + c->hostname = sockaddr2hostname(&sa); + c->socket = fd; + c->last_ping_time = now; + + if(debug_lvl >= DEBUG_CONNECTIONS) + syslog(LOG_NOTICE, _("Connection from %s"), c->hostname); + + connection_add(c); + + c->allow_request = ID; + send_id(c); +cp + return 0; +} + +void try_outgoing_connections(void) +{ + static config_t *cfg = NULL; + char *name; + outgoing_t *outgoing; +cp + for(cfg = lookup_config(config_tree, "ConnectTo"); cfg; cfg = lookup_config_next(config_tree, cfg)) + { + get_config_string(cfg, &name); + + if(check_id(name)) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Invalid name for outgoing connection in %s line %d"), cfg->file, cfg->line); + free(name); + continue; + } + + outgoing = xmalloc_and_zero(sizeof(*outgoing)); + outgoing->name = name; + setup_outgoing_connection(outgoing); + } +} diff --git a/src/netutl.c b/src/netutl.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..20d3809 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/netutl.c @@ -0,0 +1,246 @@ +/* + netutl.c -- some supporting network utility code + Copyright (C) 1998-2002 Ivo Timmermans + 2000-2002 Guus Sliepen + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. + + $Id: netutl.c,v 1.12.4.34 2002/04/05 09:11:38 guus Exp $ +*/ + +#include "config.h" + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include +#include + +#include "errno.h" +#include "conf.h" +#include "net.h" +#include "netutl.h" + +#include "system.h" + +int hostnames = 0; + +/* + Turn a string into a struct addrinfo. + Return NULL on failure. +*/ +struct addrinfo *str2addrinfo(char *address, char *service, int socktype) +{ + struct addrinfo hint, *ai; + int err; +cp + memset(&hint, 0, sizeof(hint)); + + hint.ai_family = addressfamily; + hint.ai_socktype = socktype; + + if((err = getaddrinfo(address, service, &hint, &ai))) + { + if(debug_lvl >= DEBUG_ERROR) + syslog(LOG_WARNING, _("Error looking up %s port %s: %s\n"), address, service, gai_strerror(err)); + cp_trace(); + return NULL; + } + +cp + return ai; +} + +sockaddr_t str2sockaddr(char *address, char *port) +{ + struct addrinfo hint, *ai; + sockaddr_t result; + int err; +cp + memset(&hint, 0, sizeof(hint)); + + hint.ai_family = AF_UNSPEC; + hint.ai_flags = AI_NUMERICHOST; + hint.ai_socktype = SOCK_STREAM; + + if((err = getaddrinfo(address, port, &hint, &ai) || !ai)) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Error looking up %s port %s: %s\n"), address, port, gai_strerror(err)); + cp_trace(); + raise(SIGFPE); + exit(0); + } + + result = *(sockaddr_t *)ai->ai_addr; + freeaddrinfo(ai); +cp + return result; +} + +void sockaddr2str(sockaddr_t *sa, char **addrstr, char **portstr) +{ + char address[NI_MAXHOST]; + char port[NI_MAXSERV]; + char *scopeid; + int err; +cp + if((err = getnameinfo(&sa->sa, SALEN(sa->sa), address, sizeof(address), port, sizeof(port), NI_NUMERICHOST|NI_NUMERICSERV))) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Error while translating addresses: %s"), gai_strerror(err)); + cp_trace(); + raise(SIGFPE); + exit(0); + } + +#ifdef HAVE_LINUX + if((scopeid = strchr(address, '%'))) + *scopeid = '\0'; /* Descope. */ +#endif + + *addrstr = xstrdup(address); + *portstr = xstrdup(port); +cp +} + +char *sockaddr2hostname(sockaddr_t *sa) +{ + char *str; + char address[NI_MAXHOST] = "unknown"; + char port[NI_MAXSERV] = "unknown"; + int err; +cp + if((err = getnameinfo(&sa->sa, SALEN(sa->sa), address, sizeof(address), port, sizeof(port), hostnames?0:(NI_NUMERICHOST|NI_NUMERICSERV)))) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Error while looking up hostname: %s"), gai_strerror(err)); + } + + asprintf(&str, _("%s port %s"), address, port); +cp + return str; +} + +int sockaddrcmp(sockaddr_t *a, sockaddr_t *b) +{ + int result; +cp + result = a->sa.sa_family - b->sa.sa_family; + + if(result) + return result; + + switch(a->sa.sa_family) + { + case AF_UNSPEC: + return 0; + case AF_INET: + result = memcmp(&a->in.sin_addr, &b->in.sin_addr, sizeof(a->in.sin_addr)); + if(result) + return result; + return memcmp(&a->in.sin_port, &b->in.sin_port, sizeof(a->in.sin_port)); + case AF_INET6: + result = memcmp(&a->in6.sin6_addr, &b->in6.sin6_addr, sizeof(a->in6.sin6_addr)); + if(result) + return result; + return memcmp(&a->in6.sin6_port, &b->in6.sin6_port, sizeof(a->in6.sin6_port)); + default: + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("sockaddrcmp() was called with unknown address family %d, exitting!"), a->sa.sa_family); + cp_trace(); + raise(SIGFPE); + exit(0); + } +cp +} + +void sockaddrunmap(sockaddr_t *sa) +{ + if(sa->sa.sa_family == AF_INET6 && IN6_IS_ADDR_V4MAPPED(&sa->in6.sin6_addr)) + { + sa->in.sin_addr.s_addr = ((uint32_t *)&sa->in6.sin6_addr)[3]; + sa->in.sin_family = AF_INET; + } +} + +/* Subnet mask handling */ + +int maskcmp(char *a, char *b, int masklen, int len) +{ + int i, m, result; +cp + for(m = masklen, i = 0; m >= 8; m -= 8, i++) + if((result = a[i] - b[i])) + return result; + + if(m) + return (a[i] & (0x100 - (1 << (8 - m)))) - (b[i] & (0x100 - (1 << (8 - m)))); + + return 0; +} + +void mask(char *a, int masklen, int len) +{ + int i; +cp + i = masklen / 8; + masklen %= 8; + + if(masklen) + a[i++] &= (0x100 - (1 << masklen)); + + for(; i < len; i++) + a[i] = 0; +} + +void maskcpy(char *a, char *b, int masklen, int len) +{ + int i, m; +cp + for(m = masklen, i = 0; m >= 8; m -= 8, i++) + a[i] = b[i]; + + if(m) + { + a[i] = b[i] & (0x100 - (1 << m)); + i++; + } + + for(; i < len; i++) + a[i] = 0; +} + +int maskcheck(char *a, int masklen, int len) +{ + int i; +cp + i = masklen / 8; + masklen %= 8; + + if(masklen) + if(a[i++] & (char)~(0x100 - (1 << masklen))) + return -1; + + for(; i < len; i++) + if(a[i] != 0) + return -1; + + return 0; +} diff --git a/src/netutl.h b/src/netutl.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..654d7ad --- /dev/null +++ b/src/netutl.h @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +/* + netutl.h -- header file for netutl.c + Copyright (C) 1998-2002 Ivo Timmermans + 2000-2002 Guus Sliepen + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. + + $Id: netutl.h,v 1.2.4.11 2002/03/17 15:59:29 guus Exp $ +*/ + +#ifndef __TINC_NETUTL_H__ +#define __TINC_NETUTL_H__ + +#include +#include +#include + +#include "net.h" + +extern int hostnames; + +extern char *hostlookup(unsigned long); +extern struct addrinfo *str2addrinfo(char *, char *, int); +extern sockaddr_t str2sockaddr(char *, char *); +extern void sockaddr2str(sockaddr_t *, char **, char **); +extern char *sockaddr2hostname(sockaddr_t *); +extern int sockaddrcmp(sockaddr_t *, sockaddr_t *); +extern void sockaddrunmap(sockaddr_t *); +extern int maskcmp(char *, char *, int, int); +extern void maskcpy(char *, char *, int, int); +extern void mask(char *, int, int); +extern int maskcheck(char *, int, int); + +#endif /* __TINC_NETUTL_H__ */ diff --git a/src/node.c b/src/node.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e4581cc --- /dev/null +++ b/src/node.c @@ -0,0 +1,173 @@ +/* + node.c -- node tree management + Copyright (C) 2001-2002 Guus Sliepen , + 2001-2002 Ivo Timmermans + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. + + $Id: node.c,v 1.1.2.11 2002/03/22 13:31:18 guus Exp $ +*/ + +#include "config.h" + +#include +#include + +#include +#include "node.h" +#include "netutl.h" +#include "net.h" +#include +#include + +#include "system.h" + +avl_tree_t *node_tree; /* Known nodes, sorted by name */ +avl_tree_t *node_udp_tree; /* Known nodes, sorted by address and port */ + +node_t *myself; + +int node_compare(node_t *a, node_t *b) +{ + return strcmp(a->name, b->name); +} + +int node_udp_compare(node_t *a, node_t *b) +{ + int result; +cp + result = sockaddrcmp(&a->address, &b->address); + + if(result) + return result; + + return (a->name && b->name)?strcmp(a->name, b->name):0; +} + +void init_nodes(void) +{ +cp + node_tree = avl_alloc_tree((avl_compare_t)node_compare, NULL); + node_udp_tree = avl_alloc_tree((avl_compare_t)node_udp_compare, NULL); +cp +} + +void exit_nodes(void) +{ +cp + avl_delete_tree(node_tree); + avl_delete_tree(node_udp_tree); +cp +} + +node_t *new_node(void) +{ + node_t *n = (node_t *)xmalloc_and_zero(sizeof(*n)); +cp + n->subnet_tree = new_subnet_tree(); + n->edge_tree = new_edge_tree(); + n->queue = list_alloc((list_action_t)free); +cp + return n; +} + +void free_node(node_t *n) +{ +cp + if(n->queue) + list_delete_list(n->queue); + if(n->name) + free(n->name); + if(n->hostname) + free(n->hostname); + if(n->key) + free(n->key); + if(n->subnet_tree) + free_subnet_tree(n->subnet_tree); + if(n->edge_tree) + free_edge_tree(n->edge_tree); + free(n); +cp +} + +void node_add(node_t *n) +{ +cp + avl_insert(node_tree, n); + avl_insert(node_udp_tree, n); +cp +} + +void node_del(node_t *n) +{ + avl_node_t *node, *next; + edge_t *e; + subnet_t *s; +cp + for(node = n->subnet_tree->head; node; node = next) + { + next = node->next; + s = (subnet_t *)node->data; + subnet_del(n, s); + } + + for(node = n->subnet_tree->head; node; node = next) + { + next = node->next; + e = (edge_t *)node->data; + edge_del(e); + } +cp + avl_delete(node_tree, n); + avl_delete(node_udp_tree, n); +cp +} + +node_t *lookup_node(char *name) +{ + node_t n; +cp + n.name = name; + return avl_search(node_tree, &n); +} + +node_t *lookup_node_udp(sockaddr_t *sa) +{ + node_t n; +cp + n.address = *sa; + n.name = NULL; + + return avl_search(node_udp_tree, &n); +} + +void dump_nodes(void) +{ + avl_node_t *node; + node_t *n; +cp + syslog(LOG_DEBUG, _("Nodes:")); + + for(node = node_tree->head; node; node = node->next) + { + n = (node_t *)node->data; + syslog(LOG_DEBUG, _(" %s at %s cipher %d digest %d maclength %d compression %d options %lx status %04x nexthop %s via %s"), + n->name, n->hostname, n->cipher?n->cipher->nid:0, n->digest?n->digest->type:0, n->maclength, n->compression, n->options, + n->status, n->nexthop?n->nexthop->name:"-", n->via?n->via->name:"-"); + } + + syslog(LOG_DEBUG, _("End of nodes.")); +cp +} diff --git a/src/node.h b/src/node.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..98147d3 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/node.h @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +/* + node.h -- header for node.c + Copyright (C) 2001-2002 Guus Sliepen , + 2001-2002 Ivo Timmermans + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. + + $Id: node.h,v 1.1.2.13 2002/03/19 22:48:25 guus Exp $ +*/ + +#ifndef __TINC_NODE_H__ +#define __TINC_NODE_H__ + +#include + +#include "subnet.h" +#include "connection.h" + +typedef struct node_status_t { + int active:1; /* 1 if active.. */ + int validkey:1; /* 1 if we currently have a valid key for him */ + int waitingforkey:1; /* 1 if we already sent out a request */ + int visited:1; /* 1 if this node has been visited by one of the graph algorithms */ + int reachable:1; /* 1 if this node is reachable in the graph */ + int indirect:1; /* 1 if this node is not directly reachable by us */ + int unused:26; +} node_status_t; + +typedef struct node_t { + char *name; /* name of this node */ + long int options; /* options turned on for this node */ + + sockaddr_t address; /* his real (internet) ip to send UDP packets to */ + char *hostname; /* the hostname of its real ip */ + + struct node_status_t status; + + const EVP_CIPHER *cipher; /* Cipher type for UDP packets */ + char *key; /* Cipher key and iv */ + int keylength; /* Cipher key and iv length*/ + + const EVP_MD *digest; /* Digest type for MAC */ + int maclength; /* Length of MAC */ + + int compression; /* Compressionlevel, 0 = no compression */ + + list_t *queue; /* Queue for packets awaiting to be encrypted */ + + struct node_t *nexthop; /* nearest node from us to him */ + struct node_t *via; /* next hop for UDP packets */ + + avl_tree_t *subnet_tree; /* Pointer to a tree of subnets belonging to this node */ + + avl_tree_t *edge_tree; /* Edges with this node as one of the endpoints */ + + struct connection_t *connection; /* Connection associated with this node (if a direct connection exists) */ + + unsigned int sent_seqno; /* Sequence number last sent to this node */ + unsigned int received_seqno; /* Sequence number last received from this node */ +} node_t; + +extern struct node_t *myself; +extern avl_tree_t *node_tree; +extern avl_tree_t *node_udp_tree; + +extern void init_nodes(void); +extern void exit_nodes(void); +extern node_t *new_node(void); +extern void free_node(node_t *); +extern void node_add(node_t *); +extern void node_del(node_t *); +extern node_t *lookup_node(char *); +extern node_t *lookup_node_udp(sockaddr_t *); +extern void dump_nodes(void); + +#endif /* __TINC_NODE_H__ */ diff --git a/src/openbsd/device.c b/src/openbsd/device.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3d7099f --- /dev/null +++ b/src/openbsd/device.c @@ -0,0 +1,195 @@ +/* + device.c -- Interaction with OpenBSD tun device + Copyright (C) 2001-2002 Ivo Timmermans , + 2001-2002 Guus Sliepen + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. + + $Id: device.c,v 1.1.2.8 2002/03/27 16:00:38 guus Exp $ +*/ + +#include "config.h" + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include +#include "conf.h" +#include "net.h" +#include "subnet.h" + +#include "system.h" + +#define DEFAULT_DEVICE "/dev/tun0" + +#define DEVICE_TYPE_ETHERTAP 0 +#define DEVICE_TYPE_TUNTAP 1 + +int device_fd = -1; +int device_type; +char *device; +char *interface; +char *device_info; + +int device_total_in = 0; +int device_total_out = 0; + +extern subnet_t mymac; + +/* + open the local ethertap device +*/ +int setup_device(void) +{ + if(!get_config_string(lookup_config(config_tree, "Device"), &device)) + device = DEFAULT_DEVICE; + + if(!get_config_string(lookup_config(config_tree, "Interface"), &interface)) + interface = rindex(device, '/')?rindex(device, '/')+1:device; +cp + if((device_fd = open(device, O_RDWR | O_NONBLOCK)) < 0) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Could not open %s: %s"), device, strerror(errno)); + return -1; + } +cp + /* Set default MAC address for ethertap devices */ + + mymac.type = SUBNET_MAC; + mymac.net.mac.address.x[0] = 0xfe; + mymac.net.mac.address.x[1] = 0xfd; + mymac.net.mac.address.x[2] = 0x00; + mymac.net.mac.address.x[3] = 0x00; + mymac.net.mac.address.x[4] = 0x00; + mymac.net.mac.address.x[5] = 0x00; + + device_info = _("OpenBSD tun device"); + + syslog(LOG_INFO, _("%s is a %s"), device, device_info); +cp + return 0; +} + +void close_device(void) +{ +cp + close(device_fd); +cp +} + +int read_packet(vpn_packet_t *packet) +{ + int lenin; + u_int32_t type; + struct iovec vector[2] = {{&type, sizeof(type)}, {packet->data + 14, MTU - 14}}; +cp + + if((lenin = readv(device_fd, vector, 2)) <= 0) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Error while reading from %s %s: %s"), device_info, device, strerror(errno)); + return -1; + } + + memcpy(packet->data, mymac.net.mac.address.x, 6); + memcpy(packet->data + 6, mymac.net.mac.address.x, 6); + + switch(ntohl(type)) + { + case AF_INET: + packet->data[12] = 0x8; + packet->data[13] = 0x0; + break; + case AF_INET6: + packet->data[12] = 0x86; + packet->data[13] = 0xDD; + break; + default: + if(debug_lvl >= DEBUG_TRAFFIC) + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Unknown address family %d while reading packet from %s %s"), ntohl(type), device_info, device); + return -1; + } + + packet->len = lenin + 10; + + device_total_in += packet->len; + + if(debug_lvl >= DEBUG_TRAFFIC) + { + syslog(LOG_DEBUG, _("Read packet of %d bytes from %s"), packet->len, device_info); + } + + return 0; +cp +} + +int write_packet(vpn_packet_t *packet) +{ + u_int32_t type; + struct iovec vector[2]; + int af; +cp + if(debug_lvl >= DEBUG_TRAFFIC) + syslog(LOG_DEBUG, _("Writing packet of %d bytes to %s"), + packet->len, device_info); + + af = (packet->data[12] << 8) + packet->data[13]; + + switch(af) + { + case 0x800: + type = htonl(AF_INET); + break; + case 0x86DD: + type = htonl(AF_INET6); + break; + default: + if(debug_lvl >= DEBUG_TRAFFIC) + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Unknown address family %d while writing packet to %s %s"), af, device_info, device); + return -1; + } + + vector[0].iov_base = &type; + vector[0].iov_len = sizeof(type); + vector[1].iov_base = packet->data + 14; + vector[1].iov_len = packet->len - 14; + + if(writev(device_fd, vector, 2) < 0) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Can't write to %s %s: %s"), device_info, device, strerror(errno)); + return -1; + } + + device_total_out += packet->len; +cp +} + +void dump_device_stats(void) +{ +cp + syslog(LOG_DEBUG, _("Statistics for %s %s:"), device_info, device); + syslog(LOG_DEBUG, _(" total bytes in: %10d"), device_total_in); + syslog(LOG_DEBUG, _(" total bytes out: %10d"), device_total_out); +cp +} diff --git a/src/process.c b/src/process.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bdd81e3 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/process.c @@ -0,0 +1,507 @@ +/* + process.c -- process management functions + Copyright (C) 1999-2002 Ivo Timmermans , + 2000-2002 Guus Sliepen + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. + + $Id: process.c,v 1.1.2.39 2002/03/26 12:00:38 guus Exp $ +*/ + +#include "config.h" + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include +#include +#include + +#include "conf.h" +#include "process.h" +#include "subnet.h" +#include "device.h" +#include "connection.h" +#include "device.h" + +#include "system.h" + +/* If zero, don't detach from the terminal. */ +int do_detach = 1; + +extern char *identname; +extern char *pidfilename; +extern char **g_argv; + +sigset_t emptysigset; + +static int saved_debug_lvl = 0; + +extern int sighup; +extern int sigalrm; +extern int do_purge; + +void memory_full(int size) +{ + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Memory exhausted (couldn't allocate %d bytes), exitting."), size); + cp_trace(); + exit(1); +} + +/* Some functions the less gifted operating systems might lack... */ + +#ifndef HAVE_FCLOSEALL +int fcloseall(void) +{ + fflush(stdin); + fflush(stdout); + fflush(stderr); + fclose(stdin); + fclose(stdout); + fclose(stderr); + return 0; +} +#endif + +/* + Close network connections, and terminate neatly +*/ +void cleanup_and_exit(int c) +{ +cp + close_network_connections(); + + if(debug_lvl > DEBUG_NOTHING) + dump_device_stats(); + + syslog(LOG_NOTICE, _("Terminating")); + + closelog(); + exit(c); +} + +/* + check for an existing tinc for this net, and write pid to pidfile +*/ +int write_pidfile(void) +{ + int pid; +cp + if((pid = check_pid(pidfilename))) + { + if(netname) + fprintf(stderr, _("A tincd is already running for net `%s' with pid %d.\n"), + netname, pid); + else + fprintf(stderr, _("A tincd is already running with pid %d.\n"), pid); + return 1; + } + + /* if it's locked, write-protected, or whatever */ + if(!write_pid(pidfilename)) + return 1; +cp + return 0; +} + +/* + kill older tincd for this net +*/ +int kill_other(int signal) +{ + int pid; +cp + if(!(pid = read_pid(pidfilename))) + { + if(netname) + fprintf(stderr, _("No other tincd is running for net `%s'.\n"), netname); + else + fprintf(stderr, _("No other tincd is running.\n")); + return 1; + } + + errno = 0; /* No error, sometimes errno is only changed on error */ + /* ESRCH is returned when no process with that pid is found */ + if(kill(pid, signal) && errno == ESRCH) + { + if(netname) + fprintf(stderr, _("The tincd for net `%s' is no longer running. "), netname); + else + fprintf(stderr, _("The tincd is no longer running. ")); + + fprintf(stderr, _("Removing stale lock file.\n")); + remove_pid(pidfilename); + } +cp + return 0; +} + +/* + Detach from current terminal, write pidfile, kill parent +*/ +int detach(void) +{ +cp + setup_signals(); + + /* First check if we can open a fresh new pidfile */ + + if(write_pidfile()) + return -1; + + /* If we succeeded in doing that, detach */ + + closelog(); + + if(do_detach) + { + if(daemon(0, 0) < 0) + { + fprintf(stderr, _("Couldn't detach from terminal: %s"), strerror(errno)); + return -1; + } + + /* Now UPDATE the pid in the pidfile, because we changed it... */ + + if(!write_pid(pidfilename)) + return -1; + } + + openlog(identname, LOG_CONS | LOG_PID, LOG_DAEMON); + + if(debug_lvl > DEBUG_NOTHING) + syslog(LOG_NOTICE, _("tincd %s (%s %s) starting, debug level %d"), + VERSION, __DATE__, __TIME__, debug_lvl); + else + syslog(LOG_NOTICE, _("tincd %s starting"), VERSION); + + xalloc_fail_func = memory_full; +cp + return 0; +} + +/* + Execute the program name, with sane environment. All output will be + redirected to syslog. +*/ +void _execute_script(const char *scriptname) __attribute__ ((noreturn)); +void _execute_script(const char *scriptname) +{ + char *s; +cp +#ifdef HAVE_UNSETENV + unsetenv("NETNAME"); + unsetenv("DEVICE"); + unsetenv("INTERFACE"); +#endif + + if(netname) + { + asprintf(&s, "NETNAME=%s", netname); + putenv(s); /* Don't free s! see man 3 putenv */ + } + + if(device) + { + asprintf(&s, "DEVICE=%s", device); + putenv(s); /* Don't free s! see man 3 putenv */ + } + + if(interface) + { + asprintf(&s, "INTERFACE=%s", interface); + putenv(s); /* Don't free s! see man 3 putenv */ + } + + chdir("/"); + + /* Close all file descriptors */ + closelog(); /* <- this means we cannot use syslog() here anymore! */ + fcloseall(); + + execl(scriptname, NULL); + /* No return on success */ + + if(errno != ENOENT) /* Ignore if the file does not exist */ + exit(1); /* Some error while trying execl(). */ + else + exit(0); +} + +/* + Fork and execute the program pointed to by name. +*/ +int execute_script(const char *name) +{ + pid_t pid; + int status; + struct stat s; + char *scriptname; +cp + asprintf(&scriptname, "%s/%s", confbase, name); + + /* First check if there is a script */ + + if(stat(scriptname, &s)) + return 0; + + if((pid = fork()) < 0) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("System call `%s' failed: %s"), "fork", strerror(errno)); + return -1; + } + + if(pid) + { + if(debug_lvl >= DEBUG_STATUS) + syslog(LOG_INFO, _("Executing script %s"), name); + + free(scriptname); + + if(waitpid(pid, &status, 0) == pid) + { + if(WIFEXITED(status)) /* Child exited by itself */ + { + if(WEXITSTATUS(status)) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Process %d (%s) exited with non-zero status %d"), pid, name, WEXITSTATUS(status)); + return -1; + } + else + return 0; + } + else if(WIFSIGNALED(status)) /* Child was killed by a signal */ + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Process %d (%s) was killed by signal %d (%s)"), + pid, name, WTERMSIG(status), strsignal(WTERMSIG(status))); + return -1; + } + else /* Something strange happened */ + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Process %d (%s) terminated abnormally"), pid, name); + return -1; + } + } + else + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("System call `%s' failed: %s"), "waitpid", strerror(errno)); + return -1; + } + } +cp + /* Child here */ + + _execute_script(scriptname); +} + + +/* + Signal handlers. +*/ + +RETSIGTYPE +sigterm_handler(int a) +{ + if(debug_lvl > DEBUG_NOTHING) + syslog(LOG_NOTICE, _("Got TERM signal")); + + cleanup_and_exit(0); +} + +RETSIGTYPE +sigquit_handler(int a) +{ + if(debug_lvl > DEBUG_NOTHING) + syslog(LOG_NOTICE, _("Got QUIT signal")); + cleanup_and_exit(0); +} + +RETSIGTYPE +fatal_signal_square(int a) +{ + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Got another fatal signal %d (%s): not restarting."), a, strsignal(a)); + cp_trace(); + exit(1); +} + +RETSIGTYPE +fatal_signal_handler(int a) +{ + struct sigaction act; + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Got fatal signal %d (%s)"), a, strsignal(a)); + cp_trace(); + + if(do_detach) + { + syslog(LOG_NOTICE, _("Trying to re-execute in 5 seconds...")); + + act.sa_handler = fatal_signal_square; + act.sa_mask = emptysigset; + act.sa_flags = 0; + sigaction(SIGSEGV, &act, NULL); + + close_network_connections(); + sleep(5); + remove_pid(pidfilename); + execvp(g_argv[0], g_argv); + } + else + { + syslog(LOG_NOTICE, _("Not restarting.")); + exit(1); + } +} + +RETSIGTYPE +sighup_handler(int a) +{ + if(debug_lvl > DEBUG_NOTHING) + syslog(LOG_NOTICE, _("Got HUP signal")); + sighup = 1; +} + +RETSIGTYPE +sigint_handler(int a) +{ + if(saved_debug_lvl) + { + syslog(LOG_NOTICE, _("Reverting to old debug level (%d)"), + saved_debug_lvl); + debug_lvl = saved_debug_lvl; + saved_debug_lvl = 0; + } + else + { + syslog(LOG_NOTICE, _("Temporarily setting debug level to 5. Kill me with SIGINT again to go back to level %d."), + debug_lvl); + saved_debug_lvl = debug_lvl; + debug_lvl = 5; + } +} + +RETSIGTYPE +sigalrm_handler(int a) +{ + if(debug_lvl > DEBUG_NOTHING) + syslog(LOG_NOTICE, _("Got ALRM signal")); + sigalrm = 1; +} + +RETSIGTYPE +sigusr1_handler(int a) +{ + dump_connections(); +} + +RETSIGTYPE +sigusr2_handler(int a) +{ + dump_device_stats(); + dump_nodes(); + dump_edges(); + dump_subnets(); +} + +RETSIGTYPE +sigwinch_handler(int a) +{ + extern int do_purge; + do_purge = 1; +} + +RETSIGTYPE +unexpected_signal_handler(int a) +{ + syslog(LOG_WARNING, _("Got unexpected signal %d (%s)"), a, strsignal(a)); + cp_trace(); +} + +RETSIGTYPE +ignore_signal_handler(int a) +{ + if(debug_lvl >= DEBUG_SCARY_THINGS) + { + syslog(LOG_DEBUG, _("Ignored signal %d (%s)"), a, strsignal(a)); + cp_trace(); + } +} + +struct { + int signal; + void (*handler)(int); +} sighandlers[] = { + { SIGHUP, sighup_handler }, + { SIGTERM, sigterm_handler }, + { SIGQUIT, sigquit_handler }, + { SIGSEGV, fatal_signal_handler }, + { SIGBUS, fatal_signal_handler }, + { SIGILL, fatal_signal_handler }, + { SIGPIPE, ignore_signal_handler }, + { SIGINT, sigint_handler }, + { SIGUSR1, sigusr1_handler }, + { SIGUSR2, sigusr2_handler }, + { SIGCHLD, ignore_signal_handler }, + { SIGALRM, sigalrm_handler }, + { SIGWINCH, sigwinch_handler }, + { 0, NULL } +}; + +void +setup_signals(void) +{ + int i; + struct sigaction act; + + sigemptyset(&emptysigset); + act.sa_handler = NULL; + act.sa_mask = emptysigset; + act.sa_flags = 0; + + /* Set a default signal handler for every signal, errors will be + ignored. */ + for(i = 0; i < NSIG; i++) + { + if(!do_detach) + act.sa_handler = SIG_DFL; + else + act.sa_handler = unexpected_signal_handler; + sigaction(i, &act, NULL); + } + + /* If we didn't detach, allow coredumps */ + if(!do_detach) + sighandlers[3].handler = SIG_DFL; + + /* Then, for each known signal that we want to catch, assign a + handler to the signal, with error checking this time. */ + for(i = 0; sighandlers[i].signal; i++) + { + act.sa_handler = sighandlers[i].handler; + if(sigaction(sighandlers[i].signal, &act, NULL) < 0) + fprintf(stderr, _("Installing signal handler for signal %d (%s) failed: %s\n"), + sighandlers[i].signal, strsignal(sighandlers[i].signal), strerror(errno)); + } +} diff --git a/src/process.h b/src/process.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1289d2d --- /dev/null +++ b/src/process.h @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +/* + process.h -- header file for process.c + Copyright (C) 1999-2002 Ivo Timmermans , + 2000-2002 Guus Sliepen + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. + + $Id: process.h,v 1.1.2.10 2002/02/10 21:57:54 guus Exp $ +*/ + +#ifndef __TINC_PROCESS_H__ +#define __TINC_PROCESS_H__ + +#include "config.h" + +extern int do_detach; + +extern void setup_signals(void); +extern int execute_script(const char *); +extern int detach(void); +extern int kill_other(int); +extern void cleanup_and_exit(int); + +#endif /* __TINC_PROCESS_H__ */ diff --git a/src/protocol.c b/src/protocol.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9b2ec91 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/protocol.c @@ -0,0 +1,244 @@ +/* + protocol.c -- handle the meta-protocol, basic functions + Copyright (C) 1999-2001 Ivo Timmermans , + 2000,2001 Guus Sliepen + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. + + $Id: protocol.c,v 1.28.4.128 2002/03/27 15:26:43 guus Exp $ +*/ + +#include "config.h" + +#include + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include +#include + +#include "conf.h" +#include "protocol.h" +#include "meta.h" +#include "connection.h" + +#include "system.h" + +avl_tree_t *past_request_tree; + +int check_id(char *id) +{ + int i; + + for (i = 0; i < strlen(id); i++) + if(!isalnum(id[i]) && id[i] != '_') + return -1; + + return 0; +} + +/* Generic request routines - takes care of logging and error + detection as well */ + +int send_request(connection_t *c, const char *format, ...) +{ + va_list args; + char buffer[MAXBUFSIZE]; + int len, request; + +cp + /* Use vsnprintf instead of vasprintf: faster, no memory + fragmentation, cleanup is automatic, and there is a limit on the + input buffer anyway */ + + va_start(args, format); + len = vsnprintf(buffer, MAXBUFSIZE, format, args); + va_end(args); + + if(len < 0 || len > MAXBUFSIZE-1) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Output buffer overflow while sending request to %s (%s)"), c->name, c->hostname); + return -1; + } + + if(debug_lvl >= DEBUG_PROTOCOL) + { + sscanf(buffer, "%d", &request); + if(debug_lvl >= DEBUG_META) + syslog(LOG_DEBUG, _("Sending %s to %s (%s): %s"), request_name[request], c->name, c->hostname, buffer); + else + syslog(LOG_DEBUG, _("Sending %s to %s (%s)"), request_name[request], c->name, c->hostname); + } + + buffer[len++] = '\n'; +cp + return send_meta(c, buffer, len); +} + +int receive_request(connection_t *c) +{ + int request; +cp + if(sscanf(c->buffer, "%d", &request) == 1) + { + if((request < 0) || (request >= LAST) || (request_handlers[request] == NULL)) + { + if(debug_lvl >= DEBUG_META) + syslog(LOG_DEBUG, _("Unknown request from %s (%s): %s"), + c->name, c->hostname, c->buffer); + else + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Unknown request from %s (%s)"), + c->name, c->hostname); + + return -1; + } + else + { + if(debug_lvl >= DEBUG_PROTOCOL) + { + if(debug_lvl >= DEBUG_META) + syslog(LOG_DEBUG, _("Got %s from %s (%s): %s"), + request_name[request], c->name, c->hostname, c->buffer); + else + syslog(LOG_DEBUG, _("Got %s from %s (%s)"), + request_name[request], c->name, c->hostname); + } + } + + if((c->allow_request != ALL) && (c->allow_request != request)) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Unauthorized request from %s (%s)"), c->name, c->hostname); + return -1; + } + + if(request_handlers[request](c)) + /* Something went wrong. Probably scriptkiddies. Terminate. */ + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Error while processing %s from %s (%s)"), + request_name[request], c->name, c->hostname); + return -1; + } + } + else + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Bogus data received from %s (%s)"), + c->name, c->hostname); + return -1; + } +cp + return 0; +} + +int past_request_compare(past_request_t *a, past_request_t *b) +{ +cp + return strcmp(a->request, b->request); +} + +void free_past_request(past_request_t *r) +{ +cp + if(r->request) + free(r->request); + free(r); +cp +} + +void init_requests(void) +{ +cp + past_request_tree = avl_alloc_tree((avl_compare_t)past_request_compare, (avl_action_t)free_past_request); +cp +} + +void exit_requests(void) +{ +cp + avl_delete_tree(past_request_tree); +cp +} + +int seen_request(char *request) +{ + past_request_t p, *new; +cp + p.request = request; + + if(avl_search(past_request_tree, &p)) + { + if(debug_lvl >= DEBUG_SCARY_THINGS) + syslog(LOG_DEBUG, _("Already seen request")); + return 1; + } + else + { + new = (past_request_t *)xmalloc(sizeof(*new)); + new->request = xstrdup(request); + new->firstseen = now; + avl_insert(past_request_tree, new); + return 0; + } +cp +} + +void age_past_requests(void) +{ + avl_node_t *node, *next; + past_request_t *p; + int left = 0, deleted = 0; +cp + for(node = past_request_tree->head; node; node = next) + { + next = node->next; + p = (past_request_t *)node->data; + if(p->firstseen + pingtimeout < now) + avl_delete_node(past_request_tree, node), deleted++; + else + left++; + } + + if(debug_lvl >= DEBUG_SCARY_THINGS && left + deleted) + syslog(LOG_DEBUG, _("Aging past requests: deleted %d, left %d\n"), deleted, left); +cp +} + +/* Jumptable for the request handlers */ + +int (*request_handlers[])(connection_t*) = { + id_h, metakey_h, challenge_h, chal_reply_h, ack_h, + status_h, error_h, termreq_h, + ping_h, pong_h, + add_subnet_h, del_subnet_h, + add_edge_h, del_edge_h, + key_changed_h, req_key_h, ans_key_h, + tcppacket_h, +}; + +/* Request names */ + +char (*request_name[]) = { + "ID", "METAKEY", "CHALLENGE", "CHAL_REPLY", "ACK", + "STATUS", "ERROR", "TERMREQ", + "PING", "PONG", + "ADD_SUBNET", "DEL_SUBNET", + "ADD_EDGE", "DEL_EDGE", + "KEY_CHANGED", "REQ_KEY", "ANS_KEY", + "PACKET", +}; diff --git a/src/protocol.h b/src/protocol.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a4e480a --- /dev/null +++ b/src/protocol.h @@ -0,0 +1,120 @@ +/* + protocol.h -- header for protocol.c + Copyright (C) 1999-2001 Ivo Timmermans , + 2000,2001 Guus Sliepen + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. + + $Id: protocol.h,v 1.5.4.29 2002/03/22 11:43:48 guus Exp $ +*/ + +#ifndef __TINC_PROTOCOL_H__ +#define __TINC_PROTOCOL_H__ + +#include "net.h" +#include "node.h" +#include "subnet.h" + +/* Protocol version. Different versions are incompatible, + incompatible version have different protocols. + */ + +#define PROT_CURRENT 14 + +/* Request numbers */ + +enum { + ALL = -1, /* Guardian for allow_request */ + ID = 0, METAKEY, CHALLENGE, CHAL_REPLY, ACK, + STATUS, ERROR, TERMREQ, + PING, PONG, +// ADD_NODE, DEL_NODE, + ADD_SUBNET, DEL_SUBNET, + ADD_EDGE, DEL_EDGE, + KEY_CHANGED, REQ_KEY, ANS_KEY, + PACKET, + LAST /* Guardian for the highest request number */ +}; + +typedef struct past_request_t { + char *request; + time_t firstseen; +} past_request_t; + +/* Maximum size of strings in a request */ + +#define MAX_STRING_SIZE 2048 +#define MAX_STRING "%2048s" + +/* Basic functions */ + +extern int send_request(connection_t*, const char*, ...); +extern int receive_request(connection_t *); +extern int check_id(char *); + +extern void init_requests(void); +extern void exit_requests(void); +extern int seen_request(char *); +extern void age_past_requests(void); + +/* Requests */ + +extern int send_id(connection_t *); +extern int send_metakey(connection_t *); +extern int send_challenge(connection_t *); +extern int send_chal_reply(connection_t *); +extern int send_ack(connection_t *); +extern int send_status(connection_t *, int, char *); +extern int send_error(connection_t *, int, char *); +extern int send_termreq(connection_t *); +extern int send_ping(connection_t *); +extern int send_pong(connection_t *); +// extern int send_add_node(connection_t *, node_t *); +// extern int send_del_node(connection_t *, node_t *); +extern int send_add_subnet(connection_t *, subnet_t *); +extern int send_del_subnet(connection_t *, subnet_t *); +extern int send_add_edge(connection_t *, edge_t *); +extern int send_del_edge(connection_t *, edge_t *); +extern int send_key_changed(connection_t *, node_t *); +extern int send_req_key(connection_t *, node_t *, node_t *); +extern int send_ans_key(connection_t *, node_t *, node_t *); +extern int send_tcppacket(connection_t *, vpn_packet_t *); + +/* Request handlers */ + +extern int (*request_handlers[])(connection_t *); + +extern int id_h(connection_t *); +extern int metakey_h(connection_t *); +extern int challenge_h(connection_t *); +extern int chal_reply_h(connection_t *); +extern int ack_h(connection_t *); +extern int status_h(connection_t *); +extern int error_h(connection_t *); +extern int termreq_h(connection_t *); +extern int ping_h(connection_t *); +extern int pong_h(connection_t *); +// extern int add_node_h(connection_t *); +// extern int del_node_h(connection_t *); +extern int add_subnet_h(connection_t *); +extern int del_subnet_h(connection_t *); +extern int add_edge_h(connection_t *); +extern int del_edge_h(connection_t *); +extern int key_changed_h(connection_t *); +extern int req_key_h(connection_t *); +extern int ans_key_h(connection_t *); +extern int tcppacket_h(connection_t *); + +#endif /* __TINC_PROTOCOL_H__ */ diff --git a/src/protocol_auth.c b/src/protocol_auth.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..074b7d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/protocol_auth.c @@ -0,0 +1,605 @@ +/* + protocol_auth.c -- handle the meta-protocol, authentication + Copyright (C) 1999-2002 Ivo Timmermans , + 2000-2002 Guus Sliepen + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. + + $Id: protocol_auth.c,v 1.1.4.8 2002/03/27 15:26:44 guus Exp $ +*/ + +#include "config.h" + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include +#include +#include + +#include +#include +#include + +#ifndef HAVE_RAND_PSEUDO_BYTES +#define RAND_pseudo_bytes RAND_bytes +#endif + +#include "conf.h" +#include "net.h" +#include "netutl.h" +#include "protocol.h" +#include "meta.h" +#include "connection.h" +#include "node.h" +#include "edge.h" +#include "graph.h" + +#include "system.h" + +int send_id(connection_t *c) +{ +cp + return send_request(c, "%d %s %d", ID, myself->connection->name, myself->connection->protocol_version); +} + +int id_h(connection_t *c) +{ + char name[MAX_STRING_SIZE]; + int bla; +cp + if(sscanf(c->buffer, "%*d "MAX_STRING" %d", name, &c->protocol_version) != 2) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Got bad %s from %s (%s)"), "ID", c->name, c->hostname); + return -1; + } + + /* Check if identity is a valid name */ + + if(check_id(name)) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Got bad %s from %s (%s): %s"), "ID", c->name, c->hostname, "invalid name"); + return -1; + } + + /* If we set c->name in advance, make sure we are connected to the right host */ + + if(c->name) + { + if(strcmp(c->name, name)) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Peer %s is %s instead of %s"), c->hostname, name, c->name); + return -1; + } + } + else + c->name = xstrdup(name); + + /* Check if version matches */ + + if(c->protocol_version != myself->connection->protocol_version) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Peer %s (%s) uses incompatible version %d"), + c->name, c->hostname, c->protocol_version); + return -1; + } + + if(bypass_security) + { + if(!c->config_tree) + init_configuration(&c->config_tree); + c->allow_request = ACK; + return send_ack(c); + } + + if(!c->config_tree) + { + init_configuration(&c->config_tree); + + if((bla = read_connection_config(c))) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Peer %s had unknown identity (%s)"), c->hostname, c->name); + return -1; + } + } + + if(read_rsa_public_key(c)) + { + return -1; + } + + /* Check some options */ + + if((get_config_bool(lookup_config(c->config_tree, "IndirectData"), &bla) && bla) || myself->options & OPTION_INDIRECT) + c->options |= OPTION_INDIRECT; + + if((get_config_bool(lookup_config(c->config_tree, "TCPOnly"), &bla) && bla) || myself->options & OPTION_TCPONLY) + c->options |= OPTION_TCPONLY | OPTION_INDIRECT; + + c->allow_request = METAKEY; +cp + return send_metakey(c); +} + +int send_metakey(connection_t *c) +{ + char buffer[MAX_STRING_SIZE]; + int len, x; +cp + len = RSA_size(c->rsa_key); + + /* Allocate buffers for the meta key */ + + if(!c->outkey) + c->outkey = xmalloc(len); + + if(!c->outctx) + c->outctx = xmalloc(sizeof(*c->outctx)); +cp + /* Copy random data to the buffer */ + + RAND_bytes(c->outkey, len); + + /* The message we send must be smaller than the modulus of the RSA key. + By definition, for a key of k bits, the following formula holds: + + 2^(k-1) <= modulus < 2^(k) + + Where ^ means "to the power of", not "xor". + This means that to be sure, we must choose our message < 2^(k-1). + This can be done by setting the most significant bit to zero. + */ + + c->outkey[0] &= 0x7F; + + if(debug_lvl >= DEBUG_SCARY_THINGS) + { + bin2hex(c->outkey, buffer, len); + buffer[len*2] = '\0'; + syslog(LOG_DEBUG, _("Generated random meta key (unencrypted): %s"), buffer); + } + + /* Encrypt the random data + + We do not use one of the PKCS padding schemes here. + This is allowed, because we encrypt a totally random string + with a length equal to that of the modulus of the RSA key. + */ + + if(RSA_public_encrypt(len, c->outkey, buffer, c->rsa_key, RSA_NO_PADDING) != len) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Error during encryption of meta key for %s (%s)"), c->name, c->hostname); + return -1; + } +cp + /* Convert the encrypted random data to a hexadecimal formatted string */ + + bin2hex(buffer, buffer, len); + buffer[len*2] = '\0'; + + /* Send the meta key */ + + x = send_request(c, "%d %d %d %d %d %s", METAKEY, + c->outcipher?c->outcipher->nid:0, c->outdigest?c->outdigest->type:0, + c->outmaclength, c->outcompression, buffer); + + /* Further outgoing requests are encrypted with the key we just generated */ + + if(c->outcipher) + { + EVP_EncryptInit(c->outctx, c->outcipher, + c->outkey + len - c->outcipher->key_len, + c->outkey + len - c->outcipher->key_len - c->outcipher->iv_len); + + c->status.encryptout = 1; + } +cp + return x; +} + +int metakey_h(connection_t *c) +{ + char buffer[MAX_STRING_SIZE]; + int cipher, digest, maclength, compression; + int len; +cp + if(sscanf(c->buffer, "%*d %d %d %d %d "MAX_STRING, &cipher, &digest, &maclength, &compression, buffer) != 5) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Got bad %s from %s (%s)"), "METAKEY", c->name, c->hostname); + return -1; + } +cp + len = RSA_size(myself->connection->rsa_key); + + /* Check if the length of the meta key is all right */ + + if(strlen(buffer) != len*2) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Possible intruder %s (%s): %s"), c->name, c->hostname, "wrong keylength"); + return -1; + } + + /* Allocate buffers for the meta key */ +cp + if(!c->inkey) + c->inkey = xmalloc(len); + + if(!c->inctx) + c->inctx = xmalloc(sizeof(*c->inctx)); + + /* Convert the challenge from hexadecimal back to binary */ +cp + hex2bin(buffer,buffer,len); + + /* Decrypt the meta key */ +cp + if(RSA_private_decrypt(len, buffer, c->inkey, myself->connection->rsa_key, RSA_NO_PADDING) != len) /* See challenge() */ + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Error during encryption of meta key for %s (%s)"), c->name, c->hostname); + return -1; + } + + if(debug_lvl >= DEBUG_SCARY_THINGS) + { + bin2hex(c->inkey, buffer, len); + buffer[len*2] = '\0'; + syslog(LOG_DEBUG, _("Received random meta key (unencrypted): %s"), buffer); + } + + /* All incoming requests will now be encrypted. */ +cp + /* Check and lookup cipher and digest algorithms */ + + if(cipher) + { + c->incipher = EVP_get_cipherbynid(cipher); + if(!c->incipher) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("%s (%s) uses unknown cipher!"), c->name, c->hostname); + return -1; + } + + EVP_DecryptInit(c->inctx, c->incipher, + c->inkey + len - c->incipher->key_len, + c->inkey + len - c->incipher->key_len - c->incipher->iv_len); + + c->status.decryptin = 1; + } + else + { + c->incipher = NULL; + } + + c->inmaclength = maclength; + + if(digest) + { + c->indigest = EVP_get_digestbynid(digest); + if(!c->indigest) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Node %s (%s) uses unknown digest!"), c->name, c->hostname); + return -1; + } + + if(c->inmaclength > c->indigest->md_size || c->inmaclength < 0) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("%s (%s) uses bogus MAC length!"), c->name, c->hostname); + return -1; + } + } + else + { + c->indigest = NULL; + } + + c->incompression = compression; + + c->allow_request = CHALLENGE; +cp + return send_challenge(c); +} + +int send_challenge(connection_t *c) +{ + char buffer[MAX_STRING_SIZE]; + int len, x; +cp + /* CHECKME: what is most reasonable value for len? */ + + len = RSA_size(c->rsa_key); + + /* Allocate buffers for the challenge */ + + if(!c->hischallenge) + c->hischallenge = xmalloc(len); +cp + /* Copy random data to the buffer */ + + RAND_bytes(c->hischallenge, len); + +cp + /* Convert to hex */ + + bin2hex(c->hischallenge, buffer, len); + buffer[len*2] = '\0'; + +cp + /* Send the challenge */ + + x = send_request(c, "%d %s", CHALLENGE, buffer); +cp + return x; +} + +int challenge_h(connection_t *c) +{ + char buffer[MAX_STRING_SIZE]; + int len; +cp + if(sscanf(c->buffer, "%*d "MAX_STRING, buffer) != 1) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Got bad %s from %s (%s)"), "CHALLENGE", c->name, c->hostname); + return -1; + } + + len = RSA_size(myself->connection->rsa_key); + + /* Check if the length of the challenge is all right */ + + if(strlen(buffer) != len*2) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Possible intruder %s (%s): %s"), c->name, c->hostname, "wrong challenge length"); + return -1; + } + + /* Allocate buffers for the challenge */ + + if(!c->mychallenge) + c->mychallenge = xmalloc(len); + + /* Convert the challenge from hexadecimal back to binary */ + + hex2bin(buffer,c->mychallenge,len); + + c->allow_request = CHAL_REPLY; + + /* Rest is done by send_chal_reply() */ +cp + return send_chal_reply(c); +} + +int send_chal_reply(connection_t *c) +{ + char hash[EVP_MAX_MD_SIZE*2+1]; + EVP_MD_CTX ctx; +cp + /* Calculate the hash from the challenge we received */ + + EVP_DigestInit(&ctx, c->indigest); + EVP_DigestUpdate(&ctx, c->mychallenge, RSA_size(myself->connection->rsa_key)); + EVP_DigestFinal(&ctx, hash, NULL); + + /* Convert the hash to a hexadecimal formatted string */ + + bin2hex(hash,hash,c->indigest->md_size); + hash[c->indigest->md_size*2] = '\0'; + + /* Send the reply */ + +cp + return send_request(c, "%d %s", CHAL_REPLY, hash); +} + +int chal_reply_h(connection_t *c) +{ + char hishash[MAX_STRING_SIZE]; + char myhash[EVP_MAX_MD_SIZE]; + EVP_MD_CTX ctx; +cp + if(sscanf(c->buffer, "%*d "MAX_STRING, hishash) != 1) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Got bad %s from %s (%s)"), "CHAL_REPLY", c->name, c->hostname); + return -1; + } + + /* Check if the length of the hash is all right */ + + if(strlen(hishash) != c->outdigest->md_size*2) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Possible intruder %s (%s): %s"), c->name, c->hostname, _("wrong challenge reply length")); + return -1; + } + + /* Convert the hash to binary format */ + + hex2bin(hishash, hishash, c->outdigest->md_size); + + /* Calculate the hash from the challenge we sent */ + + EVP_DigestInit(&ctx, c->outdigest); + EVP_DigestUpdate(&ctx, c->hischallenge, RSA_size(c->rsa_key)); + EVP_DigestFinal(&ctx, myhash, NULL); + + /* Verify the incoming hash with the calculated hash */ + + if(memcmp(hishash, myhash, c->outdigest->md_size)) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Possible intruder %s (%s): %s"), c->name, c->hostname, _("wrong challenge reply")); + if(debug_lvl >= DEBUG_SCARY_THINGS) + { + bin2hex(myhash, hishash, SHA_DIGEST_LENGTH); + hishash[SHA_DIGEST_LENGTH*2] = '\0'; + syslog(LOG_DEBUG, _("Expected challenge reply: %s"), hishash); + } + return -1; + } + + /* Identity has now been positively verified. + Send an acknowledgement with the rest of the information needed. + */ + + c->allow_request = ACK; +cp + return send_ack(c); +} + +int send_ack(connection_t *c) +{ + /* ACK message contains rest of the information the other end needs + to create node_t and edge_t structures. */ + + int x; + char *address, *port; + struct timeval now; +cp + /* Estimate weight */ + + gettimeofday(&now, NULL); + c->estimated_weight = (now.tv_sec - c->start.tv_sec) * 1000 + (now.tv_usec - c->start.tv_usec) / 1000; + sockaddr2str(&c->address, &address, &port); + x = send_request(c, "%d %s %s %d %lx", ACK, myport, address, c->estimated_weight, c->options); + free(address); + free(port); +cp + return x; +} + +void send_everything(connection_t *c) +{ + avl_node_t *node, *node2; + node_t *n; + subnet_t *s; + edge_t *e; + + /* Send all known subnets */ + + for(node = node_tree->head; node; node = node->next) + { + n = (node_t *)node->data; + + for(node2 = n->subnet_tree->head; node2; node2 = node2->next) + { + s = (subnet_t *)node2->data; + send_add_subnet(c, s); + } + } + + /* Send all known edges */ + + for(node = edge_tree->head; node; node = node->next) + { + e = (edge_t *)node->data; + + if(e == c->edge) + continue; + + send_add_edge(c, e); + } +} + +int ack_h(connection_t *c) +{ + char myaddress[MAX_STRING_SIZE]; + char hisport[MAX_STRING_SIZE]; + char *hisaddress, *dummy; + int weight; + long int options; + node_t *n; + connection_t *other; + avl_node_t *node; +cp + if(sscanf(c->buffer, "%*d "MAX_STRING" "MAX_STRING" %d %lx", hisport, myaddress, &weight, &options) != 4) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Got bad %s from %s (%s)"), "ACK", c->name, c->hostname); + return -1; + } + + /* Check if we already have a node_t for him */ + + n = lookup_node(c->name); + + if(!n) + { + n = new_node(); + n->name = xstrdup(c->name); + node_add(n); + } + else + { + if(n->connection) + { + /* Oh dear, we already have a connection to this node. */ + if(debug_lvl >= DEBUG_CONNECTIONS) + syslog(LOG_DEBUG, _("Established a second connection with %s (%s), closing old connection"), n->name, n->hostname); + terminate_connection(n->connection, 0); + } + + /* FIXME: check if information in existing node matches that of the other end of this connection */ + } + + n->connection = c; + c->node = n; + c->options |= options; + + /* Create an edge_t for this connection */ + + c->edge = new_edge(); +cp + c->edge->from.node = myself; + c->edge->from.udpaddress = str2sockaddr(myaddress, myport); + c->edge->to.node = n; + sockaddr2str(&c->address, &hisaddress, &dummy); + c->edge->to.udpaddress = str2sockaddr(hisaddress, hisport); + free(hisaddress); + free(dummy); + c->edge->weight = (weight + c->estimated_weight) / 2; + c->edge->connection = c; + c->edge->options = c->options; +cp + edge_add(c->edge); + + /* Activate this connection */ + + c->allow_request = ALL; + c->status.active = 1; + + if(debug_lvl >= DEBUG_CONNECTIONS) + syslog(LOG_NOTICE, _("Connection with %s (%s) activated"), c->name, c->hostname); + +cp + /* Send him everything we know */ + + send_everything(c); + + /* Notify others of this connection */ + + for(node = connection_tree->head; node; node = node->next) + { + other = (connection_t *)node->data; + + if(other->status.active && other != c) + send_add_edge(other, c->edge); + } + + /* Run MST and SSSP algorithms */ + + graph(); +cp + return 0; +} diff --git a/src/protocol_edge.c b/src/protocol_edge.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0d3218e --- /dev/null +++ b/src/protocol_edge.c @@ -0,0 +1,298 @@ +/* + protocol_edge.c -- handle the meta-protocol, edges + Copyright (C) 1999-2002 Ivo Timmermans , + 2000-2002 Guus Sliepen + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. + + $Id: protocol_edge.c,v 1.1.4.7 2002/03/27 15:26:44 guus Exp $ +*/ + +#include "config.h" + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include +#include +#include + +#include "conf.h" +#include "net.h" +#include "netutl.h" +#include "protocol.h" +#include "meta.h" +#include "connection.h" +#include "node.h" +#include "edge.h" +#include "graph.h" + +#include "system.h" + +int send_add_edge(connection_t *c, edge_t *e) +{ + int x; + char *from_udpaddress, *from_udpport; + char *to_udpaddress, *to_udpport; +cp + sockaddr2str(&e->from.udpaddress, &from_udpaddress, &from_udpport); + sockaddr2str(&e->to.udpaddress, &to_udpaddress, &to_udpport); + x = send_request(c, "%d %lx %s %s %s %s %s %s %lx %d", ADD_EDGE, random(), + e->from.node->name, from_udpaddress, from_udpport, + e->to.node->name, to_udpaddress, to_udpport, + e->options, e->weight); + free(from_udpaddress); + free(from_udpport); + free(to_udpaddress); + free(to_udpport); +cp + return x; +} + +int add_edge_h(connection_t *c) +{ + connection_t *other; + edge_t *e; + node_t *from, *to; + char from_name[MAX_STRING_SIZE]; + char to_name[MAX_STRING_SIZE]; + char from_address[MAX_STRING_SIZE]; + char from_udpport[MAX_STRING_SIZE]; + char to_address[MAX_STRING_SIZE]; + char to_udpport[MAX_STRING_SIZE]; + sockaddr_t from_udpaddress; + sockaddr_t to_udpaddress; + long int options; + int weight; + avl_node_t *node; +cp + if(sscanf(c->buffer, "%*d %*x "MAX_STRING" "MAX_STRING" "MAX_STRING" "MAX_STRING" "MAX_STRING" "MAX_STRING" %lx %d", + from_name, from_address, from_udpport, + to_name, to_address, to_udpport, + &options, &weight) != 8) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Got bad %s from %s (%s)"), "ADD_EDGE", c->name, c->hostname); + return -1; + } + + /* Check if names are valid */ + + if(check_id(from_name)) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Got bad %s from %s (%s): %s"), "ADD_EDGE", c->name, c->hostname, _("invalid name")); + return -1; + } + + if(check_id(to_name)) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Got bad %s from %s (%s): %s"), "ADD_EDGE", c->name, c->hostname, _("invalid name")); + return -1; + } + + if(seen_request(c->buffer)) + return 0; + + /* Lookup nodes */ + + from = lookup_node(from_name); + + if(!from) + { + from = new_node(); + from->name = xstrdup(from_name); + node_add(from); + } + + to = lookup_node(to_name); + + if(!to) + { + to = new_node(); + to->name = xstrdup(to_name); + node_add(to); + } + + /* Convert addresses */ + + from_udpaddress = str2sockaddr(from_address, from_udpport); + to_udpaddress = str2sockaddr(to_address, to_udpport); + + /* Check if edge already exists */ + + e = lookup_edge(from, to); + + if(e) + { + if(e->weight != weight || e->options != options + || ((e->from.node == from) && (sockaddrcmp(&e->from.udpaddress, &from_udpaddress)|| sockaddrcmp(&e->to.udpaddress, &to_udpaddress))) + || ((e->from.node == to) && (sockaddrcmp(&e->from.udpaddress, &to_udpaddress) || sockaddrcmp(&e->to.udpaddress, &from_udpaddress))) + ) + { + if(from == myself || to == myself) + { + if(debug_lvl >= DEBUG_PROTOCOL) + syslog(LOG_WARNING, _("Got %s from %s (%s) for ourself which does not match existing entry"), "ADD_EDGE", c->name, c->hostname); + send_add_edge(c, e); + return 0; + } + else + { + if(debug_lvl >= DEBUG_PROTOCOL) + syslog(LOG_WARNING, _("Got %s from %s (%s) which does not match existing entry"), "ADD_EDGE", c->name, c->hostname); + edge_del(e); + } + } + else + return 0; + } + else if(from == myself || to == myself) + { + if(debug_lvl >= DEBUG_PROTOCOL) + syslog(LOG_WARNING, _("Got %s from %s (%s) for ourself which does not exist"), "ADD_EDGE", c->name, c->hostname); + e = new_edge(); + e->from.node = from; + e->to.node = to; + send_del_edge(c, e); + free_edge(e); + return 0; + } + + e = new_edge(); + e->from.node = from; + e->from.udpaddress = from_udpaddress; + e->to.node = to; + e->to.udpaddress = to_udpaddress; + e->options = options; + e->weight = weight; + edge_add(e); + + /* Tell the rest about the new edge */ + + for(node = connection_tree->head; node; node = node->next) + { + other = (connection_t *)node->data; + if(other->status.active && other != c) + send_request(other, "%s", c->buffer); + } + + /* Run MST before or after we tell the rest? */ + + graph(); +cp + return 0; +} + +int send_del_edge(connection_t *c, edge_t *e) +{ +cp + return send_request(c, "%d %lx %s %s", DEL_EDGE, random(), + e->from.node->name, e->to.node->name); +} + +int del_edge_h(connection_t *c) +{ + edge_t *e; + char from_name[MAX_STRING_SIZE]; + char to_name[MAX_STRING_SIZE]; + node_t *from, *to; + connection_t *other; + avl_node_t *node; +cp + if(sscanf(c->buffer, "%*d %*x "MAX_STRING" "MAX_STRING"", from_name, to_name) != 2) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Got bad %s from %s (%s)"), "DEL_EDGE", + c->name, c->hostname); + return -1; + } + + /* Check if names are valid */ + + if(check_id(from_name)) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Got bad %s from %s (%s): %s"), "DEL_EDGE", c->name, c->hostname, _("invalid name")); + return -1; + } + + if(check_id(to_name)) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Got bad %s from %s (%s): %s"), "DEL_EDGE", c->name, c->hostname, _("invalid name")); + return -1; + } + + if(seen_request(c->buffer)) + return 0; + + /* Lookup nodes */ + + from = lookup_node(from_name); + + if(!from) + { + if(debug_lvl >= DEBUG_PROTOCOL) + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Got %s from %s (%s) which does not appear in the edge tree"), "DEL_EDGE", c->name, c->hostname); + return 0; + } + + to = lookup_node(to_name); + + if(!to) + { + if(debug_lvl >= DEBUG_PROTOCOL) + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Got %s from %s (%s) which does not appear in the edge tree"), "DEL_EDGE", c->name, c->hostname); + return 0; + } + + /* Check if edge exists */ + + e = lookup_edge(from, to); + + if(!e) + { + if(debug_lvl >= DEBUG_PROTOCOL) + syslog(LOG_WARNING, _("Got %s from %s (%s) which does not appear in the edge tree"), "DEL_EDGE", c->name, c->hostname); + return 0; + } + + if(e->from.node == myself || e->to.node == myself) + { + if(debug_lvl >= DEBUG_PROTOCOL) + syslog(LOG_WARNING, _("Got %s from %s (%s) for ourself"), "DEL_EDGE", c->name, c->hostname); + send_add_edge(c, e); /* Send back a correction */ + return 0; + } + + /* Tell the rest about the deleted edge */ + + for(node = connection_tree->head; node; node = node->next) + { + other = (connection_t *)node->data; + if(other->status.active && other != c) + send_request(other, "%s", c->buffer); + } + + /* Delete the edge */ + + edge_del(e); + + /* Run MST before or after we tell the rest? */ + + graph(); +cp + return 0; +} diff --git a/src/protocol_key.c b/src/protocol_key.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..016fbff --- /dev/null +++ b/src/protocol_key.c @@ -0,0 +1,286 @@ +/* + protocol_key.c -- handle the meta-protocol, key exchange + Copyright (C) 1999-2002 Ivo Timmermans , + 2000-2002 Guus Sliepen + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. + + $Id: protocol_key.c,v 1.1.4.6 2002/03/22 13:31:18 guus Exp $ +*/ + +#include "config.h" + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include +#include +#include + +#include "conf.h" +#include "net.h" +#include "netutl.h" +#include "protocol.h" +#include "meta.h" +#include "connection.h" +#include "node.h" +#include "edge.h" + +#include "system.h" + +int mykeyused = 0; + +int send_key_changed(connection_t *c, node_t *n) +{ + connection_t *other; + avl_node_t *node; +cp + /* Only send this message if some other daemon requested our key previously. + This reduces unnecessary key_changed broadcasts. + */ + + if(n == myself && !mykeyused) + return 0; + + for(node = connection_tree->head; node; node = node->next) + { + other = (connection_t *)node->data; + if(other->status.active && other != c) + send_request(other, "%d %lx %s", KEY_CHANGED, random(), n->name); + } +cp + return 0; +} + +int key_changed_h(connection_t *c) +{ + char name[MAX_STRING_SIZE]; + avl_node_t *node; + connection_t *other; + node_t *n; +cp + if(sscanf(c->buffer, "%*d %*x "MAX_STRING, name) != 1) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Got bad %s from %s (%s)"), "KEY_CHANGED", + c->name, c->hostname); + return -1; + } + + if(seen_request(c->buffer)) + return 0; + + n = lookup_node(name); + + if(!n) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Got %s from %s (%s) origin %s which does not exist"), "KEY_CHANGED", + c->name, c->hostname, name); + return -1; + } + + n->status.validkey = 0; + n->status.waitingforkey = 0; + n->sent_seqno = 0; + + /* Tell the others */ + + for(node = connection_tree->head; node; node = node->next) + { + other = (connection_t *)node->data; + if(other->status.active && other != c) + send_request(other, "%s", c->buffer); + } +cp + return 0; +} + +int send_req_key(connection_t *c, node_t *from, node_t *to) +{ +cp + return send_request(c, "%d %s %s", REQ_KEY, + from->name, to->name); +} + +int req_key_h(connection_t *c) +{ + char from_name[MAX_STRING_SIZE]; + char to_name[MAX_STRING_SIZE]; + node_t *from, *to; +cp + if(sscanf(c->buffer, "%*d "MAX_STRING" "MAX_STRING, from_name, to_name) != 2) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Got bad %s from %s (%s)"), "REQ_KEY", + c->name, c->hostname); + return -1; + } + + from = lookup_node(from_name); + + if(!from) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Got %s from %s (%s) origin %s which does not exist in our connection list"), "REQ_KEY", + c->name, c->hostname, from_name); + return -1; + } + + to = lookup_node(to_name); + + if(!to) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Got %s from %s (%s) destination %s which does not exist in our connection list"), "REQ_KEY", + c->name, c->hostname, to_name); + return -1; + } + + /* Check if this key request is for us */ + + if(to == myself) /* Yes, send our own key back */ + { + mykeyused = 1; + from->received_seqno = 0; + send_ans_key(c, myself, from); + } + else + { +/* Proxy keys + if(to->status.validkey) + { + send_ans_key(c, to, from); + } + else +*/ + send_req_key(to->nexthop->connection, from, to); + } + +cp + return 0; +} + +int send_ans_key(connection_t *c, node_t *from, node_t *to) +{ + char key[MAX_STRING_SIZE]; +cp + bin2hex(from->key, key, from->keylength); + key[from->keylength * 2] = '\0'; +cp + return send_request(c, "%d %s %s %s %d %d %d %d", ANS_KEY, + from->name, to->name, key, from->cipher?from->cipher->nid:0, from->digest?from->digest->type:0, from->maclength, from->compression); +} + +int ans_key_h(connection_t *c) +{ + char from_name[MAX_STRING_SIZE]; + char to_name[MAX_STRING_SIZE]; + char key[MAX_STRING_SIZE]; + int cipher, digest, maclength, compression; + node_t *from, *to; +cp + if(sscanf(c->buffer, "%*d "MAX_STRING" "MAX_STRING" "MAX_STRING" %d %d %d %d", from_name, to_name, key, &cipher, &digest, &maclength, &compression) != 7) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Got bad %s from %s (%s)"), "ANS_KEY", + c->name, c->hostname); + return -1; + } + + from = lookup_node(from_name); + + if(!from) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Got %s from %s (%s) origin %s which does not exist in our connection list"), "ANS_KEY", + c->name, c->hostname, from_name); + return -1; + } + + to = lookup_node(to_name); + + if(!to) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Got %s from %s (%s) destination %s which does not exist in our connection list"), "ANS_KEY", + c->name, c->hostname, to_name); + return -1; + } + + /* Forward it if necessary */ + + if(to != myself) + { + return send_request(to->nexthop->connection, "%s", c->buffer); + } + + /* Update our copy of the origin's packet key */ + + if(from->key) + free(from->key); + + from->key = xstrdup(key); + from->keylength = strlen(key) / 2; + hex2bin(from->key, from->key, from->keylength); + from->key[from->keylength] = '\0'; + + from->status.validkey = 1; + from->status.waitingforkey = 0; + + /* Check and lookup cipher and digest algorithms */ + + if(cipher) + { + from->cipher = EVP_get_cipherbynid(cipher); + if(!from->cipher) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Node %s (%s) uses unknown cipher!"), from->name, from->hostname); + return -1; + } + if(from->keylength != from->cipher->key_len + from->cipher->iv_len) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Node %s (%s) uses wrong keylength!"), from->name, from->hostname); + return -1; + } + } + else + { + from->cipher = NULL; + } + + from->maclength = maclength; + + if(digest) + { + from->digest = EVP_get_digestbynid(digest); + if(!from->digest) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Node %s (%s) uses unknown digest!"), from->name, from->hostname); + return -1; + } + if(from->maclength > from->digest->md_size || from->maclength < 0) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Node %s (%s) uses bogus MAC length!"), from->name, from->hostname); + return -1; + } + } + else + { + from->digest = NULL; + } + + from->compression = compression; + + flush_queue(from); +cp + return 0; +} diff --git a/src/protocol_misc.c b/src/protocol_misc.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9f1a5fb --- /dev/null +++ b/src/protocol_misc.c @@ -0,0 +1,198 @@ +/* + protocol_misc.c -- handle the meta-protocol, miscellaneous functions + Copyright (C) 1999-2002 Ivo Timmermans , + 2000-2002 Guus Sliepen + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. + + $Id: protocol_misc.c,v 1.1.4.3 2002/03/23 20:21:10 guus Exp $ +*/ + +#include "config.h" + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include + +#include "conf.h" +#include "net.h" +#include "netutl.h" +#include "protocol.h" +#include "meta.h" +#include "connection.h" + +#include "system.h" + +/* Status and error notification routines */ + +int send_status(connection_t *c, int statusno, char *statusstring) +{ +cp + if(!statusstring) + statusstring = status_text[statusno]; +cp + return send_request(c, "%d %d %s", STATUS, statusno, statusstring); +} + +int status_h(connection_t *c) +{ + int statusno; + char statusstring[MAX_STRING_SIZE]; +cp + if(sscanf(c->buffer, "%*d %d "MAX_STRING, &statusno, statusstring) != 2) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Got bad %s from %s (%s)"), "STATUS", + c->name, c->hostname); + return -1; + } + + if(debug_lvl >= DEBUG_STATUS) + { + syslog(LOG_NOTICE, _("Status message from %s (%s): %s: %s"), + c->name, c->hostname, status_text[statusno], statusstring); + } + +cp + return 0; +} + +int send_error(connection_t *c, int err, char *errstring) +{ +cp + if(!errstring) + errstring = strerror(err); + return send_request(c, "%d %d %s", ERROR, err, errstring); +} + +int error_h(connection_t *c) +{ + int err; + char errorstring[MAX_STRING_SIZE]; +cp + if(sscanf(c->buffer, "%*d %d "MAX_STRING, &err, errorstring) != 2) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Got bad %s from %s (%s)"), "ERROR", + c->name, c->hostname); + return -1; + } + + if(debug_lvl >= DEBUG_ERROR) + { + syslog(LOG_NOTICE, _("Error message from %s (%s): %s: %s"), + c->name, c->hostname, strerror(err), errorstring); + } + + terminate_connection(c, c->status.active); +cp + return 0; +} + +int send_termreq(connection_t *c) +{ +cp + return send_request(c, "%d", TERMREQ); +} + +int termreq_h(connection_t *c) +{ +cp + terminate_connection(c, c->status.active); +cp + return 0; +} + +int send_ping(connection_t *c) +{ +cp + c->status.pinged = 1; + c->last_ping_time = now; +cp + return send_request(c, "%d", PING); +} + +int ping_h(connection_t *c) +{ +cp + return send_pong(c); +} + +int send_pong(connection_t *c) +{ +cp + return send_request(c, "%d", PONG); +} + +int pong_h(connection_t *c) +{ +cp + c->status.pinged = 0; + + /* Succesful connection, reset timeout if this is an outgoing connection. */ + + if(c->outgoing) + c->outgoing->timeout = 0; +cp + return 0; +} + +/* Sending and receiving packets via TCP */ + +int send_tcppacket(connection_t *c, vpn_packet_t *packet) +{ + int x; +cp + /* Evil hack. */ + + x = send_request(c, "%d %hd", PACKET, packet->len); + + if(x) + return x; +cp + return send_meta(c, packet->data, packet->len); +} + +int tcppacket_h(connection_t *c) +{ + short int len; +cp + if(sscanf(c->buffer, "%*d %hd", &len) != 1) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Got bad %s from %s (%s)"), "PACKET", c->name, c->hostname); + return -1; + } + + /* Set reqlen to len, this will tell receive_meta() that a tcppacket is coming. */ + + c->tcplen = len; +cp + return 0; +} + +/* Status strings */ + +char (*status_text[]) = { + "Warning", +}; + +/* Error strings */ + +char (*error_text[]) = { + "Error", +}; diff --git a/src/protocol_subnet.c b/src/protocol_subnet.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7f6cfc1 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/protocol_subnet.c @@ -0,0 +1,237 @@ +/* + protocol_subnet.c -- handle the meta-protocol, subnets + Copyright (C) 1999-2002 Ivo Timmermans , + 2000-2002 Guus Sliepen + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. + + $Id: protocol_subnet.c,v 1.1.4.3 2002/03/22 13:31:18 guus Exp $ +*/ + +#include "config.h" + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include +#include +#include + +#include "conf.h" +#include "net.h" +#include "netutl.h" +#include "protocol.h" +#include "meta.h" +#include "connection.h" +#include "node.h" +#include "edge.h" +#include "graph.h" + +#include "system.h" + +int send_add_subnet(connection_t *c, subnet_t *subnet) +{ + int x; + char *netstr; +cp + x = send_request(c, "%d %lx %s %s", ADD_SUBNET, random(), + subnet->owner->name, netstr = net2str(subnet)); + free(netstr); +cp + return x; +} + +int add_subnet_h(connection_t *c) +{ + char subnetstr[MAX_STRING_SIZE]; + char name[MAX_STRING_SIZE]; + node_t *owner; + connection_t *other; + subnet_t *s; + avl_node_t *node; +cp + if(sscanf(c->buffer, "%*d %*x "MAX_STRING" "MAX_STRING, name, subnetstr) != 2) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Got bad %s from %s (%s)"), "ADD_SUBNET", c->name, c->hostname); + return -1; + } + + /* Check if owner name is a valid */ + + if(check_id(name)) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Got bad %s from %s (%s): %s"), "ADD_SUBNET", c->name, c->hostname, _("invalid name")); + return -1; + } + + /* Check if subnet string is valid */ + + if(!(s = str2net(subnetstr))) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Got bad %s from %s (%s): %s"), "ADD_SUBNET", c->name, c->hostname, _("invalid subnet string")); + return -1; + } + + if(seen_request(c->buffer)) + return 0; + + /* Check if the owner of the new subnet is in the connection list */ + + owner = lookup_node(name); + + if(!owner) + { + owner = new_node(); + owner->name = xstrdup(name); + node_add(owner); + } + + /* Check if we already know this subnet */ + + if(lookup_subnet(owner, s)) + { + free_subnet(s); + return 0; + } + + /* If we don't know this subnet, but we are the owner, retaliate with a DEL_SUBNET */ + + if(owner == myself) + { + if(debug_lvl >= DEBUG_PROTOCOL) + syslog(LOG_WARNING, _("Got %s from %s (%s) for ourself"), "ADD_SUBNET", c->name, c->hostname); + s->owner = myself; + send_del_subnet(c, s); + return 0; + } + + /* If everything is correct, add the subnet to the list of the owner */ + + subnet_add(owner, s); + + /* Tell the rest */ + + for(node = connection_tree->head; node; node = node->next) + { + other = (connection_t *)node->data; + if(other->status.active && other != c) + send_request(other, "%s", c->buffer); + } +cp + return 0; +} + +int send_del_subnet(connection_t *c, subnet_t *s) +{ + int x; + char *netstr; +cp + netstr = net2str(s); + x = send_request(c, "%d %lx %s %s", DEL_SUBNET, random(), s->owner->name, netstr); + free(netstr); +cp + return x; +} + +int del_subnet_h(connection_t *c) +{ + char subnetstr[MAX_STRING_SIZE]; + char name[MAX_STRING_SIZE]; + node_t *owner; + connection_t *other; + subnet_t *s, *find; + avl_node_t *node; +cp + if(sscanf(c->buffer, "%*d %*x "MAX_STRING" "MAX_STRING, name, subnetstr) != 2) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Got bad %s from %s (%s)"), "DEL_SUBNET", c->name, c->hostname); + return -1; + } + + /* Check if owner name is a valid */ + + if(check_id(name)) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Got bad %s from %s (%s): %s"), "DEL_SUBNET", c->name, c->hostname, _("invalid name")); + return -1; + } + + /* Check if the owner of the new subnet is in the connection list */ + + if(!(owner = lookup_node(name))) + { + if(debug_lvl >= DEBUG_PROTOCOL) + syslog(LOG_WARNING, _("Got %s from %s (%s) for %s which is not in our node tree"), + "DEL_SUBNET", c->name, c->hostname, name); + return 0; + } + + /* Check if subnet string is valid */ + + if(!(s = str2net(subnetstr))) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Got bad %s from %s (%s): %s"), "DEL_SUBNET", c->name, c->hostname, _("invalid subnet string")); + return -1; + } + + if(seen_request(c->buffer)) + return 0; + + /* If everything is correct, delete the subnet from the list of the owner */ + + s->owner = owner; + + find = lookup_subnet(owner, s); + + free_subnet(s); + + if(!find) + { + if(debug_lvl >= DEBUG_PROTOCOL) + syslog(LOG_WARNING, _("Got %s from %s (%s) for %s which does not appear in his subnet tree"), + "DEL_SUBNET", c->name, c->hostname, name); + return 0; + } + + /* If we are the owner of this subnet, retaliate with an ADD_SUBNET */ + + if(owner == myself) + { + if(debug_lvl >= DEBUG_PROTOCOL) + syslog(LOG_WARNING, _("Got %s from %s (%s) for ourself"), "DEL_SUBNET", c->name, c->hostname); + send_add_subnet(c, find); + return 0; + } + + /* Tell the rest */ + + for(node = connection_tree->head; node; node = node->next) + { + other = (connection_t *)node->data; + if(other->status.active && other != c) + send_request(other, "%s", c->buffer); + } + + /* Finally, delete it. */ + + subnet_del(owner, find); + +cp + return 0; +} diff --git a/src/route.c b/src/route.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dcf43e4 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/route.c @@ -0,0 +1,493 @@ +/* + route.c -- routing + Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Ivo Timmermans , + 2000-2002 Guus Sliepen + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. + + $Id: route.c,v 1.1.2.37 2002/03/19 00:08:23 guus Exp $ +*/ + +#include "config.h" + +#if defined(HAVE_FREEBSD) || defined(HAVE_OPENBSD) + #include +#endif +#include +#include +#if defined(HAVE_SOLARIS) || defined(HAVE_OPENBSD) + #include + #define ETHER_ADDR_LEN 6 +#else + #include +#endif +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include + +#include "net.h" +#include "connection.h" +#include "subnet.h" +#include "route.h" +#include "protocol.h" +#include "device.h" + +#include "system.h" + +int routing_mode = RMODE_ROUTER; +int priorityinheritance = 0; +int macexpire = 600; +subnet_t mymac; + +void learn_mac(mac_t *address) +{ + subnet_t *subnet; + avl_node_t *node; + connection_t *c; +cp + subnet = lookup_subnet_mac(address); + + /* If we don't know this MAC address yet, store it */ + + if(!subnet || subnet->owner!=myself) + { + if(debug_lvl >= DEBUG_TRAFFIC) + syslog(LOG_INFO, _("Learned new MAC address %hx:%hx:%hx:%hx:%hx:%hx"), + address->x[0], address->x[1], address->x[2], address->x[3], address->x[4], address->x[5]); + + subnet = new_subnet(); + subnet->type = SUBNET_MAC; + memcpy(&subnet->net.mac.address, address, sizeof(mac_t)); + subnet_add(myself, subnet); + + /* And tell all other tinc daemons it's our MAC */ + + for(node = connection_tree->head; node; node = node->next) + { + c = (connection_t *)node->data; + if(c->status.active) + send_add_subnet(c, subnet); + } + } + + subnet->net.mac.lastseen = now; +} + +void age_mac(void) +{ + subnet_t *s; + connection_t *c; + avl_node_t *node, *next, *node2; +cp + for(node = myself->subnet_tree->head; node; node = next) + { + next = node->next; + s = (subnet_t *)node->data; + if(s->type == SUBNET_MAC && s->net.mac.lastseen && s->net.mac.lastseen + macexpire < now) + { + if(debug_lvl >= DEBUG_TRAFFIC) + syslog(LOG_INFO, _("MAC address %hx:%hx:%hx:%hx:%hx:%hx expired"), + s->net.mac.address.x[0], s->net.mac.address.x[1], s->net.mac.address.x[2], s->net.mac.address.x[3], s->net.mac.address.x[4], s->net.mac.address.x[5]); + for(node2 = connection_tree->head; node2; node2 = node2->next) + { + c = (connection_t *)node2->data; + if(c->status.active) + send_del_subnet(c, s); + } + subnet_del(myself, s); + } + } +cp +} + +node_t *route_mac(vpn_packet_t *packet) +{ + subnet_t *subnet; +cp + /* Learn source address */ + + learn_mac((mac_t *)(&packet->data[6])); + + /* Lookup destination address */ + + subnet = lookup_subnet_mac((mac_t *)(&packet->data[0])); + + if(subnet) + return subnet->owner; + else + return NULL; +} + +node_t *route_ipv4(vpn_packet_t *packet) +{ + subnet_t *subnet; +cp + if(priorityinheritance) + packet->priority = packet->data[15]; + + subnet = lookup_subnet_ipv4((ipv4_t *)&packet->data[30]); +cp + if(!subnet) + { + if(debug_lvl >= DEBUG_TRAFFIC) + { + syslog(LOG_WARNING, _("Cannot route packet: unknown IPv4 destination address %d.%d.%d.%d"), + packet->data[30], packet->data[31], packet->data[32], packet->data[33]); + } + + return NULL; + } +cp + return subnet->owner; +} + +node_t *route_ipv6(vpn_packet_t *packet) +{ + subnet_t *subnet; +cp + subnet = lookup_subnet_ipv6((ipv6_t *)&packet->data[38]); +cp + if(!subnet) + { + if(debug_lvl >= DEBUG_TRAFFIC) + { + syslog(LOG_WARNING, _("Cannot route packet: unknown IPv6 destination address %hx:%hx:%hx:%hx:%hx:%hx:%hx:%hx"), + ntohs(*(short unsigned int *)&packet->data[38]), + ntohs(*(short unsigned int *)&packet->data[40]), + ntohs(*(short unsigned int *)&packet->data[42]), + ntohs(*(short unsigned int *)&packet->data[44]), + ntohs(*(short unsigned int *)&packet->data[46]), + ntohs(*(short unsigned int *)&packet->data[48]), + ntohs(*(short unsigned int *)&packet->data[50]), + ntohs(*(short unsigned int *)&packet->data[52])); + } + + return NULL; + } +cp + return subnet->owner; +} + +unsigned short int inet_checksum(unsigned short int *data, int len, unsigned short int prevsum) +{ + unsigned long int checksum = prevsum ^ 0xFFFF; + + while(len--) + checksum += ntohs(*data++); + + while(checksum >> 16) + checksum = (checksum & 0xFFFF) + (checksum >> 16); + + return checksum ^ 0xFFFF; +} + +void route_neighborsol(vpn_packet_t *packet) +{ + struct ip6_hdr *hdr; + struct nd_neighbor_solicit *ns; + struct nd_opt_hdr *opt; + subnet_t *subnet; + short unsigned int checksum; + + struct { + struct in6_addr ip6_src; /* source address */ + struct in6_addr ip6_dst; /* destination address */ + uint32_t length; + uint8_t junk[4]; + } pseudo; + +cp + hdr = (struct ip6_hdr *)(packet->data + 14); + ns = (struct nd_neighbor_solicit *)(packet->data + 14 + sizeof(*hdr)); + opt = (struct nd_opt_hdr *)(packet->data + 14 + sizeof(*hdr) + sizeof(*ns)); + + /* First, snatch the source address from the neighbor solicitation packet */ + + memcpy(mymac.net.mac.address.x, packet->data + 6, 6); + + /* Check if this is a valid neighbor solicitation request */ + + if(ns->nd_ns_hdr.icmp6_type != ND_NEIGHBOR_SOLICIT || + opt->nd_opt_type != ND_OPT_SOURCE_LINKADDR) + { + if(debug_lvl > DEBUG_TRAFFIC) + { + syslog(LOG_WARNING, _("Cannot route packet: received unknown type neighbor solicitation request")); + } + return; + } + + /* Create pseudo header */ + + memcpy(&pseudo.ip6_src, &hdr->ip6_src, 16); + memcpy(&pseudo.ip6_dst, &hdr->ip6_dst, 16); + pseudo.length = htonl(sizeof(*ns) + sizeof(*opt) + 6); + pseudo.junk[0] = pseudo.junk[1] = pseudo.junk[2] = 0; + pseudo.junk[3] = IPPROTO_ICMPV6; + + /* Generate checksum */ + + checksum = inet_checksum((unsigned short int *)&pseudo, sizeof(pseudo)/2, ~0); + checksum = inet_checksum((unsigned short int *)ns, sizeof(*ns)/2 + 4, checksum); + + if(checksum) + { + if(debug_lvl >= DEBUG_TRAFFIC) + syslog(LOG_WARNING, _("Cannot route packet: checksum error for neighbor solicitation request")); + return; + } + + /* Check if the IPv6 address exists on the VPN */ + + subnet = lookup_subnet_ipv6((ipv6_t *)&ns->nd_ns_target); + + if(!subnet) + { + if(debug_lvl >= DEBUG_TRAFFIC) + { + syslog(LOG_WARNING, _("Cannot route packet: neighbor solicitation request for unknown address %hx:%hx:%hx:%hx:%hx:%hx:%hx:%hx"), + ntohs(((uint16_t *)&ns->nd_ns_target)[0]), ntohs(((uint16_t *)&ns->nd_ns_target)[1]), ntohs(((uint16_t *)&ns->nd_ns_target)[2]), ntohs(((uint16_t *)&ns->nd_ns_target)[3]), + ntohs(((uint16_t *)&ns->nd_ns_target)[4]), ntohs(((uint16_t *)&ns->nd_ns_target)[5]), ntohs(((uint16_t *)&ns->nd_ns_target)[6]), ntohs(((uint16_t *)&ns->nd_ns_target)[7])); + } + + return; + } + + /* Check if it is for our own subnet */ + + if(subnet->owner == myself) + return; /* silently ignore */ + + /* Create neighbor advertation reply */ + + memcpy(packet->data, packet->data + ETHER_ADDR_LEN, ETHER_ADDR_LEN); /* copy destination address */ + packet->data[ETHER_ADDR_LEN*2 - 1] ^= 0xFF; /* mangle source address so it looks like it's not from us */ + + memcpy(&hdr->ip6_dst, &hdr->ip6_src, 16); /* swap destination and source protocol address */ + memcpy(&hdr->ip6_src, &ns->nd_ns_target, 16); /* ... */ + + memcpy((char *)opt + sizeof(*opt), packet->data + ETHER_ADDR_LEN, 6); /* add fake source hard addr */ + + ns->nd_ns_hdr.icmp6_cksum = 0; + ns->nd_ns_hdr.icmp6_type = ND_NEIGHBOR_ADVERT; + ns->nd_ns_hdr.icmp6_dataun.icmp6_un_data8[0] = 0x40; /* Set solicited flag */ + ns->nd_ns_hdr.icmp6_dataun.icmp6_un_data8[1] = ns->nd_ns_hdr.icmp6_dataun.icmp6_un_data8[2] = ns->nd_ns_hdr.icmp6_dataun.icmp6_un_data8[3] = 0; + opt->nd_opt_type = ND_OPT_TARGET_LINKADDR; + + /* Create pseudo header */ + + memcpy(&pseudo.ip6_src, &hdr->ip6_src, 16); + memcpy(&pseudo.ip6_dst, &hdr->ip6_dst, 16); + pseudo.length = htonl(sizeof(*ns) + sizeof(*opt) + 6); + pseudo.junk[0] = pseudo.junk[1] = pseudo.junk[2] = 0; + pseudo.junk[3] = IPPROTO_ICMPV6; + + /* Generate checksum */ + + checksum = inet_checksum((unsigned short int *)&pseudo, sizeof(pseudo)/2, ~0); + checksum = inet_checksum((unsigned short int *)ns, sizeof(*ns)/2 + 4, checksum); + + ns->nd_ns_hdr.icmp6_cksum = htons(checksum); + + write_packet(packet); +cp +} + +void route_arp(vpn_packet_t *packet) +{ + struct ether_arp *arp; + subnet_t *subnet; + unsigned char ipbuf[4]; +cp + /* First, snatch the source address from the ARP packet */ + + memcpy(mymac.net.mac.address.x, packet->data + 6, 6); + + /* This routine generates replies to ARP requests. + You don't need to set NOARP flag on the interface anymore (which is broken on FreeBSD). + Most of the code here is taken from choparp.c by Takamichi Tateoka (tree@mma.club.uec.ac.jp) + */ + + arp = (struct ether_arp *)(packet->data + 14); + + /* Check if this is a valid ARP request */ + + if(ntohs(arp->arp_hrd) != ARPHRD_ETHER || + ntohs(arp->arp_pro) != ETHERTYPE_IP || + (int) (arp->arp_hln) != ETHER_ADDR_LEN || + (int) (arp->arp_pln) != 4 || + ntohs(arp->arp_op) != ARPOP_REQUEST ) + { + if(debug_lvl > DEBUG_TRAFFIC) + { + syslog(LOG_WARNING, _("Cannot route packet: received unknown type ARP request")); + } + return; + } + + /* Check if the IPv4 address exists on the VPN */ + + subnet = lookup_subnet_ipv4((ipv4_t *)arp->arp_tpa); + + if(!subnet) + { + if(debug_lvl >= DEBUG_TRAFFIC) + { + syslog(LOG_WARNING, _("Cannot route packet: ARP request for unknown address %d.%d.%d.%d"), + arp->arp_tpa[0], arp->arp_tpa[1], arp->arp_tpa[2], arp->arp_tpa[3]); + } + + return; + } + + /* Check if it is for our own subnet */ + + if(subnet->owner == myself) + return; /* silently ignore */ + + memcpy(packet->data, packet->data + ETHER_ADDR_LEN, ETHER_ADDR_LEN); /* copy destination address */ + packet->data[ETHER_ADDR_LEN*2 - 1] ^= 0xFF; /* mangle source address so it looks like it's not from us */ + + memcpy(ipbuf, arp->arp_tpa, 4); /* save protocol addr */ + memcpy(arp->arp_tpa, arp->arp_spa, 4); /* swap destination and source protocol address */ + memcpy(arp->arp_spa, ipbuf, 4); /* ... */ + + memcpy(arp->arp_tha, arp->arp_sha, 10); /* set target hard/proto addr */ + memcpy(arp->arp_sha, packet->data + ETHER_ADDR_LEN, ETHER_ADDR_LEN); /* add fake source hard addr */ + arp->arp_op = htons(ARPOP_REPLY); + + write_packet(packet); +cp +} + +void route_outgoing(vpn_packet_t *packet) +{ + unsigned short int type; + node_t *n = NULL; +cp + /* FIXME: multicast? */ + + switch(routing_mode) + { + case RMODE_ROUTER: + type = ntohs(*((unsigned short*)(&packet->data[12]))); + switch(type) + { + case 0x0800: + n = route_ipv4(packet); + break; + case 0x86DD: + if(packet->data[20] == IPPROTO_ICMPV6 && packet->data[54] == ND_NEIGHBOR_SOLICIT) + { + route_neighborsol(packet); + return; + } + n = route_ipv6(packet); + break; + case 0x0806: + route_arp(packet); + return; + default: + if(debug_lvl >= DEBUG_TRAFFIC) + { + syslog(LOG_WARNING, _("Cannot route packet: unknown type %hx"), type); + } + return; + } + if(n) + send_packet(n, packet); + break; + + case RMODE_SWITCH: + n = route_mac(packet); + if(n) + send_packet(n, packet); + else + broadcast_packet(myself, packet); + break; + + case RMODE_HUB: + broadcast_packet(myself, packet); + break; + } +} + +void route_incoming(node_t *source, vpn_packet_t *packet) +{ + switch(routing_mode) + { + case RMODE_ROUTER: + { + node_t *n = NULL; + unsigned short int type; + + type = ntohs(*((unsigned short*)(&packet->data[12]))); + switch(type) + { + case 0x0800: + n = route_ipv4(packet); + break; + case 0x86DD: + n = route_ipv6(packet); + break; + default: + n = myself; + break; + } + + if(n) + { + if(n == myself) + { + memcpy(packet->data, mymac.net.mac.address.x, 6); + write_packet(packet); + } + else + send_packet(n, packet); + } + } + break; + case RMODE_SWITCH: + { + subnet_t *subnet; + + subnet = lookup_subnet_mac((mac_t *)(&packet->data[0])); + + if(subnet) + { + if(subnet->owner == myself) + write_packet(packet); + else + send_packet(subnet->owner, packet); + } + else + { + broadcast_packet(source, packet); + write_packet(packet); + } + } + break; + case RMODE_HUB: + broadcast_packet(source, packet); /* Spread it on */ + write_packet(packet); + break; + } +} diff --git a/src/route.h b/src/route.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d188af2 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/route.h @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +/* + route.h -- header file for route.c + Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Ivo Timmermans + 2000-2002 Guus Sliepen + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. + + $Id: route.h,v 1.1.2.7 2002/03/01 14:09:31 guus Exp $ +*/ + +#ifndef __TINC_ROUTE_H__ +#define __TINC_ROUTE_H__ + +enum +{ + RMODE_HUB = 0, + RMODE_SWITCH, + RMODE_ROUTER, +}; + +extern int routing_mode; +extern int priorityinheritance; +extern int macexpire; + +extern void age_mac(void); +extern void route_incoming(node_t *, vpn_packet_t *); +extern void route_outgoing(vpn_packet_t *); + +#endif /* __TINC_ROUTE_H__ */ diff --git a/src/solaris/device.c b/src/solaris/device.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..758068d --- /dev/null +++ b/src/solaris/device.c @@ -0,0 +1,196 @@ +/* + device.c -- Interaction with Solaris tun device + Copyright (C) 2001-2002 Ivo Timmermans , + 2001-2002 Guus Sliepen + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. + + $Id: device.c,v 1.1.2.7 2002/02/18 16:25:19 guus Exp $ +*/ + + +#include "config.h" + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#define DEFAULT_DEVICE "/dev/tun" + +#include +#include "conf.h" +#include "net.h" +#include "subnet.h" + +#include "system.h" + +int device_fd = -1; +int device_type; +char *device = NULL; +char *interface = NULL; +char ifrname[IFNAMSIZ]; +char *device_info = NULL; + +int device_total_in = 0; +int device_total_out = 0; + +subnet_t mymac; + +int setup_device(void) +{ + int ip_fd = -1, if_fd = -1; + int ppa; + char *ptr; + +cp + if(!get_config_string(lookup_config(config_tree, "Device"), &device)) + device = DEFAULT_DEVICE; + +cp + if((device_fd = open(device, O_RDWR | O_NONBLOCK)) < 0) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Could not open %s: %s"), device, strerror(errno)); + return -1; + } +cp + ppa = 0; + + ptr = device; + while(*ptr && !isdigit((int)*ptr)) ptr++; + ppa = atoi(ptr); + + if( (ip_fd = open("/dev/ip", O_RDWR, 0)) < 0){ + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Could not open /dev/ip: %s"), strerror(errno)); + return -1; + } + + /* Assign a new PPA and get its unit number. */ + if( (ppa = ioctl(device_fd, TUNNEWPPA, ppa)) < 0){ + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Can't assign new interface: %s"), strerror(errno)); + return -1; + } + + if( (if_fd = open(device, O_RDWR, 0)) < 0){ + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Could not open %s twice: %s"), device, strerror(errno)); + return -1; + } + + if(ioctl(if_fd, I_PUSH, "ip") < 0){ + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Can't push IP module: %s"), strerror(errno)); + return -1; + } + + /* Assign ppa according to the unit number returned by tun device */ + if(ioctl(if_fd, IF_UNITSEL, (char *)&ppa) < 0){ + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Can't set PPA %d: %s"), ppa, strerror(errno)); + return -1; + } + + if(ioctl(ip_fd, I_LINK, if_fd) < 0){ + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Can't link TUN device to IP: %s"), strerror(errno)); + return -1; + } + + if(!get_config_string(lookup_config(config_tree, "Interface"), &interface)) + asprintf(&interface, "tun%d", ppa); + + device_info = _("Solaris tun device"); + + /* Set default MAC address for ethertap devices */ + + mymac.type = SUBNET_MAC; + mymac.net.mac.address.x[0] = 0xfe; + mymac.net.mac.address.x[1] = 0xfd; + mymac.net.mac.address.x[2] = 0x00; + mymac.net.mac.address.x[3] = 0x00; + mymac.net.mac.address.x[4] = 0x00; + mymac.net.mac.address.x[5] = 0x00; + + syslog(LOG_INFO, _("%s is a %s"), device, device_info); +cp + return 0; +} + +void close_device(void) +{ +cp + close(device_fd); +} + +int read_packet(vpn_packet_t *packet) +{ + int lenin; +cp + if((lenin = read(device_fd, packet->data + 14, MTU - 14)) <= 0) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Error while reading from %s %s: %s"), device_info, device, strerror(errno)); + return -1; + } + + memcpy(packet->data, mymac.net.mac.address.x, 6); + memcpy(packet->data + 6, mymac.net.mac.address.x, 6); + packet->data[12] = 0x08; + packet->data[13] = 0x00; + + packet->len = lenin + 14; + + device_total_in += packet->len; + + if(debug_lvl >= DEBUG_TRAFFIC) + { + syslog(LOG_DEBUG, _("Read packet of %d bytes from %s"), packet->len, device_info); + } + + return 0; +cp +} + +int write_packet(vpn_packet_t *packet) +{ +cp + if(debug_lvl >= DEBUG_TRAFFIC) + syslog(LOG_DEBUG, _("Writing packet of %d bytes to %s"), + packet->len, device_info); + + if(write(device_fd, packet->data + 14, packet->len - 14) < 0) + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Can't write to %s %s: %s"), device_info, packet->len, strerror(errno)); + return -1; + } + + device_total_out += packet->len; +cp + return 0; +} + +void dump_device_stats(void) +{ +cp + syslog(LOG_DEBUG, _("Statistics for %s %s:"), device_info, device); + syslog(LOG_DEBUG, _(" total bytes in: %10d"), device_total_in); + syslog(LOG_DEBUG, _(" total bytes out: %10d"), device_total_out); +cp +} diff --git a/src/subnet.c b/src/subnet.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0320957 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/subnet.c @@ -0,0 +1,394 @@ +/* + subnet.c -- handle subnet lookups and lists + Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Guus Sliepen , + 2000-2002 Ivo Timmermans + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. + + $Id: subnet.c,v 1.1.2.34 2002/04/09 11:42:48 guus Exp $ +*/ + +#include "config.h" + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include +#include +#include + +#include "conf.h" +#include "net.h" +#include "node.h" +#include "subnet.h" +#include "netutl.h" + +#include "system.h" + +/* lists type of subnet */ + +avl_tree_t *subnet_tree; + +/* Subnet comparison */ + +int subnet_compare_mac(subnet_t *a, subnet_t *b) +{ +cp + return memcmp(&a->net.mac.address, &b->net.mac.address, sizeof(mac_t)); +} + +int subnet_compare_ipv4(subnet_t *a, subnet_t *b) +{ + int result; +cp + result = memcmp(&a->net.ipv4.address, &b->net.ipv4.address, sizeof(ipv4_t)); + + if(result) + return result; + + return a->net.ipv4.prefixlength - b->net.ipv4.prefixlength; +} + +int subnet_compare_ipv6(subnet_t *a, subnet_t *b) +{ + int result; +cp + result = memcmp(&a->net.ipv6.address, &b->net.ipv6.address, sizeof(ipv6_t)); + + if(result) + return result; + + return a->net.ipv6.prefixlength - b->net.ipv6.prefixlength; +} + +int subnet_compare(subnet_t *a, subnet_t *b) +{ + int result; +cp + result = a->type - b->type; + + if(result) + return result; + + switch(a->type) + { + case SUBNET_MAC: + return subnet_compare_mac(a, b); + case SUBNET_IPV4: + return subnet_compare_ipv4(a, b); + case SUBNET_IPV6: + return subnet_compare_ipv6(a, b); + default: + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("subnet_compare() was called with unknown subnet type %d, exitting!"), a->type); + cp_trace(); + exit(0); + } + + return 0; +} + +/* Initialising trees */ + +void init_subnets(void) +{ +cp + subnet_tree = avl_alloc_tree((avl_compare_t)subnet_compare, (avl_action_t)free_subnet); +cp +} + +void exit_subnets(void) +{ +cp + avl_delete_tree(subnet_tree); +cp +} + +avl_tree_t *new_subnet_tree(void) +{ +cp + return avl_alloc_tree((avl_compare_t)subnet_compare, NULL); +cp +} + +void free_subnet_tree(avl_tree_t *subnet_tree) +{ +cp + avl_delete_tree(subnet_tree); +cp +} + +/* Allocating and freeing space for subnets */ + +subnet_t *new_subnet(void) +{ +cp + return (subnet_t *)xmalloc(sizeof(subnet_t)); +} + +void free_subnet(subnet_t *subnet) +{ +cp + free(subnet); +} + +/* Adding and removing subnets */ + +void subnet_add(node_t *n, subnet_t *subnet) +{ +cp + subnet->owner = n; + + avl_insert(subnet_tree, subnet); +cp + avl_insert(n->subnet_tree, subnet); +cp +} + +void subnet_del(node_t *n, subnet_t *subnet) +{ +cp + avl_delete(n->subnet_tree, subnet); +cp + avl_delete(subnet_tree, subnet); +cp +} + +/* Ascii representation of subnets */ + +subnet_t *str2net(char *subnetstr) +{ + int i, l; + subnet_t *subnet; + unsigned short int x[8]; +cp + subnet = new_subnet(); +cp + if(sscanf(subnetstr, "%hu.%hu.%hu.%hu/%d", + &x[0], &x[1], &x[2], &x[3], + &l) == 5) + { + subnet->type = SUBNET_IPV4; + subnet->net.ipv4.prefixlength = l; + for(i = 0; i < 4; i++) + subnet->net.ipv4.address.x[i] = x[i]; + return subnet; + } + + if(sscanf(subnetstr, "%hx:%hx:%hx:%hx:%hx:%hx:%hx:%hx/%d", + &x[0], &x[1], &x[2], &x[3], &x[4], &x[5], &x[6], &x[7], + &l) == 9) + { + subnet->type = SUBNET_IPV6; + subnet->net.ipv6.prefixlength = l; + for(i = 0; i < 8; i++) + subnet->net.ipv6.address.x[i] = htons(x[i]); + return subnet; + } + + if(sscanf(subnetstr, "%hu.%hu.%hu.%hu", + &x[0], &x[1], &x[2], &x[3]) == 4) + { + subnet->type = SUBNET_IPV4; + subnet->net.ipv4.prefixlength = 32; + for(i = 0; i < 4; i++) + subnet->net.ipv4.address.x[i] = x[i]; + return subnet; + } + + if(sscanf(subnetstr, "%hx:%hx:%hx:%hx:%hx:%hx:%hx:%hx", + &x[0], &x[1], &x[2], &x[3], &x[4], &x[5], &x[6], &x[7]) == 8) + { + subnet->type = SUBNET_IPV6; + subnet->net.ipv6.prefixlength = 128; + for(i = 0; i < 8; i++) + subnet->net.ipv6.address.x[i] = htons(x[i]); + return subnet; + } + + if(sscanf(subnetstr, "%hx:%hx:%hx:%hx:%hx:%hx", + &x[0], &x[1], &x[2], &x[3], &x[4], &x[5]) == 6) + { + subnet->type = SUBNET_MAC; + for(i = 0; i < 6; i++) + subnet->net.mac.address.x[i] = x[i]; + return subnet; + } + + free(subnet); + return NULL; +} + +char *net2str(subnet_t *subnet) +{ + char *netstr; +cp + switch(subnet->type) + { + case SUBNET_MAC: + asprintf(&netstr, "%hx:%hx:%hx:%hx:%hx:%hx", + subnet->net.mac.address.x[0], + subnet->net.mac.address.x[1], + subnet->net.mac.address.x[2], + subnet->net.mac.address.x[3], + subnet->net.mac.address.x[4], + subnet->net.mac.address.x[5]); + break; + case SUBNET_IPV4: + asprintf(&netstr, "%hu.%hu.%hu.%hu/%d", + subnet->net.ipv4.address.x[0], + subnet->net.ipv4.address.x[1], + subnet->net.ipv4.address.x[2], + subnet->net.ipv4.address.x[3], + subnet->net.ipv4.prefixlength); + break; + case SUBNET_IPV6: + asprintf(&netstr, "%hx:%hx:%hx:%hx:%hx:%hx:%hx:%hx/%d", + ntohs(subnet->net.ipv6.address.x[0]), + ntohs(subnet->net.ipv6.address.x[1]), + ntohs(subnet->net.ipv6.address.x[2]), + ntohs(subnet->net.ipv6.address.x[3]), + ntohs(subnet->net.ipv6.address.x[4]), + ntohs(subnet->net.ipv6.address.x[5]), + ntohs(subnet->net.ipv6.address.x[6]), + ntohs(subnet->net.ipv6.address.x[7]), + subnet->net.ipv6.prefixlength); + break; + default: + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("net2str() was called with unknown subnet type %d, exitting!"), subnet->type); + cp_trace(); + exit(0); + } +cp + return netstr; +} + +/* Subnet lookup routines */ + +subnet_t *lookup_subnet(node_t *owner, subnet_t *subnet) +{ +cp + return avl_search(owner->subnet_tree, subnet); +} + +subnet_t *lookup_subnet_mac(mac_t *address) +{ + subnet_t subnet, *p; +cp + subnet.type = SUBNET_MAC; + memcpy(&subnet.net.mac.address, address, sizeof(mac_t)); + + p = (subnet_t *)avl_search(subnet_tree, &subnet); +cp + return p; +} + +subnet_t *lookup_subnet_ipv4(ipv4_t *address) +{ + subnet_t subnet, *p; +cp + subnet.type = SUBNET_IPV4; + memcpy(&subnet.net.ipv4.address, address, sizeof(ipv4_t)); + subnet.net.ipv4.prefixlength = 32; + + do + { + /* Go find subnet */ + + p = (subnet_t *)avl_search_closest_smaller(subnet_tree, &subnet); + + /* Check if the found subnet REALLY matches */ +cp + if(p) + { + if(p->type != SUBNET_IPV4) + { + p = NULL; + break; + } + + if (!maskcmp((char *)address, (char *)&p->net.ipv4.address, p->net.ipv4.prefixlength, sizeof(ipv4_t))) + break; + else + { + /* Otherwise, see if there is a bigger enclosing subnet */ + + subnet.net.ipv4.prefixlength = p->net.ipv4.prefixlength - 1; + maskcpy((char *)&subnet.net.ipv4.address, (char *)&p->net.ipv4.address, subnet.net.ipv4.prefixlength, sizeof(ipv4_t)); + } + } + } while (p); +cp + return p; +} + +subnet_t *lookup_subnet_ipv6(ipv6_t *address) +{ + subnet_t subnet, *p; +cp + subnet.type = SUBNET_IPV6; + memcpy(&subnet.net.ipv6.address, address, sizeof(ipv6_t)); + subnet.net.ipv6.prefixlength = 128; + + do + { + /* Go find subnet */ + + p = (subnet_t *)avl_search_closest_smaller(subnet_tree, &subnet); + + /* Check if the found subnet REALLY matches */ + +cp + if(p) + { + if(p->type != SUBNET_IPV6) + return NULL; + + if (!maskcmp((char *)address, (char *)&p->net.ipv6.address, p->net.ipv6.prefixlength, sizeof(ipv6_t))) + break; + else + { + /* Otherwise, see if there is a bigger enclosing subnet */ + + subnet.net.ipv6.prefixlength = p->net.ipv6.prefixlength - 1; + maskcpy((char *)&subnet.net.ipv6.address, (char *)&p->net.ipv6.address, subnet.net.ipv6.prefixlength, sizeof(ipv6_t)); + } + } + } while (p); +cp + return p; +} + +void dump_subnets(void) +{ + char *netstr; + subnet_t *subnet; + avl_node_t *node; +cp + syslog(LOG_DEBUG, _("Subnet list:")); + for(node = subnet_tree->head; node; node = node->next) + { + subnet = (subnet_t *)node->data; + netstr = net2str(subnet); + syslog(LOG_DEBUG, _(" %s owner %s"), netstr, subnet->owner->name); + free(netstr); + } + syslog(LOG_DEBUG, _("End of subnet list.")); +cp +} diff --git a/src/subnet.h b/src/subnet.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..be20315 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/subnet.h @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +/* + subnet.h -- header for subnet.c + Copyright (C) 2000,2001 Guus Sliepen , + 2000,2001 Ivo Timmermans + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. + + $Id: subnet.h,v 1.1.2.18 2002/04/09 11:42:48 guus Exp $ +*/ + +#ifndef __TINC_SUBNET_H__ +#define __TINC_SUBNET_H__ + +#include "net.h" + +enum +{ + SUBNET_MAC = 0, + SUBNET_IPV4, + SUBNET_IPV6, + SUBNET_TYPES /* Guardian */ +}; + +typedef struct subnet_mac_t +{ + mac_t address; + time_t lastseen; +} subnet_mac_t; + +typedef struct subnet_ipv4_t +{ + ipv4_t address; + int prefixlength; +} subnet_ipv4_t; + +typedef struct subnet_ipv6_t +{ + ipv6_t address; + int prefixlength; +} subnet_ipv6_t; + +#include "node.h" + +typedef struct subnet_t { + struct node_t *owner; /* the owner of this subnet */ + struct node_t *uplink; /* the uplink which we should send packets to for this subnet */ + + int type; /* subnet type (IPv4? IPv6? MAC? something even weirder?) */ + + /* And now for the actual subnet: */ + + union net + { + subnet_mac_t mac; + subnet_ipv4_t ipv4; + subnet_ipv6_t ipv6; + } net; +} subnet_t; + +extern subnet_t *new_subnet(void); +extern void free_subnet(subnet_t *); +extern void init_subnets(void); +extern void exit_subnets(void); +extern avl_tree_t *new_subnet_tree(void); +extern void free_subnet_tree(avl_tree_t *); +extern void subnet_add(struct node_t *, subnet_t *); +extern void subnet_del(struct node_t *, subnet_t *); +extern char *net2str(subnet_t *); +extern subnet_t *str2net(char *); +extern subnet_t *lookup_subnet(struct node_t *, subnet_t *); +extern subnet_t *lookup_subnet_mac(mac_t *); +extern subnet_t *lookup_subnet_ipv4(ipv4_t *); +extern subnet_t *lookup_subnet_ipv6(ipv6_t *); +extern void dump_subnets(void); + +#endif /* __TINC_SUBNET_H__ */ diff --git a/src/tincd.c b/src/tincd.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b8b2959 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/tincd.c @@ -0,0 +1,400 @@ +/* + tincd.c -- the main file for tincd + Copyright (C) 1998-2002 Ivo Timmermans + 2000-2002 Guus Sliepen + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. + + $Id: tincd.c,v 1.10.4.58 2002/03/11 11:23:04 guus Exp $ +*/ + +#include "config.h" + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_IOCTL_H +# include +#endif + +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include +#include + +#include "conf.h" +#include "net.h" +#include "netutl.h" +#include "process.h" +#include "protocol.h" +#include "subnet.h" + +#include "system.h" + +/* The name this program was run with. */ +char *program_name; + +/* If nonzero, display usage information and exit. */ +int show_help; + +/* If nonzero, print the version on standard output and exit. */ +int show_version; + +/* If nonzero, it will attempt to kill a running tincd and exit. */ +int kill_tincd = 0; + +/* If nonzero, generate public/private keypair for this host/net. */ +int generate_keys = 0; + +/* If nonzero, use null ciphers and skip all key exchanges. */ +int bypass_security = 0; + +char *identname; /* program name for syslog */ +char *pidfilename; /* pid file location */ +char **g_argv; /* a copy of the cmdline arguments */ +char **environment; /* A pointer to the environment on + startup */ + +static struct option const long_options[] = +{ + { "config", required_argument, NULL, 'c' }, + { "kill", optional_argument, NULL, 'k' }, + { "net", required_argument, NULL, 'n' }, + { "help", no_argument, &show_help, 1 }, + { "version", no_argument, &show_version, 1 }, + { "no-detach", no_argument, &do_detach, 0 }, + { "generate-keys", optional_argument, NULL, 'K'}, + { "debug", optional_argument, NULL, 'd'}, + { "bypass-security", no_argument, &bypass_security, 1 }, + { NULL, 0, NULL, 0 } +}; + +static void +usage(int status) +{ + if(status != 0) + fprintf(stderr, _("Try `%s --help\' for more information.\n"), program_name); + else + { + printf(_("Usage: %s [option]...\n\n"), program_name); + printf(_(" -c, --config=DIR Read configuration options from DIR.\n" + " -D, --no-detach Don't fork and detach.\n" + " -d, --debug[=LEVEL] Increase debug level or set it to LEVEL.\n" + " -k, --kill[=SIGNAL] Attempt to kill a running tincd and exit.\n" + " -n, --net=NETNAME Connect to net NETNAME.\n")); + printf(_(" -K, --generate-keys[=BITS] Generate public/private RSA keypair.\n" + " --help Display this help and exit.\n" + " --version Output version information and exit.\n\n")); + printf(_("Report bugs to tinc@nl.linux.org.\n")); + } + exit(status); +} + +void +parse_options(int argc, char **argv, char **envp) +{ + int r; + int option_index = 0; + + while((r = getopt_long(argc, argv, "c:Dd::k::n:K::", long_options, &option_index)) != EOF) + { + switch(r) + { + case 0: /* long option */ + break; + case 'c': /* config file */ + confbase = xmalloc(strlen(optarg)+1); + strcpy(confbase, optarg); + break; + case 'D': /* no detach */ + do_detach = 0; + break; + case 'd': /* inc debug level */ + if(optarg) + debug_lvl = atoi(optarg); + else + debug_lvl++; + break; + case 'k': /* kill old tincds */ + if(optarg) + { + if(!strcasecmp(optarg, "HUP")) + kill_tincd = SIGHUP; + else if(!strcasecmp(optarg, "TERM")) + kill_tincd = SIGTERM; + else if(!strcasecmp(optarg, "KILL")) + kill_tincd = SIGKILL; + else if(!strcasecmp(optarg, "USR1")) + kill_tincd = SIGUSR1; + else if(!strcasecmp(optarg, "USR2")) + kill_tincd = SIGUSR2; + else if(!strcasecmp(optarg, "WINCH")) + kill_tincd = SIGWINCH; + else if(!strcasecmp(optarg, "INT")) + kill_tincd = SIGINT; + else if(!strcasecmp(optarg, "ALRM")) + kill_tincd = SIGALRM; + else + { + kill_tincd = atoi(optarg); + if(!kill_tincd) + { + fprintf(stderr, _("Invalid argument `%s'; SIGNAL must be a number or one of HUP, TERM, KILL, USR1, USR2, WINCH, INT or ALRM.\n"), optarg); + usage(1); + } + } + } + else + kill_tincd = SIGTERM; + break; + case 'n': /* net name given */ + netname = xmalloc(strlen(optarg)+1); + strcpy(netname, optarg); + break; + case 'K': /* generate public/private keypair */ + if(optarg) + { + generate_keys = atoi(optarg); + if(generate_keys < 512) + { + fprintf(stderr, _("Invalid argument `%s'; BITS must be a number equal to or greater than 512.\n"), + optarg); + usage(1); + } + generate_keys &= ~7; /* Round it to bytes */ + } + else + generate_keys = 1024; + break; + case '?': + usage(1); + default: + break; + } + } +} + +/* This function prettyprints the key generation process */ + +void indicator(int a, int b, void *p) +{ + switch(a) + { + case 0: + fprintf(stderr, "."); + break; + case 1: + fprintf(stderr, "+"); + break; + case 2: + fprintf(stderr, "-"); + break; + case 3: + switch(b) + { + case 0: + fprintf(stderr, " p\n"); + break; + case 1: + fprintf(stderr, " q\n"); + break; + default: + fprintf(stderr, "?"); + } + break; + default: + fprintf(stderr, "?"); + } +} + +/* + Generate a public/private RSA keypair, and ask for a file to store + them in. +*/ +int keygen(int bits) +{ + RSA *rsa_key; + FILE *f; + char *name = NULL; + char *filename; + + fprintf(stderr, _("Generating %d bits keys:\n"), bits); + rsa_key = RSA_generate_key(bits, 0xFFFF, indicator, NULL); + + if(!rsa_key) + { + fprintf(stderr, _("Error during key generation!\n")); + return -1; + } + else + fprintf(stderr, _("Done.\n")); + + get_config_string(lookup_config(config_tree, "Name"), &name); + + if(name) + asprintf(&filename, "%s/hosts/%s", confbase, name); + else + asprintf(&filename, "%s/rsa_key.pub", confbase); + + if((f = ask_and_safe_open(filename, _("public RSA key"), "a")) == NULL) + return -1; + + if(ftell(f)) + fprintf(stderr, _("Appending key to existing contents.\nMake sure only one key is stored in the file.\n")); + + PEM_write_RSAPublicKey(f, rsa_key); + fclose(f); + free(filename); + + asprintf(&filename, "%s/rsa_key.priv", confbase); + if((f = ask_and_safe_open(filename, _("private RSA key"), "a")) == NULL) + return -1; + + if(ftell(f)) + fprintf(stderr, _("Appending key to existing contents.\nMake sure only one key is stored in the file.\n")); + + PEM_write_RSAPrivateKey(f, rsa_key, NULL, NULL, 0, NULL, NULL); + fclose(f); + free(filename); + + return 0; +} + +/* + Set all files and paths according to netname +*/ +void make_names(void) +{ + if(netname) + { + if(!pidfilename) + asprintf(&pidfilename, LOCALSTATEDIR "/run/tinc.%s.pid", netname); + if(!confbase) + asprintf(&confbase, "%s/tinc/%s", CONFDIR, netname); + else + syslog(LOG_INFO, _("Both netname and configuration directory given, using the latter...")); + if(!identname) + asprintf(&identname, "tinc.%s", netname); + } + else + { + if(!pidfilename) + pidfilename = LOCALSTATEDIR "/run/tinc.pid"; + if(!confbase) + asprintf(&confbase, "%s/tinc", CONFDIR); + if(!identname) + identname = "tinc"; + } +} + +int +main(int argc, char **argv, char **envp) +{ + program_name = argv[0]; + + setlocale (LC_ALL, ""); + bindtextdomain (PACKAGE, LOCALEDIR); + textdomain (PACKAGE); + + environment = envp; + parse_options(argc, argv, envp); + + if(show_version) + { + printf(_("%s version %s (built %s %s, protocol %d)\n"), PACKAGE, VERSION, __DATE__, __TIME__, PROT_CURRENT); + printf(_("Copyright (C) 1998-2002 Ivo Timmermans, Guus Sliepen and others.\n" + "See the AUTHORS file for a complete list.\n\n" + "tinc comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY. This is free software,\n" + "and you are welcome to redistribute it under certain conditions;\n" + "see the file COPYING for details.\n")); + + return 0; + } + + if(show_help) + usage(0); + +#ifdef HAVE_SOLARIS + openlog("tinc", LOG_CONS, LOG_DAEMON); /* Catch all syslog() calls issued before detaching */ +#else + openlog("tinc", LOG_PERROR, LOG_DAEMON); /* Catch all syslog() calls issued before detaching */ +#endif + + g_argv = argv; + + make_names(); + init_configuration(&config_tree); + + /* Slllluuuuuuurrrrp! */ +cp + RAND_load_file("/dev/urandom", 1024); + +#ifdef HAVE_SSLEAY_ADD_ALL_ALGORITHMS + SSLeay_add_all_algorithms(); +#else + OpenSSL_add_all_algorithms(); +#endif + +cp + if(generate_keys) + { + read_server_config(); + exit(keygen(generate_keys)); + } + + if(kill_tincd) + exit(kill_other(kill_tincd)); + + if(read_server_config()) + exit(1); +cp + if(detach()) + exit(0); +cp + for(;;) + { + if(!setup_network_connections()) + { + main_loop(); + cleanup_and_exit(1); + } + + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Unrecoverable error")); + cp_trace(); + + if(do_detach) + { + syslog(LOG_NOTICE, _("Restarting in %d seconds!"), maxtimeout); + sleep(maxtimeout); + } + else + { + syslog(LOG_ERR, _("Not restarting.")); + exit(1); + } + } +} diff --git a/stamp-h.in b/stamp-h.in new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e69de29 diff --git a/system.h b/system.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..51adca0 --- /dev/null +++ b/system.h @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +/* + system.h -- header for locale settings + Copyright (C) 1998,99,2000 Ivo Timmermans + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA +*/ + +#ifndef __TINC_SYSTEM_H__ +#define __TINC_SYSTEM_H__ + +/* Take care of NLS matters. -- from fileutils 4.0 */ + +#if HAVE_LOCALE_H +# include +#endif +#if !HAVE_SETLOCALE +# define setlocale(Category, Locale) /* empty */ +#endif + +#if ENABLE_NLS +# include +# define _(Text) gettext (Text) +#else +# undef bindtextdomain +# define bindtextdomain(Domain, Directory) /* empty */ +# undef textdomain +# define textdomain(Domain) /* empty */ +# define _(Text) Text +#endif +#define N_(Text) Text + +#ifndef HAVE_STRSIGNAL +# define strsignal(p) "" +#endif + +/* Other functions */ +#include + +#endif /* __TINC_SYSTEM_H__ */ +